UNIVERSITY   OF  PENNSYLVANIA 
EGYPTIAN   DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM 


ECKLEY  B.  COXE  JUNIOR  EXPEDITION  TO  NUBIA: 

VOL.  Ill 

KARANOG 


THE  ROMANO-NUBIAN  CEMETERY 


BY 

C.  LEONARD  WOOLLEY 

AND 

D.  RANDALL-MACIVER 


TEXT 


PUBLISHED  BY  THE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM 
PHILADELPHIA 


MCMX 


D'visioa 


UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 
EGYPTIAN   DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM 

ECKLEY  B.  COXE  JUNIOR  EXPEDITION  TO  NUBIA: 

VOL.  Ill 


KARANOG 

THE  ROMANO-NUBIAN  CEMETERY 


BY 


C.  LEONARD  WOOLLEY 

AND 

D.  RANDALL-MACIVER 


TEXT 


PUBLISHED  BY  THE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM 
PHILADELPHIA 


MCMX 


Letter     Press     and     Printing  by 
The  John  C.  Winston  Co. 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.  S.  A. 


Collotypes  and  Process  Blocks  by 

Horace  Hart 
Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  England. 


(>v) 


In  the  Same  Series 


Vol.  I  AREIKA 

by  D.  Randall-MacIver  and  C.  Leonard  Woolley 

Price  $5. 

Vol.  II  CHURCHES  IN  LOWER  NUBIA 

BY  G.  S.  MlLEHAM 

Edited  by  D.  Randall-MacIver 

Price  $5. 


To  be  obtained  at  the  University  Museum, 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  U.  S.  A. 

Agent  for  Europe:  Henry  Frowde, 
Anien  Corner,  Paternoster  Row,  London. 


(v) 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/karanogromanonubOOwool 


PREFACE 


These  volumes  are  the  third  and  fourth  of  a  series  that  will  record  the  results  of 
explorations  in  Egypt  planned  and  financed  by  Mr.  Eckley  B.  Coxe,  Junior,  of  Philadelphia. 
By  an  agreement  made  with  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  January,  1907,  the  expeditions 
are  to  be  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  University,  and  the  antiquities  obtained  will  be  presented  to 
the  University  Museum ;  the  present  authors  as  curator  and  assistant  curator  of  the  Egyptian 
Department  of  the  Museum  were  charged  with  the  duty  of  conducting  the  excavations  and 
publishing  their  results. 

At  the  end  of  December,  1907,  after  finishing  up  some  work  that  remained  to  be  done 
at  Shablul  and  Areika,  we  brought  our  dahabiyeh  to  anchor  a  little  north  of  the  village  of 
Anibeh.  Here  upon  the  west  bank  the  cultivation  is  reduced  to  very  narrow  limits.  On  the 
steep  slope  of  the  bank  itself  the  crops  of  durra  and  lentil  form  a  green  ribbon  that  widens  a 
little  as  week  by  week  the  river  sinks  and  leaves  a  lower  ledge  of  mud  whereon  the  villagers 
can  plant  another  row  of  seed.  A  single  line  of  blue-green  castor-oil  plants  fringes  the  ridge  above, 
and  behind  these,  in  a  shallow  trough-like  dip  that  follows  the  line  of  river-bank,  there  is  crowded 
in  between  tilled  land  and  desert  a  grove  of  gnarled  mimosa  trees.  In  January  these  were  in 
full  blossom,  and  the  fallen  yellow  flowers  that  carpeted  the  ground  beneath  seemed  to  us,  who 
were  newly  come  from  the  unrelieved  sandy  stretches  of  Areika,  to  have  all  the  freshness  and 
beauty  of  an  English  primrose-wood  in  spring.  The  whole  grove  was  not  more  than  some  forty 
feet  across,  and  close  behind  it  lies  the  desert.  Here  during  the  previous  season  we  had  noticed 
two  or  three  low  mounds  of  crumbling  brick  and,  where  the  wind  had  swept  the  top  sand  away, 
the  outlines  of  square  brick  structures  that  marked  the  ground  out  like  a  chess-board. 
Scattered  fragments  of  pottery  showed  the  place  to  be  of  Romano-Nubian  date  and  the  wish  to 
investigate  further  that  civilization  of  which  Shablul  had  given  us  a  foretaste  had  induced  us  to 
fix  upon  this  spot  as  the  main  site  for  the  season's  work. 

The  evening  of  our  landing  brought  an  encouraging  discovery.  Between  the  mimosa  trees 
and  the  ancient  graves  lies  the  modern  cemetery  of  Anibeh  village;  on  the  tomb  of  some  small 
sheikh  lay  (PI.  110)  five  sculptured  stone  offering-tables,  three  bearing  inscriptions  in  Meroitic. 
The  modern  grave-diggers  had  unearthed  these  stones  in  the  course  of  their  work  and  used  them 
to  adorn  the  resting-place  of  the  local  magnate;  we  of  course  could  not  remove  them,  but  they 
gave  a  good  omen  which  the  season's  results  did  not  belie. 

It  was  indeed  quite  earlv  in  the  year  that  we  came  upon  tomb  G  45  with  its  fine  casket  of 
wood  and  ivory  (Pll  .24.  2  5 ),  but  by  that  time  it  was  clear  that  the  cemetery  was  far  more  extensive 
than  we  had  at  first  supposed  and  would  certainly  give  work  for  the  whole  season.  Our  partv 
therefore  divided  for  a  time,  and  while  some  continued  the  work  upon  the  graves  the  rest  took 
the  dahabiyeh  up  stream  with  the  object  of  reconnoitring  for  future  sites  and  of  giving  our 
architect,  Mr.  G.  S.  Mileham,  an  opportunity  for  studying  the  Christian  churches  along  the 
Nile  bank. 

Owing  to  the  underground  construction  of  the  tombs  and  their  small  dimensions,  it  was 
scarcely  ever  possible  to  photograph  the  bodies  and  the  objects  in  situ;  there  would, however,  have 

(vii) 


vm 


PREFACE 


been  in  any  case  but  little  point  in  doing  so,  owing  to  the  extent  to  which  the  richer  graves  had 
been  plundered  and  to  the  fact  that  the  objects  in  the  tombs  had  never  a  significant  order.* 

More  unfortunate  was  the  necessity  of  destroying  the  superstructure  before  the  tomb- 
chamber  could  be  opened.  Unwillingness  to  do  this  too  early  in  the  day  led  us  to  postpone  to 
the  end  of  the  season  the  opening  of  the  largest  tombs,  which  being  generally  empty  could  well 
be  worked  under  pressure.  The  result  was  that  what  proved  to  be  the  richest  tomb  in  the  whole 
cemetery,  G  187  (Pll.  26-30),  was  the  very  last  to  be  excavated;  it  upset  our  calculations  but  gave 
a  satisfactory  conclusion  to  our  work. 

In  the  division  of  objects  the  Egyptian  Government  selected  a  representative  series 
of  painted  pottery  and  bronzes,  including  the  'royal'  bowl  from  G  187,  and  the  bulk  of  the 
inscribed  stones;  these  are  now  exhibited  together  as  a  special  collection  in  the  Museum  at  Cairo. 
The  remainder,  including  the  greater  number  of  painted  vases,  beads,  rings  and  smaller  objects, 
the  wood  and  ivory  caskets  and  most  of  the  bronzes  are  in  the  University  Museum  at  Philadelphia. 

The  authors  must  express  their  indebtedness  to  Mr.  F.  LI.  Griffith  for  various  notes  and  much 
advice,  to  Professor  W.  Gowland  for  the  analysis  of  metal  objects,  and  to  Mr.  G.  L.  Cheesman 
of  New  College,  Oxford,  for  the  Appendix  on  the  Roman  garrison  in  Egypt.  Finally  in  presenting 
this  volume  to  the  public  they  must  gratefully  acknowledge  the  services  which  Mr.  Coxe 
by  his  generosity  has  rendered  to  archaeological  science  and  the  help  and  encouragement  which 
his  warm  personal  interest  has  been  to  them  in  their  work ;  and  they  must  congratulate  him  on 
having  given  to  the  University  Museum  an  unique  collection  and  to  the  history  of  Southern 
Egvpt  a  new  chapter. 

D.  R.  M. 
C.  L.  W. 


*The  photograph  on  PI.  114  was  only  obtained  by  filling  the  grave  with  wood  wool,  boarding  it  in 
above,  and  cutting  away  the  roof  of  solid  mud  some  five  feet  thick. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Preface  .........                .....  vii 

CHAPTER  I 

Karanog  and  the  Cemetery  near  Anibeh     .        .                .....  i 

CHAPTER  II 

The  Tomb  Structures    ............  7 

A.  The  Superstructures        ...........  7 

B.  The  Tomb  Chambers  .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  17 

CHAPTER  III 

Classification  of  Tomb  Types.       ..........  22 

CHAPTER  IV 

The  Contents  of  the  Tomb  Chambers    .........  26 

CHAPTER  V 

Detailed  Description  of  Certain  Important  Tombs      ......  32 

CHAPTER  VI 

The  Sculptures  and  Inscribed  Stones        .  .        .        .        .  •  .        .  .46 

CHAPTER  VII 

The  Pottery  ..............  51 

CHAPTER  VIII 

The  Metal  Objects        ............  59 

Appendix:    Analysis  of  Metals.    By  Professor  W.  Gowland       ....  67 

CHAPTER  IX 

A.  Objects  of  Wood  and  Ivory     ..........  69 

B.  The  Glass  Vessels    ............  72 

C.  The  Beads.        .       .       .        .       ...        .        .        .        .       .        .  -74 

CHAPTER  X 

A.  The  Graffiti   .78 

B.  The  Jar-sealings       ............  79 

CHAPTER  XI 

Chronology    ....  ........  81 

(ix) 


X 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  XII  page 

The  Blemyes  and  the  Roman  Frontier        ........  85 

Appendix  I.    Historical  Passages  from  Classical  Authors  .....  99 

Appendix  II.    The  Roman  Garrison  in  Egypt.    By  Mr.  G.  L.  Cheesman      .        .  106 

CHAPTER  XIII 

Tabular  Analysis  of  the  Tombs  and  their  Contents  .        .        .        .        .  115 

CHAPTER  XIV 

Catalogue  of  the  Objects  from  the  Cemetery  at  Anibeh  now  in  the  University 

Museum,  Philadelphia       ..........  238 

INDEX  ....    283 

Figure  A  .............  287 

Figure  B   289 

Figure  C  .                                                                                     ...  291 

Figure  D   293 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  IN  TEXT 


Pyramids  at  Gebel  Barkal  and  Behen        ........  p.  13 

Method  of  Vault  Construction  .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  18 

G  45.  Plan  and  Section        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  32 

G  64.  Roofing  of  Vaulted  Chambers      ........  Fig.  A 

G  64.     Plan         .   Fig.  B 

G  70.  Ribbed  Superstructure  and  Vaulted  Approach       .....  Fig.  A 

G  123,  133A.    Plan  and  Section       .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  34 

G  140.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  10 

G  141.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  35 

G  144.   The 'Hollow  Apse'   Fig.  C 

G  170.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  36 

G  179.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  24 

G  181.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  37 

G  182.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  Fig.  C 

G  187.  Plan   Fig.  D 

G  187.  Objects  in  Second  Chamber         ........  Fig.  D 

G  222.  Section      .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  20 

G  254.  Plan         ............  p.  40 

G  293.  Plan  and  Section        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  41 

G  307.  Plan  with  Praying  Stool      .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  10 

G  314.  Plan  and  Section        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  22 

G  315.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  42 

G  384.  Plan  and  Section        ..........  p.  43 

G  445.  Plan  and  Section        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  p.  44 

G  549.  Plan         ............  p.  45 

G  743-   Plan   P-  45 

Mud  Jar  Sealings    ............  p.  79 


(xi) 


CHAPTER  I 


KARANOG  AND  THE  CEMETERY  NEAR  ANIBEH 

The  most  important  result  of  our  first  expedition  to  Nubia,  of  which  a  record  has  been  pub-  Geography 
lished  in  the  volume  called  "  Areika,"  was  the  discovery  of  the  Romano-Nubian  settlement  and  District. 
cemetery  at  Shablul.  The  town,  which  was  of  comparatively  small  area  and  unwalled,  lay  on  the 
west  bank  some  three  miles  upstream  from  Korosko  in  the  great  bend  of  the  river  between  Korosko 
and  Dirr.  The  remains  of  ancient  buildings  and  cemeteries  that  could  be  traced  between  Shablul 
and  Amadeh  were  mostly  of  an  earlier  period,  but  the  existence  of  one  or  two  ruined  houses  close 
to  the  site  of  the  ruined  eighteenth  dynasty  castle  described  in  "Areika"  showed  that  at  that 
place  also  a  few  stragglers  of  the  Romano-Nubian  people  had  settled  down,  attracted  probably 
by  the  patch  of  fertile  land  just  to  the  north  where  today  two  or  three  families  continue  to  find  a 
livelihood.  Exploring  upstream  from  Amadeh  we  found  about  a  mile  beyond  the  well-known 
temple  of  Thothmes  III  ruins  of  a  more  considerable  settlement  of  the  same  character,  but 
judged  that  it  would  scarcely  repay  excavation;  and  for  several  miles  south  of  this  point,  strag- 
gling along  the  bank  that  fronts  on  the  small  but  fertile  Island  of  Tomas,  there  are  remains  of 
houses  which  the  fragments  of  painted  pottery  strewn  upon  the  surface  show  to  belong  to  the 
same  period  and  civilization.  At  the  north  end  of  Tomas  village  the  rocky  plateau  of  the  desert 
proper,  which  here  lies  back  some  distance  from  the  river,  sends  out  a  bold  spur  whose  sides, 
covered  with  graffiti  of  all  dates,  drop  precipitously  down  to  the  modern  houses.  On  this 
spur  are  the  ruins  of  a  fortress- town  marked  on  the  map  as  Begrash ;  its  walls  and  houses  are  for  Begrash. 
the  most  part  destroyed,  but  the  western  gateway  is  still  standing;  the  character  of  this,  as  well 
as  of  pottery  that  can  be  picked  up  on  the  site,  prove  that  it  was  once  a  Romano-Nubian  strong- 
hold, but  most  of  the  pottery  now  visible  is  of  a  later  date  and  shows  a  subsequent  occupation 
by  a  Christian  people.  This  fort  is  admirably  chosen  to  guard  the  great  plain  of  Tomas,  perhaps 
the  most  fertile  stretch  of  Lower  Nubia.  The  desert  receding  here  leaves  an  arc  of  cultivated 
land  that  has  the  river  for  its  base;  from  the  rocky  acropolis  one  looks  down  upon  a  forest  of 
palm-trees  hiding  the  durra  fields  which  line  the  bank.  Some  miles  south,  where  the  rocks  push 
riverwards  again  and  the  good  land  dwindles  to  a  point,  there  stands  Karanog,  another  Romano-  Xaranbg 
Nubian  fort  strategically  set  at  once  to  hold  the  south  end  of  Tomas  and  to  overlook  the  rich 
island,  Geziret  Ibrim,  whose  northern  end  comes  just  opposite  the  fort.  Here  the  Nile,  broaden- 
ing out  to  enclose  this  island  and  a  second,  El  Ras,  that  lies  beyond  it,  seems,  as  seen  from  the  plat- 
form of  Karanog,  to  form  a  great  oval  lake  shut  in  at  its  far  end  by  the  bold  bluffs  of  Kasr  Ibrim. 
The  western  river  bank  for  some  three  miles  south  from  Karanog  is  absolutely  barren,  but  at 
Anibeh  the  cultivation  begins  again  and  at  one  time  extended  over  a  wide  tract  of  low-lying  ground  Anibeh. 
behind  the  modern  village.  The  guide-books  describe  the  most  striking  features  of  the  place, 
namely  the  gallery- tomb  of  Prince  Pennut  of  the  Twentieth  dynasty,  cut  in  the  side  of  a  sugar- 
loaf  hill  about  two  and  a  half  miles  from  the  river,  and  the  'pyramids'  which  we  found  to  belong 
to  the  same  period.  In  our  first  season  we  contented  ourselves  with  emptying  the  debris  from 
the  interior  of  these  pyramids,  which  are  really  quadrilateral  chapels  roofed  with  a  pyramidion, 
and  with  opening  the  shafts  and  chambers  of  the  tombs  over  which  they  stand.  The  results  of 
these  excavations  will  be  duly  published  in  another  place;  it  is  sufficient  for  the  present  to  state 
that  inscriptions  were  found  showing  the  tombs  to  have  belonged  to  local  nobles  of  the  family  of 
that  prince  Pennut  who  was  buried  in  the  gallery  tomb. 


2 


KARANOG 


Anibeh.  Close  to  the  river  bank  extensive  mounds  mark  the  site  of  the  New  Empire  town  itself. 

This  was  in  existence  as  early  as  the  Eighteenth  dynasty,  as  is  shown  by  a  stone  bearing  the  almost 
obliterated  name  of  Amenhotep  III,  and  must  have  been  inhabited  in  the  time  of  the  Ramessids, 
but  there  are  no  surface  indications  of  anything  later  than  the  Twentieth  dynasty.  The  brick 
fortifications  that  enclose  the  site  are  hardly  less  remarkable  than  those  of  Behen  near  Haifa, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  in  the  interests  of  science  that  the  Government  may  some  day  undertake 
the  immense  task  of  completely  excavating  the  town. 

Kasr  Ibrim.  Qn  the  east  bank  behind  the  island  of  El  Ras  is  the  straggling  village  of  Ibrim  with  its  long 
strip  of  cultivated  soil,  seldom  very  wide  but  well  planted  with  palm-trees.  In  the  cliffs  behind 
it  are  several  gallery-tombs  of  no  interest,  and  a  pleasing  rock-hewn  chapel  of  the  Eighteenth 
dynasty.  At  its  southern  end  the  shelving  rocks  close  in  right  to  the  water's  edge,  and  a  little 
further  on  give  place  suddenly  to  three  great  bluffs,  long  ridges  that  separated  from  one  another 
by  deep  ravines,  run  out  from  the  low  hills  of  the  desert  plateau,  rise  sharply  above  their  level,  and 
then  fall  sheer  with  clean-cut  faces  into  the  water  some  two  hundred  feet  below.  On  the  crown  of 
the  central  one  of  these  bluffs  commanding  at  once  Ibrim  and  the  fertile  plain  of  Anibeh  stands 
one  of  the  most  striking  ruins  in  Lower  Nubia.  This  is  Kasr  Ibrim,  a  place  well  known  to  tourists, 
who  landing  from  the  Nile  steamers  climb  up  there  to  view  the  sunset  and  sometimes  use  that 
opportunity  to  break  or  deface  the  capitals  and  carvings  of  the  magnificent  ruined  church.  The 
church  is  described  in  another  volume  of  this  series;  our  interest  for  the  moment  is  not  in  the 
Christian  settlement  here  but  in  the  earlier  town  and  the  fortifications  that  enclose  it. 

A  wall  of  immense  strength,  built  with  stone  rubble,  follows  the  outline  of  the  hill  and  sur- 
rounds the  level  area  of  its  summit.  In  the  middle  of  the  north  side  is  the  principal  gateway;  a 
narrow  path  leads  to  a  door  low  in  the  wall  from  which  a  stairway  gave  access  to  a  guard  chamber 
opening  on  the  town — the  double  entrance  rendering  assault  difficult  and  surprise  impossible. 
Above  the  gate  is  a  cornice  carved  with  the  sun-disk  and  uraeus.  On  the  west  a  water-gate  opens 
on  a  zig-zag  stair  cut  down  the  cliff  face  to  the  river  and  sheltered  by  a  long  wall  from  the  missiles 
of  an  enemy.  There  is  little  doubt,  as  will  be  explained  in  chapter  xii,  that  these  elaborate  forti- 
fications are  the  work  of  Petronius,  the  Roman  general  who  in  the  reign  of  Augustus  attempted 
to  make  of  this  place  a  frontier  station  against  the  ^Ethiopians.  In  the  south  wall  is  incorporated 
part  of  a  temple  built  in  the  Egyptian  style;  probably  a  relic  of  the  ^Ethiopian  town  which 
Petronius  found  here  and  captured.  Perhaps  the  temple  in  the  north  angle  of  the  town 
belongs  to  the  same  date.  Certainly  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  any  of  the  buildings 
now  standing  date  back  to  an  earlier  time.  On  a  fragment  built  into  the  church  wall  is  inscribed 
the  title  "son  of  Tirhakah,"  and  elsewhere  we  have  noticed  two  other  hieroglyphic  fragments; 
but  these  are  not  sufficient  to  give  definite  proof  of  the  existence  on  this  particular  site  of  a  pre- 
^Ethiopian  settlement,  especially  as  New  Empire  ruins  lie  almost  opposite  on  the  west  bank. 
Later  in  history  the  Romano-Nubian  peoples,  the  Christian  Copts  and  the  Mohammedans  suc- 
cessively found  shelter  within  the  ancient  walls,  and  it  was  not  till  the  nineteenth  century  that 
the  town  was  finally  abandoned.  This  long  period  of  later  occupation  has  however  done  little  to 
change  the  Byzantine  character  of  the  place,  which  in  its  main  features  is  probably  today  very 

Karanbg.  much  what  it  was  when  rebuilt  by  the  Christians  about  the  close  of  the  sixth  century.  Karanog, 
of  which  mention  has  already  been  made,  is  less  romantically  placed  and  at  first  sight  less 
remarkable  to  the  uninstructed  observer;  certainly  it  has  not  the  varied  interest  which  Kasr  Ibrim 
owes  to  the  vicissitudes  of  its  long  history.  Passing  tourists  would  generally  suppose  this  great 
pile  of  mud-brick  buildings  standing  on  the  river  bank  to  be  modern,  archaeologists  who  obtained 
only  a  flitting  glimpse  of  it  might  hazard  the  suggestion  of  Coptic,  few  would  venture  to  suppose 
that  so  well-preserved  a  ruin  had  survived  from  any  more  remote  antiquity.  The  natives  who 
know  it  as  Karanog  state  that  the  name  is  compounded  of  two  Nubian  words  meaning  "The 
House  of  Kara  " ;  further  questioned  they  will  say  that  Kara  was  a  great  chief  of  past  days;  but 
for  any  other  information  we  had  to  turn  to  the  buildings  themselves. 


KARANOG  AND  THE  CEMETERY  NEAR  ANIBEH 


3 


The  fortress,  built  of  mud  brick,  is  quadrilateral  and  occupies  the  northwest  corner  of  a  Karanbg. 
fair-sized  town  now  almost  entirely  buried  beneath  the  sand.  The  main  building  itself,  however, 
is  still  of  imposing  dimensions;  its  broken  walls  stand  three  stories  high;  in  some  of  the  lower 
chambers  the  mud-brick  vaults  are  yet  intact,  and  at  the  eastern  entrance  can  still  be  traced 
a  gate  house  and  the  ruins  of  a  winding  stair.  The  outer  walls  rest  upon  lower  courses  of  ashlar 
sand-stone  masonry  consisting  of  hammer-dressed  blocks  with  chiselled  edges,  a  style  exactly 
parallel  to  that  of  some  buildings  at  Kasr  Ibrim,  of  the  tombs  at  Shablul,  and  of  those  in  the 
cemetery  near  Anibeh.  We  had  already  therefore  in  1907-8,  at  the  close  of  our  former  expedition, 
dated  Karanog  to  the  Romano-Nubian  period;  in  January,  1909,  some  trial  digging  on  the  town 
site  showed  that  the  fortress  and  the  town  buildings  were  identical  in  style,  while  the  discovery 
of  painted  pottery  and  Meroitic  ostraka  confirmed  our  theory  as  to  date  and  made  probable  the 
connection  between  Karanog  and  the  Anibeh  graves.  It  is  in  view  of  this  connection  as  well  as 
of  the  independent  importance  of  the  site  that  we  intend  thoroughly  to  excavate  it  in  the  early 
months  of  19 10. 

The  cemetery  from  which  we  obtained  the  objects  to  be  described  in  this  book  lies  on  the  The  Ceme- 
west  bank  about  three  miles  south  of  Karanog,  a  little  north  of  the  straggling  modern  village  of  tery  near 
Anibeh.  It  might  seem  curious  for  the  cemetery  and  town  to  be. so  far  apart,  but  it  would  not 
be  difficult  to  quote  parallels  either  from  ancient  or  from  modern  Egypt;  and  the  gap  is  not  so 
great  as  appears,  for  the  ruins  of  a  few  scattered  houses  of  Romano-Nubian  type  lie  along  the 
river-bank  between  the  two  spots,  and  form  a  slight  link  between  them.  Moreover,  no  other 
cemetery  is  to  be  seen  closer  to  Karanog,  to  north  or  to  south  of  it,  so  that  there  can  be  no 
reasonable  doubt  that  the  Anibeh  graves  are  those  of  the  people  who  inhabited  the  town  and 
fortress. 

But  was  the  cemetery  used  by  the  inhabitants  of  Kasr  Ibrim  as  well?  A  probable  maximum 
of  not  more  than  three  thousand  original  adult  burials  in  a  period  of  some  four  hundred  and  fifty 
years  (see  Ch.  11)  would  give  an  average  death-rate  perhaps  more  proportionate  to  the  population 
of  Karanog  alone  than  to  that  of  the  two  towns  combined.*  Kasr  Ibrim  was  of  much  older  foun- 
dation, and  though  after  the  invasion  of  Petronius  the  town  may  have  lain  deserted  for  some 
time  its  later  settlers  shared  the  civilization  of  their  predecessors  and  would  naturally  have  used 
their  traditional  place  of  burial.  The  cemetery  near  Anibeh  which  we  excavated  can  show  no  pre- 
Roman  Meroitic  interments.  The  Christian  burial-ground  of  Kasr  Ibrim  lies  on  the  east  bank 
close  to  the  fortress;  we  have  not  yet  observed  any  Romano-Nubian  graves  there,  and  it  does  not 
by  any  means  follow  that  they  too  were  upon  that  side  of  the  river;  they  may  equally  well  have 
been  on  the  west  bank,  but  in  a  place  apart  from  the  Karanog  cemetery.  The  different  strong- 
holds of  the  district  were  probably  in  Romano-Nubian  as  in  mediaeval  times  under  semi-independ- 
ent feudal  chiefs,  and  in  that  case  it  is  still  more  likely  that  each  should  have  had  its  distinct 
place  of  burial.  On  the  whole  we  have  little  doubt  that  this  Anibeh  cemetery  is  peculiarly  that 
of  Karan6g,  and  have  therefore  given  the  name  of  the  fortress  to  the  present  volume. 

From  the  small  number  of  graves  found  at  Shablul  it  was  difficult  to  form  any  convincing  The  People 
theory  of  the  racial  and  cultural  connections  of  the  people  who  were  buried  there.  In  speaking  °1  Karanbg. 
of  the  objects  and  the  people  as  Romano-Nubian,  we  hoped  to  have  found  a  sufficiently  non-com- 
mittal term  denoting  no  more  than  the  district  over  which  a  particular  civilization  extended, 
the  district,  that  is,  of  Lower  Nubia,  and  the  period  coincident  with  that  of  the  Roman  domination 
of  Egypt.  This  general  term  we  continue  to  use.  Karanog,  however,  has  supplied  us  with  abun- 
dant material  of  every  kind,  enabling  us  both  to  judge  better  of  the  local  culture  and  to  assign  it 
more  precisely  to  its  authors. 

*  For  statistics  on  a  similar  subject  see  the  introduction  to  "El  Amrah  and  Abydos,"  Maclver  and  Mace, 
E.  E.  F.,  1903. 


4 


KARAXOG 


fogf-af'T*"0'  cursor^  examination  of  the  skulls  shows  that  the  bulk  of  the  population  was  as  might  be 

K  *^e'  expected,  negro  and  negroid:  very  few  examples  could  be  assigned  to  any  other  race  than  the 
Nubian  and  the  Sudanese.  On  the  other  hand,  some  of  the  portrait  statues  show  faces  which  are 
most  distinctly  non-negroid,  and  therefore  we  were  soon  induced  to  consider  the  possibility  that 
the  black  inhabitants  were  under  the  rule  of  a  superior  foreign  caste.  The  statues  belonged  only 
to  the  wealthier  graves  and  these  were  often  the  graves  from  which,  thanks  to  their  more  thorough 
plundering,  least  osteological  evidence  could  be  obtained ;  but  there  is  probably  enough  to  witness 
to  conditions  such  as  those  that  prevail  in  modern  Uganda,  where  a  black  population  is  subject 
to  the  foreign  aristocratic  caste  of  the  Bahima. 
Their  Civili-  The  inhabitants  of  Karanog  were,  to  judge  from  the  pictures  upon  their  vessels  of  pottery 
and  bronze,  a  pastoral  folk  whose  principal  concern  was  with  cattle;  that  they  were  too  a  nation 
of  hunters  we  may  deduce  from  the  frequent  occurrence  of  light  arrow-heads  buried  with  the  men, 
as  well  as  from  such  a  painting  as  that  on  S451,  PL  43.  They  were  at  the  same  time  great  builders 
in  brick;  the  many-storied  buildings  of  which  remains  survive  are  very  different  from  the  low 
house  of  the  Egyptian  and  resemble  far  more  the  work  done  by  the  later  Copts;  even  the  small 
houses  had  upper  floors  reached  by  twisting  stairways  of  brick  supported  by  barrel  vaulting. 
As  masons  they  seem  to  have  kept  to  the  Egyptian  tradition  of  laying  their  stones  in  fairly  regular 
courses  but  with  blocks  often  non-rectangular:  their  stone-dressing  resembles  rather  Roman 
Their  Reli-  work.  It  is  impossible  as  yet  to  say  much  of  their  religious  beliefs:  this  must  await  the  decipher- 
gwn.  ment  of  the  inscriptions;  it  seems,  however,  to  have  been  a  blend  of  Egyptian.  Greek  and  local 

cults.  Thus  many  of  the  orthodox  Egyptian  deities  appear  upon  the  inscribed  stones  and  their 
symbols  occur  upon  the  engraved  rings  (see  p.  62),  Amnion,  Hathor,  Anubis  and  Isis  being  among 
the  most  common.  On  the  other  hand,  the  absence  of  mummification  shows  that  the  exagger- 
ated Egyptian  worship  of  Osiris  was  less  pronounced  in  their  religion.  Sarapis  stands  for  the 
Mediterranean  element.  Of  the  soul  they  seem  to  have  had  a  conception  which,  though  it 
has  its  counterpart  in  the  Egvptian  Ba,  was  more  developed,  or  developed  upon  other  lines, 
than  in  Egypt.  Sir  G.  Maspero  has  pointed  out  (see  p.  47)  the  manner  and  degree  of  this 
divergence  so  far  as  it  can  be  traced  in  the  monuments;  it  is  a  divergence  at  least  sufficiently 
marked,  affecting  as  it  does  rites  so  conservative  as  those  of  burial,  to  point  to  a  racial  difference 
between  peoples  whose  religious  beliefs  had  many  common  elements  and  respected  many  of  the 
same  deities.  The  frog  and  perhaps  the  lion  also  have  a  religious  significance,  which  in  Egypt 
does  not  attach  to  them:  but,  as  we  should  have  expected  to  be  the  case,  judging  from  the  known 
monuments  of  the  Meroitic  empire  and  from  the  story  of  that  empire's  foundation  by  the  priests 
of  Ammon,  the  forms  of  Egyptian  worship  had  imposed  themselves  fairly  effectually  upon  the 
beliefs  of  the  non-Egyptian  peoples  of  the  South. 
Their  Artis-  The  influence  of  Egypt  is  less  paramount  in  the  secular  arts.  The  Nubian  craftsman  bor- 
UcDevdop-  rowecj  in(jeed  from  the  valley  of  the  Lower  Nile,  but  his  greater  debt  was  to  the  Hellenistic  spirit, 
and  though  this  reached  him  only  at  second  hand  through  Egyptian  channels  it  gave  ideas  which 
were  not  only  more  fruitful  but  more  easily  assimilated  by  the  native  mind.  The  Nubian  was 
less  of  a  copvist  than  an  adapter  ;  he  stamped  his  borrowings  with  his  proper  genius  and  evolved 
something  which  at  any  rate  had  the  merit  of  originality. 

Like  all  African  races  the  people  of  Karanog  were  indifferent  artists  in  stone :  their  sculpture  is 
rough,  heavy  and  superficial  whether  it  is  worked  in  relief  or  in  the  round.  Far  greater  technical 
skill  is  shown  in  their  manufacture  of  wood  and  ivory  objects  and  of  glass  beads:  but  it  is  to  the 
painted  pottery  that  we  must  look  for  their  most  characteristic  work,  and  here  this  reached  a 
degree  of  excellence  that  no  other  African  potters  or  decorators  ever  attained.  These  subjects 
are  dealt  with  in  later  chapters  and  it  is  unnecessary  here  to  anticipate  a  judgment  which  the 
illustrations  to  this  volume  will  fully  substantiate:  a  glance  through  them  will  show  a  feeling  for 
proportion  in  design  and  a  power  of  observing  nature  combined  with  a  real  sense  of  style  which 
differentiate  Romano-Nubian  pottery  from  that  to  be  found  anywhere  else  in  the  continent. 


KARANOG  AND  THE  CEMETERY  NEAR  ANIBEH 


5 


The  numerous  inscriptions  in  Meroitic  script  are  by  themselves  conclusive  proof  that  at  Karanbg 
Karanog  we  have  to  deal  with  an  outpost  of  the  great  .Ethiopian  empire.    This  connection  is  ^/J^iaw 
everywhere  apparent.    The  reliefs  that  decorate  the  mortuary  chapels  attached  to  the  pyramids  Empire. 
of  Meroe  and  Naga  have  their  counterpart  in  the  painted  or  carved  door-jambs  of  the  Anibeh 
tomb-approaches  and  in  the  stelae  that  stood  within  them.    We  have  not  as  yet  from  the  great 
southern  sites  sculpture  in  the  round  that  may  be  compared  to  the  Ba-statues  of  the  Anibeh 
graves;  such  may  be  found  hereafter,  or  the  absence  of  similar  figures  may  point  to  some  local 
differences  of  belief  due  to  certain  tribal  distinctions  which  we  believe  to  have  existed ;  but  the 
drawings  of  the  human  figure  both  on  the  bronze  bowls  and  on  the  stelae  represent  the  same 
people  that  meet  us  on  the  reliefs  from  the  Meroitic  capital.    All  the  scanty  remains  of  Meroitic 
civilization  yet  brought  to  light  harmonize  with  the  objects  from  Karanog,  the  numerous  inscrip- 
tions are  in  the  same  language,  and  the  name  of  Sarapis  of  Napata  engraved  in  Greek  upon  a  ring 
(8129)  found  in  the  cemetery  gives  a  link,  if  such  were  needed,  with  the  contemporary  capital  of 
the  Empire. 

The  Blacks  of  the  middle  and  upper  Nile  reaches  are  important  in  view  of  their  relation  to  The  History 
the  earliest  inhabitants  of  Egypt  proper.  Menes  and  his  successors  of  the  early  dynastic  period  %,lhiopian 
subdued  and  unified  Egypt  as  far  south  as  Aswan ;  the  kings  of  the  Twelfth  dynasty  pushed  Empire. 
their  conquests  beyond  the  Second  Cataract ;  and  those  of  the  Eighteenth  established  frontier  forts 
even  upon  the  Blue  Nile.  It  was  not  till  the  eighth  century  b.  c.  that  ^Ethiopia  took  the 
initiative.  Founded,  it  was  said,  by  priests  of  Ammon  who  had  left  Egypt  for  conscience'  sake 
and  established  themselves  upon  the  island  of  Meroe,  there  sprang  into  existence  an  empire  that 
before  long  felt  itself  a  match  for  Egypt.  Its  ruler,  Piankhi  (741  b.  a),  conquered  Egypt  as  far 
as  the  Mediterranean  littoral,  and  for  nearly  a  century,  until  663  B.  c.  when  Tirhakah  was 
defeated  by  the  Assyrian  invaders,  the  whole  Nile  valley  was  subject  to  the  domination  of 
the  negroes.  This  period  of  foreign  conquest  must  have  been  responsible  for  much  of  the 
strong  Egyptian  element  with  which  iEthiopian  culture  was  informed,  for  the  Persians  who  after 
the  Assyrians  made  themselves  masters  of  Egypt  were  hostile  to  the  southern  empire  and  com- 
munication between  the  two  countries  must  have  been  reduced  to  a  minimum.  The  next  influence 
to  affect  ^Ethiopia  was  the  Greek.  The  successors  of  Alexander  in  Egypt  maintained  varying 
but  on  the  whole  peaceful  relations  with  the  South,  and  at  one  time  at  least  a  Meroitic  sovereign, 
whether  overlord  or  feudal  king,  Ergamenes,  is  found  to  be  in  friendly  treaty  with  a  Ptolemy. 
We  have  found  coins  of  Philopator  and  Cleopatra  as  far  south  as  Wady  Haifa,  and  it  is  certain 
that  a  very  considerable  trade  was  carried  by  the  Nile  route  between  the  two  countries  during 
the  Greek  period.  Consequently  not  only  are  imported  objects  of  Hellenistic  fabric  to  be  found  in 
considerable  numbers  south  of  the  Ptolemaic  frontier,  but  the  influence  of  Hellenistic  art  upon 
that  of  ^Ethiopia  was  deep  and  far-reaching;  judging  from  the  decorated  pottery — and  the  pottery 
forms  the  bulk  of  the  material  upon  which  a  judgment  can  be  based — the  Meroitic  civilization 
at  the  beginning  of  the  Christian  era  had  indeed  thoroughly  digested  and  transformed  to  its  own 
nature  the  Greek  spirit,  but  its  debt  through  Alexandria  to  Greece  was  hardly  less  than  that  which 
it  owed  to  its  nearer  neighbour  Egypt. 

The  northernmost  of  the  known  Meroitic  temples  is  that  of  Amara,  supposed  to  have  been  Lower  Nubia 
founded  by  the  Kandake  against  whom  Augustus'  troops  fought  in  29  b.  c,  and  the  natural  as  a  Buffer 
deduction  was  that  this  place  formed  also  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Meroitic  Empire.    Now  ^Ethiopia 
Amara  is  a  hundred  miles  south  of  the  Second  Cataract,  and  Karanog  is  80  miles  to  the  north  of 
it;  between  the  two  lies  a  gap  of  180  miles.    Moreover,  there  are  also  between  the  two  first  cata- 
racts the  fortified  posts  of  Faras,  Gebel  Adda,  Ibrim  and  Begrash,  besides  the  open  villages  of 
Behen,  Argin,  Amadeh  and  Shablul,  all  of  which  enjoyed  a  common  civilization  with  Karandg; 
there  is  therefore  in  this  region  a  whole  province,  obviously  connected  with  the  empire  of  Meroe, 
but  lying  far  to  the  north  of  its  supposed  boundary  and  isolated  from  it  by  the  desolate  region  of 


6  KARA NOG 

Lower  Nubia  tfoe  Batn  el  Hagar.    We  must  suppose  either  that  it  is  a  mistake  to  put  the  frontier  at  Amara 

as  a  HufSer  . 

State  of  and  that  this  inter-cataract  region  was  a  true  province  of  the  Empire,  directly  controlled  by  the 
.-Ethiopia.  central  government  and  homogeneous  with  the  rest  of  the  country,  its  only  peculiarity  lying  in 
its  system  of  fortifications  intended  to  safeguard  it  from  Roman  attack;  or  that  the  region  formed 
a  buffer  state,  loosely  dependent  upon  the  government  of  Meroe  proper,  and  ruled  by  one  or  more 
feudal  kings  or  chieftains.  In  chapter  xii  we  argue  from  literary  evidence  the  probability  of  the 
second  view,  and  any  discussion  as  to  the  precise  relations  between  the  real  Meroitic  civilization 
and  its  kindred  outpost  in  the  Karanog  district  is  better  deferred  until  the  nature  of  the  latter 
has  been  described  in  detail.  While  the  language  is  still  a  secret,  one  could  hardly  hope  to  answer 
constitutional  questions  on  purely  archaeological  grounds,  but  even  apart  from  literature  it  would 
appear  more  probable  that  the  frontier  state  was  not  in  more  than  feudal  subordination  to  Meroe. 
The  five  main  fortresses  in  the  region  are  sufficiently  alike  to  be  the  seats  of  equal  and  mutuallv 
independent  chiefs  such  as  those  who  in  mediaeval  times  ruled  Lower  Nubia  under  the  Lord  of 
the  Mountain ;  at  present  we  have  no  reason  to  suppose  that  one  rather  than  another  was  capital 
of  the  whole  district.  But  whether  that  was  the  case  or  not  we  do  know  that  the  finest  of  the 
Ba  statues  from  Anibeh  (Pi.  i)  wears  the  same  insignia  as  are  borne  by  Meroitic  sovereigns  in 
the  funeral  reliefs  at  Begarawiyeh,  that  on  a  finger-ring  from  tomb  G  671  (PI.  33,  8112)  is  repre- 
sented a  Ba  bird  holding  the  crook  and  flail  and  wearing  the  crown  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
and  that  the  figure  on  the  bronze  bowl  (PH.  26,  27)  from  the  great  tomb  G  187  can  hardly  be 
other  than  that  of  a  royal  person.  There  is  thus  some  internal  evidence  provided  by  the  objects 
found  in  the  cemetery  for  supposing  that  the  rulers  of  Karanog  at  least  claimed  a  local  royalty 
and  aped  the  attributes  of  their  overlord. 
Summary.  "We  may  summarize  the  results  of  this  chapter  and  thus  lead  up  to  the  historical  account  in 

chapter  xii  by  saying  that  we  have  to  deal  with  the  archaeology  of  a  pastoral  people  who  between 
the  first  and  the  sixth  centuries  a.  d.  were  settled  in  the  strongholds  and  hamlets  of  the  region 
stretching  from  Korosko  to  Wady  Haifa.  They  were  a  mixed  folk,  consisting  of  a  negro  populace 
headed  by  a  non-negroid  aristocracy;  they  shared  the  civilization  and,  in  most  points  at  least, 
the  religion  of  the  Meroitic  Empire  for  which  their  well-defended  country  must  have  acted  as  a 
buffer  state  against  Rome;  and  while  presumedly  they  owed  to  that  Empire  a  certain  allegiance, 
they  had  their  own  chief  or  chiefs  who  arrogated  to  themselves  a  royal  rank.  It  remains  for  us 
to  take  from  other  sources  the  history  of  the  region  during  this  period  and,  finding  it  in  general 
agreement  with  the  new  archaeological  evidence,  to  establish  the  identity  and  to  trace  the  vicissi- 
tudes of  the  people  whose  material  civilization  the  graves  at  Anibeh  so  richly  illustrate.  Before 
doing  that,  however,  we  propose  to  deal  at  length  with  the  objects  from  the  graves. 


CHAPTER  II 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 

A.    The  Superstructures. 

When  the  expedition  reached  Anibeh  at  the  end  of  1907,  the  site  chosen  did  not  look  as  if 
it  would  require  any  long  time  to  exhaust  it.  Half-a-dozen  low,  broken  mounds  of  weathered 
bricks  rose  above  the  sand,  and  here  and  there  in  patches  where  the  wind  had  swept  the  sand 
away  there  could  be  seen  flush  with  the  surface  straight  lines  of  brickwork  that  crossed  each  other 
at  right  angles  and  mapped  out  the  area  into  small  chessboard-like  squares.  There  were  small 
reasons  for  supposing  that  these  mounds  and  squares  were  the  superstructures  of  tombs  whose 
number  would  run  on  almost  to  eight  hundred.  Such  superstructures  were  not  constructionally 
connected  with  the  real  tombs  that  lay  below  ground,  nor  indeed  were  they  essential  to  them; 
in  the  majority  of  cases  they  did  not  exist  at  all.  Consequently,  as  the  basis  of  classification,  it 
was  necessary  to  take  the  structure  of  the  tomb-chamber  itself,  since  that  showed  very  marked 
and  well-defined  characteristics,  and  to  use  the  varying  forms  of  superstructure  merely  for  the 
subdivision  of  those  types  in  which  they  indifferently  occur. 

Before  embarking  upon  a  detailed  classification,  it  would  be  as  well  to  describe  the  general  General 
character  of  the  tombs  with  the  relation  between  their  two  component  parts  above  ground  and  (jl^l^'sier  °^ 
below  it,  and  to  discuss  such  general  points  as  may  be  raised  by  the  description. 

Dealing  first  with  the  essential  part,  the  chamber  in  which  the  body  lay,  it  may  be  briefly 
said  that  this  was  either  built  in  brick  or  cut  in  the  hard  Nile  mud  deposit  that  here  underlies  the 
sand  to  the  depth  of  several  metres.  In  the  former  case  a  rectangular  pit  was  dug  with  perpen- 
dicular sides  and  at  the  bottom  of  this,  so  deep  that  its  top  should  ultimately  be  well  below  the 
level  of  the  ground,  was  built  a  chamber  or  a  complex  of  chambers  in  mud  brick,  with  vaulte.l 
roof  and  low  walls  which  at  the  ends  were  carried  up  square  to  the  level  of  the  outside  of 
the  vault  and  effectually  closed  the  tomb.  In  the  other  classes  there  was  no  so  elaborate  con- 
struction. In  the  majority  of  cases  a  sloped  approach  or  'dromos'  led  down  some  two  metres' 
depth  to  where  low  in  the  face  of  its  end  wall  a  bricked-up  door  blocked  the  entrance  to  a  cham- 
ber rudely  hollowed  out  in  the  dried  mud.  Otherwise  a  rectangular  trench  cut  in  the  ground 
sufficed  for  the  body,  which  lay  either  full  in  the  trench  as  in  a  modern  grave,  or  in  a  half-recess 
scooped  out  in  one  of  its  longer  sides  and  completed  by  a  slanting  cover  of  brick  or  stone.  Lastly, 
a  not  dissimilar  recess  might  be  cut  in  the  perpendicular  side  of  a  dromos  that  led  to  a  deeper 
chamber-tomb.  In  any  case,  when  the  tomb-chamber  had  received  its  occupant  it  was  covered 
in  or  the  door  was  bricked  up,  and  the  straight  shaft  or  sloping  dromos  was  filled  again  with 
the  refuse  that  had  been  thrown  out  in  digging  it.  The  grave  was  completed,  and  if  a  super- 
structure was  built  it  was  built  after  that  completion  and  as  a  luxury  that  only  the  wealthier, 
presumably,  would  undertake. 

This  being  the  case,  it  is  natural  enough  that  the  graves  should  differ  considerably  from  one 
another  in  the  size  and  quality  of  the  building  above  them:  this  might  be  as  small  as  1.80  m. 
square,  or  might  assume  the  considerable  proportions  of  G  187,  which  measured  over  six  metres, 
while  G  64,  including  structure  and  forecourt,  measured  half  as  much  again. 

In  most  cases  the  building  was  of  mud  brick  throughout,  well  laid  and  bonded.  In  a  fair 
number,  however,  the  brickwork  rested  upon  foundations  of  rough  or  coursed  sandstone  rubble. 

(7) 


s 


KARANOG 


In  a  few  others  well-cut  though  somewhat  irregularly-shaped  blocks,  sometimes  with  chiselled 
edges  and  hammer-dressed  faces,  resembling  the  lower  masonry  of  the  castle  of  Karanog  and  of 
the  enclosure- walls  of  graves  at  Shablul,  rose  to  the  height  of  0.60  m.  above  ground,  and  gave  to 
the  tomb  an  air  of  unusual  solidity  and  opulence.  Such  a  tomb  (G  70)  is  shown  in  Fig.  A  1  and 
on  PI.  112;  the  more  usual  all-brick  tomb  is  seen  (G  174)  on  Pll.  113,  114.  The  walls  always  had 
a  considerable  batter.  In  shape  as  well  as  in  size  the  tombs  varied,  but  there  was  one  predominant 
type  to  which  most  conformed  or  were  so  slightly  divergent  that  they  could  well  be  regarded  as 
modifications  of  it.  While  one  or  two  essentially  different  examples  must  be  noticed  later,  the 
general  types  of  the  Anibeh  tombs,  as  seen  above  ground,  may  be  described  as  follows. 

A  rectangular  enclosure  of  brick,  or  of  brick  upon  stone  foundations,  whose  sides  faced 
approximately  to  the  four  points  of  the  compass,*  while  its  walls  measured  from  0.33  to  0.80  m.  in 
thickness,  had  in  the  centre  of  its  east  face  a  projecting  feature  consisting  of  two  short  parallel 
brick  walls  built  out  at  right  angles  and  roofed  over  with  brick  or  stone  so  as  to  form  an  approach 
to  the  main  block  of  building,  ending  in  a  cul-de-sac.  The  ground-plan  thus  formed  has  the  shape 
of  the  ordinary  Egyptian  stone  offering- table.  A  little  way  in  front  of  the  end  of  this  brick 
approach  lay  a  low  rectangular  brick  altar,  and  on  it  was  placed  a  stone  offering-table,  usually 
having  the  conventional  water-jars  and  loaves  carved  upon  its  face  and  a  Meroitic  inscription 
running  round  its  edge,  which  with  its  square  spout  turned  towards  the  East  reproduced  in 
miniature  the  tomb  structure  that  stood  behind  it.  The  brick  altar,  isolated  and  roughly  built, 
had  very  often  perished ;  but  in  a  good  many  cases  it  had  been  preserved  intact  and  in  some 
(e.g.,  G  140,  p.  10)  the  stone  offering-table  was  found  in  position  on  it.  Indeed,  of  the  great 
number  of  such  offering- tables  found,  very  many  lay  not  far  from  their  original  positions,  and  can 
with  tolerable  certainty  be  referred  to  their  proper  tombs.  Generally  the  altars  were  small, 
about  0.33  or  0.53  m.  square — the  length  of  a  Romano-Nubian  brick  being  0.33  m.  and  its  width 
0.20  m. — but  in  one  or  two  cases  (G  183,  187)  their  dimensions  were  considerably  greater  and 
better  adapted  to  receive  the  few  large  offering-tables  that  were  found :  most  of  the  latter  are 
less  than  half  a  metre  square,  and  an  average  size  of  0.35  by  0.25  m.  is  the  commonest  of  all. 
There  is  probably  no  real  evidence  either  in  the  position  in  which  they  were  found  or  in  their 
numbers,  for  supposing  that  more  than  one  offering- table  was  ever  attached  to  one  tomb — indeed, 
the  existence  of  a  double  offering-table  carved  out  of  a  single  stone  might  be  urged  against  such 
a  supposition — or  that  the  place  of  the  offering- table  was  ever  other  than  upon  the  brick  altar  in 
front  of  the  brick  approach. 

The  only  possible  exceptions  to  this  rule  were  afforded  by  G  165,  where  the  photograph  on 
PI.  in  shows  an  uninscribed  stone  offering- table  lying  in  the  doorway  of  the  approach,  and 
G  293  (v.  p.  41)  where  the  offering-table  may  well  have  been  shifted  from  the  brick  altar  that  lay 
just  behind  it.  The  approach  itself  was  invariably  of  brick,  even  when  the  main  structure  was 
in  part  of  masonry;  it  was  never  bonded  into  the  wall  on  which  it  abutted,  but  was  added  after 
that  was  complete,  and  its  foundations  were  generally  shallower,  sometimes  considerably  so, 
than  were  those  of  the  block  behind  it.  The  walls  were  generally  one  brick's  length  in  thickness 
and  the  space  between  them  varied  from  0.30  m.  to  1.40  m.;  in  the  case  of  tomb  G  64  it  was 
elaborated  into  a  small  forecourt  4.00  m.  across  and  8.50  m.  long,  while  in  the  smaller  tombs  its 
length  is  sometimes  no  more  than  forty  centimetres.  At  the  entrance  there  is  often  a  sill  of 
stone  or  brick,  and  the  ends  of  the  walls  here  take  a  short  return  inwards  making  a  square  reveal 
as  if  for  a  door;  the  return  is  sometimes  in  both  directions,  and  in  the  case  of  G  552  the  outer 
return  made  a  fresh  angle  backwards  so  as  to  give  an  L-shaped  finish  to  the  approach  wall. 

*  i.  e.,  to  the  four  points  of  the  compass  as  understood  by  the  builders,  who  took  their  bearings  from  the 
course  of  the  river,  as  does  the  modern  native.  At  this  point  the  resultant  eiror  is  considerable,  and,  as  the 
general  plan  shows,  the  majority  of  the  tombs  really  faced  southeast. 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


9 


This  reveal  is  not  without  purpose.  In  several  cases  stone  jambs  were  let  into  it,  and  these  were  The  Ap- 
sometimes  painted  or  sculptured  in  relief.  Thus  at  the  end  of  the  approach  of  tomb  G  71  was  froac^" 
found  a  fragment  of  a  jamb  showing  a  figure  of  an  offrant  pouring  water  from  a  ewer  (Cairo  40228, 
PI.  11);  G  182  produced  what  is  perhaps  a  door-jamb  with  a  similar  figure  (7078  PI.  13),  while 
PI.  in  shows  a  tomb  (G  165)  where  there  was  found  in  situ  a  complete  stone  door-frame  let  into 
the  end  of  the  brick  approach,  with  Maat  and  Anubis  upon  the  jambs  and  the  uraeus  disk  on  the 
lintel  (7084).  In  a  few  cases  the  approach  had  had  a  coat  of  whitewash  over  its  mud  rendering. 
In  one  instance  (G  718)  the  brick  approach  is  solid;  in  another  (G  632)  its  place  is  taken  by  a 
single  large  stone ;  but  generally  the  space  between  the  two  walls  was  roofed  over  so  as  to  form 
a  small  dark  narrow  passage  whose  entrance  was  further  straitened  by  the  reveals  of  the  doorway 
or  by  the  stone  frame  which  they  enclosed.  The  methods  of  roofing  were  many.  When  the 
approach  was  narrow,  single  bricks  laid  lengthwise  across  from  wall  to  wall  sufficed  for  cover 
(G  173),  or  where  this  could  not  be  done  stone  slabs  served  the  same  purpose  (G  196).  Some- 
times the  false  arch  of  two  leaning  bricks  was  employed  (G  185,  192),  and  in  other  cases,  where 
the  area  to  be  spanned  was  greater,  the  roof  took  the  form  of  a  vault  of  the  regular  Nubian  type. 
It  was  not  often  that  these  roofs  had  been  preserved  intact,  but  the  group  of  tombs  shown  on 
PI.  113  exhibits  a  good  variety  of  the  different  methods  employed. 

The  brick  approach  did  more  than  complete  the  resemblance  which  the  superstructure  Offerings 
of  the  tombs  bears  to  the  offering-table.  It  was  itself  used  as  a  place  where  offerings  might  be  ^  lp^oach 
deposited.  Thus  in  the  photograph  of  tomb  G  165  on  PI.  111,  is  shown  a  clay  offering-table 
in  position  in  the  entrance  of  the  painted  door-frame:  in  tomb  G  703  there  were  found  in  position 
in  the  approach  no  less  than  sixteen  pottery  vessels;  these  were  all  small  and  mostly  of  undec- 
orated  ware,  only  one  broken  tumbler  being  painted;  in  G  173,  254,  255,  287,  293,  and  677 
similar  small  pots  were  found  in  position,  and  as  the  cases  are  few  in  which  the  brick  approach  was 
so  far  preserved  as  to  be  likely  to  retain  its  contents  undisturbed,  it  may  be  taken  for  granted 
that  the  custom  of  placing  pottery,  chiefly  small  and  of  a  rough  sort,  in  the  approach  to  the 
superstructure  was  common.  A  parallel  to  this  is  found  in  the  case  of  the  shaft  tombs  lacking 
a  superstructure.  Small  rough  pots,  chiefly  of  the  forms  F  ix,  xxxii,  and  xlv,  were  constantly 
found  loose  in  the  sand  and  but  a  short  distance — 30  to  40  centimetres — below  the  modern  surface. 
At  first  they  were  supposed  to  be  scattered  quite  at  random  about  the  cemetery,  and  to  a  certain  Offerings 

extent  this  was  so;  later,  it  was  seen  that  large  numbers  of  them,  often  in  groups  of  two,  three,  or  °J^ts^e 

°  r  1  Dromos. 

four  at  a  time,  were  lying  in  position  in  the  sand  just  above  the  mouth  of  the  dromos  of  one  of  the 

poorer  shaft-tombs.    It  was  impossible  to  tell  whether  they  had  originally  lain  on  the  surface  or 

been  buried  just  below  it;  but  the  placing  of  such  offerings  at  the  point  where  the  dromos  began 

to  slope  down  to  the  door  of  poor  tombs  seems  to  be  the  same  rite  made  simple  by  circumstances 

as  that  which  set  them  up  in  the  formal  gateway  of  the  rich  man's  grave.    And  as  the  one  custom 

was  common  enough,  it  is  probable  that  the  other  if  not  general  was  exercised  in  more  cases  than 

those  in  which  material  evidence  for  it  can  be  adduced. 

But  the  approach  may  have  had  yet  another  use.    There  were  found  in  the  cemetery  of  Position  of 

Anibeh,  as  at  Shablul,  a  certain  number  of  painted  stone  stelae,  usually  of  small  size  and  with  ^lie^ae- 

oval  tops:  a  number  of  them  are  illustrated  on  Pll.  11-14.    These  stones  were  generally  found 

loose  in  the  sand  in  the  proximity  of  the  better  tombs  and  there  was  as  a  rule  nothing  to  show 

where  they  had  originally  stood.    But  there  were  exceptions.    The  large  tomb  G  140  was  one 

of  the  better  preserved  in  the  cemetery ;  on  the  brick  altar  in  front  of  it  the  stone  table  of  offerings 

lay  undisturbed,  and  the  walls  of  its  approach,  which  were  0.5  m.  wide  and  1.90  m.  long,  stood 

to  their  original  height,  the  springers  of  the  vault  above  them  remaining,  though  the  vault 

itself  had  fallen  in.    In  the  space,  0.80  m.  wide,  between  the  walls,  and  under  the  debris  of  bricks 

fallen  in  from  the  vault  and  also  from  the  E.  wall  of  the  superstructure,  there  lay  face  downwards 

upon  the  sand  (the  original  flooring  of  the  approach)  precisely  in  the  middle  of  the  approach, 


IO 


KARANOG 


Position  of 
Stelae. 


Position  of 
Statues. 


its  flat  base  0.75  m.  from  the  superstructure  wall,  its  oval  top  pointing  towards  the  threshold  of 
the  approach,  the  stela  7076  figured  on  PI.  12.  This  stone  must  originally  have  stood  in  the  place 
in  which  it  was  found:  it  had  been  there  when  the  roof  collapsed,  and  before  that  happened  it 
could  not  have  fallen  and  would  scarcely  have  been  thrown  into  the  approach.  This  being  so,  it 
is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  the  brick  approach  was  the  regular  place  in  which  the  painted 
stela  was  set  up ;  considering  the  condition  of  the  graves,  it  is  not  surprising  that  of  the  few  such 
stelae  found  only  one  or  two  (cf.  G  203)  remained  in  situ.  The  personal  painted  stela  recording 
the  lineaments  of  the  deceased,  clay  tables  of  offerings,  pottery  vases,  for  any  or  all  of  these  the 
brick  approach  was  the  right  receptacle. 


Ill 


Sole 
0 


□ 


A  discussion  as  to  the  use  of  the  approach  must  needs  raise  another  and  a  more  difficult 
question,  that  of  the  position  of  the  half-bird  half-human  Ba  statues  whose  character  and  meaning 
is  dealt  with  elsewhere.  These  were  found  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  (with  the  exception  of  a 
few  cases  where  they  had  fallen  down  the  robbers'  holes  or  were  found  in  the  filling  of  a  dromos 
or  a  superstructure)  and  clearly  had  formed  part  of  the  decoration  of  the  superstructure.  The 
statues  did  not  stand  inside  the  brick  approach,  for  the  simple  reason  that  they  are  generally 
too  large  to  be  got  inside.  They  may  have  stood  upon  the  top  of  the  tomb;  in  some  cases  this 
would  certainly  seem  possible,  but  in  others  the  rounded  top  of  the  brickwork  would  have  given 
them  at  best  an  uneasy  perch. 

A  possible  solution  was  given  by  tomb  G  174.  The  superstructure  was  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations',  seven  courses  of  brick  remained,  giving  it  a  total  height  of  1.15  m.;  the  brick 
approach,  which  had  a  total  width  of  0.65  m.  and  internal  dimensions  of  0.20  by  0.95  m.  only, 
retained  intact  its  roof,  which  was  simply  of  bricks  laid  flat  across  from  wall  to  wall.  From  the 
two  front  corners  of  the  top  level  of  this  roof  there  rose  two  rectangular  brick  columns,  and  the 
superstructure  when  first  unearthed  had  on  its  east  face,  directly  above  the  approach  and  half 
a  metre  above  the  top  of  its  roof,  some  projecting  bricks  which  suggested  a  second  roof  reaching 
to  those  pillars.  In  no  other  case  were  traces  of  similar  structure  found ;  but  this  is  inconclusive,  as 
no  other  tomb  had  its  E.  wall  standing  to  such  a  height  that  had  there  been  a  second  story  to 
the  approach  remains  of  it  would  necessarily  have  been  evident.  Without  suggesting  that  a 
second  story  was  universal — and  the  pointed  or  rounded  roofs  of  many  approaches  were  ill  adapted 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


1 1 


for  it — it  need  not  be  supposed  that  G  174  was  a  unique  example.  If  this  half-open  balcony  was  Reconstruc- 
in  some  tombs  the  receptacle  for  the  Ba  statue,  in  others  they  may  have  occupied  another  but  lj^J  a 
not  dissimilar  position,  such  as  a  niche  in  the  superstructure  over  the  approach.  Just  by  the 
approach  of  this  tomb,  near  its  N.  wall,  was  found  complete,  in  the  surface  sand,  a  Ba  statue 
(7008;  PI.  6)  whose  lamentable  workmanship  is  quite  consistent  with  the  meagre  proportions 
of  the  superstructure.  The  base  of  the  statue  could  be  fitted  in  neatly  between  the  pillars  over 
the  approach,  and  on  the  chance  of  its  having  originally  stood  there  it  was  set  up  in  position  as 
shown  in  PI.  114.  The  stone  table  of  offerings  and  the  vase  in  the  approach  seen  in  that  photo- 
graph were  not  found  in  situ  but  were  so  placed  as  to  give  a  conjectural  restoration  of  the  super- 
structure with  its  furniture  complete. 

It  must  be  said  that  the  statues  and  fragments  of  statues  were  so  scattered  that  it  was  Position  of 
not  possible,  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  to  assign  each  to  one  or  other  particular  tomb;  they  the  Statues- 
had  been  apparently  flung  about  the  field  with  intention,  and  this  probably  at  an  early  date, 
for  fragments  of  statues  were  occasionally  found  in  the  filling  of  the  superstructures  of  tombs, 
although  the  superstructures  had  not  been  disturbed  since  they  were  built.  The  place  where 
the  statues  stood,  generally  speaking,  cannot  be  decided;  but  it  is  at  least  possible  that  the  place 
suggested  in  the  restoration  was  in  many  instances  utilized  for  them.  The  statues  are  clearly 
meant  to  be  seen  from  in  front,  rather  than  from  behind,  where  in  most  cases  the  maker  trusted 
for  his  effect  to  paint  and  did  not  trouble  to  elaborate  even  in  his  soft  sandstone  such  detail  as  does 
appear  on  nos.  7010,  7015.  A  curious  point  is  that  the  statues,  or  at  any  rate  some  of  them,  were 
made  to  slide  backwards  and  forwards  in  a  grooved  stone  base;  several  of  these,  or  fragments  of 
them,  were  found,  and  the  statue  40194  in  the  Cairo  Museum  (PI.  2)  was  discovered  still  standing 
in  its  base,  which  itself  seems  to  have  been  built  into  some  part  of  the  superstructure.  It  would 
be  pleasant  to  suppose  that  the  Ba  figure  stood  half-hidden  in  its  dark  niche  above  the  tomb, 
and  that  on  the  set  days  when  the  dead  man's  family  gathered  to  his  grave  the  image  of  his  soul 
was  drawn  forth  a  little  way  into  the  light  to  take  his  part  with  them  in  the  feast. 

Such,  it  may  be  supposed,  were  the  uses  of  the  approach;  but  that  they  may  have  admitted 
of  varieties  amongst  themselves  is  not  improbable,  particularly  as  the  approach  itself  is  not  of 
invariable  occurrence.  There  are,  as  will  be  seen  later,  well-marked  types  of  superstructure  to 
which  an  approach  of  any  sort  is  lacking. 

It  has  already  been  stated,  in  anticipation,  that  the  superstructure  proper  was  a  rectangle  jne  main 
of  brickwork,  sometimes  resting  upon  stone  foundations;  this  is  only  a  general  description  of  Super- 
what  in  some  cases  at  any  rate  was  quite  a  complex  building.  This,  the  main  feature  of  the  tomb 
as  visible,  was  doubtless  intended  to  stand  directly  over  the  chamber  where  the  body  was 
deposited  ;  and  in  tombsof  the  vaulted  chamber  type  this  was  actually  and  indeed  almost  necessarily 
the  case;  but  with  the  dromos  grave,  where  the  shaft  was  filled  up  before  the  building  of  the  super- 
structure was  begun,  a  mistake  was  common  enough  and  the  tomb-chamber  often  lay  right  out- 
side the  area  covered  by  the  foundations  of  the  brickwork  above.  Usually  the  builders  started 
operations  well  over  the  dromos  itself,  laying  their  first  courses  in  the  disturbed  soil  of  its  filling; 
the  approach  would  then  come  almost  to  the  front  edge  of  the  dromos  slope,  and  the  tomb- 
chamber  be  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length  behind  and  beyond  the  west  wall  of  the  building. 
As  in  a  fair  number  of  instances  the  tomb-robbers  had  dug  down  into  the  tomb  through  the 
dromos,  the  position  of  the  superstructure  was  then  responsible  for  its  whole  or  partial  ruin, 
and  particularly  for  the  disappearance  of  the  more  shallowly-laid  approach.  It  also  rendered 
inevitable  the  destruction  of  the  superstructures  by  any  regular  excavation  of  the  cemetery. 
The  simpler  superstructures,  which  were  also  the  smaller,  consisted  of  four  walls,  one  brick's 
length  in  thickness,  enclosing  a  sand  and  rubble  filling.  It  was  impossible  in  any  single  case  to 
determine  the  original  height  of  the  walls;  it  may  well  have  varied  very  considerably  in  different 
tombs,  but  as  a  rule  the  main  building  was  higher  than  the  top  of  the  roof  of  the  approach,  and 


12 


KARANOG 


Rounded  and  quite  small  examples  were  found  standing  as  much  as  1.20  m.  above  ground.  The  top  was  either 
Super- ^  rounded  or  flat.  The  flat  roof  was  formed  by  the  loose  filling  being  brought  level  with  the  tops 
structures.  of  the  retaining-walls  and  then  jacketed  with  mud  brick.  The  evidence  for  this  was  not  easily 
obtained,  but  in  G  254,  for  instance,  though  the  superstructure  was  ruined  away  for  the  greater 
part  of  its  height,  the  filling  was  covered  with  brickwork  too  regularly  laid  to  be  accidental;  on 
the  other  hand  G  293,  a  grave  which  will  be  discussed  in  greater  detail  later,  seems  to  show  that 
the  mere  sand  filling  might  be  deemed  sufficient  without  any  brickwork  above  it.  Where  the 
superstructure  is  flat- topped  the  retaining- wall  is  naturally  thin,  for  neither  the  sand  filling  nor 
the  brick  jacketing  above  exercise  any  considerable  outward  pressure.  A  more  curious  and 
complex  arrangement  was  that  of  the  round-topped  tombs.  This  more  pretentious  type  was 
followed  in  the  majority  of  the  larger  graves  but  was  not  confined  to  them ;  owing  to  the  general 
destruction  of  the  superstructures  it  was  not  by  any  means  always  possible  to  say  whether  a 
smaller  grave  had  been  flat  or  round  above,  and  the  round  top  could  only  be  confidently  assigned 
to  those  whose  lower  walls  were  clearly  not  designed  for  the  flat  covering.  Within  the  rectan- 
Method  of  gular  enclosure  of  the  containing-walls,  which  were  often  thicker  than  in  the  case  of  flat-topped 
Construction,  tombs,  there  ran  parallel  to  them  one  or  more  cross  walls  in  each  direction.  The  foundations 
of  these  were  shallower  and  weaker — for  instance,  when  the  outer  walls  were  on  stone  foundations, 
the  inner  would  rest  upon  the  sand  or  even  upon  the  lower  layers  of  artificial  filling;  their  con- 
struction, too,  was  often  weaker;  instead  of  the  regular  header  and  stretcher  courses  of  the  outer 
walls,  there  are  courses  set  edgeways;  the  bonding  is  poor  and  the  courses  are  ill  grouted.  The 
character  of  the  construction  is  clearly  seen  in  Fig.  A  1,  a  drawing  made  of  G  70  in  the  course 
of  its  demolition.  The  superstructure  was  one  of  those  which  before  excavation  was  begun 
stood  up  above  ground  level,  and  were  useful  as  giving  the  original  appearance  of  the  tombs. 
It  had  been  opened  by  plunderers  in  recent  times;  but  they  had  penetrated  no  further  than  the 
first  segment  made  by  the  cross-walls,  and  had  laid  neatly  bare  a  structural  section  of  the 
whole,  which  is  shown  in  the  drawing  and  also  in  the  photograph  of  G  259  on  PI.  112. 

From  where  they  abutted  on  the  outer  walls  the  cross-walls  rose  gradually  in  height  above 
them,  the  courses  being  stepped  back  regularly  to  the  central  point  of  intersection.  In  some 
cases  the  cross-walls  had  one  or  more  courses  of  headers  on  edge  over  the  corbel  steps.  Rubble 
and  sand  was  then  poured  into  the  rectangular  spaces  formed  by  the  inner  and  outer  walls,  and 
the  superstructure  was  filled  up.  Instead,  however,  of  the  top  being  flat,  the  filling  was  mounded 
up  from  the  edge  of  the  containing  walls  to  the  central  intersection  of  the  cross-walls.  The 
rubbish  was  then  jacketed  over  with  bricks.  This  brickwork,  starting  from  the  top  of  the 
containing  walls,  rounded  off  the  angles  of  these  and,  like  a  modern  Nubian  dome,  changed  its 
outline  gradually  from  a  quadrilateral  to  a  circular  form,  curving  back  as  it  rose.  Then  the 
angles  made  by  the  stepping-back  of  the  courses  of  the  cross-walls  were  filled  up  with  pieces  of 
brick  cut  wedge-shape  with  a  curved  front  face.  The  superstructure  thus  completed  had  all  the 
appearance  of  a  low  square  building  surmounted  by  a  groined  dome  of  flattened  hemispherical 
proportions.  In  reality  it  was  a  ribbed  and  jacketed  mound  with  retaining  walls.  The  apparent 
groining  was  the  effect  of  the  ribs  or  cross-walls,  whose  only  purpose  was  to  retain  the  shape 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  mound.  Sometimes,  in  the  case  of  the  largest  tombs,  two  such  inter- 
secting ribs  were  deemed  insufficient,  and  diagonals  were  added;  this  was  done,  for  instance, 
in  G  183.  Here  the  superstructure  is  of  brick  on  stone  foundations,  6.40  by  6.20  m. ;  three  courses 
of  stone  show  above  ground,  each  being  about  0.20  m.  thick,  and  above  these  rises  a  brick  face  to 
a  total  height  of  1.50  m.  The  approach  is  of  brick,  measuring  0.90  m.  high  to  the  springers  of 
its  (ruined)  vaulted  roof,  and  having  a  stone  door-frame  for  its  entrance.  The  outer  walls  are 
0.60  m.  thick,  the  cross-walls  and  diagonals  0.45  m.  The  'dome'  has  been  much  ruined  away 
and  at  present  stands  only  half  a  metre  above  the  top  of  the  retaining  walls ;  it  can  hardly  have 
been  less  than  two  metres  originally.    Tomb  G  187  had  been  higher  than  this,  judging  from  its 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


13 


general  proportions;  G  182,  though  ruined  above,  still  stood  1.60  m.  high,  its  other  proportions  ^et^fu°^on 
being  much  the  same  as  those  of  G  183.  Occasionally  the  superstructure  was  an  oblong  in  plan, 
and  must  have  possessed  a  pair  of  rounded  summits  side  by  side;  thus,  for  example,  G  141  was 
6.60  m.  long  on  its  east  and  west  faces  and  but  3.90  m.  on  the  north  and  south;  it  had  but  one 
internal  wall  N.  and  S.,  but  in  the  other  direction  three,  of  which  the  central  wall  was  0.70  m. 
thick,  and  well  calculated  to  support  the  edges  of  two  contingent  mounds,  while  the  other  cross- 
walls  were  of  a  single  brick's  thickness  (0.33  m.),  sufficient  to  give  shape  to  the  mounds  them- 
selves. The  simplest  form  of  round-topped  superstructure  was  seen  in  G  163,  where  there  was 
no  retaining  wall  and  no  internal  cross-wall;  a  mere  heap  of  sand  and  mud  had  been  jacketed 
with  brickwork  which  simply  stopped  short  at  the  ground  level.  The  most  complicated  form 
was  given  by  G  64,  of  which  a  plan  and  description  is  published  on  p.  33. 

It  is  natural  to  look  to  other  Nubian  sites  for  some  analogy  to  the  Anibeh  tombs.    We  do  Comparison 

°J  .  with  the 

not  at  present  know  of  any  parallel  to  the  round-topped  mud-brick  superstructures  of  this  ceme-  pyramids  of 

tery;  but  these  present  certain  features  which,  if  the  analogy  be  not  pressed  too  far,  may  have  Gebel  Barkal 

some  light  thrown  upon  them  by  the  use  to  which  corresponding  features  are  put  in  structures 

not  altogether  dissimilar. 

The  small  stone-built  pyramids  of  Gebel  Barkal*  are  of  regular  pyramidal  form  except 

in  so  far  as  their  height  is  greater  in  proportion  to  their  area  than  is  the  case  with  Egyptian 

pyramids.    The  tombs  over  which  they  stand  are  shaft-tombs.    In  these  two  respects  therefore 

they  differ  altogether  from  the  Anibeh  graves.    On  the  other  hand  there  are  resemblances.  The 


pyramid,  not  very  much  larger  in  area  than  the  biggest  Anibeh  tombs,  rose  from  a  low  platform 
with  perpendicular  sides;  in  front  of  it,  on  the  southeast  face,  was  a  small  chapel  with,  in  some 
cases  at  least,  a  vaulted  roof,  and  a  miniature  pylon  at  the  entrance;  round  this  stretched  a  little 
court,  of  the  same  width  as  the  pyramid,  enclosed  by  a  wall.  The  ground-plan  thus  formed 
(Fig.  a,  after  a  plan  in  Cailliaud's  Voyage),  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  that  of  our  brick 
superstructures.  It  will  be  remembered  that  tomb  G  174  had  at  the  entrance  of  its  small 
'approach'  and  rising  above  its  roof-level,  two  pillars  of  brickwork  which  would  correspond  very 
well  with  the  pylons  of  Gebel  Barkal.  If  these  pillars  supported,  as  has  been  suggested,  a  second 
roof,  the  resemblance  is  less  marked,  but  if  that  conjecture  is  mistaken  then  the  parallel  s  close. 
The  Gebel  Barkal  chapels  are  decorated  inside  with  reliefs  connected  with  the  offerings  made  to 
the  dead.  As  there  is  evidence  for  the  painted  stelae  having  been  deposited  within  the  approaches 
of  the  Anibeh  tomb-structures,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  'approach '  and  the  'chapel '  represent 
the  same  religious  idea,  although  the  word  'chapel'  could  not  well  be  applied  to  an  erection  so 
small  and  insignificant  as  is  often  the  Anibeh  approach.    The  sectional  drawing  of  a  pyramid 


*  Budge,  The  Egyptian  Sudan,  vol.  i,  pp.  153,  seq. 


14 


KARANOG 


Comparison 
with  the 
Pyramids  of 
Gebel  Barkal 


Parallels  at 
Behen. 


Offerings 
Buried  in  the 
Super- 
structure. 


The  hollow 
Apse. 


at  Gebel  Barkal  (Fig.  b,  also  after  Cailliaud)  will  serve  to  show,  especially  in  regard  to  the 
chapel,  how  far  a  parallel  between  the  two  types  of  tombs  can  be  said  to  hold  good. 

A  suggestion  has  been  made  that  the  Ba  statue  stood  in,  or  partly  in,  a  niche  constructed 
in  the  superstructure  of  the  tomb.  Owing  to  the  destruction  of  the  upper  part  of  the  brickwork 
no  evidence  for  this  could  be  adduced.  But  the  pyramids  of  Meroe  and  Begerawieh  sometimes 
had  upper  chambers,  and  at  Behen  (Wady  Haifa)  we  have  found  curious  small  structures  that 
may  be  cited  in  this  connection.  These  are  diminutive  buildings  set  up  outside  and  in  front  of 
tombs  of  the  Xllth  dynasty;  they  are  of  mud-brick,  mud- washed;  in  form  they  are  regular 
pyramids  (the  tops  have  been  destroyed)  with  a  small  approach  in  front  and,  before  this,  a  semi- 
circular depression  in  the  mud  platform  on  which  the  whole  structure  was  set.  Just  above  the 
roof  of  the  approach  was  a  niche  or  chamber  with  a  narrow  entrance  and  an  area  as  great  as 
the  pyramid  at  this  point  would  permit.  The  sketch,  Fig.  c,  shows  the  general  character  of  the 
pyramid. 

It  has  already  been  said  that  the  superstructure,  lying  as  it  often  does  over  the  dromos, 
was  built  after  the  tomb  chamber  had  received  its  occupant.  It  is  not  surprising  then  to  find 
that  where  tomb-offerings  were  so  general,  some  of  them  should  be  deposited  in  the  filling  of  the 
superstructure  itself.  While  the  rubble  was  being  poured  in  between  the  retaining  walls,  a 
few  vases,  usually  small  rough  examples  of  forms  F  ix,  xxxii,  and  xlv,  the  forms  most  commonly 
deposited  in  the  brick  approaches  and  above  the  mouth  of  the  dromos,  were  thrown  in  at  ran- 
dom This  was  a  common  practice.  But  sometimes  the  offerings  were  of  unusual  types.  The 
heads  of  Ba  statues  (three  were  found  in  the  superstructure  of  a  single  tomb,  G  284)  may  have 
come  from  statues  already  broken  and  have  been  thrown  in  unnoticed  with  the  rubbish.  But 
the  objects  in  the  superstructure  of  G  293  had  clearly  been  placed  there  with  intention.  Two 
bronze  vessels,  an  iron  kohlstick  and  rod,  wooden  kohlbox,  'patchbox'  and  spindle-whorls,  and 
a  quantity  of  beads,  all  lay  together  about  0.25  m.  below  the  present  level  of  the  sand  and  of  the 
top  of  the  retaining  wall.  Whether  they  originally  lay  on  the  surface  or  below  it  is  not  clear; 
judging  from  analogy,  the  latter.  Certainly  the  objects  from  G  254  had  been  buried  from  the 
first,  for  they  lay  actually  beneath  the  brick  jacketing  of  the  flat  top  of  the  tomb;  here  were, 
enclosed  in  a  wooden  box,  an  iron  chisel,  a  chatelaine,  an  ivory  ring,  and  by  these  a  quiver  full 
of  arrows.  The  wood  and  ivory  casket  7518  (PI.  21)  was  found  low  down  in  the  superstructure 
of  G  140.  A  ground  plan  of  this  tomb  given  on  p.  10  is  characteristic  of  the  moderate  sized  tomb 
of  good  quality  in  the  Anibeh  cemetery.  It  has  no  cross- walls  or  diagonals  such  as  are  found  e.  g. 
in  G  183,  and  so  may  have  been  flat-topped;  but  the  thickness  of  the  containing  walls  (0.75  m.) 
is  against  this  view,  and  the  superstructure  was  probably  capped  by  the  low  dome-shaped  mound 
that  marked  the  better  tombs. 

With  his  soul's  requirements  in  the  next  world  or  in  this  supplied  by  the  due  furnishing 
of  the  tomb-chamber  itself,  as  well  as  by  objects  placed  at  pleasure  in  the  dromos,  in  the  approach, 
or  in  the  filling  of  the  superstructure,  it  might  be  supposed  that  the  Nubian  would  have  been 
content.  But  all  these  are  offerings  made  at  the  time  of  the  interment.  The  offerings  made 
subsequently  on  various  recurring  celebrations  had  also  to  be  taken  into  account,  and  in  a  certain 
number  of  the  tombs  arrangements  were  made  by  which  these  might  be  brought  closer  to  the 
dead.  It  is  a  common  enough  custom  to  pour  libations  upon  the  ground  that  the  dust  below 
which  the  dead  lies,  and  with  which  he  has  become  one,  may  drink  up  the  gift;  it  is  common  too 
to  have  above  the  tomb  some  hole  or  pit  into  which  the  offering  is  poured  or  dropped  and  so 
comes  nearer  to  the  actual  body.    Some  of  the  Anibeh  tombs  have  such  an  opening. 

At  the  back  of  a  number  of  the  superstructures  there  was  what,  for  convenience,  we  termed 
a  'hollow  apse'.  This  was  a  brick  construction,  generally  either  semicircular  or  with  straight 
sides  and  a  semicircular  end,  built  out  from  the  west  face  of  the  superstructure.  Sometimes 
it  was  as  broad  as  the  latter,  more  often  somewhat  narrower,  so  that  the  square  corners  of  the 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


15 


quadrangle  projected  beyond  it  on  either  side.    In  any  case  it  made  upon  the  ground-plan  of  The  hollow 

the  tomb  a  western  apsidal  feature.    Constructionally  however  it  was  an  inverted  apse,  the  APse' 

courses  being  corbelled  and  not  radial.    It  was  but  one  brick's  width  thick  and  its  top  was  either 

flush  with  or  but  little  above  the  original  ground  level ;  from  there  the  lower  courses,  sunk  below 

ground  level,  were  stepped  out,  so  that  the  hollow  which  they  lined  diminished  gradually  in 

size  while  retaining  its  shape  unaltered.    The  wall  of  the  superstructure  that  formed  its  base 

line  was  generally  stepped  out  also;  otherwise  it  was  carried  straight  down.    At  the  bottom 

of  this  shelving  brick-lined  pit  was  a  hole  simply  cut  down  in  the  hard  mud;  it  was  throughout 

its  depth  of  the  same  area  as  that  enclosed  by  the  lowest  course  of  brickwork  from  which  it  started ; 

and  it  ended  with  a  flat  bottom. 

Nearly  always  the  'apse'  had  suffered  out  of  proportion  to  the  rest  of  the  superstructure. 
The  fact  that  its  sides  were  but  a  single  brick  thick  and  that  the  bricks  could  easily  be  dislodged 
and  fall  into  the  hole  beneath  might  alone  have  accounted  for  this.  But  there  was  another 
and  more  trenchant  reason.  If  by  means  of  the  sunken  apse  an  easy  access  to  the  tomb  was 
afforded  for  offerings,  at  the  same  time  the  way  was  pointed  out  and  already  cut  to  half  its  depth 
for  tomb  robbers.  In  the  vast  majority  of  cases  where  an  apse  had  existed  the  robbers  had 
taken  advantage  of  it.  To  go  down  through  the  dromos  of  a  shaft- tomb  necessitated  the 
destruction  of  the  superstructure,  a  laborious  and  perhaps  still  a  dangerous  task;  to  cut  through 
the  metre  or  so  of  hard  mud  between  the  bottom  of  the  apse  and  the  roof  of  the  tomb-chamber 
was  easy,  and  need  leave  few  traces  of  what  had  been  done.  It  was  clear  that  the  wholesale 
robbery  of  the  tombs  was  carried  out  at  a  time  not  so  very  long  after  the  bodies  had  been  interred, 
when  the  need  for  secrecy  was  still  felt.  In  two  cases,  G  543  and  G  682,  the  bottom  of  the 
robbers '  hole,  where  it  broke  through  into  the  chamber,  had  been  roughly  bricked  up  from  within 
the  hole,  so  that  the  rubbish  thrown  in  again  might  be  kept  in  place  and  the  wonted  appearance 
of  the  tomb  be  preserved.  The  pottery  vessels  deposited  as  offerings  in  the  apse  hollow  were 
generally  large,  and  if  these  were  replaced  they  might  well  conceal  the  tracks  of  the  spoilers. 

As  a  general  rule,  therefore,  but  little  of  the  apse  remained.  However,  an  exception  is 
G  144.  Here  there  were  in  position  seven  stepped  brick  courses  of  which  the  top  enclosed  an 
area  1.32  by  1.32  m.,  reduced  at  the  lowest  course  to  0.73  by  0.65  m.  The  west  wall  of  the  super- 
structure was  in  this  case  faced  below  ground  level  with  bricks  set  on  edge,  starting  at  a  very 
sharp  angle  like  the  tiles  of  a  roof  (see  illustration,  Fig.  c).  In  G  203  also  the  apse  (which 
was  far  from  being  in  the  centre  of  the  wall-face)  was  very  well  preserved.  Above,  the  apse 
measures  2.15  m.  in  width  with  a  depth  of  1.60  m.;  the  top  six  courses  of  brickwork  were  stepped 
back  so  as  to  reduce  the  latter  measurement  to  1.05  m.  while  not  greatly  altering  the  breadth. 
The  lower  six  courses  are  perpendicular  and  line  the  sides  of  a  hole  descending  as  low  as  the 
stone  foundations  of  the  superstructure,  i.  e.  some  eighty  centimetres  from  the  surface.  In 
G  144  the  depth  of  the  apse  was  1.50  m.  An  unusual  depth  had  been  reached  in  G301,  where  the 
apse-hole  descended  actually  to  the  floor  level  of  the  chamber  and  had  to  be  separated  from  it 
by  a  brick  wall ;  it  seemed  tolerably  certain  that  this  was  an  original  arrangement  and  not  a  case 
of  robbers  trying  to  hide  their  tracks.  Sometimes  it  appeared  as  if  a  mere  hole  in  the  ground, 
without  brickwork  above,  had  taken  the  place  of  the  regularly  constructed  sunken  apse.  Thus 
in  G  182  the  robbers '  hole  was  at  the  west  end  of  the  superstructure,  penetrating  into  thechamber, 
and  by  the  side  of  this,  close  against  the  wall,  was  a  nearly  circular  pit,  0.80  m.  deep,  with  no 
signs  of  brickwork.  Sometimes  the  western  feature  lost  its  apsidal  form  altogether  and  appeared 
as  a  brick  rectangle,  still  only  one  brick  thick,  and  with  the  hole  below  it  that  characterized  the 
regular  apse.  This  is  seen  in  G  382,  393,  522.  Another  modification  in  type,  due  in  one  case,  at 
any  rate  (G  217),  to  the  overcrowding  of  the  cemetery,  was  the  placing  of  the  offering-hole  within 
the  rectangle  of  the  superstructure  proper.  Thus  G  217  had  in  the  centre  of  its  superstructure 
a  depression  0.80  m.  wide  with  sides,  one  brick  thick,  regularly  stepped;  the  curve  of  the  apse 


i6 


KARANOG 


Offerings  in 
the  A  pse. 


Praying 
Stools. 


Tombs  with- 
out Super- 
structures. 


was  at  the  east.  Similar  arrangements  but  with  the  curve  at  the  west  end  were  found  in  G  2 1 7 , 
255,  etc.;  while  G  266  had  an  internal  rectangular  walled  hollow  0.82  by  0.75  m.  in  area,  and 
originally  1.40  m.  deep. 

As  in  almost  every  case  the  apse  had  been  broken  through  by  the  tomb  robbers,  it  was 
impossible  to  say  with  any  confidence  that  the  objects  found  in  the  rubbish  that  filled  it  had  been 
deposited  in  it  originally  and  with  intention.  It  was  the  more  impossible  because  the  robbers  had 
clearly  been  in  the  habit  of  bringing  to  the  surface  all  that  either  gave  chances  of  booty  or  hindered 
their  active  search  for  it,  and  of  throwing  back  all  that  they  did  not  value  into  the  hole  through 
which  it  had  been  brought  up.  Thus  quantities  of  objects,  and  even  the  bodies  themselves  from 
the  tombs,  were  found  in  the  robbers'  holes.  As,  however,  when  these  coincided  with  apse- 
hollows,  large  pottery  vessels  were  often  found  near  the  surface,  and  this  was  less  often  the  case 
when  there  was  no  pre-existent  apse,  and  as  the  plunderers  were  clearly  not  above  concealing  their 
traces,  it  seems  more  likely  that  these  pots  had  been  standing  in  the  apse-hollow  before  and  were 
replaced  to  mask  the  disturbed  earth,  than  that  men  who  had  taken  the  trouble  to  wall  up  below 
the  means  of  their  entrance  should  betray  the  fact  of  it  by  leaving  the  contents  of  the  tomb  upon  the 
ground  surface.  It  cannot  be  certainly  stated,  but  it  is  to  be  presumed,  that  the  sunken  apse  was 
used  as  a  place  where  jars,  and  especially  large  jars,  of  offerings  might  be  placed  within  convenient 
distance  of  the  dead. 

A  single  tomb,  G  307,  presented  a  unique  feature.  In  front  of  the  square  altar  that  lay 
before  the  approach  was  a  kind  of  platform  of  brick,  only  one  course  thick.    It  was  a  good 

deal  damaged  and  its  irregular  shape  was  probably 
not  original,  but  it  seems  to  have  been  composed  of 
two  blocks,  1.80  m.  apart,  both  possibly  once  oblongs 
about  2.80  m.  by  1.20  m.  (the  present  measurements  of 
the  larger  part  preserved).  Our  Nubian  workers  at 
once  recognized  in  it  a  'praying-stool'  on  which  the 
relatives  would  sit  at  the  yearly  festival  of  the  dead. 
This  indeed  may  well  have  been  its  purpose,  and 
though  there  were  no  other  instances  of  such  a 
structure  to  be  observed,  yet  this  is  no  proof  that 
such  had  not  once  existed:  a  single  layer  of  bricks 
laid  on  the  loose  surface  sand  would  easily  disappear. 
Without  in  any  way  regarding  a  'praying-stool' 
as  the  general  adjunct  of  Romano-Nubian  tombs 
we  may  well  presume  its  occasional  presence, 
and  this  would  give  a  further  point  of  com- 
parison between  the  ancient  and  modern  cemeteries, 
whose  other  resemblances  are  mentioned  below. 

Such  is  a  general  description  of  the  superstructures  of  the  Anibeh  tombs,  where  any  existed; 
further  details  are  given  in  the  formal  classification  of  tomb  types  in  ch.  iii,  in  various  examples 
selected  for  special  treatment  and  illustration  on  pp.  32  to  45,  and  in  the  individual  descriptions 
in  the  analysis  of  tombs  in  ch.  xiii. 

But  by  no  means  all  the  graves  boasted  such  superstructures  as  have  been  discussed  above; 
these  were  indeed  a  luxury  that  only  the  richer  could  afford,  and  the  graves  of  the  poor  people 
have  no  trace  of  brickwork  of  any  sort  above  ground.  But  it  can  hardly  be  supposed  that  the 
position  of  the  graves  was  unmarked.  Where  the  superstructure  is  as  we  have  seen  it  to  be  little 
more  than  an  elaborate  receptacle  for  the  many  offerings  made  to  the  dead,  poverty  may  dispense 
with  the  receptacle,  but  religion  none  the  less  demands  the  offering.  At  least  something  must 
point  out  the  spot  where  the  yearly  libation  may  be  poured  without  being  all  wasted  on  the 


(V  307. 


Scale 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


i7 


sand,  where  the  bowl  may  be  set  most  readily  for  the  wandering  spirit.  The  Nubian  cemetery  Tombs  with- 
of  to-day  is  dotted  with  little  heaps  of  pebbles,  each  one  representing  a  prayer,  with  aloes,  with  ^l^mres' 
bowls  and  pots  into  which  on  set  days  the  dead  man's  kin  pour  water  for  his  soul's  drink,  and 
with  clay  baskets  for  sweetmeats,  while  here  and  there  a  rude  flagstaff  marks  the  resting-place 
of  a  pilgrim  or  a  sheikh.  The  photograph  of  such  a  cemetery  shown  on  PI.  110  probably  bears  a 
very  close  resemblance  to  what  the  poorer  quarter  of  the  Anibeh  graveyard  was  before  it  was 
neglected,  ransacked,  and  obliterated  by  the  driving  sand. 

That  the  grave  was  marked  may  be  considered  tolerably  certain,  but  how  it  was  marked  TheMarking 
is  a  question  the  evidence  for  whose  answer  could  seldom  be  found.  Occasionally  the  desire  °Qr^^ 
to  have  a  superstructure  of  one  sort  or  another  over  the  grave  is  shown  by  a  later  and  poorer 
chamber  being  scooped  out  against  the  side  or  actually  under  the  foundations  of  the  brickwork 
that  adorned  a  wealthier  tomb.  Thus  G  81  was  dug  out  alongside  the  south  wall  of  the  super- 
structure of  G  31,  G  132  under  the  southeast  angle  of  G  27,  and  G  177  was  actually  inside  the 
walled  court  that  stood  in  front  of  the  great  tomb  G  64.  Again,  on  each  side  of  the  dromos  of 
G  402  was  a  small  hole  in  the  mud  that  ran  down  perpendicularly  from  the  surface  to  a  depth  of 
1. 10  or  1.20  m.;  in  the  bottom  of  the  northern  hole  were  the  remains  of  a  wooden  pole.  In  the 
north  side  of  the  dromos  of  G  473  was  a  groove  driven  a  metre  into  the  soil,  and  made  by  a 
similar  pole,  0.08  m.  in  diameter;  in  G  495  a  hole  of  the  same  sort  was  driven  right  through  the 
chamber  roof;  in  the  south  side  of  the  dromos  of  G  558  were  the  remains  of  a  post  0.30  m.  in 
diameter,  and  G  778  showed  traces  of  another  slenderer  staff.  Probably  these  were  flagstaff s 
corresponding  to  those  in  modern  cemeteries,  as  for  instance  over  the  sheikh's  tomb  illustrated  on 
PI.  no,  and  their  use  may  have  been  general;  but  whenever  the  pole  was  driven  into  the  loose 
filling  of  the  dromos  it  would  have  disappeared  without  leaving  any  trace,  and  only  when  it 
scored  its  marks  in  the  hard  mud  of  the  dromos  side  was  it  likely  to  leave  any  permanent  evi- 
dence of  itself.  Whether  the  small  vases  that  were  found  scattered  about  the  cemetery  and 
sometimes  discovered  in  position  near  the  mouth  of  a  dromos  stood  above  ground  or  below  can- 
not be  ascertained.  As  in  either  case  they  lay  upon  sand,  and  sand  has  drifted  over  them,  nothing 
was  to  be  inferred  from  their  immediate  surroundings.  But  as  we  know  that  offerings  were 
regularly  put  at  the  very  bottom  of  the  dromos,  near  the  chamber  door,  it  is  not  unreasonable  to 
suppose  that  this  was  the  place  for  such  objects  as  were  to  be  buried  in  the  dromos,  and  that  such 
others  as  were  found  near  its  mouth  stood  above  the  surface.  It  is  to  be  noticed  that  objects 
were  not  found  in  position  midway  between  the  bottom  of  the  dromos  and  its  mouth,  but  only  in 
one  or  other  or  in  both  of  those  two  places.  If  we  are  right  in  comparing  these  pots  found  at 
the  dromos  mouth  with  those  of  similar  forms  that  stood  in  the  approaches  to  tomb  super- 
structures, it  would  be  a  further  reason  for  supposing  that  they,  like  the  others,  were  evidentand 
above  ground.  In  that  case,  with  its  flagstaffs,  its  pots  upon  the  surface,  and  its  mounds 
of  sand,  the  ancient  cemetery's  resemblance  to  the  modern  would  have  been  peculiarly  close. 

B.    The  Tomb  Chambers. 

The  type  of  the  tomb-chamber  forms,  as  has  been  said,  the  basis  for  the  classification  of  tombs.  The  Vaulted 
It  is  better  to  deal  first  with  the  most  elaborate  form  which  was  already  familiar  to  us  from  the  chambers 
examples  found  in  the  previous  season  at  Shablul. 

In  the  hard  mud  deposit  that  underlies  the  sand  a  rectangular  pit  was  sunk  to  the  depth 
of  some  two  metres.  Its  longer  sides  ran  east  by  west;  its  dimensions  were  those  of  the  proposed 
tomb-chamber  plus  the  ground  area  of  its  four  walls.  The  bottom  of  the  pit  was  level  and  formed 
the  floor  of  the  tomb.  Against  the  pit  sides  the  walls  of  the  tomb  were  then  built  up  in  mud 
brick;  most  commonly  they  were  four  courses  high  at  the  sides,  but  the  end  walls  were  carried 
straight  up  to  the  level  of  the  outside  of  the  chamber  roof.    The  roof  was  vaulted. 


KARANOG 


Method  of 
Vault 


The  Vaulted  The  chamber  so  formed  measured,  as  a  rule,  about  2.00  m.  long  and  1.00  m.  wide;  the  most 
Chambers.  striking  exception  to  this  were  the  big  tombs  G  64,  71,  182,  where  the  single  chamber  had  been 
elaborated  into  a  system  of  connected  rooms,  making  of  the  tomb  a  sort  of  family  vault.  In  a 
few  cases  the  chamber  walls  were  whitewashed  inside;  more  often  they  were  left  unrendered, 
and  in  the  poorer  tombs  of  this  sort  the  building  was  very  roughly  done.  Sometimes  the  end 
walls  were  lacking  altogether  and  the  ends  of  the  vault  abutted  on  the  pit  side;  often  there  was  a 
ledge  cut  back  in  the  longer  sides,  near  to  the  bottom,  and  either  the  springers  of  the  vault  them- 
selves rested  directly  upon  this,  or  one  or  two  courses  of  brick  only  intervened  and  gave  the  right 
height  while  economizing  in  material. 

The  method  of  building  the  vault  is  characteristic  of  Nubia  both  past  and  present.  The 
Construction  side  walls  having  reached  their  due  height,  the  wall  at  one  end  is  carried  above  this  to  the  height 
of  the  outside  of  the  future  vault,  or  above  it.  On  the  inner  face  of  this  wall  is  sketched  out  the 
curve  that  the  vault  should  take.  Then  on  the  top  of  the  side  wall  bricks  are  laid  with  a  pro- 
nounced slant  towards  the  end  already  built ;  the  first  brick  leans  on  one  edge  against  the  face 
of  this  end  wall  and  occupies  the  angle  made  by  it  and  the  side  wall;  it  also  inclines  slightly 
inwards,  following  the  line  sketched  on  the  wall  face.    Then  two  bricks  are  laid,  leaning  against 

the  one  already  in  position.  The  operation  is 
repeated  along  the  top  of  either  side  wall,  more 
bricks  being  employed,  until  the  curve  of  the 
vault  is  for  the  first  time  completed,  when  the 
springers  have  already  got  some  distance  from 
the  end,  and  what  is  the  fourth  or  fifth  ring-course 
at  the  bottom  becomes  the  first  at  the  top.  The 
bricks  are  different  from  those  used  in  ordinary 
building;  they  are  larger,  being  0.36  m.  long 
and  0.19  or  0.20  m.  wide  and  only  0.07  m.  thick; 
they  are  heavier,  having,  like  the  mortar  with 
which  they  are  bedded,  chopped  straw  and  dung 
mixed  with  the  mud  and  sand  basis;  and  their 
sides  are  scored  with  wavy  lines  impressed  by 
the  brickmaker  with  his  fingers,  which  act  as  a 
frog  to  hold  the  mortar.  They  are  always  laid 
with  the  long  narrow  side  showing  on  the  soffit 
of  the  vault;  but  half-bricks  are  often  used  in 
the  tombs,  and  even  two  halves  in  preference 
to  one  whole  one.  They  are  never  voussoir 
shaped;  but  as  each  brick  is  laid  in  position  a  fragment  of  pottery  or  a  lump  of  stone  is  hammered 
into  the  mortar  at  the  top  of  the  joint  between  it  and  the  brick  before;  this  adds  greatly,  of 
course,  to  the  stability  of  the  arch. 

The  vaults  being  built  entirely  without  centering  or  support  of  any  kind,  each  brick  of  every 
new  course  is  kept  in  position,  so  long  as  the  course  is  incomplete,  only  by  friction  and  by  the 
tenacity  of  the  mud-mortar  on  which  it  is  laid.  This  is,  of  course,  the  reason  why  each  ring  of 
bricks  is  leaned  back  so  as  to  rest  upon  the  ring  behind  it;  the  nearer  the  ring  approaches  to  the 
perpendicular  the  greater  the  strain  upon  the  mortar.  When  once  the  ring  is  complete  the  inward 
pressure  is  entirely  removed  by  the  insertion  of  the  pottery  or  stones  in  the  joints,  which  turns 
the  ring  of  bricks  into  a  true  voussoir  arch ;  but  until  then  the  difficulty  of  the  bricklaying  is  great. 
The  natural  tendency,  therefore,  is  not  only  to  exaggerate  the  slope  of  the  brickwork  but  also 
to  heighten  with  each  successive  course  the  curve  of  the  vault.  In  this  way  the  upper  bricks, 
which  derive  practically  no  support  from  those  next  in  order  to  them,  are  made  to  rest  more 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


19 


directly  upon  those  in  the  previous  ring-course.  Thus  in  G  306  the  apex  of  the  vault  in  the  tomb-  Method  of 
chamber  started  at  a  height  of  0.89  m.  at  the  west  end,  and  by  the  time  it  reached  the  east  wall,  Conslmciion 
2.40  m.  away,  had  grown  to  1.13  m.  In  the  same  vault  the  horizontal  distance  between  the  lines 
bisecting  the  springers  and  the  crown  of  a  single  course  was  0.75  m.  in  a  rise  of  0.65  m.  As  the 
work  progressed  the  face  of  the  vault  was  roughly  plastered  by  hand  with  the  same  mortar  as  was 
used  to  bed  the  bricks.  When  the  springers  reached  the  wall-face  at  the  far  end  of  the  building 
the  base  of  each  succeeding  ring-course  was  laid  against  that ;  the  final  segmental  gap  left  between 
the  wall-face  and  the  last  ring  of  the  vault  was  filled  up  with  odd  pieces  of  brick  and  with  mortar. 

Vaults  of  this  type  are  constructed  all  over  Lower  Nubia  at  the  present  day,  and  there 
is  hardly  a  detail,  even  to  the  size  of  the  bricks,  in  which  the  present  method  has  departed  from 
the  old.  In  the  tombs,  of  course,  the  small  span  simplified  a  good  deal  the  general  construction, 
but  in  a  few  cases  such  as  G  182  (see  Fig.  C  2),  arrangements  were  more  complex  and  the  builders 
had  an  opportunity  to  show  their  skill. 

It  may  seem  curious  at  first  sight  that  when  the  vault  was  so  commonly  employed  the  The  Arch. 
true  arch  should  not  be  more  in  evidence.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  form  of  the  tomb  did  not 
generally  call  for  its  use.  In  the  one  or  two  cases  however  where  it  is  found  it  is  used  in  a 
manner  which  shows  that  the  Nubian  builder  thoroughly  understood  its  constructive  value. 
Thus  in  G  182,  Fig.  C,  a  relieving-arch  is  built  in  the  superstructure  where  the  weight  of  the  latter 
might  have  proved  too  much  for  the  vault  of  the  chamber  below;  the  doorway  in  a  chamber 
of  the  same  tomb  is  arched  because  it  has  to  bear  the  whole  weight  of  a  heavy  superstructure 
wall.  At  the  same  time  the  ruins  of  the  Karanog  fortress,  where  the  arch  migh  have  been 
expected  to  be  usual,  show  that  even  in  domestic  architecture  the  vault  was  by  preference 
employed.  The  modern  Nubian  can  without  centering  build  his  peculiar  vault  over  a  span 
of  two  metres  or  more,  but  to  arch  even  a  window  forty-five  centimetres  across,  he  is  obliged 
temporarily  to  fill  in  the  whole  with  a  solid  mass  of  brickwork  duly  rounded  above.*  It  is 
quite  possible  that  the  ancient  Nubian,  too,  felt  more  at  home  with  vault-making  than  with 
arch-building,  and  though  he  understood  the  latter,  his  methods  of  construction  were  so 
far  clumsy  that  he  may  well  have  avoided  the  arch  wherever  possible.  For  narrow  spans,  as 
has  been  remarked  in  dealing  with  the  superstructure  approaches,  the  false  arch  of  two 
inclined  bricks  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  vault;  this  is  also  the  case  with  a  few  very  poor 
tombs  of  the  brick  chamber  type;  and  there  are  small  windows  at  Karanog  where  the  same 
method  is  employed  in  preference  to  the  arch. 

The  tomb-chamber  thus  constructed  had  no  door  or  means  of  approach;  clearly  the  tomb 
was  made  as  required  and  the  body  lay  in  it  before  the  vault  could  be  completed.  Only  in  G  182 
(v.  Fig.  C)  was  there  a  door  leading  from  the  chamber  to  a  dromos  down  which  the  body  could 
be  brought  to  the  tomb  after  the  latter  had  been  built  and  finished;  even  here  the  superstructure 
must  have  been  added  later.  Elsewhere  the  vault  was  finally  closed  over  the  body,  on  to  the  top 
of  it  was  poured  the  loose  soil  dug  out  in  making  the  pit  wherein  the  chamber  lay,  and  the  whole 


*The  details  of  construction  so  far  as  they  apply 
to  modern  work  are  derived  from  observations  made 
while  a  house  was  being  built  for  the  expedition  at 
Haifa.  A  low  dome  was  built  without  centering  over 
a  room  measuring  4.20  m.  square,  and  vaults  without 
centering  over  rooms  with  a  span  of  just  over  two 
metres;  a  photograph  on  PI.  11 1  illustrates  the 
building  of  one  of  the  latter.  In  the  case  of  the 
domes,  the  angles  were  first  cut  off  by  small  squinch 
arches,  and  from  the  octagon  thus  formed  the  courses 
were  gradually  reduced  to  a  circle ;  as  the  work  drew 
towards  completion  and  the  central  hole  became 


small,  the  bricks  were  laid  almost  vertically,  and  to 
keep  them  in  place  fragments  of  pottery  were 
hammered  in  between  the  joints,  as  was  done  in  the 
barrel  vaulting.  The  method  of  building  the  vault 
was  identical  with  that  employed  at  the  date  of  the 
Anibeh  tombs.  The  narrow  arched  windows  and 
doors  were  filled  up  with  bricks,  the  top  rounded  off 
with  mud,  and  dry  sand  put  over  it  to  prevent  the 
arch-bricks  which  rested  on  this  support  from  bind- 
ing with  it.  The  filling  was  removed  after  the  arch 
had  had  a  day  or  so  in  which  to  dry.  An  arch  thus 
temporarily  supported  can  be  seen  in  the  photograph. 


20 


KARANOG 


Dromos 
Chambers. 


The  Dromos. 


The 

Chamber. 


was  levelled  with  the  surrounding  desert;  then  the  superstructure  was  built,  its  walls  enclosing 
the  original  pit. 

These  brick  chamber  tombs  formed  a  distinct  class  in  the  cemetery;  all  other  types  had 
the  common  character  of  being  merely  cut  out  in  the  mud  deposit.  The  most  important  of 
these  types  was  the  dromos-grave,  which  has  been  summarily  described  on  p.  7.  Its  sloping 
dromos  was  cut  in  two  stages,  a  roughly  circular  pit  sunk  straight  down  to  the  required  depth, 
and  a  dromos  on  one  side  running  from  the  surface  to  the  pit's  bottom.  It  looked  as  if  the  round 
shaft  were  cut  first,  or  at  any  rate  as  if  the  worker  started  at  what  was  to  be  the  deep  end  and 
reached  out  from  that  to  cut  the  dromos  down  to  his  level.  Thus  in  G  1  the  dromos  ends  in  a 
distinct  round  hole  on  whose  sides  the  circular  cuts  of  the  adze  were  clearly  visible;  G  10  con- 
sisted simply  of  such  a  round  pit,  apparently  the  first  stage  in  the  digging  of  an  unfinished  grave. 
Sometimes  the  end  of  the  dromos  forming  the  face  through  which  the  chamber  door  is  cut,  is 
squared  off  with  sharp  angles  at  the  sides;  but  more  often  it  betrays  the  curve  such  as  a  man 
would  make  when  working  round  and  round  on  his  own  centre.  But  whatever  course  the  work 
actually  took,  its  result  was  almost  uniformly  that  the  dromos,  after  preserving  a  fairly  consistent 
width  throughout,  broadens  out  somewhat  at  the  end  where  it  is  to  receive  the  brick  wall  that 
blocked  the  doorway  of  the  chamber. 

The  dromos  was  sometimes  roughly  stepped,  more  often  a  mere  slope  which  might  either 
be  smoothly  cut  or  be  precipitously  irregular.  Generally  at  the  bottom  and  but  a  short  distance 
from  the  end  it  dropped  suddenly,  having  a  perpendicular  face  some  ten  to  fifty  centimetres 
high.    It  was  at  the  bottom  of  this  cutting,  and  so  more  on  the  ground-level  of  the  chamber 

floor,  that  the  lowest  courses  of  the  brick 
w  £       door  were  laid.    This  is   shown  in  the 

sectional  drawings  on  pp.  37  and  41.  The 
rule  of  the  cemetery  was  that  the  dromos, 
like  the  tomb,  ran  east  by  west— east  by 
west,  that  is,  according  to  the  direction 
taken  by  the  Nile  at  this  particular  point. 
Occasionally  the  dromos  was  in  this  regular 
direction  but  the  chamber  lay  across  it, 
north  by  south,  the  door  being  in  the 
middle  of  the  side.  Only  in  one  or  two 
instances  did  the  dromos  itself  lie  north 
by  south.  When  the  dromos  was  normally 
orientated,  the  chamber  was  at  its  west  end ;  to  this  there  was  only  one  exception.  The  chamber 
itself  was  always  very  rudely  cut.  The  average  measurements  of  the  adult's  grave  were  2.20  m. 
by  1.20  or  1.30  m.,  but  the  actual  form  was  irregular  in  the  extreme.  There  was  a  tendency 
to  have  a  rough  shallow  bulging  recess  in  one  or  both  sides,  close  to  the  door;  this 
was  for  the  reception  of  offerings.  Highest  just  a  little  way  inside  the  door,  the  tomb 
was  straitened  down  to  such  a  point  that  the  feet  of  the  body  filled  the  space  between  roof  and 
floor.  The  floor  of  the  chamber,  as  has  been  remarked,  was  generally  stepped  down  from  the 
bottom  level  of  the  dromos  proper.  The  doorway  was  narrow,  usually  0.60  to  0.90  m.  across, 
and  averaged  about  0.80  m.  high,  but  owing  to  the  step  of  the  dromos  just  outside  it,  it  seemed 
often  much  lower  than  this;  in  one  or  two  cases,  indeed,  the  bottom  of  the  dromos  was  actually 
level  with  the  top  of  the  door.  The  doorway  was  walled  up  after  the  body  had  been  laid  in 
the  grave,  usually  with  mud  brick,  sometimes  with  slabs  of  stone.  The  brickwork  sometimes 
occupied  just  the  narrow  doorway  itself,  but  constantly  stood  outside  this  and  filled  the  greater 
part  of  the  space  between  the  sides  of  the  dromos,  standing  flush  against  the  door-jambs,  and 
carried  a  little  higher  than  the  opening.    It  had  then  no  connection  with  the  superstructure. 


THE  TOMB  STRUCTURES 


21 


But  in  a  few  cases  (G  222,  224,  621,  672)  the  brickwork  instead  of  being  a  rough  construction  The 
one  brick  thick  was  a  well-built  solid  wall,  0.75  m.  in  thickness,  stretching  right  across  the  end  Chamber. 
of  the  dromos  and  rising  almost  to  surface  level,  so  that  the  east  wall  of  the  superstructure 
rested  on  its  top  and  was  practically  incorporated  with  it.  Another  rare  elaboration  was  in 
G  417,  a  poor  tomb ;  the  brickwork  of  the  doorway  was  carried  along  all  round  the  small  dromos 
so  that  this  became  a  walled  enclosure  1.40  m.  long  and  0.50  m.  wide  (cf.  G  45,  p.  32). 
Again,  in  G  222  (v.  section)  within  the  tomb-chamber  a  narrow  vaulted  passage  nearly  a  metre 
long  led  from  the  doorway  to  the  chamber  proper  cut  roughly  in  the  soil.  This  last  is  to  be 
compared  with  a  certain  number  of  tombs,  mostly  of  the  poorer  class,  that  combined  the  features 
of  the  brick  chamber  and  the  dromos  type;  they  were  approached  either  by  a  sloping  dromos, 
or  by  the  perpendicular  pit  cut  down  as  for  the  former  type;  but  the  chamber  which  at  its  east 
end  was  vaulted  had  its  west  end  scooped  out  in  the  mud  without  any  sign  of  brickwork. 

Again,  it  was  in  some  cases  difficult  to  say  whether  the  tomb  belonged  to  the  poorest  class  Other  Types. 
of  the  B  type  or  to  type  C;  the  chamber  might  be  shortened  and  the  door  be  disproportionately 
wide,  or  again  the  chamber  might  be  across  the  dromos  instead  of  continuing  in  its  line.  On 
the  whole,  however,  the  distinction  was  sufficiently  wide  not  only  to  justify  a  separate  type  but 
to  make  its  application  easy  in  individual  cases.  Similarly,  though  types  C  and  D  were  distinct 
enough  as  such,  certain  tombs  combined  their  characteristics,  e.  g.  G  549,  v.  p.  44.  These 
last  two  types  of  pit  and  recess  graves,  mentioned  upon  p.  7,  were  so  limited  in  range  that  the 
formal  description  given  of  them  in  the  classification  of  tomb  types  may  be  considered  adequate 
without  further  discussion  of  them  here. 


CHAPTER  III 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  TOMB  TYPES 


Type  A  and  its  Subdivisions. 

Type  A  i.  A  rectangular  enclosure  of  brick  or  of  brick  upon  stone  foundations,  provided  with  a  brick 
'approach'  on  its  east  face,  in  front  of  which  lies  a  low  square  brick  altar;  in  the  most  elaborate 
instance  the  'approach'  is  magnified  into  a  small  forecourt,  while  round  the  altar  stretches  a  court 

as  wide  as  the  tomb  superstruct- 


A 

B 


ure.    Within  this  superstructure 

 j  B —  there  is  a  rectangular  pit  sunk 

in  the  soil  to  a  depth  of,  usually, 
about  2.00  m.  The  pit  is 
oblong,  and  its  base  entirely 
occupied  by  the  tomb-chamber, 
which  is  built  of  brick  on  the 
pit's  bottom.  The  chamber, 
usually  about  2.00  m.  long  by 
1. 00  m.  wide  interna'ly,  has 
perpendicular  sides  of  three  or 
four  courses  of  brick,  from  which 
springs  an  arch  usually  of  five 
or  four  and  a  half  bricks,  mud- 
plastered,  and  in  some  cases  thickened  at  the  west  end  by  a  sort  of  binding  arch  on  the  outside. 
The  end  walls  of  the  chamber  are  carried  up  to  the  level  of  the  top  of  the  arch  or  one  course 
above  it,  and  their  angles  project  squarely  beyond  it,  lining  the  ends  of  the  pit.  Sometimes  there 
are  no  brick  walls  at  the  ends. 

The  superstructure  is  divided  up  by  cross- walls  of  brick  rising  by  successive  courses  towards 
the  centre ;  the  angles  between  them  are  filled  up  with  rubbish  (into  which  offerings  such  as  vases 
may  be  put),  and  the  whole  takes  the  form  of  a  low  mound,  kept  in  shape  by  the  ribs  or  cross- 
walls.  The  surface  is  then  jacketed  with  a  facing  of  bricks,  giving  the  superstructure  the 
appearance  of  a  groined  dome. 

Ihe  most  elaborate  example  of  this  type  is  G  64,  Figs.  A,  B,  where  the  interior  is  a  sort  of 
family  vault  instead  of  a  single  chamber.  For  another  example  see  G  182,  Fig.  C.  The  usual 
tomb  of  the  type  is  better  illustrated  by  G  314. 


Type  A  2.  Is  precisely  like  A  1,  except  in  regard  to  the  shape  of  its  superstructure,  which,  instead  of 
being  'domed,'  is  flat.  Consequently  the  ribs  or  cross- walls  are  generally  absent;  nor  is  the 
surface  always  jacketed  with  bricks,  the  side-walls  of  the  superstructure  being  sufficient  to 
retain  in  place  a  loose  filling  of  sand  and  rubbish.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  smaller  tombs. 
G  140  (p.  10)  is  a  good  example  of  the  class.  It  is  often  difficult  to  distinguish  between  classes 
A  1  and  A  2,  especially  in  the  case  of  smaller  tombs,  owing  to  the  disappearance  of  the  upper 
courses  of  the  superstructure. 

{22) 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  TOMB  TYPES 


23 


A  brick-vaulted  chamber  precisely  similar  to  that  of  A  i,  placed  at  the  bottom  of  a  pit,  but  Type  A  3. 
not  covered  or  surrounded  by  any  superstructure. 

This  may  be  a  genuine  subdivision  of  the  type,  or  may  be  due  to  the  total  destruction  of 
a  superstructure  once  existing. 

A  rectangular  pit  is  sunk  in  the  soil  and  lined  with  bricks,  forming  the  tomb  chamber;  the  Type  A  4. 
side  walls  of  this  are  three  or  four  courses  high,  and  from  them  springs  a  rude  arch  composed  of 
two  or  three  bricks,  or  bricks  or  stones  may  be  merely  laid  across,  giving  a  flat  roof;  the  pit  is 
then  filled  in  with  soil  to  the  ground  level,  and  there  is  no  superstructure. 

In  one  case  (G  45)  there  was  a  kind  of  ante-chamber  merely  cut  in  the  soil  and  serving,  as 
did  the  dromos  of  the  shaft-graves,  as  a  depository  for  offerings  of  a  secondary  sort.  For  an 
illustration  of  the  type  see  G  445,  p.  44. 


Type  B  and  its  Subdivisions. 

The  constant  feature  of  the  type  is  the  shaft  or  dromos  leading  to  the  tomb-chamber.    In  Type  B. 
many  if  not  in  all  cases  of  the  better-class  tombs  (see  below)  the  method  of  construction  seems 
to  have  been  that  a  roughly  circular  pit  was  first  sunk  in  the  ground  to  the  required  depth,  and 
then  from  it  were  cut  on  the  east  side  a  dromos  sloping  up  to  the  surface,  and  on  the  west  side 
a  tomb-chamber  opening  on  to  the  bottom  of  the  original  pit  and  reaching  a  length  of  some  2.00  m. 

In  one  or  two  cases  was  found  a  circular  pit  apparently  intended  for  a  tomb  which  was 
never  finished;  in  one  case  the  tomb  was  cut  out  from  the  pit,  and  used,  but  the  dromos  was  not 
added.  The  dromos  was  generally  wider  near  the  mouth  of  the  tomb-chamber  than  throughout 
the  rest  of  its  length.  The  tomb-chamber  was  usually  1.75  m.  to  2.50  m.  below  the  (present) 
surface,  and  was  generally  some  two  metres  long  by  rather  less  than  1.00  m.  wide;  the  height  at 
the  mouth  of  the  tomb  was  generally  about  0.80  m.,  but  decreased  towards  the  back,  where  the 
sides  also  converged  and  gave  a  rounded  end  to  the  chamber.  The  entrance  to  the  tomb  was 
blocked  by  a  doorway  of  brick  (occasionally  of  stone  slabs),  which,  as  a  rule,  was  no  larger  than 
would  serve  its  purpose  of  shutting  off  the  chamber  from  the  dromos,  but  in  one  or  two  cases 
(e.  g.  G  222,  p.  20)  was  elaborated  into  a  wall  masking  the  whole  end  of  the  dromos.  In  one  or 
two  cases  too  (G  222)  a  vaulted  brick  passage  inside  the  door  led  to  the  chamber  proper,  or 
parallel  walls  outside  it  formed  a  secondary  approach  (G417);  but  as  a  general  rule  the  door 
was  of  the  simplest  possible  form. 

After  the  body  had  been  interred  and  the  doorway  bricked  up,  the  dromos  was  filled  up 
with  rubble  to  the  level  of  the  surrounding  soil;  with  the  last  of  this  rubble  filling  were  thrown 
into  the  dromos  small  jugs,  bottles,  or  bowls  of  rough  plain  ware;  in  one  or  two  cases  pots  were 
also  stood  outside  and  against  the  brick  doorway  before  the  filling-in  was  begun. 

On  the  top  of  the  surface  thus  levelled  the  superstructure,  if  any,  was  built;  the  type  can  be 
subdivided  according  to  the  nature  of  these  superstructures. 


Like  the  best  A  type.  Type  B  1, 

A  rectangular  enclosure  of  brick  or  brick  upon  stone  foundations,  the  whole  filled  in  flat  and 
jacketed  with  brick,  supported  in  the  case  of  the  larger  tombs  by  two  or  more  cross-walls  or 
ribs.  On  the  east  side  of  this  is  a  small  brick  'approach'  with  a  low  square  brick  altar  in  front 
of  it.  On  the  west  side  is  a  more  or  less  semicircular  apse-like  depression,  the  upper  part  lined 
with  courses  of  bricks  set  back  as  they  rise  to  the  surface;  the  lower  part  was  apparently  cut  in 
the  soil,  or  else  the  hollow  did  not  go  deeper  than  the  brick  lining;  the  top  of  the  brickwork  of 


24 


KARANOG 


Type  B  i.  the  apse  was  flush  with  or  not  much  higher  than  the  surrounding  soil.  It  seems  to  have  been 
designed  as  a  receptacle  for  offerings  in  the  shape  of  large  water-pots,  etc.,  and  in  one  or  two  cases 
was  certainly  of  considerable  depth  (G  301).  In  very  many  cases  either  the  altar  or  the  apse 
had  been  destroyed;  the  former  may  not  always  have  existed,  and  being  often  made  of  bricks 

merely  laid  upon  the  surface,  was  never 


G.  179 


k 


im 


Scale 

0  1  M 


likely  to  survive ;  the  latter  was  constantly 
utilized  by  tomb-robbers  as  a  means  of 
entrance  already  half-made,  so  that  it  is 
always  in  a  ruinous  condition  and  its 
existence  is  frequently  conjectural. 
An  excellent  example  of  this  most 
elaborate  class  of  the  dromos  type 
of  tomb  is  given  by  G  179.  For  an 
already  noted  variant  see  the  cut  of 
G  222  on  p.  20. 

Type  B  2.  Resembles  the  last  except  that,  in- 
stead of  having  an  apse-like  projection  at 
its  west  end,  it  has  within  the  rectangular 
superstructure  a  semicircular  depression, 
brick-lined,  resembling  in  all  but  its 
position  the  external  apse  of  the  other 
class. 

Type  B  j.  The  same  rectangular  superstructure 
with  brick  approach;  but  here  there  is 


no  apse  and  no  central  depression.    Cf.  G  293,  p.  41. 


Type  B  4.  The  superstructure  is  a  plain  rectangle,  of  brick  or  brick  upon  stone  foundations,  filled 
in  with  rubble  and  covered  above  with  brick,  supported  by  cross-ribs  or  not  according  to  size. 
There  is  no  approach  and  no  'apse.' 

Type  B  5.  The  superstructure  is  circular  and  dome-shaped;  the  method  of  construction  is  simply 
to  throw  up  a  mound  of  loose  rubble  and  to  jacket  it  with  bricks  laid  in  overlapping  courses 
set  back  to  the  centre;  this  is  in  a  simpler  form  the  construction  of  the  superstructure 
of  A  1. 

Type  B  6.  The  poorest  graves  of  the  class  are  without  any  superstructure  whatever  and  consist  merely 
of  the  dromos  and  tomb-chamber  with  the  dividing  brick  doorway.  The  poorest  of  all  are  often 
very  shallow,  and  it  is  noticeable  that  whereas  in  the  other  graves  the  dromos  slants  more  or 
less  steeply  and  the  chamber-floor  is  horizontal,  here  to  make  up  for  its  nearness  to  the  surface 
the  chamber  proper  continues  the  line  of  the  shaft  leading  to  it.  The  construction  too  may 
dispense  with  the  original  perpendicular  pit;  so  that  the  whole  tomb  resolves  itself  into  a  shaft 
driven  slant  ways  into  the  ground,  open  for  the  first  part  of  its  length,  and  tunnelled  for  the 
remainder.  The  graves  on  the  northeast  of  the  cemetery  are  of  this  poorest  type,  as  also  some 
along  its  west  limits.  In  other  parts  of  the  cemetery  graves  of  this  class  generally  retain  the 
better  method  of  construction  below  ground,  while  possessing  no  superstructure  above.  For 
illustrations  of  the  type  see  cuts  of  G  170,  181,  on  pp.  36,  37. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  TOMB  TYPES 


Type  C  and  its  Subdivisions. 

A  rectangular  pit,  the  length  of  the  intended  grave,  is  dug  in  the  soil  down  practically  Type  C  i. 
to  the  required  depth.  The  grave  proper  is  then  hollowed  out  along  one  side  of  the  bottom 
of  the  pit,  in  such  a  way  that  its  floor  is  slightly  deeper  than  that  of  the  pit  and  occupies  only 
part  of  its  width,  the  chamber  being  for  the  remainder  of  its  width  recessed  into  the  pit's  side. 
Part  of  the  original  pit's  bottom  thus  remains  as  a  ledge,  set  on  which,  sloped  to  the  pit's  side, 
a  very  few  courses  of  bricks  or  a  few  slabs  suffice  to  close  in  the  tomb.  The  pit  is  then  filled  in 
again  and  the  tomb  is  complete.  There  is  generally  no  superstructure;  only  in  G  141,  see  cut, 
p.  35,  and  G  700  is  this  rule  broken.  The  general  form  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  cut  of  G  315, 
p.  42,  though  as  that  grave  is  not  in  an  independent  pit  but  in  the  dromos  of  G  310  it  has  to  be 
classed  in  the  D  type  of  tombs. 

This  is  the  simplest  form  of  tomb  of  all.    A  more  or  less  rectangular  oblong  trench  is  dug  to  Type  C  2. 
a  depth  of  a  metre  or  more,  and  over  the  top  are  laid  slabs  of  stone.    The  edges  of  the  trench 
may  be  cut  back  above  so  as  to  form  ledges  on  which  the  stone  may  rest,  and  owing  to  the  loose 
nature  of  the  upper  soil  this  is  generally  done.    The  surface-sand  is  then  raked  back  over  the 
grave.    There  is  no  superstructure.    For  an  illustration  of  the  type  see  G  743,  p.  45. 

Type  D. 

In  one  of  the  perpendicular  sides  of  the  dromos  of  an  ordinary  grave  of  the  B  class  there  Type  D. 
is  cut  a  recess  or  shelf  in  form  not  unlike  those  of  the  catacombs  at  Rome,  sometimes  level 
with  the  floor  of  the  dromos,  sometimes  raised  a  little  above  or  sunk  just  beneath  that.  The 
body  is  laid  in  the  recess  and  the  front  is  then  walled  up  with  brickwork  flush  with  the  earthen 
face  of  the  side  of  the  dromos.  In  form,  therefore,  these  graves  differ  little  if  at  all  from  those 
of  type  C  1,  but  they  may  be  regarded  as  a  class  apart  owing  to  the  connection  that  they  have 
with  the  main  tomb  in  whose  dromos  they  lie.  Very  often  these  graves  are  those  of  children, 
always  they  are  poor;  probably  the  children  or  servants  of  the  house  were  thus  buried  in  touch 
with  its  senior  members.  The  general  type  is  shown  by  the  cut  of  G  315  on  p.  42.  Tomb 
G  123  on  p.  34  is  a  peculiar  aberration  of  the  type. 


CHAPTER  IV 


THE  CONTENTS  OF  THE  TOMB-CHAMBERS 

Furniture  of  Tomb-Chambers . 

Position  of  The  posture  of  the  body  in  the  tomb-chamber  was  invariable.  It  lay  upon  its  back, 
Bodies.  extended  at  full  length,  the  face  upwards,  the  upper  arms  pressed  against  the  sides,  the  lower 
arms  slightly  flexed  so  that  the  hands  crossed  just  below  the  pelvis.  In  one  or  two  cases  only  the 
hands  were  by  the  sides  (e.g.  G  445),  but  they  may  well  have  slipped  from  their  original  position. 
In  two  cases  the  body  was  more  or  less  contracted,  but  one  of  these  (G  513)  was  a  child,  the 
other,  the  body  of  a  woman,  had  been  so  broken  up  by  tomb-robbers  that  it  was  difficult  to  say 
definitely  whether  the  attitude  was  original.  Sometimes — and  especially  when  no  soft  parts 
of  the  body  remained  —the  head  had  fallen  out  of  place  so  that  the  face  looked  to  right  or  left; 
but  in  the  better  preserved  bodies  the  posture  is  uniform.  But  a  glance  at  the  tabular  analysis 
of  the  tombs  will  show  that  there  was  no  uniformity  in  the  orientation  of  bodies.  Taking  the  four 
points  of  the  compass  as  given  by  the  direction  of  the  Nile  at  this  point  (this  of  course  is  inaccurate 
but  it  is  the  custom  of  the  country)  bodies  will  be  found  to  lie  with  their  heads  towards  each  and 
all  of  them.  The  eastern  position  is  the  most  common,  and  after  that  the  western;  but  this 
admits  of  a  simple  and  non-ritualistic  explanation.  The  great  majority  of  the  tombs  lay  east 
by  west;  when  once  a  start  had  been  made  in  this  direction  in  a  certain  number  of  cases  it  was 
obviously  easier  from  the  sexton's  point  of  view  to  observe  it  in  the  remainder,  for  the  tombs 
lay  too  close  together  for  them  to  run  cross-ways.  The  body  could  only  lie  lengthways  with  the 
grave-chamber  because  there  was  not  width  enough  for  it  to  lie  across.  An  east  by-west  position 
is  therefore  natural.  Moreover,  as  the  dromos  was  both  sloping  and  narrow  it  was  easier  to  put 
the  body  in  feet  foremost,  this  being  the  lighter  end,  otherwise  when  half-way  through  the  door 
the  body,  tilting  up,  might  have  got  jammed  and  would  anyhow  have  been  more  awkward  to 
manage.  This  practical  consideration  alone  may  account  for  the  majority  of  the  bodies  lying 
with  their  heads  towards  the  rising  sun.  No  scientific  importance  can  be  attached  to  the  orienta- 
tion of  bodies  in  this  cemetery,  and  we  have  since  found  the  same  to  be  the  case  at  Haifa  in 
burials  of  the  Middle  and  of  the  New  Empires. 
Coffins.  The  body  was  as  a  rule  deposited  in  the  grave  unenclosed  in  anything  in  the  form  of  a  coffin. 

In  G  8  there  were  noted  under  the  body  remains  of  a  plank  or  planks  on  which  it  had  been  laid. 
In  G  420  there  were  parts  of  a  wooden  coffin  or  bier.  In  G  419  there  was  a  corner  of  a  wooden 
bier  with  the  rope-end  still  fast  through  a  hole  in  it.  In  G  177  a  child's  body  lay  in  a  coffin  hol- 
lowed out  of  a  rough  half-log,  and  in  G  67,  also  a  child's  grave,  there  had  been  a  wooden  coffin 
with  coarse  wickerwork;  this  had  been  entirely  destroyed  by  white  ants.  A  substitute  for  a 
coffin  was  found  in  G  59  where  the  body  was  covered  with  reeds  or  withies  laid  longitudinally 
and  bound  round  at  intervals  with  cord. 

But  apart  from  these  few  instances  there  were  no  signs  of  coffins.  Occasionally,  however, 
some  care  was  taken  to  provide  a  special  place  in  the  tomb  for  the  dead  man  as  distinguished 
from  the  offerings  that  lay  about  him.  Thus  in  G  3 14  (v.  p.  22)  there  is  a  long  low  platform  or 
bier  of  brickwork  on  which  the  body  rested;  sometimes  the  floor  of  the  chamber  is  cut  on  two 
different  planes  so  as  to  produce  a  similar  result.  Not  infrequently  there  is  a  compartment 
made  within  the  tomb  by  laying  down  the  middle  of  it  a  line  of  bricks  one  or  two  courses  high ; 

(2  6) 


THE  CONTENTS  OF  THE  TOMB  CHAMBERS 


27 


on  one  side  will  be  the  body,  on  the  other  the  furniture  of  the  tomb.    Such  an  arrangement  is  Coffins. 
illustrated  in  the  case  of  G  187  on  Fig.  D.  It  has  been  remarked  already  that  in  the  dromos  tomb 
there  is  frequently  a  bulging  recess  in  which  offerings  are  placed,  leaving  the  main  part  of  the 
chamber  free  for  the  body.    Occasionally  the  head  rests  upon  a  brick,  but  generally  the  body 
is  laid  flat  upon  the  ground  or  merely  pushed  into  the  tomb  through  the  narrow  door. 

It  was  the  custom  to  wrap  the  dead  in  stuffs.  In  most  cases  these  had  decayed  entirely  Textiles. 
and  left  no  trace;  where  in  the  analysis  of  tombs  particular  mention  is  made  that  stuffs  were 
worn,  this  merely  signifies  that  here  the  remains  were  obvious;  it  does  not  imply  that  where 
no  textiles  were  found  they  had  never  existed.  Egyptian  precedent  is  in  favour  of  the  clothing 
or  wrapping  of  the  dead;  and  as  such  wrapping  was  found  in  all  classes  of  the  Anibeh  graves, 
and  as  the  local  conditions  were  strongly  adverse  to  the  preservation  of  textiles,  the  comparative 
scantiness  of  the  remains  cannot  be  held  to  invalidate  the  conclusion  as  to  the  custom  here  also 
being  general. 

In  G  480  and  G  490  the  bodies  were  wrapped  in  regular  shrouds  of  rather  heavy  undyed 
linen  cloth  of  a  yellowish  colour,  with,  near  each  corner,  an  angle  woven  in  in  blue;  the  whole 
measured  2.00  m.  by  1.90  m. 

In  G  399  the  body  was  wrapped  in  three  separate  winding-sheets,  the  inner  being  of  the 
finest  quality,  the  others  coarser;  the  outermost  had  a  broad  blue  stripe  along  the  edge  and 
a  string-like  fringe;  the  next  a  fringe  of  little  ball  tassels;  the  innermost  a  fine  open  border  with 
a  string-like  texture  resembling  macrame  work. 

In  G  315,  on  the  other  hand,  the  body  wore  a  proper  garment,  a  sort  of  tunic  fastened  up 
over  the  left  shoulder  by  a  small  stud,  and  such  tunics,  though  not  with  stud  fastenings,  occurred 
in  several  other  graves. 

Occasionally,  e.  g.  in  G  394,  531,  the  body  is  not  only  wrapped  in  stuffs  but  laid  upon  a 
mat  woven  of  linen  with  a  big  loop-stitch  outstanding  over  the  face  like  a  Turkish  towel.  It 
looks  almost  like  a  sheep's  skin  rug.  This  is  the  'gausapa'  which  Pliny  mentions  as  having  been 
first  introduced  at  Rome  in  his  father's  time.  It  was  extensively  manufactured  in  Egypt  in  the 
first  seven  centuries  of  the  present  era,  but  it  is  quite  possible  that  it  originally  came  there  from 
the  south.  Had  it  been  known  in  Egypt  earlier  than  the  middle  of  the  first  century  it  is  curious 
that  it  should  not  have  found  its  way  sooner  to  Rome,  considering  the  importance  of  the  Egyptian 
export  trade  in  linen  stuffs.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is  nothing  to  show  that  the  Anibeh  tombs 
in  which  it  occurs  belong  to  an  earlier  rather  than  to  a  later  date  within  the  period  to  which  the 
cemetery  as  a  whole  is  assigned. 

Another  interesting  stuff  was  found  in  G  103  and  in  some  other  tombs;  each  line  of  the  warp 
consists  of  twenty-two  threads,  not  twisted  together  but  separate  and  parallel;  the  thickness 
of  the  warp  results  in  a  heavily-ribbed  fabric.  This  may  well  be  a  variety  of  what  was  technically 
called  polymita.* 

The  tapestry-woven  borders  that  appear  on  some  of  the  garments  are  neither  numerous  nor 
elaborate.    The  best  examples  are  shown  on  PI.  108. 

If  we  could  judge  by  Egyptian  specimens,  these  would  belong  exclusively  to  the  latter  part 
of  the  period  covered  by  the  cemetery.  It  is  true  that  the  colours  are  confined  to  the  brown  tint 
of  the  undyed  flax,  to  blue,  and  to  occasional  greens  and  yellows  (red  thread  is  found  but  does 
not  happen  to  be  used  in  tapestry-work) ,  and  that  the  economy  of  colours  here  shown  is  in 
Egypt  characteristic  rather  of  the  earlier  centuries  of  the  present  era;  but  this  is  no  good  argu- 


*'Plurimis  vero  liciis  texere  quae  polymita  appel- 
lant Alexandria  instituit,'  Pliny,  ;V.  H.  viii.  T96:  cf. 
the  'loricam  trilicem  auro'  of  Virgil,  Aen.  iii.  467. 
Six  threads  were  commonly  used,  and  the  cutting  ot 
some  of  these  so  that  the  ends  stood  up  produced 


a  kind  of  velvet — eidfura,  samite.  A  further  variety 
is  shown  by  a  small  fragment  in  which  reeds  are 
substituted  for  the  woof  threads,  the  warp  being 
of  blue  and  yellow  flax.    Silk  is  not  found. 


28 


KARANOG 


Textiles,  ment,  for  it  may  very  well  be  that  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  centuries  the  remoter  Nubian  had  not 
yet  at  his  disposal  the  varied  dyes  which  Egypt  utilized  so  freely. 

On  the  other  hand  the  Egyptian  tapestries  of  the  earlier  period  and  with  a  limited  colour 
range  are  specially  characterized  by  the  use  of  fine  white  thread  worked  on  the  crapaud  or  flying 
shuttle.  It  seems  to  have  been  only  after  the  close  of  the  fourth  century  that  with  improved 
technique  this  method  of  work  was  supplanted  by  the  closer  style  in  which  all  the  woof  threads 
run  uniformly  in  one  direction  and  are  really  in-woven  with  the  fabric.  In  the  Anibeh  stuffs 
the  flying  shuttle  has  never  been  employed.  On  technical  grounds  all  the  examples  that  show 
any  marked  characteristic  at  all  would,  if  they  were  of  Egyptian  origin,  be  assigned  with  tolerable 
safety  to  the  fifth  and  sixth  centuries,  with  a  balance  of  probability  in  favour  of  the  later  date. 
But  these  stuffs  are  not  Egyptian  but  Nubian;  the  most  marked  patterns  show  motives  that 
are  demonstrably  Nubian  and  are  not  found  in  the  products  of  the  Egyptian  looms.  Thus  on 
No.  3  on  PI.  108,  coming  from  tomb  G  754,  there  is  repeated  the  Nubian  variant  of  the  ankh,  so 
curiously  like  the  Coptic  cross,  which  is  one  of  the  commonest  motives  on  pottery.  No.  6, 
from  G  399,  has  the  star-pattern,  which  is  almost  equally  characteristic  as  an  ornament  on  pottery, 
but  does  not  seem  to  occur  in  Egyptian  stuffs. 

Consequently  it  is  not  safe  to  make  any  deductions  as  to  the  date  of  the  Anibeh  stuffs  from 
Egyptian  examples.  It  is  quite  possible  that  these  native-made  fabrics  were  technically  in 
anticipation  of  those  manufactured  in  Egypt  and  that  the  north  learnt  its  new  methods  from 
the  south.  The  tombs  themselves  again  fail  to  throw  any  light  on  the  place  taken  by  the  stuffs 
within  the  cemetery  period.  Such  evidence  as  there  is  for  giving  an  approximate  date  to 
the  cemetery  as  a  whole  does  not  justify  one  in  extending  its  terminus  ante  quern  beyond  the 
middle  of  the  sixth  century.  Either  the  Egyptian  analogy  does  not  hold  good  and  the  stuffs 
may  belong  to  any  date  within  the  period  covered  by  the  cemetery,  in  which  case  they  may 
antedate  the  similar  Egyptian  fabrics;  or  the  parallel  is  historically  correct  and  the  graves  where 
these  stuffs  were  found  must  all  be  amongst  the  latest  in  the  series,  though  they  contained  no 
other  objects  that  would  differentiate  them  at  all  from  tombs  of  earlier  date. 

The  tunics  worn  by  some  of  the  bodies  are  certainly  of  the  type  represented  on  the  Ba 
statues  that  stood  above  the  graves.  They  were  long-sleeved  garments  reaching  to  the  ankles; 
sometimes  one  was  worn  above  the  other;  in  one  instance,  better  preserved  than  most,  the 
length  was  taken  in  by  a  broad  hem  that  would  give  the  appearance  of  the  flounces  worn  by  the 
Ba  figures. 

Leather  On  the  statue  in  the  Cairo  museum,  of  which  a  coloured  restoration  is  published  on  PI.  1, 

Sandals,  there  are  on  the  sandals  traces  of  black  and  white  lines  and  a  red  line  edging  the  soles.  Just 
such  sandals  were  found  in  some  of  the  tombs.  White  sandals  with  delicately  cut  green  and 
white  uppers,  red  sandals  decorated  with  green  leather  inlay  (cf.  PI.  109),  or  stamped  with 
small  filling  ornaments,  these  or  fragments  of  these  were  of  not  uncommon  occurrence.  The 
sandals  were  not  always  worn  upon  the  feet;  they  were  laid  in  the  grave  with  its  other  furniture, 
sometimes  upon  the  top  of  a  pottery  vessel,  often  quite  away  from  the  body.  That  they  were 
placed  here  rather  as  a  point  of  ritual  than  because  the  dead  man  was  necessarily  clothed  as  in 
his  lifetime  seems  to  be  shown  by  the  fact  that  frequently  only  a  single  sandal  instead  of  a  pair 
was  to  be  found  in  the  grave. 

Staffs  Sometimes  a  staff  was  buried  with  the  body  (G  550),  and  the  custom  may  have  been  more 

general  than  appears,  since  the  ravages  made  by  white  ants  in  the  graves  would  account  for  the 
disappearance  of  any  number  of  wooden  objects.  A  stone  ring  found  in  G  488  (7682)  shaped 
like  the  early  dynastic  mace-head,  may  be  the  head  of  such  a  staff  and  would  resemble  the  heads 
of  staffs  carried  by  several  of  the  statues,  e.  g.  7017,  7023. 

Beads.  Beads  were  generally  worn  by  the  women  and  children.    The  most  interesting  illustration 

of  the  fashion  of  wearing  beads  is  given  by  the  coloured  stela  7079  figured  on  PI.  13.    Here  is 


THE  CONTENTS  OF  THE  TOMB  CHAMBERS 


29 


seen  a  Nubian  girl  in  gala  costume.  Round  the  neck  are  two  rather  tightly-fitting  necklaces,  Beads. 
and  besides  these  a  long  string  descends  from  the  shoulders  over  the  breast.  There  are  bead 
armlets  upon  the  upper  arms,  bracelets  round  the  wrists,  and  bangles  round  the  ankles.  The 
beads  found  upon  the  bodies  were  worn  just  in  this  manner.  Thus  in  G  45  (v.  p.  32)  the  arrange- 
ment was  exactly  reproduced  with  the  exception  of  the  anklets.  The  anklets  are  not  generally 
found  except  in  the  case  of  quite  young  children;  the  long  string  round  the  neck  and  over  the 
breast  is  very  common  and  was  sometimes  worn  under  the  clothes  next  to  the  skin.  It  was 
quite  usual  to  find  two  or  three  necklaces  worn  at  once.  The  favourite  form  for  beads  was  a 
combinat'on  of  pear-shaped  pendants  (often  of  white  quartz)  with  small  spacers  of  coloured  or 
gilt  glass.  The  beads  themselves,  however,  will  be  discussed  more  fully  elsewhere.  Mention 
has  been  made  of  the  use  of  paste  studs  to  fasten  the  garments.  Many  studs  of  faience,  glass, 
and  glass  inlay  were  found,  but  the  majority  of  them  were  studs  not  for  clothes  but  for  wearing 
in  the  ear.  They  were  occasionally  found  actually  in  the  ear;  they  were  only  worn  by  women. 
Similarly  in  the  case  of  beads  there  was  no  certain  instance  of  their  being  worn  by  men ;  in  one 
or  two  ruined  graves  loose  beads  might  be  found  and  the  only  identifiable  bones  be  male,  and  in 
G  448  a  necklace  was  found  underneath  a  man's  head;  it  might  have  come  from  the  child's  body 
in  the  same  tomb,  but  its  position  was  certainly  in  favour  of  its  having  belonged  to  the  man; 
but  considering  the  state  of  such  tombs  they  afforded  no  grounds  for  altering  a  conclusion  sup- 
ported by  every  certain  case.  In  one  or  two  graves  were  found  earrings  of  silver,  or  of  plaited 
leather  and  bronze  (G  320,  350,  361,  464,  488,  597). 

A  feature  of  the  cemetery  was  the  number  of  signet-rings  found  in  it.    Their  individual  Rings. 
character  is  discussed  later.    They  were  worn  mostly  on  the  third  or  the  little  finger  of  either  hand ; 
in  G  164  a  ring  was  hung  on  a  string  of  beads  round  a  child's  neck.    Key-rings  of  the  Roman 
type  also  occurred. 

The  absence  of  precious  metals  in  the  tombs  is  rather  striking  in  view  of  this  fondness  for 
personal  ornaments,  but  the  conditions  showed  that  such  poverty  was  not  original.  It  was 
extremely  common  to  find  a  body  with  the  head  or  the  left  arm  below  the  elbow  broken  off, 
though  the  rest  was  little  disturbed.  Clearly  the  tomb-robbers  had  adopted  these  means  to 
possess  themselves  of  the  necklaces  and  rings  that  they  considered  worth  taking.  For  as  in 
these  cases  a  bronze  ring  might  be  left  on  the  other  hand  and  strings  of  beads  remain  on  the 
body  or  on  another  that  lay  with  it,  it  must  have  been  the  material  and  not  the  form  of  the 
ornament  that  drew  the  attention  of  the  thieves.  Probably  the  bronze  signet-rings,  and  the 
gilt  glass  necklaces,  passed  over  by  the  robbers,  had  their  counterpart  in  gold  and  silver,  of  which 
not  a  trace  remained. 

Iron  anklets  were  worn  in  a  few  cases  (G  1,  2,  8)  and  bracelets  (G  253,  513,  597) ;  these  were  Anklets. 
in  poor  graves. 

In  a  few  graves,  e.  g.  G  11,  19,  184,  there  was  found  at  one  end  of  the  chamber  a  heap  of  Wreaths. 
leaves,  resembling  myrtle-leaves ;  in  the  last  two  instances  these  lay  piled  about  the  head.  Appar- 
ently they  are  the  remains  of  funeral  wreaths  placed  on  the  head  of  the  dead  and  buried  with 
him.    This  recalls  the  similar  custom  in  Ptolemaic  and  Roman  Egypt. 

Hitherto  attention  has  been  devoted  to  that  which  the  body  wore  when  laid  in  the  grave,  Furniture  of 

to  its  dress  and  its  personal  ornaments.    There  remains  the  question  of  the  furniture  of  the  tomb-  th.e  T°mb- 
.  ^  chambers. 

chamber.    In  its  essence  it  was  simple  enough.    A  jar  containing  water  or  beer,  and  a  tumbler 

from  which  to  drink  the  same;  this  was  the  necessary  minimum.    Indeed,  in  poor  graves  there 

was  no  more  than  this;  but  in  very  few  cases  was  this  much  lacking.    In  G  20,  indeed,  there  was 

nothing  at  all  with  the  body — but  this  was  the  body  of  a  child;  in  G  43  the  cup  was  wanting,  as 

alsoinG  123,  214,  452,  783  ;  but  here  again  G  214  and  783  were  child's  graves,  and  with  child  burials 

the  rules  are  never  so  carefully  observed.    So  in  only  three  instances  did  the  minimum  furniture 

fail  to  appear.    Sometimes  the  earthenware  tumbler  was  replaced  by  a  metal  bowl,  in  one  or 


3° 


KARANOG 


Furniture  of  two  poor  graves  by  the  base  of  a  broken  pot;  but  in  almost  every  instance  where  evidence  could 
chambers'  ^e  Educed  at  all  the  jar  and  cup  were  found  to  have  been  placed  with  the  dead,  whether  they 
formed  the  whole  of  his  provision  or  were  multiplied  and  accompanied  by  other  objects.  How 
far  this  holds  good  can  be  seen  from  the  tabular  tomb-analysis,  where,  under  the  heading  'Pottery,' 
one  column  is  devoted  to  vessels  of  the  jar  type  (F  i-vi)  and  another  to  the  tumbler  and  closely 
allied  forms  (F  xlvii-1).  Of  course,  it  was  only  too  common  to  find  a  tomb  so  completely  gutted 
that  its  contents,  so  far  as  they  existed  at  all,  were  not  representative;  but  if  those  tombs  only 
be  considered  in  which  the  contents,  though  disturbed,  were  still  numerous  enough  to  afford 
grounds  for  a  judgment  as  to  probabilities,  the  conclusion  will  certainly  be  that  vessels  of  forms 
F  i-vi  and  F  xlvii-1  had  once  been  generally  present. 

In  the  bottom  of  a  good  number  of  the  jars  was  found  a  solid  sediment  composed  of  vegetable 
remains,  from  which  the  liquid  had  evaporated;  apparently  this  was  some  form  of  beer.  Such 
sediment  was  not,  however,  of  invariable  occurrence,  and  it  may  well  be  that  water  was  of  equally 
orthodox  use — just  as  to-day  water  is  poured  into  the  earthenware  bowls  that  dot  a  modern 
Nubian  cemetery.  An  analysis  of  these  sediments  is  being  made  by  Dr.  Macfarlane,  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Over  and  above  this  simple  but  necessary  provision,  the  objects  that  might  be  placed  with 
the  dead  were  many  and  various.  The  most  obvious  and  natural  thing  to  do  was,  in  a  richer 
grave,  simply  to  multiply  that  which  was  deemed  necessary  in  the  poorer.  Thus  the  number 
of  either  type  of  jar  might  run  well  into  double  figures,  and  the  cups  be  proportionately  numerous. 
Jars  and  vases  of  other  shapes  were  added,  some  doubtless  more  ornamental  than  utilitarian, 
some  containing  oils  or  unguents.  Probably  the  small  cenochoe  that  occurred  so  frequently 
contained  oil;  a  few  of  them  certainly  were  discoloured  and  coated  over  by  something  of  the  sort; 
in  one  tomb  a  fiat  bowl  contained  the  intestines  of  some  animal.  To  the  pottery  vessels  were 
added  those  of  glass  and  metal — the  former  containing  oils,  the  latter  most  often  of  bowl  form 
to  supplement  the  clay  tumblers.  It  is  again  possible  that  some  of  these  latter  contained  milk, 
for  we  know  from  the  engraved  bronze  vase  from  G  187  that  such  bowls  were  used  for  what  was 
a  traditional  drink  of  the  country.  Thus  from  the  simple  pair  of  clay  vases  there  is  every  degree 
of  increasing  elaboration  in  the  tombs,  until,  at  the  other  extreme,  there  comes  tomb  G  187  with 
its  extraordinary  array  of  fifty-eight  vessels  of  earthenware  and  thirteen  objects  in  bronze.  In 
several  cases,  especially  in  children's  graves,  there  was  added  a  wicker  box  containing  dates 
or  nuts. 

The  warrior  had  lying  beside  him  his  spear  or  bow  (G  187)  with  its  quiver  full  of  arrows 
(G  141,  254,  259,  324,  etc.).  The  arrow-heads  were  of  all  shapes  (PI.  34),  usually  small  and 
barbed,  and  sometimes  very  delicate.  The  strong  single-barbed  'harpoon'  type  of  arrow  was 
the  most  common;  one  in  G  628  was  found  embedded  for  two- thirds  of  its  length  in  a  young 
man's  vertebra. 

Certainly  arrow-heads  were  of  common  enough  occurrence  to  recall  the  name  of  'Nine 
Bows'  given  by  the  Egyptians  to  their  southern  neighbours.  In  G  64,  were  found  the  remains 
of  a  corslet  of  ox-hide,  the  leather  being  pressed  out  into  decorative  lines  and  bosses;  swords  or 
daggers  do  not  ever  occur.  A  man  in  G  141  had  with  him  his  musical  instrument,  a  long  piece  of 
wood  with  projecting  keys  at  one  end  to  hold  the  strings;  the  sounding-board  had  disappeared, 
but  probably  the  instrument  had  been  of  the  Gorra  type.  Not  infrequently  there  were  the  remains 
of  bags  or  pouches  of  decorated  leather;  in  three  cases  there  was  a  regular  'chatelaine,'  an  iron 
ring  from  which  hung  knife  and  tweezers,  stiletto  and  kohlstick.  The  women's  graves  naturally 
contained  toilet  articles  of  all  sorts,  amongst  which  kohlpots  and  kohlsticks  were  the  most  usual. 
The  wooden  kohlpots  were  often  almost  wholly  destroyed  by  white  ants  and  doubtless  many  had 
disappeared  altogether;  allowing  for  this,  it  would  seem  that  nearly  every  woman,  at  any  rate 
if  young,  took  her  kohlpot  with  her  to  the  grave.    The  complete  toilet-case  of  wood  inlaid  with 


THE  CONTENTS  OF  THE  TOMB  CHAMBERS 


31 


ivory  was  of  common  occurrence  also;  generally  this  had  been  broken,  but  a  few  fine  examples  Furniture  of 
were  obtained  (Pll.  21,  22,  24).  That  from  G  45  contained  in  its  various  compartments  the  '//awfcers'" 
decorated  kohlpot  (PI.  25),  the  remains  of  another  cylindrical  box  with  iron  lid,  kohl,  beads,  and 
nuts.  In  G  384,  a  wicker  box  contained  a  wooden  kohlpot  with  iron  stick,  three  glass  vessels, 
a  clay  lecythus,  and  some  beads.  Spindle-whorls  were  common,  pointing  to  the  woman's  chief 
industry;  scissors  of  a  modern  type  (PI.  35,  7458)  and  needles  were  also  found.  Dolls  of  different 
types  (7718,  7729,  7466,  7662),  an  ivory  piece  for  a  game  (7685),  and  an  ivory  die  (7694)  represent 
the  lighter  side  of  life. 

These  objects  had  no  special  place  in  the  tomb.  The  tumblers  were  generally  inverted  Position  of 
over  the  mouths  of  the  big  clay  jars,  or  sometimes  stood  upright  upon  them ;  but  apart  from  Ejects. 
this,  the  less  personal  objects  were  laid  or  thrown  down  in  the  graves  without  any  specified  order. 
The  illustrations  given  of  the  more  important  individual  graves  suffice  to  show  that  these  are 
not  typical  so  far  as  arrangement  of  objects  goes.  For  the  objects  were  not  arranged;  they  were 
put  where  there  was  room  to  put  them,  and  though  this  might  be  in  a  reserved  space,  in  the 
bulging  recess  near  the  tomb's  mouth  or  along  the  brick  partition  that  shut  in  the  body,  within 
that  space  they  lay  at  hazard. 


CHAPTER  V 


DETAILED  DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS. 


Tomb  G  45 


Type  A  4;  undisturbed. 


(The  objects  from  the  tomb  are  illustrated  on  PH.  24  and  25.) 


There  was  an  unusual  feature  at  the  E.  end.  The  pit  destined  for  the  chamber  had  been 
prolonged  in  this  direction  for  a  distance  of  2.00  m.  beyond  the  east  wall.  The  south  side  and 
half  of  the  north  side  of  this  secondary  chamber  had  been  lined  with  brick,  but  for  the  rest  the 

rough  mud  walls  were  left  bare;  they  are  a  good  deal 
undercut.  The  brick  vault  had  been  carried  on  up  to 
where  the  north  wall  gave  out,  so  that  for  the  length  of 
0.75  m.  there  was  actually  a  roofed  chamber  and  beyond  this 
a  mere  shaft  filled  in  from  above  with  loose  soil.  Just  in  the 
entrance  (see  plan)  lay  a  rectangle  of  brickwork  one  course 
high,  and  on  it,  outside  the  vault,  lay  a  large  rough  stone. 
Under  the  vault  the  ground  space  was  divided  by  a  brick 
and  a  half  lying  east  by  west,  almost  in  the  centre  of  the 
chamber,  on  this  there  rested  against  the  S.  wall  a  water-jar 
of  form  F  iv  (1  in  cut) ,  while  loose  in  the  filling  near  the 
dividing  bricks  was  a  string  of  beads.  This  eastern  feature 
is  not  to  be  regarded  as  a  dromos  but  may  rather  be  com- 
pared with  the  secondary  chambers  ofG  182,  187. 
R§**SB     B^^^^^H  The  true  chamber  in  which  the  body  lay  was  very  long 

,'ff        w       l^-L      I  and  narrow,  its  interior  measurements  being  2.45  by  0.60  m. ; 

its  walls  of  four  courses  of  brick  (the  lowest  being  let  down 
slightly  below  the  floor-level)  were  just  over  0.30  m.  high, 
and  the  vault  of  three  bricks  made  a  total  height  of  0.45  m. 
At  the  E.  end  the  wall  between  this  and  the  secondary  cham- 
ber was  only  carried  up  to  a  height  of  0.30  m.  so  that  not  the 
whole  of  the  doorway  was  blocked  up.  In  the  chamber  lay 
the  bones  of  a  young  woman,  the  body  extended  on  the  back, 
the  head  west,  the  hands  folded  across  the  pelvis;  the  legs 
had  been  pushed  a  little  to  one  side  to  make  room  for 
the  offering  deposited  in  the  grave  chamber. 

The  body  had  been  wrapped  in  stuffs,  but  these  had  wholly  perished  and  only  a  film  of  dust 
remained. 

Round  the  neck  was  a  string  of  small  quartz  pendant  beads  separated  by  coloured  glass 
spacers  (7763),  and  also  round  the  neck  reaching  right  down  over  the  chest  was  a  long  string 
of  mixed  glass  and  stone  beads  (7760).  On  the  left  wrist  were  two  bracelets,  viz.  7759  (PI.  40) 
of  small  quartz  and  breccia  pendants  with  gilt  or  coloured  glass  spacers,  and  7761  (PI.  40)  of 
large  blue  glass  spheroid  beads  with  spacers  of  gilt,  silvered  or  coloured  glass.  On  the  right 
wrist  was  a  bracelet  (7762)  of  spheroid  beads  of  carnelian,  quartz,  haematite,  breccia,  or  blue 

(32) 


S  EcTion 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS 


33 


paste  with  smaller  gilt  or  coloured  glass  spacers.    All  these  strings  were  re-strung  in  their  original  J_omo  G  45< 


At  the  feet  of  the  body  there  lay  against  the  brick  door  two  and  beyond  them  a  third  jar  of 
type  F  iv  (2,  3,  and  4  in  the  cut).  They  were  all  without  decoration,  and  had  been  covered  with 
linen  of  which  the  traces  were  evident  upon  the  surface  of  the  pottery.  Inverted  over  the  mouth 
of  one  of  them  was  the  bronze  bowl  7120,  marked  5  on  the  plan.  Just  beyond  this,  against  the 
wall  (10)  was  the  casket  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory  7519.  As  it  stood  in  the  tomb  it  appeared 
intact,  but  in  reality  it  had  been  entirely  consumed  by  white  ants  (see  p.  69)  so  that  all  the 
woodwork  had  subsequently  to  be  restored. 

On  the  right-hand  side  of  the  body,  between  the  shoulder  and  the  hip,  were  four  other  objects. 
Nos.  6  and  7  on  the  plan  are  the  two  bowls  71 13  and  7 115;  they  stood  mouth  downwards,  the 
larger  over  the  top  of  the  smaller.  No.  8  is  the  bronze  tripod  bowl  7137,  lying  on  its  side;  No.  9 
is  the  glass  vessel  with  bronze  handle  7352  (see  PI.  38)  also  lying  on  its  side  as  shown  in  the  plan. 

Inside  the  casket  were  found  the  kohlpot  of  wood  and  ivory  7514,  and  an  iron  lock  (7460); 
the  cylindrical  box  to  which  it  had  belonged  had  been  wholly  consumed;  also  a  lump  of  kohl, 
two  nuts,  one  or  two  glass  beads,  and  three  wooden  spindle-whorls  all  much  decayed. 


This  was  one  of  the  largest  and  most  elaborate  tombs  in  the  cemetery.  The  main  super-  Tomb  G  64, 
structure  of  brick  upon  stone  foundations  measured  over  seven  metres  and  a  half  square  and  Type  A  1. 
was  divided  by  two  cross- walls  in  either  direction.  These  as  usual  were  not  bonded  into  the 
outer  walls.  The  approach  of  brick  was  2.65  m.  long  and  the  space  between  its  walls  was 
0.85  m.;  the  walls  had  reveals  inwards,  between  which  lay  a  stone  doorsill.  From  the  outer 
angles  of  the  approach  wall  ran  at  a  slight  angle  two  walls  (that  on  the  north  side  was 
almost  wholly  destroyed)  which  formed  the  back  of  an  otherwise  rectangular  court  8.20  m. 
wide  by  3.75  m.  deep  having  an  open  doorway  1.00  m.  wide  with  entrance  reveal  in  the 
middle  of  its  front  wall.  The  court  was  mud-paved.  In  it,  a  little  distance  from  the  entrance 
of  the  approach,  was  a  brick  altar  0.85  m.  square. 

The  superstructure  was  much  ruined.  In  the  front  of  the  courtyard  lay  a  broken  Ba-statue 
of  very  rude  workmanship,  and  the  heads  of  two  more  were  found  within  the  same  area;  but 
there  was  nothing  to  make  it  probable  that  they  had  belonged  to  the  tomb.  Nor  was  there  any 
stela  or  table  of  offerings  that  could  reasonably  be  attributed  to  it;  a  few  fragments  of  a  broken 
table  of  offerings  might  have  been  evidence  of  the  tomb  furniture  having  been  wantonly  destroyed. 

In  the  pit  below  the  superstructure  were  three  chambers  of  mud  brick,  forming  as  it  were  a 
family  vault.  The  largest  chamber,  A,  that  to  the  north,  occupied  together  with  its  very  solid 
end-walls  the  whole  length  of  the  pit;  it  measured  internally  2.50  m.  by  1.30  m. 

The  side  walls  were  five  courses  of  brick  high,  and  on  them  rested  a  vault  composed  of  five 
bricks  giving  a  rise  of  0.50  m.  The  vault  was  roughly  rendered  on  the  inside  and  on  the  surface 
of  the  mud  could  clearly  be  seen  the  imprint  of  a  coarse  cloth  with  which  it  was  applied.  Across 
the  middle  of  the  vault  was  carried  an  external  binding  arch  of  brick,  intended  to  relieve  the 
vault  of  the  weight  of  filling  and  superstructure  above.  The  smaller  chamber  B  on  the  southeast 
was  1.55  m.  long  and  1.35  m.  wide;  its  height  to  the  top  of  the  vault  was  1.15  m.;  it  communi- 
cated with  A  by  a  doorway  0.45  m.  wide  and  0.65  m.  high  having  a  false  arch  of  two  vaulting- 
bricks  set  anglewise.  The  chamber  C  on  the  southwest  was  1.60  m.  long,  1.50  m.  wide,  and 
1.07  m.  high;  like  the  two  other  chambers  it  had  side  walls  five  courses  high  and  a  vault  of  five 
bricks.  It  had  no  proper  means  of  communication  with  the  first  two  chambers,  but  part  of  its 
east  wall  had  been  broken  through  in  order  to  give  the  robbers,  who  entered  by  way  of  this 
chamber,  access  to  the  rest  of  the  tomb. 


order. 


Type  A  4.  J 


Tomb  G  64 

Type  A  1. 


(See  Fig.  A  2  and  Fig.  B.) 


3 


34 


KARANOG 


The  robbers  had  undermined  the  superstructure  wall  on  the  west  side  at  the  point  X  and  had 
pierced  into  the  filling  of  the  superstructure  just  above  the  vault  of  chamber  C.  They  had  then 
broken  through  the  vault,  descended  into  the  chamber  and  from  this  forced  a  passage  to  B.  On 
their  way  out  they  laid  over  the  top  of  the  hole  made  in  the  vault  a  cuirass  of  bullock's  hide. 
When  found  this  was  in  a  ruinous  condition;  it  could  be  seen,  however,  that  the  hair  had  been 
left  on,  on  the  outer  side  of  the  cuirass,  and  that  the  leather  had  been  worked  up  from  behind  into 
a  decorative  pattern  of  knobs  and  bars  in  relief.  The  object  of  the  robbers  had  been  of  course  to 
prevent  the  loose  filling  from  falling  through  into  the  tomb  and  the  consequent  ruin  of  the 
superstructure  betraying  their  act.  This  is  further  evidence  that  the  tombs  were  plundered  not 
very  long  after  the  interment  and  while  tomb-robbery  was  still  an  invidious  trade. 

At  the  point  Y  in  the  space  between  the  brick  lining  of  the  pit  in  which  the  chambers  lay  and 
the  side  of  the  rather  larger  cutting  that  went  down  to  the  level  of  their  roofs,  there  stood  a  large 
plain  water-jar  (F  i)  buried  for  half  its  height  in  the  firm  mud.  This  is  a  good  instance  of  an 
offering  being  buried  in  the  superstructure,  though  here  it  was  carefully  deposited  instead  of  being 
thrown  in  with  the  filling. 

Chamber  A  contained  a  few  scattered  bones  including  a  male  pelvis;  also  fragments  of  two 
plain  jars  of  type  F  i  and  of  a  plain  amphora  (F  xvii),  of  two  plain  rough  bowls  (F  xlv),  of  three 
saucers  (F  xlvi),  two  plain  and  one  painted,  and  of  a  plain  red  tumbler  (F  xlviii).  There  were 
also  an  earthenware  lamp,  8148,  plain  and  rough,  and  fragments  of  a  glass  vessel,  and  two 
gilt  glass  beads.  Of  wood  there  were  a  lid  of  a  cylindrical  kohlpot,  plain,  a  rectangular  block 
resembling  the  foot  of  a  piece  of  furniture,  and  a  small  turned  and  chip-carved  object  like  a 
stand  or  pedestal  (7607).  Also  in  the  chamber  were  one  iron  arrowhead  (7370),  an  iron  kohlstick 
(7389,  PI.  36)  and  a  pair  of  bronze  tweezers  of  Egyptian  type  in  the  shape  of  a  man  swimming 
(Cairo  40104,  PI.  35). 

Chamber  B  contained  eight  pottery  vessels  of  the  form  F  i,  and  five  of  the  form  F  v;  all  plain. 
Chamber  C  contained  fragments  of  two  plain  pottery  vessels  of  form  F  i,  and  of  one  of  F  v; 
a  plain  amphora  (F  xxi)  and  two  plain  rough  bowls  (F  xlv). 

Tombs  G  123,  123  A.  A  peculiar  combination  of  two 


dissimilar  graves.  The  brick  super- 
structure was  a  plain  rectangle 
2.40  m.  by  2.50  m.,  a  good  deal 
damaged.  On  the  east  side  a  dromos 
0.90  m.  wide  and  3.30  m.  long  led 
down  to  the  grave.  Here  were  two 
chambers  lying  across  one  another  T 
fashion,  the  arms  of  the  T  pointing 
north  and  south  just  at  the  end  of 
the  dromos,  its  foot  continuing  the 
line  of  the  dromos  westwards.  The 
two  chambers  were  both  cut  in  the 
solid  mud  after  the  style  of  the  B 
tombs. 

Wheie  the  dromos  cut  at  right 
angles  across  the  first  chamber, 
laying  it  open,  a  barrel  vault  had 
been  constructed  across  the  chamber, 


so  that  its  outer  side  or  extrados  blocked  the  end  of  the  dromos.  It  did  not,  however,  quite 
block  the  entrance  to  the  second  chamber.  Consequently  a  second  barrel  vault  was  built  at  right 
angles  to  the  first  and  over  the  top  of  it,  springing  actually  from  the  back  of  the  lower  vault  and 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMES 


reaching  to  its  centre,   where  the  narrowed  aperture  was  bricked  up.    The  first  chamber  Tombs 
therefore  was  brick  vaulted  in  the  middle  and  had  its  two  ends  scooped  out  in  the  mud;  the  Type'lf^  ' 
second  was  an  ordinary  shaft  chamber  cut  in  the  mud  but  continued  at  its  east  end  by  a  short 
length  of  barrel  vaulting  running  over  the  roof  of  the  other  grave. 

The  first  chamber,  G  123,  was  undisturbed.  In  it  lay  the  body  of  a  man  extended  on  the 
back,  the  head  to  the  north,  the  hands  folded  across  the  pelvis.  By  the  feet  was  an  undecorated 
jar  of  form  F  iv. 

The  second  chamber,  G  123,  was  also  undisturbed.  It  contained  the  body  of  a  young  man, 
hardly  mature,  extended  on  the  back,  the  head  to  the  east,  the  hands  folded  across  the  pelvis. 
The  body  was  wrapped  in  stuffs  which  were  very  much  decayed.  Just  inside  the  grave,  in  its 
northwest  corner,  were  grouped  two  undecorated  jars  of  the  form  F  iv,  a  painted  tumbler  (8673, 
PI.  88) ,  and  inverted  over  the  mouth  of  one  of  the  jars  a  metal  bowl  (71 50) . 

With  these,  lying  on  its  side,  was  an  oval  wicker-work  basket  —  it  had  been  entirely  consumed 
by  white  ants  but  retained  its  shape.  It  measured  0.26  m.  by  0.32  m.  with  a  height  of  0.1S  m., 
increased  by  its  conical  lid  to  0.27  m.    It  contained  dates. 

Tomb  G  141. 

This  was  one  of  the  only  two  tombs  of  type  C  that  had  a  superstructure  —  in  this  case,  how-  TombG  141, 
ever,  the  superstructure  was  an  elaborate  one.  It  measured  6.60  m.  by  3.90  m.  Judging  from  Type  C  1. 
its  shape  and 
from  the  vary- 
ing thicknesses 
of  its  cross-walls 
it  seems  to  have 
had  a  double 
mound  (or 
"dome")  above 
it — the  central 
wall  was  still 
1. 10  m.  above 
the  original  level 
of  the  mud 
deposit  so  that 
though  the 
two  adjacent 
"domes"  would 
here  intersect  at 
a  point  above 
their  general 
base  line,  yet  the 
height  at  which 
they  started 
must  have  been 

considerable.  — £^  

There    was  no 

apse  and  no  brick  approach.  T  he  outer  walls  were  of  brick  upon  foundations  of  thin  sandstone  slabs. 
In  the  shallow  rectangular  pit  enclosed  by  them,  two  shafts,  long  and  narrow,  had  been  sunk,  and 
the  three  chambers  of  which  the  tomb  consisted  opened  sideways  out  of  these.  Chamber  A  was 
2.00  m.  long  by  0.60  m.  wide  with  an  extreme  height  of  0.30  m. ;  thus  in  size  it  did  not  differ 
greatly  from  the  poorest  tomb  of  the  poor  type  to  which  it  belongs.    The  shaft  that  led  to  it 


Scale 


Scale 


36 


KARANOG 


was  about  2.00  m.  long,  0.40  m.  wide,  and  1.70  m.  deep.  The  long  doorway  was  blocked  by  a 
brick  wall  stepped  up  from  a  broad  base  to  the  side  of  the  shaft  above  the  tomb  entrance.  A 
single  hole  made  outside  the  superstructure  close  against  its  west  side  branched  into  two  under 
the  foundations  and  had  put  chambers  A  and  B  at  the  mercy  of  the  tomb  robbers;  in  the  former 
chamber  they  left  nothing  whatsoever,  in  the  latter  a  single  undecorated  jar  of  type  F  i. 

The  chamber  C  was  undisturbed.  It  measured  1.75  m.  long  by  0.80  m.  wide,  its  greatest 
height  being  0.65  m.;  its  floor  level  was  1.60  m.  below  the  floor  of  the  original  pit;  the  shaft 
approach  which  it  shared  with  chamber  B  was  2.00  m.  long  by  0.90  m.  wide;  the  brick  doorways 
of  the  two  tombs  were  similar  to  that  of  A. 

In  the  grave  lay  the  body  of  a  man,  extended  on  the  back,  the  head  east,  the  hands  folded 
across  the  pelvis.  It  had  been  wrapped  in  stuff,  but  this  had  perished  altogether.  The  body 
was  laid  far  back  in  the  lower  part  of  the  grave  and  the  offerings  put  with  it  were  along  its  left 
side,  against  the  door.  Between  the  foot  and  the  hip  were  three  undecorated  jars  of  type  F  i, 
(1,  2,  and  3  on  plan);  by  the  upper  arm  was  (4)  an  undecorated  jar  of  type  F  iv;  and  by  the 
shoulder  a  similar  jar  (5)  with  plain  bands  of  colour.  Inverted  over  the  mouth  of  this  was  (6) 
a  metal  bowl  (7126),  figured  on  PL  32.  By  the  right  lower  arm  there  lay  on  the  ground  (8)  what 
had  been  a  quiverful  of  arrows;  the  wooden  quiver  and  the  arrow  shafts  had  gone  to  dust,  but 
the  iron  heads  retained  the  form  of  the  interior  of  the  quiver.  There  were  43  in  all  (7 180-7221, 
7368)  and  the  types,  which  were  very  varied,  can  be  seen  on  PL  34. 

Between  the  man's  tibiae  lay  a  piece  of  wood,  long  and  round,  with  five  keys  of  hard  dark 
wood  projecting  from  it  in  a  line.  Probably  this  had  been  a  musical  instrument  like  a  mandoline, 
or  rather  a  gorra,  but  no  trace  of  its  original  body  could  be  found. 

Under  the  south  wall  of  the  superstructure  was  found  the  half  of  a  broken  scarab.  It  is  the 
only  thing  of  the  kind  found  in  the  cemetery  and  its  origin  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  the  large 
Egyptian  twentieth  dynasty  town  a  mile  or  so  to  the  south.  It  is  of  course  no  more  important 
as  dating  evidence  than  are  the  few  scattered  sherds  of  Egyptian  pottery  to  be  found  about 
the  desert  to  the  north  as  well  as  to  the  south  of  the  Romano-Nubian  graves. 

Type  B  6.  The  simple  dromos  grave  with  no  super- 
structure; the  brick  doorway  was  intact  and  the  grave 
undisturbed. 

Near  the  mouth  of  the  dromos  lay  in  the  loose  filling 
close  to  the  surface,  but  apparently  in  position,  two  small 
black  bottles  of  the  form  F  ix. 

The  grave  chamber  was  a  rough  oval  2.00  m.  by 
1 .00  m.,  the  doorway  being  0.90  m.  broad,  as  against  the 
1.30  m.  of  that  end  of  the  dromos,  and  0.70  m.  high;  the 
floor  of  the  chamber  was  0.20  m.  below  the  bottom  of  the 
dromos. 

In  the  grave  were  the  bones  of  two  bodies,  those  of  a 
woman  and  an  infant.  The  former  lay  extended  on  the 
back,  the  head  towards  the  west,  the  hands  folded  across 
the  pelvis;  on  the  third  finger  of  each  hand  were  two  rings 
(8072,  8087,  8116,  8118,  PL  33). 

Across  the  woman's  lap  lay  the  infant,  the  head  to 
the  south ;   the  bones  had  fallen  apart  and  lay  in  some 
confusion  on  the  ground. 
On  the  north  side  of  the  grave  near  the  door  there  were  leaning  against  the  wall  three  undeco- 
rated jars  of  the  form  F  i  (1,  2,  and  3  on  plan)  and  over  the  mouth  of  the  first  was  inverted  a 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS 


37 


plain  red  tumbler  (F  xlviii,  7  on  plan);  a  similar  red  tumber  lay  a  little  way  apart  (5).    A  plain  TombG  ijo, 
jar  of  type  F  iv  lay  somewhat  near  to  the  body  (4),  and  near  the  left  upper  arm  (6)  was  a  little    ype  B  6m 
rough  cenochoe  (F  xxxii)  0.17  m.  high.    At  (8)  close  to  the  left  ear  of  the  woman  was  a  kohlbox 
of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory  in  the  simple  Noah's  ark  tree  pattern  (Cairo  Museum  40222)  and  near 
the  other  ear  the  lid  of  a  kohlbox  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory  in  a  simple  spot  pattern  (9). 

Tomb  G  181. 

Type  B  6.    Simple  dromos  grave  without  superstructure.    Dromos  3.00  m.  long  and  2.10  m.  Tomb  G  181, 
deep,  after  which  it  was  stepped  down  to  2.40  m.  the  level  of  the  bottom  of  the  tomb  chamber.  Type  B  6- 
The  brick  doorway  was  intact  and  the  tomb  undisturbed. 

In  the  chamber  lay  the  body  of  a  woman,  extended  on  the  back,  the  head  west,  the  hands 
folded  across  the  pelvis.  The  whole  body  including 
the  face  was  swathed  in  linen,  with  cord  bound 
round  the  neck  and  four  times  round  the  body ;  this 
linen  shroud  had  an  open-work  border  and  fringe  of  a 
string-like  texture,  a  sort  of  macrame  work,  the  pat- 
tern of  which  was  very  similar  to  that  on  a  shroud  in 
grave  G  325  (PI.  109,  Fig.  5).  The  head  of  the  body 
rested  on  a  brick. 

Against  the  north  side  of  the  chamber  were 
ranged  five  pottery  vessels.  (1)  is  an  undecorated 
jar  of  the  form  F  i;  inverted  over  its  mouth  (4)  was  a 
painted  tumbler  (8707,  PI.  91).  Next  to  this  (3)  was 
a  red  amphora  (F  xvii)  with,  on  the  shoulder,  a 
design  in  black  of  two  cross-hatched  buds  with 
knotted  stems  (8503),  and  standing  in  its  mouth, 
right  way  up,  (5)  the  painted  tumbler  8638,  PI.  84. 
Beyond  this  (2)  was  a  jar  of  the  form  F  iv  with  a  row 
of  guinea  fowl  painted  on  the  shoulder  (8197,  PI.  58). 

On  the  left  hand  side  of  the  body,  close  to  the 
shoulder,  was  (6)  a  glass  unguentarium  (7341,  PI.  37).  It  had  fallen  over  on  its  side,  its  mouth 
buried  in  the  loose  sand  and  dust,  and  this  had  combined  with  the  contents  as  they  ran  out  to 
form  a  solid  air-tight  stopper.  The  greater  part  of  the  contents  of  the  phial  remained  therefore 
in  the  original  liquid  state  inside. 

Tomb  G  187. 

Type  A  1.  {See  Fig.  D.) 

The  superstructure,  which  was  of  brick  on  stone  foundations,  was  one  of  the  largest  in  the  Tomb  G  i8y, 
cemetery,  being  6.30  m.  square.  There  stood  above  ground  level  four  courses  of  stone,  the  faces  Type  A  1. 
well  pick-dressed,  making  a  height  of  0.90  m.;  above  this  was  brickwork.  The  domed 
mound  that  had  stood  above  the  tomb  was  supported  internally  by  diagonal  walls  only  (in  the 
plan  these  are  only  dotted  in  towards  the  centre  so  as  not  to  obscure  the  details  of  the  super- 
■structure).  The  brick  approach  was  2.50  m.  long,  the  space  between  its  walls  being  1.00  m.; 
it  had  a  stone  frame  at  its  east  end.  In  front  of  it  lay  a  brick  altar  measuring  1.10  m.  by  0.65  m. 
There  was  no  apse. 

Two  metres  south  of  the  brick  altar  and  in  a  line  with  it,  0.60  m.  from  the  west  wall  of  tomb 
G  179,  there  lay  face  upwards  in  the  sand  the  fine  stone  table  of  offerings  now  in  the  Cairo  Museum 
■(marked  G  179);  it  resembles  No.  7088,  PI.  15;  in  the  middle  of  the  sculptured  face  is  a  form  of 


38 


KARANOG 


Tomb  G  i8j,  pvlon  on  which  rest  the  sacrificial  loaves,  two  tall  vases  flank  the  pylon  and  over  it  bend  long- 

Ty  pe  A  i 

stalked  lotus  flowers.    There  can  be  little  doubt  that  this  stone  belonged  to  the  great  tomb  G  187. 

In  the  robbers'  hole  at  the  back  of  G  179,  only  a  metre  from  the  approach  of  G  187,  was 
found  the  royal  Ba  statue  (Cairo  Museum  40232)  of  which  a  photograph  is  shown  on  PI.  2,  and 
a  coloured  reconstruction  (see  p.  47)  on  PI.  1.  Here  again  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the 
statue  belongs  to  the  larger  tomb  in  front  of  which  it  had  fallen.  Unfortunately  of  the  stela  that 
must  have  been  attached  to  G  187  there  was  no  trace;  at  least  there  was  none  found  lying  in 
any  such  relation  to  the  tomb  as  would  warrant  its  attribution  to  it. 

In  the  centre  of  the  filling  of  the  superstructure  was  an  upright  post  which  starting  from  the 
chamber  ran  right  up  through  the  brickwork  at  the  point  of  intersection  of  the  diagonal  walls. 
By  this  post,  below  the  foundations  of  the  cross- walls,  was  a  log  running  from  the  centre  to  the 
west  wall,  making  a  slight  northern  angle  with  it.  Here  were  also  found  fragments  of  wattlework 
and  plaited  strips  of  hide.  Immediately  below,  in  the  western  chamber,  were  two  pieces  of  timber 
together  with  remains  of  grass  rope;  they  lay  between  the  wall  separating  the  two  chambers 
and  the  platform  of  brickwork  shown  in  the  plan,  running  right  under  the  latter;  they  lay  north 
by  south,  and  parallel,  0.35  m.  apart. 

It  was  impossible  to  say  with  certainty  what  had  been  the  object  of  this  timber-work,  but 
probably  it  represents  simply  a  flagstaff,  rising  from  the  apex  of  the  'dome'  and  somewhat 
elaborately  stayed  up  below  ground. 

The  grave,  like  G  183,  had  two  chambers,  one  with  brick  walls  and  vault,  the  other  cut 
simply  in  the  mud.  The  brick  chamber  (A)  lay  to  the  east,  it  was  2.10  m.  north  by  south  and 
1.85  m.  east  by  west.  The  floor  was  cut  down  into  the  mud  and  on  the  ledges  le.t  along  the 
sides  were  two  courses  of  brick  supporting  the  springers  of  the  vault;  the  whole  was  1.45  m.  high. 
The  interior  was  whitewashed;  along  each  side,  1.10  m.  from  the  ground,  protruded  wooden 
pegs,  on  which  probably  offerings  once  hung.  At  either  end  was  a  bricked-up  doorway,  not 
whitewashed,  lhat  at  the  west  end  led  into  the  secondary  chamber,  and  had  been  broken 
through  by  the  tomb-robbers;  that  at  the  east  end  reached  to  the  roof;  part  of  it  and  of  the 
adjoining  wall  had  been  broken  down  and  the  hole  so  made  filled  up  with  stone,  ^his  doorway 
led  into  a  dromos  running  up  under  the  brick  approach,  a  feature  found  in  only  one  other  tomb 
of  the  class,  namely  G  182;  it  shows  that  the  tomb  had  been  partly  built  before  the  body  was 
deposited  in  it,  perhaps  during  the  life-time  of  the  owner.  The  stone  filling  of  the  doorway  had 
been  put  in  from  the  outside,  and  the  whole  of  the  dromos  near  the  door  was  filled  with  similar 
rough  stones;  as  the  dromos  had  not  been  disturbed  after  the  building  of  the  superstructure, 
this  must  have  been  the  work  of  those  who  laid  the  body  in  its  grave. 

The  chamber  had  been  entered  from  the  west  end  and  completely  gutted.  Ihere  was  no 
body. 

In  the  northwest  corner  were  found: 

1.  A  ring  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory  (7570). 

2.  An  iron  key  (?)  with  carved  wooden  handle  (7455,  PI.  36). 

3.  An  iron  adze-head  (7299,  PI.  35). 

4.  Twenty-eight  arrow-heads  with  fragments  of  shafts  (7423-7454). 

5.  Some  fragments  of  wood  and  leather,  probably  representing  the  bow. 

6.  Some  lumps  of  organic  matter,  apparently  animal  intestines.  Scattered  about  the 
chamber  were  fragments  of  several  tall  undecorated  jars  of  the  form  F  i,  and  of  three  plain  red 
tumblers,  F  xlviii. 

The  western  chamber  (B),  though  less  pretentious,  was  more  interesting.  It  was  rudely 
circular,  cut  in  the  mud  after  the  fashion  of  a  dromos  tomb,  its  only  approach  being  through  the 
eastern  chamber.  Two  robbers'  holes  ran  into  it  one  on  the  west,  coming  from  just  outside  the 
west  wall  of  the  superstructure,  another  on  the  north,  starting  from  some  five  metres  northeast 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS 


39 


of  the  tomb  and  breaking  through  just  over  the  brickwork  shown  in  the  plan ;  bricks  from  here  Tomb  G  i8y, 
had  been  piled  up  in  the  entrance  of  the  hole,  from  the  outside,  so  that  the  tunnel  could  be  filled  TyPe  A  z- 
in  again  and  the  fact  of  the  robbery  concealed. 

This  brickwork  was  in  the  nature  of  a  platform,  only  one  course  thick.  The  western  row 
of  bricks,  however,  had  three  courses  at  its  north  end,  and  it  seemed  likely  that  here  a  greater 
height  had  originally  been  uniform  throughout,  so  as  to  form  such  a  walled-off  compartment  for 
the  body  as  was  not  unusual  in  the  tombs.  The  platform  might  thus  have  served  as  a  stand 
for  offerings  or  more  probably  might  have  been  used  for  the  body,  which  would  then  have  lain 
in  a  sort  of  brick  trough.  As  a  matter  of  fact  the  human  remains  actua'ly  found  were  lying 
between  the  platform  and  the  west  side  of  the  chamber. 

The  chamber  had  of  course  been  plundered  by  the  robbers  of  its  more  intrinsically  precious 
contents,  but  even  so,  it  was  extraordinarily  rich  in  objects,  and  these  seemed  for  the  most  part 
but  little  disturbed. 

Against  the  west  wall  lay  bones  from  two  bodies,  one  male  and  one  female;  they  were  in 
great  confusion  and  had  clearly  been  ransacked  for  their  personal  ornaments  even  if  they  had  not 
been  thrown  down  here  after  being  carried  from  their  original  position.  Nothing  was  found 
with  them. 

1  he  roof  of  this  chamber  was  in  so  precarious  a  condition  that  it  was  almost  entirely  removed. 
The  sketch  on  Fig.  C,  taken  from  a  point  looking  nearly  straight  down  into  the  pit  thus  exposed, 
shows  the  arrangement  of  objects  within  the  chamber.  For  the  most  part  they  lay  along  the 
south  side  and  in  the  northeast  corner;  in  the  northwest  corner  were  only  two  jars  of  the  type 
F  iv,  one  ringed  (8962) ,  and  one  plain.  In  the  northeast  corner  were  two  large  pottery  vessels  of 
type  F  xiv,  one  of  F  xv,  and  one  of  F  i  (8509);  underneath  these  lay  the  fragments  of  glass 
which  when  put  together  formed  the  complete  vessel  7362,  PI.  39.  Near  these,  but  more  towards 
the  centre  of  the  chamber,  lay  six  bronze  bowls  (PI.  30),  7110,  in  which  stood  inverted  71 16,  and 
next  to  them  7109,  in  which  were  71 11,  71 12  and  7 118. 

Along  the  south  side  the  pottery  vessels  were  very  numerous;  of  F  i,  there  were  three  ringed 
examples  and  one  painted  (8227,  PI.  64);  of  F  v,  one  painted  (8152,  PI.  53);  four  plain,  and 
fragments  of  others.  Of  F  xii,  the  'classical'  amphora  shape,  there  were  no  less  than  sixteen 
complete  examples,  several  with  graffiti  (PI.  107,  Figs.  13,  24,  25,  26);  all  these,  like  the  other 
vessels  of  amphora  type,  had  been  sealed  with  mud,  and  in  many  cases  these  seals  were  intact; 
the  most  common  stamps  on  them  were  the  fish  and  the  snake,  but  there  were  also  those  with 
the  Greek  letters  <1>CN  and  with  the  captives  bound  to  a  stake  (see  p.  79).  Of  other  amphora 
shapes  there  were  two  of  F  xv,  one  with  graffiti  (PI.  107,  Fig.  1,6),  one  plain  of  F  xvii  and  one 
plain  of  F  xxi.  Of  F  xxxiii  there  was  an  example  with  graffiti  (PI.  107,  Fig.  23);  nine  plain 
bowls  of  shape  F  xliv,  (8396,  8400)  one  of  F  xlvii,  a  ringed  cup  F  xlviii,  and  three  plain  cups 
of  the  same  type  (8647,  PI.  85). 

In  the  southwest  corner  of  the  tomb  the  wall  of  the  chamber  had  been  so  cut  as  to  leave 
a  slight  ledge,  against  which  was  heaped  up  a  pile  of  rubbish  sloping  down  towards  the  middle  of 
the  grave.  On  the  ledge  lay  the  bronze  situla  7141,  the  wine  ladle  7142,  and  the  Hellenistic 
lamp  7147  (all  on  PI.  30),  and  just  by  them,  half  buried  in  the  dust,  the  two  jugs,  7512,  7513, 
figured  on  PI.  29.  In  the  sloping  rubbish-heap  over  which  the  bones  were  strewn,  but  always  at 
its  south  end,  were  the  two  decorated  bronze  bowls  7155  and  C  41017,  Pll.  26,  27,  28,  the  patera 
7146,  PI.  29,  and  the  bronze  spoon  7420  figured  on  the  same  plate,  and  lying  upside  down  just 
at  the  foot  of  the  slope  the  pot  7138,  PI.  30.  Mixed  up  with  these  objects  in  the  same  rubbish- 
heap  were  several  of  the  clay  bowls  (F  xliv)  already  mentioned,  stacked  one  inside  the  other. 
Under  the  rubbish  were  the  two  carved  wooden  spoons  7421-2,  figured  on  PI.  109,  a  turned  wooden 
kohlpot  with  six  rings,  0.22  m.  long,  a  wooden  box  in  the  shape  of  a  flattened  sphere,  diameter 
circa  0.16  m.  and  0.11  m.  in  height,  with  a  slight  ring  foot  and  knob  handle,  a  double  wooden 


4o 


KARANOG 


box  in  the  form  of  two  ovals  set  side  by  side,  flat-topped  and  with  knob  handles,  and  a  large 
trav  of  basket-work,  slightly  concave  like  the  modern  native  basket-work  trays,  about  0.30  m.  in 
diameter;  with  the  exception  of  the  two  spoons  all  these  objects  had  been  consumed  by  white  ants 
and  could  not  be  preserved. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  tomb  is  that  of  a  chief  or  local  king  of  Karanog.  For  a 
description  of  the  individual  objects  see  p.  47  (the  statue)  and  pp.  59-61  (the  bronze  work). 
The  statue,  the  offering- table,  and  the  bronze  bowl  on  which  is  represented  the  Ethiopian  queen, 
are  now  in  the  museum  at  Cairo,  the  remaining  objects  in  the  University  Museum  at  Philadelphia. 

Tomb  G  254. 

Tvpe  B  3.  A  dromos  grave  with  brick  superstructure  on  stone  foundations;  this  was 
3.50  m.  square,  and  but  little  of  its  brickwork  remained.    The  brick  approach  was  0.85  m.  long, 

the  space  between  its  walls  being  0.55m.  In  this 
space  lay  a  small  bottle  of  rough  ware  (F  ix) . 

The  superstructure  had  no  cross-walls  and 
therefore,  in  view  of  its  size,  was  presumably  not 
' '  domed ' ' .  Over  the  filling  of  the  superstructure 
however  there  was  spread  a  single  laver  of 
bricks  which  for  part  of  the  area  at  least  was 
well  preserved.  It  seemed  that  the  side  walls 
had  never  been  much  higher  than  at  present,  and 
that  the  top  of  the  grave  between  these  walls 
had  been  flat  and  jacketed  with  brickwork. 
When  the  walls  were  partially  destroyed  from 
above,  some  of  the  brick  jacketing  simply 
settled  down  as  the  filling  silted  out  from  below 
it,  and  reached  its  present  lower  level  without 
losing  its  form.  Or  again,  the  side  walls  raav 
have  stood  actually  a  little  higher  than  the  flat 
top  of  the  grave,  which  in  that  case  may  still 
retain  its  original  level. 

Just  where  the  brick  jacketing  was  well 
preserved  there  was  found  immediately  under  it 
in  the  rubbish  that  formed  the  upper  part  of 
the  filling  of  the  superstructure,  a  small  collection 
of  objects;  the  bricks  actually  rested  on  them 
and  the  rubbish  lay  in  a  perfectly  regular  stratum 
round  and  a  little  below  them.  It  was  evident 
that  the  things  had  been  laid  in  the  filling  just 
before  the  final  brickwork  was  added.    The  objects  were: 

1.  A  wooden  box;  this  was  entirely  destroyed  by  white  ants,  but  its  impression  in  the  soil 
was  perfectly  clear;  it  had  been  0.30  m.  long,  circa  0.10  m.  wide  and  0.05  m.  high.  Inside  it 
had  been: 

2.  A  leather  bag;  of  this  only  a  few  fragments  were  left.    In  the  bag  had  been: 

3.  A  cold  chisel  engraved  at  the  end  and  on  the  side  with  what  may  be  a  maker's  mark, 
though  it  is  a  device  also  found  on  pottery;  it  is  of  iron  and  when  found  was  as  bright  as  polished 
steel.    (7367,  PI.  36.) 

4.  An  iron  chatelaine  consisting  of  a  ring  from  which  hang  a  pair  of  tweezers,  a  knife,  stiletto 
and  hook ;  this  also  when  found  was  brightly  polished.    (Cairo  Museum  40093) . 

5.  A  ring  of  ivory  lined  with  silver,  of  uncertain  use  (7684). 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS 


41 


Against  the  box  lay  a  quiver  full  of  arrows.    Of  the  quiver  itself,  there  was  left  only  part  of  Tomb  G  254, 
the  wooden  end,  oval  in  cross-section;  it  was  covered  with  leather,  and  a  thicker  white  leather  Type  B  3. 
had  formed  the  body.    The  shafts  of  the  arrows  had  almost  without  exception  perished  utterly; 
the  points  were  fifty-one  in  number,  three  being  of  bronze,  the  rest  of  iron;  they  comprised 
thirteen  different  types  (7222-7272,  PI.  34). 

The  grave  itself  had  been  robbed  from  behind;  the  chamber  was  2.00  m.  long,  1.45  m.  wide, 
the  doorway  1.00  m.  across;  its  extreme  height  was  0.90  m.  In  it  there  lay,  slightly  disturbed, 
the  body  of  a  man,  extended  on  the  back,  the  head  to  the  east,  the  hands  folded  across  the  pelvis. 
Along  the  north  side  of  the  chamber  were  ranged  six  pots;  immediately  against  the  side  were  two 
undecorated  jars  of  the  form  F  i,  and  a  'classical'  amphora  (F  xii).  Between  these  and  the  body 
was  a  row  of  small  vessels,  one  plain  red  tumbler,  one  painted  tumbler  (Cairo  Museum, 
40084/ 19)  and  a  small  bottle  of  rough  ware  (F  ix). 

Tomb  G  293. 

Type  B  3.  Dromos  grave  with  brick  superstructure  and  approach.  The  superstructure  Tomb  G  293, 
measured  3.15  m.  by  3.20  m.;  of  its  front  (eastern)  wall,  five  courses  remained,  but  the  side  Type  B  3. 
walls  had  shallower  foundations  and  stood  only 
two  courses  high.  There  were  no  cross-walls, 
and  the  brickdust  and  loose  sand  filling  that 
underlay  the  side  walls  filled  up  the  whole 
interior  to  the  level  of  the  top  of  the  brickwork 
with  a  regular  stratification  that  showed  it  had 
not  been  disturbed  since  the  tomb  was  built. 
The  brick  approach  was  0.70  m.  long,  with  a 
space  of  0.25  m.  between  its  walls;  in  this  space 
lay  a  small  undecorated  bottle  of  rough  ware 
(F  ix)  and  a  broken  painted  tumbler  (8452, 
PI.  50).  At  1.20  m.  from  this  was  a  brick  altar 
0.33  m.  square,  and  between  the  altar  and  the 
end  of  the  approach  lay  an  uninscribed  stone 
offering- table  (Cairo  G  293). 

Just  about  the  centre  of  the  superstructure, 
0.20  m.  or  0.25  m.  below  the  modern  surface 
(with  which  the  top  of  the  brickwork  is  flush) ,  was 
a  little  collection  of  objects,  apparently  offerings 
placed  here  instead  of  inside  the  tomb.  They 
were  not  in  any  order  but  lay  loose,  just  as  did  the 
small  rough  pots  not  infrequently  found  in  the 
filling  of  the  superstructures  of  other  tombs. 
It  was  impossible  from  their  position  to  say 

whether  they  originally  stood  on  the  surface  or  lay  below  it,  but  analogy  certainly  supports  the 
second  of  these  views. 

The  objects  thus  found  were: 

1.  A  quantity  of  beads;  judging  from  their  position  in  the  soil  these  had  formed  three 
separate  strings,  (a)  large  quartz  pendants  with  coloured  glass  spacers  (7836) ;  (6)  blue  glass  poly- 
gonal beads  alternating  with  similar  beads  of  greenish  white  glass  (7837,  PI.  40) ;  (c)  small  mixed 
beads  (7835,  7838,  7839). 

2.  Five  spindle-whorls  of  turned  wood  (7678  a-h). 

3.  A  plain  cylindrical  wood  box  with  lid,  diameter  0.035  m-»  height  0.025  m-  (7635) • 


□ 


•i 
i 

/  " 

Hill 

r  • 

. 1 

t  \ 

< 

-  1 

i 

■4 
t 

/  E 

£1' 

£ 
E 

in  ■ 

42 


KARA NOG 


4.  Wood  kohlpot  with  lid,  inlaid  with  ivory  in  a  tree  pattern;  length  0.26  m.,  diameter 0.05  m. 
(75i5.  PI-  23). 

5.  Iron  kohlstick  with  cruciform  end,  length  0.26  m.  (7383,  PI.  36). 

6.  A  plain  iron  rod  0.30  m.  long,  one  end  rounded  (7400). 

7.  A  bronze  tripod  bowl,  with  incised  chevron  pattern  on  shoulder  and  floral  scroll  on  sides, 
height  0.04  m.  diameter  0.055  m.  (7145,  PI.  31). 

8.  A  flat  bronze  saucer  with  two  handles  (one  missing),  diameter  0.08  m.,  height  0.03  m. 

(7i35.  PI-  32). 

9.  Two  small  bottles  of  rough  ware  (F  ix). 

The  grave  itself  had  been  opened  from  behind  and  hopelessly  plundered;  it  contained  only 
three  bones  of  uncertain  sex,  one  silvered  glass  bead,  fragments  of  a  glass  bottle,  and  a  wooden 
spindle-whorl. 

Tomb  G  315. 

Type  D.  In  the  south  side  of  the  dromos  of  grave  G  310  was  hollowed  out  a  recess  1.80  m. 
long  with  a  maximum  breadth  of  0.60  m.  and  a  minimum  of  0.45  m.  It  was  cut  down  below 
the  level  of  the  floor  of  the  dromos  so  that  the  latter  was  level  with  the  roof  of  the  recess  chamber 

(see  section).  This  fall  in  the  level  was  broken 
by  a  step  along  which  were  laid  the  bricks  that 
closed  in  the  tomb.  The  chamber  was  0.35  m. 
high,  and  its  floor  1.95  m.  below  the  modern 
surface;  the  door  was  three  courses  of  brick  high. 
The  grave  was  undisturbed. 

In  it  lay  the  body  of  a  woman,  extended  on 
the  back,  the  head  to  the  east,  the  hands  folded 
across  the  pelvis;  it  was  dressed  in  a  garment, 
now  wholly  decayed,  which  had  been  fastened  on 
the  left  shoulder  by  a  small  blue  stud  of  glass 
paste  (7984).  Round  the  neck  were  two  strings 
of  beads,  one  o;  very  small  blue  glass  (7855),  the  other  of  still  smaller  gilt  glass  beads,  which  were 
too  much  decayed  to  be  re-strung. 

On  the  right  upper  arm  was  an  armlet  of  beads  the  string  of  which  was  so  far  preserved 
as  to  be  got  out  intact;  the  beads  were  dark  blue  glass  pendants  with  gilt  and  coloured  spacers 
(7558) .  On  the  left  upper  arm  was  an  armlet  of  glass  beads, greenish,  with  smaller  gilt  and  coloured 
spacers  (7856,  PI.  40) .  Round  the  left  wrist  was  a  bracelet  of  gilt  glass  discoid  beads  with  small 
coloured  spacers  (7857). 

Above  the  head,  in  the  corner  of  the  chamber,  lay  a  small  cenochoe  (F  xxxii)  with  bands  of 
black  on  red. 

Along  the  north  side  of  the  chamber  between  the  shoulder  and  the  thigh  of  the  body  were 
three  jars  of  the  form  F  iv,  by  the  shoulder  8243,  PI.  55,  then  one  undecorated,  and  then  8281, 
PI.  71.  Inverted  on  these  were  three  painted  tumblers,  respectively  Nos.  8476,  PI.  51;  8688, 
PI.  89,  and  8485,  PI.  81.  In  the  northeast  corner  of  the  chamber  stood  a  wicker-work  basket, 
completely  eaten  by  white  ants  but  still  preserving  its  shape.  It  was  an  oval  0.25  m.  by  0.21  m. 
The  sides  0.12  m.  high;  the  lid  rose  to  a  point  at  the  centre  making  a  total  height  of  0.18  m. 
The  box  contained  fragments  of  a  soft  white  leather  like  chamois  leather,  the  remains  either  of  the 
lining  of  the  box  or  of  a  bag  inside  it. 

Also  inside  the  box  were: 

1.  A  kohlbox  of  turned  wood,  with  lid  0.18  m.  long  (7704). 

2.  A  bronze  kohlstick  with  spoon  end  (7387,  PI.  36). 

3.  A  string  of  green  and  silvered  glass  beads  (7854). 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS 


43 


Tomb  G  384. 

Type  B  6.  Simple  dromos  grave  without  any  superstructure.  The  grave  was  curious  in  Tomb  G  384, 
that  it  was  immediately  below  G  383  and  opened  out  of  the  same  dromos.  Tomb  G  383  had  ^yPe  B  6. 
been  opened  from  above,  over  its  doorway,  and  plundered,  but  apparently  the  robbers  did  not 
trouble  to  go  deeper;  tomb  G  384  was  therefore 
undisturbed  and  its  contents  intact.  Ihe  floor 
of  the  chamber  was  2.70  m.  below  the  modern 
surface,  dropping  0.65  m.  from  the  lowest  point 
reached  by  the  dromos,  which  was  2.00  m.  long 
and  at  its  east  end  rose  abruptly  to  the  surface 
(see  section).  The  chamber  itself  was  2.00  m. 
long,  its  doorway  0.80  m.  wide,  and  the  chamber 
was  of  much  the  same  width  for  half  its  length, 
but  just  inside  broadened  out  northwards  into  a 
roughly-cut  recess  giving  a  total  width  of  1 .40  m. 
The  body,  that  of  a  woman,  lay  extended  on 
the  back,  the  head  to  the  east,  the  hands  folded 
across  the  pelvis;  it  was  thickly  enveloped  in 
stuffs  which  had  however  wholly  perished;  there 
were  with  the  body  two  rings,  worn  one  on  the 
third  finger  of  the  right  hand,  the  other  on  the 
little  finger  of  the  left  (8056,  8089,  PI.  33). 
Round  the  left  wrist  was  a  string  of  beads  of 

blue  glass  and  carnelian  spacers  (7834).    In  the  recess  on  the  north  were  three  pots,  leaning 
against  the  side  of  the  chamber. 

(1)  and  (2)  were  large  undecorated  jars  of  the  form  F  i,  (3)  was  a  decorated  jar  of  form  F  iv 
(8201 ,  PI.  59) .  Standing  upright  in  the  mouths  of  each  of  the  first  two  jars  was  a  painted  tumbler, 
respectively  8671,  PI.  88,  and  8468,  PI.  51;  inverted  over  the  mouth  of  (3)  was  a  third  painted 
tumbler  8477,  PI.  51. 

Between  these  and  the  right  upper  arm  of  the  body  stood  a  wicker-work  box,  entirely  eaten 
away  by  white  ants  but  still  preserving  its  shape.  It  was  circular,  with  a  diameter  of  0.25  m., 
0.12  m.  high;  the  lid  rose  to  a  point  at  the  centre  giving  a  total  height  of  0.16  m. 

In  this  box  were: 

1.  A  squat  undecorated  cenochoe  (F  xxxii)  of  red  clay,   height  0.145  m.,  with  remains  of 
string  round  its  handle. 

2.  A  plain  kohlpot  of  turned  wood  (7638);  it  was  well  preserved,  but  the  lid  was  much 
decayed  and  seemed  to  be  of  wicker-work. 

3.  A  plain  iron  kohlstick  (7399,  PI.  36). 

4.  An  unguentarium  of  greenish  brown  glass  with  a  narrow  string  of  white  opaque  glass 
wound  spirally  round  it  and  ending  in  a  blob  at  the  neck.  The  vase  is  0.095  m-  high ;  it  had  had 
a  wicker-work  handle  bound  round  the  neck  and  looped  over  the  top,  but  this  was  wholly  decayed, 
and  fell  to  dust  when  touched  (7340,  PI.  37). 

5.  A  bowl  of  transparent  white  glass  0.045  m.  high  with  a  diameter  of  0.073,  m.  (7349'  Pl-39)- 

6.  A  bowl  of  translucent  amber-coloured  glass  0.055  m.  high  with  a  diameter  of  0.08  m.; 
(7343,  PI-  37)- 

7.  Some  loose  beads  of  brownish-black  and  white  glass  with  two  gilt  and  one  coloured 
spacers  (7896). 


44 


KARANOG 


Q  445. 


S  cile 


Tomb  G  445. 

Type  A  4.  The  shaft  in  which  the  chamber  was  built  had  for  part  of  its  depth  been  widened 
out  northwards  to  make  the  grave  G  452;  the  original  grave  G  445  was  however  a  normal 
example  of  its  class  except  in  so  far  as  stone  slabs  took  the  place  of  bricks  for  the  roof. 

The  side  walls  were  of  brick,  five  courses  high;  the  ends  were  merely  cut  in  the  mud.  The 

chamber  was  thus  2.10  m.  long  by 
0.40  m.  wide  and  0.50  m.  high.  The 
grave  was  undisturbed. 

There  had  been  two  interments, 
the  two  bodies  lying  one  above  the 
other,  both  in  position. 

The  upper  body  was  that  of  a 
man,  extended  on  the  back,  the  head 
to  the  west,  the  hands  folded  across 
the  pelvis;  it  was  wrapped  in  coarse 
linen  stuff,  wholly  decayed. 

On  the  surface  of  the  rubbish 
that  overlay  the  lower  body,  and 
therefore  belonging  to  the  later  interment,  were  a  number  of  objects  lying  at  the  east  end  of  the 
grave  along  the  south  wall  of  the  chamber,  between  the  right  thigh  and  the  foot  of  the  body. 
In  the  corner  was  (1)  an  undecorated  jar  of  the  form  F  iv. 

By  it  (3)  was  a  bronze  bowl,  much  battered  and  with  the  bottom  missing  (7154). 

Between  this  and  the  ankle  were  two  objects;  an  iron  kohlstick  (7390,  PI.  36)  with  decorated 
•end  and  worked  stem,  and  (4)  a  kohlpot  of  turned  wood;  this  had  been  0.20  m.  long  and  had  had 
seven  rings,  being  therefore  of  the  type  of  G  7602  shown  on  PI.  23;  but  it  was  wholly  decayed 
and  could  not  be  preserved. 

Against  the  right  tibia  was  (6)  the  casket  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory  (7517)  shown  on  PI.  22. 
It  had  been  considerably  restored  before  being  deposited  in  the  tomb;  brass  binding  had  been 
added  at  the  corners  and  the  broken  lid  had  been  rudely  mended  with  bronze  rivets.  The  handles 
were  of  bronze  and  to  one  of  them  a  loop  of  string  was  attached. 

In  the  casket  were  a  small  'patch  box'  with  lid,  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory  in  a  chevron  pattern 
(7510,  PI.  23) ,  and  two  wooden  spindle-ends,  one  of  which  was  much  decayed  (7506-7  in  the 
Museum  Catalogue).  Beyond  this,  between  the  femur  and  the  side  wall,  was  (2)  a  small  ribbed 
cenochoe  (F  xxxii)  0.115  m.  high. 

Below  these  objects  the  dust  and  sand  made  a  fairly  level  covering  over  the  lower  burial. 

This  body,  that  of  a  woman,  lay  extended  on  the  back,  the  head  to  the  west,  the  hands  by 
the  sides.  It  was  wrapped  in  coarse  stuff  much  decayed.  Under  the  body  were  some  blue  glass 
■discoid  beads  (7807)  and  on  the  right  hand  (5)  was  an  iron  ring  (81 11,  PI.  33). 

There  were  no  other  objects  with  the  body;  if  any  had  ever  existed  they  must  have  been 
removed  at  the  time  of  the  second  interment. 

Tomb  G  549. 

This  grave  was  a  distinct  variant  of  the  D  type;  indeed  it  is  only  classed  under  that  heading 
because  it  lay  in  the  dromos  of  another  tomb.  But  itself  was  not  properly  speaking  a  recess, but 
rather  a  cross  between  the  types  A  4  and  C  2.  A  trench  was  cut  in  the  bottom  of  the  dromos  of 
G  548,  the  south  side  was  lined  with  bricks,  four  courses  high,  the  north  side  was  left  a  mere 
■cutting  in  the  mud.  Rough  stones  laid  across  formed  at  once  a  flat  roof  to  the  chamber  and  the 
floor  of  the  dromos  of  G  548.  This  chamber  or  trench  measured  1.80  m.  long  and  0.45  m.  wide; 
it  was  0.40  m.  high  and  1.65  m.  below  the  surface.  The  robbers  had  broken  into  the  main  grave 
from  above  at  its  east  end  where  it  was  brick- vaulted  (at  the  west  end  it  was  a  mere  shaft  driven 


DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  IMPORTANT  TOMBS 


45 


into  the  mud).  In  consequence  they  had  left  the  dromos  untried  and  had  not  detected  the  TombGs49y 
presence  of  a  second  grave,  and  though  one  of  the  roof-slabs  of 
G  549  had  fallen  in,  the  chamber  was  undisturbed  and  its  con- 
tents in  their  original  order.  The  body,  that  of  a  woman,  lay 
extended  on  its  back,  the  head  to  the  east,  the  hands  folded 
across  the  pelvis.  It  had  been  wrapped  in  stuff,  which  had 
wholly  perished.  The  objects  were  ranged  along  the  north 
side  of  the  grave,  on  the  body's  right. 

By  the  shoulder  was  a  painted  tumbler  (8447,  PI.  50)  lying 
on  its  side.  Next  to  this,  also  lying  on  its  side,  was  a  small 
painted  cenochoe  (8333,  PI.  77). 

Beyond  it  stood  upright  with  its  lid  in  position  the  very 
fine  egg-shaped  pot  of  burnished  handmade  black  ware  with 
white-filled  incised  rectilinear  ornament  shown  on  PI.  10 1. 

Just  by  the  right  ankle  was  a  jar  of  the  form  F  iv,  red 
hasmatite-faced  ware  with  round  the  shoulder  a  wreath  in  black 
with  white  spots.  This  had  been  broken  by  the  falling  in  of  a 
roof  slab,  but  the  pieces  lay  in  order  preserving  the  shape  of  the 
pot.  The  pot  is  included  under  No.  9037,  in  the  Museum 
Catalogue. 

Next  to  the  black  incised  pot  lay  a  plain  cylindrical  wood 
kohlbox,  0.13  m.  long,  with  its  lid  (7625  A  and  B) .  The  objects 
thus  found  together  are  discussed  in  their  relation  to  the 
history  of  Nubian  pottery  on  p.  52.  With  this  grave  should 
be  compared  G  743  following. 


Tomb  G  743. 

Type  C  2.  A  single  shaft  1.35  m.  long  and  1.50  m.  wide  led 
to  three  graves;  at  each  side  of  it  was  a  trench  grave  of  type  C  1 , 
and  in  the  intervening  ledge  0.90  m.  wide  a  small  trench  0.75  m. 
long  and  0.30  m.  wide  had  been  sunk  thirty  centimetres  below  the 
level  of  the  ledge  itself;  it  was  roofed  in  with  flat  stones,  the  top 
of  which,  with  the  surrounding  ledge,  were  0.70  m.  below  the 
modern  surface.  The  two  side  graves,  G  744  and  G  745,  had  been 
plundered,  but  the  central  grave,  G  743,  had  escaped  notice  and 
though  one  or  two  of  the  roof  slabs  had  fallen  in,  was  undisturbed. 
As  its  measurements  show,  it  was  a  child's  grave.  The  body  lay 
extended  on  the  back,  the  head  to  the  east,  the  hands  folded  across 
the  pelvis.  Round  the  left  wrist  was  a  thread  on  which  was  strung 
a  single  bugle  bead  of  blue  glass.  The  pottery  objects  were 
arranged  along  the  south  side  of  the  grave,  on  the  left  of  the  body. 

By  the  shoulder  was  a  painted  jar  of  the  form  F  iv  (8426) ;  it 
was  only  0.085  m.  high.  Near  the  thigh  was  a  plain  tumbler 
(F  xlviii)  of  coarse  ware.  Next  to  this,  by  the  knee,  lay  an 
undecorated  jar  of  the  form  F  iv,  0.205  m.  high. 

By  the  ankle,  broken  into  two  pieces  by  the  collapse  of  a 
roofing-stone,  was  the  bowl  (8735,  Fxlvii)  of  burnished  handmade 
ware  with  white-filled  incised  ornament  representing  a  row  of 
highly  conventionalized  ostriches.  This  is  shown  on  PI.  102. 
Cf.  G  549  and  see  p.  52. 


r  0 


Tomb  G  743 , 
Type  C  2. 


O-50 


IM. 


CHAPTER  VI 


THE  SCULPTURES  AND  INSCRIBED  STONES 

I  he  Ba        The  statues  found  at  Karanog  were  naturally  more  numerous  as  well  as  more  varied  in  charac- 
Bird.     ter  than  those  from  the  small  cemetery  of  Shablul  described  in  the  "Areika"  volume.  At 
Karanog,  as  at  Shablul,  it  is  evident  that  the  richer  tombs  were  generally  furnished  each  with  a 
single  statue,  which  had  been  displaced  and  often  flung  to  some  distance  from  its  original  position 
by  robbers  in  ancient  days. 

The  type  of  representation  is  unknown  in  Egypt  and  seems  to  have  been  independently 
developed  by  the  Nubians  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  a  creed  which  resembled  the  Egyptian 
in  some  respects  but  was  undoubtedly  distinct  and  peculiar  in  others.  The  Egyptian  sculptor, 
his  thoughts  concentrated  on  the  bodily  person,  wished  so  exactly  to  counterfeit  the  form  and 
lineaments  of  the  deceased,  that  the  soul  when  returning  from  the  grave  might  mistake  the 
image  for  the  actual  self.  But  the  aim  of  the  Nubian  was  different  at  the  outset;  he  intended 
his  statues  to  reproduce  not  the  physical  double  but  the  soul,  not  the  Ka  but  the  Ba.  The 
development  of  his  thought  may  be  traced  in  a  progressive  series  of  representations;  a  statement 
which  is  not  intended  to  convey  any  differentiation  of  date,  for  the  series  is  typological  not 
chronological. 

Even  the  human  head  which  characterizes  the  Ba-bird  in  Egyptian  pictures  is  not  present 
in  some  of  the  statues  discovered  at  Karanog.  They  represent  (7032,  PI.  6)  simply  the  hawk, 
the  soul  itself  independent  of  its  bodily  counterpart.  It  is  a  departure  from  this  primitive  con- 
ception when  some  part  of  the  human  figure  is  substituted  for  the  head  and  front  of  the  bird; 
the  soul  and  its  companion  of  the  flesh  are  then  visibly  united  in  one  form.  Once  this  anthropo- 
morphic conception  has  entered  into  the  thought  of  the  sculptor,  it  rapidly  overpowers  the  more 
esoteric  doctrine;  the  Ba-statues  become  more  and  more  human  in  appearance.  At  first  it 
was  only  the  head,  the  essentially  individual  part  of  the  person,  that  was  made  in  the  rudimentary 
semblance  of  a  man's  features.  The  first  efforts  towards  this  transformation  can  be  seen  in 
such  an  example  as  7008  (PI.  6).  The  head  is  disproportionately  large  and  is  devoid  of  all  orna- 
ment or  elaboration,  it  is  merely  superimposed  upon  the  body  of  a  bird;  the  feet  and  legs  are  not 
wholly  bird-like  but  as  yet  they  are  not  human ;  the  body  and  wings  are  unmistakably  those  of 
the  hawk. 

But  in  the  next  stage,  though  the  execution  is  rude,  the  human  characteristics  are  clearly 
indicated.  Thus  in  7006  (PI.  7)  the  breast  and  legs  are  those  of  a  man,  the  breast  being  emphasized 
in  typically  ^Ethiopian  style  as  in  the  Mero'itic  sculptures  of  more  southern  sites.  In  7035  the 
arms  and  hands,  still  absent  in  7006,  are  faintly  adumbrated;  this  figure  is  no  longer  that  of  a 
mere  Ba-bird. 

One  more  step  and  the  evolution  is  complete,  the  heads  are  not  only  generically  human, 
they  become  personal,  endowed  with  individual  features  and  character.  The  wings  of  the  bird 
are  still  depicted,  but  they  clothe  the  figure  like  a  cloak  which  floats  backward  from  the  shoulders. 
It  might  almost  be  a  feather  robe;  the  plumage  is  often  chiselled  and  always  depicted  in  colour. 
Sometimes  the  man  or  woman  is  wrapped  in  a  long  robe,  sometimes  nude  to  the  waist,  with  apron 
and  girdle  or  long  skirt  below.  On  the  head  is  worn  a  disk,  and  in  one  or  both  hands  may  be 
grasped  the  staff  of  authority.  It  is  the  image  of  a  person  as  that  person  was  known  in  life 
(C  40232,  PI.  1). 

(46) 


THE  SCULPTURES  AND  INSCRIBED  STONES 


47 


The  general  appearance  of  these  statues  has  been  vividly  described  by  Sir  G.  Maspero  in  his  The  Ba 
article  of  September  25,  1908,  in  the  Journal  des  Debats:  Bird. 

"  Les  personnages,  hommes  ou  femm.es,  sont  habilles,  coiffes,  pares  a  l'ethiopienne,  et  on 
les  dirait  descendus  des  bas-reliefs  qu'on  voit  dans  les  temples  meroitiques;  ils  ont  la  silhouette 
floue,  les  chairs  abondantes,  la  face  souriante,  l'expression  calme  mais  niaise,  et  ils  ne  retien- 
draient  point  l'attention  des  visiteurs,  s'ils  ne  trainaient  derriere  eux,  pendant  diagonalement 
a  leurs  epaules  en  guise  de  manteau,  un  plumage  de  faucon  ou  d'epervier,  dos,  ailes  et  queue.  La 
presence  de  figures  pareilles  dans  les  derniers  chapitres  du  Livrc  des  Morts,  ou  elles  sont  affublees 
de  noms  ethiopiens,  nous  aurait  encourages  a  supposer  que  nous  avions  lk  des  idoles  divines  si  le 
lieu  de  la  trouvaille  et  l'examen  de  leurs  variantes  ne  nous  avait  point  revele  leur  signification 
funeraire." 

Sir  G.  Maspero  suggests  in  the  same  article  that  the  development  of  this  peculiar  conception  of 
the  Soul  Statue  must  be  regarded  as  essentially  Nubian  and  dated  as  subsequent  to  the  separation 
of  the  Meroitic  kingdom  from  the  Egyptian. 

Fragments,  heads,  and  nearly  complete  figures  found  in  the  cemetery  represent  an  original  Restoration 
total  of  120  statues.  Of  the  finer  examples  thirteen  were  allotted  to  the  Cairo  Museum  and  'sla^^al 
thirteen  to  the  University  Museum  at  Philadelphia;  the  most  representative  from  each  collection 
are  reproduced  in  our  plates  1-8  inclusive.  The  execution  of  the  figures  is  rude  and  will  not 
bear  comparison  with  that  of  Egyptian  statuary  of  any  good  period;  clearly  the  Nubians  shared 
the  weakness  in  plastic  art  of  most  barbaric  Africans,  whose  achievements  in  sculpture  seldom 
rise  above  the  mediocre.  The  material  is  a  sandstone  quarried  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood 
of  the  site,  and  the  work  is  evidently  that  of  local  artists  partially  inspired  by  Egyptian  tradition. 

In  PI.  2  is  shown  a  photograph  of  the  finest  and  most  complete  statue,  which  is  now  in  the 
Cairo  Museum,  numbered  40232  in  the  Cairo  catalogue.  It  was  discovered  in  the  robbers'  hole 
behind  tomb  G  179  and  must  belong  to  G  187.  A  drawing  on  PI.  1  gives  the  original  colours 
and  a  conjectural  restoration  of  certain  missing  parts.  In  the  original  the  colours,  though 
nearly  effaced,  have  left  distinct  traces  the  values  of  which  can  be  recovered  from  brilliantly 
painted  fragments  of  other  statues.  The  skin  colour  is  as  dark  as  that  of  an  Upper  Egyptian, 
but  not  black  like  that  of  the  negro;  the  original  artist  produced  it  by  a  wash  of  chocolate  laid 
over  a  red  ground.  It  is  to  be  remarked  that  the  features  are  not  more  negroid  than  those  of 
Upper  Egyptians  in  ancient  and  in  modern  times;  which  suggests  that  the  rulers  of  Karanog 
may  have  belonged  to  a  racial  caste  superior  to  the  general  negro  population.  For  there  can  be 
little  doubt  from  his  dress  and  attributes  that  this  personage  is  a  prince  or  king.  His  costume 
is  not  the  simple  skirt  hanging  from  the  waist,  which  appears  in  several  of  the  statues  and  painted 
stela? ;  it  is  a  sleeved  pontifical  or  state  robe  gathered  into  flounces  under  which  is  visible  a  red 
tunic.  The  statues  numbered  7001  and  7005  are  similarly  robed.  On  his  feet  the  king  wears 
sandals  precisely  resembling  several  which  were  found  in  the  tombs;  on  his  head  we  have  placed 
a  disk  painted  with  a  garland,  of  which  also  more  than  one  example  has  been  found. 

In  its  left  hand  the  figure  shown  in  PI.  2  holds  a  staff  broken  in  the  middle  and  at  the  top. 
In  section  the  staff  has  the  form  peculiar  to  reed  plants,  so  that  in  this  case  it  may  very  possibly 
represent  a  stem  of  papyrus.  The  statue  numbered  7000,  PI.  5,  and  several  unpublished  fragments 
show  in  the  hand  a  cone-like  object  painted  green  with  slight  reticulation.  On  this  evidence  the 
head  of  the  staff  has  been  conjecturally  restored  in  PI.  1  as  a  green  cone.  The  attitude  with 
both  hands  clenched  and  extended  is  unusual,  so  that  it  was  impossible  to  guess  the  form  of  the 
object  originally  held  in  the  right  hand;  a  simple  baton  has  therefore  been  inserted  in  the  restora- 
tion to  represent  some  upright  thing  which  had  perished  but  left  traces  on  the  stone. 

The  ornaments  worn  by  the  king  consist  of  a  fillet  passing  round  his  wig  or  close-fitting  cap, 
a  heavy  gold  bracelet  on  each  upper  arm  and  elaborate  necklaces.  The  latter  seem  to  be  composed 
of  two  strings  of  small  uniform  gold  beads,  two  of  large  gold  ball-beads,  and  one  of  a  purple  stone 


4§ 


KARANOG 


which  probably  represents  amethyst;  they  are  fastened  to  a  bar  spacer  and  clasped  over  the 
left  shoulder.  From  the  centre  there  hangs  a  large  gold  figure  of  a  god,  no  doubt  Amen-Re. 
The  same  pendant  and  similar  armlets  are  depicted  on  the  breast  of  the  ^Ethiopian  queen  in  the 
temple  of  Begerawieh.* 

Dress  and  Vestments  and  ornaments  of  the  same  style  are  worn  by  the  figures  7001  (PI.  3)  and  7005 
Attributes.  ^  ^  which  must  represent  persons  of  the  highest  rank.  No.  7000  (PI.  5)  is  peculiar  in  being 
nude  to  the  waist,  and  is  the  best  specimen  of  modelling  in  the  entire  series;  the  sole  garment 
is  a  fringed  skirt  falling  in  a  double  fold  which  is  secured  at  the  waist  by  the  usual  girdle  knot. 

Next  to  these  in  interest  is  7010  (PI.  6)  which  is  unique  in  several  respects.  The  figure  is 
nude  to  the  waist  and  wears  round  the  loins  only  a  short  tight  fustanella  of  pleated  linen.  A 
fillet  encircles  the  brow,  and  the  hair  of  the  head  is  rendered,  in  a  manner  not  found  in  any  other 
representation,  like  the  crisp  buckling  curls  of  a  negro.  The  wings  and  plumage  of  the  bird  back 
are  chiselled  in  fine  detail.  A  similar  treatment  of  the  wings  is  to  be  seen  in  No.  7015  (PI.  6) 
which  may  be  contrasted  with  No.  7004  (PI.  4)  where  the  bird  form  is  merely  outlined  in  stone  and 
the  plumage  is  indicated  by  bars  of  colour. 

In  two  unbroken  but  otherwise  inferior  specimens  viz.,  C  40193  (PI.  2)  and  7002  (PI.  4),  has 
been  preserved  the  flat  disk  worn  upon  the  head.  This  is  one  of  the  most  characteristic  features 
of  the  Nubian  dress.  It  was  sometimes  carved  in  one  block  with  the  statue,  but  more  often  made 
separately  and  inserted  into  a  hole  drilled  in  the  top  of  the  head.  Almost  every  head  that  was 
found  has  either  a  solid  disk  upon  it  or  else  a  hole  in  the  crown ;  and  the  lead  solder  which  attached 
the  headdress  is  often  still  visible  on  the  stone.  It  is  possible  that  the  form  of  ornament  for  the 
head  was  sometimes  varied,  for  in  one  of  the  tombs  was  found  a  small  wooden  object  like  a  flag 
with  an  ankh  sign  carved  upon  it,  which  would  have  fitted  very  well  in  such  a  place. 

The  figure  in  No.  7003  (PI.  3)  holds  that  enigmatic  object  which  has  been  variously  explained 
as  an  ear  of  corn,  a  piece  of  linen  or  a  flywhisk.  The  long  staff,  which  is  often,  as  in  7002  (PI.  4) 
lightly  carved  upon  the  stone,  was  sometimes  made  separately,  in  wood  or  metal. 

In  PI.  8  are  shown  three  examples  of  double  statues,  commemorating  no  doubt  in  each  case 
two  persons  buried  together  in  a  single  tomb. 

Numerous  isolated  heads  were  found  detached  from  bodies.  A  selection  of  them  is  published 
in  Pll.  9  and  10.  The  majority  must  have  belonged  to  inferior  statues  of  very  rough  workman- 
ship. The  crescent  on  the  brow  of  7069  is  probably  a  tribal  mark  like  the  three  cuts  on  the 
cheekbone  of  one  of  the  Cairo  examples. 

In  or  around  the  superstructures  of  some  of  the  tombs  were  found  gravestones  on  which  a 
portrait  of  the  person  was  rudely  carved  or  painted.  This  is  in  accordance  with  the  usual 
Egyptian  custom. 

Bas-relief.  True  bas-relief  is  used  in  only  one  example,  C  40265  (PI.  1 1),  where  the  figure  closely  resembles 

that  of  a  Ba-statue  seen  in  front  view.  The  upper  part  of  the  body  is  nude  and  modelled  in  relief, 
the  lower  limbs  are  clothed  in  the  usual  skirt.  The  technique  is  quite  different  from  that  of  the 
other  gravestones,  which  are  carved  in  two  planes  only  as  though  the  material  were  wood.  In 
C  40165  (PL  11)  for  instance,  the  background  is  simply  cut  away  from  the  figure,  which  is  left  as 
a  flat  surface  on  which  the  details  are  incised  with  the  graving  tool.  It  may  be  noted  that  C  40165 
is  surmounted  by  the  architectural  motive  of  the  winged  sun  disk  flanked  by  uraeus  snakes,  a 
symbol  frequent  on  the  cornices  of  doors  and  gateways  in  the  ■'Graeco-Roman  period,  and 
occurring  also  in  the  fortress  of  Kasr  Ibrim.  The  figure  in  7078  (PI.  13)  is  from  a  door- 
jamb  and  represents  a  woman  wearing  the  headdress  associated  with  Isis;  she  is  seated  and 
holds  in  both  hands  a  phial  from  which  liquid  is  pouring.  On  PI.  1 1  is  shown  another  carved 
figure,  also  from  the  jamb  of  a  miniature  door;  the  girl  wears  the  feather  of  Maat  and  pours  liquid 
from  a  long-necked  ewer. 


*  Lepsius,  Denkm.  B.  X,  Abt.  V,  Blatt  41  and  cf.  Blatt  59. 


THE  SCULPTURES  AND  INSCRIBED  STONES 


49 


The  painted  stelas  show  the  influence  of  Egyptian  tradition  much  more  clearly  than  do  the  Painted 
statues.  Egyptian  conventions  are  followed  in  regard  to  the  posture  of  the  figure;  and  specimens 
such  as  Nos.  7082,  7083  (PI.  14),  might  have  been  found  far  north  of  Nubia.  It  is  interesting 
in  7083  to  see  sketched  upon  the  stone  the  original  freehand  outlines  for  arm  and  shoulder,  which 
the  colourist  has  not  chosen  to  follow.  In  7081  (PI.  14)  though  the  general  style  is  Egyptian  the 
accentuation  of  the  fleshy  parts,  abdomen  and  thighs,  is  quite  ./Ethiopian.  The  three  figures  in 
7080  (PI.  14)  are  the  work  of  an  infantile  talent  and  are  only  interesting  for  the  dressing  of  the 
hair.  The  long  top  knot  which  they  wear  can  be  seen  also  in  7081  and  in  C  40229  (PI.  11);  it 
is  an  interesting  detail  of  local  custom.  The  four  examples  of  painted  stelae  reproduced  on 
PI.  14  had  suffered  so  much  from  weathering  that  it  was  impossible  to  photograph  them,  the 
illustrations  are  therefore  made  from  careful  facsimile  drawings.  On  PI.  1 1  the  curious  pair  in 
C  40229,  should  be  observed.  A  nude  man  is  accompanied  by  a  person  wearing  a  long  white 
skirt  which  is  apparently  fringed  at  the  bottom  and  embroidered  on  the  hip  with  the  swastika. 

The  most  interesting  of  these  funerary  portraits  is  the  picture  of  a  negro  girl  on  PI.  13, 
No.  7079.  The  body  is  depicted  in  the  red  colour  usually  employed  on  these  gravestones;  but  the 
racial  characteristics,  projecting  jaw  and  woolly  hair,  are  strikingly  represented.  On  her  head 
the  girl  wears  a  green  wreath  and  in  her  hand  she  carries  a  green  palm  leaf  or  flywhisk.  Neck 
and  arms  are  ornamented  with  collars  and  bracelets;  the  long  string  of  bugle  beads  that  hangs  in 
front  was  no  doubt  made  of  glass,  green  alternating  with  white.  The  treatment  of  the  body  is 
thoroughly  .Ethiopian  and  may  be  compared  with  any  of  the  representations  on  the  Meroitic 
temples. 

Other  painted  stelae  are  shown  in  Pll.  12  and  13. 

Numerous  offering-tables  inscribed  with  formulae  in  the  Meroitic  script  were  discovered  at  Offering 
Karanog.  The  greater  number  were  allotted  to  the  Cairo  Museum,  but  twelve  examples  were  Ta^es' 
brought  to  the  University  Museum,  Philadelphia.  There  were  also  numerous  plain  stelae  inscribed 
with  similar  formulae,  of  which  nine  good  examples  were  brought  to  Philadelphia,  the  remainder 
being  given  to  Cairo.  Several  of  the  painted  portraits  which  have  just  been  described  also  bear 
inscriptions  in  Meroitic.  The  entire  series  of  inscriptions  on  stone,  numbering  with  those  from 
Shablul  170,  is  being  studied  by  Mr.  F.  LI.  Griffith,  who  will  shortly  publish  on  behalf  of  our 
expedition  a  volume  containing  photographs,  transcriptions  and  a  commentary.  We  have 
therefore  contented  ourselves  in  this  place  with  reproducing  photographs  of  the  examples  at 
Philadelphia  as  illustrations  of  the  general  art  and  character  of  the  carvings  rather  than  as 
epigraphical  documents. 

The  offering-tables  are  of  the  same  form  and  general  character  as  those  discovered  at  Shablul. 
The  margins  are  occupied  by  several  lines  of  inscription,  the  central  field  by  libation  vases  and 
loaves  carved  in  a  better  style  than  was  usual  at  Shablul.  Bunches  of  lotus  flowers  are  added 
in  several  examples.  Attention  may  be  drawn  to  the  classical  amphora  placed  on  its  stand  with 
the  dipper  hanging  from  its  neck  in  7092  (PI.  16),  also  to  the  remarkable  representation  of  a 
pylon  in  7088  (PI.  15) .  A  rare  specimen  is  7097  (PI.  1 7) ,  which  has  in  the  centre  two  rudely  carved 
figures,  one  of  which  is  evidently  Anubis,  holding  between  them  a  reversed  libation  vase 
(cf.  C  40164,  PI.  20).  Another  unique  and  very  interesting  specimen  is  7108  (PI.  20),  on  the 
margin  of  which,  in  place  of  an  inscription,  has  been  carved  a  trailing  vine,  while  the  centre  is  ' 
occupied  by  a  realistically  rendered  palm  tree  with  bunches  of  fruit  hanging  from  its  branches. 

It  was  by  no  means  always  possible  to  refer  these  stones  to  the  graves  to  which  they  had 
originally  belonged.  The  Ba  statues  particularly,  probably  because  they  had  stood  at  a  certain 
height  above  the  ground,  were  broken  and  their  pieces  strewn  far  and  wide;  in  several  cases  a 
head  was  found  to  fit  a  body  that  had  been  lying  half  a  dozen  tombs  away.  The  stelae  and  offering- 
tables,  thanks  to  their  more  solid  form  and  their  position  closer  to  the  ground,  had  for  the  most 
part  been  shifted  rather  than  scattered  at  random;    a  few  were  still  actually  in  position,  more 


5° 


KARANOG 


Offering   were  not  indeed  undisturbed  but  yet  so  close  to  their  original  places  that  their  relation  to  one 

Tables 

tomb  rather  than  to  another  could  be  decided  with  little  doubt.  Since  the  work  of  excavation 
proceeded  from  east  to  west  across  the  cemetery,  these  stones  were  generally  discovered,  and 
often  had  to  be  moved,  before  the  tomb  in  front  of  which  they  lay  had  been  reached;  it  was  then 
necessary  to  mark  them  by  their  relation  to  some  tomb  to  the  east  of  them ;  and  in  consequence 
the  field-numbers  inscribed  upon  the  stones  are  not  always  the  numbers  of  the  tombs  to  which 
subsequently  they  were  seen  to  belong.  Whenever  a  stone  could  be  ascribed  with  tolerable 
certainty  to  a  tomb  this  has  been  done  both  in  our  catalogue  and,  for  the  Cairo  specimens,  in 
the  tabular  analysis  of  tombs;  but  when  no  such  definite  attribution  is  made,  the  tomb-number 
inscribed  as  a  field-label  upon  the  stones  is  to  be  disregarded. 


CHAPTER  VII 


POTTERY 

[See  throughout  the  Form  Index,  Pll.  103-106.] 

The  quantity  of  pottery  recovered  from  the  Anibeh  cemetery  was  remarkable;  in  the  Fresh 
University  Museum  at  Philadelphia  there  are  now  over  eight  hundred  specimens  of  complete  Types 
vases,  the  majority  of  which  are  decorated,  and  at  Cairo  there  are  fifty  six.  All  the  more 
interesting  examples  are  figured  on  Pll.  41  to  102.  In  spite  of  the  number  of  specimens  there 
is  from  the  technical  point  of  view  not  a  great  deal  to  be  added  to  what  was  said  of  the  fragments 
found  at  Shablul.*  All  the  wheel-made  types  there  described  reappear  at  Anibeh  with  the 
exception  of  (g),  a  pottery,  whose  well-levigated  red  body  is  covered  with  a  very  hard  brilliant 
white  slip ;  this,  which  occurred  very  rarely  at  Shablul,  and  there  on  the  town  site,  seems  to 
belong  to  the  latest  period. 

The  chief  addition  to  be  made  to  the  list  of  wheel-made  wares  is  No.  8875  (PI.  94)  found  in 
G  591,  a  poor  child's  tomb.  It  is  of  red  hasmatitic  ware  very  finely  burnished,  the  body  being 
of  a  light  more  salmon-coloured  clay,  the  surface  orange-red.  The  upper  part  of  the  walls  rises 
perpendicularly  from  the  bowl  and  is  regularly  and  deeply  grooved  with  wheel-turned  lines; 
the  rim  is  striated  transversely.  The  juncture  between  the  lower  basin  and  the  straight  walls  is 
accentuated  by  a  slight  flange.    The  base-ring  is  high  and  grooved. 

The  flat  bowl  8874  (PI.  93)  found  in  G  701,  has  a  similar  but  more  pronouncedly  orange  surface 
well  burnished  though  softer  in  texture  than  that  of  8875.  Both  these  vases  are  in  form  and 
fabric  unlike  anything  else  found  in  the  cemetery;  the  nearest  parallel  was  given  by  a  sherd 
picked  up  at  Begrash,  where  there  is  a  building  of  Romano-Nubian  origin  which  continued  in  use 
down  into  Coptic  times.  This  was  a  piece  of  poorer  and  less  distinctive  fabric  but  of  a  shape  very 
common  in  later  terra  sigillata  (Dragendorff's  No.  38)  and  probably  peculiar  to  it.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  the  Karanog  specimens  8874  and  8875  (which  is  a  distinct  approach  to  the  form  38) 
are  imported  examples  of  this  Gallo-Roman  ware.  On  the  base  of  8874,  inside,  there  is  stamped 
a  large  rosette  corresponding  to  the  marks  in  use  at  some  of  the  Lezoux  factories.  Further,  the 
slate-grey  and  brown  bowls  with  high  slip  ornament  (Pll.  90,  no)  are  imported  specimens. 
Vases  of  this  shape  and  style  of  ornament  are  fairly  common  in  Egypt  and  all  over  the  Roman 
Empire  in  the  third  century  a.  d.  A  fragment  was  found  at  Shablul,  and  the  whole  vases  and 
fragments  at  Anibeh  were  numerous  enough  to  show  that  they  were  in  fairly  common  use. 
Another  imported  type,  also  found  at  Shablul,  is  that  of  the  tall  'classical'  amphora  (Form  Index, 
xii,  PI.  103).  Here  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  origin,  for  many  of  these  amphorae  bear  graffiti  in 
Demotic  and  in  Greek  (v.  PI.  107),  giving  the  name  either  of  the  maker  of  the  vessel's  contents  or 
of  the  contents  themselves. f  Meroitic  graffiti  also  occur, — perhaps  the  pots  were  re-used, — but  the 
presence  of  such  names  as  Gellius  and  Domitius  proves  for  the  amphorae  that  northern  origin 
which  their  form  suggests.  Having  regard  to  the  vessels  of  Roman  glass,  the  Alexandrian 
bronzes  and  the  Greek  wine  jars,  it  is  clear  that  the  inhabitants  of  Nubia  carried  on  a  considerable 
trade  with  lower  Egypt. 

*  Areika,  p.  35. 

tCf.  an  amphora  inscribed  OIN02  POAI02  found  at  Gebel  Barkal.    Budge,  Egyptian  Sudan,  vol.  i,  p.  174. 

(5i) 


52 


KARANOG 


Fresh 
Types. 


Classifica- 
tion. 


In  strong  contrast  to  the  bulk  or  the  wheel-made  and  painted  pottery  stands  the  black 
hand-made  ware  of  which  not  a  few  specimens  were  found.  The  complete  vases  are  figured 
on  PI.  101,  Figs.  8564,  8773-4-6,  8409  and  8967,  and  PI.  102,  Figs.  8565,  8566,  8734-5,  8772  and 
8883.  Of  the  other  figures  on  these  two  plates,  Nos.  8771,  8884,  8909  are  black  but  wheel-made 
and  No.  8407  is  wheel-made  and  red.  Besides  these  there  are  a  fair  number  of  fragments 
(PI.  100,  Figs.  901 1).  The  most  remarkable  example  is  No.  8967,  a  hand-made  pot  of  flattened 
egg-shape  with  a  detachable  cover,*  decorated  with  punctured  white-filled  rectilinear  designs. 
It  is  almost  a  pair  to  a  vase  found  by  Mr.  A.  C.  Mace  in  a  cemetery  of  the  Proto-Dvnastic  period 
near  Hou  (see  Diospolis  Parva,  PI.  6).f 

The  Anibeh  pot  was  found  in  an  undisturbed  grave,  together  with  examples  ol  tvpical  painted 
potten-,  No.  8447,  PI.  50  and  No.  8333,  PI.  77  (see  p.  45).  The  black  bowl  with  ostrich  design, 
8735,  PI.  102,  was  also  found  with  painted  pottery  in  the  undisturbed  grave  G  743;  (see  p.  45). 
The  choice  of  animal  subjects  which  we  have  in  this  bowl,  in  a  fragment  of  another  similarly 
decorated  with  ostriches,  in  the  highly  conventionalized  frogs  of  8734  (PI.  102)  and  in  a  realistic 
gazelle  on  a  fragment  found  at  Karanog  town,  brings  this  ware  more  into  relation  with  the 
painted  pottery  than  would  appear  had  we  to  judge  entirely  from  the  geometrical  designs  of 
Nos.  8772,  8773,  8565  and  8967. 

Considering  the  number  of  specimens  and  the  circumstances  of  their  finding,  there  can  be 
no  question  at  all  that  this  primitive  ware,  primitive  alike  in  fabric  and  in  ornament,  some 
specimens  of  which  might  easily  pass  as  early  dynastic,  used  to  be  manufactured  in  Nubia  at  the 
same  time  as  the  highly  finished  painted  vases.  The  two  fabrics,  technically  so  wide  apart,  are 
contemporary  in  fact,  and  their  common  date  is  that  of  the  logically  later.  Black  pottery  with 
white-filled  incised  ornament  originated  independently  in  many  parts  of  the  world  and  it  is  rash 
to  try  to  trace  it  to  one  common  source.  The  black  incised  pottery  found  at  the  XVIIIth 
Dynasty  castle  of  Amadeh  supplies  a  link  with  the  past  and  gives  further  reason  for  regarding 
the  ware  as  an  indigenous  product.  Its  survival  to  this  late  date,  disconcerting  as  it  may  seem, 
is  not  really  surprising  among  a  people  so  conservative  as  the  Nubians.  They  made  such  pottery 
in  predynastic  times  when  culturally  upon  a  level  with  their  kinsmen  in  Egypt.  The  Egyptian, 
transformed  by  the  progress  of  his  civilization,  dropped  the  mode;  but  theJ^ubian,  conservative 
in  his  own  nature  and  less  profoundly  influenced  by  contact  less  direct  with  outside  peoples, 
assimilated  much  from  Egypt  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty  and  later,  much  from  the  Hellenistic 
world  and  much  from  Rome,  but  also  preserved  throughout  much  that  was  originally  his  own. 
The  black  potter}'  belongs,  on  the  whole,  to  the  poorer  tombs,  and  it  is  no  doubt  in  the  homes  of 
the  lower  class  that  we  are  most  likely  to  find  enduring  traces  of  the  primitive  native  culture. 

The  wares  found  at  Anibeh  may  then  be  classified  as  follows,  adopting  for  the  most  part 
the  descriptions  given  of  the  Shablul  pottery,  and  adding  the  new  types: 

(a)  (i)  Hand-made  pottery,  viz.  red  (hasmatitic)  or  black  (owing  to  its  being  deliberately 
baked  in  a  smoky  fire)  either  with  the  natural  surface  or  more  or  less  pebble-burnished  (contrast 
specimens  8776  and  8734,  Pll.  101 , 102),  plain  or  with  punctured  or  roughly  incised  linear  ornament. 
The  incised  ornament  was  generally  and  perhaps  originally  always  white-filled,  (ii)  Hand-made 
pottery,  very  rudely  formed  vessels,  usually  F  xlviii,  less  commonly  F  ix,  of  drab  clay,  being 
coarse  imitations  of  the  wheel-made  types.  They  are  sometimes  kiln-baked,  sometimes  burned 
in  the  open  fire,  sometimes  merely  sun-dried. 

N.  B. — The  large  jar  of  hand-made  ware  mentioned  as  found  at  Shablul  (Areika,  p.  35) 
came  from  the  town  site  and  is  a  store-jar  of  a  sort  not  used  for  funerary  purposes.  It 


*The  two  holes  near  the  rim  of  the  pot  and  that 
in  the  lid  are  for  the  attachment  of  the  latter.  As 
in  the  case  of  the  modern  Nubian  basket  of  not 
dissimilar  form,  but  flat-bottomed,  a  loop  rose  from 


each  side,  the  two  just  meeting  o^-er  the  lid,  from  the 
centre  of  which  a  thong  passed  through  both  loops 
and  secured  the  cover,  thereafter  acting  as  a  handle. 
tXow  in  the  Ashmolean  Museum,  Oxford. 


POTTERY 


53 


does  not  occur  in  the  Anibeh  cemetery,  but  there  are  similar  fragments  among  the  house-ruins  Classifica- 
of  Karanog.  tion- 

(b)  Wheel-made  black  pottery,  pebble-burnished;  in  texture  much  like  a  i. 

(c)  Wheel-made  pottery  of  drab  or  reddish  drab  clay  coarse  but  firm  in  texture,  generally 
unpainted,  occasionally  with  a  design  in  matt  black.  This  includes  most  of  forms  F  ix,  xxi, 
xxii,  xlv,  li  and  a  good  many  of  F  xvii  and  xxxii. 

(d)  Wheel-made  potter}'  of  a  firm  hard  texture  and  more  or  less  burnished  surface. 
The  clay  is  finely  levigated  and  the  turning  skilful,  so  that  the  walls  are  thin  and  fairly 
true.  The  brownish  tint  of  the  surface  is  the  natural  colour  of  the  clay  brought  out  bv 
burnishing.  Designs  in  black  and  brownish  red.  To  this  class  belong  many  of  forms  F  x,  xlviii 
and  1. 

(e)  Wheel-made  pottery  of  red  or  reddish-drab  clay  with  haematitic  surface  more  or  less 
burnished ;  the  levigation  of  the  clay  is  variable.  Where  colour  is  to  be  used,  the  pot  is  burnished ; 
the  plain  pots  have  often  a  matt  surface.  This  is  the  commonest  class  and  includes  the  majority 
of  forms  F  i,  v,  xvii,  xviii,  xx,  xxxii,  xxxiv,  xxxv,  xliv,  xlvii,  lii,  liii  (in  these  last  two  the  haematitic 
colour  is  only  applied,  as  a  rule,  to  the  upper  part  of  the  vase). 

(/)  Wheel-made  pottery  of  red  or  drab  clay  with  a  cream-coloured  slip  over  the  whole 
surface.  This  slip  is  sometimes  hard  and  takes  paint,  sometimes,  as  in  the  case  of  vessels  of  the 
form  F  xxiii,  is  soft  and  rather  friable.  To  this  class  belong  some  specimens  of  forms  F  i,  v,  vii, 
xiv,  xxi,  xxii,  xxiii,  xxx,  xxxii,  xxxvii. 

(g)  Wheel-made  pottery  of  soft  white  clay  finely  levigated,  sometimes  very  lightly  baked 
and  friable.  Sometimes  the  whole  surface  is  painted  red,  otherwise  designs  are  painted  in  black, 
brown,  red  and  purple  on  the  white  ground.  This  class  includes  very  many  examples  of  forms 
F  xlv,  xlvi,  xlviii,  and  specimens  of  the  rarer  shapes  F  lvi,  lvii,  lx,  lxv,  lxviii. 

(h)  Wheel-made  haematitic  pottery,  with  red  body  and  highly-burnished  surface;  imported 
Gallo-Roman  ware,  Nos.  8874,  8875,  Pll.  93,  94. 

(i)  Wheel-made  pottery,  drab  clay  with  reddish  brown  or  slate-coloured  surface  on  the 
upper  part  of  the  exterior,  and  raised  decoration  of  blobs  of  cream-coloured  slip  ;  imported  Roman 
ware;  form  F  liii. 

(/)  Wheel-made  pottery,  drab  clay  with  light  drab  or  buff  surface,  imported  fabric.  Forms 
F  xii,  xiv,  xv. 

It  is  clear  that  some  of  these  types  pass  into  each  other  by  slight  gradations,  and  it  is  some- 
times difficult  to  refer  an  individual  specimen  to  one  class  rather  than  to  another;  but  the  broad 
lines  of  the  classification  hold  good  for  the  pottery  as  a  whole. 

If  in  technique  the  Anibeh  vases  do  not  add  greatly  to  what  was  already  known  from  the  Forms. 
Shablul  excavations,  the  vastly  greater  number  of  complete  examples  recovered  throws  much 
more  light  upon  the  range  of  forms  and  of  decorative  motives  employed  by  the  Nubian  potter. 
A  table  of  all  the  forms  is  given  on  Pll.  103-106.* 

The  most  common  are  the  varieties  of  the  gourd-shaped  jar  F  i,  v,  and  vii  (with  aberrations 
F  ii,  iii,  iv  and  vi)  and  the  small  open  bowl,  shallow  as  a  saucer  or  tumbler-shaped,  F  xlv- lii,  of 
which  xlviii  is  the  most  usual,  xlv  being  generally  of  the  roughest  ware.  The  gourd-shaped  pot 
and  the  tumbler, "which,  as  has  been  remarked,  occur  in  almost  every  tomb  and  form  its  necessary 
furniture,  may  be  regarded  as  characteristically  Nubian  types;  the  cylindrical  pots,  F  xxvi-xxix, 
also  seem  to  be  of  native  design,  though  the  addition  of  handles  in  xxvi  and  xxvii  gives  them  a 
more  classical  appearance.  The  pilgrim-bottle,  F  xxiv  and  xxv,  betrays  an  Egyptian  source, 
but  it  is  clear  that  the  chief  influence  at  work  so  far  as  the  form  of  vessels  is  concerned  was  that 

*Thc  table  of  forms  does  not  make  any  pretensions  to  morphological  accuracy,  being  intended  simply  for 
convenient  reference. 


54 


KARANOG 


of  the  classical  Mediterranean.  The  jug  F  xxv  may  well  have  originated  in  the  eighteenth 
dynasty,  when  JEgean  vessels  of  this  form  were  imported  into  Nubia  and  freely  copied  by  the 
local  potters.  The  varieties  of  the  lecythus  type  (F  xxxii)  which  is  very  largely  represented,  and 
the  amphora  (F  xvii-xxi)  are  obviously  of  classical  origin,  as  too  is  the  single  example  of  F  lxix, 
an  imitation  of  a  common  metal  shape.  The  classical  amphorae  F  xii-xvi  are  imported  from  or 
via  Egypt.  Another  foreign  shape  is  F  liii,  which  was  not  without  influence  upon  the  local 
products. 

The  bottle  F  vii  is  of  interest  as  carrying  back  to  the  Roman  period  the  origin  of  the  modern 
gulla ;  and  another  form  that  occurs  commonly  at  the  present  day  and  finds  its  predecessor  in  the 
Karanog  collection  is  that  of  the  amphora  with  a  spout  at  the  side  and  a  strainer  in  the  mouth, 
F  xxiii.  Two  pots,  F  lvii  with  the  curious  straight  shoulder,  and  F  lxiv,  a  tall  goblet  with  indented 
sides,  resembling  the  so-called  'thumb-bowls'  of  the  Roman  empire,  are  perhaps  derivatives  from 
metal;  so  too  is  F  xxxviii  with  the  upstanding  thumb  piece  on  the  handle.  The  guttus,  F  xl, 
seems  to  throw  back  to  a  Greek  original.  The  type  F  xlii  is  represented  by  a  curious  pot  of 
uncertain  use;  it  has  a  very  narrow  mouth  and  the  base  is  pierced  as  if  it  were  intended  for  a 
sprinkler;  at  Anibeh  it  forms  a  class  by  itself,  but  a  fragment  of  a  similar  vase  was  found  at 
Shablul.  F  lxvi  is  a  small  hearth  or  off ering- table ;  one  example  was  found  with  the  ashes  still 
in  position ;  some  specimens,  however,  seem  ill  adapted  for  this  purpose  and  may  have  been  used 
as  stands  for  vases. 

In  the  decoration  of  the  vases  Egyptian,  Hellenistic  and  native  motives  are  freely  commingled, 
but  even  when  the  borrowing  is  most  obvious  the  informing  spirit  both  in  the  scheme  of  decoration 
and  in  the  treatment  of  details  is  no  less  apparent  and  original. 

True  Egyptian  motives  are  not  very  numerous ;  the  sacred  eye  is  the  most  common  and  is 
illustrated  by  Nos.  8309  (PL  48),  8645  (PI.  85),  8457  (PL  78),  8276  (PL  71) ;  the  asp  wearing  the 
crown  appears  on  Nos.  8194  (PL  58) ,  8199  (PL  59) ,  8250  (PL  67) ,  8672  (PL  83) ;  the  last  being  one  of 
the  stamped  tumblers,  on  other  examples  of  which  it  occurs  in  various  stages  of  degeneration. 
More  often  the  snake  is  treated  in  a  free  style  that  owes  nothing  to  Egypt,  as  e.  g.  on  No.  8224 
(PL  63.)  The  girdle-knot  is  fairly  frequent,  but  is  treated  in  a  peculiar  style  and  often  has  the 
adjunct  of  wings  as  on  Nos.  8158  (PL  53),  8164  (PL  47),  8628  (PL  83);  in  8194  (PL  58),  it  is 
flanked  by  ureeus  snakes;  in  8650  (PL  85) ,  it  is  confused  with  the  lotus-flower  pattern.  The  lotus 
itself  is  variously  conventionalized,  reduced  to  its  simplest  elements  as  in  8614  (PL  82),  or 
elaborated  as  in  81 71  (PL  42),  and  8469  (PL  51),  and  C  40088/  2  on  PL  80.  In  some  cases  the 
convention  can  be  traced  back  to  purely  Egyptian  originals;  8896  (PL  79)  is  a  type  known  in 
the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  dynasties,  and  that  on  8485  (PL  81)  belongs  also  to  the  New 
Empire;  in  other  cases  the  motive  only  is  borrowed  and  the  treatment  local.  Very  Egyptian 
in  its  drawing  is  the  fine  vulture  on  8170  (PL  48) ;  this  was  found  in  the  same  tomb  as  a  pot 
similar  in  technique  but  very  different  in  style,  No.  8216,  represented  on  PL  45.  The  grotesque 
figures,  horned  and  tailed,  that  dance  around  this  vase  are  somewhat  like  Bes,  but  the  setting 
is  not  Egyptian.  A  player  on  the  double  flute  heads  the  procession,  behind  come  three  pran- 
cing figures,  each  holding  in  the  left  hand  a  garland,  in  the  right  a  wine-ladle  which  he  seems 
about  to  dip  into  the  tall  classical  amphora  that  stands  before  him.  We  might  almost  see 
here  a  reminiscence  of  Greek  satyrs  celebrating  a  Dionysiac  orgy.  On  the  pilgrim-bottle 
8297  (PL  73),  there  is  an  echo  in  more  Egyptian  guise  of  these  Bacchic  figures.  On  each  side 
of  the  bottle  is  a  rudely-drawn  figure  advancing  to  the  left,  holding  in  one  hand  the  wine-ladle, 
in  the  other  a  bunch  of  grapes;  on  the  edge  of  the  bottle  is  a  tall  classical  amphora  with  a 
ladle  hanging  from  its  rim.  Unlike  the  satyrs  of  the  other  vase  these  figures  wear  Egyptian 
head-dress  and  have  no  horns  or  tails.  On  one  of  the  engraved  metal  rings  (8054,  PL  33)  is 
represented  a  heavily-built  man,  kneeling  on  one  knee;  he  wears  a  tall  head-dress,  in  his  right 
hand  is  something  like  a  whip,  with  his  left  he  raises  to  his  lips  a  tall  amphora;  he  seems  to  be 


POTTERY 


55 


horned.*  From  early  times  there  was  worshipped  on  the  Upper  Nile  a  native  god  of  strong  A  Bacchic 
drink  sufficiently  Bacchic  in  character  for  Herodotos  to  identify  him  with  the  classical  deity.  $cene- 
Speaking  of  Meroe,  the  capital  of  the  Ethiopians,  he  saysf  "the  only  gods  they  worship 
are  Zeus  and  Dionysius,  and  these  they  honour  greatly.  "  The  connection  between  the  statement 
of  Herodotos  and  the  subject  of  the  vase-painting  is  more  probable  in  view  of  the  fact  that  two 
engraved  rings  (8049,  8050  on  PI.  33)  have  representations  of  Zeus  Sarapis,  while  another  (8129) 
has  a  Greek  inscription  in  his  honour. 

The  influence  that  gave  rise  to  the  manifold  wreath  and  floral  motives  is  not  far  to  seek.  Greek  Origin 
The  garland  of  ivy  and  of  the  vine  is  a  favourite  subject  on  the  later  Greek  vases  and  particularly  °lj^tly^ 
upon  those  of  Apulia  and  Campania,  but  the  direct  source  upon  which  the  Nubian  potter  drew  is 
the  pottery  of  Ptolemaic  Egypt.  These  Hellenistic  vases  with  their  decoration  in  dark  paint  on 
a  light  ground  constantly  have  for  their  whole  ornament  encircling  wreaths  precisely  similar  to 
those  upon  the  Nubian  pots.  Thus  taking  a  small  series  of  Ptolemaic  vases  now  in  the  Metro- 
politan Museum  of  New  York  and  comparing  the  specimens  with  those  found  at  Anibeh,  we  see 
the  trefoil  seed-pod  motive  of  8202  (PI.  42) ,  and  many  others  reproduced  on  the  N.  Y.  vase  G  R  7  2 1 , 
only  the  round  circles  of  the  torus  being  omitted;  the  curiously  shaped  leaves  of  8315  (PI.  75),  of 
8331  (PI.  77),  and  of  8256  (PI.  68)  (cf.  Areika,  PI.  xxxi,  Figs.  8,  9,  12)  reappear  on  G  R  725;  the 
bold  trailer  of  e.  g.  8248  (PI.  67),  with  its  berries  and  tendrils,  occurs  on  G  R  677, — not  only  the 
shape  of  the  leaves  but  the  technique  of  the  painting  is  identical;  a  slight  variant  of  the  familiar 
'spot-wreath'  is  given  by  G  R  681.  Even  were  there  no  such  parallels  the  classical  origin  of  the 
magnificent  vine-trailer  on  8177  (PI.  42),  of  the  delicate  ivy  spray  on  8169  (PI.  55),  and  of  the 
laurel  on  8200  (PI.  59),  could  not  be  a  subject  of  any  doubt.  The  wreath  motive  reoccurs  in 
every  stage  of  conventionalism  and  of  degeneration,  often  leaving  its  classical  prototype  far 
behind.  The  Nubian  was  far  more  of  an  adapter  than  a  copyist  and  generally  recast  his 
borrowings  in  his  own  mould;  but  that  he  borrowed,  and  borrowed  very  largely,  is  none  the  less 
true.  We  should  hardly  have  expected  to  find  in  the  remote  regions  of  the  upper  Nile  this 
hybrid  offspring  of  the  art  of  Greece. 

More  often  than  not  the  decorator  of  the  vases  was  content  with  his  wreath  and  flower  designs,  The 
repeated  with  the  endless  variety  of  freehand  work,  or  with  a  combination  of  merely  decorative,  Huntsman  s 
often  geometrical  motives,  hatchings,  circles,  scales,  crosses,  ankhs  and  crescents,  of  which  fine 
examples  are  to  be  seen  on  Pll.  44,  46,  50,  51,  52,  etc.  But  he  had  at  the  same  time  a  distinct 
appreciation  for  living  nature,  figure  and  subject  drawing.  One  of  the  most  interesting  results 
of  this  tendency  is  the  tumbler,  found  outside  a  grave  and  unfortunately  imperfect,  8451  (PI.  43). 
Here  is  represented  a  Nubian  going  out  to  the  hunt.  He  is  naked,  and  has  the  dark  curly  hair, 
the  low  forehead,  the  projecting  lips  and  jaw  of  the  negro;  in  his  left  hand  he  has  two  light 
hunting-spears,  the  other  hand  holds  aloft  a  barbed  spear.  Before  him  there  goes  a  great  hound 
with  a  spiked  collar;  while  in  front,  in  a  wood  suggested  (as  it  would  be  upon  a  Greek  vase)  by 
a  single  tree,  are  two  animals,  of  which  only  the  lower  limbs  remain.  Rough  as  the  painting  is, 
it  is  distinctly  good;  the  character  of  the  hound  is  well  given,  though  the  isocephalic  principle 
exaggerates  its  size,  and  the  huntsman  himself  surely  shows  us  the  ordinary  Nubian  as  he  was. 
It  is  interesting  to  compare  him  with  the  elderly  man  on  the  bronze  bowl  who  stoops  to  offer  his 
milkpail  to  the  queen;  the  representations  are  remarkably  similar. 


*Lepsius,  Denkmaler  X,  V,  PI.  68,  f,  shows  a  not 
altogether  dissimilar  figure  from  the  reliefs  on  the 
outer  southwest  wall  of  the  temple  at  Naga.  It 
is  a  male  figure,  gross  and  thickset,  with  the  lines  of 
the  body  heavily  marked;  has  thick  lips,  a  short 
beard  slightly  curled,  and  above  the  ears  short 
straight  horns;  and  wears  an  apron  formed  of  a 


beast's  skin  whose  tail  hangs  down  behind.  He  is 
drawing  water  out  of  a  well. 

f  II.  29.  «7T£iTa  r^fis  ets  TroXtv  /J.tydkr)v  ttj  oijvo/xa 
i<TTL  Mepo77'  Ae'yerai  8c  avrrj  rj  7ro'Ats  etrai  /u.^rpoVoAis 
rail'  aAAa>v  AWiottojv.      ot  8'  iv  Tavrrj  Aia  6tu>v  kcu 

\l6w<TOV  /AOVVOVS  (TifioVTOLl,  TOVTOVS  TC  jU.£yaAa>S  TljUUKTl, 
KtU  CT<j>L  /XaVTIjLOV  AlOS  KaT€<TTr)Ke. 


KARANOG 


Animal  Quite  as  startling  in  their  realism  are  the  great  giraffes  of  8293  (PI.  42).    All  the  characteristic 

Types  features  of  the  beasts  are  seized  upon  and  reproduced  with  a  sure  touch,  and  though  the  drawing 
be  clumsy  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  observation  of  nature.*  In  curious  contrast  to  these  are 
the  probably  intentional  grotesques  of  8213  (PI.  61)  and  8154  (PI.  53) ;  the  former  certainly  shows 
a  sense  of  humour  in  its  caricature  of  an  ungainly  animal.  There  is  usually  however  a  due 
regard  for  the  fitness  of  things;  the  drawing  may  be  rude,  but  observation  has  made  the  setting 
of  the  figures  true.  Thus  the  giraffe  again  nibbles  at  the  tree-tops  (8183,  PI.  41),  the  guinea-fowl 
picks  seed  up  from  the  ground  (8166,  PI.  41),  the  cow  walks  sedately  forward  (8192  and  8153,  PI.  41 ) 
and  the  gazelle  flees  ventre  a  terre  to  the  woods  or  to  where  the  tall  broad-leaved  reeds  speak  of 
the  water-brooks  (8162,  PI.  54).  It  is  perhaps  not  without  reason  that  whereas  the  domestic 
birds,  cattle,  the  dog,  and  slowly  moving  creatures  like  frogs  and  crocodiles  are  treated  in  colour 
and  with  realistic  detail,  the  gazelle  and  the  swallow  appear  only  in  silhouette,  the  snap-shot 
impression  of  a  flying  thing. 
The  Table  The  curious  scene  upon  8157  (PI.  45),  is  more  difficult  to  explain.    In  the  centre  is  a  black 

of  the  Sun.  object  which,  though  not  altogether  unlike  some  forms  taken  by  the  conventionalized  lotus 
flower,  seems  rather  to  be  a  horned  altar  standing  on  a  broad  stepped  base,  with  fillets  hanging 
from  its  corners;  small  bronze  fire-altars  of  this  type  are  familiar  enough  and  occur  e.  g.  in  Egvpt 
and  on  the  Syrian  coast.  A  similar  object  is  very  rudely  represented  on  8156  (PI.  45);  it  is 
more  formally  drawn  and  has  a  stepped  base  on  8182  (PI.  56),  and  elsewhere;  on  a  fragment  at 
Philadelphia  there  rise  from  between  the  horns  two  wavy  white  lines,  which  may  represent  smoke. 
On  the  vase  in  question  three  geese  seem  to  be  pecking  at  the  altar.  Beyond  it  is  a  broad-topped 
table  piled  with  fruit  (?)  black  and  white,  a  garland  festooning  the  whole,  then  a  second  table, 
on  which  stand  four  conical  objects,  two  dark,  two  light,  cross-hatched,  also  with  a  garland  above 
them.  The  rest  of  the  field  is  occupied  by  a  festooned  garland  below  which  are  two  bird-like 
figures  flying  under  a  black  inverted  triangle.  On  the  vase  8156,  distinguished  by  its  bad 
drawing,  the  altar  stands  amid  trees  and  tall  plants;  two  pairs  of  nightmare-like  gazelles  are 
engaged  in  conflict  while  a  fifth,  painted  white  and  even  more  deformed  than  the  others,  seems  to 
be  eating  off  the  altar.  It  is  perhaps  not  too  fanciful  to  seek  an  explanation  for  this  in  Herodotus' 
description  of  the  "Table  of  the  Sun"  at  Meroe.  'There  is,'  he  says,  'a  meadow  in  the  outskirts 
of  the  city  full  of  the  seethed  flesh  of  all  four-footed  things ;  there  by  night  they  of  the  city  folk 
that  be  in  office  as  their  turn  comes  are  required  to  set  the  meats;  but  by  day  any  who  will  comes 
thither  and  feasts.  But  the  people  of  the  land  say  that  the  earth  itself  gives  forth  these  things 
every  time.'f 

In  this  case  it  is  the  birds  and  beasts  that  come  and  feast,  not  any  human  guest;  but  despite 
this  and  other  points  of  difference  the  description  tallies  closely  enough  with  the  vase-paintings 


*The  giraffe  has  long  since  retreated  far  to  the 
south;  but  till  the  sixth  century  it  was  common  all 
over  ^Ethiopia:  cf.  Cosmas  Indicopleustes,  Chris- 
tianorum  opinio  de  mundo,  XII. 

t  Herod.  Ill,  18.  r)  Se  Tpu7re£a  tov  rjXiov  toiij&z 
tis  Ae'yenu  elvai  Aa/xaJi/  ecrri  iv  ra>  7rpoa.o-rei<u 
€TTLTrkeo<;  Kpeuiv  ecj>9u)v  ttolvtwv  tu>v  TtTpaTroSwv'  es  tov 
ras  pxv  vvKTas  imTrjo'evovTu';  TtOiadat  ra  Kpea  rovs  eV 
Te'Aei  £«dtrTous  eoVras  tS)v  ao-Twv,  rai  Se  Tj/xepas 
Saivvardai  izpocrlovTa  tov  /3ov\6p.tvov .  <f>dvai  Se  tovs 
eVi^to/st'ovs  ravra  TrjV  yrjv  avryv  avaSiSovai  eKacrrore, 

The  table  of  the  Sun  laid  out  by  the  long-lived 
^Ethiopians  is  referred  to  by  Homer,  II.  i.  423,  and 
xxiii.  205,  and  again  in  Od.  i.  22,  where  Poseidon 
leaves  the  other  gods. 


'AAA'  6  fxkv  Ai#tWas  p.e.T€Ki'a6e  ttj\o9'  e'dvras, 
Ai#(.07ras,  rot  Siy$&  SeSaiaro,  etr^arot  avSpmv, 
Oi  piv  ovaop-tvov  YTrepiovos,  oi  6  dviovros, 
Avtlou)v  TavptDV  T€  Ken  apvuwv  €KaTopf3rj<; . 
"Ey#'  6  ye  TtpireTO  Satri  Trapriptvos . 
"But  he  himself  solemnized  a  retreat 
'To  th'  ^Ethiops,  far  dissundered  in  their  seat, 
'(In  two  ways  parted,  at  the  Sun's  descent, 
'And  underneath  his  golden  orient, 
'The  first  and  last  of  men)  t'  enjoy  their  feast 
'Of  bulls  and  lambs,  in  hecatombs  addrest; 
'At  which  he  sat,  given  over  to  delight.  " 

—Chapman. 

Pausanias  VI,  26,  treats  the  table  of  the  Sun  as  a 
myth. 


POTTERY 


57 


to  justify  at  least  the  comparison.  On  the  other  hand  no  less  light  might  be  thrown  upon  this 
as  upon  other  obscure  points  of  Mero'itic  art  and  its  interpretation  if  the  whole  subject  could  be 
approached  from  the  standpoint  of  purely  African  ethnography,  a  study  not  yet  mature  for  which 
the  Karanog  material  will,  we  hope,  be  a  valuable  contribution. 

Apart  from  the  instances  already  quoted,  the  complete  human  figure  does  not  often  appear  jhe  Human 
upon  the  vases.  Perhaps  we  should  recognize  Bes  in  the  grotesque  phallic  figures  on  8220  (PI.  62)  ;  Figure. 
the  flat  topknot  of  one  of  them  and  the  full  frontal  attitude  recall  the  god  as  known  in  Egypt. 
The  caricature  on  8219  (PI.  62),  seems  to  be  a  degeneration  of  the  same  type  and  a  still  further 
stage  of  degradation  may  be  seen  in  the  careless  scrawl  in  8214  (PI.  61),  where  part  of  the  field  is 
Occupied  by  small  animals  and  by  flying  objects,  resembling  that  on  PI.  29,  Fig.  11,  of  the  Areika 
volume,  proceeding  from  a  horned  altar.  A  very  interesting  example  is  that  on  8193  (PI.  43), 
on  which  two  grotesque  human  figures,  holding  sticks  in  their  left  hands,  stand  each  before  a 
lotus  plant  conventionalized  into  a  kind  of  column;  the  outstretched  hands  look  almost  as  if 
an  act  of  worship  were  intended.  One  of  the  figures  holds  the  end  of  a  leash  to  which  is  attached 
a  dog  or  other  animal,  drawn  rather  like  a  note  of  interrogation. 

A  fragment  in  the  University  Museum  shows  the  head  of  a  negro  wearing  a  high  head  orna- 
ment, apparently  a  curved  snake  supported  on  an  upright;  he  is  clothed  and  carries  what  looks 
like  a  leaf-shaped  shield.  On  another  fragment  is  a  row  of  human  figures  rudely  done  in  outline. 
The  lowest  stage  is  reached  by  an  infantile  drawing  on  8191  (PI.  57). 

The  human  head  is  more  commonly  treated;  a  good  example  is  on  8180  (PI.  55),  where  it  is 
conventionalized  into  a  Mephistophelian  mask.  Usually  it  has  long  pointed  ears,  though  this 
is  not  always  the  case;  e.  g.  the  alternate  red  and  black  heads  on  8275  (PI.  49).  The  crescent 
mark  seen  on  the  foreheads  of  these  faces  is  not  uncommon;  it  might  be  a  tribal  mark,  it  is 
difficult  to  resist  the  impression  that  these  heads  are  meant  for  those  of  demons  rather  than  of 
men,  especially  as  they  come  in  connection  with  ankhs  and  sacred  knots.  The  first  of  this  type 
found  was  naturally  christened  Hathor  on  the  strength  of  the  cowlike  ears  (Areika  PI.  24,  Fig.  6), 
but  in  the  examples  found  this  year  the  resemblance  to  Hathor  is  not,  except  in  one  case  (9020, 
PI.  99),  at  all  apparent.  Such  drawings  as  those  on  8270  (PI.  70) ,  8724  (PI.  93) ,  9002  (PI.  99) ,  etc., 
if  they  are  more  than  mere  caricatures  of  the  human  face  employed  for  decorative  motives,  must 
refer  to  some  cult  of  which  nothing  is  at  present  known. 

It  is  certainly  in  some  religious  or  quasi-religious  connection  that  the  frog  appears  so  constantly 
upon  thepainted  pottery,  e.  g.,  upon  8163  (PI.  54),  8221  (PI.  45) ,  8238  (PI.  66),  8257  (PI.  41),  and 
upon  the  Cairo  specimen  (40084  22);  in  a  good  many  cases  the  sacred  ankh  hanging  from  the 
frog's  mouth  lifts  him  at  once  out  of  the  category  of  the  merely  decorative.  The  occurrence  of 
the  frog  on  a  stone  offering- table  from  Shablul  (No.  5100)  substantiates  his  claim  to  being  a 
cultus  symbol.  The  ankh  is  an  attribute  of  the  snake  also  on  the  fine  jug  8168  (PI.  49),  where 
a  whole  flight  of  these  symbols  is  being  ejected  from  the  reptile's  mouth;  it  is  connected  with 
the  vulture  on  the  Cairo  lecythus  (40219,  PI.  80). 

The  symbolic  elements  in  the  pottery  decoration  are  then  the  uraeus  snake,  the  vulture, 
the  frog,  Bes,  the  human  face,  the  altar,  the  ankh  (in  its  Nubian  form  resembling  rather  the 
Coptic  cross),  the  girdle-knot,  the  eye.  Amongst  the  non-symbolic  but  pictorial  or  decorative 
representations  of  living  things  we  mav  enumerate: 

(a)  The  human  form  (8216,  PI.  45;  8193,  PI.  43;  8297,  PI.  73;  8191,  PI.  57;  8451,  PI.  43) 
and  two  fragments. 

(b)  Giraffe  (8154,  PI.  53;  S213,  PI.  61;  8293,  PI.  42;  8183,  PI.  41)  and  three  fragments.  j{nimat 

(c)  Cattle  (8153  and  8192,  PI.  41)  and  three  fragments.  Motives. 

(d)  Dogs  (8451  and  8193,  PI.  43)- 

(e)  Monkey  (8293,  PI.  42;  8463  (?),  PI.  50). 
(/)  Jackal  (8334,  PL  77)- 


5§ 


KARANOG 


Animal  (g)  Gazelle  (8156,  PI.  45;  8162,  PI.  54)  and  one  Cairo  specimen. 


Motives. 


(h)  Crocodile  (8218,  PI.  62;  8453,  PI.  50;  Cairo  40084  /  22,  PI.  80)  and  two  fragments. 

(i)  Frog  (8188,  PI.  57;  8221,  PI.  45;  8257,  PI.  41;  Cairo  40084 /  22) ;  frog  with  ankh  (8163, 
PI.  54;  8205,  PI.  60;  8238,  PI.  66). 

(/)  Snakes  (not  uraeus)  (8183,  PI.  41;  8224,  PI.  63;  8225,  PI.  63;  8192,  PI.  41;  8254,  PI.  46; 
8259,  PI.  68;  8323,  PI.  76;  8715,  PI.  92;  Cairo  40084,  7,  40202). 
(k)  Scorpion  (?)  (8448,  PI.  81)  and  a  fragment. 
(/)  Ostrich  (8735,  PL  102)  and  similar  fragment. 

(m)  Goose  (8157,  PI.  45  ;  8303,  PI.  46;  8464,  PI.  50;  8638,  PI.  84)  and  several  fragments. 

00  Guinea-fowl  (8166,  PI.  41;  8197,  P1-  58;  8227.  P1-  <H)- 

(0)  Vulture  (8170,  PI.  48;  Cairo  40219  (?)  PI.  80). 

(p)  Crow  (8232,  PI.  64). 

(q)  Ibis  or  Flamingo  (8731,  PI.  93). 

(r)  Swallow  fragment,  like  that  of  Areika,  PI.  24,  Fig.  2. 

(s)  Other  birds  (8157,  PI.  45). 

(0  Leopard  (8150,  PL  43). 

(«^  Owl  (8519). 


CHAPTER  VIII 


THE  METAL  OBJECTS 
A.   Bronze  Vessels. 

The  metal  objects  found  in  the  cemetery  were  of  great  interest  and  importance.  Bronze 
and  iron  were  common,  lead  occurred  in  a  few  instances  only;  some  of  the  bronze  vessels  were 
tin-plated.  Silver  objects  were  very  rare  and  gold  non-existent;  this  doubtless  due  rather  to 
the  depredations  of  tomb-robbers  than  to  the  original  poverty  of  the  burials. 

The  most  remarkable  collection  of  bronze  vessels  was  that  in  the  large  tomb  G  187  (see  p.  37). 
It  consisted  of  thirteen  objects,  six  of  which  were  plain  bowls  of  various  sizes  and  forms  (see  PI.  30), 
while  seven  call  for  more  detailed  description,  these  being  two  bowls,  a  lamp,  a  spoon,  a  wine- 
ladle,  an  incense-burner  and  two  jugs. 

The  first  bowl  (Pll.  26,  27)  is  0.173  m.  in  height,  with  diameter  of  0.262  m.;  the  upper  part  fhe 
of  the  sides  is  practically  vertical  and  ornamented  with  a  band  of  incised  figures  bordered  "Queen's"' 
below  by  a  straight  line  and  above  by  a  plait  pattern ;  the  total  width  of  the  decorated  area  is 
0.112  m.  In  the  centre  of  the  scene  is  a  small  round  hut  formed  of  withies  planted  in  the  ground 
and  tied  together  at  the  top,  strengthened  at  intervals  by  four  horizontal  bands;  it  is  surmounted 
by  the  sun-disk.  The  shape  of  the  hut  shows  a  Central  African  origin  and  may  be  compared  with 
the  round  huts  in  use  amongst  all  Bantu  peoples. 

Behind  the  hut  is  a  tree,  apparently  a  mimosa,  in  front  of  which,  close  to  the  hut  door,  stands 
a  small  female  figure  looking  to  the  right.  She  is  nude,  and  wears  a  collar  or  necklace  represented 
by  two  parallel  incised  lines;  a  single  line  round  the  right  wrist  may  be  meant  for  a  bracelet. 
In  front  of  her  is  a  second  female  figure,  seated  upon  the  ground  and  looking  to  the  right.  The 
upper  part  of  the  body,  with  its  large  pendulous  breasts,  is  nude;  about  the  hips  is  a  short  square- 
cut  apron,  from  the  front  of  which  hangs  either  a  fringe  or  a  strip  of  closely  pleated  stuff  having 
a  band  of  decoration  above.  Judging  from  the  analogy  of  the  statues  the  whole  of  the  lower  part 
of  the  body  is  meant  to  be  clothed  in  a  plain  skirt  gathered  in  front  and  pleated,  the  apron  being 
put  on  above  this.  The  woman  has  short  hair  with  one  longer  lock  rising  from  the  top  of  the 
head;  round  the  head  is  a  fillet.  She  wears  a  tight  collar  and  (apparently)  two  necklaces,  one 
plain,  of  small  beads,  the  other  with  large  pear-shaped  pendants;  on  each  arm  she  has  an  upper 
armlet  and  a  bracelet.  In  the  right  hand  she  holds  a  long  object,  perhaps  a  dagger  in  a  plaited 
leather  sheath,  and  the  left  hand  is  extended  in  the  act  to  receive  the  pail  brought  up  by  an 
attendant. 

In  front  of  her,  but  more  in  the  background,  is  a  standing  male  figure,  also  facing  to  the  right. 
He  wears  a  short  skirt  hanging  in  big  folds  from  the  waist,  decorated  with  vertical  lines  of  arrow- 
heads, and  flounced  below ;  it  is  held  in  place  by  a  knotted  girdle.  His  hair,  like  that  of  the  female 
figure,  is  short,  with  the  single  rising  topknot  and  the  encircling  fillet.  He  raises  his  left  hand 
with  the  index  finger  extended  as  if  giving  orders  to  the  attendants. 

In  front  of  these  figures  and  facing  them  is  one  of  an  elderly  man  who  bending  forward  holds 
out  in  both  hands  to  the  seated  woman  a  vessel  resembling  a  pail  cased  in  wicker-work.  He  wears 
a  short  plain  skirt  with  a  flounced  overfall  in  front  and  a  knotted  girdle;  he  has  short  hair  and  a 
little  beard.  Over  his  right  arm  hangs  a  twisted  thong,  and  on  the  ground  before  his  feet  are  five 
bowls.    Perhaps  he  is  meant  to  be  pouring  into  one  of  these  the  contents  of  his  milk  pail.  Behind 

(59) 


6o 


KARA NOG 


The 

"Queen's' 
Bowl. 


The  "Cow' 
Bowl. 


Technique 
and  Subject. 


him  is  a  double  row  of  cattle.  First  come  two  cows,  the  nearer  one  of  which  is  suckling  a  calf; 
the  horns  of  one  curve  inwards,  of  the  other  forwards.  Next  are  a  pair  of  which  the  front  one  is 
being  milked.  A  man  wearing  some  kind  of  waist-cloth  is  squatting  on  his  heels,  his  head  against 
the  cow's  flank;  between  his  knees  stands  the  wicker-covered  pail  into  which  he  is  milking  the 
udders.  The  cow,  a  dappled  beast,  has  its  hind  legs  tied  together:  about  its  neck  is  a  broad 
collar  from  which  hangs  a  bell;  it  turns  its  head  to  lick  the  hair  of  the  man  milking.  The  horns 
of  this  cow  turn  inwards,  those  of  the  one  behind  it  outwards.  Next  are  two  cows  advancing; 
one  raises  its  head  as  if  lowing;  the  horns  curve  forwards;  the  other,  which  has  long  back-curving 
horns,  walks  on  sedately.  Behind  these  are  two  bulls  with  short  incurved  horns;  the  further  one 
has  round  its  neck  a  broad  collar  with  a  tassel.  Close  on  their  heels  walks  a  youth;  he  is 
completely  naked.  In  his  left  hand  he  carries  what  seems  to  be  a  branch,  and  under  his  left  arm 
a  milking  pail.  Behind  him  are  two  more  cows  who  face  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  rest. 
The  nearer  one  has  very  long  and  rather  straight  horns;  the  further  one,  which  has  horns  slightlv 
incurved,  bends  down  to  lick  the  head  of  one  of  five  small  calves  that  stand  tied  by  their  legs 
to  the  trunk  of  a  mimosa  tree.  The  tree  stands  close  up  to  the  hut,  and  completes  the  band  of 
ornament. 

The  second  bowl  (7155)  is  of  much  the  same  size  and  shape  as  the  first;  it  is  0.16  m.  in  height 
with  a  diameter  of  0.256  m.  The  decoration  is  similar  but  simpler,  consisting  of  a  line  of  figures 
bounded  below  by  a  straight  line,  above  by  a  twisted  cable-pattern  between  double  lines,  the  total 
width  of  the  decorated  area  being  0.113  m.  It  is  shown  on  PI.  26,  in  the  upper  figure,  and  the 
decoration  is  given  in  the  drawing  on  PI.  28. 

There  is  only  one  human  figure,  that  of  a  young  man  advancing  to  the  right.  He  has  short 
hair;  the  upper  part  of  the  body  is  nude;  from  the  girdle  hangs  a  short  spotted  skirt  gathered 
in  the  front  to  a  broad  overfall.  In  his  left  hand  is  a  notched  or  barbed  stick,  in  the  right  he 
holds  by  the  handle  a  milking-pail,  and  another  similar  one  is  balanced  on  his  head.  In  front 
of  him  is  a  small  short-horned  cow,  its  hide  speckled  like  that  of  the  other  three  cows  upon  the 
bowl.  Next  to  this  is  a  second  cow,  short-horned  but  much  larger,  and  beyond  it  a  bull,  also 
with  short  incurved  horns,  advances  raising  its  right  foreleg  with  a  clumsy  realism.  Next  is  a 
dappled  cow  with  out-turned  horns,  which  wears  round  its  neck  a  broad  collar  wherefrom  hangs 
a  small  object,  apparently  a  bell.  Next  is  a  calf  with  a  string  round  its  neck  from  which 
some  small  object  hangs,  and  in  front  of  it  another  long-legged  short-horned  cow  follows  the 
herdsman  and  closes  the  procession. 

These  two  bowls,  of  which  the  first  is  in  the  Cairo  Museum  and  the  second  (together  with 
an  electrotype  of  the  first)  at  Philadelphia,  are  of  unique  interest. 

The  decoration  is  worked  with  a  wedge-shaped  short-edged  chisel,  used  with  mallet  or  ham- 
mer; this  accounts  for  the  broken  character  of  the  lines  (a  feature  faithfully  reproduced  in  the 
drawings)  and  for  the  angularity  of  many  of  the  curves,  as  well  as  for  the  different  values  of  the 
lines,  which  widen  greatly  in  proportion  to  their  depth.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  bowls 
are  of  local  or  ^Ethiopian  fabric  and  form  an  important  document  for  the  study  of  Romano- 
Nubian  art.  The  influence  of  Egyptian  models  is  of  course  apparent,  most  obviously  so  in  the 
awkward  frontality  of  the  human  figures  and  in  their  angular  gestures ;  but  it  is  counterbalanced 
by  a  freedom  and  vivacity  that  is  wholly  absent  from  Egyptian  art  of  this  period.  However, 
weak  may  be  his  execution  in  a  none  too  easy  medium,  the  craftsman  had  his  eye  upon  nature 
rather  than  upon  any  model  to  be  found  in  art;  consequently  he  is  led  by  direct  observation 
and  by  sympathy  to  produce  work  which  may  sometimes  be  grotesque,  but  certainly  is  original. 
He  was  of  course  drawing  the  people,  the  cattle  and  the  houses  that  he  knew.  The  features  of 
the  human  figures  are  not  at  all  Egyptian;  those  of  the  bearded  man  and  of  the  naked  youth  on 
the  first  bowl  are  strongly  negroid;  the  others,  like  many  of  the  sculptured  stone  heads,  seem 
slightly  less  so  and  may  recall  some  of  the  other  African  races.  The  curious  milk-pails  here 
represented  are  precisely  similar  to  those  now  in  use  in  Uganda;  these  modern  vessels  are  of  the 


THE  METAL  0BJLC1S 


61 


same  shape,  made  of  wood,  sometimes  covered  with  wickerwork  but  otherwise  carved  with  rows  Technique 
of  vertical  grooves  between  horizontal  bands;  usually  they  are  without  handles,  but  handles  and  Subject. 
sometimes  occur. 

The  manner  in  which  beads  are  worn  by  the  seated  figure  corresponds  with  that  e.  g.  on  the 
coloured  stela  7079  (PI.  13)  and  with  what  was  actually  found  upon  the  bodies  in  the  cemetery. 
If  the  details  of  the  scene  are  drawn  from  local  life,  the  scene  itself  is  so  no  less.  The  gross  seated 
woman,  whose  broad  hips  and  buttocks  recall  the  Nubian  stelae  illustrated  in  Budge's  "  Egyptian 
Soudan, "  I,  pp.  375,  377,  379,*  is  clearly  a  person  of  importance  and,  in  a  country  that  produced 
the  Kandake  dynasty,  may  well  be  the  Queen  herself.  The  disk  over  the  hut  and  the  topknot 
on  the  head  may  be  a  sign  of  royalty.  Moreover,  we  know  that  Negro  queens  are  accustomed  to 
stimulate  obesity  by  excessive  indulgence  in  milk,  and  the  lady  upon  the  bowl  would  certainly 
seem  to  be  engaged  in  this  royal  occupation.  Indeed  it  may  be  not  amiss  to  recognize  in  this 
pastoral  scene  the  Queen  of  ^Ethiopia,  or  perhaps  even  the  lady  ruler  of  Karanog,  receiving  in 
kind  the  homage  of  her  subjects. 

The  other  decorated  bronze  object  found  in  the  tomb  for  which  a  local  manufacture  can  be  Bronze 
claimed  is  the  spoon  (7420)  shown  on  PI.  29.    It  is  0.191  m.  long.    On  the  handle  there  are 

Spoon. 

engraved  an  ankh  and  two  knots,  while  at  the  end  a  third  knot  is  partly  engraved,  partly 
done  in  open  work. 

With  these  were  other  examples  of  metalwork  which  were  clearly  imported. 

The  first  is  a  lamp.  Three  claw  feet  meet  in  a  slight  foliate  ornament  and  support  a  straight  Hellenistic 
plain  stem  in  the  loop  at  the  top  of  which  hangs  the  lamp  proper,  a  plain  lamp  with  grooved  nozzle  Bronzes- 
(7147,  PI.  30).  The  total  height  is  0.35  m.  The  next  three  objects  belong  together  and  form  a 
set,  consisting  of  a  sacrificial  patera  and  a  pair  of  jugs.  The  patera  (7146,  PI.  29)  is  of  bright 
yellow  bronze;  it  has  a  circular  flat-bottomed  bowl  with  a  high  umbilical  boss  in  the  centre, 
and  a  solid  handle.  The  handle  at  its  inner  end  is  modelled  into  the  form  of  the  upper  part  of 
a  human  figure ;  the  head  with  its  heavy  mass  of  hair  projects  above  the  bowl,  the  arms  extended 
in  the  attitude  of  swimming  embrace  the  rim;  at  its  other  end  the  handle  terminates  in  a  human 
mask,  a  girl's  face,  full  and  fleshy,  ringed  with  thick  curls. f  The  diameter  of  the  bowl  is  0.162  m., 
the  extreme  length  including  the  handle  0.257  m.  The  two  jugs  are  of  dark  bronze  plated  with 
tin  and  stand  0.135  m-  high.  They  have  an  elegant  piriform  outline  with  small  bases  and  trefoil 
mouths.  The  handles,  which  are  nearly  but  not  quite  identical,  form  above  the  same  motive  as 
appears  on  the  incense-burner,  that  of  a  swimmer  whose  outstretched  arms  clasp  the  rim  of  the 
vessel;  on  the  back  of  the  handle  there  is  a  draped  human  head  seen  in  profile;  below  it  ends  in 
a  female  mask,  full  face,  in  moderate  relief.  Above  the  profile  head  there  is  in  each  case  a  basket 
of  fruit,  done  in  low  relief,  below  it,  different  decorative  motives  of  a  simple  sort.  The  handles 
are  cast  separately  and  the  work  upon  them  subsequently  finished  by  hand  with  the  chisel. 
Probably  the  ladle  (7142,  PI.  30)  is  also  imported;  it  is  of  regular  classical  type. 

It  is  natural  to  compare  these  bronzes  with  the  bronze  vessels  found  by  Ferlini  at  Meroe. 
Though  the  latter  are  finer,  yet  in  point  of  style  and  workmanship  their  relation  to  the  Anibeh 
specimens  is  undoubted.  In  both  cases  we  have  to  deal  with  products  of  Hellenistic  art  brought 
by  the  Nile  trade-route  into  Nubia.  The  rather  heavy  lines,  the  florid  detail,  the  fleshy  sensual 
faces  and  the  'swimmer'  motive  all  point  to  Alexandria  as  the  place  of  the  manufacture  of  these 
vases,  which  would  have  been  regarded  with  equanimity  had  they  been  found  at  Pompeii  or  at 
Herculaneum,  but  seem  strangely  out  of  place  nine  hundred  miles  up  the  Nile. 

Another  jug  of  similar  type  though  different  design  was  found  in  tomb  G  316,  and  is 
shown  on  PI.  31.    It  is  of  bronze  plated  with  tin  and  stands  0.15  m.  high.    The  handle  at  the  top 

*Cf.  Lepsius  Denkmaler  X,  V,  PI.  19  a,  b,  painted  scene  from  Barkal;  Pit.  40,  41,  from  Begerawieh;  PI.  59, 
from  Naga. 

fSimilar  sacrificial  patera?,  with  handles  terminating  in  lions'  heads,  are  Nos.  27746,  27747  in  the  Cairo 
Museum. 


62 


KARANOG 


Hellenistic 
Bronzes. 


Locally 
Made  Bowls. 


expands  in  three  floriate  members;  two  encircle  the  rim,  a  third  curls  up  and  back,  forming 
a  thumb-piece.  At  the  base  of  the  handle  is  a  human  mask,  a  heavy  face  set  in  curling  hair 
finishing  in  a  pointed  leaf  below;  where  the  handle  joins  the  mask  two  volutes  give  somewhat  the 
effect  of  the  horns  of  Ammon  issuing  from  the  hair.  In  the  middle  of  the  handle  is  a  human 
profile  in  low  relief;  above  this  is  a  basket,  below  it  an  indistinct  object,  apparently  a  basket  also. 
The  jug  has  no  base-ring  but  three  flat  feet  shaped  like  the  conventional  Amazon  shield.  Like 
the  other  jugs,  this  is  of  typical  Alexandrian  style. 

Egyptian  work  of  an  earlier  period  is  recalled  by  the  pair  of  bronze  tweezers  (C.  40104,  PI.  35) 
made  in  the  shape  of  a  man  swimming;  it  is  rudely  made,  the  details  being  merely  engraved  upon 
the  flat  metal,  and  is  probably  of  local  manufacture. 

Of  the  smaller  bronze  bowls  several  are  decorated  with  designs  due  to  local  workmen ;  these 
are  illustrated  on  PI.  31.  One  (7132)  is  engraved  with  the  Nubian  ankh  repeated  in  the  intervals 
of  a  diapered  ground;  another  (7133)  has  the  girdle-knot  for  its  motive;  others  (7129,  7131  and 
Cairo  Museum  40226)  are  treated  with  a  punctured  ornament,  a  small  triangular-pointed  tool 
being  hammered  sideways  into  the  face  of  the  metal  so  as  to  make  a  shallow  sharp-edged  dent 
with  a  corresponding  rough  excrescence;  the  designs  are  mostly  simple  festoons  and  lines.  One 
small  tripod  bowl  (7145,  PI.  31)  from  tomb  G  293  is  of  bright  yellow  bronze,  the  design  partly 
thus  punctured,  partly  engraved;  it  has  a  curious  resemblance  to  the  modern  work  of  the  Arab 
bazaars.  The  three-footed  and  spouted  vessel  (7144,  PI.  32)  is  interesting  as  being  of  precisely 
the  same  shape  as  the  sacramental  oil  vessels  used  by  the  early  Coptic  church.  The  tomb  in 
which  it  was  found  (G  5)  was  a  poor  one  on  the  eastern  outskirts  of  the  cemetery. 


B.  Rings. 

The  cemetery  produced  a  collection  of  nearly  a  hundred  finger- rings ;  these  were  mostly 
of  bronze  alloy,  a  few  of  iron,  a  few  of  alloy  with  iron  bezels  or  vice  versa,  a  few  of  brass, 
silver  and  tin.  The  bezels  are  metal  in  all  cases  but  one  (No.  8047,  which  is  of  glass) 
and  the  designs  show  clearly  the  disadvantages  of  intaglio  cutting  in  metal;  the  lines 
are  roughly  gouged  and  often  scratchy;  the  use  of  the  drill  is  undisguised.  The  subjects 
represented  (see  PI.  33)  show  an  extraordinary  range.  Some  are  purely  classical,  Cupid  with 
swans,  Leda  (this,  the  glass  intaglio,  may  well  be  imported)  and  Zeus  Sarapis,  the  head  in 
various  stages  of  degeneration.  One  is  inscribed  around  the  edge  (the  stone  has  disappeared) 
with  the  Greek  letters  CAPAIIICICrATOONOIIATOT,  i.  e.,  Sapam?  i(rxaT0V  NaTrarov. 
Whether  this  signifies  that  Sarapis  was  worshipped  'as  far  as  distant  Napata,'  or  'from  Napata 
to  its  furthest  borders'  (which  would  be  the  neighborhood  of  Karanbg),  it  is  interesting  to  find 
his  cult  established  in  Nubia  side  by  side  with  that  of  Anubis,  Isis  and  Nephthys  whose  like- 
nesses are  seen  upon  the  funerary  stones.*    Purely  Egyptian  subjects  also  appear  upon  the 


*Mr.  F.  LI.  Griffith  supplies  the  following  note: 
Stela  from  Meroe,  Berlin  2253,  has  Osiris  with 
winged  Isis  behind,  wearing  vulture  head-dress; 
this  figure  is  definitely  named  Isis  in  L.  D.  v.  51. 
It  is  extremely  common  in  such  scenes.  So  also 
on  the  stone  7097,  PI.  17.  Corresponding  to  Isis 
sometimes  is  Nephthys  ^  L.  D.  v.  50  b.  d.  cf.  30, 
31,  33,  and  ft  occurs  L.  D.  v.  20,  24,  34,  etc.  This 
may  be  Maat,  but  should  not  be  definitely  so  called. 
In  two  cases,  L.  D.  v.  26  and  43,  we  have  Amenti, 
the  goddess  of  the  West  Mountain  at  Thebes,  and 
the  feather  may  be  borrowed  from  this. 

The  Karanog  stone  from  G  182  (Cairo  Museum) 
has        with  Anubis.    This  is  simply  the  Isis  head- 


dress with  \J  omitted.  No.  7078,  PI.  13,  is  a  study 
for  the  same. 

Stela  from  Meroe,  Berlin  2254,  has  goddess  with 
vulture  head-dress  and  ^Ji,  seen  also  on  L.  D.  v.  36 
with  Anubis. 

Berlin  2255,  hieroglyphic,  from  Meroe,  has 
with  Anubis,  a  goddess  which  I  take  to  be 

Nephthys  rather  than  ft . 

These  are  the  principal  funerary  goddesses  at 
Meroe,  but  there  are  some  others;  and  in  the  temples 
there  are  still  other  goddesses,  but  not  funerary. 

The  metal  rings  from  the  cemetery  give  us  further 
types  of  Bes,  Ammon,  Ra,  Thoth  and  Horus. 


THE  METAL  OBJECTS 


63 


rings,  in  the  shape  of  the  hawk-headed  Amnion,  Horus,  Isis,  Thoth,  the  eye,  etc.  A  more 
indigenous  art  perhaps  is  seen  in  the  rude  figures  Nos.  8053-8059,  in  the  birds  and  beasts  of  the 
next  three  rows  and  above  all  in  the  two  magnificent  rings  Nos.  8110  and  8112.  The  first  of 
these  shows  a  scarabseus  with  the  head  of  Bes,  with  extended  wings,  wearing  a  feather  crown 
flanked  by  asps,  and  holding  two  sceptres,  an  entirely  novel  representation.  The  second,  The 
No.  81 1 2,  represents  a  bird  with  a  human  head  and  human  arms.  It  is  seen  in  profile,  the  wings  ^oy' 
are  extended,  in  either  claw  is  grasped  a  wreath;  the  right  hand  holds  the  crooked  sceptre  and 
the  flail,  on  the  head  is  the  double  crown  of  upper  and  lower  Egypt.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  here  we  have  repeated  in  miniature  the  subject  of  all  the  funerary  statues  with  their 
mixture  of  bird  and  man,  differentiated  in  this  case  by  the  royal  emblems.  The  ring  must 
represent  the  Ba  of  the  king  of  Egypt.  It  may  be  that  the  ancient  title  of  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands  here  refers  to  the  Nubian  king,  and  is  an  echo  of  the  title  once  borne  by  his  ancestors  as 
Pharaohs  of  the  XXVth  Dynasty ;  it  is  unlikely  that  in  this  country  and  at  this  period  it  would 
have  been  applied  to  an  Egyptian.  The  same  subject  may  be  represented  by  a  ring  from  the 
Ferlini  find  (L.  D.  v.  42,  No.  77);  the  figure  here  has  a  double  human  head,  the  faces  seen  in 
profile,  and  human  hands  holding  ankhs;  it  has  the  body  and  tail  of  a  bird,  seen  full-front 
from  underneath,  and  four  birds'  wings,  two  on  each  side. 

Photographs  of  impressions  from  all  the  engraved  rings  are  shown  on  PI.  33.  To  avoid 
repeating  descriptions  the  catalogue  of  these  specimens  is  printed  here  rather  than  with  the  rest 
of  the  general  catalogue. 


CATALOGUE  OF  ENGRAVED  RINGS 


8046.  G  647.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Cupid  with  whip,  driving  a  chariot  to  which 

are  harnessed  two  swans. 

8047.  G  669.  Gold-coloured  bronze  alloy;  flat 
bezel  set  with  red  glass  intaglio. 

Leda  and  the  Swan. 

8048.  G  688.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

A  human  figure  draped  and  wearing  a  broad 
girdle  advances  towards  the  left;  the  left  hand 
holds  a  long  staff.  The  upper  part  of  the  bezel 
was  raised  and  apparently  was  set  with  a  stone  on 
which  the  head  of  the  figure  was  worked ;  this 
has  disappeared.  The  attitude  is  that  of  various 
heroic  and  imperial  statues  and  of  figures  on  Roman 
coins,  and  the  ring  is  certainly  to  be  included 
amongst  those  of  classical  type. 

8049.  G  707.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

Within  a  rope-pattern  border,  a  head  of  Jupiter 
Sarapis,  r. 

8050.  G  700.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

Head  of  Jupiter  Sarapis  r.    Much  corroded. 

8051.  G  527.  Gold-coloured  bronze  alloy;  very 
thin  hoop  with  thin  flat  square  bezel.  Hoop 
broken. 

Female  head  r.,  hand  raised  holding  flower  to 
mouth.    Isis  with  horns  and  disk  (?) 

8052.  G  369.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  flat  bezel. 
Female  head  r.    Isis  with  horns  and  disk  (?) 

Very  degenerate  example. 

8053.  G  741.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Man  standing  behind  horse,  r. 


8054.  G  324.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 

A  human  figure  r.,  kneels  on  the  right  knee. 
He  has  a  short  beard  and  a  head-dress  of  uncertain 
type,  with  flying  taenia?  behind  the  head.  The 
body  is  nude,  gross  and  muscular.  The  left  hand 
holds  to  the  lips  an  amphora  of  classical  type,  the 
right  hand  a  fly-whisk  (?).  Cf.  the  satyr-like 
figures  on  vase,  8216,  PI.  45,  and  L.  D.  v.  68  f. 

8055.  G  331.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

A  human  figure  advancing  towards  rocks  r. 
He  has  a  short  beard  and  urasus  head-dress,  wears 
a  loin-cloth,  has  apparently  a  tail,  and  carries  a 
club  (?)  under  his  right  arm.  Both  hands  are 
raised  and  advanced.  Perhaps  an  ^Ethiopian 
king  worshipping  a  'sacred  rock'  such  as  Gebel 
Barkal. 

8056.  G  384.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

A  grotesque  tailed  figure  leaning  upon  a  staff,  1. 

8057.  G  441.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel. 
A  grotesque  figure  1.,  phallic,  wearing  a  big 

head-dress  and  leaning  on  a  staff.  Very  rough 
work. 

8058.  G  678.    Iron  ring  with  solid  projecting  bezel 
capped  with  copper-coloured  alloy. 

Figure  r.  holds  with  both  hands  to  its  mouth 
a  rod  the  other  end  of  which  is  in  a  large  pot 
standing  on  the  ground.  Perhaps  it  is  meant  to 
be  drawing  wine  with  a  ladle  or  syphon  from  the 
jar,  or  to  be  sucking  beer  through  a  tube.  Very 
rough  work. 


o4 


KAFANCG 


8059.  G  438.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Squat  figure,  full   face,  seated  and  holding 
sceptre  in  right  hand. 

8060.  G    71.    Gold-coloured  alloy;  flat  bezel. 
Amen-Re,  ram-headed  and  wearing  disk,  nude, 

squatting  on  his  haunches  r.  In  the  left  hand  is  a 
flail.  A  serpent  terminating  in  an  erect  ura?us 
head  at  either  end  encloses  the  figure,  below 
is  a  row  of  full-face  ura^us  heads. 

8061.  G  471.    Gold-coloured  alloy ;  flat  bezel. 
Bucranium;  ura?us  with  erect  head  on  either 

side. 

8062.  G  771.  Yellowish  bronze  alloy;  flat  oval 
bezel. 

Apis  bull  with  disk  between  horns  advancing 
r.,  towards  an  altar. 

8063.  G  680.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 

A  gazelle  (?)  browsing;  on  its  back  two  frogs. 

8064.  G  679.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 

A  gazelle  (or  elephant?)  advancing  1.  Much 
corroded. 

8065.  G  576.  Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel  capped 
with  yellowish  bronze  alloy.    Hoop  broken. 

An  eye  (?).    Below,  a  basket.    Very  rough 
work. 

8066.  G  666.  Bronze  alloy;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
In  two  places  wire  has  been  wound  round  the  hoop 
to  diminish  its  size. 

A  two-headed  lion,  body  r.,  with  a  snake  issuing 
from  under  its  front  paw. 

8067.  G  587.  Iron  ring;  solid  flat  bezel;  the 
whole  hoop  encased  in  a  white  metal  alloy  ham- 
mered on;  the  bezel  capped  with  gold-coloured 
bronze  alloy. 

Under  a  winged  disk,  three  hawks  1. 

8068.  G  723.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel. 
Above,  three  geese  1. ;  below,  a  crocodile  1. 

8069.  G  570.  Gold-coloured  alloy;  flat  solid  bezel. 
Hoop  broken. 

A  hawk  with  open  wings  r. 

8070.  G  570.    Iron;  flat  solid  bezel. 

A  hawk  1. ;  before  its  feet  a  snake,  behind  it  a 
flail  (?). 

8071.  G  188.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  flat  bezel. 
A  hawk  1. ;  before  its  feet  a  snake. 

8072.  G  170.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 

A  hawk  r.,  wearing  disk  crown;  before  its  feet 
a  snake. 

8073.  G  680.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

A  hawk  r. ;  before  its  feet  a  snake. 

8074.  G  536.  Yellowish  alloy;  flat  solid  bezel. 
Hoop  broken. 

Two  facing  hawks. 

8075.  G  229.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

On  the  1.  an  ibis  facing  r.    To  the  r.  another 
bird.    Poor  work  and  much  corroded. 


8076.  G  479.    Bronze  ring. 

Isis  with  spread  wings  and  serpent  body. 

8077.  G  241.  Copper- coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

As  the  last. 

8078.  G  400.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Winged  lion  1. 

8079.  G  723.  Gold-coloured  alloy;  very  small 
thin  flat  bezel;  hoop  very  thin. 

Horned  and  bearded  serpent  erect  on  its  tail. 

8080.  G  572.    Iron;  flat  solid  bezel. 
Hawk-headed  lion  (Harmachis)  wearing  pschent 

crown.    Over  its  back  rayed  sun  on  the  horizon 
;  below,  a  kind  of  net  basket,  or  perhaps  a 
shrine. 

8081.  G  118.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Ammon  ram  with  disk  on  head  recumbent  on 

a  shrine ;  palm-branch  over  back. 

8082.  G  297.  Iron;  flat  solid  bezel.  The  hoop 
has  been  encased  in  a  sheet  of  white  metal  alloy 
hammered  on.  Ammon  ram  (?)  and  indistinct 
objects.    Much  corroded. 

8083.  G  399.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Composite  animal,  with  hawk's  head  and  foot, 
body  and  tail  of  crocodile.    Ankh  in  field. 

8084.  G  331.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Ammon  ram,  wearing  disk  and  horns,  recumbent 
on  a  base. 

8085.  G  614.  White  metal  alloy;  solid  projecting 
bezel.  The  hoop  has  been  cut  behind  and  the 
ends  overlapped  to  diminish  its  circumference. 

Hawk-headed  crocodile  holding  object,  re- 
cumbent on  shine. 

8086.  G  765.    Tin  ring. 

Calf  (?)  recumbent  on  narrow  base. 

8087.  G  170.  White  metal  alloy,  apparently  with 
iron  core;  solid  projecting  bezel. 

Isis  in  the  form  of  an  ura?us  with  spread  wings. 
Rough  work. 

8088.  G  117.    Silver  ring. 

Horus  (?)  1.  kneeling  on  one  knee.  In  his  right 
hand  he  holds  the  sacred  eye;  above  his  head  are 
indistinct  symbols. 

8089.  G  384.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

Head  of  hawk  ((Osiris)  r.,  flanked  by  ibis  and 
hawk  (Thoth  and  Horus). 

8090.  G  172.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

Draped  figure  advancing  r.  and  holding  a 
staff  in  left  hand.    Much  corroded. 

8091.  G  718.    Iron;  thin  flat  bezel. 

Figure  similar  to  last;  perhaps  Isis,  though 
the  staff  I  is  properly  the  attribute  of  male 
divinities. 


THE  METAL  OBJECTS 


65 


8092.  G  541.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel. 
Upper  part  of  figure  facing  1. ;  wears  head- 
dress of  Amen-Re  ( ?)  and  holds  in  left  hand  the  1 
sceptre.    Probably  a  debased  copy  of  ^ . 

8093.  G  572.  Iron;  flat  bezel.  Inside  of  hoop 
overlaid  with  sheet  of  white  metal  alloy. 

Head  r.    Head-dress  of  three  plumes.  Much 
corroded. 

8094.  G  679.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Head    r.    of    being    wearing    uraeus.  Much 

corroded. 

8095.  G  558.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Head  of  Isis,  I.,  wearing  vulture  head-dress 

surmounted  by  horned  disk. 

8096.  G  399. 

Gold-coloured  alloy;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Similar  subject  to  8095  with  addition  of  stars 
in  field. 

8097.  G  400.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Similar  subject  to  last. 

8098.  G  765.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Similar  subject. 

8099.  G  527.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Similar  subject. 

8100.  G  723.  Gold-coloured  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel;  very  thin  hoop. 

Similar  subject. 

8101.  G  669.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel;  very  thin  hoop. 

Similar  subject. 

8102.  G  694.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel;  very  thin  hoop. 

Similar  subject. 

8103.  G  723.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel;  very  thin  hoop. 

Similar  subject. 

8104.  G  772. 

Similar  subject  to  8093,  8107;  but  obscure. 

8105.  G  683.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel;  the  hoop  once  overlaid  with  sheet 
of  white  metal  alloy. 

Head  of  Isis  r.,  wearing  vulture  head-dress 
surmounted  by  horned  disk. 

8106.  G  558.    Bronze  ring. 

Similar  subject  with  addition  of  stars  in  field. 

8107.  G  616.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Head  of  Ammon  ram 

8108.  G  449.  Tin. 

Head  of  Ammon  ram,  disk  above,  1. 

8109.  G  657.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Head  of  Ammon  ram,  disk  above,  r. 

8110.  G  161.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel. 
Scarabaeus  seen  full-face.    He  has  the  head  of 

Bes  wearing  a  kind  of  atef  crown,  the  wings  are 

5 


extended,  the  two  arms  outstretched,  the  hands 
holding  sceptres  | . 

81 1 1.  G  445.    Iron;  solid  bezel. 

Apparently  the  figure  of  a  hawk  with  extended 
wings,  human  arms,  and  a  disk  above  the  head. 
The  hands  hold  the  Nubian  ankh  (resembling 
the  Coptic  cross).  Much  corroded.  Cf.  L.  D. 
v.  42,  No.  77;  also  the  following  ring  81 12. 

81 12.  G  671.    Gold-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel. 
Human-headed  bird  figure  advancing  r.  The 

figure  wears  the  double  crown  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt  and  carries  in  its  right  hand  the  crook 
and  flail,  in  its  left  hand  a  fruit  or  flower  held 
to  the  mouth.  The  wings  are  extended  and  the 
feet  hold  wreaths  or  rings.    See  text  above,  p.  63. 

81 13.  G  323.    Bronze  ring  with  iron  bezel. 
Head  of  Ammon  ram  wearing  disk  and  plumes, 

between  two  other  rams'  heads,  representing 
either  Ra  or  another  form  of  Ammon,  wearing 
disk  supported  by  uraei  or  a  heb  sign 

81 14.  G  711.    Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel. 
Similar  subject  to  last. 

8115.  G  521.  Gold-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel; 
the  hoop  once  cased  in  white  metal  alloy  ham- 
mered over  it. 

Similar  subject. 

81 16.  G  170.  Bronze. 

Head  of  ram  (?)  crowned,  with  pendant  uraei; 
a  branch  below.    Cf.  8123. 

81 17.  G  647.  Iron;  solid  projecting  bezel  capped 
with  yellow  alloy.  Three  rams'  (?)  heads  with 
disks  and  pendant  urasi;  below,  heb  sign. 

81 18.  G  170.  Bronze  hoop  with  solid  bezel  of 
white  metal  alloy. 

Head  of  Ammon  ram  with  disk. 

81 19.  G  694.  Light-coloured  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel  capped  with  yellow  alloy. 

Similar  subject  to  last. 

8120.  G  521.  White  metal  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel. 

Head  of  Ammon  ram  with  horns. 

8121.  G  242.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel, 
hoop  mended  by  soldering. 

Heads  of  hawk  (Horus)  wearing  the  crown  of 
Upper  and  Lower  Egypt;  and  of  ibis  with  head- 
dress of  Thoth. 

8122.  G  437.  Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel  capped  with  lighter  metal. 

Bucranium  with  two  plumes  between  two 
rams'  heads  with  head-dress  of  Thoth.  Probably 
a  debased  variety  of  the  type  seen  in  81 13-5. 

8123.  G  759.  White  metal  alloy;  solid  projecting 
bezel. 

Head  of  ram  with  head-dress  like  that  of  Thoth, 
uraei  at  either  side.    Cf.  81 16. 

8124.  G  691.  Alloy,  largely  iron;  solid  projecting 
bezel  capped  with  yellow  alloy. 

Head  of  Ammon  ram  with  uraei  and  disk. 


66 


KARANOG 


8125.  G  544.  Brass. 
Girdle  knot. 

8126.  G  521.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  solid  bezel. 
Ankh. 

8127.  G    723.    Gold-coloured    alloy;  small  solid 
bezel;  very  thin  hoop. 

Ankh. 

8128.  G  536.    Copper-coloured  alloy;  small  solid 
bezel;  very  thin  hoop. 

Eye  of  Horus. 

8129.  G  638.    Iron;  flat  bezel. 

Stone  from  bezel  missing.    Round  edge  a  Greek 


inscription  CAPAHICICrATOONOIIATOY.  On 
either  side,  on  the  hoop,  roughly  incised,  an 
upright  human  figure  with  star  (?)  crown  and 
long  staff,  presumably  Sarapis. 

8130.  G  644.    White  metal  alloy;  solid  projecting 
bezel. 

Subject  uncertain. 

8131.  G  723.    Yellow  alloy;  small  solid  bezel. 
Cross-hatching. 

8132.  G   391.       White  metal  alloy;  solid  pro- 
jecting bezel. 

Much  corroded;  subject  uncertain. 


C.  Iron. 

Kohlsticks  both  of  bronze  and  of  iron  are  numerous  and  a  fair  number  of  them  are  simply 
ornamented  with  hammered  patterns  on  the  stem  or  with  some  device  such  as  a  bird  or  a  human 
hand  at  the  reverse  end;  a  selection  of  these  is  shown  on  PI.  36. 
Locks  and  Perhaps  the  most  curious  iron  object  is  the  top  of  a  cylindrical  box  (7460,  PI.  25)  found  in 

tomb  G  45 ;  the  wooden  box  had  been  entirely  consumed  by  white  ants.  It  is  provided  with  an 
iron  spring  lock,  the  construction  of  which  is  perfectly  obvious  though  the  spring  itself  is  broken. 
The  keyhole  is  in  the  centre  of  the  lid,  the  iron  hasp  was  driven  into  the  wood;  the  lid  had  a 
wooden  lining,  the  nails  which  held  the  whole  together  being  still  in  place.  It  might  be  assumed 
that  this  is  an  imported  object,  but  the  finding  of  several  iron  keys  with  complex  wards,  some 
of  fair  size  and  some  small  and  attached  to  finger- rings,  together  with  the  presence  of  locks  on 
several  of  the  wooden  caskets,  shows  that  such  contrivances  if  not  locally  made  were  at  least 
well-known.  A  pair  of  scissors  (7458,  PI.  35)  has  a  curiously  modern  appearance,  and  the  same 
mightbesaid  of  the  cold  chisel  (7367,  PI.  36),  while  an  adze-head  (7459,  PI.  35)  found  under  the 
foundations  of  the  superstructure  wall  of  G  672  is  exactly  similar  to  the  small  turiya  used  by  the 
Nubian  of  to-day. 

Arrows.  The  arrow-heads,  of  which  whole  sets  were  found  sufficiently  rusted  together  to  preserve 

the  shape  of  the  now  decayed  quiver  that  had  contained  them,  show  great  diversity  of  type. 
The  'harpoon'  shape  is  the  most  common,  after  which  come  varieties  of  the  leaf  form,  sometimes 
with  the  addition  of  a  small  curved  barb  close  to  the  haft.  Occasionally  they  have  a  chisel- 
shaped  cutting  edge  (7202,  PI.  34),  a  few  are  solid  and  almost  pointless  (7237,  PI.  34)  while  others 
have  from  two  to  six  barbs;  a  double-pointed  head  appears  on  PI.  34,  Fig.  7238,  and  the  strange 
open-work  arrow  7266  is  a  variety  whose  purpose  it  would  be  hard  to  explain.  All  are  iron  with 
the  exception  of  two,  one  of  which  is  7234  (PI.  34).  The  shaft  of  the  arrows  were  of  reed,  the  iron 
haft  being  inserted  and  the  end  of  the  shaft  bound  round  with  sinew.     (7373,  PI-  36.) 


APPENDIX 


Analysis  of  Metals. 


Report  by  Professor  W.  Gowland,  F.  R.  S.,  A.  R.  S.  M.,  on  the  Metal  Objects  from  Nubia. 

The  metal  objects  consist  of  five  conical  bowls  and  eight  finger  rings.  They  are  of  extreme 
interest  as  illustrating  the  use  of  metals  and  alloys  during  the  period  to  which  they  belong.  They 
have  been  examined  in  my  Laboratory  at  the  Royal  School  of  Mines,  with  the  results  given  below: 


Bowls. 

No.  7151,  G  26,  much  contorted,  also  broken  on  one  side.  Approximate  diameter  4  in., 
and  about  2  in.  deep.    A  fragment  was  analysed  with  the  following  results: 


Copper   80.81 

Tin   1308 

Lead   5.14 

Iron   0.29 

Nickel  and  cobalt   0.46 


99.78 


It  hence  consists  of  copper-tin  bronze  containing  lead.  Several  statuettes  and  other  objects 
found  in  Egypt  are  composed  of  copper-tin-lead  alloys,  in  which  the  metals  are  in  varying  pro- 
portions; generally  with  somewhat  less  tin  and  more  lead  than  in  this  analysis.  Roman  coins 
of  pre-Christian  times  were  frequently  of  a  similar  alloy,  those  of  later  date  being  usually  much 
lower  in  tin.    The  interior  of  this  bowl  is  tinned. 

No.  7117,  G  39.  Diameter  5^  in.,  depth  3J  in.  This  was  not  analysed,  but  an  examination 
by  the  touchstone  showed  it  to  consist  of  a  similar  alloy  to  the  above  slightly  richer  in  copper. 
Its  interior  is  of  a  fine  golden  colour,  but  this  is  the  colour  of  the  alloy,  it  has  not  been  'gilt. 

No.  7150,  G  123-A.  Diameter  4J  in.,  depth  i|  in.  This  bowl  is  of  similar  composition  to 
No.  7151,  and  is  tinned  both  internally  and  externally. 

No.  7128,  G  520.  Diameter  4$  in.,  depth  2\  in.  This  bowl  is  of  extreme  thinness,  but  has 
its  rim  slightly  thickened,  and  it  has  also  been  tinned.  It  affords  a  striking  example  of  the  great 
skill  possessed  by  the  workers  in  metal  of  the  period.    It  resembles  No.  71 17  in  composition. 

No.  7136,  G  600.  Diameter  4%  in.,  depth  about  2^  in.  It  consists  of  pewter,  an  alloy  of 
lead  and  tin  much  used  by  the  Romans. 

(For  the  composition  of  Roman  pewter  see  Analysis  by  me  in  "Archaeologia, "  volume  56, 
page  17.) 

Finger  Rings. 

No.  8106,  G  558  \ 

No.  8116,  G  170  V  Bronze  approximately  resembling  in  composition  the  bowl  No.  7151. 
No.  8076,  G  479  j 

No.  81 13,  G  323     Of  similar  bronze  to  the  above,  with  the  seal  portion  of  steely  iron. 
No.  8088,  G  117  Silver. 

No:  8108,  G  449  [    .       The  use  of  this  metal  for  finger  rings  is,  I  believe,  unique;  at  least 


No.  8086,  G  765  j        '  no  example  is  known  to  me. 

No.  8125,  G  544     Brass,  copper-zinc  alloy  without  tin. 

(67) 


68 


KARANOG 


The  first  brass  that  I  have  been  able  to  find  was  a  Roman  coin  of  20  b.  c.  From  that  time, 
for  about  200  years  the  Romans  made  brass  coins  consisting  of  from  75  to  about  80  per  cent  of 
copper,  the  remainder  being  zinc,  and  without  tin.  They  were  not  content  with  making  only  coins 
but  they  also  made  ornamental  brasswork  and  brass  also  was  used  in  the  manufacture  of  what  has 
been  erroneously  described  as  bronze  armour.  Some  brass  ornamental  mountings  of  a  wooden 
casket,  dating  from  about  the  third  century  of  our  era,  were  dug  up  at  Silchester  and  on  analysis 
were  found  to  consist  of: 


and  at  Melrose  a  suit  of  Roman  scale  armour  has  been  unearthed  and  has  practically  the  same 
composition. 

The  ring,  too,  is  of  a  similar  alloy. 

The  people  who  made  the  above  objects  were  no  mean  workers  in  metals.  The  bowls  have 
been  turned  on  some  appliance  of  the  nature  of  a  lathe,  in  the  use  of  which  great  skill  had  been 
attained. 


Copper 


Zinc  . 
Lead  . 
Iron . 
Silver 


Nickel  and  cobalt 
Tin  


80.42  per  cent. 

18.77  "  " 

•09  " 

.62  "  " 

trace  "  " 

nil  "  " 

nil  "  " 


99.90 


W.  GOWLAND. 


CHAPTER  IX 


A.    Objects  of  Wood  and  Ivory. 

It  has  been  stated  that  amongst  the  objects  deposited  in  the  tombs  were  toilet-cases  and 
kohlboxes  of  wood  or  of  wood  and  ivory;  of  the  more  important  of  these  a  detailed  description 
must  be  given. 

The  finest  example  (7519,  PI.  24)  was  found  in  G  45,  the  grave  of  a  young  woman.  When  The  Figured 
first  seen  in  the  darkness  of  the  low  and  narrow  brick  chamber  it  appeared  perfect,  but  a  closer  Toilet-case. 
examination  showed  that  the  woodwork  had  been  entirely  consumed  by  white  ants.  The  shape 
of  the  casket  was  preserved  but  the  walls  had  been  reduced  to  a  thin  film  of  crumbling  dust; 
the  fragments  of  ivory  inlay  remained  precariously  balanced  in  position  or  had  tilted  backwards 
and  were  imbedded  in  the  dust  of  the  perished  wood,  while  a  few  littered  the  floor  round  about. 
It  was  impossible  to  remove  or  even  to  touch  the  casket.  Accordingly  the  front  and  sides  were 
sprayed  with  boiling  paraffin  wax,  wax  was  poured  liberally  over  the  top,  and  the  whole  was 
converted  into  a  mass  solid  enough  to  be  lifted  with  due  care  from  the  grave.  After  the  super- 
fluous wax  had  been  removed  the  photograph  was  taken  which  is  reproduced  on  PI.  25.  For 
purposes  of  restoration  a  new  casket  had  to  be  made  to  the  exact  measurement  of  the  old.  Each 
piece  of  ivory  was  then  lifted  out  and  inserted  in  the  modern  wood  precisely  in  its  original  position ; 
as  even  where  the  inlay  had  fallen  out  altogether  its  impress  remained  visible  under  the  wax, 
the  work  of  restoration  could  be  carried  out  with  certainty,  and  the  reconstructed  casket  as  shown 
on  PI.  24  is  an  exact  facsimile  of  the  original.  When  a  piece  of  inlay  was  missing,  as  was  some- 
times the  case,  no  attempt  was  made  to  replace  it  with  a  new  piece;  all  the  ivory  is  therefore 
original.  Of  the  wood  in  the  new  casket  the  only  original  parts  are  the  two  front  knob  feet; 
these  had  escaped  the  ravages  of  the  ants,  and  the  box  had  settled  down  upon  them  so  that  only 
when  it  was  taken  to  pieces  were  they  found,  imbedded  in  its  base.  There  had  been  a  lock-plate 
in  the  front,  but  this  was  missing;  only  the  iron  hasp  remained.  This  casket,  like  the  others, 
was  not  new  or  even  perfect  when  placed  in  the  grave. 

The  two  sides  of  the  box  and  the  top  of  the  lid  were  simply  treated  with  a  double  cross 
pattern  in  small  diamond-shaped  pieces  of  ivory,  and  each  side  of  the  lid  with  a  row  of  three  plain 
crosses.  The  main  decoration  was  reserved  for  the  front.  On  either  side  of  this  was  a  tall 
rectangular  panel  divided  into  two  unequal  fields  and  surmounted  by  a  lunette  which  contained 
a  filling-ornament  derived  from  the  snake  motive.  In  the  lower  field  of  each  panel  was  a  couched 
sphinx,  facing  inwards;  in  the  upper  field  was  a  human  figure  seen  full  face.  The  figure  is  female, 
almost  nude;  there  is  drapery  behind  the  body,  apparently  intended  to  be  hanging  from  the 
shoulders,  whence  it  descends  to  the  ankles;  a  fold  crosses  in  front  of  the  legs  about  the  knees 
and  is  held  in  position  by  one  hand.  The  women  stand  straight  upright  with  both  arms  by  the 
sides;  they  wear  armlets  high  up  towards  the  shoulder  and  bracelets  upon  their  wrists;  the  feet 
are  bare;  the  hair  seems  to  be  twisted  or  crimped  into  horizontal  waves  or  into  ringlets  forming 
a  close  frame  round  the  face. 

The  figures  are  cut  each  in  one  piece  of  ivory  on  which  the  details  were  marked  by  incised 
lines  filled  with  some  dark  colouring  matter;  but  the  whole  process  is  one  of  elaborate  inlay,  quite 
different  from  that  by  which  solid  panels  of  ivory  with  painted  or  engraved  subjects  were  inserted 
bodily  in  the  framework  of  a  casket  (see  below,  p.  71).    The  great  example  of  the  latter  technique 

(69) 


;o  KARA  NOG 

The  Figured  is  the  'bridal  casket'  in  the  Cairo  Museum.*  Here  the  leading  motive  is  again  that  of  human 
ox  e  -case.  f^„uves  p0secj  un(Jer  arches  supported  by  slender  columns,  and  here  too  the  star  is  commonly- 
used,  as  in  7518,  for  a  ground-filling  ornament;  but  the  style  is  comparatively  free  and  vigorous, 
the  figures  are  classically  draped,  and  except  as  regards  material  and  some  minor  points  of 
technique  the  casket  bears  but  little  resemblance  to  the  interesting  but  barbarous  work  of 
Nubian  art.  The  Cairo  specimen,  which  comes  from  Sakkarah,  is  dated,  partly  from  analogy 
with  a  Christian  casket  in  the  British  Museum,  to  the  third  or  fourth  century;  it  is  therefore 
contemporary  with  or  perhaps  later  than  that  from  Karandg. 

Between  the  panels  and  below  the  hollow  for  the  lock  plate  are  three  beaded  festoons.  The 
uppermost  has  a  small  amulet  hanging  from  its  centre,  and  from  the  middle  one  hangs  a  large 
full-face  lion's  head.  Above  on  the  edge  of  the  lid  are  three  festoons,  the  two  outermost  con- 
taining each  three  upright  lotus-buds,  the  central  one  a  lion's  head  seen  full-face  resting  on  a 
horizontal  line.  The  whole  design,  as  well  as  the  lock-plate,  is  enclosed  by  a  frame  of  small 
diamond-shaped  pieces  of  inlay.  The  casket  is  0.227  m.  high,  0.26  m.  wide,  and  0.206  m.  deep. 
Inside  the  casket  was  the  very  handsome  kohlbox  7514,  PI.  25.  The  two  ends  have  a  chequer- 
pattern  of  wood  and  ivory,  both  materials  being  incrustation  on  the  solid  cylinder,  and  in  the 
centre  are  half-columns  of  lathe-turned  ivory.  Fortunately  this  was  in  good  condition  and  no 
The  Floral  drastic  methods  of  restoration  were  necessary.  It  is  0.176  m.  long.  Another  fine  toilet-case  was 
Toilet-case.  founcj  in  the  filling  of  the  superstructure  of  G  140  (7518,  PI.  21).  The  box,  apparently  alreadv 
broken,  had  been  thrown  onto  the  roof  of  the  brick  vault  of  the  tomb  chamber,  and  the  fillinj; 
of  the  superstructure,  earth  and  sand  and  broken  brick,  had  then  been  poured  in  on  the  top  of  it, 
smashing  it  to  pieces.  Subsequently  it  had  been  to  a  great  extent  devoured  by  white  ants. 
This  casket  had  therefore  to  be  treated  like  the  other;  only  the  lower  halves  of  the  two  sides  were 
tolerably  solid  and  could  be  let  in  to  the  modern  woodwork  of  the  reconstructed  box.  As  before, 
however,  the  pattern  of  the  front  could  be  restored  with  perfect  accuracy,  and  of  the  top  of  the 
lid,  though  only  two  corners  had  not  perished  utterly,  enough  remained  to  give  an  idea  of  the 
decoration.  The  casket  is  0.228  m.  high,  0.26  m.  wide,  and  0.21  m.  deep.  The  sides  are  simply 
treated;  in  the  centre  is  a  white  square  of  inlay  containing  a  black  diamond,  and  the  four  corners 
of  the  square  are  connected  with  those  of  the  casket  by  narrow  strips  of  ivory.  On  the  top  of 
the  lid  there  was  a  central  motive  which  has  wholly  disappeared.  From  this  there  radiated  to 
each  corner  a  curling  spray  of  some  plant  with  pointed  tripartite  leaves  and  clusters  of  berries. 
These  four  branches  were  separated  by  larger  single  leaves  with  double  stalks,  each  leaf  pointing 
towards  the  middle  of  the  side  of  the  lid. 

The  middle  of  the  front  was  occupied  by  three  concentric  rectangles  of  strip  inlay.  The 
innermost  of  them  was  plain,  the  next  decorated  with  striated  lines  and  dots;  the  third  was 
plain  but  was  not  carried  all  round,  gaps  being  left  in  the  middle  of  each  side.  Above  this  rectangle 
were  two  five-pointed  stars,  made  with  long  drop-shaped  pieces  of  ivory  ;  on  either  side  of  it  was 
a  long-stemmed  elaborately  conventionalized  lotus-flower  flanked  by  two  buds  springing  from 
the  same  base.  The  whole  pattern  was  surrounded,  except  along  the  top,  by  a  border  in  which 
crosses  and  rosettes  in  square  compartments  alternated  with  four-pointed  stars.  This  border 
only  continued  up  the  sides  of  the  body  of  the  box;  the  front  of  the  lid  was  given  over  to  a  free 
floral  motive,  two  trailing  branches  similar  to  those  upon  the  top  of  the  lid  running  from  the 
corners  to  the  centre,  where  a  heavy  grape-cluster  hung  from  their  united  stems. 

After  the  box  had  been  some  time  in  use  the  four  upright  angles  were  rudely  bound  with 
brass,  two  drop-handles  were  added  in  the  front  and,  for  decorative  purposes  merely,  a  circular 
lock-plate  was  nailed  on  in  such  a  way  as  effectually  to  cover  the  original  keyhole  and  the  broken 
lock.  The  repairs  were  carried  out  without  much  regard  to  the  original  design,  so  that  the  general 
effect  of  the  casket  as  it  stands  is  rather  inharmonious. 


*  Strzygowski,  Catalogue  du  Musee  du  Caire.    Koptische  Kunst,  PH.  xi-xiii. 


OBJECTS  OF  WOOD  AND  IVORY 


71 


The  small  casket  7517  shown  on  PI.  22  had  been  not  less  roughly  mended.  This  is  panelled,  Other 
the  sides  and  bottom  being  well  rabbeted  in  to  the  more  solid  framework.  The  frame  is  decorated  Toilet-case 
with  rows  of  dots  alternately  large  and  small;  the  sides  are  divided  into  four  compartments  of 
strip  inlay,  each  occupied  by  a  cross;  a  single  similar  compartment  decorates  either  end  and 
three  compartments  the  lid.  The  lid  is  a  sliding  one  with  a  flat  projecting  handle  at  the  end  at 
which  it  opens;  it  has  twice  been  cracked  lengthways  down  the  middle  and  in  each  case  has  been 
rudely  restored  with  bronze  rivets.  The  frame  of  the  box  has  also  been  bound  with  strips 
of  bronze,  a  bungled  piece  of  work,  for  the  metal  is  jagged  and  ill-flattened  and  the  nails  project 
at  all  angles;  and  under  the  sliding  lid  there  has  been  nailed  on  a  perfectly  useless  lock-plate. 
The  two  ring-handles  in  either  side  may  be  original.  The  casket  measures  0.236  m.  by  0.117  m. 
and  with  its  short  legs  stands  0.165  m.  high.  It  remains  in  the  condition  in  which  it  was  found, 
no  repairs  to  it  having  been  necessary.  Remains  of  a  number  of  similarly  constructed  panelled 
caskets  were  found ;  in  some  cases  the  framework  only  had  been  of  wood  and  the  panels  had  been 
plates  of  ivory;  one  or  two  such  plates  were  found.  A  box  so  made  would  resemble  that  with 
painted  ivory  plaques  found  by  Professor  Flinders  Petrie  at  Hawara.* 

The  small  casket  7516,  PI.  22,  is  differently  made,  the  sides  being  dovetailed  into  each  other; 
the  lid  slides  in  a  groove.  The  decoration  consists  of  lines  of  dots,  alternately  large  and  small, 
which  divide  the  field  up  into  small  squares  each  occupied  by  a  rosette.  The  rosettes  here,  as 
in  the  floral  casket  and  like  the  crosses  and  figures  on  the  other  two,  are  cut  out  of  one  piece  of 
ivory  on  which  the  design  is  then  made  with  deeply  engraved  lines.  The  lines  are  filled  up  with 
a  brownish-black  substance  of  the  same  colour  as  the  surrounding  wood.  Sometimes  the  central 
dot  of  the  rosette  is  really  the  head  of  a  small  ivory  peg  driven  through  to  keep  the  inlay  in  place. 

A  similar  box  of  rather  simpler  design  was  found  in  G  521  and  is  in  the  Cairo  Museum;  a 
photograph  of  it  appears  on  PI.  22. 

On  PI.  23  are  shown  some  of  the  kohlpots  and  smaller  toilet-boxes  of  which  complete  Kohlboxes, 
specimens  or  remains  in  various  stages  of  decay  were  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  tombs. 
These  are  all  of  wood,  lathe-turned,  sometimes  with  no  other  ornament  than  that  given  by 
their  skilful  turning,  sometimes  decorated  with  ivory  inlay.  The  inlaid  examples  are  generally 
plain  cylinders,  the  most  common  decoration  on  them  consisting  of  the  Noah's  ark  tree-pattern 
or  the  Nubian  version  of  the  ankh.  The  plain  kohlpots  were  generally  turned  with  narrow  flat 
ridges  or,  more  often,  in  a  succession  of  sectional  curves,  giving  almost  the  effect  of  a  number  of 
flattened  wooden  balls  strung  on  a  stick.  There  were  found  the  fragments  of  only  one  other 
kohlbox  of  wood  and  ivory  so  elaborate  as. the  columnar  specimen  from  G  45.  One  or  two 
were  of  interest  as  having  the  surface  covered  with  chip-carving;  a  curious  example  was 
accurately  turned  round  the  rim  where  it  was  to  receive  the  lid,  but  the  rest  of  the  cylinder  was 
left  as  a  rough  twisted  piece  of  stick  with  projecting  knots.  Of  the  small  cylindrical  toilet- 
boxes,  which  resemble  the  patch-boxes  of  the  eighteenth  century,  some  were  very  neatly 
fashioned  with  concentric  circles  on  the  lids,  knob  handles,  and  plain  or  lightly-grooved  walls; 
one  or  two  of  them  were  extremely  diminutive,  7686  from  G  561  being  no  more  than  0.01  m. 
high  and  0.016  m.  in  diameter.  One  of  the  kohlboxes  was  noteworthy  as  being  still  in  its 
case  of  coarse  linen  and  string  net;  the  iron  kohlstick  is  pushed  into  the  case  alongside  the  box. 
One  kohlpot  was  inlaid  with  strips  of  fibrous  wood  or  cane  set  transversely  to  the  length  of  the 
cylinder.  More  interesting  technically  was  7616  from  G  682.  This  was  a  cylindrical  wooden 
box  of  about  0.175  m-  diameter  and  0.10  m.  high;  the  surface  of  the  wood  had  been  coloured 
deep  brown  with  some  pigment,  apparently  mineral;  over  this  had  been  laid  two  horizontal 
bands  of  colour,  green  and  grey,  while  further  colour-relief  was  obtained  by  lathe-turned  grooves 
which  cut  through  the  prepared  surface  to  the  original  wood.    The  whole  box  was  then  coated 


*  Hawara,  Biahmu  and  Arsinoe,  PI.  xviii ;  cf.  also  Cairo  Museum,  7065-7. 


72 


KARANOG 


Kohlboxes.  with  a  kind  of  gummy  varnish,  light  brown  in  colour,  which  gave  it  a  rich  lustrous  appearance. 

Unfortunately  this  box  had  been  attacked  by  white  ants  and  only  fragments  remained  to  represent 
its  peculiar  technique;  in  the  two  or  three  other  cases  where  similar  boxes  had  been  deposited 
in  the  tombs  the  destruction  had  been  even  more  thorough  and  there  were  left  of  them  only 
minute  fragments  which  it  was  not  worth  while  to  preserve. 


B.    The  Glass  Vessels. 

There  were  recovered  from  the  cemetery  twenty-eight  glass  vessels  either  intact  or  capable 
of  restoration,  and  a  large  number  of  graves  contained  fragments  more  or  less  considerable, 
showing  that  originally  glass  vessels  were  of  by  no  means  rare  occurrence  amongst  the  tomb 
furniture. 

ntque.  All  the  vessels  are  of  blown  glass.  The  quality  of  the  technique  varies  greatly;  thus  7361 
(PI.  39)  in  spite  of  its  height  of  0.283  m.  has  walls  of  quite  remarkable  thinness,  very  transparent 
and  free  from  flaws  or  bubbles,  whereas  the  small  jar  7351  (PI.  39)  is  rudely  shaped  in  glass  of  a 
greenish  hue,  almost  opaque,  with  a  heavily  pitted  surface.  In  most  instances  the  glass  is  of  a 
greenish  or  blue-greenish  colour,  sometimes,  as  in  7349,  7354,  very  light  in  tint  and  approaching 
to  white;  this  being  in  part  due  to  the  thinness  of  the  glass.  The  bowl  7343  is  of  a  green-brown 
amber  colour;  the  bottle  7340  is  also  of  a  dark  colour,  purplish-brown  decorated  with  a  thread  of 
opaque  white  glass  wound  spirally  round  it.  Only  one  piece  (C.  40092,  PI.  39),  now  in  the  Cairo 
Museum,  has  been  blown  into  a  mould  of  fancy  shape,  it  gives  a  rough  representation  of  a  grape- 
cluster.  A  certain  number  of  the  vessels,  chiefly  those  of  the  "  Delphinflasche  "  type,  of  which 
7352  is  a  fine  example,  are  cut,  but  the  ornament  is  limited  to  straight  lines,  circles  and  ellipses. 
On  some  of  these  there  were  in  the  engraved  lines  traces  apparently  of  a  yellow  colouring  matter; 
probably  the  lines  had  been  gilded,  a  thing  not  uncommon  in  Roman  cut  glass  of  this  type.  The 
horizontal  bands  that  appear  e.  g.  on  7361,  7362  are  more  properly  described  as  etched  than  cut; 
presumably  sand-grinding  was  the  method  here  employed. 

ls>  A  glance  at  Pll.  37,  38  and  39  will  show  that  the  twenty-eight  complete  specimens  of  glass 

give  us  at  least  eleven  different  forms.*  These  forms  are  without  exception  of  widespread 
occurrence. 

The  round-bellied  two-handled  flask  ("Delphinflasche")  of  PI.  38  is  a  type  that  appears 
at  Pompeiif  and  therefore  goes  back  to  the  first  century  a.  d.  A  small  example  resembling 
7348,  but  with  traces  of  a  bronze  handle,  has  been  found  as  far  away  as  CorbridgeJ  in  North- 
umberland and  is  presumably  of  the  second  or  third  century.  Kisa§  illustrates  a  specimen 
from  Koln  with  cut  horizontal  bands  and  circles  like  7359,  and  another  with  a  bronze  stopper 
and  a  bronze  swinging  handle  like  that  of  7352.  In  the  Cairo  Museum  there  is  a  small  example 
(No.  32730)  in  thick  colourless  glass  with  a  cut  design  of  bands  and  ellipses  and  traces  of  a  bronze 
handle;  it  comes  from  Balansourah. 

The  unguentarium  with  straight  tubular  neck  and  flattened  body  more  or  less  triangular 
in  section  is  much  more  common  and  not  less  widely  distributed.  Kisa  distinguishes  between 
two  forms,  that  with  broad  flattened  body  and  angular  outline  (Formentafel  13)  which  he 
attributes  to  a  period  not  later  than  the  middle  of  the  second  century,  and  the  exaggerated  form 
(Formentafel  15)  which  continues  into  the  fourth  century  a.  d.  No.  32631  in  the  Cairo  Museum 
represents  the  former,  No.  32639  the  latter  type;  a  short  squat  example  approaching  rather  to  the 


*Of  the  fragments  only  one  was  certainly  of  a  form 
not  represented  by  any  of  the  perfect  vessels;  but 
it  was  too  incomplete  to  show  what  that  form  had 
originally  been 


fCf.  Museo  Borbonico  v,  PI.  xiii,  4. 
J  The  Roman  Station  of  Corstopitum.  Archffio- 
logia  ^liana,  1908,  Fig.  30. 

§  A.  Kisa.    Das  Glas  im  Altertume,  pp.  123,  125. 


THE  GLASS  VESSELS 


73 


former  class  (No.  32663)  comes  from  the  Labyrinth;  an  example  of  Kisa's  earlier  type  was  found  Forms. 
at  Hawara  and  is  assigned  to  the  Constantine  period.*    Both  forms  occur  commonly  throughout 
the  Roman  Empire.    The  Anibeh  specimen  7355  (PI.  37)  belongs  to  the   earlier   class,  7342 
approximately  to  the  later. 

The  two  vases  7361,  7362  (PL  39)  are  remarkable  for  the  extreme  thinness  of  their  walls; 
the  transport  of  vessels  so  large  and  so  delicate  as  7361  must  have  been  a  matter  of  considerable 
difficulty.  A  specimen  of  the  same  form  and  precisely  the  same  size  as  7362  has  been  found  at 
Kolnf  and  smaller  examples  of  the  type  of  7361  are  reported  from  the  same  site  and  occur  fairly 
frequently  at  other  Roman  stations.  Quite  as  characteristic  and  more  commonly  represented 
are  the  six  and  four-sided  bottle  types  7338  and  7339  (PL  37)  ;  they  are  found  throughout  France, 
Germany  and  England,  and  often  bear  the  manufacturer's  name  or  some  other  inscription;  of 
such  inscribed  specimens  alone  Kisa  (op.  cit.  p.  947)  quotes  fifty  examples  from  European  sites, 
as  well  as  uninscribed  ones  from  Alexandria  (p.  127).  Cairo  Museum  possesses  (No.  32542)  a 
four-sided  bottle  with  reeded  handle  like  7339,  from  Gourneh,  and  a  slight  variant  of  the  type 
(No.  32771)  from  Erment.  These  vessels  are  usually  of  greenish  or  green-brown  glass  somewhat 
coarse  in  texture  and  rather  thick ;  this,  together  with  the  heaviness  of  the  shape,  is  characteristic 
of  the  late  third  and  the  fourth  century  to  which  many  of  them  belong,  but  the  fact  that  examples 
in  light  blue  translucent  glass  are  found  commonly  at  Pompeii  shows  that  the  type  at  least  goes 
back  to  the  first  century. 

The  graceful  flasks  with  pear-shaped  bodies  and  splayed  bell  mouths  (7344-6,  etc.,  PL  37, 
Kisa's  Formentafel  32)  are  also  widely  distributed.  In  the  Cairo  Museum  the  type  is  represented 
by  Nos.  32588,  a  well-made  piece  in  pale  greenish  glass  found  in  the  Fayum,  32597,  and  32596, 
the  last  a  rather  rough  example  from  Hawara  which  is  attributed  to  the  latter  half  of  the  third 
century  a.  d.J  The  variant  of  this  type,  7356  (Kisa's  Formentafel  26),  also  occurs  in  Europe. 
An  example  like  7340  with  a  thread  of  white  glass  wound  in  close  spirals  round  the  body  is  assigned 
by  Kisa  to  the  third  century  or  later,  when  the  technique  was  particularly  common  and  is 
exemplified  on  vases  of  this  and  other  forms  found  throughout  Europe  and  Britain.  To  the  same 
period  belongs  the  other  fancy  vase  C  40092  on  PL  39;  these  grape-cluster  glass  vessels  in  every 
variety  of  form  had  a  great  vogue  in  the  Empire  during  the  third  century  a.  d.  and  later;  Kisa 
quotes  examples  from  Fresin,  Koln  and  the  Marienburg,  and  a  very  delicate  fragment  was 
found  at  Great  Chesters  (Cilurnum)  in  Northumberland.  For  the  small  rough  pot  7351  parallels 
may  be  found  in  the  Cairo  Museum,  Nos.  32532,  32534.  The  bowl  7349  (Kisa's  Formentafel  420) 
is  of  a  form  more  common  in  coloured  brown  or  brownish-green  glass,  e.  g.  Cairo  Museum  32439; 
but  a  transparent  pale  green  example  from  Rum  Ushim  (C.  32778)  bears  a  fairly  close  resemblance 
to  the  Karanog  piece.  For  7343,  PL  37,  the  nearest  parallel  we  have  met  is  a  greenish  glass  bowl 
from  Silchester,  but  this  has  a  more  pronounced  flange  and  a  base-ring.  The  pinched  thumb- 
bowl  C  40091,  PL  39,  is  of  a  form  very  usual  in  Roman  pottery  of  the  Belgic  and  British  provinces ; 
a  glass  example  from  a  German  collection  figured  by  Kisa  on  p.  785  is  precisely  like  that  from 
Karanog,  and  similar  pieces  occur  at  Pompeii. 

All  the  glass  vessels  found  at  Karanbg  are  therefore  characteristic  of  the  Roman  Empire  Place  of 
as  a  whole.    Seeing  that  the  Nubian  showed  such  marked  individuality  in  his  pottery  and  bronze  Manufa 
work  it  is  a  priori  likely  that  if  he  had  made  glass  vessels  some  individual  and  local  features 
would  have  betrayed  themselves  here  also.    Even  if  he  had  borrowed  his  main  forms  from 
Roman  models  we  should  have  expected  some  modification  of  these,  some  digression  in  proof  of 

*Petrie.    Hawara,  Biahmu  and  Arsinoe,  PI.  xx,  16. 

tC.  Bone.    Romische  Glaser  der  Sammlung  des  Herrn  Merkens  in  Koln.    Bonner  Jahrbiicher  lxxxi. 
Tafel  I,  17. 

JPetrie.    Hawara,  Biahmu  and  Arsinoe,  PI.  xix,  6. 


74 


KARANOG 


Place  of  his  originality  as  shown  elsewhere.  But  this  is  not  the  case.  The  vessels  are  without  exception 
ton! of  a  foreign  type,  of  the  stereotyped  patterns  that  prevailed  uniformly  throughout  the  Roman 
Empire;  so  little  are  they  peculiar  to  one  region,  so  devoid  of  individuality,  that  any  one  of  the 
glass  vessels  found  at  Karanog  might  equally  well  have  been  found  anywhere  between  the  Rhine 
and  the  Mediterranean.  As  in  the  case  of  the  terra  sigillata,  such  uniformity  over  so  wide  an  area 
must  be  the  result  not  of  a  single  centre  of  production  but  of  a  limited  number  of  scattered 
centres  working  upon  the  same  lines,  with  the  same  traditions,  for  a  clientele  whose  tastes  were 
subject  to  the  same  civilization.  The  distinctiveness  of  the  independent  Nubian  civilization 
and  its  unconventionally  are  against  the  theory  of  there  having  been  in  Nubia  a  centre  of  glass 
manufacture  in  close  touch  with  those  in  the  Roman  Empire.  Certainlv  the  number  of 
specimens  and  fragments  from  Karanog  is  great,  so  that  if  all  were  imported  the  trade  must 
have  been  considerable,  but  the  traffic  between  Nubia  and  the  North  is  actually  known  from 
other  sources  to  have  been  on  a  fairly  large  scale.  Nearly  all  the  vessels  are  of  the  shapes  used 
abroad  for  oils  and  unguents;  two  of  those  found  actually  retained  their  original  contents,  and  it 
is  probable  that  unguents  were  imported  from  the  North  or  Northwest  (whence  they  would 
naturally  come)  in  their  original  pots.  No  argument  against  the  vessels  having  been  brought 
from  a  distance  can  be  drawn  from  their  fragile  nature.  Along  the  Roman  Wall  have  been 
found  glass  vessels  not  less  delicate,  which  were  certainly  not  made  in  the  neighbourhood,  even 
if  they  were  of  British  fabric  at  all. 

In  the  absence  of  any  definite  proof  to  the  contrary  we  must  suppose  that  vessels  of  blown 
glass  were  not  manufactured  in  Nubia,  but  together  with  various  bronzes,  potteries,  etc.,  were 
imported  into  that  country  along  the  Nile  valley  trade  route,  from  Lower  Egypt  or  from  some 
other  point  within  the  Roman  Empire. 


C.    The  Beads. 


Quantity  oj 

Beads 

Found. 


Material 
and 

Technique. 


Beads  were  very  fashionable  amongst  the  Nubian  women.  They  were  worn,  as  has  already 
been  pointed  out,  around  the  neck,  the  upper  arms,  the  wrists  and  the  ankles,  and  two  necklaces 
were  worn  together  as  often  as  one  single  one.  These  were  buried  with  the  bodies,  and  fortunately 
the  tomb-robbers  in  their  search  for  precious  metals  could  afford  to  leave  alone  altogether  or  to 
throw  on  one  side  the  strings  of  glass  or  stone  beads  that  had  no  intrinsic  value.  Consequently 
the  number  of  beads  found  during  the  excavation  of  the  cemetery  was  very  great,  and  in  the 
majority  of  cases  they  could  be  re-strung  in  their  original  order.  Sometimes  the  original  thread 
was  preserved  intact,  more  often  where  this  had  rotted  away  some  at  least  of  the  beads  preserved 
their  relative  positions  in  the  sand  and  so  could  be  taken  as  a  sample  of  the  whole  set;  it  was 
the  exception  rather  than  the  rule  to  find  a  quantity  of  beads  all  distributed  at  random  over  the 
grave.  Often  indeed  the  grave  had  been  so  thoroughly  plundered  that  beads  and  body  alike  had 
almost  wholly  disappeared;  two  or  three  bones  and  a  single  bead  alone  might  show  what  the 
chamber  had  once  contained;  in  these  cases  the  body  had  probably  been  dragged  up  to  the  light 
for  purposes  of  search,  and  the  beads  had  been  scattered  over  the  surface  of  the  desert.  But 
there  were  very  few  cases  in  which  it  looked  as  if  the  necklace  itself  had  been  sought  for  its  own 
sake;  consequently  where  it  remained  it  remained  often  undisturbed. 

Over  two  hundred  complete  strings  of  beads  were  recovered.  Besides  these  there  were  great 
numbers  of  odd  beads  found,  one,  two  or  three  together  in  the  more  hopelessly  plundered  graves. 
While  therefore  we  have  a  very  fair  criterion  by  which  to  judge  the  whole,  it  must  be  remembered 
that  the  original  number  was  vastly  greater. 

Surprising  for  their  number,  the  beads  were  far  more  astonishing  for  their  variety  and 
excellent  technique.  Some  were  of  stone,  white  quartz,  carnelian  or  agate,  steatite  and  breccia; 
the  great  majority  were  of  glass.    Some  of  the  latter  were  of  transparent  white  glass,  some 


THE  BEADS 


75 


opaque  in  every  shade  of  red,  blue  and  yellow;  there  were  marbled  beads,  millefiori  beads,  mosaic  Material 
beads,  inlay  beads,  and  gilded  and  silvered  glass  beads.    A  representative  selection  illustrated  Technique. 
in  colour  on  PI.  40  shows  their  extraordinary  richness  and  variety. 

For  the  most  part  the  beads  are  made  from  glass  rods  cut  and  rolled.  For  the  variegated  beads 
this  rod  is  itself  a  complex  one  formed  of  a  number  of  slighter  rods  of  different  colours  arranged 
in  a  bundle  and  lightly  fused  together.  When  such  a  rod  is  cut  into  flat  sections  each  face  shows 
the  pattern  that  runs  through  the  length  of  the  rod;  the  method  employed  is  that  of  certain 
sugar-sticks  of  our  youth.  A  small  bead  of  this  type — a  single  one  found  in  a  ruined  tomb — shows 
on  its  flat  sides  a  human  face,  very  finely  rendered  in  a  circle  of  only  0.005  m-  Another  example 
of  the  method  is  illustrated  on  PI.  40,  string  7906.  More  often  the  sections  of  the  composite 
rod  are  not  left  flat  but  are  rolled,  so  as  to  give  either  a  marbled  or  a  millefiori  effect:  Examples 
of  the  former  treatment  are  shown  on  the  plate  in  number  7847,  of  the  latter  in  numbers  781 1, 

79*3- 

In  the  Cairo  Museum  is  a  string  from  G  331  (40099,  PI.  109)  of  deep  blue  paste  spheroids 
with  three  marguerites  in  white  and  yellow  inlaid  in  each  bead.  A  certain  number  of  studs  are 
also  of  inlay  of  a  coarse  sort  (e.  g.  in  Cairo,  40101 ,  PI.  109,  from  G  400).  One  bead,  in  the  form  of 
a  urseus  snake,  is  fashioned  from  variegated  glass,  apparently  by  hand.  A  few  beads  only  are 
moulded;  these  are  rectangular  oblongs  having  on  one  side  raised  dots,  on  the  other  in  low  relief 
a  figure  apparently  of  Harpokrates;  they  are  of  gilt  or  silvered  glass.  Plain  beads  of  gilt  glass 
are  very  common  and  of  all  sizes,  either  discoid  or  spheroid  in  shape. 

The  commonest  arrangement  of  a  string  is  to  have  rather  large  beads,  often  pear-shaped  Arrange- 
pendants  of  glass  or  stone,  separated  from  one  another  by  three  small  spacers  of  which  the  outer  men  ' 
two  are  usually  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  coloured  glass  or  of  carnelian.  Sometimes  there 
are  uniform  strings  of  self-coloured  beads,  or  two  colours  are  strung  alternately;  but,  especially 
in  the  case  of  the  longer  necklace  strings,  the  first  arrangement  is  the  favourite.  When  beads  were 
found  so  scattered  in  a  tomb  that  no  evidence  existed  of  their  original  order,  they  were  re-threaded 
in  a  style  so  far  as  possible  consistent  with  that  prevailing  amongst  the  authenticated  strings. 

At  first  sight  these  beads  recall  nothing  so  much  as  the  decorative  glass-work  of  Venice.  Place  of 
Of  course  any  direct  connection  here  is  out  of  the  question,  as  the  period  covered  by  the  cemetery  ff™u'ac~ 
of  Karan6g  had  ended  well  before  the  factories  of  the  north  Italian  city  had  begun  to  work.  (a)  Distri- 
Still,  Venice  carried  on  and  developed  an  art  already  practised.    Rough  polychrome  beads  are  button. 
common  in  Italian  tombs  of  the  bronze  age.    Fine  millefiori  or  marbled  beads  were  known  in 
Rome  from  the  first  century  onwards.    A  bead  with  glass  mosaic  representing  a  human  face 
is  described  by  Kisa;*  it  is  said  to  have  come  from  Asia  Minor;  a  small  mosaic  plaque  of  similar 
technique  representing  an  owl,  found  in  Egypt, f  is  attributed  to  the  Ptolemaic  period.    In  the 
Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts  there  are  Egyptian  specimens  representing  the  human  face,  and  a 
hawk;  and  other  examples  from  Egypt  are  not  uncommon.    From  the  first  century  onwards 
the  Romans  used  plates  and  other  vessels  of  millefiori  glass ;  the  Naples  Museum  possesses 
some  magnificent  examples,  in  one  of  which  there  are  patches  of  gold  leaf  sandwiched  between 
two  thicknesses  of  glass  very  much  in  the  manner  to  be  described  below. 

Beads  of  gilt  glass  figure  far  more  conspicuously  in  the  collection.  There  are  two  methods 
for  the  manufacture  of  gilt  glass  beads  which  are  given  by  Kisa  (op.  cit.,  p.  834).  'They  were  first 
made,'  he  says,  'out  of  beads  of  colourless  transparent  or  at  any  rate  translucent  glass.  These 
were  cut  in  half,  and  to  the  surface  of  the  section  was  attached  a  small  piece  of  gold  leaf  which 
shone  through  so  that  the  whole  head  seemed  to  be  gilded.  Beads  of  this  sort  appear  already 
as  imported  products  in  the  graves  of  the  middle  La  Tene  period  north  of  the  Alps.' 

*Das  Glas  im  Altertume  I,  p.  130. 

fAt  Tell  Gamayemi,  near  Nebesheh.    It  is  now  in  the  Ashmolean  Museum,  Oxford.    2490,  1887. 


76 


KARANOG 


Place  of  This  system  of  manufacture  is  not  represented  in  the  Karanog  collection;  all  the  beads  are  in 

facture  technique  analogous  rather  to  the  second  class  described  by  Kisa  wherein,  to  secure  a  better  surface, 
(a)  Distri-  they  proceeded  by  'laying  gold  leaf  over  the  surface  of  a  glass  core  and,  by  way  of  protection, 
blowing  over  this  a  thin  film  of  transparent  glass.*  Certainly  in  the  case  of  the  Karanbg  beads 
it  would  seem  difficult  to  describe  the  gilding  material  as  gold  leaf;  it  is  so  extremely  fine  and  is 
applied  to  such  irregular  surfaces,  and  is  sometimes  so  powdery  in  appearance,  that  perhaps 
there  was  here  a  slight  modification  in  the  technique.  Moreover,  the  thin  glass  film  that  covers 
the  gilded  surface  is  the  result  of  dipping  the  bead  into  liquid  glass. 

As  regards  the  date,  Kisa  states  that  the  plating  of  glass  beads  with  gold  leaf,  this  being  the 
simpler  process,  coincides  in  Egypt  with  the  middle  La  Tene  period  of  Europe;  and  that  the 
more  complex  method,  whereby  the  gilding  has  an  outer  protecting  film  of  glass,  was  employed 
there  from  the  fourth  century  onward.  We  do  not  know  upon  what  evidence  this  general  state- 
ment is  made.  We  are  not  ourselves  aware  of  any  authenticated  instances  of  gilded  glass-incased 
beads  of  the  Karanbg  type  being  found  in  early  Ptolemaic  times.  An  earlier  instance  perhaps 
than  that  of  Karanog  occurs  in  the  Ferlini  hoard  from  the  pyramids  of  Meroe,  now  in  the  Munich 
Antiquarium.t  Later  they  became  more  common.  Silvered  glass  beads  manufactured  by 
the  same  process  were  found  at  Hawara,  belonging  to  the  third  or  fourth  century  a.  d.  Gilt 
glass  beads  occur  not  infrequently  in  Coptic  burials.  A  small  string  of  gilt  glass  spheroid  beads, 
some  of  them  joined  together  in  sets  of  three  or  four,  as  occasionally  happens  in  the  Karanog 
examples,  was  found  as  far  afield  as  the  Roman  Wall  in  Britain,  in  Coventina's  well  at  Procolitia.J 
This  well  seems  to  have  been  the  receptacle  for  votive  offerings  throughout  a  long  period,  but  the 
latest  coins  in  it  were  of  the  emperor  Gratian  (375-383  a.d.);  in  any  case  therefore  these  beads 
would  be  contemporary  with  the  cemetery. 

It  might  appear  that  if  the  glass  vessels  were  imported  from  abroad  the  glass  beads  also  would 


*"Uie  Antike  dagegen  verzichtete  darauf  zu- 
gunsten  des  Ueberfanges,  indem  sie  sich  damit 
begniigte,  auf  die  Oberflache  eines  Glaskorpers 
Blattgold  aufzulegen  und  daruber  zum  Schutze 
eine  diinne  Schichte  durchsichtigen  Glases  aufzu- 

blasen   Der  Ueberzug  von  Glasperlen  mit 

Blattgold  fallt  in  Aegypten  mit  unserer  mittleren 
Latenezeit  zusammen,  vom  IV.  Jahrhundert  ab  ist 
der  Ueberfang  dabei  Regel.  "  But  for  the  technical 
question  (aufblasen)  cf.  p.  835,  "das  Ganze  (Gefass) 
dann  in  farblose  flussige  Glasmasse  eingetaucht 
wurde.  " 

tThe  objects  from  the  Ferlini  find  seem  to  be 
somewhat  earlier  than  those  from  Karanog.  Cer- 
tainly the  imported  bronze  vessels  are  finer,  and  of 
a  much  bolder,  less  conventional  type,  which 
should  belong  to  the  first  century  b.  c.  The 
engraved  rings  from  Meroe,  though  quite  of  the 
Karandg  class,  are  far  less  degenerate;  both  the 
classical  and  the  Egyptian  traditions  are  in  them 
stronger  and  more  purely  retained.  This  difference 
may  be  due  to  the  superiority  of  the  craftsmen  of 
the  capital  of  the  empire  over  those  of  an  outlying 
provincial  town,  or  the  inferiority  of  Karanog 
may  point  to  the  fact  that  even  here  upon  the 
frontier  foreign  influence  was  declining,  from 
which  it  is  to  be  inferred  that  an  appreciable  length 
of  time  had  elapsed.    Certainly  northern  influence 


upon  Nubia  must  have  been  steadily  on  the  decrease 
after  the  Roman  occupation  of  Egypt  and  the  con- 
sequent hostility  between  the  two  countries.  So 
far  as  it  did  persist,  it  might  naturally  have  been 
exercised  more  strongly  upon  the  border  station  of 
Karanog  than  upon  the  capital  lying  far  to  the  south; 
but  in  the  actual  remains  the  reverse  is  found  to  be 
the  case,  and  the  most  natural  explanation  of  this 
is  a  difference  in  date  between  the  two  sets  01  objects. 

Nothing  was  found  in  the  cemetery  corresponding 
in  the  least  to  the  enamelled  gold  objects  of  the 
Ferlini  hoard.  If  these  really  belong  to  the  same 
period  as  the  bronze  vessels  and  the  rings  they  show 
an  extraordinary  continuity  of  the  Egyptian 
tradition  that  would  be  a  strong  argument  for 
regarding  the  Meroe  collection  as  older  than  that  of 
Karanog.  Meroitic  sculpture  at  Begerawieh  does 
show  bracelets,  for  instance,  as  elaborate  as  the 
Ferlini  specimens;  but  there  are  strong  technical 
difficulties  against  regarding  this  jewellery  which 
resembles  the  cloisonne1  work  of  Dahshur  as  of  a  date 
even  approaching  the  Ptolemaic  or  Roman  period. 

%  There  were  many  Orientals  along  the  Wall, 
particularly  in  the  third  century.  A  force  of  Syr- 
ians was  stationed  at  Magna,  traces  of  Syrians  are 
found  at  Corstopitum,  of  a  Moor  at  Newcastle 
and  of  a  Palmyrene  at  South  Shields. 


THE  BEADS 


77 


necessarily  be  of  foreign  fabric,  and  conversely  if  the  beads  were  made  locally  the  vessels  would  ^ace  °f 
be  so  too.  But  this  by  no  means  follows.  A  people  can  acquire  a  very  considerable  skill  in  the  facture. 
manipulation  of  glass  without  having  any  knowledge  of  how  to  blow  it.  This  was  the  case  for  (°)  Distn- 
instance  in  Egypt  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty,  when  not  only  were  beads  of  all  colours  freely  ~°n' 
manufactured,  but  bottles  and  unguentaria  were  made,  fashioned  upon  a  solid  core  that  was 
afterwards  abstracted;  yet  the  art  of  blowing  glass  remained  wholly  unknown.*  Given  this 
possibility  of  the  centres  of  manufacture  being  different,  the  arguments  that  supported  the 
foreign  origin  of  the  blown  glass  vessels  point,  in  the  case  of  the  beads,  to  a  local  industry.  The 
beads  found  in  Egypt  and  in  Europe  that  offer  parallels  to  the  Nubian  examples  are  rare  and 
isolated;  and  many  of  the  Nubian  types  cannot  be  matched  at  all  abroad.  In  Egypt  masses  of 
Ptolemaic  and  Roman  graves  have  been  opened,  in  Italy  and  in  many  of  the  Roman  provinces 
graveyards  of  the  imperial  times  have  been  excavated  often  enough;  but  though  beads  have 
been  found  that  occasionally  may  resemble  some  of  those  from  Karanog,  this  is  the  rare  exception. 
But  in  the  Nubian  cemetery  hardly  a  grave  of  a  woman  or  child  had  not  had  its  strings  of  beads. 
It  is  perfectly  true  that  in  modern  as  in  mediaeval  times  a  civilized  country  may  manufacture  a 
class  of  goods  wholly  intended  for  a  savage  market  and  never  used  for  home  consumption; 
but  this  was  hardly  the  case  in  the  early  centuries  after  Christ.  Moreover,  the  beads  are  such  as 
would  have  been  prized  alike  in  Alexandria  and  in  Rome  ;  had  they  been  manufactured  either  in 
Egypt  or  in  Italy  they  would  have  been  more  common  in  the  country  of  their  origin  than  excava- 
tion has  yet  shown  them  to  be.  Supposing  that  they  were  made  in  Nubia,  a  certain  number  could 
easily  have  been  passed  northwards  in  the  way  of  trade  and  so  could  be  found  as  well  upon  the 
extreme  edges  of  the  Empire  as  in  its  centre.  If  then  the  beads  are  so  very  common  in  the 
Nubian  graves  and  very  rare  elsewhere,  if  a  few  of  them  can  with  difficulty  be  matched  abroad, 
but  the  bulk  cannot  be  matched  at  all,  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  at  Karanog  we  are  closer 
to  the  place  of  their  production  than  we  are  in  any  region  to  the  north  of  the  Nubian  frontier. 

Apart  from  the  question  of  distribution,  the  date  is  rather  in  favour  of  a  local  origin.  Supposing  Place  of 
as  we  do  that  the  cemetery  of  Karanbg  came  into  use  about  the  end  of  the  first  century  a.  d.,  ^1""^ 
the  beads  found  in  the  various  graves  are  so  uniform  in  character  that  we  must  suppose  all  the  (b)  Date 
styles  of  bead-making  represented  in  the  collection  to  have  been  already  known  by  that  date. 
Which  grave  is  earlier  and  which  later  we  cannot  say,  but  all  the  varieties  of  beads  are  distributed 
throughout  them  all,  and  so  must  belong  as  much  to  the  beginning  as  to  the  end  of  the  cemetery 
period.  Of  the  scattered  examples  of  gilt  glass  beads  found  outside  Nubia  it  is  improbable  that 
any  could  be  dated  so  early  as  the  close  of  the  first  century  a.  d.  And  if  it  is  right  to  attribute 
the  Ferlini  hoard  to  an  earlier  date  than  that  of  Karanog,  then  the  gilt  glass  beads  of  Meroe 
still  further  antedate  those  discovered  abroad;  and  at  the  same  time  the  earliest  beads  of  the  sort 
are  found  most  remote  from  any  presumed  Egyptian  or  European  centre  of  manufacture. 
Similarly  with  the  polychrome  beads  that  are  stated  by  the  latest  authority  to  have  made  their 
appearance  in  the  Roman  Empire  first  in  the  time  of  the  Flavian  emperors;  from  that  date 
onwards  rare  specimens  may  turn  up  within  the  Empire,  but  in  Nubia,  not  later  than  perhaps 
the  end  of  the  first  century,  every  woman  might  be  wearing  them.  If  it  is  true  that  near  to  the 
place  of  their  manufacture  objects  come  into  use  in  vastly  greater  numbers  and  at  an  earlier  date 
than  elsewhere,  then  it  is  in  the  south  and  not  in  the  north  that  the  origin  of  our  beads  must  be 
sought.  We  must  suppose  that  the  Romano-Nubian,  while  importing  the  blown  glass  vessels 
which  he  did  not  know  how  to  make,  could  himself  manufacture  glass  beads  of  a  technical 
excellence  far  in  advance  of  anything  that  was  being  achieved  elsewhere  and  equal  in  their  way 
to  the  products  of  the  later  Venetian  industry. 


*See  for  instance  Petrie,  Tell  el  Amarna,  p.  27. 


CHAPTER  X 


A.  Graffiti. 

The  majority  of  the  Greek  and  Demotic  graffiti  occur  in  amphorae  (F  xii)  imported  into 
Nubia  from  the  north.  On  these,  the  writing  is  always  found  upon  the  shoulder  or  just  under 
the  handle.  Presumably  they  refer  as  a  rule  to  the  maker  of  the  vessel's  contents  rather  than  to 
the  maker  of  the  vessel  itself;  for  in  the  latter  case  the  maker's  mark  would  probably  have  been 
either  written  or  stamped  in  the  wet  clay  of  the  unfinished  pot,  whereas  in  fact  all  these 
inscriptions  are  written  or  painted  upon  the  surface  of  the  vessel  after  baking.  Generally 
speaking  the  characters  are  small;  but  Nos.  n  and  12,  which  are  on  roughly  shaped  amphorae  that 
seem  to  be  local  imitations  of  foreign  vessels  rather  than  imported  originals,  are  painted 
in  sprawling  red  characters  so  large  as  to  form  a  regular  decoration  upon  the  side  of  the  pot. 

Taking  the  graffiti  in  order,  first  the  Greek,  which  are  printed  in  the  top  section  of  PI.  107 
They  are: 

1.  Doubtful;-  probably  a  trade  sign  rather  than  a  true  monogram. 

2.  Xa. 

3.  TeWio?.     \f}(o.    Assigned  by  Dr.  B.  P.  Grenfell  to  the  fifth  or  sixth  century. 

4.  ya. 

5.  Presumably  a  monogram  followed  by  the  letter  a. 

(  Perhaps  part  of  an  Old  Nubian  word  or  name  (many  such  occur  in  Christian 

6.  kovu.  ■<         times),  or  perhaps  Kov/xer,  a  name  which  occurs  in  a  Coptic  papyrus.  Crum, 

(        Coptic  MSS.  from  the  Fayum,  lii;  Cf.  KO/xeTO<;,  Crum,  Coptic  Ostraka,  161. 

7.  'HpaK.    Probably  for  the  name  of  a  dealer,  such  as  Heraclius,  rather  than  in  reference 

to  the  god. 

8.  Monogram  (?) 

9.  irerecjiL  xpaKev^.    Assigned  by  Dr.  B.  P.  Grenfell  to  the  second  or  third  century. 

10.  Ao/x.    i.  e.  Dom[itius],  Dom[itianus]  or  some  such  name. 

11.  ye. 

12.  N  over  a  scrawl;  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  pot,  O  over  another  scrawl. 

13.  Possibly  Ment-ar-tais,  or  an  Ethiopian  name  Mentu.    .    .    .    Probably  of  late  date. 

14.  Petesi  (?)  son  of  Pa-Khnum  (?) 

15.  Isis. 

16.  Petesis         .    A  Petesis  was  a  brewer  of  beer  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Theadelphia 

c.  170  b.  c.    V.  Grenfell  and  Hunt.    Fayum  Towns,  p.  105,  Letter  XIII. 

18.  Isis. 

19.  Ns-p-wr,  Espoeris.    Mr.  F.  LI.  Griffith  considers  that  the  second  sign,  the  definite  article, 

of  early  date,  giving  this  particular  form  of  it  a  range  from  Psammetichus  I  (only  if 
imported  with  wine  through  the  Delta)  to  Alexander,  with  greatest  probability  about 
the  Persian  conquest  by  Cambyses,  and  a  possible  extension  to  the  first  half  of  the 
third  century  b.  c.  This  is  the  earliest  date  that  has  been  claimed  for  any  object 
coming  from  the  cemetery.    See  p.  83. 

20.  Isis. 

(78) 


GRAFFITI 


79 


22.  Written  with  black  ink  or  paint  in  large  sprawling  characters  round  the  body  of  a  'gulla.'  Meroitic. 

Apparently  a  formula;  for  the  characters  at  the  beginning  are  well  formed  and 
gradually  deteriorate  until  they  merge  into  a  lot  of  meaningless  marks  intended  to 
be  ornamental;  this  implies  that  the  sense  of  the  inscription  as  a  whole  could  be  got 
from  its  opening  words,  and  that  it  was  unnecessary  to  pay  any  attention  to  the 
finish. 

23.  Three  complete  Meroitic  characters,  with  traces  of  three  more,  written  in  ink ;  just  above 

them,  scratched  on  the  surface  of  the  clay  after  baking,  the  Greek  numeral  184. 

24.  A  name  which  occurs  also  as  the  father's  name  on  one  of  the  stelas  from  G  174. 
26.  The  same  name  as  24. 

29.  This  inscription  may  not  be  in  Meroitic. 


B.    Jar  Sealings. 

All  the  jar-sealings  were  of  crude  mud  with  the  exception  of  No.  9,  which  was  of  white  plaster 
and  was  in  the  mouth  of  a  small  cenochoe  (F  xxxii).  All  the  rest  were  found  to  be  employed 
uniformly  upon  vessels  of  the  amphora  type  and  were  for  the  most  part  confined  to  the  classical 


amphora  (F  xii).  The  stamp  with  which  the  sealing  was  impressed  was  covered  before  being 
used  with  a  colouring  matter,, generally  bright  red,  sometimes  white,  which  came  off  upon  the  mud 
and  gave  prominence  to  the  sealing.  In  the  great  tomb  G  187  these  mud  sealings  were  very 
numerous  and  most  of  those  published  were  found  here.  The  types  were  repeated  many  times, 
and  the  same  type  sometimes  occurs  in  two  different  tombs.  The  fish  and  the  snake  designs 
are  by  far  the  most  common;  No.  4  occurred  twice  upon  one  sealing,  No.  8  likewise,  while  No.  7 
was  the  only  example  of  its  type  found.    In  many  cases  the  mud  of  the  seals  has  so  far  crumbled 


8o 


KARANOG 


that  the  signs  are  by  no  means  clear  and  it  has  been  necessary  to  compare  together  a  number 
of  examples  in  order  to  arrive  with  any  degree  of  accuracy  at  the  type. 

1.  Snake.    This  and  No.  5,  are  the  most  common  of  all  the  sealings. 

2.  Snake  of  the  regular  asp  type,  with  in  front  of  it  a  frog. 

3.  Snake  wearing  disk.    Below  it  an  uncertain  symbol  perhaps  derived  from  the  frog  (cf. 

No.  6). 

4.  Two  pairs  of  captives  manacled  to  an  upright  staff  with  crescent  top ;  the  most  Egyptian 

of  the  sealings.    G  187. 

5.  Fish. 

6.  Fish,  with  above  it  two  frogs  very  rudely  figured. 

7.  RATI  A. 

8.  4>CN  (the  last  letter  rather  indistinct  but  corroborated  by  a  second  fragment),  G  187. 

9.  Perhaps  a  conventionalized  form  of  the  tenth  Meroitic  letter  .)■ 


CHAPTER  XI 


CHRONOLOGY 

Plentiful  as  is  the  material  recovered  from  the  Anibeh  graves,  the  chronological  data  Absence  of 
are  unfortunately  few  and  vague.  The  cemetery  as  a  whole  must  certainly  represent  a  con-  ^^gress 
siderable  lapse  of  time.  There  are  nearly  eight  hundred  graves,  containing  from  one  to  eleven 
bodies  each.  It  is  impossible  to  state  the  original  numbers,  owing  to  the  plundered  condition 
of  the  tombs;  often  only  one  or  two  bones  remained  where  there  may  well  have  been  several 
bodies,  but  putting  the  total  at  from  three  to  four  thousand,  we  should  probably  be  within 
the  mark.*  A  precise  calculation  based  on  the  unascertained  death-rate  of  an  unknown 
population  could  only  be  misleading,  but  Karanog  seems  to  be  by  no  means  very  large  in  extent, 
and  if  the  use  of  the  graveyard  was  confined  to  the  inhabitants  of  that  town  and  castle  (and 
we  have  as  yet  no  evidence  of  any  other  Romano-Nubian  site  in  the  near  neighbourhood, 
see  pp.  2,  3),  we  could  not  well  assign  less  than  three  hundred  years  for  the  period  during  which 
the  cemetery  was  in  use.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is  not  either  in  the  nature  of  the  graves 
themselves  or  in  their  contents  any  sign  of  such  development  or  change  as  might  be  expected  in  so 
long  a  period.  It  is  true  that  on  the  north  side  of  the  cemetery  the  graves  (roughly  those  of  the  400 
group)  are  poor,  shallow,  and  without  superstructures;  but  that  is  precisely  because  they  are  poor 
people's  graves;  the  objects  found  in  them  are  altogether  homogeneous  with  those  found  in  the 
more  pretentious  tombs.  Similarly  the  black  pottery  is  found  chiefly  in  tombs  of  the  poorer 
class,  though  not  in  any  one  quarter  of  the  cemetery;  but  the  other  objects  in  these  tombs  are, 
as  has  been  pointed  out  before  (pp.  45,  52),  the  ordinary  furniture  that  appears  promiscuously 
throughout  the  cemetery;  black  pottery  was  merely  a  ware  in  use  rather  amongst  the  poorer 
members  of  the  population.  Even  where  we  can  see  that  one  grave  is  actually  later  than  another, 
as  is  occasionally  possible,  this  does  not  help  us.  For  instance,  tombs  G  54,  62,  82,  411,  467, 
489,  contained  worked  or  inscribed  stones  that  had  been  taken  from  pre-existing  superstructures; 
G  47,  104  were  burrowed  out  under  the  superstructures  of  other  tombs  clearly  after  these  had  been 
already  built;  there  were  not  a  few  instances  of  secondary  burial,  as  for  instance  in  G  253,269, 
399,  455,  565;  but  in  none  of  these  cases,  as  comparison  will  easily  show,  is  there  anything  to 
distinguish  the  furniture  of  the  later  from  that  of  the  earlier  interments.  Numerous,  then,  though 
the  graves  are,  it  is  impossible  to  arrange  them  in  any  kind  of  sequence.  It  may  be  that  the 
decipherment  of  the  funerary  inscriptions  will  hereafter  throw  some  light  upon  their  order  in 
time;  but,  judging  from  the  contents  of  the  tombs,  the  civilization  of  Nubia  was  throughout  the 
period  represented  by  the  graveyard  uniform  and  stationary. 

When  we  take  this  period  as  a  whole  and  attempt  to  fix  its  limits,  we  have  again  to  be  satisfied 
with  indefinite  results. 

The  decorated  bronze  objects  of  Alexandrian  work  could  be  assigned  to  the  first  century  b.  c,  Bronzes. 
but  they  fall  so  precisely  into  line  with  the  very  numerous  examples  found  at  Herculaneum 
and  at  Pompeii,  that  it  is  safer  to  attribute  them  rather  to  the  middle  of  the  first  century  of  the 
present  era.    How  long  it  took  for  them  to  get  so  far  up  the  Nile,  and  how  long  they  had  been 

*The  exact  numbers  noted  are  1124,  of  which  344  are  males,  433  females,  205  infants,  while  in  142  cases 
the  sex  could  not  be  determined. 


6 


(81) 


82 


KARANOG 


Bronzes,  in  use,  is  of  course  another  question,  but  the  finding  of  a  lamp  of  similar  style  at  Shablu.1 
and  of  the  earlier  bronzes  at  Meroe  shows  that  these  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  isolated 
examples;  there  may  have  been  a  fair  trade  in  such  objects.  Therefore,  though  these 
bronzes  give  only  a  terminus  post  quern,  a  date  probably  somewhere  in  the  first  century  a.  d., 
it  cannot  be  postulated  that  they  are  necessarily  much  older  than  the  tombs  in  which  they 
were  placed. 

Beads.  It  is  difficult  to  regard  the  beads  as  very  early.    Tischler  dates  millefiore  beads  with  rosette 

and  chess-board  patterns,  made  by  rolling  up  small  mosaic  plaques,  to  the  first  century  after 
Christ  and  onwards.  Kisa*  says  that  such  beads  with  millefiore,  chess-board,  marbling,  and 
other  designs  were  first  produced  in  the  time  of  the  Flavian  emperors.  This  date  may  be  some- 
what over  late,  especially  for  our  beads  if  they  are  of  local  and  independent  manufacture,  yet 
if  in  the  Roman  empire  the  mosaic  glass  beads  do  not  appear  until  the  first  century  a.  d.,  in  Nubia 
they  can  hardly  have  been  in  such  general  use  as  they  are  in  the  Anibeh  cemetery  at  a  date  very 
much  earlier  than  that.  The  evidence  of  the  beads  is  therefore  in  favour  of  a  period  starting 
with  the  commencement  of  the  present  era. 

Glass.  If  we  are  right  in  supposing  the  glass  vessels  to  be  of  imported  Roman  fabric  they  form 

perhaps  the  best  evidence  at  any  rate  for  a  terminus  post  quern  in  the  dating  of  the  cemetery. 
The  art  of  glass-blowing  originated  either  in  Phoenicia  or,  more  probably,  in  Egypt,  but  apparently 
not  before,  or  very  little  before,  the  Roman  period.  Mr.  C.  C.  Edgar  sums  up  the  evidence  for 
this  in  his  catalogue  of  the  glass  vessels  in  the  Cairo  Museum.  Thus  Seneca  (Epist.  xc.  31) 
speaks  of  glass-blowing  as  comparatively  a  modern  invention  'cuperem  Posidonio  vitriarium 
ostendere  qui  spiritu  vitrum  in  plurimos  habitus  format  qui  vix  diligenti  manu  effingerentur. 
Haec  inventa  sunt  postquam  sapientem  invenire  desivimus. " 

In  Egypt  blown  glass  has  not  yet  been  found  on  pre-Roman  sites;  thus  at  Hawara  blown 
glass  vessels  range  from  250  a.  d.  to  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  century  and  do  not  accompany 
the  mummies  with  cartonnage  or  panel  portraits.  At  Alexandria  none  can  definitely  be  called 
pre-Roman;  even  the  Ptolemaic  cemetery  of  Chatby  has  produced  no  blown  glass.  Of  Cyprus, 
where  glass  was  certainly  manufactured  in  the  later  period  (a  Hellenistic  or  Roman  glass-factory 
has  been  found  at  Tamassos),  Mr.  J.  L.  Myres  states,!  "Glass,  in  fact,  does  not  become  common 
at  all  in  Cypriote  tombs  until  the  later  Ptolemaic  age,  when  all  the  common  types  of  cast 
opaque  glass  and  plain  and  coloured  blown  glass  become  very  frequent.  It  is  even  possible 
that  the  blown  glass  dates  wholly  from  the  Roman  period." 

It  has  been  noticed  that  the  'Delphinflasche'  type,  so  largely  represented  in  the  cemetery, 
occurs  as  early  as  the  middle  of  the  first  century  a.  d.  and  continued  for  a  long  time  in  vogue. 
Unguentaria  with  a  broad  flat  base  such  as  No.  7342  (PI.  37),  were  developed,  according  to  Kisa, 
in  the  middle  of  the  second  century  a.  d.  ;  No.  7355  shows  the  earlier  form  which  is  yet  distinctly 
Roman.  Coloured  vases  with  a  close  spiral  ornament  of  glass  thread  such  as  No.  7340  (PI.  37), 
though  not  unknown  in  the  first  century, the  same  authority  attributes  rather  to  the  third  century 
and  onwards;  also  to  the  third  century  coloured  glass  vessels  in  the  shape  of  a  grape  cluster,  like 
No.  40092  in  the  Cairo  Museum  (PI.  39).  The  dating  of  glass  vessels  by  their  form  is  highly 
uncertain,  but  while  no  one  of  the  Anibeh  specimens  is  to  be  regarded  as  even  probably  anterior 
to  the  Christian  era,  several  at  least  seem  to  fall  very  far  within  it. 

Pottery.  The  pottery  of  local  manufacture  helps  us  not  at  all;  from  the  imported  wares,  however, 

we  can  derive  a  little  information  that  agrees  with  the  evidence  given  by  glass,  beads,  and  bronzes. 
Of  the  tall  classical  amphorae,  those  with  long  straight  handles,  which  are  the  more  common, 
resemble  rather  those  of  the  late  Greek  period,  while  the  shorter  round  handles  and  ribbed  necks 

♦Anton  Kisa,  Das  Glas  im  Altertume,  Leipzig,  1908,  p.  130. 
"("Catalogue  of  the  Cyprus  Museum,  p.  100. 


CHRONOLOGY 


83 


are  more  characteristic  of  the  Roman  time.  The  criterion,  however,  as  is  shown  by  the  late  Pottery. 
graffiti  on  amphorae  of  the  former  type,  is  not  one  that  can  be  rigidly  applied.  The  small  vases 
with  ornament  of  high-raised  slip  are  common  throughout  the  Roman  Empire  about  the  third 
century  a.  d.  The  'thumb-vase'  with  intended  walls,  No.  8490,  is  also  of  Imperial  date,  not 
much  earlier  than  the  second  century.  Attention  has  already  been  drawn  to  a  vase  8875 
(see  p.  51,  PI.  94)  of  the  terra  sigillata  type;  it,  too,  can  hardly  be  earlier  than  the  middle  of 
the  second  century  after  Christ. 

As  regards  the  graffiti  that  appear  on  some  of  the  imported  pots,  the  Greek  ones  are  assigned  Graffiti. 
by  Dr.  B.  P.  Grenfell,  Nos.  9  and  10  to  the  second  and  third  century  a.  d.  ;  No.  3,  with  less  certainty, 
to  the  period  of  the  fifth  or  sixth  centuries. 

It  has  already  been  said  that  the  textiles  cannot  well  be  relied  upon  as  chronological  evidence;  Textiles. 
there  is  no  certainty  that  the  parallel  with  Egyptian  products  holds  good.  On  the  analogy  of 
Egypt  we  should  assign  to  the  fifth  or  sixth  century  a.d.  all  those  few  Anibeh  specimens  that 
present  any  marked  characteristic;  without  unduly  emphasizing  that  analogy  we  may  still  say 
that  the  tapestries  are  to  all  appearance  late,  and  certainly  cannot  but  be  referred  to  the 
present  era,  with  a  strong  probability  that  they  do  not  belong  to  its  earliest  centuries. 

Hitherto  all  internal  evidence  is  in  favour  of  a  date  between  the  beginning  of  the  present 
era  and  the  fifth  century.  The  third  century  would  seem  to  be  that  most  represented,  and 
with  the  possible  exception  of  the  bronzes  there  is  nothing  that  takes  us  back  beyond  the  year 
a.  d.  1.  The  evidence  of  the  third-century  plaster  mask  found  at  Shablul  agrees  well  with  this 
result. 

On  the  other  hand,  on  a  Romano-Nubian  site  just  south  of  Behen  (Wady  Haifa),  in  clearing  other 
the  foundations  of  a  peculiar  building,  perhaps  a  temple  of  the  period,  there  was  found  near  Evidence. 
the  surface  a  coin  of  Cleopatra,  together  with  a  number  of  sherds,  all  without  exception 
of  Romano-Nubian  type,  and  a  Meroitic  ostrakon.  Of  course  the  coin  may  have  continued  in 
use  for  a  long  time,  particularly  in  a  country  where  money  was  presumably  rare;  but  it  still 
constitutes  an  argument  for  carrying  back  the  Romano-Nubian  civilization  (though  not  the 
Anibeh  cemetery)  to  a  date  prior  to  the  beginning  of  our  era. 

Again,  the  demotic  graffito  (PI.  107,  No.  18)  found  on  one  of  the  straight-handled 
classical  amphorae  is  assigned  by  Mr.  F.  LI.  Griffith  on  epigraphical  grounds  to  the  Persian  period 
by  preference,  with  a  possibility  of  its  being  as  late  as  the  first  half  of  the  third  century  b.  c. 
But  the  character  of  this  tomb,  G  323,  is  precisely  similar  to  that  of  other  tombs  in  the 
cemetery  wherein  were  found  objects  and  graffiti  that  are  undoubtedly  of  the  third  century  a.  d. 
or  even  later. 

Now  it  is  difficult  to  suppose  that  the  cemetery  can  have  been  in  use  for  six  or  eight  hundred  Limits  of 
years  without  its  contents  showing  some  signs  of  modification  or  progress.  But  it  has  been  Cemetery 
pointed  out  that  the  graves,  without  exception,  exhibit  a  uniformity  that  is  strange  even  for 
a  period  of  three  or  four  centuries.  If  we  except  this  single  graffito,  all  other  datable  objects 
fall  into  line  and  agree  in  representing  a  comparatively  limited  period.  The  peculiarity  of  writing 
may  possibly  be  an  instance  of  provincial  conservatism  or  the  pot  itself  may  possibly  have  been 
very  long  in  use  (though  this  is  an  argument  of  despair) ;  at  any  rate,  it  does  not  seem  wise  on 
this  single  and  unsupported  piece  of  evidence  to  accept  a  conclusion  so  difficult  of  belief.  If 
the  third  century  a.  d.  is  the  date  most  characteristic  of  the  cemetery  as  a  whole,  we  can  hardly 
suppose  that  grave  G  323  is  about  six  hundred  years  earlier;  it  is  far  more  probable  that  the 
earliest  graves  fall  very  well  within  the  limits  of  the  first  century  after  Christ. 

As  regards  the  dating  of  the  latest  graves,  there  is  no  internal  evidence  other  than  the  entire 
absence  of  Christian  objects.  One  Christian  lamp  was  found  (No.  8460),  but  this  lay  not  inside 
but  near  the  mouth  of  the  dromos  of  a  grave  (G  466)  that  had  been  plundered  from  in  front; 
and  from  its  position  in  the  disturbed  soil  it  was  tolerably  certain  that  it  had  formed  no  part  of 


84 


KARANOG 


Limits  of  the  funerary  furniture,  but  had  been  dropped  by  Christian  tomb-robbers.  As,  howeverr 
Period.  Christianity  was  not  introduced  into  Nubia  until  the  middle  of  the  sixth  century,  this  negative 
evidence  is  not  so  helpful  as  it  might  have  been;  there  would  in  any  case  be  no  internal 
necessity  for  prolonging  the  floruit  of  the  cemetery  beyond  the  fifth  century,  though  a  certain 
proportion  of  the  graves  may  well  be  later.  On  purely  internal  grounds,  then,  we  should 
assume  that  the  Anibeh  graves  represent  a  period  wholly  within  the  present  era,  starting  very 
likely  nearly  a  hundred  years  after  its  commencement  and  continuing  into  the  fifth  century. 


CHAPTER  XII 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


The  history  of  the  frontier  between  the  Roman  and  the  Ethiopian  Empires  has  to  be  compiled 
chiefly  from  inscriptions  and  from  the  stray  notices  that  occur  in  various  Greek  and  Roman  writers, 
few  of  whom  could  show  a  more  than  passing  interest  or  a  more  than  casual  knowledge  when 
dealing  with  so  remote  an  outpost.  Now  for  the  first  time  we  have  archaeological  material 
enabling  us  to  picture  in  some  measure  the  civilization  of  the  people  who  lived  to  the  south  of 
the  border,  and  that  material  must  needs  be  explained  by  the  history  which  it  illustrates.  Previous 
writers*  have  collected  and  co-ordinated  nearly  all  the  various  literary  notices  upon  which  the 
history  is  based,  and  we  have  made  free  use  of  their  references  and  are  often  indebted  to  their 
views;  without  incurring  very  wholesale  obligations  we  could  not  in  a  short  time  have  put 
together  a  chapter  that  seems  necessary  to  the  completion  of  our  work. 

It  will  perhaps  make  the  argument  clearer  if  we  anticipate  its  results.  Classical  writers 
distinguish  between  three  peoples  with  whom  on  various  occasions  the  Romans  in  these  parts 
had  most  to  do:  the  Ethiopians  of  Meroe  proper,  the  Blemyes,  and  the  Nobatai  or  Noubai;  of 
these  three  the  Blemyes  chiefly  concern  us,  for  they  will  be  found  to  be  the  tribe  that  inhabited 
the  town  of  Karanbg  and  peopled  its  cemetery  during  the  early  centuries  of  the  Christian  era. 

The  friendship  which  certain  of  the  Ptolemies  had  for  the  rulers  of  Ethiopia  held  good  at  The  Roman 
the  time  when  that  dynasty  fell;  one  of  the  last  acts  of  Cleopatra  was  to  send  Caesarion  and  her  Occupation 
two  children  by  Antony  down  to  the  South,  in  the  hope  that  in  Ethiopia  they  would  find  shelter 
and  support   against  Rome.     While  such  relations  endured  the  Dodekaschoinos  remained 
inviolate  and  the  Egyptian  frontier  was  at  Hiera  Sykaminos.    With  the  advent  of  the  Romans 
things  changed  speedily;  the  Ethiopians  did  not  recognize  the  new-comers  and  ceased  to  respect 
the  old  border.    In  29  b.  c.  Cornelius  Gallus  had  to  meet  trouble  in  Upper  Egypt;  he  interviewed 
the  Ethiopian  chiefs  at  Philae,  and  though  there  does  not  seem  to  have  been  any  fighting  he 
regarded  his  interview  as  a  moral  victory,  and  celebrated  it  in  the  vainglorious  inscriptions  that 
caused  his  disgrace  and  death.    Five  years  later  the  position  of  affairs  was  more  serious  (App. 
I,  A).    vStirred  up,  as  they  themselves  alleged,  by  the  misbehaviour  of  the  local  magistrates, 
but  more  probably  excited  by  the  failure  of  Augustus'  Arabian  expedition  to  Mariba,  the  Ethio- 
pians living  beyond  Egypt  advanced  under  the  command  of  Kandake  as  far  as  the  city  that  is 
named  Elephantine,  making  havoc  of  all  that  lay  before  them.    But  hearing  there  that  Gaius  campaignoj 
Petronius,  Praefect  of  Egypt,  was  approaching,  they  retired  without  waiting  for  him,  thinking  Petronius 
to  make  good  their  escape,  but  were  overtaken  on  the  road,  worsted,  and  pursued  by  him  right  23  B' 
into  their  own  country.    This  first  engagement  was  at  Pselchis  (Dakkeh),  an  Egyptian  town  that 
had  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  raiders  and  was  held  bv  them  on  their  retreat.    Petronius  then 


*Letronne,  Memoire  sur  l'introduction  du 
christianisme  en  Nubie  et  Abyssinie;  Quatremere, 
Memoires  geographiques  et  historiques,  II;  Revil- 
lout,  Memoire  sur  les  Blemyes,  a  propos  d'une 
inscription  copte  trouvee  a  Dendur;  Seconde  Mem- 
oire; Une  page  sur  l'histoire  de  la  Nubie,  in  Revue 
egyptologique  IV,  p.  156  (untrustworthy);  Krall, 


Beitrage  zur  Geschichte  der  Blemyer  und  Nubier,  in 
Denkschriften  der  Wiener  Akademie,  XLVI,  1898; 
Budge,  The  Egyptian  Sudan,  Pt.  II,  chh.  10,  11,  16; 
Sethe,  article  Blemyer  in  Pauli-Wissowa.  The 
more  important  Greek  and  Latin  texts  are  quoted 
in  full  in  Appendix  I  to  this  chapter,  to  which 
references  are  given  throughout. 


86 


KARANOG 


Campaign  of  stormed  Primis  and  leaving  a  garrison  there  marched  south,  captured  five  towns  between  this 
^j?  "c*5  Pomt  an(l  tne  second  cataract,  and  then  pushing  on  into  the  heart  of  the  enemy's  country  defeated 
again  the  royal  forces  and  too*k  and  destroyed  Napata,  the  second  city  of  the  empire  and  the 
seat  of  Kandake's  son.  He  then  retired,  but  on  his  way  back  he  regularly  fortified  Primis  and 
left  there  four  hundred  soldiers  with  provisions  for  two  years.  Hardly  was  he  out  of  the  country 
when  Kandake  with  a  large  army  reached  Primis  and  proceeded  to  besiege  the  Roman  garrison. 
Petronius  hurried  back  and  again  defeated  the  Queen,  this  time  so  thoroughly  that  she  consented 
to  give  hostages  and  to  pay  tribute.  Doubtless  the  idea  of  the  Roman  general  was  to  make  the 
natural  stronghold  of  Primis  the  frontier  of  the  Roman  province,  and  the  tribute  paid  bv  the 
natives  was  to  be  for  the  region  between  that  fortress  and  the  second  cataract;  and  with  this 
object  in  view  he  further  strengthened  the  defences  of  the  town  before  going  back  to  Egypt. 
Augustus,  however,  dismissed  the  hostages  and  remitted  the  tribute;  moreover,  he  seems  to  have 
given  orders  for  the  immediate  recall  of  the  garrison,  for  in  his  Monumentum  Ancyranum  he 
speaks  of  the  expedition  but  makes  no  claim  of  having  advanced  at  this  point  the  frontier  of  the 
empire;  and  since  when  next  we  hear  of  the  frontier,  and  for  many  years  afterwards,  it  was  on 
the  old  Egyptian  line  at  Hiera  Sykaminos  (Maharraka),  we  may  conclude  that  Petronius'  scheme 
was  short-lived.  The  town  thus  fortified  and  for  a  short  time  held  by  the  Romans  is  the  modern 
Kasr  Ibrim.  It  is  called  Premnis  by  Strabo,  Primis  by  Pliny;  Olympiodorus  (App.  I,  M)  calls 
it  Prima  and  explains  the  name  by  saying  that  "this  was  in  the  old  days  the  first  town  in  the 
Thebaid*  at  which  one  arrived  when  coming  from  the  barbarian  country,  and  so  it  was  called 
by  the  Romans  in  the  Latin  tongue  Prima,  that  is,  the  First  City."  The  explanation,  though 
it  might  have  held  good  for  a  few  months  in  Petronius'  time,  does  not  carry  conviction;  but  the 
form  of  the  name  Primis  or  Prima  is  closer  to  the  modern  Kasr  Ibrim  and  probably  more  correct 
than  Strabo's  Premnis.  It  will  be  observed  that  in  this  account  no  mention  is  made  of  Blemyes, 
the  country  is  held  by  Ethiopians  and  the  troops  whom  Petronius  meets  both  at  Pselchis  and 
at  Primis  are  the  forces  of  Kandake,  queen  at  Meroe.  Moreover,  between  Pselchis  and  Primis 
Petronius  found  no  towns  or  fortresses  to  capture;  all  lay  to  the  south,  between  Primis  and  the 
second  cataract,  in  the  tract  where  we  find  ruins  of  Romano-Nubian  settlements,  often  on  the 
site  of  older  Egyptian  forts,  such  as  Gebel  Adda,  Faras,  and  Haifa.  The  forward  movement  of 
the  Meroitic  empire  had  not,  in  the  first  century  B.C.,  advanced  beyond  Ibrim ;  and  the  successful 
blow  struck  there  by  the  Roman  forces  did  more  than  check  that  advance,  it  changed  its  character. 
Traffic  be-  For  two  hundred  years  there  was  peace  upon  the  frontier.    The  border  fortress  of  Hiera 

tweenRoman  Sykaminos  was  garrisoned  by  three  cohorts  of  regular  troops  (App.  I,  B),  and  temples  were  built 

E^\' fit  (27ld 

Nubia.  by  the  Romans  at  the  various  towns  between  Syene  and  the  border.  Already  by  the  year 
13  b.  c.  there  was  a  certain  amount  of  traffic  between  the  two  countries;  at  Pselchis  (Dakkeh) 
there  is  an  inscription  of  that  date  set  up  by  Harpokras,  an  envoy  of  Kandake,  who  was  passing 
through  the  town  on  his  way  up  country  (App.  I,  C),  while  at  Masawwarat  not  far  from  Meroe 
there  is  another  inscription  of  unknown  date  in  which  the  writer  records,  actually  in  Latin,  a  visit 
that  he  had  made  to  Rome  (App.  I,  D).  At  the  end  of  the  first  century  a.  d.  Juvenal  seems  to 
refer  to  a  regular  trade  in  ivory  whose  route  was  down  the  Nile  and  across  the  Roman  frontier 
(Sat.  xi,  124,  Dentibus  ex  illis  quos  mittit  porta  Syenes);  and  an  hieroglyphic  and  therefore 
early  inscription  at  Kabushiya  speaks  of  objects  brought  from  the  "  Pharaoh  of  the  West,"  that 
Veto's  spies  IS<  from  the  Roman  Empire.  In  the  year  68  a.  d.,  the  emperor  Nero,  then  at  the  end  of  his  reign, 
68  A.  D.  contemplated  a  campaign  against  Ethiopia;  the  German  legions  were  actually  mustered  at 
Alexandria  when  his  death  cut  short  the  project.  He  had  already,  however,  sent  two  centurions 
with  men  of  the  Praetorian  guard  to  spy  out  the  country,  and  these  made  their  way  as  far  south 
as  the  'Sudd'  region.    Seneca,  who  interviewed  the  two  officers,  was  unfortunately  interested 


*The  term  Thebaid  in  classical  writers  is  applied  to  the  whole  region  as  far  south  as  the  Roman  frontier. 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


87 


in  learning  or  at  least  in  recording,  onlv  the  natural  features  of  the  country  through  which  the  Nero's  spies, 

AO   A  f) 

spies  had  passed.  The  official  report  that  they  handed  in  to  Nero  was  to  the  effect  that  the 
country  as  far  as  Meroe  was  a  sheer  wilderness  (App.  I,  E).  If  this  phrase  refers,  as  it  should  do, 
to  the  absence  of  population  rather  than  to  the  barrenness  of  the  country  in  general,  it  is  difficult 
not  to  believe  that  the  officers  exaggerated.  They  may  well  have  thought  it  wise  to  dissuade 
the  emperor  from  his  scheme,  but  we  have  no  real  reason  to  suppose  that  Ibrim  and  the  stations 
to  the  south  of  it  were  entirely  deserted  or  that  the  whole  tract  of  nearly  nine  hundred  (Roman) 
miles  was  without  inhabitants;  indeed  their  own  statement  that  they  received  safe  conduct  from 
the  neighbouring  princes  (commendati  proximis  regibus)  proves  that  they  passed  through 
populated  centres,  and  the  proper  names  by  which  they  marked  the  stages  of  their  journey  are  the 
names  of  towns.  We  are,  however,  justified  in  deducing  from  the  narrative  that  the  district 
between  the  frontier  and  the  second  cataract,  or  at  all  events  between  the  frontier  and  Ibrim, 
was  not  occupied  by  the  chain  of  fortress  towns  that  commanded  it  at  a  later  date.  The  northern 
half  of  the  region  was  probably  altogether  unoccupied,  and  even  in  the  southern  half,  though 
doubtless  there  was  a  population  of  some  sort,  especially  at  such  a  stronghold  as  Ibrim,  yet 
the  towns  that  Petronius  had  sacked  between  this  point  and  the  second  cataract  had  not  re-arisen 
from  their  ruins;  the  old  Meroitic  colony  was  gone  and  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  first  century 
the  former  colonists  were  still  wandering  in  exile  (App.  I,  F),  and  in  68  a.  d.  Nero's  spies 
placed  the  effective  frontier  of  ^Ethiopia  at  a  point  a  hundred  and  ninety-two  Roman  miles  south 
of  Hiera  Sykaminos  (App.  T,  G). 

The  ^Ethiopians  of  Meroe  had  never  recovered  from  the  crushing  blow  dealt  them  nearly  a 
hundred  vears  before  by  the  army  of  Rome;  they  had  small  appetite  for  adventuring  a  colony 
of  their  own  people  in  a  district  with  such  formidable  neighbours,  isolated  from  the  resources  of 
the  capital  by  the  one  hundred  and  twenty  miles  of  black  rock  and  broken  water  to  which  the 
modern  native  has  given  the  expressive  name  of  Batn  al  Hagar,  the  Belly  of  Stones.  There 
were,  however,  more  wavs  than  one  of  carrying  out  the  policy  of  expansion  that  had  before  been 
so  rudely  checked. 

Though  possessed  of  many  ancient  cities  the  ^Ethiopians,  as  is  natural  with  a  cattle-keeping  Blemyes. 
people  in  a  none  too  fertile  country,  were  still  to  a  large  extent  nomadic  (App.  G)  and,  as  is  natural 
with  a  nomadic  people,  preserved  much  of  the  tribal  organisation.  The  tribes  were  commanded 
bv  chiefs  who  called  themselves  kings,  and  the  kings  were  vassals  of  the  sovereign  of  Meroe. 
Pliny  speaks  of  such  divisions,  and  Seneca's  account  of  Nero's  spies  states  the  same  thing,  while 
the  fact  that  the  spies  were  accompanied  throughout  their  journey  by  an  escort  sent  from  Meroe 
shows  that  the  power  of  the  central  government  extended  over  the  kinglets  of  the  several  tribes. 
Strabo  mentions  that  among  such  tribes  were  the  Blemyes,  living  along  the  east  bank  of  the  Nile; 
they  were  subjects  of  the  ^Ethiopians  and  neighbours  of  the  Egyptians  (his  account  is  taken  from 
Eratosthenes  c.  to6  b.  c.  and  could  no  longer  apply  to  the  straitened  boundaries  of  Egypt); 
on  the  western  bank  were  the  Nubians,  these  being  no  subjects  of  ^Ethiopia  but  an  independent 
folk  divided  up  into  a  number  of  petty  kingdoms  (App.  I,  H,  1).  The  Greek  geographers  are  very 
vague  upon  this  subject;  when  dealing  with  the  remote  parts  of  the  earth  they  were  apt  to  copy 
blindly  from  one  another  or  to  apply  the  name  of  a  familiar  people  to  any  other  tribe  that  shared 
at  all  their  characteristics.  Thus  the  Blemyes  could  be  set  down  as  far  afield  as  the  slopes  of 
Atlas;  but  for  the  most  part  there  is  a  tolerable  agreement  that  they  lived  far  to  the  south,  on 
the  east  bank  of  the  river  and  near  its  source,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Pygmies,  the  Lotus- 
eaters,  the  Ostrich-eaters  and  the  Troglodytes  (App.  I,  H,  1,  2,  3).  Roughly  speaking,  their 
home  was  probably  in  the  eastern  desert  north  of  the  country  of  the  Axumites,  towards  Suakin 
and  at  some  distance  from  the  river;  later  they  were  to  be  found  upon  the  banks  of  the  Nile  itself. 

In  Egypt  the  name  of  Blemyes  had  long  been  not  unfamiliar,  and  doubtless  had  the  Greek 
geographers  pushed  their  enquiries  there  they  could  have  acquired  a  good  deal  more  information 


88 


KARANOG 


Blemyes.  than  they  obtained  by  copying  and  conjecture.  Thus  a  late  Ptolemaic  papyrus*  dealing  with 
the  island  of  Elephantine  contains  a  warning  or  reproach  to  two  men  who  had  neglected  the 
worship  of  Isis  and  prayed  to  the  lion-headed  god  Arsenuphis  and  drunk  wine  with  the  Blemyes. 
In  the  second  century  b.  c.  there  are  mentioned  'Blemyes  born  in  Egypt'  and  occupying, 
apparently,  much  the  same  position  as  the  Greeks  born  in  Egypt. |  The  appearance  of  Blemyes  at 
Elephantine,  especially  in  a  religious  connection,  may  point  to  the  institution  at  this  early  date 
of  the  annual  pilgrimage  to  Philae  of  which  so  much  is  heard  later;  the  Blemyes  born  in  Egypt 
may  have  been  the  children  of  Blemyan  slaves,  but.  it  is  equally  possible  that  the  name  was  used 
loosely  for  the  southern  negroes  who  were  brought  north  in  the  caravans  of  the  slave-catchers  or 
wandered  of  their  own  accord  into  Egypt  in  the  true  nomadic  fashion  of  the  Bisharin  who  to-day 
come  from  the  same  southeastern  desert  to  encamp  in  the  outskirts  of  Alexandria. 

Certainly  in  spite  of  these  familiar  references  the  Blemyes  remained,  at  least  for  the  European, 
aloof,  unknown,  incredible.  Towards  the  close  of  the  first  century  a.  d.  they  are  still  far 
to  the  south  of  the  Roman  limit,  in  the  desert  between  the  river  and  the  Red  Sea,  so  far  away 
that  even  for  Pliny  they  were  of  that  monstrous  race  "whose  heads  do  grow  beneath  their 
shoulders", — Blemmyis  traduntur  capita  abesse,  ore  et  oculis  pectori  adfixis.J  Probably, 
however,  it  was  not  long  after  this  date  that  they  began  to  play  a  part  which  Rome  in  later  days 
would  not  be  able  thus  to  ignore.  These  desert  people,  who  like  several  of  the  east  African  races  were 
of  non-negroid  stock  (Mela  speaks  of  "white  Ethiopians,"  App.  I,  H,  6),  admitting  into  their  ranks 
a  large  number  of  the  negroes  from  Meroe  and  its  district  as  well  as  some  recruits  from  the  Western 
desert, §  migrated  to  the  unoccupied  region  that  stretched  from  the  second  cataract  to  the  Roman 
frontier. 

It  is  likely  enough  that  the  migration  was  both  partial  and  gradual,  and  that  a  certain 
proportion  of  the  tribe  still  remained  in  their  old  territories.  This  theory  would  explain  the 
sometimes  conflicting  notices  in  ancient  historians  as  to  the  dealings  between  the  Blemyes  and 
the  powerful  empire  of  Abyssinia  or  Axum.  If  the  Bega  or  Bougaeitai  are,  as  is  often  supposed, 
the  same  as  the  Blemyes,  then  a  certain  amount  of  information  is  to  be  got  from  Abyssinian  sources. 
The  Adulis  inscription ||  early  in  the  third  century  records  the  conquest  of  the  Tangaites  who 
lived  up  on  the  frontiers  of  Egypt,  but  does  not  mention  the  Bega;  an  anonymous  inscription  at 
Axum  speaks  of  a  victory  over  the  Bega,  but  would  rather  seem  to  put  them  within  the  modern 
Abyssinian  boundaries.  In  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century  Aezanas,  king  of  Axum,  narrates  at 
length  his  victory  over  the  Bega  who  under  their  six  kings  had  revolted,  were  crushed,  and  were 
forced  to  migrate  to  Matlia.  Other  kings,  Ela-'Amida  and  his  son  Ezana,  a  Christian,  both  claim 
amongst  their  many  titles  that  of  King  of  the  Bega.  It  is  fairly  clear  that  if  these  are  Blemyes 
they  are  not  the  Blemyes  of  the  inter-cataract  region,  who  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  centuries 
were  very  far  from  acknowledging  a  Christian  overlord.  The  Bega  of  the  Axum  inscriptions 
may  be  a  part  of  the  Blemyan  people  who  remained  in  the  eastern  desert  and  were  made  subjects 
of  the  Abyssinian  empire,  while  their  emigrant  kinsfolk  acknowledged  the  suzerainty  of  Meroe. 
On  the  other  hand  there  are  references  to  Axumites  participating  in  Blemyan  campaigns  against 
Rome,  but  they  do  not  appear  as  the  leaders  of  the  invading  force,  and  it  is  difficult  to  suppose 
that  the  Axumites,  then  in  the  flush  of  their  growing  power,  were  content  to  act  as  subordinate 
allies.  The  supposed  Axumites  ma}r  have  been  Bega  subjects  of  the  Axumite  kings,  who  came 
north  to  assist  their  kinsmen  in  a  crisis.    If  that  is  the  case  we  are  justified  in  regarding  the 

*Dodgson  papyrus;   Proceedings  of  the  Society  JN.  H.  V.,  viii,  46.    Cf.  Pomponius  Mela  I,  ix. 

of  Biblical  Archaeology,  XXXI,  100.    Griffith.  §Budge,  Egyptian  Sudan  II,  p.  175. 

fGriffith,  Rylands  Papyri,  pp.  139,  271,  note  18.  ||  Mtiller,  D.    H.,  Epigraphische  Denkmaler  aus 

Cf.  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archae-  Abessinien. 
•ology  XXXI,  291. 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


89 


Blemyes  of  the  Commilitium  as  nominally  dependent  upon  Meroe  alone,  and  the  mention  of  their  Blemyes. 
Axumite  allies  need  not  prevent  us  from  holding  that  the  inhabitants  of  Karanog  and  its  sister 
cities  were  the  protagonists  rather  than  the  cat's-paw  in  the  struggle  with  Rome. 

But  the  new  settlers  who  re-organized  and  extended  the  old  ^Ethiopian  province  were  not, 
like  those  of  Petronius'  time,  the  direct  subjects  of  Kandake;  while  they  owed  allegiance  to  the 
Meroitic  overlord,  they  had  their  own  king  or  kings  and  their  independent  home  government, 
which  they  preserved  long  after  Meroe  had  fallen.  But  they  shared  in  the  Meroitic  culture,  and 
without  involving  the  Empire  directly  in  an  invidious  forward  policy  directed  against  Rome,  they 
formed  at  once  a  buffer-state  between  the  two  chief  powers  and  a  new  and  profitable  appanage 
to  ^Ethiopia.  Thus  we  find  in  the  cemetery  of  Karanbg  the  bodies  of  a  mixed  race,  wherein  the 
negroid  element  indeed  preponderates  but  the  non-negroid  is  also  represented,  and  represented 
particularly  in  the  sculpture  that  belongs  to  the  larger  and  the  wealthier  graves.  We  find  evidence 
for  the  existence  of  a  local  chieftainship  or  kingship  that  apes  if  it  does  not  claim  the  attributes 
of  royalty.  We  find  the  Meroitic  script  in  general  use,  and  a  culture  that,  so  far  as  comparison 
is  yet  possible,  corresponds  to  that  of  Meroe,  though  its  rougher  style  bears  witness  to  its  pro- 
vincial character.  We  find  lastly  the  marks  of  a  cattle-keeping  people  who  were  at  the  same  time, 
apparently,  huntsmen  and  warriors  fitted,  as  beseems  a  desert  folk,  with  the  bullock's-hide  armour 
and  the  light  missile  weapons  that  Dio  Cassius  ascribes  to  the  Blemyes. 

The  internal  evidence  given  by  the  objects  from  Karanog  would  show  that  the  cemetery  The  Blemyan 
first  came  into  use  about  the  close  of  the  first  century  a.  d.  Unfortunately  literary  evidence  ImmtSratlon 
fails  us  for  the  date  at  which  the  Blemyan  migration  to  Nubia  took  place  in  fact.  In  Pliny's 
time,  as  we  have  seen,  they  had  not  come  north  of  the  second  cataract,  and  the  first  mention  of 
them  in  classical  history  does  not  occur  till  250  a.  d.,  a  hundred  and  fifty  years  later.  But  though 
they  are  not  mentioned  by  the  historians,  it  is  probable  that  they  were  during  this  period  estab- 
lishing themselves  firmly  in  their  own  territory  and  they  may  possibly  have  extended  their  activi- 
ties into  Egypt  proper.  In  the  general  disturbances  that  followed  the  death  of  Commodus 
Egypt  was  involved,  and  the  unruly  province  espoused  the  cause  of  the  usurper  Pescennius  Niger 
who  until  197  a.  d.  held  the  northern  part  of  the  country  against  Septimius  Severus.  We  have 
it  on  the  somewhat  doubtful  authority  of  the  historian  Spartianus  that  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Thebes  a  monument  was  set  up  to  Niger  by  one  who  styled  himself  'King  of  Thebes';  it  is  just 
possible  that  a  Blemyan  thus  early  anticipated  the  part  that  his  countrymen  were  to  play  in  the 
times  of  Aurelian,  Theodosius,  and  Charachen. 

Fifty  years  later,  in  the  reign  of  the  Emperor  Decius,  the  Blemyes  invaded  Upper  Egypt,  and 
from  this  time  forward  they  were  a  continual  thorn  in  the  side  of  the  Romans.  Strabo  affects  to 
make  very  light  of  the  powers  of  these  nomads  from  the  Land  of  the  Nine  Bows;  'not  a  warlike 
folk, '  he  writes,  'and  only  thought  to  be  so  in  the  past  because  of  their  continual  robber-raids 
upon  defenceless  people'  (App.  B,  i) ;  but  a  picture  more  fanciful  perhaps  but  not  less  true  is  given 
in  the  pseudo-historical  romance  of  Heliodorus*  where  they  are  matched  in  battle  against  the  mail- 
clad  knights  of  Persia.  "When  the  Blemmies  perceived  that  the  horsemen  were  hastie  to  come 
uppon  them,  they  did  as  Hydaspes  commaunded,  and  leaving  the  Seres  to  see  to  the  elephantes, 
they  ranne  a  great  way  before  their  fellowes  toward  the  horsemen,  that  those  who  sawe  them 
would  have  thought  they  had  bene  madde,  that  being  so  fewe,  durst  incounter  with  so  many 
and  so  well  armed.  Herewith  all  the  Persians  spurred  their  horses  faster  than  they  did  before, 
taking  their  boldnesse  in  manner  for  a  vantage,  and  thought  without  more  adoo  at  the  first  dash 
to  dispatch  them.  Then  the  Blemmies  when  they  were  almost  come  to  handstrokes,  and  in  a  manner 
stucke  upon  their  speares,  soudainly  al  at  once  fell  downe,  and  crepte  under  the  horses,  and  kneel- 
ing with  one  knee  uppon  the  ground  layed  their  heads  and  shoulders  under  the  horses  without  any 

*Aethiopica,  ix  16,  18.    Englished  by  Thomas  Underdowne,  1587. 


go  KARANOG 

The  harme,  saving  that  they  were  troden  a  little  with  their  feete;  but  they  did  a  wonderfull  straiige 

hnlmgra-  thing,  for  contrary  to  all  mens  opinion  they  wounded  the  horses,  and  thrust  them  in  the  bellies, 
tion.  as  they  past  by  them,  wherewith  a  great  sort  fell  down  by  reason  that  their  horses  for  griefe  would 

be  ruled  no  longer,  and  so  cast  them.  Whom  as  they  lay  on  heaps,  the  Blemmies  wounded  under 
ye  thighes,  for  ye  Persian  horsman  is  not  able  to  sturre,  if  he  want  his  horse."  These  have  been 
regular  Dervish  tactics  down  to  the  present  day,  and  it  was  natural  enough  that  the  successive 
attacks  of  "the  Bleminges  which  caried  bows,  and  arrowes  made  of  dragons  bones"  should,  at 
least  at  first,  have  taken  the  form  of  raids  by  border  thieves  rather  than  of  a  deliberate  advance 
by  the  would-be  conquerors  of  the  Thebaid;  every  inroad  was  sooner  or  later  repulsed.  But 
hampered  though  they  were  by  this  constant  attack,  the  Romans  never  repeated  the  home- 
thrust  of  Petronius'  campaign  as  they  surely  would  have  done  had  the  enemy  whose  terrors 
Strabo  thought  more  mythical  than  military  been  new-comers  only  then  for  the  first  time  trying 
to  occupy  their  own  base.  If  the  Roman  frontier  force,  which  was  now  augmented  to  far  more 
than  the  three  squadrons  of  Augustus'  time,  failed  to  cross  the  boundary  and  rid  the  country  of  a 
pestilent  foe,  it  was  because  the  Blemyes  were  already  too  firmly  settled,  because  the  chain  of 
forts  was  already  continuous  from  the  cataract  almost  to  the  gates  of  Maharraka,  and  the  attacks 
on  Egypt  were  pushed  forward  from  a  base  long  established  and  strongly  held.  Rome  could  not 
have  allowed  these  many  fortress-towns  to  be  built  up  by  neighbours  who  were  already  showing 
themselves  obnoxious,  and  certainly  to  prevent  them  at  the  outset  would  in  such  a  case  have 
been  easy.  The  strong  walls  of  Karanog,  Begrash,  Gebel  Adda  and  the  rest  must  date  from  the 
years  of  peace  between  the  time  when  Pliny  wrote  and  that  when  the  Blemyes  first  dared  to  risk 
the  reprisals  of  their  northern  neighbour.  The  task  of  settlement  and  fortification  must  have 
been  a  long  one,  and  quite  apart  from  the  archaeological  evidence  we  should  be  inclined  to  assign 
its  beginning  to  a  date  early  in  the  period  of  a  hundred  and  fifty  years  during  which  it  was 
completed. 

The  Blemyes  In  250  a.  d.,  as  has  been  remarked,  the  Blemyes  began  to  give  trouble  on  the  Roman  frontier 
*"o>P'z)  (App-  I.  l.i).  They  had  taken  advantage  of  the  embarrassments  of  the  Roman  Empire  and  their 
own  well-established  base  to  commence  a  series  of  inroads  that  was  to  last  for  some  thirty-five 
years.  It  was  the  time  when  the  empire  was  split  up  and  lay  at  the  mercy  of  those  numerous 
and  obscure  usurpers  whom  historians  called  the  Thirty  Tyrants,  and  as  pretender  after  pretender 
rose  and  fell,  the  Blemyes  fought  with  one,  intrigued  with  another,  and  throughout  maintained 
their  position  in  the  province.  Decius  opposed  but  does  not  seem  effectually  to  have  checked 
them.  In  253-4  Pa-smun,  son  of  Paese,  set  up  at  Philae  an  inscription  wherein  he  calls  himself 
the  'great  ambassador  to  Rome"  sent  by  his  king  Terermen  to  interview  Caesar.  The  Terermen 
who  thus  made  overtures  to  Trebonius  Gallus  may  have  been  a  Meroitic  monarch,  the  oyerlord 
of  the  Blemyes,  but  it  is  more  probable  that  he  was  the  actual  Blemyan  king  and  that  this  inscrip- 
tion may  fall  in  line  with  other  inscriptions  set  up  by  Blemyan  envoys  who  came  to  Philae  for  the 
great  annual  sacrifice.*  A  few  years  later,  about  261  a.  d.,  Julius  ^Emilianus  overcame  them 
(App.  I,  J),  yet  the  forces  at  his  command  were  insufficient  to  do  more  than  drive  the  raiders 
back  over  the  borders  of  Egypt  itself ;  his  hold  even  upon  the  Roman  province  was  precarious 
and  short-lived,  and  after  his  disappearance  the  frontier  was  left  defenceless.  The  Blemyes 
swarmed  again  into  Egypt,  penetrated  far  northwards,  and  even  occupied  Coptos  and  Ptolemais 
in  the  Thebaid  proper.  Now,  when  the  Roman  empire  was  at  its  lowest  ebb,  divided  against 
itself  and  threatened  on  all  sides  by  foreign  enemies,  the  Blemyes  took  their  part  in  the  general 
movement;  they  allied  themselves  with  the  Palmyrenes,  who  under  Zenobia  were  attempting 
a  military  renaissance  of  the  East;  with  the  Thebaid,  now  in  revolt  against  the  Roman  yoke; 
and  with  Firmus,  who  headed  a  mutiny  in  Lower  Egypt  and  from  his  fortress  of  Prucheion  turned 
Alexandria  into  a  shambles  and  defied  in  his  own  name  the  successive  masters  of  Rome 


*Trans.  by  F.  LI.  Griffith.     Cf.  Wilcken,  Berliner  Philolog.  Wochenschrift,  viii,  1205  f. 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


91 


(App.  I,  K).    Probus,  thegeneral  commanding  the  forces  of  the  emperor  Aurelian  in  Egypt,  at  last  Firmus  and 

defeated  Firmus  and  proceeded  to  turn  against  his  allies;  the  Palmyrene  troops  in  Egypt  were  2J4^T>. 

with  some  difficulty  crushed,  and  then  came  the  turn  of  the  Blemyes.    Aurelian's  army  cleared 

the  '1  hebaid  274  a.d.,  and  though  it  is  not  clear  that  the  emperor  himself  took  part  in  the  campaign 

yet  the  Blemyes  figured  in  his  triumph  and  his  successor  Tacitus  in  his  letter  to  the  Senate 

declared  that  the  Blemyes  and  Axumites  had  worshipped  as  a  very  god  in  his  lifetime  him  whom 

Rome  proposed  to  deify  being  dead.    But  by  the  time  that  Probus  himself  had  mounted 

the  imperial  throne  his  work  in  southern  Egypt  had  all  to  be  done  again.    It  is  difficult  to 

distinguish  between  the  two  campaigns*  and  to  decide  whether  the  first  had  really  for  a  time 

freed  Egypt  from  the  invaders,  who  returned  as  soon  as  the  armies  were  withdrawn,  or  whether 

under  Aurelian  the  success  of  the  Roman  arms  had  been  less  thorough  and  less  far-reaching  than 

the  emperor  and  his  historians  would  admit.    At  any  rate,  shortly  after  276  a.  d.,  the  enemy,  probus 

now  supported  by  Narseus  the  Persian,  were  again  in  possession  of  the  complaisant  Theba'd  and  276  A.D. 

had  occupied  Coptos  and  Ptolemais.    This  time  Probus  with  his  veteran  troops  was  not  content 

with  driving  them  back ;  if  Vopiscus  is  to  be  believed,  he  annihilated  them.    The  old  frontier  post 

of  Hiera  Sykaminos  (Maharraka)  was  re-established  and  strongly  garrisoned,  but  the  emperor 

did  not  venture  to  push  his  conquests  south  and  risk  the  siege  of  the  enemy's  strongholds.  The 

triumph  that  he  celebrated  marked  the  delivery  of  the  Egyptian  province  and  the  extermination 

of  its  actual  invaders,  but  not  in  any  sense  the  overthrow,  or  even  the  defeat,  of  the  main  power 

of  the  Blemyes  (App.  I,  L). 

How  little  indeed  that  power  had  been  broken  was  shown  some  twenty  years  after.    Dio-  Diocletian 
cletian  and  his  colleague  had  at  last  put  an  end  to  the  disorders  that  so  long  had  oppressed  the  77^^^'. 
Roman  world;  on  the  Rhine  and  the  Danube,  in  Britain  and  along  the  frontier  of  Africa  the  drawalofthe 
barbarians  had  been  driven  back  and  the  rebels  put  down.    Achilleus,  who  had  usurped  the  purple  p°^^er 
at  Alexandria,  was  involved  in  the  promiscuous  slaughter  of  his  partisans,  and  the  Blemyes 
who  had  once  again  been  giving  trouble  upon  the  southern  borders  might  well  have  expected  to 
fall  the  next  victims  to  the  revenge  of  the  two  emperors.   In  297  -8  a.  d.,  Diocletian  arrived  upon 
the  spot;  but  instead  of  invading  the  country,  a  course  which  certainly  could  have  had  no  terrors 
for  the  conqueror  of  so  many  more  formidable  foes,  he  abandoned  the  territory  that  for  centuries 
Rome  had  held.    The  act  was  indeed  statesmanlike.    In  that  region  where  the  high  desert 
approaches  nearly  to  the  Nile  the  area  of  cultivated  land  is  small  and  the  income  to  be  derived 
from  it  was  negligible.    For  a  long  time  the  garrison  had  been  a  very  considerable  one  and  the 
cost  of  it  pressed  heavily  upon  the  community  (App.  I,  M).    Throughout  the  recent  troubles 
the  people  of  Upper  Egypt  had  welcomed  the  raiders  from  the  South  who  fostered  their  rebellions, 
so  that  a  barrier  more  effectual  than  the  arbitrary  frontier-line  of  Maharraka,  which  has  no 
natural  qualifications,  was  desirable  in  the  interests  of  peace  within  the  province.    The  emperor 
might  further  suppose  that  the  victories  of  Probus  over  the  Blemyes  would  have  crushed  the 
colonizing  ambition  though  it  could  not  quiet  the  itch  for  foray  of  these  old  desert  thieves;  given 
a  buffer  state  between,  which  might  at  once  remove  them  from  the  tempting  proximityf  of  the 


*The  different  accounts  that  we  have  of  these 
operations  are  confused ;  there  may  have  been 
two  generals,  one  Probus  or  Probatus  who  com- 
mitted suicide  after  a  defeat  by  the  Palmyrenes, 
and  the  Probus  who  later  became  emperor.  More- 
over, the  campaigns  against  the  Blemyes  were 
according  to  some  conducted  by  Probus  the 
emperor  in  person,  according  to  others  entrusted 
by  him  to  generals  who  carried  them  to  a  successful 
issue. 

fProcopius  De   bello  Persico    I,    19,   p.   58  d, 


makes  the  curious  statement  that  the  Ethiopians 
possessed  neither  iron  nor  any  other  metal  suited 
to  take  its  place;  moreover,  they  could  not  purchase 
iron  from  the  Romans,  the  sale  of  that  metal  to  the 
natives  being  forbidden  by  the  government  on  pain 
of  death.  We  should  have  supposed  that  they  did 
not  lack  iron,  and  could  get  it  from  central  Africa ; 
but  if  Procopius  is  right,  this  may  give  us  one  of 
the  motives  of  their  constant  raiding,  just  as  the 
Scots  would  raid  the  Roman  Wall  and  perhaps 
find  in  iron  their  best  booty. 


Q2 


KARANOG 


Diocletian  Roman  province  and  give  them  a  playground  for  the  exercise  of  their  predatory  habits,  they 
2Qj  A.  D.  might  Cease  to  be  a  thorn  in  the  side  of  Rome.  In  the  second  century  Ptolemaeus  (v,  5.  74) 
shows  that  the  frontier  established  by  Augustus  was  still  maintained;  in  the  early  years  of 
Diocletian's  reign  the  Itineraries  carry  the  imperial  roads  to  Hiera  Sycaminos  still;  but  in  the 
Notitia  Dignitatum,  a  century  later,  the  posts  stop  short  at  Syene,  Philae,  and  Elephantine. 
It  was  an  humiliating  policy  but  one  largely  justified  by  the  event;  Diocletian  withdrew  the 
frontier  to  the  First  Cataract. 
Introduction  Evacuation  was  however  only  part  of  the  emperor's  scheme.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
Nobatai  "city  of  Oasis"  (Kharga)  lived  the  Nobatai  or  Noubai,  who  were  in  the  habit  of  harrying  the 
whole  district ;  these  barbarians  he  persuaded  to  migrate  and  to  find  a  new  home  on  the  banks  of 
the  Nile,  undertaking  to  give  them  large  towns  and  a  great  territory  far  richer  than  that  in  which 
they  had  lived  hitherto.  His  idea  was  that  they  would  in  these  circumstances  cease  to  disturb 
the  district  round  the  oasis  and  regarding  the  land  thus  ceded  to  them  as  their  own  property, 
constituting  a  stake  in  the  country,  would  fend  off  the  attacks  of  the  Blemyes  and  other  barbarians. 
The  Nobatai  accepted  the  offer  with  alacrity  and  entered  into  possession  of  the  cities  that  had 
belonged  to  the  Romans  and  of  all  their  territory  on  both  banks  of  the  river  from  Elephantine 
southwards  to  the  old  frontier.  Diocletian  meanwhile  fortified  Philae,  the  future  outpost  of  the 
empire,  but  he  seems  to  have  trusted  rather  to  conciliation  than  to  arms  for  its  defence.  Ihe 
^Ethiopian  tribes  had  long  been  accustomed  to  visit  Philae  on  a  yearly  pilgrimage,  carrying  back 
with  them  to  their  own  country  the  image  of  Isis,  which  by  its  presence  brought  fertility  to  their 
fields  and  was  in  due  course  returned  to  its  shrine.  The  emperor,  far  from  putting  a  stop  to  this 
practice  encouraged  it.  Upon  the  sacred  island  he  set  up  a  shrine  and  altars  which  should  be  the 
common  property  of  the  three  contracting  nations,  the  Romans,  the  Nobatai  and  the  Blemyes, 
in  whose  various  creeds  the  uncritical  theology  of  that  age  found  common  elements  which  its  easy 
pantheism  could  digest.  Isis,  Osiris  and  Priapus  witnessed  the  new  friendship  of  these  ill-assorted 
neighbours,  and  the  name  of  the  island,  Philae,  was  thought  to  testify  to  their  good  feeling.  For  a 
hundred  and  fifty  years  the  annual  procession  of  the  ^Ethiopians  came  down  stream  from  the 
South,  the  Nobatai  provided  the  sacred  ferry-boat  in  which  the  image  was  borne  away  from 
Roman  soil,  and  the  sacrifices  in  the  common  shrine  conducted  by  priests  chosen  from  the  three 
nations  at  least  reminded  the  Blemyan  envoys  of  a  pact  which  they  might  have  little  mind  to 
keep.  But  something  stronger  than  religion  was  needed  to  bind  the  wild  tribes  to  their  agreement, 
and  Diocletian  agreed  to  pay  both  to  Nobatai  and  to  Blemyes  a  yearly  subsidy,  the  price  of  peace 
upon  the  Roman  border.  "  Even  up  to  my  own  time,"  complains  Procopius  in  the  sixth  century, 
"they  receive  their  money,  and  overrun  the  neighbourhood  none  the  less;  so  impossible  is  it  really 
to  make  barbarians  keep  faith  with  Rome,  except  through  fear  of  the  troops  that  will  avenge  its 
breach;"  but  during  Diocletian's  lifetime  and  for  a  hundred  years  after  his  death  the  compact 
seems  to  have  been  observed  as  faithfully  upon  one  side  as  upon  the  other;  the  two  tribes  settled 
down  within  their  respective  borders  and  though  doubtless  irresponsible  spirits  might  sometimes 
yield  to  the  hereditary  temptations  of  a  raid,  yet  the  Roman  frontier  at  least  was  undisturbed 
by  any  serious  outbreak. 

The  Blemyes  The  Nobatai  from  the  Western  deserts  had  small  sympathy  with  their  new  neighbours  the 
Nobatai  Blemyes.  The  policy  of  playing  off  one  tribe  against  another  is  only  successful  when  the  two 
are  already  so  far  hostile  as  to  have  at  least  no  common  interest  which  could  unite  them  against 
the  third  party ;  Diocletian  is  not  likely  to  have  chosen  for  his  buffer-state  kinsfolk  of  those  against 
whom  it  was  to  act,  and  though  we  know  little  of  the  Nobatai  at  that  time  we  should  expect  to 
find  them  sufficiently  distinct  from  the  Blemyes  in  culture  as  in  origin.  As  a  matter  of  fact  the 
Romano-Nubian  civilization,  as  we  have  called  it,  which  seems  to  have  been  spread  uniformly 
along  the  Nile  from  Meroe  to  the  Blemyan  province,  ends  abruptly  at  the  northern  frontier  of 
the  latter;  the  Roman  troops  themselves  during  the  first  three  centuries  scarcely  offered  a  more 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


93 


effectual  bar  to  its  advance  into  the  district  between  Maharraka  and  Syene  than  did  the  Nubian  The  Blemyes 

•  Did 

settlers  who  succeeded  them.  For  the  next  two  hundred  and  fifty  years  these  lived  side  by  side  Nofcatai. 
with  the  Blemyes  yet  never  mixed  with  them,  seeming  to  incline  far  more  to  the  Roman  than 
to  the  .-Ethiopian  side,  adopting  in  time  the  religion  of  their  northern  neighbours  and  at 
last  turning  their  victorious  arms  against  the  south.  In  the  town  and  cemetery  sites  that 
lie  within  the  country  of  the  Nobatai  traces  of  the  Meroitic  civilization  are  as  yet 
wholly  wanting;  the  burials,  to  which  we  should  naturally  look  for  distinctive  racial  features,  are 
for  the  most  part  the  ordinary  burials  characteristic  of  the  Roman  province,  and  with  the 
introduction  of  Christianity  they  develop  the  regular  Coptic  type  whose  religious  uniformity  is 
undisturbed  by  local  aberrations.  In  the  exhaustive  excavations  that  he  has  carried  on  from 
Shellal  southwards,  Dr.  G.  A.  Reisner*  has  however  discovered  a  certain  number  of  graves  that 
form  a  class  of  themselves.  In  structure  these  tombs  correspond  to  the  Karanbg  types  B  6  and 
C  i  and  2 ;  the  pottery  shows  strong  Roman  influence  and  painted  vessels  of  our  form 
F  liii  seem  to  be  common,  though  the  decoration  of  pots  does  not  appear  in  other  cases 
to  resemble  that  of  the  Anibeh  specimens.  There  are  however  associated  with  these 
tombs  no  Meroitic  inscriptions  and  no  such  Ba  statues  as  form  the  distinctive  feature 
of  the  Karanog  cemetery.  Moreover,  there  is  a  marked  difference  between  the  methods  of 
burial  employed  in  the  two  areas;  in  Dr.  Reisner's  tombs  the  bodies  are  nearly  always 
contracted,  in  ours  they  are  invariably  extended.  Such  a  difference  in  funeral  rites 
denotes  a  racial  distinction  between  the  two  populations.  Dr.  Reisner  dates  his  tombs  of  the 
X  type  to  the  late  Roman  or  very  early  Christian  period,  and  finds  them  in  the  immediate 
proximity  of  Christian  graves  or  mixed  up  with  such;  he  suggests  the  sixth  century  a.  d.  as  the 
approximate  terminus  ante  quern  for  their  use.  It  may  well  be  that  we  have  here  to  deal  with  the 
tombs  of  the  Nobatai  whom  Diocletian  introduced  to  che  region  in  298  a.  d.,  and  if  this  is  the  case 
we  obtain  from  them  proof  of  the  small  extent  to  which  this  people  was  affected  by  contact  with 
the  Blemyes  throughout  the  long  period  of  more  than  two  hundred  years  during  which  they  lived 
side  by  side.  By  the  walls  of  Dakkeh,  which  for  some  time  at  least  was  in  Blemyan  hands,  we  have 
observed  scattered  potsherds  of  the  Romano-Nubian  or  Meroitic  type,  but  otherwise  the  region 
north  of  the  frontier  is  so  far  as  we  know  clear  of  all  such  remains;  and  while  sporadic  specimens 
do  not  invalidate  the  theory  of  the  isolation  of  the  two  peoples,  they  would  have  to  be  very 
general  to  establish  an  argument  for  a  common  civilization. 

The  Romans  had  hardly  withdrawn  when  the  Nobatai  were  called  upon  to  defend  their 
new  possessions;  for  the  Blemyes,  whom  the  legionaries  had  failed  to  keep  off  the  disputed  land, 
were  little  minded  to  cede  it  peacefully  to  the  Nubians.  The  emperor  could  rejoice  in  his 
diplomacy  as  he  watched  his  two  troublesome  neighbours  apparently  engaged  in  mutual 
extermination  (App.  I,  N).  It  may  have  been  as  the  result  of  these  struggles  that  the  Blemyes 
entered  into  possession  of  Talmis  (Kalabsheh),  but  the  seeming  scantiness  of  their  remains 
in  that  town  inclines  us  rather  to  believe  that  their  occupation  of  it  was  more  short-lived  than 
would  have  been  the  case  had  it  fallen  to  them  thus  early.  Desultory  fighting  may  have 
continued  for  very  many  years  before  so  signal  a  success  was  obtained,  and  the  common  frontier 
was  probably  long  the  scene  of  foray  and  combat. 

But  upon  the  Roman  border  peace  was  secured  by  Diocletian's  withdrawal  of  the  frontier-  Unrest 
line.    It  is  true  that  in  the  reign  of  Constantine  we  hear  of  Blemyan  raiders  who  had  made  their  ^^tantine. 
way  so  far  north  as  Tabenna,  but  their  conduct  seems  to  have  been  dictated  rather  by  religious 
zeal  than  by  any  idea  of  conquest;  they  captured  one  of  Pachomios'  monks,  but  freed  him  as 
soon  as  he  had  done  sacrifice  to  their  idols.    Constantine  secured  his  southern  border  (App.  1,0), 
but  we  hear  of  no  fighting  there,  and  the  presence  of  Blemyan  envoys  at  his  courtf  would  point 


♦Archaeological  survey  of  Nubia.    Bulletin  No.  3,  pp.  15  sqq. 
fEusebius  Vita  Const,  iv,  7. 


t 


94  KARANOG 

Rise  of  rather  to  a  policy  of  peaceful  repression.  For  the  most  part  the  tribes  earned  their  pay,  and  yearly 
in^Egyp"  y  ^le  priests  of  the  three  peoples  celebrated  together  in  harmony  the  festival  of  their  common  gods. 

But  a  force  was  rising  up  within  the  Empire  that  was  to  disrupt  an  alliance  based  in  any  way 
upon  such  creeds.  Christianity,  tolerated  by  Galerius  and  fostered  by  Constantine,  spread 
rapidly  in  every  part  of  the  Roman  world,  and  not  least  so  in  Africa.  Egypt  itself  had  long 
been  the  home  of  one  of  the  most  flourishing  churches,  and  in  the  Arian  controversy  that  now 
split  Christendom,  Athanasius  of  Alexandria  took  the  leading  part.  During  the  persecutions 
to  which  his  followers  and  those  of  the  other  sects  were  in  turn  subjected,  more  and  more  took 
refuge  in  the  deserts  of  the  Thebaid,  where  they  lived  the  life  of  anchorites;  certainly  the  influx 
of  Christian  fanatics  to  their  neighbourhood  if  not  to  their  territory  may  well  have  begun  even  at 
this  early  date  to  influence  the  Nobatai  and  to  pave  the  way  for  their  ultimate  conversion.  Just 
before  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century-  Axum  was  Christianized  by  the  envoys  of  Athanasius, 
and  soon  after  his  conversion  Aezanas  the  Axumite  king  records  at  length  the  overthrow  by  his 
troops  of  Meroe.*  With  the  disappearance  of  their  old  overlords  and  the  spread  of  the  Abyssinian 
kingdom  the  Blemyes  might  with  good  reason  feel  that  the  new  and  intolerant  faith  that  was 
closing  in  about  them  was  not  without  its  menace.  At  all  times,  whether  the  creed  which  they 
upheld  was  that  of  Isis  against  Christianity,  the  Christian  against  the  Mohammedan,  the  Mahdist 
against  Christianity  once  more,  the  tribes  of  this  part  of  Africa  have  been  tenacious  of  their  belief 
and  courageous  in  its  defence.  Such  a  people,  tied  as  they  were  by  bribes  and  treaties  to  the 
Edict  oj  Roman  Empire,  could  not  sit  unmoved  when  in  390  a.  d.  Theodosius  I  published  his  famous 
Theodosms  jag^  e(jjC£  jjy  which  sacrifice  with  blood  was  pronounced  high  treason,  offerings  of  wine,  garlands 
and  incense  to  the  old  gods  were  condemned,  and  even  the  harmless  worship  of  the  household 
lares  was  rigorously  proscribed.  Upon  the  Blemyes  devolved  the  duty  of  championing  the 
adherents  of  the  older  faith.  The  Nobatai  were  still  ready  to  make  common  cause  with  them 
in  their  pious  raids  on  Egypt,  and  in  the  Thebaid  itself,  where  the  Christians  led  by  such  fanatics 
as  Senouti  were  celebrating  their  moral  victory  with  nameless  outrages,  the  Blemyes  received  a 
hearty  welcome  from  the  down-trodden  pagans.  From  this  time  onwards  they  are  constantly 
to  be  found  within  the  Roman  province,  but  they  play  there  the  role  not  of  mere  reivers  but  of 
partisans,  on  excellent  terms  with  the  followers  of  the  old  creed,  bitter  opponents  of  the  Christians 
who  were  striving  with  fire  and  sword  to  put  the  edict  of  Theodosius  into  force.  A  pleasing  incident 
Visit  of  illustrating  their  friendly  attitude  towards  the  pagans  occurred  between  407  and  427  b.  c.  Ihe 
dorus^0'  Greek  historian  Olympiodorus  was  in  Thebes  and  Syene  collecting  materials  for  his  work  when 
the  sheikhs  and  prophets  of  the  Blemyes,  hearing  reports  about  him,  requested  an  interview. 
Unfortunately  the  epitome  of  his  history  which  alone  survives  does  not  give  the  detail  which 
we  should  wish  to  possess  on  the  districts  and  the  peoples  that  he  visited.  "They  took  me," 
he  says,  "as  far  as  Talmis  itself,  so  that  I  could  investigate  those  regions  also  which  extend  for 
five  days '  journey  from  Philae  as  far  as  the  city  called  Prima,  a  city  for  many  years  past  occupied 
by  the  barbarians,  together  with  four  other  towns,  Phoinikon,  Chiris,  Thapis  and  Talmis." 
(App.  I,  P).  Olympiodorus  distinctly  states  that  Talmis,  the  modern  Kalabsheh,  and  Thapis  were 
in  the  hands  of  the  Blemyes  and  not,  as  we  should  have  supposed,  of  the  Nobatai. f  Between  this 


*Semitic  stela  shortly  to  be  published  by  Prof. 
E.  Littman  of  Strassburg.  Cf.  a  fragmentary 
Greek  inscription  found  at  Meroe  by  Prof.  Sayce 
(Proc.  of  the  Soc.  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  xxxi,  5, 
p.  189.  In  this  the  Axumites  and  Homerites  are 
memtioned  in  connection  with  a  campaign.  The 
mention  of  Ares  recalls  the  style  of  the  pagan  Greek 
inscriptions  of  Axum,  and  would  date  the  inscription 
earlier   than  the  year  340  c.   when   Aezanas  was 


converted ;  but  the  contents  of  the  inscription  are 
too  fragmentary  to  be  illuminating. 

fOn  the  other  hand  this  may  merely  mean  that 
the  two  peoples  were  in  alliance  and  the  Blemyes 
as  the  stronger  held  the  hegemony,  in  which  case 
the  whole  tract  of  country,  governed  as  it  apparently 
was  in  the  case  of  both  tribes  by  similar  civil  and 
religious  officers,  could  be  called  that  of  the  Blemyes. 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


95 


town  and  Primis  he  enumerates  three  other  Blemyan  cities.  At  the  present  time  there  are  known  to  Visit  of 
exist  between  Kalabsheh  and  Ibrim  the  Meroitic  ruins  of  Sh'ablul,  Begrash  and  Karanog,  besides  the  df%.™fi0~ 
more  scattered  villages  that  lined  the  river  bank.  Karanog,  according  to  the  modern  Nubian, 
means  the  House  of  Gara  or  Kara  (the  initial  letter  is  uncertainly  pronounced),  and  dangerous 
as  such  identifications  are  it  is  difficult  not  to  see  the  same  word  in  the  name  Chiris  which  Olym- 
piodorus  gives  to  one  of  the  towns.  Certainly  at  the  time  of  the  historian's  visit  Karanog  must 
have  been  one  of  the  most  important  if  not  the  most  important  town  after  Ibrim  to  be  seen  in  this 
country,  and  he  cannot  fail  to  have  included  it  in  his  enumeration;  so  that  the  choice  of  names 
is  reduced  at  most  to  three,  of  which  Chiris  seems  the  most  probable.*  In  Phoinikon,  the  city 
of  palm-trees,  we  are  tempted  to  recognize  Begrash  whose  rockv  acropolis  looks  down  upon  the 
wide  palm-groves  of  Tomas,  the  most  fertile  reach  in  lower  Nubia.  Thapis  may  be  Taphis, 
identified  with  the  modern  Tafa. 

But  this  kindly  welcome  of  a  pagan  litterateur  was  but  an  interlude  in  a  long  act  of  religious  -phe  Blemyes 
wars  and  persecutions.  About  the  same  time  as  it  occurred  Palladiusf  found  the  Blemyes  raiding  ij'^a^e-^le 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Panopolis  and  threatening  the  monastery  there.  The  pay  of  the  Byzan- 
tine troops  in  Egypt  was  in  arrears  and  the  men  refused  therefore  to  exert  themselves  in  the  defence 
of  the  province;  the  wretched  Christians  took  refuge  in  the  strong  monasteries  that  now  began 
to  spring  up  in  Egypt,  and  the  land  was  left  at  the  mercy  of  the  invaders  who  exacted  tribute 
on  what  they  did  not  destroy.  In  about  429  a.  d.  the  Blemyes  descended  upon  the  Oasis  at 
Kharga  and  sacked  its  towns;  amongst  the  captives  whom  they  carried  off  was  no  less  a  person 
than  NestoriusJ  the  heresiarch,  then  living  in  exile  in  the  Oasis,  but  the  retreating  invaders  were 
threatened  by  the  Mazices,  a  Numidian  tribe  of  the  western  desert,  and  Nestorius  and  his 
companions  in  misfortune  were  released  and  passed  into  the  hands  of  Senouti.  This  militant  Senouti. 
monk,  who  had  himself  carried  out  wholesale  massacres  of  pagans  and  had  burned  their  priests 
alive,  regarded  the  Blemyes,  who  retaliated  by  firing  churches  and  slaughtering  Christians,  as 
the  scourge  of  God  sent  to  punish  a  back-sliding  generation.  1  he  great  White  Monastery  at 
Akhmim  had  only  been  finished  two  years  when  the  Blemyes  raided  the  district  of  Kynopolis. 
Senouti  §  threw  open  his  gates  to  the  fugitives,  and  twenty  thousand  of  these,  including  the 
prisoners  released  after  the  Kharga  raid,  found  shelter  with  the  monks  and  for  three  months 
were  fed  by  them,  while  the  worshippers  of  Beliar  enjoyed  undisputed  mastery  over  the  country- 
side. 

Senouti  indeed  was  brought  into  collision  with  the  Blemyes  on  more  than  one  occasion, || 
but  though  the  most  prominent  he  was  not  the  only  sufferer  amongst  the  church  fathers.  In 
the  latter  part  of  the  reign  of  Theodosius  II,  Appion,  bishop  of  Syene,  writes  begging  for  assistance 
for  the  churches  built  on  the  island  of  Philae  in  near  neighbourhood  to  the  international  temple 
of  Isis;  the  Christian  shrines  thus  invidiously  placed  could  no  longer  stand  unaided  against  the 
incursions  of  the  Blemyes  and  the  Nobatai.^f  By  447  a.  d.  the  danger  to  the  Empire  had 
become  pressing;  with  all  the  ^Ethiopian  peoples  in  alliance  (App.  I,  Q)  the  policy  of  the  buffer 
state  had  for  the  time  being  failed;  the  cry  went  up  loudly  from  Egypt,  and  it  would  seem  that 


*Chara  is  a  common  element  in  ^Ethiopian 
names,  e.  g.,  Charachen,  Charahiet,  Charapatchour. 
Chiris  and  Kara  ...  are  probably  both  corrup- 
tions of  this. 

tVitae  Patrum,  ed.  1628,  p.  957. 

JEvagrius,  Hist.  eccl.  i,  7. 

§Besa's  life  of  Senouti;  cf.  J.  Leipholdt, 
Berichte  Schenutes  iiber  Einfalle  der  Nubier  in 
/Egypten,  ^Egypt.  Zeitschrift  40,  1902-3,  Leip- 
holdt is  at  some  pains  to  show  that  the  Egoosh  of 


the  earliest  account  were  Nubians,  wrongly  identified 
by  Besa  and  Evagrius  with  the  Blemyes;  since 
however  Blemyes  and  Nobatai  were  at  this  time 
acting  in  concert,  both  names  could  probably  be 
employed  with  equal  truth  in  a  description  of  the 
raids,  and  to  differentiate  between  them  might 
well  be  historically  wrong. 

||  Cf.  Revillout;  Memoire  p.  393. 

^Wilcken  in  Archiv  fur  Papyrusforschung,  I, 
396,  IV,  1  72 . 


96 


KARANOG 


Senouti.  the  Romans  made  a  transient  effort  to  defend  their  subjects.  If  the  fragments  of  an  epic  poem* 
recording  a  victory  over  the  Blemyes  won  by  one  Germanus  refer  to  the  general  of  that  name  who 
in  441  a.  d.  was  fighting  for  Theodosius  against  the  Vandals,  then  the  invaders  received  a  decided 
check,  for  the  poet  records  in  Homeric  language  how  the  hero  and  his  Greek-named  followers 
routed  their  neo-Trojan  enemy  and  stormed  the  Blemyan  camp.  It  was,  however,  no  more  than 
a  temporary  success,  and  did  not  suffice  to  clear  the  province.  Indeed  the  Blemyes  were  now 
more  than  raiders;  they  were  definitely  settled  in  the  Thebaid  and  assumed  in  a  measure  its  civil 
government;  the  Roman  troops  that  had  garrisoned  the  frontier  were  prisoners  in  their  hands, 
and  Ptolemais  seems  to  have  been  the  regular  base  from  which  their  forces  terrorized  the  country 
to  the  north.  How  thorough  was  the  occupation  is  shown  by  two  extant  lettersf  (App.  I,  R). 
In  the  first  of  these  Charachen,  king  of  the  Blemyes,  entrusts  to  his  sons  Charapatchour  and 
Charahiet  the  government  of  the  island  of  Tanare,  instructing  them  to  safeguard  it  against  any 
infringement  of  rights  on  the  part  of  Rome.  In  the  second  letter  another  king,  apparently 
Pachytimne,  appoints  a  priest  governor  of  the  same  island.  The  documents  were  found  at 
Gebelen,  some  twenty-five  miles  south  of  Thebes,  and  the  island  over  which  the  Blemyan  kings 
exercised  their  rule  was  that  which  lies  almost  opposite  the  modern  village.  The  invitation 
extended  to  Olympiodorus  was  a  sign,  not  only  of  courtesy  to  a  fellow  pagan,  but  of  an  intelligent 
interest  in  the  scientific  researches  of  Europe;  now  we  see  a  Blemyan  sovereign  issuing  his  orders 
in  Greek,  keeping  about  him  a  regular  court  of  domestics,  chamberlains  and  scribes,  and  dating 
the  events  of  his  reign  by  Indictions,  altogether  after  the  manner  of  a  Byzantine  ruler. 

But  if  the  Blemyes  seemed  firmly  established  in  the  Thebaid,  they  did  but  aggravate  the 
wild  disorders  from  which  the  province  suffered.  The  Christians  were  systematically  harried,  and 
the  presence  of  these  bloodthirsty  settlers  so  far  within  the  broken  frontier  was  a  menace  to  the 
dignity  as  it  was  ruin  to  the  subjects  of  Rome. 
Campaignof  In  a.  d.  452  Maximinus,  a  general  in  the  service  of  the  emperor  Marcianus,  embarked  upon 
Maximmus.  a  serj0us  an(j  a  decisive  campaign.  He  consulted,  it  seems,  John  the  hermit  of  LycopolisJ  and  the 
aged  Senouti, §  and  assured  by  them  of  success  attacked  the  combined  forces  of  the  Blemyes  and 
the  Nobatai  (App.  I,  S).  The  routed  enemy  sued  for  peace,  first  of  all  for  so  long  as  the  Roman 
troops  should  remain  in  the  Thebaid,  then  for  the  space  of  the  general's  lifetime,  and,  when  the 
two  ingenuous  proposals  failed,  they  concluded  a  treaty  that  should  hold  good  for  a  hundred  years. 
They  agreed  to  restore  without  ransom  the  Roman  captives  they  had  taken  in  their  previous 
raids,  to  give  up  the  cattle  and  goods  that  they  had  lifted,  to  pay  for  the  damage  caused  by  their 
incursions,  and,  what  they  had  never  done  before,  to  give  hostages  for  their  good  behaviour  in 
the  future.  In  return  Maximinus,  good  Christian  though  he  was,  granted  permission  for  the  annual 
pilgrimage  to  the  Isis  temple  at  Philae  to  continue  and  for  the  image  to  be  carried  down  yearly 
to  Ethiopia  on  its  fertilizing  mission.  The  pagan  ceremony  had  never  yet  been  interrupted,  || 
and  with  religious  feeling  running  so  high,  peace  would  have  been  impossible  except  upon  the 
condition  of  its  maintenance.    On  the  sacred  island  the  general  met  the  envoys  of  the  defeated 


♦Published  by  F.  Biicheler  in  Rheinisches  Museum 
xxxix,  p.  279  f. 

tj.  Krall,  Beitrage  zur  Geschichte  der  Blemyer 
und  Nubier.  On  epigraphical  grounds  these  letters 
are  attributed  (by  Wessely)  to  the  end  of  the  fifth 
or  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  century  a.  d  .  It  is 
tempting  to  assign  them  to  a  date  prior  to  Maxi- 
minus' campaign,  but  in  any  case  the  state  of  affairs 
to  which  they  point  must  date  back  to  that  period. 
After  Maximinus '  victory  there  can  have  been  no 
re-occupation  by  the  Blemyes  of  territory  so  far 


north  of  the  frontier,  but  the  terms  of  peace  dictated 
by  the  general  may  well  have  sanctioned  something 
more  of  the  status  quo  ante  than  imperial  historians 
have  chosen  to  record. 

JPalladius  Hist.  Laus.,  xliii. 

§Coptic  life  of  Senouti,  quoted  by  Revillout, 
Memoire,  p.  405. 

||  It  was  performed  by  one  Smetchem  in  448-9. 
C.I.G.,  4945.  For  the  conduct  of  Maximmus  cf. 
the  story  of  Archelaus  at  Elephantine,  Revillout, 
Seconde  Memoire  17. 


THE  BLEMYES  AND  THE  ROMAN  FRONTIER 


97 


tribes  and  the  terms  of  their  agreement  were  written  up  in  the  shrine  of  the  goddess;  but,  as  in  Campaign  of 
Diocletian's  treaty,  the  sanction  of  religion  was  strengthened  by  the  yearly  subsidy  which  Rome  Maxtmtnus- 
still  paid  to  her  unruly  neighbours.  A  very  fragmentary  poem  in  Greek  hexameters*  apparently 
celebrates  the  victories  of  Maximinus  who  from  his  post  of  honour  about  the  Emperor's  person 
had  been  specially  dispatched  to  the  rescue  of  the  Thebaid  and  had  secured  a  hundred  years 
of  truce  for  that  harrowed  country.  The  poem,  however,  was  a  little  premature.  The  question 
of  their  hostages  still  rankled  in  the  minds  of  a  people  who  never  before  had  bought  peace  at 
such  a  price;  as  soon  therefore  as  they  heard  of  Maximinus '  death,  which  occurred  shortly  after  his 
withdrawal,  they  again  overran  southern  Egypt  and  recovered  by  force  the  persons  whom  they  had 
involuntarily  surrendered.  Florus,  the  praefect  of  Alexandria,  repelled  the  raid.f  but  the  vexed 
matter  of  the  hostages  was  judiciously  overlooked,  and  the  Blemyes  settled  down  to  keep  with 
as  much  good  faith  as  could  be  expected  of  them  the  terms  that  Maximinus  had  imposed. 

Until  the  reign  of  Justinian  the  Romans  in  Upper  Egypt  seem  to  have  been  comparatively 
untroubled.  The  worship  of  Isis  continued  upon  the  island  of  Philae  (App.  I,  T),  but  the  pagan 
temples  of  the  Thebaid  were  ruthlessly  destroyed,  and  amongst  the  Nobatai,  who  were  no  longer  in 
alliance  with  the  Blemyes,  but  called  themselves  friends  of  Rome,  the  new  religion  had  made  very 
considerable  headway.  The  Blemyes,  however,  remained  true  to  their  ancient  faith  and  showed 
no  desire  for  conversion;  the  old  raiding  spirit  broke  out  afresh  as  the  hundred  years  of  the  truce 
drew  towards  an  end,  and  it  was  only  too  likely  that  the  formal  expiry  of  the  term  would  be 
marked  by  a  general  conflagration.  In  the  year  538-9  a.  d.  Johannes,  praefect  of  the  East,  was 
ordered  by  Justinian  to  embark  on  a  general  reform  of  Egypt,  and  he  is  probably  the  praefect 
Johannes  to  whom  is  addressed  a  plaintive  Greek  poem  of  which  a  few  fragments  have  come  down 
to  us  (App.  I,U).  The  author,  a  landholder  in  the  south  of  Egypt,  complains  of  the  extortion 
practised  by  the  tax-collectors,  but  most  of  all  beseeches  the  modern  Herakles  to  protect  him  from 
the  Blemyes  so  that  he  may  find  money  to  pay  in  to  the  imperial  treasury.  Twice  in  three  years 
had  the  Blemyes  swarmed  across  the  frontier;  the  government  forces  on  the  spot  were  not  strong 
enough  to  oppose  them  effectively,  and  a  special  expedition  would  be  needed  to  crush  the  pagans. 
Religious  zeal  and  political  foresight  alike  demanded  that  Rome  should  take  timely  action. 

Between  the  years  540  and  548  a.  d.,  and  probably  at  the  beginning  of  that  period,  Justinian  j^/^a^ 
and  Theodora,  grieved  that  the  Nobatai,  the  friends  of  the  Roman  Empire,  should  still  be  heathen,  and 
determined  upon  their  conversion.    Two  missions  were  despatched  ;J  the  emperor  sent  a  bishop  Theodora. 
of  the  orthodox  faith,  the  empress  a  Jacobite  monk,  Julian  by  name;  but  the  empress  by  letters 
to  the  governor  of  Syene  contrived  that  her  missionary  should  be  first  upon  the  field  and  receive 
the  welcome  which  the  Nubian  king,  a  ready  convert,  was  eager  to  extend  to  the  emissary  of 
his  powerful  friends.    Nubia  embraced  the  monophysite  faith,  and  while  Justinian's  presents 
were  politely  received  the  creed  of  Chalcedon  was  firmly  rejected.    This  rejection  was  a  political 
error  which  the  king  of  the  Nobatai  did  not  take  long  to  rectify;  we  know§  that  before  Justinian's 
death  the  orthodox  faith  had  already  prevailed  over  the  monophysite  in  Nubia,  and  that  the 
priest  Julian  remained  only  two  years  at  the  Nubian  court ;  probably  his  departure  coincided  with 
the  conversion  of  his  former  patron. 

Thus  the  way  was  paved  for  averting  such  danger  as  threatened  the  Roman  frontier. 

The  last  chapter  of  Blemyan  history  is  written  in  the  triumphal  stela  set  up  at  Talmis  by 
Silko,  king  of  the  Nobatai  (App.  I,  V).  It  is  difficult  to  set  in  order  the  lamentable  Greek  of 
the  inscription,  but  apparently  the  king  speaks  of  two  campaigns  whose  combined  results  he  sums 
up  at  the  beginning  of  his  record. 


*In  Berliner  Klassikertexte,  Heft  V,  Band  I, 
Pap.  9799.  The  fact  that  the  hero  has  played  the 
part  of  a  Themistokles  against  the  Persians  would 
seem  to  clinch  the  allusion. 


fEvagrius,  Hist,  eccles.  II,  5. 
JBar  Hebraeus  Ecclesiastical  History,  translated 
by  Budge,  Egyptian  Sudan,  vol.  II,  p.  295. 
§Procopius,  de  bello  Persico  I,  20. 


7 


9§ 


KARANOG 


oTsilko0"  1  Silko-'  he  ^eclares-  'king  of  the  Noubades  and  of  all  the  Ethiopians,  went  to  Talmis  and 

c.  545  A.  D.  Taphis.  Once,  yea  twice  I  warred  with  the  Blemyes,  and  once  after  the  three  (battles  or  "with  the 
three  allies")  God  gave  me  the  victory.  I  conquered  them  again  and  made  myself  master  of  their 
cities;  I  established  myself  there  with  my  armies. 

'The  first  time,  I  conquered  them  and  they  made  supplication  to  me ;  I  made  peace  with  them 
and  they  swore  to  me  by  their  idols  and  I  believed  their  oath,  that  they  were  good  (i.  e.  loyal) 
men.  I  went  back  into  my  own  upper  country.  When  I  became  king  I  went  out  not  at  all 
behind  the  other  kings  but  far  ahead  of  them.  For  they  that  seek  a  quarrel  against  me,  I  leave 
them  riot  sitting  in  their  own  land,  unless  they  make  supplication  and  call  upon  me,  for  I  am  a 
lion  in  the  lower  country  and  in  the  upper  country  an  oryx  (or  bear). 

T  warred  with  the  Blemyes  from  Primis  unto  Telelis  (?  Talmis)  once  for  all,  and  the  others  to 
the  south  of  the  Noubades  I  sacked  their  countries  since  they  sought  a  quarrel  against  me.  The 
lords  of  the  other  nations  who  seek  a  quarrel  against  me,  I  leave  them  not  to  sit  in  the  shade  but 
outside  in  the  sun,  and  they  did  not  so  much  as  drink  water  inside  in  their  own  houses;  for  they 
who  set  themselves  against  me  I  carry  off  their  women  and  their  children.' 

The  first  campaign  seems  to  have  been  successful  but  not  particularly  decisive,  the  worship 
of  the  old  gods  continued  at  Philae,  and  the  Blemyes,  though  reduced  to  subjection,  remained  a 
nation.  But  the  new  ally  and  convert  had  shown  at  once  his  zeal  and  his  powers,  and  Justinian 
determined  to  use  both  to  his  advantage.  Narses,  the  commander  of  the  Roman  troops  in 
southern  Egypt,  was  sent  to  Philae;  the  shrines  were  dismantled,  the  priests  of  Isis  put  in  prison, 
and  the  images  sent  to  Constantinople  (App.  I,  W).  Of  the  three  parties  to  the  original  compact 
made  by  Diocletian  and  renewed  by  Maximinus  two  had  embraced  a  faith  to  which  the  old  treaty 
rites  were  odious;  they  united  now  to  destroy  the  sanctuaries  of  the  older  gods  and  thereby  to 
provoke  to  a  similar  destruction  those  to  whom  the  sanctuaries  were  still  holy.  The  Blemyes 
indeed  'sought  a  quarrel '  against  those  who  would  rob  them  of  privileges  so  long  enjoyed.  Silko, 
probably  supported  by  the  troops  under  Narses,  again  overran  the  country,  sacked  or  occupied 
the  cities,  carried  off  the  women  and  children  and  left  not  a  man  in  the  shelter  of  his  old  home. 
From  this  time  the  Blemyes  disappear  from  the  region  north  of  Ibrim  if  not  from  the  whole  country 
between  the  first  and  second  cataracts ;  the  remnant  of  the  people  took  refuge  in  the  eastern 
deserts  from  which  their  forefathers  originally  came.  The  destruction  of  the  Blemyes  thus 
took  place  before  the  middle  of  the  sixth  century,  perhaps  about  543  a.  d.  A  few  years  later, 
when  Eirpanome*  had  succeeded  to  the  throne  of  Silko,  bishop  Theodore  turned  the  pronaos  of 
the  temple  of  Isis  at  Philae  into  a  Christian  church,  churches  sprang  up  in  all  the  river-side  towns, 
where  temples  had  been,  and  a  Byzantine  exarch  held  sway  at  Talmis — a  witness  to  the  part  that 
Justinian's  forces  had  played  in  the  victories  that  the  Nubian  Basiliskos  claimed  for  his  own. 
The  Blemyes  passed  away  with  the  religion  to  which  they  had  been  faithful.  Some  of  their 
towns,  such  as  Begrash  and  Ibrim,  were  inhabited  afterwards  by  an  alien  people,  but  Karanog 
seems  never  to  have  recovered  from  the  blow  that  Silko  dealt.  The  latest  objects  from  the 
cemetery  belong,  as  we  have  seen,  to  the  fifth  or  sixth  century,  nor  does  Christianity  anywhere 
intrude;  and  the  same  holds  true,  so  far  as  we  know  at  present,  of  the  town.  The  fortress  with 
the  houses  that  cluster  about  it  was  built  when  the  Blemyes  entered  the  country  at  the  close  of 
the  first  century,  and  fell  into  disuse  when  in  the  sixth  century  the  Blemyes  were  driven  out;  its 
history  is  strictly  conterminous  with  that  of  the  dominion  which  for  nearly  four  hundred  and 
fifty  years  that  desert  people  exercised  over  lower  Nubia,  nor  is  there  any  need  for  us  in  this 
volume  to  deal  with  a  Christian  Nubia  in  which  Karanog  and  its  inhabitants  played  no  part. 

♦Hellesthiaios  who  was  in  alliance  with  Justinian  before  the  close  of  the  Persian  war  in  561  a.d.  was 
perhaps  the  successor  of  Eirpanome     Proc.  de  Bello  Persico,  I,  20. 


APPENDIX  I 


HISTORICAL  PASSAGES  FROM  CLASSICAL  AUTHORS 

(1)  Pliny,  Ar.  H.,  vi,  181.  Intravere  autem  et  eo  arma  Romana  divi  Augusti  temporibus 
duce  P.  Petronio  et  ipso  equestris  ordinis  praefecto  Aegypti.  Is  oppida  eorum  expugnavit 
quae  sola  invenimus  quo  dicemus  ordine:  Pselchin,  Primi,  Bocchin,  Forum  Cambusis, 
Alteniam,  Stadissim,  ubi  Nilus  praecipitans  se  fragore  auditum  accolis  aufert.  Diripuit  et 
Nepata. 

(2)  Monumcntum  Ancyranum  27.  Meo  iussu  et  auspicio  ducti  sunt  duo  exercitus  eodem 
fere  tempore  in  Aethiopiam  et  in  Arabiam,  quae  appellatur  eudaemon,  maximaeque  hostium 
gentis  utriusque  copiae  caesae  sunt  in  acie,  et  complura  oppida  capta.  In  Aethiopiam  usque 
ad  oppidum  Nabata  perventum  est,  cui  proxima  est  Meroe. 

(3)  Dio  Cassius,  liv,  5.  virb  Se  tov  avrbv  tovtov  ^povov  ol  Aidiorres  ol  vnep  AlyvTTTOv 
OLKOvvres  Trpo€^d>p~qaav  pe^pt  rrj?  7rdXeoj?  rrj<;  EXec^avr  1V77?  wvopaapeviq^  ndvTa  ra  iv 
Trocrl  Tropdovvres,  rjyovpevrj<;  o-(f)Lcn  Ka^Sa/cr}?.  Trvdopevot  Se  ivTavdd  ttov  Tdiov  Uerpaiviov 
tov  rrj?  KlyviTTov  ap^ovTa  irpocTLevai,  TrpoairrjXdov  pev  a>?  kol  &La(f)€v£6pevoi-  /cara- 
Xrj<j>divTe<;  Se  iv  toj  dSaj  rjTTijdrjo-av,  /cd/c  tovtov  Kal  e?  ttjv  oIkzLov  ambv  lo~-na.o-a.vTo.  /cat 
/caXai?  /cat  e'/cet  dyojvLO-dpevos,  7rdXet?  dXXa?  /cat  ttjv  Tavdrnqv  to  /^acrt'Xetof  a.7reXe/3e.  /cat 
eK€Lvr)  pev  /carecr/cd^.  iv  eTepco  Se'  tlvl  ^copia)  (f>povpd  KaTeXel^drj.  6  yap  HeTpcovto'  pr\Te 
irepanepu>  Sid  re  Tr/v  dppov  Kal  Sid  to  Kavpa  TrpoeXdelv,  pv)Te  Kara  ^copav  peTa  TrdvTO<; 
tov  CTpaTov  pelvai  /caXai?  hvvrjdels,  dve^coprjae  to  irXelov  avTov  iirayopevo<;-  Kav  tovtco 
to)v  AxdiOTTOiv  roi?  <f>povpoi<;  itriQ  epeviav ,  avdis  re  eV  avrovq  icrTpaTevae  kol  rou? 
cr(f)€T€pov<;  ippvaaTO,  Kal  Trjv  KavSaKrjv  o~vp^rjvaL  ol  rjvdyKao-ev. 

(4)  Strabo,  xvii,  i,  54.  'E^ciSr)  Se  ol  Aid  [ones,  KaTa<f>povrjo-avTe<;  ra!  pepo<;  tl  tt}~  iv 
AiyviTTO)  Svvdpecos  direo-ndo-d 'at  pera  TaXXou  AtXtou  rroXepovvTO<;  irpb<;  rov?  'Apa/3a?, 
iirrjXdov  ttj  (Bh^atSi,  Kal  ttj  (f>povpa  tcov  Tpitov  cnret.pu)v  twv  Kara  ~S,vr]v7]v  Kal  eXoi^re? 
e(f)dao~av  tt/v  re  "Zvrjvqv  Kal  tt)v  'EXecfravTLviqv  kol  4>iXd?  e'£  e'^dSot  Sta  to  al<f)vi$Lov  /cat 
i^TqvSpaTToSio-avTo,  dveo—rrao-av  Se  /cat  rou?  Katcrapo?  dv$pidvTa<;-  ineXOajv  iXaTTocnv  rj 
pvpiOLS  7re£oi?  UeTpcovLos  lirirevo-Lv  Se  d/cra/cocriot?  77/309  dvSpas  rptcrpvoiou?,  npwTov  pev 
■qvdyKaaev  ava^>vyeiv  avTov;  els  ^eX^cv,  iroXiv  AWlottlk^v,  /cat  7rpeo~/3euerai  ra  re 
Xrj(f)devTa  diraiTwv  /cat  rd?  atria?,  St'  d?  r/p^av  rroXepov  XeyovTcov  S'  rL?  dSiKolvTO  vrrb 
tu)v  vopdpyoiv  dXX  ou/c  i<§>r)  tovtov1;  rjyepova<;  eti^at  7175  x&jpa?  aXXa  Katcrapa-  aLTrjcrapiviov 
S'  7)pipa.<5  rpet?  et?  fiovXrjv  /cat  prjSev,  £>v  e^prjv,  ttolovvtcov,  Trpoo-/3aXa)v  rjvdyKao-e 
irpoeXdelv  ct?  pd^rjv,  ra^u  Se  TpoTrrjv  eVotr^cre,  crvvTeTaypivcov  re  /ca/cw?  /cat  wirXio-pivoiv 
peydXovs  yap  ei^ov  dvpeovq  /cat  tovtov;  <opoj3otvov<;,  dpvvTijpLa  Se  7reXe'/cet9,  ot  Se  /coitou? 
01  Se  /cat  £t(f)r).  tlv€<;  piv  ovv  et<?  ttjv  ttoXlv  o-vvTqXdOrjcrav,  ol  S'  et?  ttjp  iprjpiav  i(f)vyov. 
Tivaq  Se  vrjo-os  TrXrjaLov  vneSe^aTo  e/3avTas  et?  tov  trbpov  ov  yap  ttoXXol  rjaav  ivTavda  ol 
KpoKoSeuXoL  Sta  tov  povv.  tovtcov  S'  rjaav  Kal  ol  r^?  /3acrtXtcrcn7?  o~TpaTrjyoi  tt)<;  Ka^Sa/cr;?, 
-17  /ca^'  r)pa<;  -qp^t  tu>v  AlOlottcov,  avSptKij  rt?  yvvrj  TreTT-qpcopevn)  tov  erepov  tu>v  6(f>daXpojv 
tovtov;  re  Srj  t,u>ypia  Xapfidvei  airavTas,  eVt7rXeuo"a?  cr^eStat?  re  /cat  vavai,  Kal  KaTaTripTrei, 
napa^pr/pa  et?  ' AXe^dv&peiav,  itreXdcov  re  Trp  ^Fe'X^tt-  alpel.  tt poo~ apiQ povpivov  Se  rot? 
eaXcoKocrt  rou  irXrjdovs  tojv  irecrovTOJV  iv  ttj  pd^rj,  rou?  o"a)^eWa?  oXtyou?  TravTairao-i 
yeveadat  avvi^rj.  e'/c  Se  ^Fe'X^to?  ^/cef  et?  UprjpvLv,  ipvpvrjv  ttoXiv,  hieXdoiv  rov?  divas  iv 
ot?  6  Kap/Svcrov  KaTe-^diaOrj  crrpard?  ipirecrovTO1;  dvepov  irpoo-fiaXcov  Se  e'^  i(f)6Sov  b 
<f)povpi.ov  alpel,  /cat  jaera  raura  coppr/aev  inl  Nairdrcov  tovto  Se  rd  fiao-'iXeiov  rry? 
Kat'Sa/cr/?,  /cat  ^v  ivravda  utd?  avT~q<;-    Kal  aurr)  S'  eV  rtvt  TvXrjO-Lov  t'Spvro  ^copLO).  Trpea- 

(99) 


IOO 


KARANOG 


A  fitvcrapivrjs  Se  rrepl  <£tXia9  Kai  aTroSovo~r)<;  tous  4k  %i/rjvr)<;  al^paXarrov1;  Kal  tov? 
di/SpiavTa?,  ineXOcov  Xapfidvei  Kal  rd  Na7raTa,  <f>vyovTo<;  tov  TratSds,  Kal  KaTacrKaTTTei- 
i£avBpaTTO$io~d{x€vo<;  8'  dvao~Tp4(f>€L  ttoKlv  eis  tovttlo~o)  pera  raj^  \a<f>vpwv,  SvcroSa  Kpivas 
Ta  TTpoaorrepco-  rr)v  8e  UprjpvLV  Tet^tcras  fiikriov,  (f)povpdv  ip/3a\ojv  Kal  Tpo<f>r)v  Bvelv 
ivLavrcov  T€TpaKoo~tOL<;  dvSpaaiv,  aTrrjpev  eis  'AXe^dvSpeiav  Kal  tojv  al^fiakancov  tous  p,ez/ 
ika<f>vpoTTCo\-qo~e,  ^iXiov?  Se  Katcrapi  eTrep\\ie  vea)0~Ti  4k  KavTa(3pa>v  t^kovti,  toi"?  Se  vdo"ot 
Siexprjaavro.  iv  tovtco  pvpidat  Kav&aKT)  7roXXat?  eVt  tt)i>  <f>povpav  inrjXOe.  TIeTp<ovto<; 
8'  itjefioijOrjcre  Kal  <f)6dvei  TTpoo~e\da)v  els  ro  (ppovpiov,  Kal  ttXclootl  Trapao-Kevals  i^aa- 
(f)a\io-dp.€vo<;  tov  tottov,  wpea^evaapivcov,  tKeXevaev  a>s  Katcrapa  npea^evecrdaL-  ovk 
etSeWt  Se  (fyacTKovrcov  darts  €*rj  Kauxa/>  Kal  07117  /3a8io"TeW  €117  Trap1  avrov,  eSaiKC  tov<; 
Trapairepxliovras-  Kal  tjkov  €19  ^dpov,  ivravOa  tov  Katcrapo?  ovtos  Kal  /xe'XXoiro?  €19 
"Zvpiav  ivrev0ev  TTpo'iivax,  Ttfiipiov  ets  'Appeviav  o-tcWovtos.  TrdvTcov  Se  Tu^di^ra*^,  wv 
iSiovro,  d<f>rjK€v  aurots  Kat  tou?  <f>6pov<;  ovg  lTreaTr)o~€. 

B  (1)  Strabo,  xvii,  i,  54.  etcrt  8'  ovVot  vopdBes  Kat  ou  770XX0I  ovoe  p.dyip.01,  Sokovvtcs  Se 
rot?  7rdXai  Std  to  \tjo~t piKws  d(f)v\aKToi<5  eViTtc^eo'^ai  7roXXaKt9  .  .  .  /cat  iw  .  .  .  rpio~l 
o"7retpats,  ouSe  Taurats  eWeXecrt,  tKavws  vtto  twv  Vcjpaiojv  77  X^P0,  ^povpcirau..  Strabo 
here  refers  equally  to  the  Aethiopians,  Nubians  and  Blemmys. 

(2)  Cf.  C.  I.  L.,  iii,  79.  Deo  magno  Mercurio  |  adoravit  vexillus  ]  Leg.  II  Traiani  fortis  | 
nonas  febr.  anno  XIIMP  Traiani  Aug  |  Scripsit  C.  Cossinius.    Inscription  at  Dakkeh,  109  a.  d. 

C  C.  I.  G.,  iii,  580.  * ApTTOKpa<5  t}k(o  dvafiaivcov  p.[e]Td  'E  .  .  .  |  Trpeo~fievTov  Kat  TaXtou 
ypappaTi[aj<;  twv  7Tept]  |  tt)v  Kvplav  [/3]ao-iXtcrcrai'  Kal  to  Trpoa\j<vv rjpa  ]  |  iTroLrjcra  c58e 
napd  Tat  Kvpio)  'Epp[jfl  deco  p€yio~T(o\  |  Kat  'JLpdrov  K[a]t  'Av66vo~r]<;  K[a]t  [*AXe]  |  ^a\v]Spija<; 
Lt£  (K)atcra  p^xel 

D  C.  I.  L.,  iii,  83.  Bona  fortuna  dominae  I  reginae  in  multos  an  |  nos  feliciter  venit  e  urbe 
mense  apr  (  die  XV  [vid]i  taci  |  tus. 

E  (1)  Pliny,  H.  X.,  vi,  181.  Haec  (oppida)  sunt  prodita  usque  Meroen  ex  quibus  hoc 
tempore  nullum  prope  utroque  latere  exstat.  Certe  solitudines  nuper  renuntiavere  principi 
Neroni  missi  ab  eo  milites  praetoriani  cum  tribuno  ad  explorandum,  inter  reliqua  bella  et 
Aethiopicum  cogitanti. 

(2)  Seneca.  Nat.  Quaest.,  vi,  8.  Ego  quidem  centuriones  duos,  quos  Nero  Caesar,  ut 
aliarum  virtutum  ita  veritatis  in  primis  amantissimus,  ad  investigandum  caput  Nili  miserat, 
audivi  narrantes,  longum  illos  iter  peregisse,  quum  a  rege  Aethiopiae  instructi  auxilio,  com- 
mendatique  proximis  regibus,  penetrassent.  Ad  ulteriora  equidem,  aiebant,  pervenimus,  ad 
immensas  paludes  quarum  exitum  nec  incolae  noverant  nec  sperare  quisquam  potest.  Ita 
implicitae  aquis  herbae  sunt,  et  aquae  nec  pediti  eluctabiles  nec  navigio  quod  nisi  parvum  et 
unius  capax  limosa  et  obsita  palus  non  ferat. 

jr  Strabo,  xvi,  3.  Kat  prjv  dt  ye  AlBiones  to  tt\4ov  vopahtKa><;  £a}o~t  Kat  aVdpaj?  Sid  tc  tt)v 
Kvtt poTTjTa  Trjs  ^ajpa?  «al  ttjv  tu>v  depcov  ao~vppeTpiav  Kat  tov  d(f>'  rjpoiv  iKToir to~ pov. 

G  Pliny,  N.  H.,vi,  29.  a  Syene  Hieran  Sycaminon  liiii  mil.  pass.;  inde  Tama  Ixxii  mil. 
pass.;  regionem  Euonymiton  Acthiopttm  primam,  cxx. 


HISTORICAL  PASSAGES  FROM  CLASSICAL  AUTHORS  101 

H  (i)  Strabo,  xvi,  2.  2ep./3/HTcu  .  .  .  fiacnXevovTcu  vtto  yvvaLKos,  viraKOvovcri  Be  to>v  ev 
Meporj.  ret  Se  KcvroiTepa)  eKcvrepwOev  Mepdrys  irapd  pev  tov  NeIXoi>  npbs  ttjv  'Epvdpdv 
Meydfiapoi  kol  BXeppves,  Ai6l6tto)v  viraKovovTes  AlyvnTioLS  Be  opopoi.  .  .  .  e£  apLcrrepuv 
he  rrjs  pvcre(i)<s  tov  NeiXov  Novfiai  koltolkovctlv  ev  Tjj  Aifivr),  peya  edvos,  drrb  T79  Mepor/s 
dp£dpevoi  per^pi  tmv  dyK(ovo)v,  oi>)(  vtroTaTTopevoL  rots  AldioxftLv,  ctXX'  iSia  Kara  TrXeiovs 
/3ao"tXeta5  BiecXrippevoL. 

(2)  Theocritus,  Idyll  vii,  112.    'Ey  Se  Qepei  TrvpaTOicn  Trap'  AidioTreao-i,  vopevoi<; 

Trerpa  vtto  BXepvcov,  odev  ovxeri  NetXos  opards. 

(3)  Dionysius,  Periegetes,  220. 

ev  Be  pv\olo-i 
[56o~kovt  rjireipoLO  ■na.vvo~ra.Toi  AlOioTrrjes 
avru)  Itt  'QKeavy  TTvpdrr)S  napa  repnea  Kepi/779. 
Tojv  Trdpos  aWaXecov  BXepvojv  dve^ovai  KoXwvai, 
evOev  TTLordroio  Karepyerai  vSara  Nei'Xov, 
os  8'  rjTOL  Atfivr/dev  eV  avroXir/v  ttoXvs  epnwv 
Xipis  vtt  AWlottcov  KLKXijcrKeTai-  61  Se  Xvijvrjs 
evvderai  o~rpe<j)devTa  per  ovvopa  NeTXoz/  eOevro. 
cf.  Prisciani  Periegesis. 

(4)  The  Anonymus  in  Geogr.  graeci  min.  II,  498,  10,  puts  the  Blemyes  on  the  E.  bank, 
south  of  the  Nubians,  next  to  the  Struthophagi  and  the  incense-country. 

(5)  Anonymus  Ravennas,  iii,  3.  Item  iuxta  limbum  Oceani  patria  quae  dicitur  Ae'thiopia 
Garamantium  .  .  .  quae  confinalis  existit  praedictae  Aethiopiae  (i.  e.  Meroe)  et  Troglody- 
torum  ...  ad  frontem  autem  eiusdem  Garamantium  patriae  sunt  arida,  deserta,  montana, 
quae  dicuntur  Marmarides,  Nassamones,  Lotophagi  atque  Blegmies,  in  qua  patria  nunquam 
civitates  fuisse  legimus. 

(6)  Pomponius  Mela,  i,  iv.  At  super  ea  quae  Libyco  mari  abluuntur  Libyes  Aegypti  sunt 
et  Leucoaethiopes  .  .  .  turn  primos  ab  oriente  Garamantas  post  Augilas  et  Troglodytas  et 
ultimos  ad  occasum  Atlantas  audimus.  Intra  (si  credere  Hbet)  vix  iam  homines  magisque 
semiferae,  Aegipanes  et  Blemyes  et  Gamphasantes  et  Satyri,  sine  tectis  ac  sedibus  passim 
vagi,  habent  potius  terras  quam  habitant. 


(1)  Chronicou  Pasquale,  p.  271.  Ae'/aos  .  .  .  dirb  rrj<;  £r)pd<;  Aifivr/s  r/yayev  ep-rerd 
lofioXa  Kal  (f)ofiepd  dppevodrjXea  Kal  direXvaev  cts  to  TT79  AlyvirTov  Xipirov  Bid  rot>9 
No/xaSas  Kal  BXeppvas  fiapfidpovs. 


J  Trebcllius  Pollio,  Tyranni,  xxx,  22.  {Vita  Acmiliani) :  nec  eius  ad  regendam  rempublicam 
vigor  defuit,  nam  Thebaidem  totamque  Aegyptum  peragravit  et  quatenus  potuit  barbarorum 
gentes  forti  auctoritate  summovit. 


X        (1)  Vopiscus.     Vita  Firmi,  3.     cum  Blemmyis  societatem  maximam  tenuit  et  cum 
Saracenis. 

On  Firmus  as  an  Egyptian  tyrant  cf.  Mommsen's  Roman  Provinces,  where  he  says  that 
'  the  so-called  description  of  his  life  is  nothing  else  than  the  sadly  disfigured  catastrophe  of 
Prucheion.' 

(2)  Zosimus,  i,  71.  r^s  Se  Kara  ®rj/3atBa  UroXepaiBos  dTToo~rdarj^  /3a.o-(,Xe'(ys,  TtoXepov 
Be  tt poKOTTTOvTa  eirl  ^povov  fipa^yv  dpapevrj<;,  avrrjv  re  Kal  tovs  o~vppa')(ijo-avTa<;  avrf} 
BXeppua?  TTapeaTTjcraTO  IIpd/3os.     (This  may  refer  to  the  later  campaign  of  276  a.  d.) 


IC2 


KARANOG 


K  (3)  Vopiscus:  Vita  Probi,  ix.  pugnavit  etiam  contra  Palmyrenos  Odenati  et  Cleopatrae 
partibus  Aegyptum  defendentes,  primo  feliciter,  postea  temere  ut  paene  caperetur,  sed  postea 
refectis  viribus  Aegyptum  et  Orientis  maximam  partem  in  Aureliani  potestatem  redegit. 

(4)  Vopiscus:  Vita  Aureliani,  xxxiii.  praecesserunt  elephanti  viginti,  ferae  mansuetae 
Lybicae  .  .  .  praeter  captivos  gentium  barbarorum  Blemmyes  Exomitas  Afabes  Eudaimones 
.  .  .  Praecesserunt  et  inter  hos  etiam  Palmyreni  qui  superfuerant  principes  civitatis  et 
Aegyptii  ob  rebellionem. 

(5)  id.,  xli.  Ille  (proh  pudor)  Orientem  femineo  pressum  iugo  in  nostra  iura  restituit  .  .  . 
Ilium  Saraceni  Blemyes  Axomitae  .  .  .  veluti  praesentem  paene  venerati  sunt  deum. 

L  (1)  Vopiscus:  Vita  Probi,  xvii.  Blemmyes  etiam  subegit  quorum  captivos  Romam 
transmisit  qui  mirab'jem  sui  visum  stupente  populo  Romano  praebuerunt.  Copten  praeterea 
et  Ptolemaidem  urbes  ereptas  barbarico  servitio  Romano  reddidit  iuri.  .  .  .  Narseus 
(Parthicus)  maxime  territus  et  eo  praecipue  quod  Copten  et  Ptolemaidem  comperit  a 
Blemmyis  qui  eas  tenuerant  vindicatao  caesosque  ad  internitionem  eos  qui  gentibus  fuerant 
ante  terrori. 

(2)  id.,  xix.    triumphavit  etiam  de  Germanis  et  Blemmyis. 

M         Procopius,  De  bcllo  Persico,  lib.  I,  19,  p.  59  A.    'E/c  Se  Kv^oopihos   TrdXeaj?   e's   rd  iii 
Axyvrrrov  opia  tt)s  Vtopaioov  dp)(rj<;,   ov   St)  770X15   7)   'JLXe<f>avr Ivrj   KaXovpevr/  01/cetTai, 
rpiaKovra  6805  -qpepoov  itrrlv  ev^oovop  dvopl.     ivravda  edvq  re  dXXa  noXXd  tSpvTat  /cat 
BXeppve<;  re  /cat  No/3drai,  rroXvavd  poorroraTa  yevrj.     ctXXd  BXeppves  pev  tolvty) 9  St)  tt)? 
^copas  e's  ra  pecra  ooKiqvTaL,  No/3drat  Se  ra  dpcf)l  NeiXo^  rrorapov  e\ovai.     rrporepov  Se  ov 
ravra  iyeyovec  ra  ecr^ara  TT79  Foopalcov  dp)(rj<?,  dXX   eVe/cett'a  ocrov  eirra  -qpepoov  erepoov 
iniTrpocrdev  rjv'iKa  Se  6  Voopaloov  avroKpdroop  Ato/cXTTTia^ds  ivravda  yevopevos  Karev6t)o-ev 
on  817  rtov  pev  iiceivQ  ^oopioov  6  <f)6po<;  Xoyov  a^tos  a/?  -qKiara  rjv,  eVet  crrevqv  paXicrra  tt]v 
yr/v  ivravda  o~vp/3aiveL  elvai-  irerpai  rov  Net'Xov  ov  iroXXoo  airodev  v^jrjXal  Xiav  dve^ovcrat 
tt)s  ^oopas  ra  Xot7rd  e^ovaL-  err  par  loot  ojv  Se  irdprroXv  Tt  TrXrjdos  ivravda  e'/c  rraXaiov  iSpvro 
wvrrep  rats  harrdvais  vTrep<f)voo<;  d^decrdac  crvvefiaive  to  &r)p6crLov   apa  Se  /cat  ol  No/3drat 
dp(f)l  iroXlv  "Oatriv  ooKrjpevot  ra  irporepa  rjyov  re  /cat  eof>epov  arravra  eVaet  ra  iKelvr) 
^cupta-    rovrovs  87)  Tou?  fiapfidpovs  dveireiaev  dvacrrrjvaL  pev  ifj  rjdcov  roov  cr<f>erepoov, 
dp(f>l  rrorapov  Se  NetXov  tSpucrao~#at.  hooprjcratrdai  avrov<;  opoXoyrjaas  TroXtal  re  peydXat? 
Kal  ^oopa  TToXXrj  re  /cat  Starve povr ct>?  dpeivovi  r/irep  ra  irporepa  ooKTjvro.     ovroo  ydp  coero 
avrov?  re   ou/cert  rd   ye   dpof>l  rrjv    Oacnv  ivo^Xyjcreiv   ^a/pta  Kai  yfjs    tt)<?  cr^ereprjs 
perarroiovpevov;  are  ot/ceta?  ovcrr)<;.  drroKpovecrdai  BXeppvd<;  re,  ohs  ro  ei/co<?,  Kal  fiapftdpovs 
tojj?  aXXov?.     eTrei  re  rou?  No/^dra?  ravra  r/pecTKe,  rr/v  re  dvdo~rao~iv  avr'iKa  St)  pdXa 
ireTTolrjvro  r/irep  6  AioKXrirtafo?  o~<$>'io~iv  irreareXXe,  koX  VcopaCtov  rds  re  7rdXei5  Kal  ^copav 
crvpiracrav  i<f>"  exdrepa  rov  irorapov  i£  'EXec^airiVri?  7rdXeaj5  ecr^ot',  rore  St)  6  /SaxriXev? 
ovros  avrols  re  Kal  BXepvo~uv  era^e  StSocr^ai  dva  rrav  eros  prjrov  ri  ^pvcriov  icf)  to  p-qKert 
yr/v  rrjv  Vcopditov  X~qlo~oovrai.     orrep  Kal  e?  ipe  Koptl^opevot  ovSev  ri  rjtrtrov  KaraBeovo~i  rd 
iKeivrj  ^copia-     ovrcos  apa  ftapfidpovs  drravras  ovhepLa   prj^avrj  &iao~6oo~ao~daL  rrjv  e'<? 
Vtopdiovs  nLcrTLv  on.  ut)  diet  tojv  dpvvopevcov  crrparicorcLv.     kcutoi  /cat  vrjtrov  riva  iv 
TTorapoo  NctXw  ayKierrd  rrt]  rr}<;  'EXe(f>avrivri<;  7r6Xeco<;  evpoov  6  /3ao"tXeu5  ouro?  (ppovpiov  re 
ravrrj  heipdpevos  i^vpoorarov  kolvovs  riva<;  ivravda  vea>s  re  Kal  fitopovs  P&;adtot5  re  Kai 
rovrois  St)  Karearrjcraro  rot?  /3ap/3dpot5,  /cat  iepeis  eKacrrcov  iv  too  cfrpovpico  rovrco  l&pvcraro, 
iv  too  f3e/3aito  rr)i>  fyiXlav  avrols  ecretrdai  too  pereyeiv  roov  lepoov  o~<f>LO-lv  olopevos.     Std  St) 
Kal  ^t'Xa?  inoovopao-e  to  ^oopiov.     dpof)oo  Se  ravra  rd  edvrj,  01  re  BXepves  Kal  ol  No/3drat 
rov?  re  dXXou?  deov<;  ovcrrrep  'EXXTi^e?  vopi^ovtrc  navras  /cat  rrjv  re  TIo"t^  rov  re  "Otripiv 
crefiovtTL  Kal  oi>x  r\Kio~rd  ye  rov  ^plarrov  ol  pevroi  BXepves  Kal  dvdpooirovs  too  rjXioo  dveiv 
iioodaai. 


HISTORICAL  PASSAGES  FROM  CLASSICAL  AUTHORS 


N  Claudii  Mamertini  Gcnthliacus  Maximus:  de  la  Baume,  Paris,  1676,  p.  138.  O  magnam 
vim  numinis  vostri!  non  istae  modo  aliaeque  gentes  viribus  armisque  terribiles  fiducia 
instructae  ad  perniciem  immanitatis  utuntur;  sed  etiam  Blemyes  illi,  ut  audio,  levibus  modo 
assueti  sagittis  ad  versus  Aethiopes,  quaerunt  quae  non  habent  arma,  et  pene  nudis  odiis 
praelia  interneciva  committunt. 

O  Eusebius;  Vita  Const.,  ed.  1558,  p.  161.  Turn  ad  postremos  usque  meridionales  terminos, 
Blemmyos  videlicet  et  Aethiopes,  proragato  imperio  id  efficit  ut  a  se  nec  Orientis  possessio 
aliena  fuerit. 

P  Olympiodorus;  Excerpta,  p.  13  A,  Bckker'sed.  otl  6  IcrTopiKos  <f>r)cn,  Sta-yovro?  avTod 
Kara  ©r^Sas  re  Kal  tyjv  "Zvijvqv  tcrropta?  eveKa,  iv  e-niQvpla  yevicrdai  rou?  (frvXap^ovs  Kal 
row?  TTpo(f)yjTa<;  tojv  Kara  ttjv  TdXptv  fiapfidpajv,  r/rot  tuiv  BXeppvcov,  rrj<;  evTv^las  avrov. 
eKeivei  yap  avrovs  im  tovto  r)  (fnjprj.  Kal  eXafiov  pe  (fnqcn  pe\pi  a\)Trj<;  7179  TdXpea)<>, 
aJcrre  k<xk€li>ov<;  tou<?  ^d>pov^  icrToprjcraL,  Ste^ovTa^  dirb  to)v  <t>tXa)f  hido-Trjpa  rjpepcov  ire'vre, 
pe^pi  ^oXeai?  T179  Xeyopevrj<;  Tlpipa,  77x1?  to  iraXaibv  irpcoTr)  770X19  rrjq  <dr)j3at8o<;  drrb  tov 
fiapfiapLKov  eTvy^ave-  S16  -napd  tojv  Vwpaiwv  P  aetata  (fxiivj)  Ylpipa,  rjrot  Hparrr), 
cjvopdadyj.  Kai  vvv  ovtoj  KaXetrat  /catrot  4k  ttoXXov  oiKeia)9elo-a  rot?  /3ap/3dpoi<;  peff 
erepajv  reacrdpcop  rroXecov  <t>oivLKO)vo<;,  XtptSo?,  OaVtSos,  TaX/xtSo<>. 

Q  Priscus,  p.  37  A.  e'SeSiecraf  .  .  .  Kal  ^apaK-qvovq  rrjs  avTcov  em^pareia?  ttjv  ecu 
KaTaTpiyovTas,  Kal  ra  AldiomKa  eOvrj  o~vvi(TTdpeva. 

R        (a)      t  eyw  Xapa^rjv  /3ao"tXeto"Ko<j  Taw  BXe/xuatt'  ypa<f>a>  rot?  Tex^ots 

Xapa\i)v  XapairaT^ovp  Kai  Xapa  2.  ter  ware  KeXevou  Kai  hehaiKevai 
Tns  KovpaT(x)pta<;  tt)<;  vrjaov  Xeyopevrp;  Tavape  Kai.  ouSet? 
KeXevcrerat  KtoXwat  u/ia?  ea^  8e  ayvopovovaiv  01  Pai/xet? 

-napeypvo-iv  o-vvrjdetav  o  (^uXap^o?  ou  KaiXvcerai  ouSe 
o  viroTvpavos  Kparrjaai  Pallet?  ecu?  TrXrjpojveTaL 
ra?  crwnpetas  Tns  vt)o~ov  pov 

Xapa^qv  fiaaiXeiaK/ O 

Aat£e  hopeaT  / pap/  1* 

TtourtKi/a  hop/  + 

?  ?  ?  t? 
t  St  e/i.ou  Sat'O't'at?  eyp / /u,  <t>aoj(f)i  k8  iVS  / a 

?  ?  ? 

(6)       t  eya>  TlaKvTipve  eirify  / /3acrtXtcr/cou  ypa<f)(o  IlaiXe  ra» 

evyevearaTO)  Lepei  ttjv  Kovparopiav  ttjs  vrjaov  Tepcnp  Xeyopevrj 
Tavape  ehojKa  aoi  anoKpoTax;  airo  tov  vvv  Kai  et?  to 

navra 

$L7)veKes  airavTav  ^povov  Kai  o-Toiyei  poi  oj?  irpoK/ 

? 

St  epo  eyp /  / / /  ovo%   yp   A0vp  Ky/iv&°/'ia 

Priscus,  ed.  Niebuhr,  p.  153. 
S         "Otl  Bke'ppves  Kal  Nou/3aSes  r)TTrjdevTe<;  virb  Paj/xatw^  TrpecrfieL<;  napd  tov  Ma£;iplvov 
enepirov  e£  dp<f}OTepcov  edvojv,  eiprjvrj*;  irepi  fiovXopevoi  o-rrevSeadai.     Kal  TavTr]v  8ta- 


104 


KARANOG 


rrjprjaaL  ecjiacxav  e<f>  6o~ov  6  Ma^Lplvos  ttjv  ®r)/3aLcov  eyKarapevoL  ydtpav  tov  he  prj 
npocrhe^apevov  eVi  ^povcp  cnrevhecrdaL  toctovtco  eXeyov  d^pi  T17<?  avTOV  C^VS  P-V  KLvqcreLv 
orrXa.  'Rs  he  ovhe  tous  hevrepov<;  tt}<;  rrpecrfieLas  rrpocrLeTO  Xdyovs  eKarovrovreL<;  edevro 
cnrovhds-  ev  cus  e'Sd/m  Vcopaicov  pev  ai)(paXcoTov<;  dvev  Xvrpcov  a(f)eicrdai  elre  kclt  eKeLvrjv 
elre  Kad'  erepav  ecf>ohov  rjXcocrav,  ra  he  Tore  aTra^cfyevTa  dnohoOrjvaL  fiocTKrj para,  Kal  tcov 
harrav-qdevrcov  KaraTiOeadaL  rrjv  arroriprjCTLV  opr/povs  he  tous  ev  yeyovoras  rrapd  ctc^lctl 
Si'Socr#ai  -nicnecov  eveKa  tcov  cnrovhcov  elvaL  he  aurots  Kara  tov  rraXaLOv  vopov  aKcoXvrov 
TTjv  et?  to  iepbv  T179  *IcriSo?  hiafiacnv ,  rod  rrorapLov  o~Ka<j)ov<;  AlyvTrricov  eyovrcov  r-qv 
irrLpeXeLav  ev  correp  to  dyaXpa  rfj<;  6eoi>  evTLdepevov  hiaTTopdp.eveTa.i-  ev  prjrco  yap  oi 
(Sdpfiapoi  xpovu)  e?  tt)v  olKeiav  hiaKopl^ovTes  to  £6avov  rrdXiv  avrco  xprjo-rrjpLacrdpevoL  e? 
tt)v  vrjcxov  diroaco^ovcTLV.  'YLpirehcodrjvaL  to'lvvv  ev  rco  ev  <t>i'Xcus  £e/3<3  rag  crvvdr\Kas  ehoKei 
rco  Ma^ipLvw  eir LTTjheiov .  'EnepTrovTO  pere^erepoL-  rrapeyivovro  he  kol  tcov  BXeppvcov  Kal 
Novfidhcov  ol  ra?  cnrovhds  ev  rfj  vrjcrcp  Tidepevoi  eyypa<f>evrcov  he  tcov  crvvho^dvTcov  Kal  tcov 
oprjpcov  rrapahodevrcov  rprav  he  twv  re  Tvpavvr\cr  avrcov  Kal  vtto  rvpdvvcov  yeyovorcov,  brrep 
ovhe  TTcorrore  ev  rcohe  rco  rroXepco  eyevero,  ovrrore  yap  Novfidhcov  Kal  BXeppvcov  rrapd 
VcopaLOLS  coprjpevcrav  TratSc?-  crvvrjve^dr)  he  tov  Mafrplvov  dvcopdXcos  hiaTeOrjvai  to  acopa 
Kal  dirodaveiv.  Tr)v  he  tov  Ma^ipivov  reXevrr)v  pa06vre<;  ol  fidpfiapoL  tou?  re  bprjpovs 
acj>eiXovro  fiLacrdpevoi.,  Kal  rrjv  ^copav  Karehpapov. 

Marinus,  Vita  Prodi,  ed.  Boissonade,  1814,  p.  18,  writing  about  480  a.  d.,  speaks  of  "Ictlv 
ttjv  Kara  T<x<?  4>tXa?  ctl  TLpcopevqv. 

Berliner  Klassikcrtextc ,  V,  1,  p.  117.    Poem  ad  Johannem  Praef.  Praet. 

 TOvve\Ka        y]  ovvdi^op [a j  t  ere  iravaXKipov  'HpaKXrja 

irrj  \  paT       a  J  TTOTTTveiv  BXepvcjv  yevows  t/tol  (3or)0a)v 
7njua[r       a  \TTOTrrvelv  B\epva)v  yevov<;  a>s  Kev  i(f)evpa> 
dpyvp  I  ov      'ckJ  Tiaeiv  /3acri\7]iov  ov  (f)6pov  oio"<w. 

Inscription  of  Silko  at  Talmis  (Kalabsheh) . 

Eya»     SiXkou    ^8aatXto"/co?     Novfiahcov     Kai     oXwv  Ttov 

AiOlottcdv    rjkdov     et?     TaX/xiv     Kat     Ta<f)iv     airat;     hvo  eiro 

Xeprjcra    peTa    tcov     BXepvcov     /cat     o     ®eo?    ehojKev    poi    to  vi 

Krjpa    peTa    tcov    Tpitov     aira^    eviKiqaa     iraXiv     Kai  eKpa 

Trjaa    ras     7roXei?     avTcov     eKaOeadrjv    peTa  tcov 

oyXtov    pov  to    pev    rrpcorov     arrat;     evLK-q&a  avTiov 

Kai     avroi     rj^icoo-av    pe     eTTOL-qaa     eipr\vr\v    per  avru>v 

Kat     copoaav    pot     ra     eihcoXa     avrcov     Kat     eTriarevo-a  tov 

opKOv     avrcov     cos     KaXoL     eicriv     avdpcoiroi  avayjjipr\Or\v 

ei5    ra     avco     pepr]     pov     ore     eyeyovepr/v  ySacrtXtcKO? 

ovk     aTTTjXd  ov     oXa>5     ottlctco    tcov     aXXcov  fiacTLXectiv 

aXXa    aKprjv     epirpocrOev  avrcov 
ol    yap     cfuXovLKovcTLV     per    epov    ovk     a<j>co    avrovs  Kadi^ope 
vol     ei?    ^copav     avrcov     ei    pr\     Karrj^Lcocrav    pe     kol  rrapaKaXovatv 
eyco    yap     ecs     Karco     pzpv)     Xecov     eipi     kol     ei<?     avco     pep?)    o.p^  eipi 
eTToXepr)o-a    pera    tcov     BXepvcov     ano    UpLp     eco<;  TeXyjXecos 
ev     arraJ;     kol     ol     aXXot     NovySaSojt'     avcorepco     erropdrjera  ra? 
Xcopas     avrcov     erreLhr)     ecfiLXovLKTqcTovcTLv    per  epov 
ol     hearroT    tcov     aXXcov     edvcov     ol     cf)LXoveLKOvcrLV    per  epov 


HISTORICAL  PASSAGES  FROM  CLASSICAL  AUTHORS 


V  ovk     a<f)(D     olvtovs  KaOecrdrjvcu. 

e£(o     Kcu     ovk     ewojKav  vrjpov 

CLVTl($)LKOL      jXOV       apTTa^O)  TOiV 


eis     T7)v     crKiav     et     prj     vtto  rjXiov 
ecro)     ei?    tt)v     olklou     ovtojv     ot  yap 
yvvaiKwv     /cat    ra    7ratSta  avrcov. 


W  Procopius,  dc  hello  Persico,  i,  19.  ravra  Se  ra  Iv  <J>tXat9  tepa  ovtol  St)  01  fidpfiapoi. 
(i.  e.,  ot  BXeju,ves)  fat  e'9  ipe  ei^ov,  aXXa  /3ao~tXei"?  aura  'loua'rt^tat'6?  Kadekeiv  eyvoj. 
Napo-7)s  yovv,  Uepo-appevLOs  yevos,  ov  wpoadev  are  rjvTopokr)  kotos  e's  Vaipaiows  lpvr)o~dy]v, 
Twv  4k€lpt]  arpaTLojTwv  ap^ojv  to.  re  iepd  KadelXe,  /3ao~iXeaj9  ot  eVayyet  Xa^ro?,  kcll  rou? 
/txev  iepels  eV  (fivXa^r)  ecr^e,  ra  8e  dydXpaxa  e'?  Bi/£aVrtoj;  eTrepxjjev. 


APPENDIX  II 


THE  GARRISON  OF  EGYPT  UNDER  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE 


The  system  by  which  the  southern  frontier  of  Egypt  was  defended  during  the  Roman 
period  cannot  be  properly  understood  by  taking  into  account  merely  the  troops  actually 
stationed  in  Syene  and  its  neighbourhood.  We  must  also  consider  the  numbers  and  organi- 
zation of  the  force  which  could  readily  be  made  available  if  invasion  were  threatened,  that 
is  to  say  the  whole  garrison  of  the  province. 

The  most  concentrated  force  at  the  disposal  of  the  imperial  authorities  consisted  of  the 
legions,  each  of  which  during  the  first  three  centuries  of  the  empire  contained  about  5,300  infantrv 
and  a  small  detachment  of  cavalry.  Strabo,  referring  probably  to  the  time  of  his  own  visit 
to  Egypt,  states  that  there  were  three  legions  stationed  in  the  province,*  one  of  which  was  in 
Alexandreia,!  one  in  the  fortress  of  Babylon  near  Memphis, J  while  the  third  was  probably  in 
Upper  Egypt.  This  comparatively  large  force  (for  only  one  legion  was  stationed  in  all  the  remain- 
ing African  provinces)  was  demanded  as  much  by  the  unsettled  condition  of  Egypt  itself,  as  by 
the  power  of  the  ^Ethiopian  kingdom,  which  Strabo  rated  very  lightly. § 

This  garrison  was  however  reduced  in  consequence  of  the  demands  made  by  the  Pannonian 
and  German  wars  at  the  end  of  the  reign  of  Augustus,  and  Tacitus  in  his  sketch  of  the  distribution 
of  the  military  forces  of  the  empire  in  23  a.  d.  places  only  two  legions  in  Egypt.  || 

These  must  be  the  legions  III  Cyrenaica  and  XXII,  which  appear  on  numerous  papyri  and 
inscriptions  of  the  first  century.  The  first  of  these  may  have  formed  part  of  the  original 
garrison  of  the  province,  but  the  case  of  the  second  is  not  so  clear.  It  came  into  existence 
by  the  incorporation  of  the  native  Galatian  troops, which  had  been  organized  by  their  old 
rulers  on  the  Roman  model,  and  the  date  of  this  incorporation  used  to  be  given  as  9  a.  d., 
when  new  troops  were  required  to  replace  the  three  legions  lost  by  Varus  in  Germany.  A 
recent  papyrus  however  (B.  G.  U.  n  1104)  shows  that  the  legion  was  in  existence  and  in  Egypt 
in  8  b.  c.**  and  it  may  of  course  have  been  raised  earlier  still,  although  not  before  the  annexa- 
tion of  Galatia  in  25  B.C.  As  a  consequence  of  this  reduction  it  seems  that  the  fortress  at 
Babylon  was  abandoned,  for  legio  XXII  was  stationed  at  Alexandreia  and  III  Cyrenaica  in 
Upper  Egypt. ft  This  arrangement  however  was  altered  by  the  emperor  Gaius,  who  concen- 
trated both  the  legions  at  Alexandreia  where  they  remained  until  the  end  of  the  century. JJ 
Soon  after  105  a.d.  Ill  Cyrenaica  left  Egvpt  to  garrison  the  new  province  of  Arabia,  which 
was  created  in  that  year,  but  it  was  immediately  replaced  by  a  newly-raised  legion,  II  Traiana 
Fortis,  so  that  the  total  of  the  garrison  was  not  diminished. §§ 

These  two  legions,  II  Traiana  and  XXII,  now  officially  known  as  Deiotariana,  continued 


*Strabo  XVII,  1.  12. 
fStrabo  loc.  cit. 
JStrabo   XVII,   1.  30. 
§Strabo  XVII,  1.  53. 
IITacitus  Annals  IV,  c.  6. 

"I  The  legion  thus  acquired  from  the  name  of  the 
last  tetrarch  of  Galatia,  the  title  "Deiotariana," 
which  was  not  officially  recognized  until  the  reign  of 
Trajan. 

**See  the  note  by  A.  von  Domaszewski  in  the 
Romisch-germanisches  Korrespondenzblatt  fur  1 910. 


ftAn  inscription  of  8  a.  d.  (C.  I.  Gr.  n  4922) 
records  the  presence  of  III  Cyrenaica  in  Upper 
Egypt.  The  evidence  for  XXII  is  not  so  clear  but 
C.  I.  L.  Ill  n  6597  and  Dessau  2274  from  Alex- 
andreia are  both  early. 

tJC.  I.  L.  Ill  n  6809,  Philo  in  Flaccum  13 
§§The  last  notice  of  III  Cyrenaica  in  Egypt  is 
August  4th,  104  a.  d.(B.  G.  U.  140).  The  first  notice 
of  II  Traiana  is  an  inscription  from  Pselkis  dated 
Februarys,  109  a.  d. 


THE  GARRISON  OF  EGYPT  UNDER  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE  107 


together  in  the  province  until  the  destruction  of  the  latter,  which  probably  took  place  during  the 
Jewish  rebellion  at  the  end  of  the  reign  of  Hadrian.* 

1  he  action  of  Gaius  in  placing  the  headquarters  of  both  the  legions  in  the  province  at 
Alexandreia  did  not  of  course  mean  that  Upper  Egypt  was  henceforward  entirely  destitute  of 
legionary  troops.  The  number  of  inscriptions  in  which  legionary  officers  have  recorded  their 
visits  to  the  statue  of  Memnon  near  Thebes,  as  well  as  others  from  Syene,  Pselkis,  Koptos,  and 
Talmis  are  sufficient  to  prove  the  contrary.  It  seems  probable  that  while  the  bulk  of  the 
legionaries  remained  at  Alexandreia, f  detachments  constantly  relieved  one  another  in  the 
arduous  duty  of  guarding  the  frontier.  J 

But  the  greater  part  of  this  duty  fell,  not  upon  the  legionaries,  but  upon  the  "cohortes"  and 
"alas"  of  the  troops  of  the  second  class,  the  "auxilia,  "  who  remained  for  the  most  part 
permanently  stationed  in  the  frontier  fortresses.  Unfortunately  our  information  regarding  these 
troops  is  very  incomplete  and  we  cannot  in  most  cases  do  more  than  make  an  approximate 
estimate  of  their  numbers.  Strabo,  in  his  sketch  of  the  military  forces  in  Egypt  which  has  been 
quoted  above,  says  that  there  were  three  cohorts  on  the  frontier,  three  in  Alexandreia,  and  three 
"in  the  rest  of  the  country.  "    He  adds  that  there  were  also  three  alas  similarly  distributed. § 

This  gives  us  a  total  of  nine  cohorts  and  three  alae,  and  the  proportion  of  auxiliaries  to 
legionaries  in  the  garrison  was  smaller  than  was  usual  even  at  this  period  when  auxiliaries  were 
not  so  numerous  as  later.  We  have  also  an  inscription  from  Koptos  which  probably  dates 
from  the  reign  of  Tiberius, ||  showing  that  at  this  period  there  were  at  least  three  alas  and  seven 
cohorts  in  the  province,  and  a  diploma  of  the  year  a.  d.  83^  grants  an  honourable  discharge  to 
soldiers  from  the  same  number  of  regiments.  But  neither  of  these  inscriptions  necessarily 
contains  all  the  auxilia  in  the  province,  so  that  ten  is  only  the  minimum  number  of  regiments  which 
were  certainly  stationed  in  it  during  the  first  century.  When  we  reach  the  second  centurv 
our  information  is  rather  fuller  and  it  is  worth  our  while  to  make  up  a  list  of  all  the  regiments 
known  to  us  from  documents  of  this  period.  For  during  the  second  century  the  different  units 
of  the  Roman  army,  particularly  the  auxiliaries  in  the  frontier  forts,  became  so  immobile  that 
a  document  which  shows  that  a  regiment  was  present  in  any  particular  province  in  anv  vear 
during  the  century  may  with  comparative  safety  be  taken  as  showing  that  it  remained  in  the 
province  throughout  the  whole  century.  The  following  list  gives  after  the  name  of  each  regiment 
the  principal  datable  inscriptions  or  papyri,  beginning  with  the  diploma  of  83  a.  d.  Those 
regiments  however  which  are  only  mentioned  in  that  diploma  are  not  given. 

ALAE. 

Apriana  D  of  83  a.d.  A  papyrus  dated  120  a.  d.  (B.G.U.n  69). 

An  inscription  dated  170  a.  d.  (Ill  n  49)  from 
the  Memnon  statue.  Sepulchral  inscription  from 
Syene  (III  n  6026). 


*Paul  Meyer  (Das  Heerwesen  der  Ptolemaer 
und  Romer  in  ^Egypten,  p.  154)  hardly  proves  this 
conclusively,  but  it  seems  the  most  probable  hy- 
pothesis. The  legion  was  certainly  in  Egypt  at  the 
end  of  Trajan's  reign  (C.  I.  Gr.  4713d,  4843),  but 
on  the  other  hand  it  does  not  necessarily  follow  from 
C.  I.  L.  X  n  6976  that  it  was  still  in  existence  under 
Hadrian. 

fThat  this  was  the  case  is  shown  by  Josephus, 

B.  J.  Ill,  16,  4  and  18,  8. 

{Inscriptions  at  the  statue  of  Memnon  ;  Leg.  Ill, 

C.  I.  L  III  n  33  and  34  (Titus).  Leg.  XXII  C.  I.  L. 
Ill  n  30  (64),  n  36  (84),  n  56,  57,  58  (first  cen- 
tury). Leg.  II.  C.  I.  L.  Ill  n  42  (127),  C.  I.  Gr.  n 


4768,  (189).  Talmis;  Leg.  Ill  and  XXII  in  104-5 
a.  d. — Lepsius  12,  97,  440.  Pselkis;  Leg.  XXII. 
C.  I.  Gr.  n  5088  (1st  century),  Leg.  II.  C.  I.  L. 
Ill  n  79.  (109  a.  d).  Leg.  XXII  at  Silsilis  and 
"YSpcvfw  Tpa'iavov  in  Trajan's  reign,  C  I.  Gr.  4713d, 
4843.  Leg.  Ill  at  Koptos  under  Domitian,  C.  I.  L. 
Ill  n  13580. 

§Strabo  XVII,  1.  12.  The  three  cohorts  at  Syene 
are  also  mentioned  in  XVII,  d.  53  and  54. 

||  Published  and  discussed  by  Mommsen,  Ephemeris 
Epigraphica  III,  pp.  5-16. 

H Diploma  n  LXXVIII.  Ephemeris  Epigraphica 
III,  pp.  611-615. 


KARANOG 


Gallorum  veterana  Dedication  in  Alexandreia  of  199  A.  D.  (Ill  n  6581). 

I  Thracum  Mauretana  Papyrus  of  154-5  a.  d.  (B.  G.  U.  n  447).    Also  on  the 

Alexandreian  dedication  of  199  a.  d. 
Moved  by  Diocletian  to  the  Syrian  border  in  288  a.  d. 
(Ill  n  13578). 

Vocontiorum  Inscription  of  122  a.  d.  (Annee  Epigraphique  1906,  n  22. 

COHORTS. 

I  Ulpia  Afrorum  Equitata  Papyrus  of  177  a.  d.  (B.  G.  U.  n  241). 

I  Apamenorum  sagittariorum  E  Several  papyri,  among  them  one  dated  145  a.  d.  Letter 

of  a  soldier  to  his  father  (B.  G.  U.  n  423)  (B.  M. 

Pap.  CLXXVIII). 

I  Flavia  Cilicum  E  D  of  83  a.  d.  Erects  a  basilica  at  Syene  in  140  a. d.  (Ill  n 

6025).  Still  there  in  162  a.  d.  (Ill  n  141474). 
Other  inscriptions  C.  I.  Gr.  n  4713  cf  III  n  141473. 

I  Hispanorum  E  D  of  83    a.  d.    Inscription  of  98  a.  d.  from  Syene 

(III  n  14147)- 

Several  inscriptions  from  Talmis  (C.  I.  Gr.  n  5043, 
5046). 

II  Hispanorum  Papvrus  of  134  a.  d.    Archiv  fur  Papyrusforschung 

III,  p.  75- 

II  Ituraeorum  E  D  of  83  a.  d.    Inscription  of  98  a.  d.  from  Syene  (III 

n  141472).  Inscription  from  Pselkis  of  136  a.  d., 
from  Talmis  of  147  a.  d.,  and  from  Hiera  Syka- 
minos  (C.  I.  Gr.  n  5081,  5050,  51 10). 

III  Ituraeorum  D  of  83  a.  d.    Inscription  from  Talmis  (Lepsius  97, 

439,  445).  Existing  in  reign  of  Hadrian  (IX  n 
1619).  A  letter  dealing  with  recruiting  dated 
103  a.  d.  (Pap.  Ox.  VII  n  1022). 

I  Augusta  Praetoria  Lusitanorum  E  Papyrus  shows  that  it  was  stationed  at  Contra  Appol- 

lonopolin  Maiorem  131-15.6  a.  d.  (Ephemeris 
Epigraphica  VII,  pp.  456-467). 

II  Lusitanorum  Inscription  from  Talmis  of   107  a.  d.  (Ill  n  13582). 

Scutata  civium  Romanorum  Papyrus  of  143-4  a.  d.  (B.  G.  U.  n  741).    Not.  Dig. 

Inscription  at  quarries  of  Ptolemais  Hermiu  to- 
gether with  the  Ala  Vocontiorum  and  the  Cohors 
III  Ituraeorum  (III  n  12069). 

I  Thebaeorum  E  D  of  83  a.  d.    Inscription  of  89  a.  d.  from  Syene 

(III  n  141472).  Inscription  from  Talmis  (C.  I.  Gr.  n 
5°S3>  5°54-)-  Papyrus  of  114  a.  d.  Archiv  III, 
p.  78.  First  century  inscription  from  Koptos 
(III  n  6627). 

II  Thebaeorum  D  of    83   a.   d.    Inscription  at  Memnon   statue  of 

95  a.  d.  (Ill  n  39). 

II  Thracum  E  Receipt    of    a    centurion    from    Upper    Egypt  in 

167  a.  d.    (Wilcken,  Griechische  Ostraka  n  927). 
II  Ulpia  E  (Afrorum  ?)  Papyrus  of  159  a.  d.  (B.  G.  U.  n  142). 

Some  of  these  regiments  are  supported  by  very  scanty  evidence,  but  generally  speaking  the 
principle  of  immobility  may  safely  be  depended  upon.    We  have  grounds  therefore  for  believing 


THE  GARRISON  OF  EGYPT  UNDER  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE  109 


that  four  alae  and  thirteen  cohorts  were  stationed  in  Egypt  in  the  second  century  with  Legio  II 
Traiana.  This  is  a  larger  force  than  was  attached  to  three  legions  in  the  reign  of  Augustus,  but 
the  total  is  probably  not  too  high,  if  we  consider  the  increased  proportion  of  Auxilia  in  the  whole 
army  in  the  second  century.  As  regards  the  strength  of  these  regiments  an  ala  or  cohort  might 
be  "quingenaria"  or  "miliaria,"  but  none  of  those  mentioned  above  is  described  in  any  of  the 
documents  as  belonging  to  the  latter  class.  An  ala  quingenaria  was  supposed  to  contain,  exclusive 
of  officers,  480  men,  divided  into  16  squadrons  of  30  men  each.  A  cohort  contained  the  same 
number  of  men  divided  either  into  6  centuries  of  80  men  each,  or,  if  a  proportion  of  cavalry  were 
included,  of  6  centuries  of  60  men  each  and  4  squadrons  of  30.  That  the  regiments  were  kept  up 
to  this  strength  is  illustrated  by  a  document  of  the  Cohors  I  Augusta  Praetoria  Lusitanorum 
which  has  fortunately  been  discovered.*  This  shows  that  on  the  1st  of  January,  156  a.  d. 
there  were  on  the  roll  of  the  cohort  6  centurions,  3  decurions,  114  cavalry,  19  dromedarii,  and 
363  infantry,  giving  a  total,  with  the  praefectus,  of  506.  We  may  therefore  safely  reckon  an 
average  of  500  men  for  each  of  the  regiments  in  our  list.  The  total  garrison  of  Egypt  during 
the  first  three  centuries  may  therefore  be  estimated  as  follows: 

Reign  of  Augustus. 

Three  legions  16,500  men.  Twelve  cohorts  and  alae  . . 

First  century. 

Two  legions  1 1,000  men.  Ten  cohorts  and  alae  

Second  century. 

One  legion   5>5°°  men.  Eighteen  cohorts  and  alae 


6,000  men. 
5,000  men. 
9,000  men. 


It  must  be  remembered  that  the  number  given  for  the  auxiliaries  in  the  first  two  centuries 
is  merely  a  minimum  and  that  further  research  will  probably  add  to  the  list.  Still  it  is  probable 
that  the  garrison  of  Egypt  during  this  period  was  under  20,000.  When  this  is  compared  with 
the  strength  of  the  garrison  of  Britain  during  the  same  period,  45-50,000  men,  it  is  easy  to  see 
how  low  the  imperial  government  rated  the  strength  of  their  enemies. 

Moreover,  the  materiel  of  the  Egyptian  garrison  was  probably  the  worst  in  the  Empire.  In 
the  Western  provinces  during  the  first  century  the  legions,  which  were  required  to  consist  of 
Roman  citizens,  were  recruited  almost  entirely  from  Italy,  and  even  when,  in  the  second  century, 
local  recruiting  became  more  common,  the  recruits  were  by  no  means  deficient  in  military  quali- 
ties. In  the  Eastern  provinces  on  the  other  hand  the  legions  were  from  the  beginning  recruited 
locally,  the  difficulty  as  regards  citizenship  being  surmounted  by  a  grant  of  the  franchise  on 
enrolment.  At  first  it  seems  that  these  recruits  were  drawn  from  all  the  Eastern  provinces,  and 
legio  XXII  was,  as  stated  above,  originally  raised  in  Galatia.  Later  recruiting  was  restricted 
almost  entirely  to  Egypt,  the  majority  of  the  recruits  coming  from  the  nominally  Hellenized 
towns. f  Two  inscriptions  may  be  cited  here  to  illustrate  the  provenance  of  recruits  in  the  first 
and  second  centuries.  The  first,  which  probably  dates  from  the  beginning  of  the  first  century, 
gives  the  names  and  nationalities  of  thirty-six  legionaries  detached  on  special  duty  to  Koptos.J 
The  provinces  from  which  they  come  are  as  follows: 

Italy  i,  Gaul  2.  Bithynia  1,  Galatia  19,  Cyprus  1,  Syria  2,  Egypt  9  and  Cyrenaica  1. 

The  second  inscription§  gives  the  provenance  of  43  soldiers  of  Legio  II  Traiana  fortis,  who 
had  joined  the  army  in  168  a.  d.  and  were  discharged  in  194  a.  d.    These  soldiers  give  their 


'  *Ephemeris  Epigraphica  VII,  p.  456-467.    Discussed  there  by  Mommsen. 
tFor  the  general  principles  of  recruiting  under  the  empire  see  Mommsen,  Hermes  XIX,  and  the  evidence 
in  Ephemeris  Epigraphica  V. 

JEphemeris  Epigraphica  V,  pp.  5-16. 
§C.  I.  L.  Ill,  n  6580. 


I  IO 


KARANOG 


nationality  as  follows:  22,  "castris";  12,  Egypt  (6  of  these  are  from  the  Greek  towns,  6  from 
other  parts  of  the  province);  7,  Asia;  2,  Africa. 

Thus  80  per  cent  of  these  soldiers  were  recruited  in  Egypt,  and  63  per  cent  of  those  from 
the  "castra,"  children  that  is  of  former  soldiers,  but  probably  no  better  fighting  material  than 
recruits  drawn  from  outside,  except  for  a  certain  amount  of  Galatian  blood  in  their  ancestry. 

Nor  were  the  auxilia  any  better;  titles  such  as  Lusitani,  Cilices,  Thraces,  indicate  nothing 
more  in  most  cases  than  the  district  in  which  the  regiment  was  originally  raised.  Probably 
in  the  first,  certainly  in  the  second  century  these  regiments  obtained  no  fresh  drafts  from  their 
titular  recruiting  ground  but  filled  up  their  ranks  on  the  spot.  Names  such  as  Anubis  and 
Ammonius  among  the  recruits  of  the  Cohors  I  Lusitanorum  (see  the  inscription  cited  above) 
indicate  this  clearly  enough  without  the  evidence  of  the  papyri.* 

Thus  during  the  second  century,  if  not  earlier,  practically  the  whole  garrison  of  the  province 
was  Graeco-Egyptian  in  origin. 

During  the  anarchy  of  the  latter  half  of  the  third  century  the  old  military  system  of  the 
Empire  broke  down  completely.  Whole  sections  of  the  frontier  garrisons  were  blotted  out 
by  the  advancing  barbarians,  while  others,  which  had  been  hurried  from  one  province  to 
another  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  constant  civil  wars  and  hostile  inroads,  found  no  opportunity 
of  returning  to  their  old  quarters.  While  the  old  regiments  of  the  provincial  armies  were  being 
destroyed  and  dislocated  in  this  way  the  whole  spirit  of  the  system  was  revolutionized  by  the 
introduction  into  the  Roman  ranks  of  barbarians  from  beyond  the  frontier,  who  made  little 
attempt  to  adopt  the  old  discipline  and  organization. 

After  almost  every  victorious  campaign  thousands  of  these  mercenaries  were  enrolled,  and 
in  the  armies  of  Aurelianand  Probus  the  Teutonic  war-band,  commanded  by  its  chief,  marched 
side  by  side  with  corps  made  up  of  the  survivors  of  the  old  legions  and  auxilia.  At  the  end  of 
the  third  century  Diocletian  once  more  brought  order  out  of  this  chaos  and  the  process  of  reorgan- 
ization was  continued  by  his  successors,  especially  by  Constantine,  who  left  the  army  once  more 
efficient,  although  based  upon  very  different  principles  from  those  of  the  early  empire.  These 
principles  must  be  briefly  explained  in  order  to  make  intelligible  the  one  remaining  document 
which  throws  light  upon  the  Egyptian  army,  the  section  dealing  with  it  in  the  Notitia  Dignitatum. 
It  is  true  that  the  Egyptian  section  of  this  work  dates  from  the  beginning  of  the  fifth  century, 
but  the  arrangements  it  describes  are  substantially  those  of  Constantine.  The  most  important 
point  is  the  abandonment  of  the  old  principle  of  having  all  the  troops  stationed  in  small  units 
along  the  frontiers,  in  favour  of  a  new  arrangement  by  which  relatively  weaker  frontier  garrisons 
were  supported  by  strong  mobile  armv  corps  which  were  stationed  in  the  interior  of  the 
provinces,  ready  to  move  to  anv  threatened  point.  The  distinction  between  first  and  second  class 
troops  is  no  longer  between  legions  of  cives  Romani  and  auxilia  of  unenfranchised  provincials, 
but  between  these  field  armies,  the  palatini  or  comitatenses,  and  the  troops  on  the  frontier, 
limitanei  or  ripenses,  who  sank  steadily  in  consideration  and  fighting  value.  As  a  matter  of  fact 
under  this  system  the  comitatenses  contained  far  more  of  the  barbarians,  whose  importance 
increased  throughout  the  fourth  and  fifth  centuries,  than  did  the  limitanei.  As  the  con- 
servatism of  Roman  officials  would  lead  one  to  expect,  this  new  system  still  employed  many  of 
the  old  names.  Cohorts  and  alae  still  appear  among  the  limitanei,  side  by  side  with  regiments 
bearing  the  newer  titles  of  cuneus,  vexillatio,  or  numerus.f  The  term  legio,  too,  is  still  used  to 
denote  regiments  not  only  of  limitanei  but  also  of  comitatenses,  although  in  a  different  sense 
from  the  old  one.    During  the  confusion  of  the  third  century  each  of  the  old  legions  had  become 

*On  the  recruiting  of  the  army  in  Egypt  see  Paul  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  and  J.  Lesquier  in  the  Revue  de 
Philologie,  XXVIII  (1904). 

fThese  titles  began  to  be  used  earlier,  numerus  indeed  as  far  back  as  the  reign  of  Hadrian. 


THE  GARRISON  OF  EGYPT  UNDER  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE  m 


split  up  into  several  detachments,  each  of  which  had  come  to  call  itself  simply  by  the  name 
of  the  legion.  Ihese  detachments  were  never  properly  re-united,  and  hence  the  title  "legion" 
came  to  be  given  to  new  regiments,  which  were  no  stronger  than  one  of  these  detachments.* 

After  this  preface  we  may  turn  to  the  list  of  the  garrison  of  Egypt  as  given  by  the  Notitia. 
The  army  is  divided  into  two  parts,  one  under  an  official  who  is  described  as  the  "comes  limitis 
^Egypti"  or  the  "comes  rei  militaris  per  ^Egyptum, "  the  other  under  an  officer  of  inferior  rank, 
the  "dux  Thebaidos. "  This  division  of  the  command  probably  dates  from  the  latter  half  of  the 
fourth  century,  since  as  late  as  the  reign  of  Constantine  we  rind  a  certain  Rometalca,  who  is 
"Dux  iEgypti  et  Thebaidos  utrarumque  Libyarum." 

The  troops  under  the  command  of  these  two  officials  are  as  follows: 


Sub  dispositionc  viri  spectabilis  comitis  rei 
militaris  per  JEgyptum. 
Legio  V  Macedonica§  — Memfi  (the  spelling  of 

place  names  is  given  after  Seeck's  edition 

of  the  Notitia.) 
Legio  XIII  Gemina§ — Babilona. 
Equites  stablesiani — Pelusio. 
Equites  Saraceni  Thamudeni    Scenas  veter- 

anorum. 
Legio  III  Diocletiana — Andro. 
Legio  II  Traiana§§  -Parembole. 
Ala  Theodosiana  nuper  constituta. 
Ala  Arcadiana  nuper  constituta. 
Ala  II  Armeniorum — Oasi  minore. 

Et  quae  de  minore  laterculo  emittuntur.l| 
Ala  III  Arab  urn — Thenuthi. 
Ala  VIII  Vandilorum — Nee.  (Seeck  suggests 

Arsinoe  on  the  Red  Sea.) 
Ala  VII  Sarmatarum — Scenas  Mandrorum. 
Ala  I  ^Egyptiorum— Selle. 
Ala  veterana  Gallorum§§  — Rinocoruna. 
Ala  I  Herculia — Scenas  extra  Gerasa  (Seeck 

suggests  to.  yeppa  Strabo,  pp.  50,  56. 
Ala  V  Raetorum — Scenas  veteranorum. 
Ala  I  Tingitana — Thinunepsi. 
Ala  Apriana§§  — Hipponos. 
Ala  II  Assyriorum — Sosteos. 
Ala  V  Praslectorum  — Dionisiada. 
Cohors  III  Galatarum  — Cefro. 

*What  Diocletian  did  in  this  matter  is  uncertain. 
Legions  raised  by  him  and  his  colleagues  appear  in 
the  Notitia  split  into  as  many  detachments  as  the 
older  ones.  Hence  his  legions  were  probably  of 
the  old  strength.  Whether  he  himself  divided 
them  into  several  sections,  or  whether  this  is  the 
work  of  Constantine  is  uncertain.  Probably  he 
attempted  to  preserve  a  nominal  connection  be- 
tween the  severed  parts. 


Cohors  II  Astarum  ("Asturum"  of  course  is 
meant)  —  Busiris. 

Provincial  Augustamnicae. 
Ala  II  Ulpia  Afrorum§  — Thaubasteos. 
Ala  II  ^Egyptiorum — Tacasiria. 
Cohors  I  sagittariorum — Naithu. 
Cohors  I  Augusta  Pannoniorum§  — Tohu. 
Cohors  I  Epireorum    Castra  Iudaeorum. 
Cohors  IV  Iuthungorum — Affrodito. 
Cohors  II  Ituraeorum§§  — Aiy. 
Cohors  II  Thracum§§  — Muson. 
Cohors  IV  Numidarum  — Narmunthi. 

Sub  dispositionc  viri  spectabilis  ducts 
Thebaidos. 

Cuneus   equitum   Maurorum   scutariorum  - 
Lico. 

Cuneus  equitum  scutariorum  -Hermupoli 
Equites  sagittarii  indigenae  Tentira. 
Equites  sagittarii  indigenae    Cop  to. 
Equites  sagittarii  indigenas  — Diospoli. 
Equites  sagittarii  indigenae  — Lato. 
Equites  sagittarii  indigenae  -■  Maximianopoli. 
Equites  promoti  indigenae —  .... 
Legio  III  Diocletiana — Ombos. 
Legio   II    Flavia  Constantia   Thebaeorum  - 
Cusas. 

Legio  III  Diocletiana — Praesentia. 

Legio  II  Traiana§§  —  Apollonos  superioris. 

§  Regiments  marked  §  are  known  to  have  existed 
in  the  first  or  second  centuries,  those  marked 
§§  belonged  to  the  garrison  of  Egypt  at  that 
period. 

||  This  expression,  which  recurs  frequently  in  the 
Notitia,  has  never  been  satisfactorily  explained. 
Probably  it  indicates  that  the  troops  which  follow 
occupy  in  some  way  an  inferior  position. 


1  1  2 


KARANOG 


Milites  miliarenses  — Syene. 

Legio  I  Valentiniana  — Copto. 

Legio  I  Maximiana — Filas. 

Legio  III  Diocletiana — Thebas. 

Legio  II  Valentiniana — Hermunthi. 

Equites  felices  Honoriani — Asfynis. 

Ala  I  Abasgorum  — Hibeos-Oaseos  Maioris. 

Et  quae  de  minore  latereulo  emittuntur. 
Ala  II  Hispanorum§ — Poisarietemidosp. 
Ala  Germanorum — Pescla. 
Ala  IV  Britonum  — Isiu. 
Ala  I  Hiberorum  — Thmou. 
Ala  Neptunia  — Chenoboscia. 
Ala  III  Dromedariorum  — Maximianopoli. 
Ala  VIII  Palmyrenorum  — Foenicionis. 
Ala  VII  Herculia  voluntaria — contra  Lata. 
Ala  I  Francorum — contra  Apollonos. 
Ala  I  Iovia  catafractariorum — Pampane. 


Ala  VIII    .  . 
Ala  II  Herculia 
Ala  I  Abasgorum 
Ala  I  Quadorum- 


.    — Abydum-Abocedo. 
dromedariorum  —  Psinaula. 
-Oasi  maiore. 
-Oasi  minore — Trimtheos. 


Ala  I  Valeria  dromedariorum — Precteos. 

Cohors  I  Lusitanorum§§ — Theraco. 

Cohors    Scutata    civium    Romanorum§§  — 

Mutheos. 
Cohors  I  Apamenorum§§ — Silili. 
Cohors  XI  Chamavorum — Peamu. 
Cohors  IX  Tzanorum — Gnitnu. 
Cohors  IX  Alamannorum  — Burgo  Severi. 
Cohors  I  Felix  Theodosiana — Apud  Elephan- 

tinem. 

Cohors  V  Syentium — Syene. 

Cohors  VI  Saginarum  (this  name  is  obviously 

corrupt) — in  castris  lapidariorum. 
Cohors  VII  Francorum  — Diospoli. 


This  list  deserves  a  full  commentary,  but  it  is  impossible  here  to  do  more  than  touch  upon 
those  main  features  in  the  military  situation  in  the  province  which  are  illustrated  by  it. 

i.  The  first  point  which  strikes  us  is  the  size  of  the  garrison  as  compared  with  that  of  the 
second  century.  Unfortunately  we  are  very  imperfectly  informed  concerning  even  the  nominal 
strength  of  these  post-diocletianic  regiments,  but  we  shall  probably  not  be  wrong  in  asserting 
that  an  "ala,"  "cohors,"  and  "legio"  were  each  supposed  to  contain  500  men,  the  last  named 
possibly  more.*  The  "equites"  and  "cunei"  were  probably  smaller  units  but  they  can  hardly 
have  contained  less  than  200  men  each.  Taking  these  figures  we  arrive  at  the  following  total 
for  the  garrison  of  Egypt  and  the  Thebaid  at  the  beginning  of  the  fifth  century. 

CAVALRY.    Egypt.    2  Equites,  16  Alae   8,400  men. 

Thebaid.    9  Equites,  15  Alaef   9,300  men. 


Total  17,700  men. 

INFANTRY.    Egypt.    4  legions,  9  cohorts   6,500  men. 

Thebaid.    8  legions,  1 1  cohorts!   9,500  men. 

Total  16,000  men. 

Total  of  the  whole  garrison  33. 700  men. 


*Mommsen  considers  (op.  cit.)  that  the  old  legions 
had  been  divided  into  six  divisions  of  1000  men  each 
and  that  the  post-diocletianic  legions  were  all 
supposed  to  be  of  this  strength.  .  Against  this  it 
may  be  urged  (1)  that  at  least  one  of  the  old  legions, 
XIII  Gemina,  was  divided  into  seven  and  that  more 
may  have  been  so  divided  originally,  (2)  that  one 
would  have  expected  these  divisions  to  have  borne 
some  relation  to  the  cohorts  of  600  which  are  pre- 
supposed by  a  legion  of  6000.  We  do  indeed  hear 
earlier  of  'vexillationes  miliariae,'  but  these  were 
probably  organized  as  two  cohorts  of  480  each.  The 
strength  of  a  legion  in  the  fourth  century  is  best  illus- 
trated  by  the  well-known  passage  of  Ammianus 


describing  the  siege  of  Amida  in  359  A.  d.  "intra  civi- 
tatis  ambitum  non  nimium  amplffi  legionibus  septem 
et  promiscua  advenarum  civiumque  sexus  utrius 
que  plebe  et  militibus  aliis  paucis  ad  usque  numerum 
milium  viginti  cunctis  inclusis.  "  XIX,  2,  14.  With 
this  may  be  compared  XXVII,  12,  16,  where  twelve 
legions  are  sent  on  a  comparatively  unimportant 
campaign  in  the  Caucasus.  These  passages  cer- 
tainly prove  that  a  legion  cannot  have  contained 
more  than  1000  men. 

•(■Counting  the  Ala  I  Abasgorum,  which  is  men- 
tioned twice,  as  one  unit. 

^Counting  the  'militis  miliarenses'  as  a  cohort. 


THE  GARRISON  OF  EGYPT  UNDER  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE  113 


This  figure,  which  represents  at  any  rate  the  intentions  of  the  government  in  the  fourth 
century,  shows  a  strong  desire  not  to  let  Egypt  slip  out  of  their  hands  as  it  had  done  in  the  third 
century.  The  fact  that  Constantinople  had  now  to  be  supplied  with  corn  was  doubtless  an 
important  consideration. 

On  the  other  hand  it  is  improbable  that  the  garrison  was  kept  up  to  anything  like  this  figure. 
Regiments  were  apt  at  this  period  to  fall  very  much  below  their  paper  strength,  and  those  in 
Egypt  were  probably  not  free  from  this  defect.  We  have,  however,  no  means  of  estimating  how 
great  this  deficiency  was. 

2.  Organization  and  provenance  of  recruits. 

The  troops  in  Egypt  were  all  limitanei,  for  the  field  army  of  Asia  had  to  be  held  in  readi- 
ness to  repel  a  Persian  attack  and  no  detachments  of  it  could  be  kept  so  far  from  the  point  of 
danger. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  cavalry  now  form  the  majority  of  the  garrison.  This  is  in  accordance 
with  the  general  tendency  of  the  period;  in  the  armies  of  Belisarius  in  the  next  century  the 
infantry  occupy  a  still  lower  position. 

As  regards  recruiting  the  question  is,  how  far  the  general  barbarization  of  the  army  had 
affected  the  personnel  of  the  garrison  of  Egypt.  First  of  all  comes  the  general  consideration  that 
the  limitanei  were  not  recruited  from  among  the  barbarians  to  anything  like  the  same  extent  as  the 
palatini  and  comitatenses,  unless  indeed  they  were  raised  from  a  barbarian  nation  which  had 
recently  been  settled  within  the  frontier.  Hence  we  may  suggest  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
Egyptian  troops  were  still  obtained  by  local  recruiting,  and  one  or  two  pieces  of  evidence  support 
this  view. 

Zosimus*  mentions  that  Theodosius  II,  thinking  that  the  proportion  of  Gothic  foederati 
enrolled  in  his  main  army  on  the  Danube  was  a  dangerously  large  one,  exchanged  some  of  them 
with  troops  from  the  garrison  of  Egypt.  These  troops  are  expressly  stated  to  have  been  of 
provincial  origin,  and  this  fact  is  indeed  the  main  point  of  the  story  which  follows.  Now  in 
the  Notitia  we  find  among  the  field  army  in  Thrace  the  following  legions :  I  Maximiana  Thebaeorum, 
III  Diocletiana  Thebaeorum,  and  in  the  field  army  of  the  East  there  appear  the  Legio  II  Flavia 
Constantia  Thebaeorum  and  the  II  Felix  Valentis  Thebaeorum. f  These  legions  therefore  probably 
represent  the  troops  transferred  by  Theodosius.  Now  as  all  these  names,  with  one  exception, 
occur  also  in  the  list  of  the  garrison  of  Egypt,  it  is  clear  that  the  troops  transferred  were  simply 
detachments  from  regiments  which  continued  to  remain  in  the  province.  These  therefore 
must  also  have  been  recruited  in  Egypt,  and  the  same  is  probably  true  of  all  the  "legions"  in 
the  province.  J  Now  let  us  turn  to  the  other  regiments  of  the  garrison.  Here  we  at  once  find 
evidence  of  local  recruiting  in  the  "  equites  sagittarii  indigenae.  "  But  in  addition  to  this  we  can 
detect  no  less  than  seven  of  the  old  second  century  regiments,  which  may  well  have  retained 
their  old  character.  §  But  the  greater  number  of  the  alae  and  cohorts  are  new  creations ||,  which 
must  have  been  originally  formed,  as  their  names  show,  of  barbarians  captured  in  battle  or 


*IV  c  30.  The  story  which  follows  is  a  panegyric 
upon  the  valour  of  the  provincial  troops  as  opposed 
to  the  imported  foederati. 

fit  may  be  noticed  that  the  title  Thebaeorum  is 
given  to  all  these  legions,  whereas  in  the  Egyptian 
list  it  is  only  borne  by  the  Legio  II  Flavia  Constantia. 

J  This  must  clearly  have  been  the  case  with  II 
Traiana,  and  legions  I  and  II  Valentiniana  may  well 
have  consisted  like  the  II  Felix  Valentis  of  Thebaei. 
The  case  is  different  with  V  Macedonica  and  XIII 
Gemina  which  had  come  at  some  time  from  the  lower 


Danube,  but  they  probably  fell  into  line  with  the 
others. 

§  Possibly  more  of  these  old  regiments  may  be 
detected.  It  is  significant  that  the  old  list  contained 
a  cohors  II  Hispanorum  and  a  cohors  II  Ulpia  E, 
probably  with  the  title  Afrorum,  while  the  Notitia 
has  two  alae  with  the  same  titles.  In  the  desire  for 
more  cavalry  were  some  of  the  old  infantry  regiments 
mounted? 

||  The  earliest  are  probably  the  Iuthungi  and  Van- 
d(a)li  who  may  date  from  the  conquests  of  Aurelian. 


8 


114 


KARANOG 


raised  beyond  the  frontier.  But  was  any  effort  made  to  preserve  their  tribal  character?  What 
was  difficult  in  the  second  century  had  become  almost  impossible  in  the  fifth.  How  could  the 
government  secure  a  regular  supply  of  Tzanni,  Abasgi,  and  Iberi  from  the  Caucasus  and  Franks 
and  Chamavi  from  the  lower  Rhine?  The  most  that  can  have  happened  is  that  sons  of  the 
original  soldiers  took  their  fathers'  places,  and  that  occasionally  fresh  barbarians,  not  necessarily 
or  probably  of  the  same  race  as  the  original  levy,  were  drafted  into  the  province. 

But  this  small  proportion  of  barbarians  in  the  Egyptian  garrison  means  that,  in  spite  of  its 
increased  size,  it  occupied  the  same  inferior  position  in  the  Roman  army  as  in  the  first  and  second 
centuries.  For,  although  the  Eastern  half  of  the  Empire  never  fell  so  completely  as  the  Western 
under  the  domination  of  imported  mercenaries,  yet  right  through  the  fifth  and  sixth  centuries 
they  continue  to  hold  the  leading  place  in  the  Eastern  army.  The  greater  part  of  the  force  which 
Belisarius  led  to  Italy  and  Africa  was  composed  of  this  class  of  troops  and  it  was  on  them  that 
he  chiefly  relied. 

3.  Position  of  the  troops. 

It  is  impossible  here  to  go  through  the  Notitia,  correct  its  often  faulty  spelling,  and  dis- 
cover where  each  of  the  regiments  mentioned  had  its  station,  but  a  few  general  facts  are  worth 
mentioning. 

Firstly  the  abandonment  of  the  Dodekaschoinos,  which  we  know  of  from  other  sources, 
is  confirmed.  The  second  century  stations  of  Hiera  Sykaminos,  Pselchis,  and  Talmis  have  dis- 
appeared from  the  list,  and  the  Roman  garrisons  extend  no  further  South  than  Philas.  The  new 
frontier  stations  however  are  strongly  held,  Elephantine  by  the  Cohors  I  Felix  Theodosiana, 
Philag  by  the  Legio  I  Maximiana,  and  Syene  by  the  milites  miliarenses  and  the  Cohors  V  Sven- 
tium.*  As  a  further  obstacle  to  an  enemy  descending  the  river  it  may  be  noticed  that  posts  are 
held  on  both  banks.  Thus  we  have  the  Legio  II  Traiana  at  Apollonos,  and  the  Ala  I  Francorum 
at  contra  Apollonos,  a  detachment  of  the  Equites  sagittarii  indigenae  at  Lato,  the  Ala  VII  Her- 
culia  voluntaria  at  contra  Lato.  The  remaining  regiments  of  the  garrison  are  stationed  over  the 
whole  province!  in  such  a  way  that  it  appears  that  the  increase  in  their  numbers  was  due  to  the 
fear  of  internal  disturbances  as  well  as  of  foreign  invasion,  a  fear  which  was  justified  by  the 
turbulent  conduct  of  the  Egyptians  during  the  third  century. 

G.  L.  Cheesman. 


*The  real  name  of  the  cohort  has  probably  been 
lost,  the  title  Syentium  being  merely  of  a  secondary 
character  as  in  a  number  of  cases. 

fWith  one  curious  omission — Alexandreia.  The 
turbulent  character  of  the  Egyptian  capital  was 
notorious  and  it  could  not  possibly  have  been  left 


ungarrisoned.  Possibly  it  was  occupied  by  the 
Gothic  Foederati  sent  into  the  province  by  Theo- 
dosius;  troops  of  this  class  do  not  appear  in  the 
Notitia,  since  technically  they  do  not  form  part  of 
the  Roman  army. 


CHAPTER  XIII 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 

ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS 

Note. —  cT  =  male;  $  =female;  +  =immature  or  child;  o=a  body  of  which  not  enough  remained  for  the 
sex  to  be  distinguished. 

The  points  of  the  compass  (N.  E.  S.  W.)  give  not  the  true  direction  but  the  supposed  direction  based 

on  the  course  at  this  point  of  the  river  Nile,  which  theoretically  runs  due  North. 
The  following  abbreviations  are  used: 

h.  on  p.  =  hands  on  pelvis  (normal  attitude). 

ext.  =  extended. 

ptd.  =  painted. 

frag.  =  fragments. 

rt.  and  1.  =  right  and  left  respectively. 

The  tomb  types  referred  to  in  the  first  column  are  explained  in  ch.  iii,  p.  22. 

The  Roman  numerals  in  the  pottery  columns  refer  to  the  table  of  forms,  plates  103  to  106. 

Catalogue  numbers  are  given  where  the  object  was  preserved ;  the  absence  of  such  numbers  means 
that  the  object  was  either  too  much  decayed  or  not  sufficiently  important  to  be  brought  away 
from  the  site.  When  the  object  is  in  the  University  Museum,  the  number  alone  is  given ;  when  in 
the  Cairo  Museum,  the  number  is  preceded  by  the  letter  C.  In  the  case  of  some  of  the  inscribed 
stones  now  at  Cairo,  the  word  Cairo  is  written  in  full  and  the  original  field-number  of  the  object 
is  given. 

In  the  Pottery  columns,  unless  otherwise  stated,  only  one  example  of  the  given  form  was  found  in 
the  tomb. 


("5) 


n6 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G 

G 


G 
G 


G 
G 


10 


ii 


12 


13 


14 


G  is 
G  16 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front  through  the 
door. 


Bodies. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  but  dis- 
turbed; no 
tibiae. 


B  6.  Opened  through  the  door;  dromos  ;  6*2,  in  confusion, 
had  six  regular  steps. 


B  6.  Roof  of  grave  disappeared  through 
denudation  of  soil. 


B  6.  Opened  through  door. 

B  6.  Opened  through  door ;  roof  partly 
disappeared. 


A  (?).  Only  a  few  bricks  left  in  position 
at  end  of  rude  cutting;  no  proper 
chamber. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind.  Chamber  cir- 
cular ;  to  the  S.  was  a  recess 
1.75  m.  long  containing  pottery 
the  robbers'  hole  W.  ran  through 
to  the  next  tomb. 

B  6.  Opened  through  the  door. 


B  6.  Opened  through  door. 
B  6.  Opened  through  door. 

B  6.  Opened  through  door. 


A  4.  A  rectangular  pit  .70  m.  deep,  1.50  by 
Mom.,  lined  with  brick  and  paved 
with  stone  slabs. 

An  oval  pit  .85  by  .75  m.  across  and 
.85  m.  deep.  Perhaps  the  start  for 
digging  dromos  and  chamber. 

A  1  or  A  3.  Superstructure,  if  any,  and 
part  of  vault  destroyed ;  three 
whole  and  two  half  bricks  in  the 
arch.    Opened  from  W. 

B  6.  Very  shallow ;  no  brick  work  re- 
maining at  door. 

B  6.  Very  shallow ;  no  brick  work  re- 
maining; E.  end  of  grave  gone. 


d\  lying  in  confu- 
sion near  en- 
trance. 


?+,  W.  ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. ; 
child  across  lap. 


2,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

$2,  W.W.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. 


2,     W.     ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 


+,  E.  ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 

-)-,  W.,  arms  over 
face ;  legs  miss- 
ing. 

2,  E.  ext.,  on 
back,  h.   on  p. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Iron  anklets,  7378, 
738i,  PI.  35- 


Iron  anklets,  7374- 
5,  PI-  35- 


Bronze  handle,  7698. 


Bronze  vase,  7144, 
PI.  3^. 


Wood  kohlpot  (in 
dromos). 


Iron   anklets,  7376, 
7379,  PL  35- 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


117 


Beads. 


Pottery 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


Other  Forms. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


ix,  plain,  rough, 
lxvi,  plain. 

xlvi,  ptd.,  8731, 
PI.  93- 


i,  thirteen  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8238,  PI. 
66. 


i,  three  plain. 

v,  two  plain ; 
frag,  of  two 
ptd.  in  dromos. 


xlviii,  plain  red- 


xxvii,  ptd.,  8958, 

PI.  97- 
xlv,  three  plain, 
xlvi,  ptd. 


xxi,  plain. 


In   dromos,   fragments  of 
a  Ba-statue. 


Younger  woman  wore  ear- 
rings of  bronze  with 
leather  and  beads  at- 
tached. 

Body  wrapped  in  stuff,  had 
lain  on  a  board  or 
boards,  perhaps  a  rude 
litter  or  bier. 


i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain ; 
frag,  of  ptd. 
one. 


7757- 


Some  of  bones  calcined  as 
if  by  fire  in  tomb;  dried 
leaves  in  tomb,  perhaps 
from  a  wreath. 


ix,  rough,  plain. 


n8 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened  through  door. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway;  contents 
a  good  deal  confused. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway ;  contents 
in  confusion  and  most  bones  re- 
moved. 

D.     Cut  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of  G  18. 
Undisturbed  burial. 


Bodies. 


?o,     only     a  few 
bones  left. 


c??+,  W.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. 


+,  skull  only  lying 
by  door. 


4-,  very  well  pre- 
served ;  short 
straight  hair. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivorv. 


Iron  kohlstick,  Cai-  Kohlbox. 
ro,  40096. 


B  6.  Dromos  on  the  West,  reverse  of    cJ5i  only  skulls  and 
rule;  all  W.  end  destroyed.  a  few  odd  bones 

left. 


B  6.  Opened  through   door  and   all   E.    Q,   W.,  only  upper 

'half'  left;  body 
ext.  on  back. 


end  of  tomb  destroyed. 
B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front;  all  bones  re- 
moved. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind  and  completely 
gutted. 


D.     Cut  in  the  S.  side  of  a  pit  3.50  by    _(__    \y  ext., 


?,  W.,  on  back,  but 
twisted ;  h.  on  p. 


back,  h.  on  p. 


2.00  m.,  probably  dug  for  making 
mud-bricks.    Undisturbed  burial. 

A  r.  Ruined  superstructure  of  brick  on 
stone  foundations.  Chamber  arch 
of  four  bricks,  walls  of  three 
courses ;  on  floor  of  chamber  a 
single  line  of  bricks  ran  up  centre 
with  return  north,  making  an  en- 
closure for  the  body,  the  pots 
being  for  the  most  part  outside 
this.  Opened  from  side;  all  bones 
removed  and  contents  in  confu- 
sion. 

A  3.  False  arch  of  two  bricks  length-    2,     W.     ext.,  on 
wise,  walls  of  two  courses;  top  of       right  side,  hands 
tomb  broken  away  at  W.  end.  by  side. 


on    Cup,  7151. 


B  6.  Completely  ruined. 

B.  (?).  Traces  of  superstructure;  opened 
from  behind.  The  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  30, 
lay  by  the  S  E.  corner  of  the 
superstructure. 


o,  W. 


Shaft  of  arrow, 
7417  (in  dro- 
mos). 


Wood     and  ivorv 
kohlbox,  7686. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


119 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  K  or  ids. 

Fragments  of  stuff,  sack- 
ing-like, mixed  wool  and 
linen. 

Two  sorts  of  textiles,  linen, 
one  coarse,  one  fine  with 
open  cord-work  border. 

A  heap  of  leaves  in  the 
corner  where  the  skull 
lay. 

Below  body  coarse  stuff, 
string-like  texture ;  round 
body  finer  cloth,  yellow 
with  single  scarlet  thread 
in  selvage. 

7752;    stud  7962 
a  ;  amulet  8022. 

v,  plain. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 

xxxii  a,  ptd., 
8na   PI  76 



7753,  anklet  on 
!.  leg;  stud 
7962  B. 

i,  three  plain. 

v,  two  plain,  one 
ringed. 

viii,  ptd.,  9000, 
PI.  97  (in 
dromos ) . 

xlvi,  ptd.,  8663. 

xlviii,  two  plain 
red. 

7754-5,  PI-  40, 
necklaces. 

v,  plain. 

i,  two  plain. 

\t    tli  T"  r>  f>  n  1  ri  i  n 

V  ,    LIU  CC  LJIdlll. 

Bowl  inverted  on  water- 
jar,  which  stood  by  left 
shoulder. 

By  the  tomb  lay  four  little 
cups  rudely  made  of  un- 
baked clay.  Body  wrapped 

in    fnarcf*   n  1  n  in  linfn 

111     tUdl  it     yJlallL  IJUCli* 



i,  three  plain, 
v,  two  plain. 



1 20 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above;   a  few 
bones  in  the  robbers'  hole. 


loose 


Bodies. 


Child's    tomb;  no 
body. 


B  3.  Only    remains    of    superstructure;]  0*?+,    all    in  con- 
opened  from  behind.  fusion. 


B  3.  Superstructure  much  ruined.  Frag- 
ments of  a  Ba-statue  were  found 
within  the  containing-wall  of  the 
superstructure  and  an  offering- 
table  in  the  filling  of  the  dromos 
just  below  the  surface. 

B  3.  Superstructure  with  approach  com- 
plete, the  dromos  cut  very  steeply 
under  this.  Opened  from  behind, 
all  bones  removed. 

B  6.  Dromos  and  door  wrecked  by  rob- 
bers. 


B  6.  Opened  through  door;  dromos 
partly  destroyed ;  contents  gone 
but  body  undisturbed. 


D.  Cut  in  W.  side  of  a  circular  pit 
1. 00  m.  across;  doorway  only 
0.85  m.  long ;  opened  through 
doorway. 

B  6.  But  cut  out  from  the  S.E.  side  of  a 
round  pit  3.00  m.  in  diameter  and 
1.20 m.  deep;  it  ran  S.E. 

B  6.  Dromos  at  the  W.  end ;  top  of  grave 
broken  in  owing  to  denudation  of 
surface. 

C  2.  Ruined;  cover  gone. 

B  6.  Ruined;  E.  end  and  part  of  roof 
broken  away. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Apparently  undisturbed. 


B  3.  Superstructure  much  ruined.  Cham- 
ber almost  circular,  180  by  1.50  m. 
across,  apparently  undisturbed. 


o+,  all 
sion. 


in  confli- 


ct E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.,  very 
well  preserved. 

c?,  E.,  young,  ext. 
on  back;  h.  on 
p. ;  very  short 
black  hair,  tightly 
curled ;  negro 
features. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


+,  S.E. 


o*,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  man 
wore  short  beard. 


o,  E.,  remains  only, 
ext.,  on  back,  h. 
on  p. 


E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

?,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


c?,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Bowl,  7117,  PI.  32. 


Spindle  whorl,  7675. 


THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


7756,  round  neck. 


i,  plain. 

v,  plain,  Cairo. 


v,  plain. 


i,  two  plain, 
v,  two  plain. 


Pottery. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


Other  Forms. 


xlviii,  plain  red.     liii,  ptd.  8705  PI. 

90.  (in 
dromos). 


i,  plain. 


i,  plain  (in  pit ). 


i,  three  plain, 
v,     two     plain ; 

one  ringed ; 

ptd.,  8220,  PI. 

62. 

i,  four  plain, 
v,  six  plain. 


lxvi,    plain  (in 
dromos) . 


ix,     rough  (in 

dromos). 
xlv,  two  rough. 

(in  dromos). 


xxv,   ptd.,  8297, 

PL  73- 
xxxn,  ptd.,  8335, 

PL  77- 


Glass. 


Fragments. 


Varia. 


In  dromos,  very  rough  stela 
with  incised  human  fig- 
ure, outline  for  a  paint- 
ing of  which  all  colour 
had  gone. 


Child   wore  coarse  linen 
dress. 


Body  dressed  in  coarse 
linen  with  fringes  round 
neck. 


122 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  45 

G  46 

G  47 

G  48 

G  49 

G  50 

G  Si 


G  52 


G  53 

G  54 

G  55 

G  56 


A  3.  Undisturbed 
tion  p.  32. 


burial.     See  descrip- 


B  6.  Broken  open  through  door. 


B  6.  Dug  almost  under  N.  precinct  wall 
of  G.    Broken  open  through  door. 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations,  3.80  m.  square,  ap- 
proach 1. 00  m.  long.  No  altar. 
Broken  open  from  behind.  To 
this  tomb  belongs  the  Cairo  stela 
labelled  G  48. 

B  3.  Complete  superstructure  4.30  m. 
square,  of  brick  upon  coursed 
rubble,  with  brick  approach  2.00  m. 
long,  having  a  brick  threshold.  No 
altar.    Broken  open  from  behind. 

B  6.  Broken  open  from  behind. 


B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick;  lower 
courses  3.00  m.  square,  upper 
courses  withdrawn  to  a  size 
2.05  m.  square ;  with  approach 
1. 00  m.  long,  having  threshold  of 
brick.  No  altar.  Broken  open 
from  behind.  To  this  tomb  prob- 
ably belongs  the  stela,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  no. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure ;  much  ruined, 
especially  in  front ;  apparently  c. 
2.50  m.  square.  Undisturbed  burial, 
but  a  few  loose  bones  seemed  to 
point  to  a  secondary  interment.  To 
this  tomb  belongs  the  stela  7102, 
PI.  18,  found  at  entrance  of  ap- 
proach. 

A  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  coursed 
rubble  4.20  by  4.80  m.,  with  brick 
approach  1.50  m.  long;  chamber 
2.00  by  1.30  m.,  with  brick  ends 
and  barrel  vault.  Broken  open 
from  behind. 

C  2.  Pit  1.40  by  0.60  m. ;  covered  with 
rough  flagstones  on  which  were 
two  stone  tables  of  offerings,  Cai- 
ro, labelled  G  54. 

B  6.  Small  grave  chamber  1.30  by  i.oom 
Undisturbed  burial. 


B  6.  Small  (child's)  grave;  broken  up. 


Bodies. 


$,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


c?,  W.,  body  bro- 
ken up ;  arms 
gone. 

?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Bowls,  7113,  7115, 
7120;  tripod, 
7137;  lock,  7460, 
PI.  25. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  and  ivory 
casket,  7519,  PH. 
24,  25.  Wood 
and  ivory  kohl- 
box,  7514,  PI.  25. 


$+,  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
h.  on  p. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


+,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Ring,  8140. 


Bowl,  7149. 
Sawblade. 


Wood  kohlpot. 
7623 ;   four  spin- 
dle-whorls, 7673- 
4. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


123 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi.              Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

7759-7763  (7759, 
7761     on  fi. 
40)  ;  studs 
7963. 

1,  three  plain. 

7352,  Pll. 
25,  3«- 

• 

Two  blue  beads 
on  neck. 

The  ring  was  on  the  child's 
breast. 

xlviii,  fragments 
ptd. 

ix,  rough,  plain. 

i,  one  plain, 
v,  two  plain ;  one 
ringed. 

Bone  smoother,  7727. 

xlv,  rough. 

v,  plain, 
v,  ringed. 

xlviii,  plain  red. 

Body  had  been  wrapped  in 
heavy  cloth,  wholly  de- 
cayed. 

124 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  by  2.45  m., 
with  approach  0.80  m.  long; 
broken  open  from  behind.  At  en- 
trance of  approach  lay  a  stone 
table  of  offering,  Cairo,  labelled 
G57. 

B  3.  (?)  Superstructure  almost  all  de- 
stroyed.   Opened  from  above. 


59  J  B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.60  by  3.50  m. ; 
brick  approach  1.80  m.  long,  with 
threshold.    Opened  from  behind. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  and  approach, 
much  ruined.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. The  stone  table  of  offerings, 
Cairo,  labelled  G  60,  lay  in  the 
dromos  of  the  tomb.  Possibly  the 
stela  C  40165,  PI.  11,  also  belongs 
here. 

B  6.  The  dromos  ran  N.  by  S.,  the  cella 
being  at  the  N.  end,  lying  E.  by 
W.    Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Under  G  89.  Disturbed. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


OC?,  E.W. 
disturbed. 


both 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  rt. 
side,  facing  N. ; 
h.  on  p. 


9,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


6",   disturbed;  only 
a  few  bones  left. 


+,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  imma- 
ture. 

+,  E.,  disturbed. 


Wood  and  ivory 
lid,  7528 ;  kohl- 
box-lid,  7520. 


Wood  and  ivory 
cylindrical  box, 
wood  and  ivory 
box  lid,  7521-2; 
two  wood  kohl- 
pots;  spindle- 
whorl. 


63  I  B  4.  Brick  superstructure  4.30  by  4.10  m.; 
grave  opened  and  ransacked. 


1.  Elaborate  grave  with  superstructure 
of  brick  on  stone  foundations ; 
within,  three  vaulted  chambers. 
See  p.  33  and  Figs.  A.  2  and  B. 


G  65  B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  coursed 
rubble  3.00  by  2.50  m.,  with  brick 
approach  0.85  m.  long,  having 
threshold.    Opened  from  behind. 

G  66  B  6.  Inside  the  door  for  0.00  m.  from  it 
the  chamber  had  side-walls  and 
vault  of  brick,  walls  six  courses 
high,  false  arch  of  two  bricks. 
Hewn  chamber  beyond  1.30  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Broken  open. 


B  6.  Half  of  tomb  broken  away,  together 
with  dromos. 


c?,    scattered  bones 
only. 


cCo,  old  man,  ext., 
on  back,  h.  on  p. ; 
also  odd  bones. 


+  .  E. 


000,  all  mixed. 


Tweezers  in  form 
of  swimmer,  Cai- 
ro, 40104,  PI.  35; 
iron  kohlstick. 
7389,  PI.  36; 
arrow,  7370. 


Wood  kohlpot ; 
wood  stand,  7607; 
wood  object. 


Fragments  of  wood 
and  ivory  kohl- 
box. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  plain. 

xlviu,  plain  red. 

Position  of  body  probably 
due    to    robbers.  The 
tumbler  was  in  a  little 
niche  made  to  fit  it.  near 
the  door  on  the  N.  side 
of  the  chamber. 

i,  two  plain. 

v,     two     plain ; 

ptd.,  8229,  PI. 

64. 

xii.,  plain. 

xlv,  rough,  plain. 

Body  covered  over  with 
reeds    or    withies,  tied 
round  at  intervals. 

v,    three    plain ; 
ptd  ,  82^4,  PI. 

Plvl'>     ^    O  1 '  *■ 

65. 

xlviii,  plain  red. 

xxii,  rough, 
small. 

i,  plain, 
v,  plain. 

Blue  bugle  beads, 
7955- 

Cf.  7862. 

Body  wrapped  in  stuffs. 

Two  jgilt  glass 
beads. 

i,  twelve  plain, 
v,  six  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xvii,  plain. 

xxi,  plain. 

xlv,  four  plain, 
rough. 

xlvi,   two  plain. 

One  ptd.,  frag- 
ments lamp. 
8148. 

Fragments. 

Over  the  robbers'  hole  was 
a  cuirass  of  leather,  with 
repousse    bosses ;  much 
destroyed.     A    big  pot 
was  sunk  in  the  ground 
outside  the  brickwork  of 
the  N.E.  corner. 

i,  three  plain. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 

Body    in    wooden  coffin 
(wholly     destroyed  by 
white  ants)   which  was 
covered  with  coarse  bas- 
ket-work. 

Three  beads. 

Fragments. 

In  grave,  a  Ba-bird's  head 
and  a  stone  cone  painted 
green. 

126 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G    69     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

G  69  a  D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  69 ;  disturbed. 

G  70  A  1.  Superstructure  of  ashlar  stone, 
5.00m.  square,  v\ith  brick  above; 
brick  approach  2.20  m.  long  and 
2.00  m.  wide  with  offset  (for  stone 
frame?)  and  stone  sill  at  entrance. 
In  the  chamber  a  line  of  bricks 
making  compartment  for  body. 
See  PI.  112.  Opened  from  behind. 
In  front  of  the  approach  were 
fragments  of  stelae,  Cairo  labelled 
G  70. 

G  71  A  r.  Elaborate  grave  with  superstruc- 
ture of  brick  on  stone  foundations, 
and  brick  approach  2.00  m.  long, 
to  which  the  stone  C  40228,  PI.  11, 
formed  the  S.  door-jamb.  Inside 
were  two  vaulted  chambers. 
Opened  from  behind.  See  Fig.  B 
and  PI.  112. 


G 
G 


G  72 


G  73 


G  74 


G  75 


G  76 


G  77 


78 
79 


B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  4.50  by  4.60  m.,  with 
brick  approach  1.45  m.  long;  cross- 
walls,  so  probably  originally 
mound-topped.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. The  Ba-statue  7030  may  be- 
long to  this  tomb. 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations ;  too  ruined  to  meas- 
ure ;  brick  approach.  Opened  from 
in  front.  Probably  to  this  tomb 
belongs  the  stone  table  of  offer- 
ings, Cairo,  labelled  G  72. 

B  1.  Superstructure,  brick,  1.90  by  2.00  m. 
with  brick  approach  1.00m.  long; 
remains  of  hollow  apse  at  W.  end. 
Opened  from  above.  The  Ba- 
statue  7002  probably  belongs  to 
this  tomb. 

B  (?)  Small  tomb,  superstructure  broken 
up;  in  its  S.W.  corner  was  found 
the  stela  7105,  PI.  19. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  by  2.40  m., 
with  brick  approach  (ruined)  and 
western  apse.   Opened  from  above. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure,  2.20  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  (ruined)  and 
western  apse. 

C  2. 

B  6.  Burrowed  under  S.W.  corner  of 
G  64;  but  perhaps  older  than  G  64. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


G    80     B  6.  Broken  all  up. 


-|-,  odd  bones. 


$0,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p., 
skull  and  pelvis  of 
one  missing. 

?,  in  confusion,  only 
a  few  bones  left. 


o*.  disturbed. 

c?i,   E.E.   ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 

o,  odd  bones. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


127 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Forms  i-vl. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  plain. 

i.  four  plain. 

V j   L  W  \J  iJlalii. 

xii,  four  plain. 

1  y       r»l  a  1  n      ft  1 C  C 

8384. 

i,  four  plain, 
v,  five  plain. 

i,  plain. 

v,     one    plain ; 
one  ptd.,  8153. 

• 

v,  two  plain. 

v,  ptd. 

i,  two  plain. 

xlviii,  plain  red. 



Glass. 


Varia. 


The  small  rough  jars  (ix) 
were  in  the  filling  of  the 
superstructure.  Also  in 
the  filling  a  fragment  of 
a  stela. 


The  apse  was  built  out 
from  a  ledge  of  brick- 
work projecting  0.33  m. 
from  the  west  wall  face. 


128 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


81     B  6.  Burrowed  under  S.  wall  of  G  31. 
Opened  from  W.  end. 


A  3.  Roof  gone,  only  two  parallel  lines 
of  brick,  2.00  m.  long  by  0.30  m. 
high ;  at  the  W.  end  fitting  closely 
between  the  walls  was  a  stone 
offering  table  (7088,  PI.  15)  on 
edge,  the  handle  uppermost,  the 
inscribed  face  to  the  tomb.  Prob- 
ably in  position  but  re-used. 


B  6.  Opened  from  W.  end. 


B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  ashlar, 
3.00  m.  square,  standing  0.60  m. 
high ;  brick  approach  1.25m.  long. 
Opened  from  side.  The  stone 
table  of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  84,  probably  belongs  to  this 
tomb. 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations,  3.40  by  3.65  m. ;  brick 
approach  1.10  m.  long.  Opened 
from  behind.  In  position  before 
the  approach  lay  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  85. 

B  6.  Dromos  almost  perpendicular. 
Opened  from  behind. 


C  2.  Opened  from  above. 
C  1.  Opened  from  above. 


A  ?.  Two  parallel  walls,  brick,  four 
courses  high ;  at  the  E.  end  a  stone 
doorway  from  a  tomb  approach ; 
it  had  a  roof  of  architectural  frag- 
ments, including  the  stela,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  89,  an  uninscribed  stela, 
and  a  carved  lintel  with  uraeus 
disk,  doubtless  from  a  tomb-ap- 
proach. 

B  ?.  Superstructure  almost  all  destroyed. 
Opened  from  in  front. 


Bodies. 


5,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


c?+. 


?+,    W.    ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 


<3  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
disturbed. 


+,  skull. 

+  ,  disturbed. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


?,  W.  ext., 
h.  on  p. 


on  back, 


?+++oooo,  all 
mixed  up. 


D.     Opened  from  in  front. 

B  I.  Superstructure  almost  all  destroyed.    0  E.  ext.,  on  back 
Opened  from  above.  h.  on  p. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  I.  Brick  superstructure,  2.70  by  2.90  m., 
with  broken  brick  approach  and 
sunk  apse,  100  m.  E  by  W.  Opened 
through  apse. 


c?,  disturbed. 


Wood  box  (cylin- 
drical). 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


129 


Beads. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


7765,    7766,  PI. 
40. 

Two  necklaces  on 
child's  body. 


V,  plain. 


v,  plain. 


v,  ringed. 


i,  two  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 


v,  plain. 


v,  plain. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


Other  Forms. 


i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 


v,  two  plain. 


v,  two  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.  S619, 
PI.  82. 


xlviii,  ptd.  8666, 
PI-  87;  8713. 
PI.  91. 


xlv,  rough. 
'Ink-pot'  of  un- 
baked clay. 


ix,  two.  rough, 
xxxvii,  rough. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


Man's  body  covered  with 
long  straight  stems  of 
reeds  and  twigs  arranged 
lengthways  along  the 
body. 


7358,   PL  38. 


Adolescent  body  wrapped 
in  coarse  stuff. 


ix,  two  rough. 


Ear-stud,    blue    glass,  in 
woman's  rt.  ear. 


The  painted  stela,  7080, 
had  fallen  through  the 
robbers'  hole  into  this 
grave. 


Also  the  bottom  of  a  pot 
containing  red  pigment. 


9 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  i.  Brick  superstructure,  2.oom.  square; 
brick  approach  and  threshold ; 
traces  of  sunk  apse;  opened 
through  apse.  To  this  tomb  prob- 
ably belongs  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  51  b, 
and  perhaps  too  that  labelled  G.  96. 

B  ?.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  m.  square, 
much  ruined;  opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Cut  out  from  circular  pit,  making  a 
tangent  to  the  circle. 


A  3.  Superstructure,  if  any,  disappeared; 
chamber  2. 00  by  0.57  m.  high,  five 
bricks  to  arch. 

B  6.  No  proper  dromos  but  perpendicu- 
lar hole;  broken  up. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.30  by  3.50  m. 
and  approach  1.45  m.  long;  opened 
from  behind. 


B  6.  Broken  open  from  behind. 

B  6.  Broken  open  from  behind. 

B  3.  Stone  superstructure  3.40  by  3.70  m. 
brick  approach  1.20  m.  long;  opened 
from  above.  To  this  tomb  belonged 
the  stone  table  of  offerings,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  103. 

B  6.  Dug  under  S.W.  corner  of  65. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


C  1.  Side  not  bricked  up. 


D.     Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  69.    Undisturbed  grave. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  by  2.60  m-, 
much  ruined ;  opened  from  above. 
Small  cella  1.50  by  0.90  m. 


Bodies. 


E.E.  ext., 
on  back,  h.  on  p. 
Child  crouched 
under  man's  rt. 
shoulder. 


o,  skull  only. 


c?,  in  confusion. 


++++,  three 
young,  one  ado- 
lescent. 


c?c??,  in  confusion. 


+,    W.    ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 


+,     only    a  few 
bones. 


Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

Kohlstick. 

Ivory  stick,  7691. 

Bronze    wire  ear- 
rings, 8031-2. 


Three  wood  spin- 
dle whorls. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND 


THEIR  CONTENTS  131 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xIvii-L            Other  Forms. 

1.      L  1  1  1  v.  v.  plain. 

v,  ptd.  8239. 

i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

,  xviij  ptd. 

viii,  ptd. 

ix,  three  rough. 

Incised    gourd  (broken), 
8144,  PI.  iog. 

7770-3,  child's 
necklaces  all 
mixed  up. 



xlviii,  plain. 

v,  plain. 

i,  six  plain. 

v,    five    plain ; 

one  ptd.,  8176, 

PI.  46. 

xii,  plain. 

viii,  ptd.,  8894. 
xlv,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.  8686, 
PI.  89. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  plain. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.  8652, 
PI.  86. 

vii.   black,  8772, 
PI.  IOI. 

Body    wrapped    in  three 
sorts  of  stuffs,  gausapa, 
linen  and  a  ribbed  stuff 
(polymita). 

One  body  wrapped  in  stuff 
with  decorated  blue  bor- 
der, "hand"  pattern. 

Three    gourds,    8147,  PI. 
109,  two  decayed.  The 
vase,  8321,  was  near  the 
mouth  of  the  dromos. 

A  mother  of  pearl  nose- 
guard  is  on  the  string 
of  beads. 

Body  wrapped  in  coarse 

1 1  tt  r>  ti    x»r  1   ri    m  0  n  f*Q  mp  r^i"it*— 
11IICI1    Willi    II  ML  1  dine  HU1 

der  and  fringe.    Jars  by 
feet. 

7774-7,  7783. 

7778-778o,  778+ 
Studs  7966-7. 

7781. 

xlviii,  ptd.  8682, 

PI.  88. 
xlviii,  plain  red. 

ix,  plain, 
xxxii,  ptd.,  8321. 
xxxii,  plain, 
rough. 

xlv,  rough. 

1 

v,  two  plain. 

v,  ringed, 
v,  ringed. 

xlviii,  two  plain. 

7785. 

viii  (in  dromos). 

132 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


IIO 


G  in 


G  112 


G  113 


G  114 


G  11: 


Type,  etc. 


G  116 


G  117 


G  118 


G  119 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  3.  (?)  Brick  superstructure  much 
ruined.  Opened  from  behind.  In 
the  filling  of  the  superstructure 
was  the  stone  table  of  offerings, 
Cairo,  labelled  G  in. 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations ;  chamber  almost  cir- 
cular 2.00  by  1.40  m. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure,  much  ruined ; 
3.00  m.,  N.  by  S.  Opened  from 
behind. 

B  6.  Dug  against  S.  wall  of  G  64.  Child's 
grave. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2.15  m. ; 
approach  0.85  m.  long ;  the  whole 
offering-table  structure  rested  on 
a  rectangular  base  2  50  by  3.00  m., 
projecting  on  the  N.  side  and  flush 
with  the  end  of  the  approach. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  4.  (?)  Brick  superstructure  2.30  by 
2.40  m.;  much  destroyed  on  S.  and 
E.    Opened  from  above. 


B  3.  (?)  Brick  superstructure  2.10m. 
square,  much  destroyed  on  E.  face. 
Opened  from  behind.  In  front  of 
it  lay,  face  upwards  in  position, 
the  stela  7104,  PI.  19. 

B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  by  2.50  m. ; 
opened  from  behind. 


B  3.  (?)  Only  traces  of  brick  super- 
structure left.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. In  front  of  the  ruined  ap- 
proach lay,  face  upwards,  the  stone 
table  of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  119. 


G  120     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

G   121   I  B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  m.  square ; 

E.  side  knocked  about.  Opened 
from  above. 

G  122     D.     Recessed  in  S.  side  of  G  75. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


??o,  in  confusion. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


$,  in  confusion. 


$,  few  bones  in  con- 
fusion. 


9,  in  confusion. 


?o. 


c?,  E.,  disturbed. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


c?5,  few  bones  only. 


confused. 


+,  E.  ext..  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Ring,  8088,  PI.  33- 


Kohlstick,  7385,  PI- 
36 ;  Kohlspoon, 
7386,  PI.  36. 
Ring,  8081,  PI.  33 


Wood  and  Ivorv. 


Wood  kohlpot, 
7605. 


Wood    and  ivory 
kohlbox,  7568. 


Wood    and  ivory 
kohlbox  lid. 


Wood    and  ivory 
kohlbox,  7524,  PI. 
23 ;     wood  kohl- 
box, 7525. 


Wood  and  ivory- 
casket  (frag- 
ments), 7531-5- 
Two  wood  boxes. 
7526-7,  PI.  23 ; 
two  wood  and 
ivory  boxes,  7529- 
30,  PI.  23. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1: 

Other  Forms. 



xlviii,  ptd.,  Cai- 
ro, 40084/15; 
8910,  PI.  52. 

ix,  two  plain 
(one  in  dro- 
mos). 

xlv,  plain. 

Also  fragments  of  pottery. 

v,  ringed. 

ix,  rough, 
xlv,  rough. 

Body  wrapped  in  stuffs. 

i,  five  plain. 

v,  ptd.  8170,  PI. 

48;    8216,  PI. 

45 ;  three  plain. 

xxxiii,  8571. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 



7359,   PI-  38. 

i,  four  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

ix,  two  plain, 
ix,  plain,  at 

inuuiii  01  uru- 

mos. 
xii,  plain. 

Fragments  of  white  leather 
embossed. 

v,  ptd.  8184,  PI. 
50,    0233,  ri. 

6; 

i,  four  plain, 
v,  ptd.  8166,  PI. 
41 ;  two  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xii,    two  plain, 
one  with  graf- 
fito,   PI.  107, 
Fig.  27. 

One  body  wrapped  in  linen 
having  blue  and  yellow 
tapestry  border  and 
fringe.  Contents  of  tomb 
piled  up  against  door. 

xlv.  rough. 

vii,   black,  8565, 

PI.  102. 
xii,  plain. 

Mud  jar  stopper  in  dro- 
mos. 

The  amphora  has  demotic 
inscription  by  handle 
(PI.  107,  Fig.  17). 

-782,  7786,  waist- 
band ;  mixed 
beads  in  cas- 
ket. 

Studs,  7968-73. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  two  plain, 
8518. 

xlviii,  ptd. 
xlviii,  four  plain. 

Oval  object,  destroyed  by 
white  ants,  probably 
basketwork  box.  One 
body  wrapped  in  linen. 



v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.  (frag- 
ments). 

7788-9,  round 
neck. 

Body  wrapped  in  linen. 

!34 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


B  4  (aberration  from  type).  Brick  super- 
structure 2.40  by  2.50  m. ;  chamber 
N.  by  S.,  brick,  with  vaulted  roof, 
forming  fore-chamber  to  123A. 
(See  detailed  description  p.  34). 
Undisturbed  grave. 

Same  superstructure;  chamber  cut  in 
side  1.80  by  0.60m.  (See  detailed 
description.)    Undisturbed  grave. 

B  3.  (?)  Few  traces  of  brick  superstruc- 
ture; opened  from  in  front. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.80  m.  square, 
with  solid  block  instead  of  ap- 
proach ;  opened  from  behind.  To 
this  tomb  probably  belongs  the 
stone  table  of  offerings,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  125,  and  the  stela  simi- 
larly labelled. 

D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  57.    Undisturbed  grave. 

B  4.  (?)  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.^0  m.  square,  and 
brick  roof  supported  on  groining 
arches.  Opened  from  behind.  The 
stone  table  of  offerings,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  16,  lay  just  in  front  of 
this  tomb. 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.30  m.  square,  with 
ruined  brick  approach ;  cella  un- 
usually deep,  3.80m.  below  surface. 
Opened  from  above. 

B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  x  2.30  m.; 
opened  from  above. 


G   130      B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  x  2.30  m. 
opened  from  behind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Dug  under  S.E.  corner  of  G  27 : 
opened  from  above. 


B.  I.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  m.  square 
with  brick  approach  1.40  m.  long  ; 
by  robbers'  hole  at  W.  end  were  a 
few  bricks  probably  representing 
hollow  apse.  Opened  from  behind- 
To  this  tomb  belonged  the  stone 
table  of  offerings,  7002,  PI.  16. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


8,  N.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


8,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


0*59,   two  W.,  one 
E.  ext.,  on  back,  h. 
on  p. 

8,  in  confusion. 


+  . 


Bowl,  7150. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


8,  E.  ext.,  on  back 
h.  on  p. 


899,  in  confusion. 


899+  +  +,    one  5 
N.  E.,  other  bones 
in  confusion 
above. 


9,  E.  ext., 
h.  on  p. 


on  back 


Kohlstick,  7388,  PI. 
36. 


Spindle-whorl, 
7613;  kohlbox. 
7612. 


Kohlbox. 


Wood    and  ivory 
kohlbox,  7566; 
wood  spindle- 
whorl,  7680. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


i35 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8673. 

Wicker-work   basket  con- 
taining dates. 

Small   beads  at 
neck  of  ?. 

i,  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

One    woman    had  linen 
wrappings    with  open- 
work border. 

1,  pltiin. 

v,  two  plain. 

xlviii,  one  plain. 

xlv,  red. 

one  black. 

7787,    7810,  PL 
40;  stud  7974- 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

i,  plain. 

v,  two  ringed. 



i.  two  plain. 

v,  ptd.  8192,  PI. 

4i>  and  one 

plain. 

Leather  slipper  (?). 

i,  three  plain, 
v,     ptdi     8965 ; 
one  plain. 

ix,  8365,  rough. 

7790-1  all 
mixed  up  with 
later  bodies. 

v,  ptd.  8230,  PI. 
64;    8304,  PL 
74- 

ix,  8585,  rough, 
xlvi,  Cairo, 
40213,   PL  80. 

Lowest  $  body  wrapped  in 
linen    with  needlework 
border     of  cross-filled 
reticulated  pattern. 

i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

xxxii,  two  plain, 
xxxvii,  plain. 

Studs  7975-6- 

i,  plain. 

v,  ptd.  8158,  PI. 
53;    8224,  PL 
63 ;  two  ringed. 

Two  blue  glass  ear-studs 

by  left  shoulder. 

136 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  134  B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.20  m.  square 
with  brick  approach  0.90m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind.  Exactly  in 
front  of  the  approach  lay  the  stone 
table  of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  127. 

G  135  [  B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.90  m.  square 
with  vaulted  brick  approach  1.35m. 
long,  having  stone  frame  at  en- 
trance. Opened  from  behind.  To 
this  tomb  apparently  belonged  the 
stela,  Cairo,  labelled  135. 


G  136 


G  137 


G  138 


G  139 


G  140 


G  141 


B  1.  Well-preserved  brick  superstructure 
2.30m.  square  with  brick  approach 
0.90m.  long,  hollow  apse  1.40m.  in 
diameter  and  brick  altar  in  posi- 
tion. Opened  from  behind.  The 
stone  table  of  offerings,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  116,  possibly  belongs 
to  this  tomb,  2.00m.  E.  of  whose 
approach  it  lay;  that  labelled  G 
136  (Cairo)  also  lay  before  the 
approach,  apparently  in  position. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  m.  square 
with  brick  approach  1.05  m.  long 
and  hollow  apse  1.05m.  in  diame- 
ter.   Opened  from  behind. 


C  1.  Opened  from  above. 


B  I.  Brick  superstructure  3.40  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.25m.  long; 
at  W.  end  a  few  bricks  probably 
indicating  hollow  apse.  Opened 
from  behind.  The  stela,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  100,  may  belong  to  this 
tomb,  150  m.  from  whose  approach 
it  lay;  as  also  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  139. 

A  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
4.40  m.  square,  with  cross  walls  to 
support  jacketina:  brick  approach 
1.90  m.  long,  brick  altar  in  posi- 
tion whereon  stone  table  of  offer- 
ings (Cairo,  G  140)  ;  in  the  ap- 
proach a  painted  stela  (7076,  PI. 
12),  face  downwards,  apparently 
in  position.    (See  page  10.) 

Mixed  type.  ;  rectangular  brick 
superstructure  with  cross  wall  N. 
by  S.  and  four  cross-walls  E.  by 
W.  6.60  by  3.90  m.  Below,  three 
tombs  of  type  C  r.  A  single  shaft 
from  behind  had  given  the  rob- 
bers access  to  chambers  one  and 
two;  chamber  three  was  undis- 
turbed.   (See  p.  35.) 


Bodies. 


+  +,  one  E.  ext., 
on  back,  h.  on  p ; 
odd  bones  of 
second. 


o,  few  bones  only. 


9,  in  confusion. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Bowl,  7123,  PI.  32; 
arrowhead,  7369. 


0*0000,   odd    bones    Ring,  8142,  PI.  33. 
in  confusion ;  five 
skulls. 


o",  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


(a) 
(b) 


In  filling  of  super- 
structure, wood 
and  ivory  casket, 
75i8,  PI.  21. 


(c)o*,   E.  ext., 
back,  h.  on  p. 


Bowl,  7126,  PI.  32; 
arrowheads  7180- 
7221,   PI.  34; 
spearhead,  7368, 
PI.  36. 


A  musical  instru- 
ment, shaft  and 
five  wood  keys 
preserved,  9050. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  j37 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

;8l  I,   PI.  40- 

v,  ptd.  8214,  PI. 
6t;  8218,  /PI. 
62;  8896,  PI. 
79- 

i,  three  plain. 

The  waterjars,  8214,  8218, 
found  outside  grave  at 
mouth  of  robbers'  hole ; 
8896  in  position  with 
bowl  inverted  on  it.  Ar- 
rowhead on  child's  breast. 

7347,    PL  38. 

xlviii,  ptd. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 

ix,  five  rough 
(in  dromos). 

xxiv,  plain. 

xlv,  two  rough 
(in  dromos). 

One  blue  bead. 

Plaited  grass  bracelet. 
Fragments  of  gausapa 
and  polymita. 

Blue  faience  tumbler,  7366. 
PI.  39. 

v,  plain,  8513. 

Fragments. 

In  the  S.  wall  of  the  super- 
structure was  found  half 

i,  plain, 
i,  three  plain, 
v,  one  plain  and 
one  ringed. 

a  scarab,  8141.  Body 
wrapped  in  linen. 

i38 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  ?.  Superstructure  almost  entirely 
ruined.    Opened  from  behind. 

B  I.  Brick  superstructure  2I.30  by 
2.50  m.,  with  brick  approach 
0.95  m.  long  and  ruined  hollow 
apse,  c.  1.30  m.  diameter.  Opened 
from  behind. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  almost  wholly 
destroyed,  c.  2.50  m.,  N.  by  S. ; 
well  preserved  apse.  (See  Fig. 
B).  Opened  from  behind.  The 
statue  labelled  Cairo,  137,  lay  just 
in  front  of  this  tomb. 

B  4.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations,  opened  from  in  front, 
door  destroyed.  To  this  tomb  be- 
longed the  stela,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  145- 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  over  three 
courses  of  ashlar  stone  3.80  m. 
square,  with  brick  approach  1.40  m. 
long.    Opened  from  behind. 


C  2.  Very  rudely 
above. 


cut.    Opened  from 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.20  by  2.50  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.10  m.  long, 
and  ruined  apse.  Opened  from 
behind.  To  this  tomb  perhaps 
belonged  stela  7080,  PI.  14,  or  else 
Cairo,  labelled  148. 

B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.20  by  2.10  m. 
Opened  from  behind.  The  statue, 
Cairo,  labelled  G  149,  perhaps  be- 
longs to  this  tomb. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  m.  square ; 
instead   of   a   small   approach  a 
court  as  wide  as  the  tomb  and 
2.40  m.  long.   Opened  from  behind. 
By  the  N.  W.  corner  lay  the  statue 
7029,  PI.  8. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  almost  wholly 
destroyed ;  traces  of  apse.  Opened 
from  behind.  By  the  dromos  lay 
the  stela  7083,  PI.  14. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  by  2.70  m., 
much  ruined.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 


Bodies. 


5,   S.E. ;  disturbed. 


$,  scattered  bones. 


0*?$,  all  in  confu- 
sion. 


+,    W.    ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  TTory. 


Wood  kohlpot, 
7633- 


0*0",    E.    ext.,    on     Bowl,  7152. 
backs,  h.   on  p., 
side  by  side. 


Spndle-whorl,  7676. 


o,  odd  bones  only. 


o"c?,   in  confusion. 


oV,   in  confusion. 


9,    odd    bones  in 
confusion. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


i39 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

xlviii,  plain. 

Fragments. 

Body  wrapped  in  linen  with 
tapestry  border. 

xlviii,  plain. 



i,  plain. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8318, 
PI.  76. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  two  plain. 



i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

v,  plain. 

ix  plain  rough. 

Blue  glass  ear  stud  found 
with  spindle-whorl  in  the 
pot  ix. 

i,  plain. 

v,  ringed. 

i,  three  plain, 
v.ptd.,  8205,  PI. 
uu,  out:  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd. 

five    plain,  all 

Ul  UKC II. 



xlviii,  ptd.  8622, 
PI.    83;  8625, 



xxxiii,  ptd.,  8324. 

140 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  153 


G  154 


B  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.60  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  1.45  m.  long,  roofed 
with  arch  of  three  bricks  and  with 
reveal  for  stone  frame  at  entrance. 
Traces  of  apse.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. The  statue,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  153,  lay  exactly  in  front  of  the 
approach.  The  stone  table  of  of- 
ferings 7089,  PI.  15,  lay  in  the  ap- 
proach, and  another,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  134,  lay  close  by. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front,  body  lying  in 
broken  doorway. 


G  155  C  1.  Plain  pit  1.70  by  0.90  m,  1.80  m. 
deep,  lying  E.  by  W. 

G  156  B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.80  by  3.00  m., 
with  brick  aproach  1.00  m.  long 
and  apse  1.30  m.  across-  Entered 
through  apse.  To  this  tomb  prob- 
ably belongs  a  stone  table  of  of- 
ferings, Cairo,  labelled  G  156  b. 

G  157  B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.75  by  2.60  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.20  m.  long, 
and  traces  of  apse.  Opened  through 
apse.  To  this  tomb  possibly  be- 
longs a  stone  table  of  offerings, 
Cairo,  labelled  156  a. 


G  158     B  4  (?).  Brick      superstructure     much  o*. 

ruined,  only  S.  wall  2.55  m.  long 
left.    Opened  from  behind. 


Bodies. 


$.   in  confusion. 


o  +  ,  only  a  few 
bones. 

6*.  E.,  body  ext. ; 
part  missing;  al- 
so few  bones  +. 


G  159  1  B  (?).  Superstructure  represented  by  a 
few  bricks  only.  Opened  from  in 
front. 

G   160     1>  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined; 

traces  of  apse.  Opened  from 
behind. 

G   161      B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.40m.  square; 

with  brick  altar  in  front.  Opened 
from  in  front.  On  the  brick  altar 
lay  the  stone  table  of  offerings, 
Cairo,  labelled  G  161. 

G  162  B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  m.  square, 
two  lowest  courses  of  E.  face 
stepped  out  0.20  m.  each.  Opened 
from  behind. 

G  163  I!  5.  Brick  superstructure  2.60  m.  in  di- 
ameter and  0.60  m.  high  ;  chamber 
E.  by  W.  Opened  from  above  at 
W.  end. 

G  164  D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of  G 
159;  0.80  by  0.40  m.,  0.35  m.  high. 
Grave  undisturbed. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Fragments  of  wood 
and  ivory  casket ; 
ivory  panels  from 
box. 


oo+,    only    a  few 
scattered  bones. 


Wooden  cylindrical 
box  with  stopper. 


?  o,  odd  bones  and 
skull  of  first,  and  \ 
a  second  jawbone.  j 

o,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Ring,  81 10,  PI.  33. 


o,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


+  .  E.  ext.. 
h.  on  p. 


on  back,    Rings,  8033,  8034. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


141 


Beads. 


7795-8. 

Studs,  79/7-8. 


A    few  mixed 
beads. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


i,  ten  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8163,  PI. 

54;    8207,  PI. 

60 ;  fragments ; 

one  plain. 


v,  plain. 


v,  ptd.,  8171,  PI. 
42 ;    8242,  PI. 
50;  both  found 
in  robbers' 
hole. 


v,  three  plain. 


"99. 


i,  two  plain. 


Forms  xlvii-l. 


xvliii,  six  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8672, 
PI.  88. 


xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments and  one 
plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8465, 
PI.  50. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  Cairo,     xlviii,  plain. 
40084/13. 


Other  Forms 


xxxviii,  ptd., 
8328. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8972. 


xii,  inscribed ;  cf. 
PI.    107,  Fig. 


28. 


xxviii,  ptd.,  8293, 
PI.  42  (in  the 
robbers'  hole). 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8491,     xvii.  white  with 
PI.    52;    also        red  ring, 
two  plain. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


Leather,  7469. 


All  pottery  in  the  robbers' 
hole. 


The  beads,  plain  blue, 
formed  a  string  round 
the  neck,  and  the  two 
rings  were  slung  on 
this. 


142 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.35  by  2.65  m., 
still  0.60  m.  high,  with  brick  ap- 
proach 1.40  m.  long,  having  at  end 
door-frame  of  stone  painted  (7084, 
PI.  112,  fig.  1)  ;  in  this  door  a  clay 
offering-table,  and  one  of  stone 
uninscribed.  Chamber  cut  out  side- 
ways on  S.  of  dromos.  Opened 
through  doorway. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  by  3.00  m., 
with  brick  approach  (broken)  and 
apse  1.60  m.  across.  No  proper 
dromos,  the  chamber  opening  out 
of  a  round  pit.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

B  6.  Chamber  lies  N.  by  S.  with  dromos 
on  the  N.    Opened  through  door. 

C  1.  Cut  out  and  down  in  S.  side  of  a 
pit  probably  made  in  digging  for 
bricks.    Opened  from  in  front. 

B  (?).  Brick  superstructure,  much 
ruined  and  shape  doubtful :  apsidal 
hollow  at  N.W.  corner.  Opened 
from  above.  In  front  of  the  tomb 
lay  the  statue,  Cairo,  labelled  G 
169. 

B  6.  Undisturbed  grave.    (See  p.  36.) 


B  6.  Cella  cut  from  E.  side  of  perpen- 
dicular shaft  1.00  m.  E.  by  W, 
1.50  m.  N.  by  S.  Undisturbed 
grave. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  3- 


Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations,  1.60  by  1.85  m. ;  still 
has  nine  courses,  giving  height  of 
with  brick  approach 
long  roofed  by  bricks  laid 
giving  a  height  inside  of 
Opened  from  behind.  See 


1-35  m., 
1.05  m. 
across, 
0.45  m. 
PI.  113- 


B  3- 


G  175 


Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  2.30  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  0.95  m.  long  having 
a  flat  roof  and  corner  pillars  above. 
(See  pp.  10,  11,  ana  Fll.  113,  114.) 
Opened  from  behind.  Face  down- 
wards before  the  approach  lay  the 
stone  table  of  offerings,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  174.  Another  similarly 
labelled  was  in  the  robbers'  hole. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.20  m.  square. 
Opened  from  in  front. 


Bodies. 


+,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


$,  E.,  but  disturbed ; 
also  a  second 
skull  o. 

$.  scattered  bones 
only. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  Across 
her  knees  +• 


?,   W.   ext.,   on  1. 
side,  h.  on  p. 


o,  E. 

$,  E.,  disturbed. 


<S,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Bronze  kohlstick. 


Rings,  8072,  8087, 
81 16,  81 18;  two 
on  third  finger  of 
each  hand.  PI. 
33- 


Ring,  8090,  PI.  33. 


Wood  box  (in 
dromos). 


Wood  and  ivory 
kohlbox ;  Cairo, 
402)22.  Cylindri- 
cal wood  and 
ivory  box-lid. 


Lid   of  cylindrical 
wood  box,  7619. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


i43 


Beads. 


Pottery. 


Glass. 


Forms  i-vi. 


A  blue  ear-stud 
in  each  ear. 

7979,  8007  a, 
amulets,  8023. 


v,  plain. 


Forms  xlvii-1.       1       Other  Forms. 


lxvi,  plain. 


i,  three  plain, 
v,  plain. 


v,  plain. 


xlviii ;  plain, 
rough. 


xxxii,  small 
plain. 


Varia. 


xlviii,  two  plain. 


xlviii,  plain  and 
very  rough. 
Cairo,  40088/ 
11. 


ix,  two  rough, 
black,  at  mouth 
of  dromos. 


,  ptd.,  8232.  PI. 
64;  two  ringed; 
two  plain. 


xlviii,  plain. 


xxxii,  plain. 


Body  in  cloth  strapped 
round  at  intervals ; 
cjoth  wholly  destroyed. 
Body  leaning  up  against 
S.  side  of  cella. 


In  the  approach  was  a 
plain  jar  (F.  v.)  with 
a  sherd  over  its  mouth. 


i,  plain. 


144 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  176 


G  177 


G  178 


G  179 


Type,  etc. 


G  180 


G  181 


G  182 


B  6.  Outside  tlie  door,  in  the  dromos,  one 
or  two  stone  slabs  laid  down  as  a 
threshold.    Opened  through  door. 


B  6.  Stone  doorway.  Dug  in  under  the 
court  of  G  64.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


4.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  by  2.00  m. 
and  0.70  m.  high.  Opened  from 
behind.  In  the  dromos  was  the 
stela  7086,  PI.  12. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.15  m.  square, 
0.80  m.  high,  with  brick  approach 
1.40  m.  long  and  apse  1.10  m.  across 
diminishing  to  0.60  m.,  0.75  m. 
deep.  Opened  through  apse  and 
from  the  side.    See  p.  24. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  ruined,  ap- 
parently about  2.00  m.  square. 
Opened  from  above.  To  this 
tomb  probably  belonged  the  stela 
7100,  PI.  18. 

B  6.  Undisturbed  grave.    See  p.  37. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


+  +,  E.  ext.,  on 
back,  disturbed, 
with  traces  of  a 
third  <$. 


+,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


S,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


c7,   scattered  bones 
only. 


c??,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.,  disturb- 
ed. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


A  r.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone  o,  skull  only, 
foundations  6.40  m.  square  and  1.60 
m.  high,  with  brick  approach  2.50 
m.  long,  having  stone  door-frame 
and  brick  altar  in  front.  Three 
chambers.  See  p.  18,  PI.  113  and 
Fig.  C.  The  statue  7005  probably 
belonsrs  to  this  tomb. 


G  183 


A  1.  Domed  superstructure  of  brick  on 
stone  foundations  6.40  by  6.20  and 
2.10  m.  high,  with  brick  approach 
2.20  m.  long,  arched,  with  stone 
door-frame,  and  1.70  m.  from  it  a 
brick  altar  0.90  m.  square.  Inside, 
brick-vaulted  chamber  (A)  with 
at  the  W.  end  a  secondary  cham- 
ber (B)  roughly  circular,  cut  in 
the  gebel.  See  p.  38.  Opened 
from  behind,  through  (B). 
Against  the  N.  E.  corner  was  the 
stela,  7103,  PI.  19,  which  probably 
belonged  to  the  tomb,  as  also  the 
statue  7001,  PI.  3. 


Iron  binding  from 
a  _  box,  7457. 
Knife,  iron  with 
bronze  handle. 
7302,  PI.  36. 


Bronze  handle, 
7697  (in  B). 


Wood  kohlstick, 
7402. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


145 


Beads. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


Other  Forms. 


v,  two  plain,  one 
ringed. 


xlviii,  ptd. 


i,  plain. 

v,    ringed,  and 
one  plain. 


i,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8197,  PI. 
58. 


i,  17  plain  (3  in 
A,  14  in  B), 
and  1  in  rob- 
bers' hole, 
v,  ptd.,  8169,  PI. 
55,  and  1  plain 
(both  in  B). 


xlviii,  ptd., 
PL  88. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8638, 
PI.  84;  8707, 
PL  91- 


xlv,  plain  rough. 


ix,  plain, 
xxxv,  ringed 
xlvi,  ptd., 


Glass. 


Fragments. 


xvii,  ptd.,  8503. 


xliv,    six  plain 
(in  A). 


7341,  PL  37- 


Varia. 


Body  lay  in  a  rude  coffin 
apparently  hollowed  out 
from  a  half  log. 


In  tomb,  mud  jar-stopper 
with  fish  stamp. 


Bodies  both  wrapped  <  in 
coarse  stuff,  the  ¥  lying 
over  the  <$, 


The  glass  bottle  containeJ 
scent  still  liquid.  Body 
wrapped  in  coarse  stuff 
with  openwork  border 
and  fringe,  bound  round 
at  intervals  with  thongs. 
The  head  rested  on  a 
brick. 


Also    two    mud  jar- 
stoppers  and  parts  of  a 
painted   clay   doll,  7718 
a-c,    of    the    type  of 
7466. 


Top  of  cenochoe  (xxxii) 
with  white  plaster  seal- 
ing (in  B).  The  brick 
chamber  was  white- 
washed inside. 


10 


146 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


G  184  A 


G  185 


G  186 


G  187 


Superstructure  of  brick  and  stone 
foundations  4.00  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  i.iom.Iong.  Vault- 
ed chamber  2.15  by  1.10  m.,  walls 
4  courses  high,  arch  of  5  bricks, 
giving  total  height  0.95.  From  the 
outer  face  of  the  S.  wall  of  the 
superstructure  the  hard  soil  fell 
away  to  a  depth  of  2.00  m.  and  had 
been  supported  by  a  retaining  wall. 
Opened  from  W.  end. 


C  1. 


G  188 


G  189 


G  190 


B  6.  Cella  cut  sideways  out  of  a  short 
perpendicular  shaft ;  1.90  by  0.80  m., 
lying  E.  by  W.  Opened  from 
above. 


A  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  6.30  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  2.50  m.  long  having 
stone  door-frame  and  1.00  m.  from 
it  an  altar  of  brick  0.65  by  1.10  m. 
Within,  vaulted  brick  chamber 
(A)  and  at  its  W.  end  a  secondary 
chamber  (B)  cut  in  the  soil.  See 
p.  37,  Fig.  D.  The  statue  C  40232, 
PH.  1  and  2,  was  found  in  the  rob- 
bers' hole  of  G  179  immediately  in 
front  of  G  187  and  probably  be- 
longs to  it.  Tbe  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  179,  lay 
a  little  south  of  the  approach  and 
altar  and  probably  belonged  to  the 
tomb. 


B  6.  Door  partly  broken  down,  but  tomb 
practically  undisturbed. 


B  (?).  Traces  of  ruined  brick  superstruc- 
ture. Dromos  ran  E.  by  W.  but 
cella  lay  N.  by  S.  Opened  from 
behind. 


B  6.  Opened  through  door. 


$?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.,  slightly 
disturbed. 


Fragments  of 
wooden  bow  ( ?). 


?,  E. 

S,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


B. 

cf?,    in  confusion, 
lying  N.  by  S. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  skull  out 
of  place. 


+  +0,  all  confused 
bones. 


cf,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


28  arrowheads, 

742317454- 
Iron  axe,  7299, 

35- 


PI. 


Bronze  objects, 
7109,-10,-11,-12, 
71 16,  71 18,  7138, 
7141-2,  7146,  7147, 
7155,  7420,  7512, 
7513,  Cairo,  41017, 
Pll.  26-30. 


Ring  of  wood  and 
ivory  from  a  box, 
7570. 

Kiey,  wood  and 
iron,  7455,  PI.  36. 


Two  wooden 

spoons,  7421-2,  PI. 
100. 

Two  wooden  boxes, 
and  wood  kohl- 
box,  decayed. 


Ring,  8071,  PI.  33. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


i47 


Beads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Pottery. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


I  >tlnT  Forms. 


<;lass. 


Vaiia. 


i,  two  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  815 1,  PI. 
53;    8161,  PI. 

54;  897.1.  pi. 

97,  and  two 
plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8933,     xiv,  plain. 
PI.  94-  xxxiii,  plain. 


By  the  body's  head  was 
a  pile  of  leaves,  prob- 
ably from  a  wreath. 


Tapestry. 


7804,   7806,  two 
necklaces  on 
one  child. 


i,    fragments  of 
several. 


i,  ptd.,  8227,  PI. 
64;  three 
ringed,  one 
plain,  8S09. 

v,  ptd.,  8152,  PI. 
53 ;  one  ringed, 
8962,  five  plain, 
and  other 
fragments. 


i,  plain, 
iv,  ptd. 


i,  four  plain, 
v,  ptd. 
three  plain. 


i,  six  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  823=1,  PI. 

65;    8236,  PI. 

65- 


xlviii,  fragments 
of  three  plain 
red. 


xlviii,  one 
ringed,  three 
plain,  8647,  PI. 
85. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  (bro- 
ken). 


xii,  16,  in- 
scribed ;  8498, 
( see    PI.  107, 
Figs.    13,  24, 
25,  26). 

xiv,  two  plain, 
8497. 

xv,  three  plain, 
8499,  inscribed, 
PI.  107,  Figs, 
r  and  6. 

xvii,  two  plain. 

xxi,  plain,  8595. 

xxxiii,  in- 
scribed; PI. 
107,  Fig.  23. 

xliv,  nine  plain 
red,  8396,  8400. 

\lvii,  plain  red, 
8917. 


x\ii.    ptd.,  822=,, 

PL  63. 
xx xii,  b,  ptd., 

9048. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8451,     xii.  plain. 
PI.   43;  8680, 
PI.    88 ;  9042 
and  three 
plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8437,  xvii,  ptd.,  8223, 
PI.  52,  Cairo,  |  PI.  63 ;  ringed, 
40084/34.  8504. 


7362,  PI.  39. 


Body  wrapped  in  stuff 
having  inserts  and 
border  of  tapestry. 


Fragments  of  wood  and 
twisted  leather  thong 
(?)  bow. 

In  the  superstructure  tim- 
ber, rope  and  wattle- 
work.    (See  p.  38.) 

Base  of  wicker-work  bas- 
ket or  tray. 

Mud    jar-sealings,  9006, 
9007  ( See  p.  79.) 


i48 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  1.80  m.  square, 
0.95  m.  high,  with  brick  approach 
0.80  m.  long  having  false  arch  of 
2  bricks.  Opened  from  behind.  In 
the  dromos  lay  the  stela,  7106,  PL 
19,  which  probably  belonged  to  the 
tomb. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.70  m.  square, 
0.75  m.  high,  with  high  approach 
0.85  m.  long  having  false  arch  of 
2  bricks.    Opened  from  behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.85  m.  long 
which  had  had  a  false  arch  of  2 
bricks.    Opened  from  behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  m.  square 
with  brick  approach  0.40  m.  long 
(?  more  originally).  Opened 
from  above. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  ruined  brick  super- 
structure. Opened  from  above 
through  the  superstructure. 

B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  2.30  m.  square,  0.90  m. 
high,  with  brick  approach  1.00  m. 
long  roofed  with  flat  stone  slabs 
over  which  bricks  are  laid,  the 
interior  of  the  approach  being  0.53 
m.  high  by  0.45  m.  wide.  (See  PI. 
113.)    Opened  from  behind. 

B  I  Brick  superstructure  2.40  by  2!- 30  m. 
Approach  ruined;  at  W.  end  apse 
1.10  m.  across.  Opened  from 
above. 

B  6.  Opened  through  door. 


D.  Recessed  in  the  S.  side  of  the 
dromos  of  G  189.  Undisturbed 
grave. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


6*,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


o+,  only  skull  and 
second  jawbone. 


0?$+,  scattered 
bones. 


c?,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  wholly 
ruined.  Grave  undisturbed  after 
secondary  burial. 


c?d'd'??o,  all  mixed 
up. 


+,  E. 
back. 


ext.,  on 


c?$?,  scattered 
bones. 

c?+,  E.  ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. 
(See  last  col- 
umn.) 


Lid  of  wood  and 
ivory  box. 


Wood  kohlbox, 
7609. 


TABULAR  ANALYSTS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


149 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1.             Other  Forms. 

i,  two  plain. 

ix,  plain  rough, 
xlv,  plain  rough. 

In  the  dromos,  stela  7106. 
Nutmegs. 

7958. 

v,  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8618, 
PI.  82,  and  one 
plain. 

xlv,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments only. 

v  nlain 
v,  plain. 

7346,  PI.  37- 

All  the  bodies  had  been 
wrapped   in   stuffs  now 
destroyed. 

Oval  wicker-work  box  with 
domed  lid  0.21   by  0.18 
by     0.16  m.     high,  lid 
0.03  m.     high ;  wholly 
decayed.    In  it  a  dozen 
date  stones. 

7808-9,  two  neck- 
laces. 

xlviii,  plain  red. 

i,  two  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8280,  PI. 

71,  and  one 

plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  Cai- 
ro, 40084/28, 
and  one  plain. 

Hi,     plain  red, 
8730. 

Fragments  of  cut  leather, 
perhaps  purse. 

The  earlier  body  +  had 
been  rolled  over  so  that 
it  lay  on  its  1.  side  with 
its  face  against  the  S. 
wall  of  the  cella;  but  the 
limbs  retained  their  posi- 
tion.   The  head  of  the 
later  body  rested  on  a 
brick. 

KARAXOG 


Tomb  No. 


Metal. 


Wood  ;iud  Ivory. 


G  202 


G  203 


G  204 


G  205 

G  206 

G  207 

G  208 


B  6.  Opened  through  the  door. 


Bronze   vase,  7140, 
PI.  32. 


G  20Q 


0*0*?,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. 
Also  skull  o,  and 
in  dromos  body 
$,  dragged  through 
door,  head  E. 

A  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone  c?,  scattered  bones; 
foundations  6.50  m.  square,  with  but  skull  at  E. 
brick  approach  2.50  m.  long  to  end. 
which  belonged  the  painted  door- 
jamb,  7078,  PI.  12,  and  2.25  m. 
from  the  front  of  this  a  brick 
altar  0.50  m.  square.  At  the  W. 
end  a  hollow  apse,  12  courses 
deep,  1.50  m.  wide,  diminishing 
with  top  6  courses  to  105  m.  below 
which  bricks  went  perpendicularly. 
Cella  walls  cut  down  in  soil  with- 
out brickwork,  brick  vault  1.20  m. 
high.  Opened  from  W.  end.  In 
the  back  of  the  approach  was  the 
stela,  Cairo,  labelled  G  203.  The 
stone  table  of  offerings,  C  40164, 
PI.  20,  lay  2.00  m.  N.  E.  of  the 
brick  altar  and  probably  belonged 
to  the  tomb  as  did  also  the  statue 
7000,  PI.  5. 

A  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  4.40  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  2.50  m.  long,  hav- 
ing a  stone  threshold  and  1.85  m. 
in  part  of  it ;  a  brick  altar  0.60  m. 
square ;  cella  walls  cut  down  in 
soil  without  brickwork  except  at 
E.  end;  brick  vault  1.20m.  high; 
at  W.  end  cella  enlarged  by  an 
apse-like  end  hollowed  out  in  the 
soil.  Opened  from  VV.  end.  By 
the  N.E.  corner  of  the  approach 
lay  the  stone  table  of  offerinngs, 
Cairo,  labelled  G  204. 

B  (  ?).  Only  a  few  bricks  left  from  the    $,  scattered  bones, 
superstructure.  Opened  from  abo\  e. 

ext.,  on 
nit  dis- 

$,  E.  ext..  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


o,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


Key  ring.  8136. 


Wood  kohlbox  (in 
dromos). 


Fragments  of  wood 
and  ivory  box, 
7577-88. 


Wood  chip-carving, 
7636. 


B  (?).  Brick      superstructure  wholly 
ruined.    Opened  from  above. 


(  ?).  Brick      superstructure  wholly 
ruined.    Grave  undisturbed. 


?$+,  E. 
back, 
turbed. 


B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  wholly 
ruined;  about  2.20m.  square.  Dro- 
mos on  W.  side.  Child's  grave 
1.00  by  0.60  m.  Opened  through 
door.  To  this  tomb  probably  be- 
longed the  stone  table  of  offer- 
ings, Cairo,  labelled  2og. 

B  6.  No  proper  dromos,  the  tomb  being 
right  against  W.  end  of  G  234. 
Opened  through  the  apse  of  this 
latter. 


o,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


I5I 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-L 


xlviii,  plain. 


One  blue  glass 
bead. 


i,  ptd.,  Cairo, 
40087,  and  six 
plain. 


i,  two  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8450, 
8624,   PI.  83; 
8689,  PL  89, 
fragments 
stamped  with 
"Coptic  cross." 


i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 


i,  two  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8188.  PI. 

57,  and  one 

plain. 

v,  ringed. 


xlviii,  fragments 
of  ptd. 


xlviii,  two  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8614. 
PI.  82,  Cairo. 
40084/28. 


Other  Forms. 


xxxvn,  two 
plain. 


Glass. 


xvii,  ringed. 


ix,  plain  rough, 
xxxii,  plain 
rough. 

xxxii,  plain 
rough. 


Varia. 


All   the  bodies   had  been 
wrapped  in  plain  stuffs. 


Bone  die  7694.  This  and 
the  casket-fragments  and 
cup  8624  were  found  in 
the  robbers'  hole. 


Stone  weight  ( ?)  7657. 

At  the  S.  side  of  the  cella 
was  a  rectangular  com- 
partment for  the  body, 
1.80  by  0.65  m.,  made  by 
four  lines  of  brickwork 
one  course  wide  and  two 
high. 


I 


152 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.20  by  2.00  m., 
045  m.  high.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 


D. 


Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  206.    Grave  undisturbed. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  much  dam- 
aged, 2.60  by  2.40  m.  Opened 
from  behind. 

C  2.  Plain  trench  1.20  by  0.50  m.,  cut  at 
bottom  of  large  pit;  sides 
heightened  by  two  courses  of 
brick;  roof  of  stone  flags.  Opened 
from  above. 

B  6.  No  dromos,  the  cella  opening 
straight  onto  a  large  pit,  probably 
dug  for  bricks. 

B  6.  Lying  N.  by  S.,  entered  on  E.  side 
by  dromos  leading  from  large 
pit. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.20  m.  square, 
much  ruined,  with  apse  at  W. 
i.mm.    across.  Opened 
above. 


end 
from 


B  2.  Brick  superstructure  3.20  m.  square, 
with  central  apse,  the  curved  side 
to  the  E..  075  m.  across.  Opened 
from  behind.  In  the  dromos  was 
found  the  stela.  7000,  PI.  18,  which 
probably  belonged  to  the  tomb. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  1  QO  by  2.20  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.70  m  long 
Opened  from  behind.  At  the  end 
of  the  approach  lav  the  stone  table 
of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G 
218. 

B  2.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2.10  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.00m.  long; 
0.50  m.  in  front  of  this  a  brick 
altar  0.33  m.  square,  on  which,  in 
position,  lay  the  stone  offering- 
table,  7006,  PI.  17.  Central  apse 
0.45m.  across;  curved  face  W. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined; 
only  part  of  apse  left.  Opened 
from  above. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined; 
only  part  of  apse  left.  Opened 
from  above. 


c?,  scattered  bones. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


+,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


?,  scattered  bones, 
and  a  second 
skull  o. 


o,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


$+ 00,  all  mixed  up. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  spindle-end, 
7679. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vl.               Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

i,  plain. 

i,  two  plain. 

Also  lumps  of  matter, 
apparently  animal  intes- 
tines. In  dromos,  head 
of  Ba-bird. 

Body  wrapped  in  cloth; 
water-jar  by  feet  with 
cup  inverted  on  it. 

xlviii,  plain. 

*7iR  T  O-  A     fTi  r  P  A 

necklaces. 

v,  ringed. 

xxxv,  plain. 

wicKer-worK  dox,  wnoily 
decayed.  Body  wrapped 
in  stuffs. 

xxxii,  b,  ptd., 
8332,    PI.  77 
(in  dromos). 

7361,  PI.  39- 

Part  of  a  double  Ba-bird, 
7034,  was  found  near 
the  front  of  the  tomb. 
A  wall  had  been  built 
obliquely  over  the  top 
of  the  superstructure, 
but  seemed  to  be  only 
part  of  a  later  cattle-shed. 

Three  millefiori. 

v,  ptd.,  8284,  PI. 
72. 

*54 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


B  i.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  m.  square,  ?,  disturbed, 
with  brick  approach  1.35  m.  long 
and  apse  0.70  m.  across.  The  door 
of  the  cella  was  one  with  the  E. 
face  of  the  superstructure,  being 
2.00  m.  high  and  0.70  m.  thick. 
Behind  it  a  mud-plastered  brick 
vault  0.85  m.  long  led  to  the  cella 
proper,  cut  iin  the  soil.  (See 
p.  20.)  Opened  trom  behind.  The 
stone  table  of  offerings,  7090,  PI. 
15,  lay  just  E.  of  the  approach 
and  probably  belonged  to  the 
tomb. 

B  (?).  Brick      superstructure      wholly    ?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
ruined.    Opened  from  behind.  h.  on  p. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.75  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.20m.  long; 
a  few  bricks  may  represent  apse. 
As  in  G  222,  door  of  cella  came 
right  up  to  foundations  of  E.  wall 
of  superstructure,  being  2.00  m. 
high  by  0.70  m.  thick.  No  vault- 
ing inside.    Opened  through  apse. 

A  4.  At  bottom  of  big  pit  in  soil,  prob- 
ably dug  for  bricks,  two  lines  of 
brickwork  diverging  towards  the 
W.,  from  0.15  to  0.40  m.  apart, 
three  courses  high,  roofed  with 
bricks  lying  flat.  W.  end  disturbed. 

B  6.  No  proper  dromos ;  opening  out  of 
large  pit  dug  for  bricks.  Opened 
from  in  front. 

B  6.  No  proper  dromos,  but  perpendic- 
ular "well*'  approach.  Opened 
through  door. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side.  Chamber  2.20  by 
0.70  m.  and  1.65  m.  deep.  Opened 
from  shaft. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined ; 
1.80  m.  square;  traces  of  apse. 
Opened  through  apse. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


C  1.  Lying  N.W.  by  S.E.,  ledge  on  W. 
side,  200  by  0.60,  1.60  m.  deep. 
Opened  through  shaft. 

C  r.  Lying  N.E.  by  S.W.,  ledge  on  N. 
side,  1.50  by  0.50,  1.70  m.  deep. 
Opened  through  shaft. 


2,  disturbed. 


c?,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


0,  skull  only. 


??+,  all  mixed  up. 


Bronze   bowl.  7148 
(in  dromos  ~)  ; 
ring,  8075.  PI.  33. 


c?,  scattered  bones. 

+,  N.E..  only  lower 
limbs  left. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Bends. 

POTTBBT. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

i,  three  plain. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8259,  PI. 
68;  two  plain. 

i,  ptd. 

Bes  amulet,  8013. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8464. 
PI.  50;  8665. 
PI.  87;  8709. 
PI.  91. 

xlviii,  plain. 

Fragments  of 
bottle. 

Doll*s  head  of  mud,  7729, 
PL  96. 

Three    reed    pens,  9096 
A-C. 

Fragment   of  cut  leather,. 
7470. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8946, 
PI.  95- 

i,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8519,  and 
one  plain. 

i;6  KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  234 


G  238 


G  239 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  common  to 
this  and  G  235,  but  with  separate 
approach  0.95  m.  long  and  apse 
1. 00  m.  across ;  the  whole  super- 
structure is  5.95  by  2.80  m.,  but 
G  234  is  treated  as  having  2.95  m. 
of  the  whole  length.  Opened 
from  behind. 


G  235  B  3.  Same  superstructure  as  G  234,  with 
separate  approach  1.20  m.  long,  its 
N.  wall  1.05  m.  from  N.  corner  of 
superstructure.  No  apse.  Opened 
from  behind.  The  stela,  Cairo, 
labelled  152',  may  perhaps  have 
belonged  to  this  tomb. 

G  236  A.  1  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  5.85  by  5.65  m.,  with 
two  cross-walls  each  way;  no  ap- 
proach ;  cella  2.30  by  0.90  m.,  walls 
four  courses  high,  vault  of  four 
bricks,  giving  total  height  0.75  m. 


G  237     B  1. 


Superstructure  of  brick  on  hammer- 
dressed  stone  foundations  5.40  by 
3.90  m.,  with  brick  approach  1.80  m. 
long  having  stone  lintel.  The  cella 
was  3.05  m.  deep ;  the  dromos 
3.90  m.  long.    Opened  from  above. 


B  4.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  4.30  m.  square.  Opened 
from  behind. 

B  6.  No  dromos ;  opens  out  of  same  pit 
as  G  232.  Lying  N.  by  S.,  opening 
on  S.    Opened  from  in  front. 


G  240     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  241     B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined. 

Opened  through  doorway.  In  the 
dromos,  close  to  the  surface,  was 
found  the  stone  table  of  of- 
ferings, Cairo,  labelled  G  241, 
which  probably  belonged  to  the 
tomb. 

G  242     B  6.  No  proper  dromos ;  opens  from  E. 

side  of  a  large  pit;  doorway  closed 
by  stone  slab.  Opened  from  above, 
but  little  disturbed. 


G  243  B  6.  No  proper  dromos,  but  perpendicu- 
lar shaft  1 .00  by  0.55  m.;  cella  lies 
NE.  by  S.W.,  entrance  at  N.E. 
Opened  from  in  front. 


Bodies. 


244  l  B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


?,  one  ilium  only. 


c??,  scattered  bones. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


+,  skull  only. 


Only  two  leg  bones, 
big,  probably  d*- 


Ivory  lid,  7693. 


6*.  scattered  bones- 

??+,    E.    ext.,  on 
back,    but  dis- 
turbed (two 
heads  in  dromos). 


??,  W.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. 
In  the  robbers' 
hole  a  skull  o. 


?,  scattered  bones. 


Ring,  8077,  PI.  33. 


Ring,  8121,  PI.  33; 
iron  kohlstick, 
7398,  PI.  36. 


Wood  kohlbox  (de- 
cayed) ;  wood 
kohlstick,  7409. 


Wood    and  ivory 
kohlpot,  7717. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


i57 


Beads. 


7817-8,  loose. 


One  blue  glass. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


i,  three  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8185,  PI. 
56. 


i,  four  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 


i,  five  plain, 
v,  five  plain. 


i,  five  plain, 
v,  two  plain. 


7819,  loose  in 
dust. 


v,  ptd.,  8282. 


i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 


Forms  xlvil-L 


xlviii,  plain. 


xlvii,  two  plain 
rough  (in 
filling  of 
superstruc- 
ture). 


xlviii,  plain ;  ptd., 
8667,  PI.  87 
(in  dromos). 


xlviii,  plain. 


xlviii,  plain. 


Other  Forms. 


Glass. 


xxxii,    a,  plain 
red. 


xlvi,   ptd.,  8733, 
PI.  93  (in 
filling  of 
superstruc- 
ture). 


ix,  fourteen 
plain. 

xlv,  fifteen 
plain  (all  in 
filling  of  super- 
structure). 


Fragments  of 
bottle. 


ix,  small  rough. 

xxxvii,  two 
ringed. 

xlvi,  ptd.,  Cairo, 
40210  (all 
these  in  dro- 
mos). 


Varia. 


In  the  sides  of  the  rob- 
bers' hole  were  very 
evident  the  steps  cut  to 
facilitate  descent.  As 
the  brickwork  of  the 
apse  was  over  the  shaft 
leading  to  G  209,  this 
must  have  been  an  earlier 
tomb. 


In  filling  of  superstruc- 
ture, head  of  a  Ba-bird, 
just  above  roof  of  vault. 
The  pottery  was  near  the 
surface. 


With  one  of  the  bowls  in 
the  filling  leaves  resem- 
bling myrtle. 

The  cella  was  divided  into 
two  by  a  single  line  of 
four  bricks ;  the  pottery 
was  to  the  S.  of  this 

Horn  kohlpot,  7590. 


Also  in  grave,  dates. 


Broken  gourd.  This  may 
be  a  case  of  secondary 
burial ;  one  body  lay 
slightly  aslant  close  to 
the  S.  wall,  the  other  in 
the  middle,  her  head  on 
a  brick;  she  wore  the 
ring  on  the  little  finger 
of  the  r.  hand. 


158 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


-'45 


G  246 


G  247 


Type.  etc. 


A  i.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  4.00  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  1.15  m.  long.  Cella 
2.00  by  0.95  m.,  has  brick  walls 
four  courses  high,  vault  of  four 
and  one-half  bricks,  giving  total 
height  of  0.90  m.  Opened  from 
behind. 


6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined; 
only  part  of  apse  left.  Opened 
from  above. 


G  248     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  249     I)      Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  248.    Opened  from  W.  end. 


G  250 


1!  (?).  Brick      superstructure  wholly 
destroyed.    Opened  from  above. 


G  251  H  6.  Dromos  E.  by  W.,  but  cella  N.  by 
S.  Opened  through  doorway.  In 
the  dromos  was  found  the  stela. 
Cairo,  labelled  G  251,  which  prob- 
ably belonged  to  the  tomb. 


G  252 


G  253 


G  254 


B  r.  Domed  superstructure  of  brick  on 
stone  foundations  4.65  by  4.80  and 
1.55  m.  high,  with  single  cross- 
walls ;  brick  approach  1.60  m.  long, 
with  brick  reveals  and  0.15  m.  in 
front  a  brick  altar  0.33  m. 
square.  Cella  3.60  m.  below  sur- 
face. 

I!  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.50  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  0.85  m.  long.  No 
cross-walls;  the  top  had  been  flat 
and  jacketed  with  a  single  layer 
of  bricks.  Opened  from  behind. 
The  stone  table  of  offerings,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  254,  was  found  against 
the  E.  side  of  the  superstructure 
and  probably  belongs  to  the  tomb. 


Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

9.  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
partly  destroyed ; 
also  skull  +. 

-j-,  disturbed. 


5??+,  all  mixed 
up. 

?,  W.  ext.,  on 
back ;  partly  de- 
stroyed. 


?o,  few  mixed 
bones. 


3,  scattered  bones  Iron  chain,  7372, 
only.  PI.  36. 


c?$,  E.  ext.,  on 
back,  h.  on  p. ; 
also  +. 


6",  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Bracelets,  7308, 
7310,  PI.  35. 


Iron  chatelaine,  Cai- 
ro, 40093 ;  chisel, 
7367,  PI.  36;  ar- 
rowheads, 7222- 
7272,  PI.  34  (all 
in  filling). 


Ivory  ring,  7684 ; 
remains  of  wood 
box. 

Fragments  of  wood 
and  leather  from 
quiver.   In  filling. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

I'OTTEEY. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vl. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

xliv,  plain. 

xlv,    four  plain 

/  q  1 1      1  tt      (-1  1 1 1  n  (r 

\  d.11    111.  lining 

of  super- 
structure). 

7820. 

i.  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

•  v,  two  ringed. 

Part  of  glass  pendant  and 
flint  scraper,  7749B,  in 
dromos.  In  grave,  re- 
mains of  stuff  with 
colored  tassel. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8691, 
8710,  PI.  91, 
Cairo,  40084/4. 

xxxii,    a,  plain 
red,  8587. 

i.  ptd.,  (frag- 
ments) and 
seven  plain 
(broken). 

v.  plain, 
i.  two  plain. 

xii,  plain, 
xlvi,  plain. 

Four  mud  jar-stoppers. 
Fragments  of  basketwork. 
Fragments  of  mica. 

Two  interments;  the  ?  had 
been  pushed  aside  and 
lay  on  its  right  side  by 
the  wall,  the  head  miss- 
ing, but  limbs  in  posi- 
tion. The  0"  lay  in  the 
middle  of  the  chamber, 
the  child  between  his 
feet. 

A  box,  containing  in  a 
leather  bag  jthe  chisel, 
chatelaine  and  ivory 
ring,  and  by  it  the  quiver 
of  arrows,  lay  under  the 
jacketing  of  the  super- 
structure.   (See  p.  40.) 

xl  iii,  ptd..  8492. 
PI.  81.  Cairo. 
40215,  PI.  80. 

xlviii,  plain, 
8634;  ptd.,  Cai- 
ro, 40084/19. 

ix.  plain  rough; 
another  in 
brick  approach. 

xii,  plain. 

i6o 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

Type,  etc. 

Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

G  255 

G  256 

G  257 
G  258 

G  259 

G  260 
G  261 

G  262 
G  263 

G  264 
G  265 

G  266 
G  267 

B  2.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2.30  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.75  m.  long, 
1.33  m.  from  which  was  a  brick 
altar  0.33  m.  square.     Traces  of 
internal  apse  with  curved  side  to 
W.    Opened  from  S.  side. 

C  r.  Ledge  on  N.  side;  1.40  by  0.70m., 
2.10  m.  deep.    Opened  from  shaft. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.60  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.80  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

A  1.  "Domed"  superstructure  of  brick  on 
stone  foundations  5.20  by  5.40  m. ; 
walls  0.90  m.  high,  summit  1.20  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.80  m.  long 
and  0.80  m.  high.    Cella  2.00  by 
1.05  m.,  sides  of  three  courses  of 
brick,  vault  of  four  and  one-half 
bricks,    giving    total    height  of 
0.80 m.    (See  PI.  112.) 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

B  (?).  "Domed"  superstructure  of  brick 
on    stone    foundations    4.00  by 
4.30  m. ;  approach  gone.  Opened 
from     above     through  super- 
structure. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

E  6.  Opened  from  G  209. 

C  I.  Ledge  to  S.  Cella  longer  than  shaft, 
being  hollowed  out  at  the  W.  end. 
Opened  through  shaft. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.50m.  square; 
approach  gone;  apse  1.80 m.  across, 
much     damaged.    Opened  from 
above. 

B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  m.  square ; 
approach  gone ;  with  square  inter- 
nal depression  0.70  m.  square  and 
1.40  m.  deep,  of  which  0.75  m.  was 
brick-lined.    Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

+,  E.,  below  this 
another    +,  W. 
Disturbed. 

?,  scattered  bones. 

?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
lower  arms  gone. 

C??,   a   few  mixed 
bones. 

Iron  arrowheads, 

7157-7179,  PL  34 
(in  filling  of 
superstructure). 

Wood    handle  of 
key,  7646. 

$?o,  E-,  much  dis- 
turbed. 

+,  scattered  bones. 

c??  +  oo,   all  piled 
up  in  corner. 

?,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
lower  limbs  only. 
In  dromos  skull, 
+. 

0*6"???,  loose  mixed 
bones. 

Wood  kohlpot, 
7594- 

Wood  disk  from 
head  of  Ba-bird 
(?)   (in  dro- 
mos), 7643. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMES  AND 


THEIR  CONTENTS  161 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1.             Other  Forms. 

v,  plain  j  another 
plain  in  brick 
approach. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii    nlain              ix.  three  nlain 

This  was  the  best  instance 
of  pots  being  put  in  the 
approach  to  a  tomb. 

7821-3,  three 
necklaces. 

xlviii,  plain  red. 

rough. 

xxxvii,  plain 
rough. 

(All  in  brick  ap- 
proach.) 

xxxvii,  plain, 
xxxv,  plain  red. 

v,  two  plain. 

ix,  2  plain 
rough  in  fill- 
ing of  super- 
structure. 

One    blue  len- 
toid. 

v,  plain. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 

Horn  kohlpot,  7593. 

viii,  ringed,  8521. 
xii,    plain,  with 

graffito, 

PI.  107,  fig.  4- 

t 

i,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8445, 
PI.   81;  8490, 
Pi.  53;  8494. 
PI.    52 ;  8664, 
PI.  87.  Cairo, 
40084/6. 

xxxii,  plain. 

Bottle,  7356, 
PI.  37- 

i,  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8892; 
three  plain. 

1 1 


l62 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

Type,  etc. 

Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

G  268 

C  2.  Plain  trench  without  ledge,  roofed 
by  rough  flags  lying  just  below 
modern  surface ;   trench  2.00  by 
0.45  m.;  total  depth  1.55  m.  Grave 
undisturbed. 

<?,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
hands  by  sides, 
head  turned  to 
left. 

Bowl,  7153. 

G  269 

C  a.  Plain  trench  without  ledge,  roofed  by 
rough  flags  lying  just  below  mod- 
ern  surface ;  2.00  by  0.75  m.,   total  j 
depth  1.70  m.   Opened  from  above 
but  contents  not  much  disturbed 
since  latest  burial. 

$,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.     Below,  j 
?,    W.    ext.,  on 
back.  Below 
these  confused  re- 
mains <?+++• 

Iron  kohlstick, 
7408. 

Wood    and  ivory 
kohlbox,  7360; 
wooden  "tally 
7645 ;   wood  box 
(decayed)  with 
iron  binding. 

G  270 

B  6.  Undisturbed  grave. 

o*.  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  had  had 
arthritis. 

Bowl,  7130,  PI.  31. 

G  271 

D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  272;  side  built  up  with  stone 
slabs.  Undisturbed  grave.  (See 
PI.  114.) 

c?,  E. 

Bowl,  Cairo  40226. 
Chatelaine,  7371,  PI- 
36 ;  arrowheads, 

7 X2&-7 "KX7  b 
/  O^-*/  00/ 

Wood   key  handle, 
7045- 

G  272" 

B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  wholly 
ruined.    Opened  from  side. 

d"?2$,  scattered 
bones. 

G  273 

B  2.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.50  by  2.70  m. ;  approach  gone ; 
traces  of  internal  apse,  curved  side 
W.    Opened  from  N.  side. 

r?/-?9— I-  srattpr^d 

bones. 

G  274 

•  K  1.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.45  by  2.95  m. ;  approach  gone ; 
traces  of  irregularly-shaped  apse. 
Opened  from  behind. 

2,  only  a  few  bones. 



G  275 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.55  by  3.75  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.20  m.  long, 
0.20  m.  from  which  a  brick  altar 
0.33  m.  square.  Opened  twice  from 
behind.  In  the  approach  was  the 
stela  C  40229,  PI.  11. 

2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

Wood  kohlbox. 

7589- 

G  276 

C  2.  Trench  grave  with  W.  end  prolonged 
by  hollowing  out  in  soil ;  roof  of 
rough  flags.    Opened  from  above. 

22,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  side  by 
side ;  disturbed. 

G  277 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

0*2,  scattered  bones- 

G  278 

D.     Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  273.    Undisturbed  grave. 

+  ,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
hands  by  sides. 

G  279 

B  6.  Opened  through  door. 

o*?2.  scattered  bones. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  163 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

vii,  black  incised, 
8773,  PI.  IOI. 
xix,  plain  rough. 

7824-5,     PI.  40, 
separate  lots, 
loose  by  chil- 
dren's bodies. 

Studs,  7981-3. 

Amulets,  8024. 

i,  plain. 

v,  plain,  and 

fragments  of 

another. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  ptd. ;  one 

ringed ;  three 

plain. 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8177,  PI- 

8257,  PI-  41- 

i,  plain. 

v,  four  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8629, 
PI.    83 ;  four 
plain. 

xxvii,  plain 
rough ;  in  apse 
hollow  near 
surface. 



Vj    1  lligCU  ,  IWU 

plain. 

Fragments. 

xlvii,  ptd.,  8489, 

PI.  81. 
xlviii,  ptd.,  8659, 

PI.  86;  8924. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8617, 
PI.    82;  8655, 
PI.  86. 



/Ojcu,   s\  dnci  jj, 
PI.    40,  two 
necklaces. 

Loose  beads  and 
blue  ear-stud, 
8007  B. 

v,  three  plain. 

PI-  37- 

Varia. 


One  of  the  best  examples 
of  secondary  interment, 
the  latest  body  being 
practically  undisturbed, 
while  that  beneath  was 
again  later  than  the 
fragmentary  remains 
pushed  aside  towards  the 
walls  of  the  trench  be- 
low. 

Leather  sandals,  7461  B. 

Body  wrapped  in  stuffs, 
wholly  decayed.  The 
jars  F  i  had  been 
wrapped  in  coarse  can- 
vas. 

Fragments  of  cut  leather, 
7462,  apparently  from  a 
quiver. 


Mud  jar-stopper. 


164 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

Type,  etc. 

Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory 

G  280 
G  281 

G  282 

G  283 
G  284 

G  285 

G  286 

E  I.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.30  m.  square;  approach  gone; 
traces  of  apse.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

A  1.  Brick  superstructure  4.50  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.95  m.  long. 
Cella  2.10  by  1.25  m.,  vault  of 
seven  bricks  with  a  skew  of  0.45  m. 
from  the  perpendicular,  resting 
on  ledges  in  soil,  with  total  height 
of  1.00  m.  Opened  from  W.  end 
and  also  from  E.  end  under  ap- 
proach. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  by  2.10  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.90  m.  long, 
and  apse  1.10  m.  across  going 
down  with  three  stepped  courses 
of  brick  and  then  cut  through  soil 
to  a  depth  of  1.95  m.  from  present 
surface,  width  0.85  m.  Probably 
enlarged  by  robbers'  hole,  which 
went  through  it. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

B  3.  "Domed"  brick  superstructure  3.35 
m.   square,   with  brick  approach 
0.95  m.   long ;   very  much  ruined 
above.    The  walls  stood  as  much 
as  twelve  courses  high,  the  sum- 
mit 1.30  m. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  1.70  by  2.30  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.75  m.  long 
and  apse  1.25  m.  across  diminish- 
ing to  0.70  m.,  with  a  depth  of  1.30 
m.  Child's  grave,  only  1.00  m  long. 
Opened  through  apse.    The  stone 
table   of  offerings,  7097,   PI.  17, 
lay  against  the  S.E.  corner  of  the 
approach,  and  probably  belonged 
to  the  tomb. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  1.40  by  1.60  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.00  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above. 

Scattered  bones. 

d1?,    W.    ext.,  on 
backs,  h.   on  p. ; 
also  ++. 

$,  scattered  bones. 

Three  cylindrical 
wood  boxes,  7622 
A,  B,  C,  PI.  23; 
five  wood  spindle- 
ends,  7622  D,  E; 
ivory  spindle-end, 
7671. 

+  ,  a  few  odd  bones. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


165 


Beads. 


Three  blue  glass 
bugle  beads. 


POTTEBY. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


7827-7833. 


Three  loose 
beads. 


v,  five  plain. 


i,  six  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8199,  PI. 
59. 


xlviii,  two  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8453, 
PI.  50. 


Other  Forms. 


xxxii,  a,  ptd-, 
83IO,  PI.  75- 
8316,  PI.  75- 
xlvi,  ringed. 


Glass. 


Unguenta- 
rium,  7355, 
PI.  37- 


ix,  rough, 
xii,  plain, 
xxi,  three  plain, 
xlv,  four  plain. 
In  filling  of 

superstructure : 
ix,  four  rough, 
xxxvii,  two 

rough, 
xlv,  six  plain. 


In  filling  of 

dromos. 
ix,  plain  rough, 
xlii,  ptd. 
xlv,  rough. 


Ring,  8036. 


Varia. 


One  child  wore  on  its  left 
arm  the  blue  bead  neck- 
lace, 7833 ;  the  other 
beads  were  mixed  up  in 
the  rubbish. 


Mud  jar-stopper,  with 
snake  stamp.  Also  in  the 
filling  four  heads  of  Ba- 
birds.  fairly  deep  down; 
and  a  quantity  of  burnt 
wood. 


In  filling  of  dromos, 
painted  clay  doll,  7466, 
PI.  109.  The  objects  in 
the  dromos  lay  under  the 
brick  approach  close  to 
the  entrance  of  the  tomb 
and  must  have  been  an 
original  deposit. 


1 66  KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  287 


Type,  etc. 


G  289 


G  290 


A.  Brick  superstructure  2.10  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.95  m.  long, 
having  brick  lintel.  Cella  2.00  m. 
by  °-55  m-,  walls  of  five  courses  of 
brick,  flat  roof  of  stone  flags 
plastered  above  with  mud.  Opened 
from  behind. 

G  288  !  B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  by  2.20  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.00  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  by  3.10  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.45  m.  long, 
with  double  reveal  at  ends ;  and 
apse  loom.  across.  Opened 
through  apse. 

B  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.65  by  3.60  m.,  with 
brick  approach  1.35  m.  long  and 
traces  of  apse.  Much  ruined. 
Opened  through  superstructure. 
The  stela,  Cairo,  labelled  G  290, 
lay  just  south  of  the  approach, 
0.90  m.  from  the  wall,  and  prob- 
ably belonged  to  the  tomb. 


G  291 

G  292     B  6.  Opened  throug'.i  doorway. 


C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side.    Opened  through 
shaft. 


G  293  B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.15  by  3.20  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.70m.  long; 
0.10  m.  from  this  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  293 ; 
1.20  m.  from  the  approach  was  a 
brick  altar  0.33  m.  square. 


G  294  B  3.  Brick  superstructure  1.90  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.55  m.  long. 
Behind  the  door  the  walls  of  the 
cella  were  lined  with  brick  for  the 
length  of  0.30  m.,  making  a  little 
approach  in  which  the  objects  lay. 
Opened  from  behind. 

G  295     B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.90111.  square. 

with  brick  approach  1.30  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 


G  296     B  (?).  Traces   of  brick  superstructure. 
Opened  from  above. 


Bodies. 


9,  skull  only. 


99,  in  confusion. 


cT,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


9,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Metal. 


+,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

99.  E.  ext.,  on  backs, 
h.    on    p. ;  also 

skull  +. 


o,  only  3  odd  bones. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood    and  ivory 
kohl-box  lid, 

7567.  . 
Cylindrical  wood 
box,  7600. 


Wood  kohlbox, 

7620. 
Wood  kohlstick, 

9096  d,  PI.  109. 


Iron  kohlstick,  7305.    Wood  kohlbox. 


o,  only  a  few  odd 
bones. 


In  filling,  bronze 
tripod  bowl,  7145, 
PI.  31 ;  bronze 
bowl,  7135,  PI.  32 ; 
iron  kohlstick. 
7383,  PI.  36;  iron 
rod,  7400. 

Arrowheads,  7314- 
7325,  7329,  PI.  35. 


Wood  spindle-end. 

In  filling,  five  wood 
spindle  ends,  7678 
A-H ;  wood  and 
ivory  kohlbox, 

7515.  PI-  23; 
wood  box  7635. 


c?.  scattered  bones. 


99.   only  scattered 
bones. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  167 


Beads. 


Four  red  and 
white  glass 
beads. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


i,  two  plain. 


i,  plain, 
v,  ringed,  and 
two  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8467, 
PI.    50;  8942, 
PI.  95,  and 
fragments  of 
another. 


Other  Forms. 


ix,  rough  ;  in  po- 
sition in  brick 
approach. 


xxxii,  c,  ptd. 

8210,  PI.  60. 

9047. 
xlv,  red. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


Fragments    of    textile  of 
ribbed  "polymita"  type. 


Body  wrapped  in  stuffs. 


Two  or  three 
loose  glass 
beads. 


One  silvered 
glass  bead 
with  figure  in 
relief. 

In  filling. 

7835-9;  for  7837 
see  PI.  40. 


Two  gilt  glass 
One   blue  glass 
uraeus  snake. 


v,  ringed. 


i,  five  plain. 


xlvii,    black  in- 
cised, 8734,  PI. 
102;  black, 
plain,  8909. 

xlviii,  two  plain ; 
fragments  of 
two  ptd. 

In  brick  ap- 
proach. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8452, 
PI.  SO. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8918. 


xlviii,  plain ;  and 
a  stamped  one 
at  mouth  of 
dromos. 


In  brick  ap- 
proach, 
ix,  rough. 


Bottle,  7350, 
PI.  38. 


Fragments  of 
bottle. 


See  p.  41. 


xii,  inscribed,  PI. 

107,  fig.  9. 
xxxvi,  ptd.,  8290, 

PI.  47- 

lviii,  small  plain. 


Fragments. 


i68 


KARANOG 


Tomo  No. 


G  397 


Type,  etc. 


G  298 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2,70  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.85  m.  long, 
0.75  m.  from  which  a  brick  altar, 
0.33  m.  square ;  also  remains  of 
apse,  1.30  m.  across.  Opened 
through  apse. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined 
2.20  by  3.25  m.,  with  traces  of  apse. 
In  place  of  double-walled  approach 
a  solid  block  of  brickwork  1.10  m. 
wide  ran  out  1.65  m.  from  the  E. 
side;  from  the  S.E.  corner  of  this 
a  single  line  of  bricks  ran  up  to 
the  N.  wall  of  G  301.  Opened  from 
above.  In  the  tilling  of  the  super- 
structure was  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  298. 


G  299     B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


G  300 


G  301 


G  302 


G  303 


G  304 


B  6.  Opened  from  above,  over  the  door- 
way. 


B  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.80  by  4.00  m.,  with 
brick  approach  1.75  m.  long.  No 
masonry  left  of  apse,  but  a  hole 
in  the  soil  down  to  the  level  of  the 
floor  of  the  cella.  from  which  it 
was  separated  by  a  brick  wall. 
Opened  from  behind,  but  the 
original  pit  distinct  from  the  rob- 
bers' hole.  In  front  of  the  ap- 
proach, and  a  little  south  of  it, 
lay  the  stone  table  of  offerings, 
Cairo,  labelled  G  301. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.20  by  2.80  m. ;  approach  doubtful. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  1.  Traces  of  ruined  brick  superstruc- 
ture and  apse.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

A  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined, 
about  1.90  m.  square.  Cella  walls 
cut  down  into  soil  with  two 
courses  of  bricks  above  and  vau4t 
of  four  bricks,  giving  total  height 
of  0.70  m.  West  end  broken  away 
bv  robbers'  hole. 


Bodies. 


c?,  scattered  bones. 


Metal. 


c?,  much  disturbed. 


o",  +■  In  dromos, 
two  skulls  and 
odd  bones. 


6",  E.  ext.  on  back ; 
only  part  of  body ; 
In  dromos  other 
bones  $  +. 

o,  skull  only. 


+  ,    a    few  bones 
only. 


0*?$?,  bones  all  in 
confusion. 


Ring,  8082,  PI.  33. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Iron  ring,  8139  (in 
dromos). 


Iron  kohlstick,  7396, 
PI.  36. 


Wood  kohlbox,  7637. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  .69 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

i, 

eight  plain, 
ptd.,  8202,  PI. 
42- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8463, 
PI.    50;  8496, 
PI.    5a;  8670, 
PI.   87;  8706, 
PI.  91,  and 
fragments  of 
another. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  9020 
a,  PI.  99. 

V, 

xlviii,  ptd.,  Cai- 
ro, 40084/26, 
PI.  80. 

Leather  purse,  7465.  The 
cella  floor  was  cut  at  two 
levels,  so  as  to  have  a 
raised  shelf  along  the  S. 
side. 

?Jixed  beads 

V, 

plain. 

Fragments  of 
bottle  (in 
dromos). 

Also  in  dromos  headless 
doll  of  primitive  type, 
7662,  PI.  96. 

7840  A,  B. 
In  dromos, 
7842  A,  B. 

i, 

V, 

plain, 
plain. 

ix,  plain  rough, 
xii,  plain, 
xxxiv,  ptd.,  8186, 

PI.  49- 
xlvii,  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
fragments. 

xxxii,  c,  ptd., 
fragments. 

7843.  PI.  40; 
7844-6. 

V 

ptd.,  8975,  PI- 
97;  ptd. ;  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8437, 
8441,  8693,  PL 
89;  8984. 

xxxii,  ringed, 
xxxiv,  ptd.,  8314. 
xxxvii,  plain 

rough, 
xlv.   'ptd.,  8478, 

PI.  SI. 
Ix,  ptd.,  8459,  PI. 

78. 

The  vaulting  of  the  cella 
had  been  begun  from 
both  ends,  the  skew  of 
the  bricks  leaving  in  the 
middle  a  large  gap  which 
had  been  roughly  filled 
up  with  mud.  The  cella 
did  not  quite  fill  its  pit, 
and  between  the  E.  wall 
of  it  and  the  pit's  end 
was  a  space  in  which  most 
of  the  pottery  was  found. 

1 70 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  4.50  by  4.40  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.55  m.  long. 
Opened  through  superstructure. 

A  1.  Brick  superstructure  4.80  by  4.95  m-, 
with  brick  approach  1.75  m.  long, 
having  double  reveal  and  brick 
threshold.  Cella  2.40  by  1.25  m., 
walls  five  courses  high,  vault  of 
seven  bricks,  giving  height  of  c. 
1.05  m.    Opened  from  behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  1.75  by  2.00  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.60  m.  long, 
0.35  m.  from  which  a  brick  altar 
0.33  m.  square.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.85  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  i.oom.  long, 
and  0.70  m.  from  it  a  brick  altar 
°-55  by  °-33  m-  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.80  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.90  m.  long 
and  i.oom.  from  it  a  brick  altar 
0-33  m.  square.  Opened  froom  be- 
hind. 

A  1.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.50  m.  square,  with  brick  approach 
0.70  m.  long,  and  0.65  m.  from  it  a 
brick  altar  0.33  m.  square ;  also 
doubtful  traces  of  internal  apse. 
Cella  2.35  by  0.80  m.,  partly 
vaulted,  partly  hollowed  out  in 
soil.  Opened  through  superstruc- 
ture. 

A  1.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
c.  3.50  m.  square,  with  brick  ap- 
proach 1.33  m.  long,  and  remains 
of  apse.  Cella  2'.i5  by  0.80  m.,  walls 
cut  down  in  soil,  vault  of  four 
bricks,  giving  total  height  of 
0.90  m.    Opened  through  apse. 

A  1.  "Domed"  brick  superstructure  5.65 
by  5.75  m.,  with  brick  approach 
2.60  m.  long,  having  double  re- 
veals; cella  2.20  by  1.40  m.,  with 
walls  of  three  courses  of  brick 
and  vault  of  seven  bricks.  Opened 
from  behind.    See  p.  22. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


?,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


?,  scattered  bones. 


Bronze  kohlstick, 
Cairo,  40098. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Bone  handle,  7663. 


oVcW???,  all  mixed    Arrowhead,  7300. 
up. 


mixed  up  and 
in  robbers'  hole. 


Wood  kohlbox  (de- 
cayed), two  ar- 
row shafts,  7416, 
74i8. 


?,  scattered  bones. 


c?,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


6*,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


Bowl,  Cairo,  40225. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


171 


Beads. 


A  few  loose 
glass  beads. 


7847.  PL  40; 
7848-7853- 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Two  blue  glass 
beads. 


7794- 


v,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 


i,  two  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8164,  PI. 

47;    8267,  PL 

69. 


v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


v,  ptd.,  8241,  PI. 
66. 


i,  plain,  Cairo, 
v,  ptd.,  8515,  and 
fragments. 


v,  ptd.,  8217. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


Other  Forms. 


xlv;'i,  ringed. 


xiviii,  plain  red. 

In  dromos, 
xiviii,  ringed. 


xiviii,  ringed, 
xlix,  plain. 

xiviii,  remains 
of    five,    ptd. ; 
one  plain. 


xii,  plain, 
xxxii  a,  ptd. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


xiviii,  ringed. 


xxi,  small  rough. 

xlvi,   ptd.,  8732, 
PI.  93,  and 
fragments  of 
second. 


xxxii,  ptd-,  8322. 


Bottle,  7338, 
PI.  37:  un- 
guentarium, 
7342.  PI.  37. 


Fragments  of  leather. 


Down  the  middle  of  the 
cella  ran  a  brick  plat- 
form for  the  body  0.60  m. 
wide  and  0.25  m.  high, 
stopping  0.50  fn.  from 
the  W.  end  of  the  cella. 


IJ2 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


G  315  D.  Recessed  in  the  N.  side  of  the  dro- 
mos  of  G  310.  Undisturbed 
grave. 


G  316  A  1.  Brick  superstructure  3.60  by  4.10  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.30  m.  long, 
having  double  reveals.  Cella 
1.70  by  0.95  m.,  walls  of  two 
courses  of  brick,  vault  of  four  and 
one-half  bricks,  giving  total  height 
0.80  m.  Opened  from  E.  side  un- 
der the  approach. 


G  317 


G  318 

G  319 

G  320 

G  321 

G  322 

G  323 


G  324 


A  1.  Brick  superstructure  4.90  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  2.35  m.  long. 
Cella  2.25  by  1.20  m.,  walls  of 
three  courses  of  brick,  vault  of 
three  whole  and  three  half  bricks, 
giving  total  height  0.85  m.  Opened 
from  behind  and  from  the  S.  side. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.30  by  2.50  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.80  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  by  2.35  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.60  m.  long. 
Child's  grave.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


A  3.  Cella  lying  N.W.  by  S.E.,  c.  1.80 
by  0.60  m.,  walls  one  course  high, 
vault  of  four  bricks,  giving  total 
height  of  0.50  m.  Opened  from  W. 
end. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side.  Child's  grave 
1. 00  by  0.40  m.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

A  2.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.00  m.  long. 
Cella  2.80  by  1.00  m.,  vaulted  only 
at  E.  end,  no  brickwork  at  sides, 
vault  of  four  and  one-half  bricks ; 
the  W.  end  hollowed  out  in  soil. 
Opened  from  above. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2.50  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.90  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.,  head 
turned  1. 


c?,  bones 
tered. 


all  scat- 


,  E.  ext.  on  back, 
disturbed.  Out- 
side, against  S. 
wall  of  super- 
structure remains 
00. 


o,    skull    and  odd 
bones  only. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  Other 
remains  $++. 

?  +  ;  in  rubbish 
above. 


o,  skull  and  a  few 
odd  bones  only. 


$,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
h.  on  p. 


Bronze  kohlstick, 
7387,  PI.  36. 


Jug,  7143.  PI-  3i- 


Wood  kohlbox, 
7704- 


Bronze  kohlstick 
Cairo,  40097. 


Bronze  ear-ring. 
8037. 


Ring.  81 13,  PI.  33. 


Bowl,  71 19,  PI.  32; 
ring,  8054,  PI.  33 ; 
arrowheads,  7273- 
7288.  PI.  35- 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


J73 


Beads. 


7854  in  basket. 

Rt.  upper  arm, 
7858;  1.  upper 
arm,  7856,  PI. 
40;  1.  wrist, 
7857;  neck, 
7855. 

Blue  stud,  7984. 


7861,  3,  5.  6,  7- 
in  tilling,  7859. 


One  silvered 
glass  bead. 


Few  loose  in 
dust. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


v,  ptd.,  8243,  PL 
55;  8281,  PI. 
71;  plain. 


ii,  ptd.,  8245,  PI. 
66;  8265,  PI. 
69. 

v,  ptd.,  8291,  PI. 
72;  and  one  at 
Cairo. 


Against  S.  wall 
of  super- 
structure out- 
side, 

v,  ptd.,  8302,  PI. 
74;  Cairo, 
40085,  PI.  80. 


v,  plain. 


v,  ptd. 


i,  four  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8476. 

PI.    5i;  8485, 

PI.  81;  8688, 
PI.  89. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8651, 
PI.  86. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  871S 
PI.  92-. 


Other  Forms. 


Glass. 


xxxii  a,  ringed. 


xii,  plain. 

xvii,   ptd.,  8167, 
PI.  54,  and 
Cairo. 

xxiii,  plain. 

li  (shallow  vari- 
ant), ptd.,  8981. 


plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8444, 
PI.  50. 


xii,  inscribed,  PI. 
107,  fig.  18. 


xvii.  ptd.,  8507: 
plain. 


Varia. 


Wicker-work  box  with 
domed  top,  oval  0.25  by 
0.21  m.,  0.12  m.  high,  with 
lid  0.8  m.  The  kohlbox 
and  stick  and  the  strings 
of  silvered  glass  and 
green  beads  were  inside 
this,  together  with  re- 
mains of  a  "wash- 
leather"'  bag. 

Body  wrapped  in  cloth ; 
stud  used  as  button  over 
left  shoulder. 


Underlying  the  foundations 
of  the  superstructure  was 
a  heavy  layer  of  burnt 
ashes. 


Coloured  leather,  7479. 


Leather  shoe,  decayed. 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

1 

Type,  etc. 

Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

G 

325 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

0*  +,  E.  ext.,  on 
back ;   h.   on   p. ; 
also  6"?  disturbed. 

G 

326 

A  3.  Cella  c.  1.50  by  0.75  m.,  walls  of 
two  courses  of  brick,  vault  of  four 
bricks,  giving  total  height  of  0.70 
m.  Opened  from  W.  end;  W. 
end  destroyed. 

0",  a  few  bones  only. 

G 

327 

B  (?).  "Domed"  superstructure  of  brick 
on  stone  foundations ;  hopelessly 
ruined ;  c.  4.50  by  6.00  m. ;  ap- 
proach gone.    Opened  from  behind. 

0*,  in  confusion. 

Ivory  knob,  7685. 

G 

.328 

B  6.  Dromos  running  E.  by  W.,  cham- 
ber N.  by  S. ;  a  transition  between 
B  6  and  C  1.   Opened  from  above. 

6",  N.  ext.,  on  back ; 
h.  on  p. 



G 

.329 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

0,  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
disturbed. 

C 

330 

B  6.  Undisturbed  grave.  The  roof  had 
fallen  in  but  apparently  naturally. 

$,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
h.  on  p. 

Bowl  7122,  PI.  32. 

Wood  kohlbox. 

G 

33i 

B  6.  Opened  from  above  doorway ;  the 
head  of  the  man  and  the  broken 
cup  were  outside  in  the  dromos, 
and  one  water  jar  was  broken; 
otherwise  the  grave  undisturbed, 
as  if  the  robbers  had  left  their 
work  half  done. 

6*  +,   E.   ext.,  on 
backs ;  h.  on  p. ; 
side  by  sidt. 

Bowls,  7121,  PI.  32; 
7129,  7131,  PI.  31 ; 
rings,  8055,  8084 
PI-  33- 

G 

332 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.25  m.  N.  by  S.,  with  brick  ap- 
proach 0.50  m.  long.  Opened  from 
behind. 

0*6"?,  +,  mixed 
bones. 

Brass  binding  of 
box,  7659,  7696  A. 
B. 

G 

333 

B  6.  Opened  from  above.  Just  S.  of  the 
mouth  of  the  dromos  was  the 
lower  part  of  a  store  jar  of  un- 
baked mud  built  up  in  the  sand, 
0.75  m.  diam. ;  ht.,  0.60  m. 

m  +  (one  ?  E). 

Cylindrical  wood 
box. 

G 

334 
335 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

A  4.  Cella  2.50  by  1.00  m.,  only  I.oom. 
at  E.  end  walled  and  vaulted ; 
walls  three  courses  high ;  whole 
of  top  broken  in. 

G 

+  ,  a  few  loose 
bones  only. 

G 

336 

B  (?).  Whole  shape  lost  by  falling  in  of 
roof  and  sides. 

4. 

G 

337 

338 
339 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  338.    Opened  from  dromos  of 

G  338. 

?,  scattered  bones. 

$,  scattered  bones. 
6",  scattered  bones. 

G 

G 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 


Stud,  7985. 


Blue  glass  ear- 
stud,  8007  C. 

Child  wore 
bracelet  on  1. 
upper  arm  and 
two  necklaces. 
All  Cairo, 
40099,  40100, 
40105,  PI.  109. 


One  blue  glass 
bead. 


Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

i,  two  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8264,  PL 
69 ;  Cairo, 
40085 ;  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8469, 
PI.  5i;  8481, 
PI-  5i;  8633. 
PI.  84. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8439; 
fragments. 

xvii,  ptd.,  8160. 
xxxii  c,  ptd., 
8326,  PI.  76. 

Leather  sandals,  7461  A. 
Textile     with  elaborate 

openwork  string  border. 

Cf.  PI.  108. 

i,  four  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 

v,  ringed. 

xxxiv,  ptd.,  8189, 

PI.  57- 
xlv,  red  and 
white. 

Leather  fragments. 

The  body  had  short  tightly 
curled  black  hair  like  the 
modern  negro's. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  three  plain. 

i,  ptd.,  8298,  PI. 
73 ;    8299,  PI. 
73 ;  two  plain ; 
one  with  graf- 
fito. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8717, 
PI.  92. 

xlviii,  ptd.  (in 
dromos). 

Bottle,  7353. 
PI.  38. 

Pair  of  red,  white  and 
green  leather  sandals, 
much  decayed. 

The  rings  were  worn  by 
the  man  on  the  left 
thumb.  In  one  of  the 
pots  was  a  bundle  of  soft 
loosely  woven  white 
rags. 

One  body  wrapped  in 
striped  stuff,  blue  and 
yellow. 

In  dromos, 
xxxvii,  rough. 

Bottle,  Cairo, 
40090. 

v,  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

v.  ptd.,  8274,  PI. 

xxxii,  rough, 
xxxvii,  rough. 

xxi,  rough. 
Hi,  plain, 
xxxii,  ringed. 

xlviii,  plain  frag- 
ments. 

176 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

G  .HO 
G  34* 

G  .342 

G  .34.? 
G  .344 

G  .345 
G  .346 

G  .347 
G  .348 

G  .349 
G  350 
G  351 

G  352 
G  353 

G  354 
G  355 

G  356 
G  357 


Type,  etc. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

A  4.  Brick  sides  three  courses  high ;  roof 
of  large  stone  flags.  Opened  from 
W.  end. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

B  6.  Lying  N.  by  S.  Opened  through 
doorway. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  ruined  brick  super- 
structure.   Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


Bodies. 


?$,  scattered  bones. 


6*,  in  confusion. 


6"?,  scattered  bones, 
and  in  dromos  6*- 


0"$.  S.E.  (dis- 
turbed), and  ? 
scattered  bones 
only. 

oVS?,  scattered  bones. 


?oo,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs ;  h.  on  p., 
disturbed. 


B  (?).  Traces   of   brick   superstructure.    $,  a  few  bones  only. 
Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above  doorway ;  grave 
and  dromos  all  broken  up. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure, 
c.  1.90  by  300  m.  Opened  from 
behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  6.  Double  grave.  Original  cella  E.  by 
W.  When  this  was  full  the  sides 
were  scooped  out  to  make  a  cella 
N.  by  S.  The  last  burial  was  un- 
disturbed. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6  (?).  A  few  loose  bricks  on  the  sur- 
face.   Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  No  proper  dromos.  entrance  from 
small  pit.    Opened  from  in  front. 


A  4.  The  W.  end  a  shaft  driven  into  the 
soil,  the  E.  end  had  brick  walls 
five  courses  high  and  was  roofed 
with  stone  slabs;  short  dromos. 
Opened  from  above. 


6",    E.,    in  dromos 
0  +  +  +  +  . 

<S,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


o,  E. 
bones. 


scattered 


$,  S.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. :  below, 
confused,  0*6*0*?  + 
+  E. 


6*  (in  dromos). 
?,  E. 

%  E. 

?++++,  E. 
?. 


Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

Iron  arrowheads, 
7289,  7291,  PI.  35  ; 
7294,  7297. 



Wood  kohlstick. 

Bronze  ear-ring, 
8038. 

Ring,  81.37. 

Wooden  spindle, 
7669. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  177 


Beads. 

POTTERY. 

Glass. 

Varla. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  ringed  j  and 
plain. 



xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments ;  plain. 

i,  ringed, 
v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

Leather  sandals,  7464. 

One  blue  glass 
bead. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xlv,  two  rough. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8929. 

Some  grain. 

v,  plain  frag- 
ments. 

v,  ringed ;  two 
plain. 

v,  ringed, 
plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

xlviii,  ringed, 
two  plain  red. 

ix,  three  rough, 
xlv,  two  rough. 

xlviii,,  ptd.,  8908 ; 
ptd.,  Cairo, 
40004/15. 

Bottle,  7348, 
PI.  38. 

tsottle,  7351, 
PI.  39- 

7860,  and  some 
other  mixed 
beads. 

xlviii,  ptd. 

12 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  358 

G  359 

G  360 

G  361 


G  362 
G  363 

G  364 


G  365 

G  366 

G  367 

G  368 

G  369 

G  370 

G  371 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


6*0*?,  E.  (only  parts 
left.) 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.60  m.  square.    $  +  ,  scattered  bones, 
with  brick  approach  1.20  m.  long. 
Opened  in  three  places. 


B  6.  No  roof  left  and  no  trace  of  brick 
doorway;  just  an  open  inclined 
shaft. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side.  Opened  from 
above. 

B  1.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  3.00  by  3.20  m.,  with 
brick  approach  1.40  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.00  m.  square.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. The  stone  table  of  offer- 
ings, Cairo,  labelled  G  146,  lay 
2.30  m.  from  the  middle  of  the 
east  face  of  the  tomb. 

B  6.  Infant's  grave  0.65  by  0.30  m. ;  the 
dromos  ran  E.  by  W.,  the  cham- 
ber N.  by  S. 

B  r.  Brick  superstructure  2.85  by  2.65  m.. 
with  brick  approach  0.95  m.  long, 
roofed  with  a  false  arch  of  two 
bricks. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.80  by  2.70  m. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  by  3.00  m. 
Opened  from  in  front. 


+,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  beneath 
her  a  child ;  also 
scattered  bones. 

c"??ooo. 


0*+.  scattered 
bones. 

?+,  scattered  bones. 


?,  scattered  bones. 


0*,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


6*2+,  scattered 
bones. 


d*?.  E.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. ; 
also  loose  bones. 

°oo. 

o  +  ,  jaw-bon.es 
only. 

c*o"$.  E,  most  bones 
missing. 


Bronze  ear-ring. 


Ring,  8052,   PI.   33    Wood  box,  7604 


(worn  by  ?). 


Wood  and  ivory 
kohlpot,  Cairo, 
40223;  three 
wood  kohlpots, 
7618  A-C. 


Wood  and  ivory 
box-lid. 


Wood  kohlbox, 
7660. 


Wood  kohlbox, 
7396. 


Three  arrowheads, 
7413-4  ;  one  of  the 
men  had  an  ar- 
rowhead in  his 
left  thigh,  7373. 
PI.  36. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


179 


Beads. 

Pottery, 

Forms  1-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

Five  "berry" 
beads. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8495, 
PI.  52. 



Four  loose 
beads. 

ii,  ptd.,  8258,  PI. 
68. 

In  dromos. 

xlviii  ptd., 
Cairo, 
40084/25. 

?875,  7805,  7877- 
84,  7937- 

xlviii  ptd., 
Cairo,, 

40084/5;  ptd., 

84.84,  PL  Si. 
ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

On  blue  glaze. 

v,  plain. 

i,  two  plain ;  one 
being  incised 
H. 

v,  ptd. 

xlix,  plain. 

xxi,  rough. 

Loose  beads. 

v,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

i,  plain. 

ix,  plain, 
xxxvii,  plain, 
xlv,  plain. 

Loose  blue. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
Cairo, 
40084/8. 

xxxvii,  plain, 
xlv,  plain. 

Necklace    of  $, 
blue   and  gilt 
glass,  decayed. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
Cairo, 
40084/9. 

ix,  rough. 

Loose  beads. 

Loose  beads. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8936, 
PI.  94. 

xxi,  rough. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Bottles,  Cai- 
ro, 40089, 
and  7345, 
PI.  37- 

The  glass  bottle,  7345,  lay 
under  the  head  of  the 
undisturbed  ?  body. 

In  the  hollow  of  the  apse 
a  painted  stela.  Cairo, 
labelled  G  366. 

180  KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  372 

G  373 

G  374 

G  375 

G  376 

G  377 

G  378 

G  379 


G  380 
G  381 
G  382 


G  383 
G  384 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.15  by  2.25  m., 
brick  approach  1.00  m.  long  and 
apse  0.80  m.  in  radius.  Opened 
from  behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.35  by  2.55  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.20  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind.  The  statue, 
7032,  PI.  6,  probably  belongs  to 
this  tomb. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.10  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.95  m.  long. 
Opened  both  from  the  side  and 
from  behind.  In  the  robbers' 
hole  was  found  the  stela,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  377. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.10  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.45  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  3.  Scanty  remains  of  irregular  super- 
structure, the  apse  apparently 
angular  and  the  sides  curved  ;  about 
200  m.  E.  by  W.  Amongst  the 
ruins  of  the  superstructure  were 
found  the  stela,  Cairo,  labelled  G 
363,  and  the  stone  table  of  offer- 
ings, Cairo,  similarly  labelled. 

B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  almost 
wholly  ruined,  and  unrecognizable. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  almost  wholly 
ruined :  only  the  apse  was  intact 
and  this  was  rectangular,  0.85  by 
0.50  m.   Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Undisturbed  burial.  The  grave 
had  the  same  dromos  as  G  383 
and  lay  immediately  below  it,  its 
door  1.45  m.  to  the  E.  The  floor 
of  G  383  was  1.75  m.  from  the 
modern  surface,  the  top  of  G  384 
2.00  m.,  and  its  floor  2\70  m.  from 
the  same.    See  p.  41. 


0*0*+  +  ,  confused 
bones. 


$$0+ ,  scattered 
bones;  the  +  in 
dromos. 

c?$,  scattered  parts. 


c?,  few  bones  only. 


c?,  scattered  bones. 


c?,  a  few  bones 
only. 


c?,  a  few  bones 
only. 

fragments  only. 


c?o*c7?,  mixed  frag- 
ments. 


d"6*$,  scattered 
bones. 


dVd"oV++++. 


9,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Metal. 


Iron  arrowhead. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Two  rings,  8056, 
8089.  PI.  33,  one 
on  third  finger  of 
right  hand,  one 
on  little  finger  of 
left. 

Iron  kohlstick,  7399, 
PI.  36. 


Wood  and  ivory 
kohlbox,  7295 ; 
wood  spindle, 
7672. 


Wood  kohlbox, 
7638. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  181 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8212,  PI. 
61. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

i,  plain. 

i,  four  plain, 
v,  plain,  8549. 

i,  four  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8443, 
and  fragments 
of  two  more. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
Cairo, 
40084/1. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8715, 
PI.  92. 

xlviii,  Cairo, 
40084/10. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8446, 
8620,    PI.  82; 
8635,  PI.  84; 
8903,  PL  52; 
8295- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8472, 
PI.  51. 

xlviii,  frag- 
ments. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8329 ; 

8209,  PI.  49  (in 

dromos). 
xlv,  rough. 

lxiii,  plain,  8350. 
xxxii,  plain. 

Twisted  leather  cord. 

xxxvii,  small 
rough  (in 
dromos). 

Fragments    of  coloured 
leather. 

Fragments  of  embroidery. 

v,   ringed,  8543, 
8548. 

v,  two  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8712, 
PI.  91 ;  Cairo, 
40084/3,  and 
two  plain. 

xxxii,  rough. 

7954- 

Mat-like  textile  with  warp 
of  reeds  and  woof  of 
green  and  brown  linen 
threads,  9100  B. 

Beads  on  left 
wrist,  7834; 
beads  from 
box,  7896. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8201,  PI. 
59- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8468, 

Pi.  51 ;  8477. 

PI.  St;  8671, 
PI.  "88. 

xxxii,  plain, 
with  string 
round  handle. 

Bottle,  7340, 
PI.  37; 
bowls,  7343- 
7349,  PH- 
37.  39- 

The  three  glass  vessels, 
the  kohlbox  and  stick 
and  one  )set  of  beads 
were  inside  a  (wholly- 
decayed)  wicker  basket, 
circular,  0.25  m.,  diame- 
ter, ht.  0.12  m.,  with  con- 
ical top  0.16  m. 

The  body  was  wrapped  in 
stuffs. 

182 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


G  3S5     B  1.  Brick    superstructure    wholly  de- 
stroyed except  for  apse. 

G  386     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


G  387 

G  383 

G  389 

G"  390 

G  391 

G  392 

G  393 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  de- 
stroyed except  for  apse.  Opened 
from  behind. 


c?c??,  a  few  bones 
only. 

o*?,  scattered  bones. 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of    c???$+,   mixed  re- 


uncertam 
above. 


type.      Opened  from 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 


$  (in  robbers' 
hole.) 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of  j  ?,  a  few  bones  only, 
uncertain    type.      Opened  from 
above. 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.25  by  2.60  m.. 
with  rectangular  apse  1.10  bj 
0.85  m. ;  approach  missing.  Opened 
from  behind. 


c??,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.   on   p. ; 
also  $$  scattered 
bones. 

c?c?o"?,  mixed  bones. 


c?c?c??$,  mixed 
bones. 


334.     B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.55  by  2.65  m..    J,  E.  ext..  on  bac 
with  brick  approach  1.10  m.  long,  j     h.  on  p. 
having  0.70  m.    from   it   a   brick  j 
altar  0.56m.  square;  at  W.  end. 
apse  0.80  m.  across. 

G  395     A  2.  Brick  superstructure  2.90  by  3.80  m.,    o,  two  or  three 
with  brick  approach  0.80  m.  long       odd  bones  only, 
and  apse  1.00m.  across;  chamber 
2.00  by  i.oom.,  walls  0.45  m.  high, 
vault  of  four  bricks,  giving  total 
height  of  0.85  in. 

G  396     B  (  ?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of    $,  E  ext.,  on  back, 
uncertain  type.    Opened  from  in  >     h.  on  p. 
front. 


G  397  1  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  398  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 


9,  E.,  part  of  bodj 
only ;  also  c?c?. 
bones  scattered. 

oV?,  mixed  bones. 


Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

Bronze  needle,  741 1 . 

Wood  kohlbox, 

7480. 

Wood  kohlpot  (of 
stained      wood ) . 
Cf.  p.  71- 

Wood  kohlbox, 
7621. 

Ring  81  \2  PI  ■w 

Bronze  bowls.  7132. 
PI.  31,  and  Cain.. 
40227. 

Ivory  stud  (  ?  1 . 

Wood  kohlpot, 
7599- 

Wood  kohlpot. 

Iron  kohlstick,  7394, 
PI  36. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  183 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvil-1. 

Other  Forms. 

i,  plain  (in 

dromos). 
v,  ptd.,  8222,  PI. 

63,  and  one 

plain. 

i,  three  plain, 
i,  ringed. 

Ixvi,  8573, 
rough  ( in 
dromos). 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8627, 
PI    8-?;  89^, 
PI.  94;  8950. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  871 1, 
PI.  91. 

Pair  of  leather  sandals, 
7478. 

Ear-stud  of  blue 
glass  in  right 
ear  of  ?,  7997- 

One  glass  bead. 

Loose,  blue 
glass. 

Mixed  loose 
beads,  7885. 

i,  plain, 
v,  plain. 

i,  plain. 

v,   ptd.,  Cairo, 
40085,  and 
one  plain. 

i,  plain. 

v,  two  plain. 

i,  plain,  slight 
variant  with 
ribbed  rim. 

v,  ptd.,  8215,  PI. 
61,    and  frag- 
ments of 
another. 

i,  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8323, 
PI.  76,  and  one 
plain. 

xlv,  rough  plain. 

The  small  jug,  F  xxxii, 
was  fotind  on  the  top  of 
the  coloured  jar  F  ii, 
where  a  cup,  F  xlviii,  is 
usual. 

xlviii.  ptd.,  frag- 
ments of  two. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8951, 
and  one  plain 

wii,  fragments, 
xxx vi,  rough. 

xvii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

Body  wrapped  in  plain 
linen  and  laid  upon  a 
mat  of  gausapa  spread  on 
the  ground. 

Fragment  of  leather.  In 
the  filling  of  superstruc- 
ture, pots,  F  xxxii,  ptd., 
8317,  PI.  75,  and  F  xlix. 
plain. 

ii,  ptd.,  8294,  PI. 
48.  . 

iv,  plain. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8658. 
rl.  so. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8442. 

ix,  rough. 

liii,  three  plain. 

viii.    ptd.,  8254, 
PI.  46. 

xlv,  rough. 

Few  gilt  glass. 

v,   fragments  of 
two  ptd. 

KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  N.    side    of    dromos    bricked  up. 
Opened  from  above. 


Bodies. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  403  C  1.  Cutting  lying  N.  by  S.,  with  semi- 
circular pit  approach  on  E.  side, 
walled  up  with  rough  stone  slabs- 
Opened  from  above. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  through 
door. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Infant's  grave,  0.60  m.  long.  Opened 
from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
C  1.  Opened  from  above. 


?$o,    E.    ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. 


??+,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p., 
but  all  disturbed. 


00,  two  skulls  and 
odd  bones. 


00000,.  fragments 
only,  all  in  dro- 


o*,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
but  disturbed. 


9,  scattered  bones- 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  also  c? 
in  confusion. 


c?o. 


Metal. 


Rings,    8083,  8096, 

PI.  33- 
Iron  kohlstick,  7410. 


Ring,  8078,  8097, 
PI.  33  (one  on 
third  finger  of 
left  hand,  one  in 
rubbish). 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Ivory  tube,  7690. 
Wood  kohlpots, 
7709,  7714. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND 


THETR  CONTENTS  185 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi.               Forms  xlvii-L 

Other  Forms. 

7876. 

Blue  ear-stud, 
7965. 

7864,  7886-7891, 
and  some 
other  carne- 
lian  and  green 
and  red  glass 
beads. 

Inlay  ear-studs, 
Cairo,  40101 ; 
amulet,  8025. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
Cairo, 

40084/11,  and 
two  plain 
white. 

xlvii,  black 

ware., 
xlviii,  ptd.,  8645, 

PI.  85. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  and 
one  plain. 

xxxii,  rough, 
xlv,  rough. 

liii,  fragment  of 
high-slip  ware 
in  dromos. 

Secondary  burial,  two 
bodies  being  rolled  up 
against  S.  side  of  tomb 
to  make  room  for  last 
($).  This  one  wore  two 
rings  on  middle  finger 
of  rt.  hand  and  was 
wrapped  in  linen  with 
blue  and  yellow  tapestry, 
star-pattern  border  (See 
PI.  108).  All  heads  and 
1.  arm  of  later  body  miss- 
ing. 

v,  ptd.,  8271,  PL 
70. 

On  each  side  of  the  dro- 
mos, driven  down  the 
face  of  the  cutting,  was 
a  hole,  1. 10-120 m.  deep; 
at  the  bottom  of  jone 
were  remains  of  a 
wooden  post,  perhaps  of 
a  flagstaff.    (See  p.  17.) 

xii,  two  plain 
(one  with 
graffiti,  PI.  107, 
fig.  14,  19). 

xxxii,  small 
plain. 

Glass  pendant 
bead. 

Fragments  of  dyed  leather. 

One  green  glass 
bead. 

Body  had  been  wrapped  in 
coarse  polymita  cloth. 
Fragments  of  dyed 
leather. 

v,  black  ware, 
8774,  PI.  IOI. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

lii,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

i86 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  411  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front;  doorway  of 
mixed  stone  and  brick.  In  the 
dromos  was  the  stela,  Cairo, 
40265,  PI.  11. 

G  412  B  6.  Lying  N.  by  S.,  at  the  end  of  dro- 
mos E.  by  W.  Opened  from  in 
front. 

G  413     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  414     D.      In   N.   side  of  dromos  of  G  412. 
Opened  from  dromos. 

G  415  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
G  416     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  417     B  6.  The  dromos  walled  on  either  side. 

the  chamber  sloping  down  and 
very  shallow,,  being  only  1.30  m. 
at  mouth ;  dromos  0.85  m.  deep. 
Opened  from  in  front. 

G  418     B  6.  All  broken  up. 

G  419     B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


G  420     B  6.  Shared   one   dromos   with    G  429. 

Opened  from  in  front  and  the 
contents  of  the  two  graves  hope- 
lessly mixed. 

G  421  B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
G  422  ,  B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
G  423     C  2.  All  broken  up. 

G  424     B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


G  425     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


Bodies. 


0*$?+,  scattered 
over  tomb  and 
dromos. 

c?,  E.,  disturbed ; 
also  c?+  scat- 
tered. 


Bones   mixed  with 
those  of  G  412. 

o*,  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
disturbed. 

0*0*.  bodies  in  con- 
fusion. 


$0,  confused  ;  of  the 
second  only  a 
jawbone  left. 


+,  skull  only. 
$+00. 


c?<?c????,  all  in  con- 
fusion. 


o,  a  few  odd  bones 
only. 

<j,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
and  +. 

o*,  W.  ext.,  on 
back ;   also  skull 
+. 

00,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs ;  in  dromos 
bones 


c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Iron  arrowhead. 


Remains  of  wooden 
coffin  or  bier. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  18 


Be:uX 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 



xxii,  plain. 

xviii,  plain. 

viii.  ringed. 

xix,  plain. 

xx,  plain. 

The  stela  probably  did  not 
belong  to  tomb,  but  had 
been  used  as  a  slab  in 
the  doorway. 

v,   fragments  of 
four  ptd. 

v,    ringed  8541, 

1,   fragments  of 
stamped  ware. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8928 ; 

n  1  n  T1    K11  rf 

J.'  1  it  1 1 1   uu  11  . 

8649,  PI.  85, 

and  another 
white. 



xxxii.  rough 
plain. 

Bodies  wrapped  in  coarse 
stuff.    Fragment  of  pot- 
tery, red  and  black  leaf 
ornament  on  white  slip 
ground. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xxxvii,  two 
rough  small. 

liii.  fragment 
with  raised 
slip  decora- 
tion. 

xxxii,  ringed 
small, 
f  xliii,  plain. 

One  body  had  lain  on  a 
wooden  bier  of  which  a 
corner  remained  with  the 
rope  still  fast  through  a 
hole  in  it. 

Wicker  basket. 
Fragments  of  cloth. 



■  ,    \)  Id  1 1 1 .    11  dg 

mcnts  of  sev- 
eral. 

v  1  \  ■  1 1 1     t"\  t  rl            1 7  ' 
A  1  \  111,   pui.,  oy.-j-/  • 

plain,  frag- 
ments of  sev- 
eral. 

Hi.  ptd..  8698.  PI. 
90. 



The  bodies  in  the  grave 
had  amalgamated  with 
the  soil  and  were  shape- 
less lumps  as  hard  as 
stone,  and  could  not  be 
sexed. 

Blue  glass  heart  amulet. 
8029. 

i88 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


G  426  B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
G  427  1  B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


G  428     D.     Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of  G 
419.    Opened  from  dromos. 


G 

429 

B  6. 

G 

430 

B  6. 

G 

431 

B  6. 

G  432  j  B  6.  Infant's  grave  1.00  m.  long,  lying  N. 

by  S.  at  end  of  dromos  running  E. 
by  W. 

G  433  I  B  6.  All  broken  up. 


G  434 


B  6.  All  broken  up. 


G  435     C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side,  cover  of  sloped 
stone  slabs.    Opened  from  above. 


G  436  j  B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


o,  a  few  odd  bones 
only. 

o,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


o",  loose  bones. 

C??,  a  few  loose 
bones  of  each. 


?+oo,  loose  mixed 
bones. 

oV9?,  loose  mixed 
bones. 

o*,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  In  fill- 
ing, bones  ?. 


G  437 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


d'+ooo. 

0*0*,  only  fragments.     Ring,  8122,  PI.  33. 


G  438 

G  439     B  6.  Opened  from  above 


G  440 


G  441 


G  442 


G  443 


G  444 


B  6.  Opened  from  above  dromos. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


B  6.  Doorway    of    rough    stone  slabs. 
Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Doorway    of    rough    stone  slabs. 
Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  and  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  All 
broken  up. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 

h.  on  p. 
0*?+,  in  confusion. 

?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

oV,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs ;  in  tomb 
and  dromos  other 
bones  0*$?. 

29,  in  confusion, 
o,  skull  only. 


o",  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
also  confused 
fragments  o". 

$++.  the  first  in 
dromos. 


Ring,  8059.  PI.  33; 
iron  kohlstick, 
Cairo,  40095. 


Ring,  8057,  PI.  33. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  189 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vl. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

xxvi,  ptd.,  8203, 
PL  59- 

A  few  loose 
mixed. 

One  blue  glass 
bugle  bead. 

v,  ptd. 

xxxiii,  fragment 
plain. 

One  blue  bead. 

A  few  mixed 
beads. 

v,  ptd.  (surface 
gone). 

xxxii,  rough 
plain. 

xlvi,  plain. 

7956,  PI.  40. 

v,  ringed. 

v,  ptd.,  8249,  PI. 
44;  8268,  PI. 
69. 

v,  plain, 
v,  ringed. 

vii,   black,  8566, 

PI.  102. 
xxii,  small  plain. 

xii,  two  plain 
(one  broken). 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8912, 
PL  52. 

Small  gourd-shaped  as  in- 
fant's feeding  -  spoon. 
(Decayed.) 

j go  KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  446 
G  447 
G  448 


G  449 

G  450 

G  451 

G  452 


-  G  453 


G  455 


G  457 


G  445     A  4.  Undisturbed  grave.    See  p.  44. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

C  i-  Ledge  to  N.  Opened  from  above. 
C  1.  Undisturbed  grave;  ledge  to  N. 


C  1.  A  very  slight  depression  in  N.  side 

of  trench  cut  for  G  445,  parallel 

with  it ;  apparently  not  roofed. 
Undisturbed  burial. 


B  6.  Doorway  of  rough  stones.  Opened 
through  doorway. 


G  454     B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  456  '  B  (  ?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


B  (.).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


G  458      C  1.  Double   pit    grave    with    ledge  in 
centre.    Opened  from  above. 


G  459     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  460     B  6.  Doorway    of    rough    stone  slabs. 
Opened  from  behind. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


39,    W.    ext.,    on     Bronze  bowl,  7154. 
backs,  h.  on  p.         Ring,  81 11,  PI.  33. 

Iron  kohlstick,  7390, 
PI.  36. 


o,  skull  only. 

99,  E.  ext.,  on 
backs,  h.  on  p. 
Bodies  superim- 
posed ;  in  one, 
foetus  distinguish- 
able. Upper  parts 
of  both  missing. 

0"$+,  in  confusion. 


o,  odd  bones  only. 

+,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

2,  Ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  Below  it 
another  2,  W. 
ext.,  on  back,  h. 
on  p. ;  on  knees  of 
this  an  infant. 

2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  also 
99+,  all  in  con- 
fusion. 

o,  skull  only. 


+  +  +,  skulls  only. 


Ring,  8108. 


Iron  key-ring,  8135. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  and  ivory 
casket,  7517,  PI. 
22 ;  wood  and 
ivory  patch  box, 
7510,  PI.  23  ;  wood 
kohlbox,  7603 ; 
two  spindle-ends, 
7506-7. 


Wood  kohlbox,  7627, 
PI.  23. 


Fragment  of  ivory 
inlay,  9098. 


Wood  kohlpot. 


In  E.  part  9.  ext., 
on  back.  In  W. 
part  +  +  +  con- 
fused. 

0*0*0*9.  all  in  con- 
fusion. 


0+  ++++,  all  in    Fragments  of  wood 

robbers'  hole.  casket,  7571-6; 

wood  kohlbox. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMES  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Pottery. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


Other  Forms. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


7807. 


v,  plain. 


xxxii,  plain. 


v,  plain. 


7892,  PI.  40; 
7893- 


7894. 


A  few  loose 
beads. 


Blue  glass  ear- 
stud,  7998. 


v,  ringed. 


v,  plain. 


Blue  glass  ear- 
stud,  7999. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8938,  ix,  rough  small 
PI.  94,  and  (fragments), 
fragments. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  872^, 
PI.  93- 


xvii,  plain. 


xxxii,  plain. 


xlviii,  plain.  xxxv,  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8623, 
PI.  83. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8615, 
PI.  82. 


xxi,  rough  small. 


Body  wrapped  in  stuffs. 


xxxii,  ptd..  8729, 
PI.  93- 


All  objects  found  in  rob- 
bers' hole.  The  ear-stud 
in  rt.  of  body  o. 


ig2 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  461     A  4.  Brick  chamber  2.90  by  0.65  m.  Roof 
gone. 

G  462     C  1.  Ledge  on   S.   side.     Opened  from 
shaft. 


G  463     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


C  1.  Ledge  on   S.  side.     Opened  from 
shaft. 


B  6-  Opened  from  in  fron,.. 


A  4.  Brick  chamber  1.00  by  c.  0.40  m. 

Walls  five  courses  high,  flat  roof 

of  stone  slabs.  Opened  from 
above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  over  doorway. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above.  In  the  dromos 
was  found  the  stela,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  470. 

B  6. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


Bodies. 


6",  a  few  bones  only. 


o",  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  also 
skull  <?. 

$,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  also  o* 
disturbed. 

c?$,  E.,  ext.  on 
backs. 


o,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  only  part 
of  body  left. 

c?$?,  all  broken  and 
in  confusion. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


o,  a  few  odd  bones 
only. 

6*+  +  ,    remains  in 
confusion. 


?,  E.  ext..  on  back, 
h.  on  p.  Head 
missing.  Below, 
+  E. 


9$°,    confused  re- 
mains. 


Silver  ear-ring,  8030 
(on  ?). 


Iron  kohistick,  7392, 
PI.  36. 


Rings,  8060,  8061. 
PI.  3^  (on  1.  hand 
of  +). 


Ivory  spindle-whorl 
7677- 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi.               Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

I  v,  ringed, 
v,  plain. 



Left  bracelet, 

7841  A. 
Left  bracelet, 

7841  B. 
Other  string, 

7793- 

v,  plain. 

At  the  mouth  of  the  dro- 
mos, 0.30  m.  below  the 
surface  and  0.10  m.  above 
the  top  of  the  dromos 
walls  was  a  lamp  in- 
scribed tov  ayiov  Sepytos 
(8460).  Almost  cer- 
tainly it  did  not  belong 
to  the  grave,  but  rather 
to  the  grave-robbers. 

The  easternmost  of  the 
cover-slabs  was  a  stone 

Ull^l  111^           L  1 L  1    fK,           \_  it  1  M  , 

labelled  G  467,  laid  face 
downwards ;  probably 

tomb. 

ix,  rough  plain 
(in  dromos). 

7897.  necklace, 
PI.  40;  7899, 
necklace ;  7902 
CB,  necklace; 
7898,  7900, 
right  armlet ; 

7902  A,  left 

Ul  itLclt  L  (Jll 

body  of  child. 
Glass  ear-stud, 
7987  (in  left 
ear  of  +)  , 

v,  plain. 

13 


194 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

C  t.  Ledge  on  S.  side.     Opened  from 
above. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


C  r.  Ledge  on  N.  side.    Opened  from 
shaft. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


C  i.  On  S.  side  of  a  shaft  which  served 
also  for  G  481 ;  stone  slabs  for 
cover.    Opened  from  shaft. 


C  1.  On  N.  side  of  shaft  shared  with  G 
480.    Opened  from  shaft. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  through 
doorway. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side.  Opened  from 
shaft. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


B  6-  Opened  from  in  front. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side.    Opened  from 
shaft. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side.     Opened  from 
W.  end. 


c?,  part  of  body  only. 


?,  a  few  bones  only. 

?,  W.,  part  of  body 
only. 

o,  E.,  head  and  arms 
missing. 


c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
$$+  +  scattered 
about. 

<$,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  and  p. 


$,  E.  ext.,  on  back. 
?,  a  few  bones  only. 

o",  a  few  bones  only. 


o,  a  few  odd  bones 
only. 

??,  scattered  bones. 

c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back 
but  disturbed. 

c?$++,  -scattered 
bits  only. 


o".  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p : ;  tibiae 
and  1.  hand  miss- 
ing. Below,  sec- 
ond body  c?,  E. 
ext.,  on  back,  h. 
on  p.,  and  in- 
fant +  . 


Ring.  8076,  PI.  33. 


Bronze  bowl,  7124, 
PI.  32. 

Iron  arrowhead. 

Silver  wire  ear- 
rings, 8143. 


Wooden  box,  oval, 
with  four  divi- 
sions, 0.22  by  0.09 
m.,  and  0.075  m- 
high,  wholly  de- 
cayed. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMLS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


J9S 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-L. 

Other  Forms. 

xxxv,  ringed. 

Near  the  mouth  ,of  the 
shaft  was  a  vertical  hole 
driven  down  the  face  of 
the  cutting  i.oom.  deep, 
diam.  0.08  m. ;  probably 
for  a  post. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8921. 

vii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

ix,  two  rough 

plain, 
xiv,  two  rough 

black  (all  in 

Ixvi,  plain  (in 
the  loose  fill- 
ing). 

xvii,  plain. 

v,  ptd.  fragment. 

Also,  in 

dromos. 
v,  ptd.,  8194,  PI. 

plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

The  door  was  unbroken 
and  against  it,  right  at 
the  bottom  of  the  dro- 
mos, were  the  two  water- 
jars  and  the  small  ves- 
sels. 

7802-3. 

v,  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  frag- 

mpntc  nf  twn 

The  body  was  wrapped  in 
a  thick  yellow  linen  cloth 
2.00  by  1.90  m.,  with  a 
simple  angle  woven  in 
blue  at  the  corners,  set 
back  0.26  m.  from  either 
side. 

Part  of  leather  shoe. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

Hi,  ptd.,  8906. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8621, 
PI.  82 ;  8626, 
PI.  83,  and  one 
plain. 



7003-5  (neck- 
laces on  sec- 
ond body). 

ii,  plain, 
v,  plain. 

Stone  mace-head  (?), 
7682.  This  lay  ring-wise, 
opposite  the  breast.  The 
E.  end  of  the  grave  was 
obviously  undisturbed. 

196 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  489 

G  490 

G  491 

G  492 

G  493 

G  494 

G  495 

G  496 

G  497 

G  498 

G  499 

G  500 

G  501 


G  503 


G  504 


G  505 


C  1.  Double  grave  with  central  ledge  and 
chamber  on  each  side,  roofed  over 
with  bricks,  one  with  stone  slabs. 
Opened  from  shaft. 


C  1.  Double  grave  with  central  ledge  all 
broken  up  and  contents  mixed. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 
B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 
B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


C  1.  Lying  N.  and  S.  with  ledge  on  E. 
side. 


C  1.  Cut  out  of  side  of  large  pit  dug  for 
brickmaking  (?).  Opened  from 
in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
B  6.  Opened  tb rough  doorway. 


G  502     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


Bodies. 


In  N.  part,  c?  W. ; 
only  part  of  body 
left.  In  S.  part 
00+,  only  a  few 
mixed  bones. 

$+,  bits  in  confu- 
sion. 


c?,  E.,  part  of  body 
only. 

+,  skull  only. 


o",  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
part  of  body  only. 

<$<$+,  mixed  frag- 
ments. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


$,  a  few  bones  only. 


+. 

5,  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
left  arm  missing. 


o*9+. 


B  6.  The  E.  end  of  the  dromos  was  brick- 
lined.    Opened  from  above. 


B  6. 


B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 


o+.  skulls  onlv. 


c?99o  +  ,  all  in  con- 
fusion. 


9  +  +.  confused  re- 
mains. 


Bronze  tweezers. 


Iron  arrow-head, 
7290,  PI.  35. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  10MLS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  197 


Heads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


v,  plain. 


POTTBlir. 


Forms  xlvii-I. 


v,  ptd.  fragment, 
and  one  plain. 

v,  ringed,  and 
one  plain. 


xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 


Other  Forms. 


ix,  two  rough 
(in  dromos). 


v,  plain. 


v,  ptd.  frag- 
ment, and 
three  plain. 


xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


viii,  plain  variant 
with  doubly- 
ridged  neck. 

liii,  ribbed  vari- 
ant plain. 

xxxiv,  rough 
plain. 


ix,   rough  small 
(in  dromos). 


xxxii,  ptd. 


ix,  rough  small, 
xxxvii,  rough 
small. 


Grape  cluster 
bottle ;  Cai- 
ro, 40092. 
PI.  39- 


One  of  the  cover  stones 
over  the  S.  chamber  had 
two  lines  of  roughly-cut 
inscription. 


The  body  ?  had  been 
wrapped  in  stuff  of  the 
same  pattern  as  that  in 
G  480. 


Bodies  wrapped  in  plain 
linen  and  in  "polymita." 

A  post  had  been  driven 
right  through  the  top  of 
the  grave  and  had  left 
its  mark  down  the  N. 
side  of  the  chamber  wall, 
about  the  middle. 


Bodies  wrapped  in  stuff, 
one  with  open  string- 
work  border  and  fringe. 
PI.  108,  Fig.  5. 


In  the  grave  a  rude  Ba- 
bird  in  stone,  lacking 
head. 


ix,  rough  small 
(in  dromos). 


i98  KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

Type,  etc. 

Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

G  506 

C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side.     Opened  from 
above. 

0,  a  few  bones  only. 

G  507 
G  508 

G  509 
G  510 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 
B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

2,  a  few  bones  only. 

Wood  kohlpot,  7614. 

$,  lower  part  only, 
with     traces  of 
foetus. 

G  511 
G  512 

G  513 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 
B  6-  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

?,  a  few  bones  only. 

c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  0  broken 
and  parts 
missing;  +. 

(Child's)  iron 
ankle-rings,  7309, 
731 1,  PI.  35. 

G  514 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

??o  +  fragments,  in 
confusion. 

Fragments   of  two 
wood  kohlsticks. 

G  515 

B  6.  Opened  through  doorway. 

22,    a    few  bones 
only. 

G  516 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

222,    confused  re- 
mains. 

G  517 
G  518 

G  519 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

d,  a  few  bones  only. 

d<3222,  remains  all 
in  confusion. 

G  520 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

<32+ ,   mixed  frag- 
ments. 

Bronze  bowl,  7128, 
PI.  32. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


199 


Beads. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


A  few  loose 
beads. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


ii,  plain. 

v,  three  plain. 


v,  ptd.  fragment. 


v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


v,  plain. 


A  few  loose 
blue  beads. 


v,  stamped  orna- 
ment ;  frag- 
ments of  plain 
one. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 


xlviii,  ptd. 


xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 


xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 


xlviii,  plain. 


xlviii,  ringed. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8654, 
PI.  86,  and 
fragments. 


Other  Forms. 


Glass. 


ix,  rough  small 
(in  dromos). 


ix,  rough  small 
(in  dromos). 


ix,  rough  small 


ix,  three  rough 

small, 
xlv,  three  rough 

small. 

xlv,  rough  small 
(in  dromos). 

xxxii.  ringed, 
Cairo,  40088/4. 

xlvi,   ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

lxvii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


xxxii,  ptd..  8727, 

PL  93. 

xxxvii,  rough 
plain. 


xxxii,  plain  red. 


ix,  rough  small 
(in  dromos). 


Fragments  of 
bottle  with 
reeded 
handle. 


Varia. 


Bottle,  7344, 
PI.  37- 


Body  wrapped  in  plain 
linen  with  border  of 
green  ball  tassels. 


A  stone  apparently  used  for 
grinding. 

Leather  shoe.  The  body  c? 
occupied  the  centre  of 
the  chamber ;  that  o  had 
been  bundled  up  in  a 
slight  recess  on  the  S. 
side.  The  child  lay  on 
the  top,  crouched  up  on 
its  1.  side,  the  head  bent 
right  back,  arms  flexed 
at  elbow,  hands  stretched 
out  in  front. 


Head  of  Ba-bird,  stone,  in 
dromos. 


All  the  objects  were  found 
at  the  bottom  of  the 
dromos,  against  the  un- 
broken door.  The  mouth 
of  the  small  pot  F  xxxii 
was  stuffed  with  cotton. 


200 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

Type,  etc. 

Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

G 

521 

B 

3- 

Brick  superstructure  2.70  by  2.60  m. 
with  brick  approach  0.80  m.  long. 
Opened  from  in  front. 

6,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
also   ???  broken 
up,  but  one  had 
beencrouched  with 
the    legs  drawn 
back    under  the 
body. 

Rings,    81 15,  8120, 

8126,  PI.  33. 
Bronze  kohlstick, 

7397.  PI-  36. 

Wood    and  ivory 
casket  (Cairo,  no 
number),  PL  22. 

Wood  kohlbox, 
7602,  PI.  23,  and 

remain's  of  a 

I  v  1 11  n  1 1  1  0      \J  L  CL 

wooden  "egg- 
cup"  box,  7713. 

G 

522 

B 

1. 

Traces  of  ruined  brick  superstruc- 
ture with  rectangular  "apse." 
Opened  from  behind. 

0*0"?  +  ,  mixed  bones. 

Ring,  8133. 

G 

523 

B 

C 

Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  form.  Opened  from  in 
front. 

0,  a  few  bones  only. 

Remains   of  wood 
and    ivory  kohl- 
box, 7485  (in 
dromos). 

G 

524 

B 

6. 

Opened  from  behind. 

$0+,  a  few  mixed 

bones. 

G 

525 

A 

1. 

Brick  superstructure  2.70  by  3.05  m. 
with  brick  approach  1.00  mi  long. 
0.70  m.  in  front  of  which  a  brick 
altar  0.33  m.  square.  Along  ;the 
front  ran  a  bench  or  footing  0.25 
m.  wide.  This  was  continued 
across  the  contiguous  tomb  GS533 
with  a  return  E.,  and  seemed  to 
form  a  court  in  front  of  the  super- 
structure. Chamber  {2.00  by  0.80 
m.  with  walls  four  courses 
high  and  vault  of  three  and  one- 
half  bricks,  giving  total  height  of 
0.70  itl  Resting  on  the  vault  was  a 
diagonal  wail  four  courses  high, 
apparently   purposeless.  Opened 

1 1  UII1    a  U\J\  C    dull                    UCl 1 11 1  LI. 

0",  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

G 

526 

B 

1. 

Brick  superstructure  much  dam- 
aged 2.40  by  2.70  m.  with  apse 
I.20  m.  across;  approach  missing. 
Opened  from  above. 

c?o,    a    few  bones 

Ivory  ring,  7683. 

only. 

G 

527 

r> 

/1 
0. 

Opened  from  in  front. 

?,  two  or  three 
bones  only. 

Rings,  8051,  8099, 
PI.  33- 

Wood  kohlbox, 

Cairo,  40093. 
Lid  of  cylindrical 

box  of  dyed  wood. 

G 

528 

B 

1. 

Brick  superstructure  3. 10  by  3.30  m. 
with  apse  1.40  m.  across",  approach 
missing.    A  robbers'  hole  through 
the  apse  had  missed  the  tomb, 
which  was  then  opened  from  the 
front. 

?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

Wood  kohlbox 
(fragment). 

Cylindrical  wood 
box. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


20I 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Vaiia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

Loose  blue  beads. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments (in 
dromos). 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8708, 
PL  91,  also,  in 
dromos,  frag- 
ments  of  one 
ptd.  and  of  two 
plain. 

xxxii,  plain 

small, 
xlv,  with  painted 

rim. 

Fragments  of  basketwork. 
1  liese,  together  with  the 
two  kohlboxes  and  stick, 
the  two  tumblers  and  the 
saucer,  belonged  to  the 
lowest  (c?)  burial. 

Studs,  7988-9. 

i,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8178,  PI. 
55  (both  111 
dromos). 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8674, 
PI.   88;  8694, 
PI.  89.  Cairo, 
40084/20. 

xii,  plain  (with 
graffito.  PI. 
107,  No.  15). 

xxx,  plain  (both 
in  dromos). 

The   place   fqr  the  body 
had  been  cut  down  to  a 
lower  level.   A  recess  on 
the  S.  side  and  the  E. 
end  of  the  chamber  were 
consequently     0.30  m. 
higher. 

7Q25- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8919 
(in  dromos). 

xxxii,  ringed  (in 
dromos). 

Seeds    similar    to  those 

found  here  are  still  used  • 
by    the    modern  Arabs 
and     called     by  them 
Nubuq. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8926; 

8943.  PI-  95- 
Cairo  40084/14 
(all  in 
dromos). 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xvii,    ptd.  frag- 
ments, ringed. 

xxiii,  plain 
white. 

xxviii,  ptd., 
8551.    PI-  96; 
8890,  PI.  96 ; 
8989,  PI.  96. 

One  blue  bead. 

v,  ringed,  8528 
(in  filling  of 
superstruc- 
ture) and 
painted  frag- 
ments. 

xii,  plain, 
xxx,  ptd.,  8174, 
PI.  42. 

Fragments  of 
jar. 

Inlaid  leather,  7471. 

Mixed  beads, 
7868,    PI.   40 ; 
7869-7874. 

v,  ptd.  (in  dro- 
mos). 

xlviii,  plain. 

xxx,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

xxxvii,  ringed 
(in  dromos). 

xlvii,  rough 
plain. 

Fragments. 

A  few  blue 

i,  ptd.,  8154,  PI- 
53- 

iv,  ptd.,  8186,  PI. 
43- 

v,  ringed. 

xvii,  ringed, 
xxxii,  plain  red. 
xxxiv,  ptd. 
Also  (in 

dromos). 
x,  plain  red. 
Ixvi.  ptd. 

beads. 

202 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  529  j  D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  521,  but  with  narrow  opening 
so  as  to  resemble  rather  a  shaft- 
tomb.     Opened  from  dromos. 


G  530 


G  531 

G  532 

G  533 

G  534 

G  535 


G  536 


G  537 


G  538 


D.     Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  521.    Undisturbed  burial. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  m.  square- 
Opened  from  above. 


A  3.  Chamber  3.05  by  c.  0.90  m.  with  walls 
two  courses  high  with  vault  of 
five  bricks,  giving  total  height  of 
0.70  m. ;  the  E.  end  only  vaulted, 
the  W.  being  a  mere  shaft. 
Opened  from  both  ends. 

A  1.  Traces  of  brick  superstructure,  v, 
G  525.    Opened  from  behind. 


Bodies. 


6",  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


$,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


6",  scattered  bones. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


D. 


A  ( 


c?,  E.,  part  of  body 
only. 

Recessed  in  N.  side  of  cutting  made    $,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
for  G  532.    Opened  from  in  front       h.  on  p. 


').  A  few  loose  bricks  on  the  sur- 
face may  point  to  a  superstruc- 
ture now  wholly  destroyed. 
Chamber  2.80  by  0.90  m.  with  walls 
two  courses  high  resting  on  ledges 
cut  in  the  soil,  and  vault  of  three 
whole  and  two  half  bricks,  giv- 
ing total  height  of  090.  No  W. 
wall  by  chamber.  Opened  from 
W.  end. 


C  2  Trench  cut  in  floor  of  dromos  of 
G  543  against  the  brick  doorway 
and  right  under  the  superstruc- 
ture. Roofed  with  stone  slabs. 
Opened  from  above. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 


B  I.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  by  3.50  m. 
with  o.^om.  E.  of  the  centre  of  its 
front  face  a  brick  altar  0.33  m. 
square.  Traces  of  apse  (?).  The 
chamber  was  vaulted  at  its  E.  end 
for  a  distance  of  0.70  m.  Opened 
from  behind. 


c?,  scattered  bones. 


c?,  a  few  scattered 
bones  only. 


d<$6,  remains  in 
confusion. 


o+,  two  bones  only. 


Rings,  8074,  8128, 

PI.  33- 
Bronze  pot,  7139,  PI. 

32. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  203 


Beads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


V,  ptd.,  8275,  PI- 
49,  and 
another,  re- 
sembling 8262. 


Pottery. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


v,  ringed. 


i,  three  plain. 


i,  three  plain. 


v,  ptd  fragments. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8648, 
PL  85;  8695, 
PL  89. 

Cairo,  40084/24 
(pair  to  8648), 
and  one  plain 
white. 


xlviii,  ptd., 
PI.  89. 


xlviii,  two  plain 
white. 


xlvii,  ptd.,  8479, 

PL  78. 
xlviii,  ptd.,  8448, 

PL   50;  8697: 

also  two 

ringed  and 

one  plain. 


Other  Forms. 


xvii,  ptd.,  8226, 
PL  63. 

xxvi,   ptd.  (du- 
plicate of 
8203). 


xxvi,  ptd.,  8206, 
PL  60. 


xii,  plain  (with 

graffito), 
xviii,  plain. 

xxvii,  ptd.,  8193, 

PL  43- 

xxviii,  ptd., 

8959. 
liii,  ptd.,  8422. 

and  three 

plain,  8413, 

8656. 
lvi.  ptd.,  8221, 

PL  45- 
lxvi.  rinsed, 

8296,  PL  73- 


xxviii,  ptd., 
frasrments. 

xxxii.  large 
plain  (frag- 
ments). 


Glass. 


Varia. 


By  the  r.  hand  a  square  of 
leather,  perhaps  a  purse. 
The  two  amphorae  and 
the  water  jar,  8275,  had 
tumblers  inverted  on 
their  mouths. 


Lamp,  8149.  The  body  was 
wrapped  in  linen  and  laid 
on  a  mat  of  gausapa.  PL 
108.  fiar.  1. 


Fragment 
leather. 


of  stamped 


204 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened   from  in   front  and  from 
behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  3.30  m.  square; 
much  ruined;  no  trace  of  ap- 
proach.   Opened  from  above. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  3.20  by  6.00  m. 
Opened  from  above. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  3.50  by  3.40  m. 
Opened  from  behind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.60  i>y  3.20  m. 
with  brick  approach  0.70  m.  long, 
Opened  from  behind  and  from  the 
side. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

A  4.  E.  end  vaulted  and  closed  in  by 
large  stone  slab,  W.  end  a  mere 
shaft  in  the  soil.  Opened  from 
above. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


c?2?o,  remains  in 
confusion. 

2+,  a  few  bones 
only. 

$$?o+,  very  scanty 
mixed  remains. 


<$,  scattered  bones. 


o*,  E.  ext.,  on  back. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  kohlpot,  7601. 


?,  scattered  bones. 


o",  scattered  bones. 


+,  scattered  bones. 
9o,  mixed  remains. 


Ring,  8125,  PI.  33. 


Wood  kohlstick, 
7403- 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


205 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

xlv,  rough  plain. 



A  few  carnelian 
beads. 

v,  ptd.  fragments. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments, and 
one  ringed. 

xii,  plain  (frag- 
ments). 

v,  ptd.,  8.162,  PL 
54,  and  frag- 
ments of 
ringed. 

xii,  two  plain 
with  graffiti, 
PI.  107,  figs. 
10,  16,  29. 

xvii,  ringed. 

xxviii  ptd. 
Cairo,  40708, 
PI.  80. 

iv,  ptd.,  Cairo, 
40220. 

v,  ringed  (both 
in  filling  of 
superstruc- 
ture). 

v,  ptd.,  8310,  PI. 
43- 

x,  black  ware, 
8824,  PI.  101. 

xvii,  ptd.,  8252. 

xvii,  ringed. 

xxiii,  plain 
white. 

Hi,  ptd.,  8700, 
PI.  90. 

Ixvi,  ptd.  (in 
filling  of 
superstruc- 
ture). 

Blue  fly  ear- 
stud,  8004. 

v,  black  ware, 
8564,  PI-  101. 

• 

xlviii,  ptd-,  8642, 
PI.  85,  and 
fragments. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8640, 
PI.  84. 

ix,  rough  plain. 

xvii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

xxxii,  large 
black,  8771, 
PI.  101. 

lni,  plain,  904° 

liii,  high  slip 
ware  (frag- 
ment). 

v,  ptd.,  8196,  PI. 
=58;  8204,  P1-. 
59;  8308,  PI. 
74- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8669, 
PI.  87,  and 
one  plain 
white. 

xii,  plain. 

xviii,  plain  red, 

Cairo, 

40088/2. 
lxviii,  ptd., 

Cairo,  40214, 

PI.  80,  and 

fragments. 

1,  ptd.,  8900. 

xxviii,  ptd. 

fragments, 
xxii,  rough 

small. 

Glass. 


Varia. 


One  body,  ?,  lay  at  a 
deeper  level  along  the 
centre  of  the  grave  and 
the  ring  and  beads  be- 
longed to  this.  The  re- 
mains had  been  earthed 
over,  the  tomb  widened 
on  each  side  and  re-used. 


In  the  dromos  just  outside 
the  door  a  mud  jar- 
stopper.  The  filter-jar 
and  two  amphorae  were 
found  in  a  recess  on  the 
N.  side  of  the  grave, 
where  a  second  robbers' 
hole  had  been  driven 
down  into  the  chamber 
but  afterwards  bricked 
up  roughly  at  the  bottom 
from  outside.  In  the 
hole  above  this  brick- 
work was  the  black 
pot  F  x. 


All  the  contents  were  found 
in  the  (second)  robbers' 
hole,  not  in  the  chamber 
proper. 


2  06 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  549 


G  550 


G  551 


G  552 


Type,  etc. 


D.  Recessed  in  the  N.  side  of  the 
dromos  of  G  548  but  below  that 
level.  See  p.  45.  Undisturbed 
grave. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  553 


B  r.  Brick  superstructure  2.85  by  2.75  m. 
with  brick  approach  1.00  m.  long 
and  apse  1.20  m.  across.  Opened 
from  above. 

A  2.  Brick  superstructure  4.25  m.  square 
with  brick  approach  1.45  m.  long, 
having  reveals  and  second  exterior 
returns.  Chamber  2.35  by  1.20  m. 
with  walls  two  courses  high  and 
vault  of  six  bricks,  giving  total 
height  of  0.85  m.  Opened  from 
above  and  from  back  and  side. 

A  1.  Brick  superstructure  4.20  m.  square 
with  brick  approach  2.00  m.  long. 
Chamber  2.75  by  1.00  m.  with  sides 
cut  in  the  soil  and  vault  of  four 
and  one-half  bricks,  giving  total 
height  of  0.80  m.  Opened  from 
behind. 


G  554     B  6.  Opened  from  G  558. 
G  555  I  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  556  j  B  6.  Having  one  dromos  with  G  548  but 
lying  beneath  it.  Opened  from 
above. 

G  557  i  B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  558  1  B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  559 
G  560 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 

D.     Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  559.    Undisturbed  burial. 


Bodies. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


d",  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  also  +  + 
in  confusion. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
part  of  body  only. 


o,  one  bone  only. 


0*0+,  confused  re- 
mains. 


$,  a  few  bones  only. 


0"$?+,  mixed 
remains. 


$,  a  few  bones  only. 


$,  a  few  bones  only. 

+  ,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  bv  sides. 


Metal. 


Rings,  8095,  8106, 
PI-  33- 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  kohlpot,  7625 
A-B. 


Polished  wood  staff. 


Cylindrical  wood 

box,  761 1. 
Wood  egg-cup  box, 

7661. 


Part  of  arrow  shaft. 


Polished  wood  stick. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND 


THEIR  CONTENTS  207 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  ptd.,  9037 
(fragments). 

v,  ptd.,  8237,  PI. 
65  and  two 
plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8447, 
PI.  50. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8471, 
PI.   51;  8662, 
PI.  87,  and 
one  plain. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8333, 

PI.  77. 
lix,  black,  8967, 
PI.  101. 

xii,  plain  with 
stamped  mud 
seal. 

xvii,  ringed. 

xviii,  plain  red. 
xxii,  plain. 

liii,  high  slip 
ware  (frag- 
ment). 

Thumb-bowl, 
7354,  PI-  39- 

ix,  rough  small 

xii,  two  plain 
with  graffiti, 
PI.  107,  figs. 
20,  21. 

xxxviii,  ringed. 

i,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8940, 
PI-  95- 

v,  ptd.,  8187,  PL 
57- 

xlviii,  plain. 

xii,  plain. 

xxiii,  plain  red. 

xxviii,  frag- 
ments of  two 
ptd. 

Ixvi,  plain. 

i,  ptd.,  Cairo, 

40202. 
v,  two  plain, 

8512. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8646, 
PI.  85. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8331, 
PI.  77- 

Child's  blue  bead 

v,  plain, 
v,  plain. 

anklets. 
Two  green  ear- 
studs,  7964  A, 
B. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8644, 
PI.  85. 

iv,  ptd.,  8572. 

xix,  plain,  8612. 
liii,  plain. 

Varia. 


In  the  filling  of  the  super- 
structure a  pair  of  san- 
dals. The  pottery  table 
of  offerings  had  the  ashes 
still  resting  upon  it. 


Incised  gourd,  8146,  PI.  109. 


In  the  S.  side  of  the 
dromos  driven  down  the 
face  was  a  hole  0.30  m. 
diameter  with  remains  of 
a  wooden  post  at  the  bot- 
tom. 


208 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  561 


G  562 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


C  I.  Double  trench  grave  with  central 
ledge.  Opened  from  above  and 
contents  confused. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


?oo,  scattered  bones. 


+,  a  few  bones  only. 


Iron  kohlstick,  7395, 


PI.  36. 


G  563  j  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  564  '  B  4.  Brick    superstructure    2.55  square. 
Opened  from  behind. 

G  565     C  1.  Triple  trench  grave  having  central    6,  E.  ext.  on  back,    Iron  key-ring,  8134- 
trough    and    two    side    niches.       and  $++  dis- 
Opened  from  above  and  all  con-       turbed  remains, 
tents  confused. 


G  566     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  567     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


0*+,  a  few  bones 
only. 


$+,  a  few  bones 
only. 


G  568 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of        a  few  bones  only, 
uncertain    type.      Opened  from 
above. 


G  569     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  570  ,  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from 
above. 

G  571     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  572 

G  573 

G  574 

G  575 

G  576 

G  577 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Running  E.  from  the  E.  end  of 
dromos  of  G  574.  Undisturbed 
burial. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Undisturbed  burial. 


o,  one  bone. 

$,  scattered  bones. 


??+,  in  confusion ; 
one  9  had  the 
legs  doubled  up 
behind  body. 

cT?$,  scattered 
remains. 


?,  part  of  body  only- 
c?$,  scattered  bones. 


+,  W.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


c?c?$?++,  mixed 
bones. 


+,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


Rings,  8069,  8070, 
PI.  33- 


Rings,  8080,  8093, 

PI.  33- 
Iron  anklet,  7312. 


Ring,  8065,  PI.  33- 
Bronze  bowl,  7127, 
PI.  32. 


Wood  and  Ivorj. 


Cylindrical  wood 


box,  7687. 


Wood  kohlstick. 


Wood  kohlsticks, 
7391,  7406,  PI.  36. 


TABULAR  ANALYSTS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


209 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

Blue  glass  ear- 
stud,  Cairo 
(no  number). 

v,  plain. 

xlv,  plain 
xlvi,   ptd.  frag- 
ment. 

Four  necklaces, 
7792,  7800, 
7960,  7961  A, 
and  rt.  wristlet 
of  gilt  glass 
beads,  7961  B. 

A  few  blue  and 
white  beads. 

v,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8183,  PI. 
41  and  four 
ringed  8^17 
8542. 

xxi,  rough 
small. 

xxxii,  plain. 

One  child  had  been  pushed 
up  into  a  corner  and 
doubled  up ;  all  the  beads 
belonged  to  it. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8628, 
PI.  83;  Cairo, 
40084/23.  and 
one  plain. 

xlviii,  stamped 
ware  frag- 
ment. 

xxxv,  plain  red, 
8583,  and 
fragments  of  a 
second. 

v,  ringed,  8516. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8934, 
PI.  94. 

xlviii,  black 
hand-made 
incised,  8409, 

PI.  IOI. 

xviii,  plain  red. 

xvii,  ringed, 
xxxii  small 

rough, 
xxxv,  plain  red. 
xlv,  plain  rough. 

xxxiii,  ringed. 

xlii,  plain  red, 
8606,  another 
plain  red,  8601 

A  few  blue  and 
yellow  beads. 

7907. 

xii,  plain  frag- 
ment, 
liii,  plain. 

xxiii,  ringed. 

Hi,     ptd.  frag- 
ment. 

xlix.  plain,  8605. 

Hi,  variant,  high- 
sided  with  in- 
cised orna- 
ment, red. 

lxv.  plain,  8888. 

v,  plain. 

]  -I 


2  IO 


KARA NOG 


Tomb  "No. 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


G  578     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


6,  scattered  bones. 


G  5/9     B  3.  Brick    superstructure    2.90    square    6,  scattered  bones, 
with   brick   approach    1.10  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 


Metal. 


Iron  chatelaine, 
7307,  PI.  3b. 


Wood  and  Ivory 


G  580  j  B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
G  581      B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  582 
G  583 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  584     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  585 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  586     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  587  j  B  6.  Stone  doorway.     Opened  from  in 
front. 


G  588     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
G  589     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  590  D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  586.  Infant's  grave.  Opened 
from  dromos. 


G  59i 


G  592 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


G  593  B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  4.90  m.  square 
with  projecting  walls  at  S.E. 
corner  and  on  N.  face,  as  if  for 
court.    Onened  from  behind. 


6,  scattered  bones. 

+  ,  a  few  bones 
only. 

62,  mixed  bones. 


$  +  .  parts  of  bodies 
only. 


+,  disturbed. 

66+,  all  in 
confusion. 


62  +  ,  very  scanty 
mixed  remains. 


6622,  remains  all  in 
confusion. 


o-f-,  scanty  remains. 
$0,  scanty  remains. 


+  ,  a  few  bones 
only. 


+  ,  few  bones  only. 


Iron  tools,  7301, 
7303.  7304.  PI-  36- 


Ring,  8067,  PI.  33. 


Remains  of  wood 
casket. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THETR  CONTENTS  211 


Beads. 

roTTEUY. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

One  yellow'bead. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8679, 
PL  88. 

ii,  ptd.,  8180,  PI. 

v,5ptd.,  8262,  PI. 
44- 



ii,  ptd.,  8300  PI. 
49- 

v    nt-H     8?n?  PI 
46. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8941, 
PI.  95,  and 

s\  ?1 0   r\  1 0  1  ti 

v,  plain. 

Two  millefiori 
beads. 

Blue  ear-stud, 
Cairo  (no 
number). 

V  j   p  1  d.  1 H . 
\'    T\t       f  rn  O"  _ 

v  ■     1  H  '  1  .     1 1  dp, 

ments. 

Ring  of  small 
beads,  7915. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

xlviii,  plain 
fragments. 

Other  Forms. 


xviii,  plain  red, 
8556.  . 

xix,  plain,  8597. 
xix,  ringed, 
xlix,  plain  red. 
Hi,  plain  red. 
liii,  high  slip 

ware,  8704,  PI. 
90. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


xvii,  ptd.,  and 
fragments  of 
second. 

xvii,   ptd.,  8253, 

and  one  ■ 

ringed." 
xxxii,  rough 

small. 

xxxv,  plain  red. 


xxxi'x,  plain  red, 

8580. 
lii,  ptd. 

xlv,  plain  red. 


xvii,  ringed, 
xlv,  plain, 
xlvi,  ptd. 


lii,  ptd.,  8699,  PI. 
90. 


Ixii,  red 

burnished. 
8875,  PI.  94- 

xliii,  rude  plain. 


Inscribed  tab- 
let. 


The  second  (broken)  am- 
phora contained  remains 
of  foodstuffs. 


Remains  of  leather  sandals. 


Horn  kohlbox  (remains 
of).  Contents  mixed 
with  those  of  G  595  and 
596,  q.  v. 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 

G  594 
G  595 

G  596 

G  597 

G  598 
G  599 

G  600 

G  601 

G  602 

G  603 

G  604 


G  605 


G  606 


G  607 


G  608 


G  609 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  All  broken  up. 

D.     Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of  G 
589.    Opened  from  dromos. 

D.     Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  589.    Opened  from  dromos. 

B  6.  Opened  from  the  side  and  from  be- 
hind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.55  and  2.95  m 
with  brick  approach  0.95  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined ; 

only  traces  of  apse  left.  Opened 
from  above. 

B  r.  Brick  superstructure  wholly  ruined; 

only  traces  of  apse  left.  Opened 
from  behind. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.30  by  2.45  m. 
with  brick  approach  0.95  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above. 

B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
c.  250  m.  square.  Opened  from 
above. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  225  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.85  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  I.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2M5  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.40  m.  long 
and  traces  of  apse.  Opened  from 
behind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


Bodies. 


o,  a  few  bones  only. 


$,  a  few  bones  only. 


?$$?+,  remains  all 
mixed  up. 

d"o*???,  remains  all 
mixed  up. 


c??o,  a  few  bones 
only. 


o*,  scattered  bones. 


?$$oo-f-,  scattered 
bones. 


c??+,  mixed 
remains. 

?+,  E.  disturbed. 


o".  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


oV$9,  a  few  bones 
only. 

o*,  scattered  bones. 


oV,  mixed  bones. 


oV??+,  a  few 
bones. 


Metal. 


Bronze  wire  anklet 
(?),  7382,  PI.  35- 


Lead  bowl,  7136,  PI. 
32. 


Iron  arrowhead, 
7208,  PI.  35. 


Iron  arrowheads, 
7292-3,  PI.  35. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  kohlstick. 
Cylindrical  wood 
box,  7615  A-B. 


Wood  box  lid,  7606. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


213 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Other  Forms. 

xxxv,  ringed. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

xxxii,  rough 

small, 
xliii,  two  plain, 
xlv,  two  plain. 

xx,  ringed,  8553. 
xlv,  plain. 

xxi,  rough  red. 
xliv,  two  plain 

red. 
lv,  red,  hand- 
made, 8776, 
PI.  101. 

xxxii,  plain. 
Hi,  ptd.,  frag- 
ments. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xlviii,  ringed, 
8726,  PI.  93- 

Mixed  beads, 
7908-791 1. 

i,  plain. 

i,  plain.  _ 
v,  one  ringed 
and  one  plain. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

Red  ear-stud. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

xlviii,  plain, 
8690. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  9046. 

i,  plain,  and 
another  in 
dromos. 

v,  ptd.,  8247,  PI. 
67 ;  one  plain, 
and  in  dromos 
three  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8449, 
PI.   81 ;  8721, 
PI.   92.  8722, 
PI.   92.  8723, 
PI.  92. 

xvii,  ptd.,  8558. 
xxxvii,  rough 
small. 

The  pots  in  the  dromos 
were  undisturbed,  lying 
as  they  had  been  placed 
at  the  time  of  the  inter- 
ment, against  the  intact 
doorway  of  the  chamber. 

v,  fragments  of 
two  ptd. 

xvii,  fragment. 

xlvi,  ptd.,  8458 
(outside  the 
tomb). 

ix,  eight  rough 
small. 

x,  rough  small, 
xlv,  six  rough 

small. 

One  quartz 
bead. 

All  the  pottery  was  in  the 
dromos,  in  the  upper  fill- 
ing. 

Blue  ear-stud, 

KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


G  610     B  6.  Opened  from  above 


B.  I.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.05  m.  long 
and  apse  1.00  m.  across.  Opened 
from  behind. 

B  1.  Brick  superstructure  3.80  by  3.60  m. 
with  brick  approach  1.35  m.  long, 
0.60  m.  from  which  was  a  brick 
altar  0.35  by  0.55  m.  Superstruc- 
ture still  six  courses  high ;  had  had 
rounded  top.    Opened  from  behind. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  0.40  m.  long 
and  traces  of  apse  c.  0.70  m. 
across.    Opened  from  above. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


3.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
c.  3.30  by  2.60  m.,  with  brick  ap- 
proach c.  1.00  m.  long.  Opened 
from  behind. 


G  616  B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
G  617 


o*,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


I! 


o*,  E.,  disturbed. 


?+,  scattered  bones. 


a  few  bones 
only. 


$0+,  parts  of 
bodies  only. 


(?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of   ??,  scattered 
uncertain    type.      Opened    from  1  remains, 
above. 


!  t .  Traces  of  ruined  brick  superstruc- 
ture and  apse.  Opened  from 
above. 

>  4.  Brick  superstructure  2. 00  by  2.50  m„ 
with  at  0.30  m.  from  its  E.  face  a 
brick  altar  0.30  m.  square.  Opened 
from  above. 

G  620     B  4.  Br;"k  superstructure  3.10  by  3.00  m. 
Opened  from  behind. 

G  621   I  B  4.  Bri'-k  superstructure  3.50  by  3.60  m. 

The  brickwork  of  the  E.  face  was 
carried  straight  down  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  dromos  and, formed  the 
doorwav  of  the  chamber.  Opened 
from  above,  side,  and  front. 

G  622     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 
G  623     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


$$.  scattered  bones. 


c?,  E.  disturbed. 


c?.  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

o",  scattered  bones. 


scattered  bones. 


Iron  tool-head,  7682. 

Two  bands  of  cop- 
per binding,  7688, 
7692. 


Ring,  8085,  PI.  33- 


Ring,  8107,  PI.  33- 


Iron  kohlstick,  7393. 
PI.  36. 


Part  of  polished 
wood  stick  like 
pen-stick. 


Wood  kohlbox  (de- 
cayed). 


Wood  spindie- 
whorl,  7670. 


Wood  kohlbox  (de- 
cayed), cylindrical 
wood  box. 


Wood  kohlbox  (dc 
cayed). 


?,  a  few  bones  only.  !  Iron  kohlstick,  7384,    Wood  kohlbox, 
PI.  36.  fragment. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


215 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

Two  glass  beads. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  9042, 
PI.  98. 

i,  thirteen  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8719, 
PI.  92. 



Fragment  of 
unguenta- 
rium. 

The  big  jars  were  all 
stacked  along  the  S.  side 
of  the  chamber. 

All  the  pottery  was  in  the 
filling  of  the  superstruc- 
ture. 

ix,  rough  small, 
xxxviii,  plain 

red,  8574. 
xlv,    six  rough 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8313, 
PI.  48. 

ix,  rough  small, 
xlvi,   ptd.,  8952, 

PI.  87. 
li,  plain  red, 

8863. 

xlv,  rough. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

Loose  beads 
(with  one  sil- 
vered glass 
figure  bead), 
Cairo,  40103. 

7912. 

Stud,  7990. 
7941. 

i.  ptd.,  8529, 
Cairo,  40204, 
and  one  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8244,  PI. 
66  and  two 
plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8613, 
PI.  82. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments ;  ringed, 
8631,  PI.  84, 
and  one  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments, and 
one  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8632, 
tr i,  04  .  Lairo, 
40084/7 ;  Cairo, 
j 0084/30; 
Cairo, 
40084/31. 

xlviii,  ptd.  (in 
dromos). 

Fragments. 

A  few  mixed 
beads. 

795o. 

Ear-stud,  8006. 

2l6 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  I.  Brick  superstructure  much  ruined, 
2.40  by  2.70  m.,  with  traces  of  apse ; 
approach  missing.  Opened  from 
above. 

B  1.  Traces  of  ruined  brick  superstruc- 
ture and  apse.  Opened  from 
above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


Bodies. 


0*0",  E.,  remains, 
disturbed. 


??,  confused 
remains. 


??+,  scattered 
bones. 


?o,  confused 
remains. 

0",  scattered  bones. 


?,  a  few  bones  only. 


Metal. 


Needle,  7412. 


Iron  arrowhead. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Fragments  of  four 
wood  kohlboxes, 
7710  A,  B. 


Wood  kohlstick, 
7405- 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure  2.50  by  2.45  m. 
with  brick  approach  1.00  m.  long 
and  traces  of  apse.  Opened  from 
behind. 

D.     Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of        E.  ext.,  on  back, 
G  619.    Undisturbed  burial.  h.  on  p. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.75  by  3.00  m. 
Instead  of  a  brick  approach  a  sin- 
gle squared  stone  0.75  by  0.40  m. 
was  laid  against  the  middle  of  the 
E.  face.    Opened  from  behind. 


B 


1.  Brick  superstructure  1.90  by  2.00  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.70  m.  long 
and  apse  0.80  m.  across.  Opened 
from  behind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


C  1.  Double  trench  grave  with  central 
ledge.    Opened  from  shaft. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side,  cover  of  stone 
slabs.    Opened  from  shaft. 


?,  a  few  bones  only. 


d1?,  mixed  bones. 


0*0.  mixed  remains. 

+,  two  or  three 
bones  only. 


Fragment  of  lid  of 
wood  and  ivory 
casket 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  217 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8454, 
PI.  50. 

xlv,  rough, 
Ringed  lid  of 
vase. 

xxvi,  ptd.,  8173, 

PI      A  A. 

v..  44 
xxviii,  ptd. 

fragments, 
xxxii,  ringed. 

Three  beads. 
Three  beads. 

i,  plain. 

■v    ntrl     R?fi?  PI 
V,  piu.,  O^JUJ,  xl. 

68;   8272,  PI. 
70;  8961;  and 
two  plain. 

xlviii,  8486,  PI. 

<Xll\JL  iwu 

plain. 

Fragments      of  leather. 
These    with    the  beads 
and  the  jar  i  were  in  the 
grave.    'The  remainling 
vases  were  at  the  bottom 
of    the    dromos,  undis- 
turbed, piled  up  against 
the      intact  doorway. 
See  p.  17. 

  The   arrowhead    was  im- 

bedded  for  half  its  length 
in  one  of  the  spinal  ver- 
tebrae, the  man  (a  young 
man)   having  been  shot 
from  behind  between  the 
shoulders. 

v,  ptd.,  8172,  PI. 
44 ;  8283 ;  8303, 
PI.  46. 

xlviiij  red  and 
white,  8692. 
ptd.,  Cairo, 
40084/33,  and 
two  plain. 

xxii,  plain. 

All  the  pottery  lay  on  the 
left  side  of  the  body  be- 
tween the  pelvis  and  the 
foot,  the  plain  tumbler 
inverted    over    the  jar 
8303. 

Four  beads. 

Carnelian  bead 
and  blue  paste 
lion  head, 
8016. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  frag- 
ment. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
Cairo, 

40084/56,  and 
one  plain. 

Fragments  of  pot  with  lid 
and    handle    of  coarse 
black-topped  fabric,  with 
band     of    white  paint 
above   on    which  black 
geometrical  pattern.  V. 
PI.  98. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8334, 
PI.  77- 

2l8 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type.  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


G  637     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front  and  broken    c?<???i  remains 

up,  so  as  to  become  confused  with  ,  found  in  dromos. 
G  652  and  653. 


G  638     B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2.10  m.,    66,  disturbed 
with  brick  approach  0.85  m.  long.  remains. 
Opened  from  above. 


G  639     B  6.  Opened  from  above 


G  640     C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side.    Opened  from  W. 
end. 


oV??,  mixed  bones. 


$+,  part  of  skull 
only. 


G  641     B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.60  m.  square,  i  $+,  scattered  bones, 
with  brick  approach  1.10  m.  long 
and  at  0.80  m.  from  it  a  brick  altar 
0.50  m.  square.    Opened  from  be- 
hind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  642 
G  643 

G  644  I  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front 


D.     Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  646.    Opened  from  W.  end. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  646  I  B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  by  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  Opened 
from  above. 

G  647     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


G  648     C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side,  brick  cover.  Un- 
disturbed grave. 


G  649     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


c?+,  a  few  bones 
only. 

9,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

o,  remains  disturbed. 


f,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
disturbed,  and 
another  6  in 
dromos. 


6,  scattered  bones. 


+,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


o,  three  bones  only. 


G  650     B  6.  Opened  from  above.    In  the  dromos    c????+.  confused 
was  found  the  stone  table  of  offer-  remains, 
ings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  650. 


RirK  (inscribed ) , 
8i2y. 


Ring,  8130. 


Wood  kohlpot, 
7624. 


Rings,  8017,  8046, 
PI.  33- 


Iron  kohlstick,  7306. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


219 


Beads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Blue  glass  ear- 
stud,  8003. 


MUlefiori  beads, 
7913,  PI.  40. 


79 1+ 

Stud,  7991. 


One  glass  bead. 


Beads,  round 
neck,  7916, 
7919.  7938; 
round  1.  elbow, 
7006,  PI.  40. 

Red  stud  in  rt. 
ear,  8002. 


Blue  ear-stud, 
8007  F. 


v,  ptd.,  8240,  PI. 
47- 


v,  ptd.,  8301,  PI. 
73- 


i,  plain. 


v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


v,  plain. 


Pottery. 


Forms  xlviii. 


xlviii,  ptd., 
Cairo, 

40084/21,  PI. 
80. 


Glass. 


Varia. 


Other  Forms. 


xlviii,  .fragments     xxxvii,  ringed, 
of  two  ptd.  8577. 


xlviii,  black 
ware. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ment. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8696. 
PI.  90,  and 
fragments, 
and  one  plain. 
Cairo, 
40088/3. 

xlviii,  ptd., 
40084/27. 


xlviii,  plain. 


xlv,  rough. 


lxix,  ptd. 


xxiii,  plain 

white, 
xxvii,  ptd.,  8191. 

PI-  57- 


ix,  rough  red. 
xxvii,  ringed, 
xxxii,  ptd.,  831 1, 

PI.  75- 
xxxv,  ringed, 
xxxvii,  rough 

red. 

xlv,  rough  red. 

xxxv,  plain  red 
(in  dromos). 


liii,  high  slip 
ware. 

xxix,  ptd. 
lii,  ptd.,  8702.  PI. 
90. 


Fragment  of  basket  work 
and  piece  of  incised 
gourd  8145,  PI.  109.  Also 
fragments  of  stuff  with 
tapestry  borders  (two 
different).  All  these  in 
the  dromos. 


Fragment  of  basketwork. 


Bottle,  7357. 
PI.  38. 


All  the  pottery  was  found 
in  the  dromos. 


White  and  green  leather 
sandals,  7463,  7719-20. 

Wickerwork  basket,  de- 
cayed, in  which  was  the 
glass  bottle. 


220 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


D.     Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  637.   Opened  from  dromos. 

D.     Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  637.    Opened  from  dromos. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
642.  Infants'  grave.  Opened  from 
dromos. 

B  (?).  Brick  superstructure  much 
ruined,  2.80  m.  square.  Opened 
from  in  front. 

B  6.  The  E.  end  of  the  chamber  was 
walled  and  vaulted.  Opened  from 
behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.25  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above.  In  front  of 
the  approach  and  a  little  to  the 
south  of  it,  probably  belonging  to 
the  tomb,  was  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  641. 


B  I.  Brick  superstructure  2.50m.  square, 
with  traces  of  apse  1.40  m.  across; 
approach  missing;  damaged. 
Opened  from  behind. 


Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

$?o,  confused 
remains  in  tomb 
and  dromos. 

Iron  kohlstick,  7725. 

Wood  kohlbox  in 
bag,  7725. 

?o,  scattered  bones. 

0*,  bones  in 
confusion. 

0*0*0*00,  scanty 
mixed  remains. 

?$oo,  confused 
remains. 

Ring,  8109,   PI.  33- 

Wood  kohlbox, 
7689. 

o*$.  E.,  parts  of 
bodies  only. 

?,  a  few  bones  in 
filling. 

Scissors,   7458,  PI. 
35- 

+,  scattered  bones. 

6*.  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
but  disturbed; 
also  one  bone  6*. 

c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
parts  of  body 
only. 

Ring,  8066,  PI.  33. 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  221 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

v,  ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8724, 
PI.  93  ;  9042 ; 
and  fragments 
of  a  third. 

Four  glass  pend- 
ants, 8026. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8641, 
PI.  84. 

xxxii,  plain  red, 
8589. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8931 
PI.  94;  Cairo, 
40084/^,  and 
one  plain,  and 
fragments  of 
one  of  black 
incised  ware, 
lotus  flowers 
and  buds. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8616, 
PI.  82. 

xxxii,  ptd. 
8312,  PL. 75- 

A  few  mixed 
beads. 

v,  ringed. 

xxxv,  ringed. 

xxwii  nlnin 

^V^V.VVll,      L,  Id  111 

rough, 
xii,  fragments. 

xxxii,  rough. 

A  few  mixed 
beads. 

xlviii,  plain.) 

xlviii,  ptd..  8630, 
PI  8%  ■  8o2-? 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8483, 

pi.  si. 

xlviii.  rinsed. 

One  leather  sandal,  7467- 

i,  three  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8248,  PI. 

67;    8256,  PI. 

68 ;    8279,  PI. 

97- 

i,  plain. 

v,  ptd..  8266,  PI. 
69;  8277. 

ix,  two  rough, 
small  (in  dro- 
mos). 

xxvii,  ringed. 

xxviii,  ptd.,  8213, 
PI.  61. 

xxix,  ptd.,  8190, 
PI.  57- 

8661,    PI.    87,  |  xlv,  rough  small. 

and  three 

plain. 

222 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  677 


G  667  ;  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

G  668  I  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
G  669     B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  2.85  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.95  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above. 


B  3.  Variant.  The  E.  end  vaulted  and 
walled  for  a  distance  of  0.85  m., 
after  which  a  shaft  driven  into 
the  soil.  Brick  superstructure 
2.50  m.  square,  with  brick  ap- 
proach 1.00  m.  long.  The  E.  face 
of  the  superstructure  rested  half 
its  width  directly  on  the  wail 
forming  the  doorway,  which  was 
0.70  m.  thick  and  carried  right  up 
the  face  of  the  cutting.  Opened 
from  above.  Immediately  in  front 
of  the  approach  and  probably  be- 
longing to  the  tomb  was  the  stone 
table  of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  672. 


G  673     3  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  674  !  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure,  rounded  above, 
2.00  by  1.80  m.  Opened  from  be- 
hind and  from  the  side.  Against 
the  E.  face  lay  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  676, 
which  probably  belonged  to  the 
tomb. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.60  by  2.50  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.50  m.  long, 
having  its  vaulted  roof  intact. 
Opened  from  behind. 


G  678  ,  D  .    Recessed  in  N.  side  of  the  dromos 
of  G  668.    Opened  from  dromos. 


Bodies. 


$000,  confused  re- 
mains. 


c?,  confused  bones, 
o*,  confused  bones. 

22,  scattered  bones. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back: 
parts  of  body 
only. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back. 


Metal. 


Wood  aud  Ivory. 


+  ,  confused 
bones. 


2,  disturbed  re- 
mains. 


2++,  E.,  piled  one 
on  the  other  in 
dromos,  skull  o. 

S,  scattered  bones. 


o,  a  few  bones  only. 


2,  scattered  bones. 


Rings,    8047,  8101, 
^1.  33- 


Ring,  8138. 


Ring,  81 12,  PI.  33. 
Bronze    cup,  7134, 
PI.  32. 


Iron  touriya,  7459, 
PI.  35- 


Wood  kohlbox 
(fragment). 


Wood  and  ivory 
casket,  7516,  PI. 
22,  and  fragments 
of  two  others,  7484. 

Wood  kohlpot.  7628. 

Spindle-whorl. 


Ring.  8058,  PI.  33. 
Needle. 


Cylindrical  wood 
box  (fragment). 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND 


Beads. 


A  few  mixed 
beads. 


7801. 


Blue  ear-stud  in 
I.  ear,  672. 

Marks  round  the 
chest  of  beads 
that  had  dis- 
appeared. 


A  few  blue 

beads. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Fotteiiy. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


i,  two  plain, 
v,  ringed. 

i,  six  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8523,  and 
one  plain. 


ptd.,  8273,  PI. 
70,  and  six 
plain. 

,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


v,  plain. 


v,  ptd.  fragments 
of  two 


i.  two  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  847+ 


( >ther  Forms. 


xxix,  ptd.,  8289, 
PI.  72. 


xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


xxxii,  .ringed. 


xvii,    ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xxxvii,  rough 
small. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8488,    xxxv,  rough  red- 
Pi.  81,  and  one 
plain. 


ix,  plain, 
xxxv,  plain  frag- 
ments. 


Glass. 


Jottle  (frag- 
ments). 


Fragments 
ot  tumbler. 


Varia. 


Remains    of  basketwork. 
Cf.  construction  of  G  222, 
p.  20. 


Fragments  of  leather.  The 
touriya  was  found  in  the 
rilling  of  the  superstruc- 
ture 1.30  m.  from  the  sur- 
face, behind  the  raised 
wall  of  the  doorway  and 
under  the  foundation  of 
the  E.  wall  of  the  super- 
structure. 


Fragment  of  leather.  In 
the  brick  approach  stood 
in  position  two  pots,  F 
xxi  and  F  xlv,  both 
small,  of  rough  ware. 

Fragment  of  leather  sandal. 


224 


KARA NOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  679 


Type,  etc. 


1.  Traces  of  ruined  brick  superstruc- 
ture and  apse.  Door  of  stone 
slabs.    Opened  from  behind. 


G  680     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


G  681 


G  682 

G  683 

G  684 

G  685 

G  686 


G  687 


G  688 


G  689 


G  690 


B  1.  The  tomb  shared  a  common  brick 
superstructure  with  G  682;  this 
seemed  to  have  had  a  double 
rounded  top ;  G  681  had  an  apse 
c.  1.00  m.  across  and  traces  of 
court ;  approach  missing.  Total 
superstructure  6.20  by  3.15  m. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  4  (?).  See  G  681.  No  sign  of  apse  or 
approach.  Opened  from  above  and 
from  side. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.20  by  2.70  m., 
with  brick  approach  0.75  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side,  cover  of  rough 
stone  slabs.    Opened  from  shaft. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  3.  Superstructure  of  brick  on  stone 
foundations  2.30  m.  square,  with 
brick  approach  1.10  m.  long,  imme- 
diately in  front  of  which  a  brick 
altar  0.33  m.  square.  Opened  from 
behind. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.40  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.00  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  by  2.90  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.10  m.  long. 
Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  691  IB  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  tvpe.  Completely  broken 
up  from  above. 


Bodies. 

Metal. 

Wood  and  Ivory. 

6",  E.,  part  of  body 
only. 

Rings,   8064,  8094, 
PI.  33- 

0*,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 

Rings,    8063,  8073, 

PI.  33- 
Seal  impression  in 

leau,  yvw. 
Fragments  of  iron 

lock. 

6*,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 

?,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 

Fragments  of  cylin- 
drical wood  box, 
varnished,  7616. 

d'o'?o4-,  confused 
remains. 

Ring,  8105,  PI.  33. 

6",  scattered  bones. 

6*?,  one  E.,  one  W. 
ext.,  on  backs ; 
parts  of  bodies 
only. 

Fragments  of  wood 
and  leather  (  ?) 
musical  instru- 
ment, 7472-9. 

v     i    four  T"\.""itiise    n,i  Mr 

4.,  d  lew  Dunes  uiny. 
6*,  a  few  bones  only. 

6*6*6",  confused  re- 
mains in  tomb 
and  dromos. 

Ring,  8048,  PI.  33. 

°,  a  few  bones  only. 

6".  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
part  of  body  only. 

■  Ring,  8124,  PI.  33- 

TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Bends. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

v,  ptd.,  8175- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8915. 

xii,   plain  frag- 
ments, 
xxxv,  plain  red. 
lii,  plain  red. 



Studs,  7992  A,  B. 

Two  green  glaze 
ear-studs,  7992 
A,  B. 

A  few  blue 
beads. 

v,  ptd.,  8960,  PI. 
79- 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8482, 
PI.  78  and 
another  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd. 

See  p.  15. 

A  few  quartz 
and  blue  glass 
beads. 

One  blue  glass 
bead. 

v,  ptd.,  8150,  PI. 

1  1       i  n  r  1      t  w  O 

plain, 
i,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8219,  PI. 
62,    and  one 
ringed. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  Cai- 
ro, 40084/22, 
PL  80;  9012'; 
9041. 

vlvili    f  raorrnpntQ 

Al  Y  Ml,      1   1  ■  1       1  '  1  '    1  1  1 

of  two  ptd, 
and  one  plain, 
xlix,  plain. 

Stuffs  with  green  and  yel- 
low tapestry  borders. 

Fragments  of  leather. 

Remains   of   sandals  with 
green   and  red  cut  up- 
pers, 7468. 

v,  plain. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

v,  plain. 

Human  face  mo- 
saic bead,  8014, 
and  amulets, 
8018-9. 

ix,  rough  small, 
xvii.   ptd.,  8251, 

PI.  67. 
xxxii,  ringed, 
xlv,  plain. 

Two  blue  beads. 

15 


226 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  by  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  Opened 
from  above. 

B  6.  Infant's  grave.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


B  6.  Door  of  stone  slabs.    Opened  from    o,  skull  only, 
behind. 


???o,  confused  re- 
mains. 

???,  scattered 
bones. 

c??oo,  scattered 
bones. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  by  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  Opened 
from  in  front.  In  the  filling  of 
the  dromos  was  found  the  stone 
table  of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled 
G  698. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  S.  side.  Opened  from 
shaft. 

C  r.  Unusual  in  having  a  brick  super- 
structure of  B  1  type,  2.00  m. 
square,  with  brick  approach  1.00  m. 
long  and  traces  of  apse.  Opened 
from  behind  and  above. 

B  3.  Brick  superstructure  3.00  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.50  m.  long, 
1.10  m.  in  front  of  which  was  a 
brick  altar  0.50  m.  square.  Opened 
from  behind.  In  the  robbers' 
hole  was  found  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  701. 
Between  the  approach  and  the 
altar  was  another,  almost  in  posi- 
tion, 7095,  PI.  17. 

D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  the  dromos 
of  G  694,  cut  down  deeply  below 
the  level  of  the  dromos.  Opened 
from  it. 


A  2.  Brick  superstructure  3.40  by  3.70  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.70  m.  long, 
0.90  m.  in  front  of  which  was  a 
brick  altar  0.50  m.  square.  Cham- 
ber 2.30  by  1.40  m.;  sides  cut  in 
soil,  vault  of  five  and  one-half 
bricks,  giving  total  height  of 
1.00  m.  Only  E.  end  for  1.15  m. 
vaulted ;  the  rest  a  shaft  driven 
into  the  soil.   Opened  from  behind. 


00+,  a  few  bones 
only. 

<?,  S.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p.;  also 
confused  bones 
<?c?o. 


o,  two  bodies  only. 


o,  a  few  scattered 
bones. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
part  of  body  only. 


c?,  scattered  bones. 


Rings,    8102,    81 19, 
PI.  33- 


Iron  kohlstick. 


Two  wood  kohlpots, 
7626  A,  B. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms.  * 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8330, 
PL  49- 

Alvlll,  ouuo, 
PI.  87. 

xxviiij  ringed, 
lvi,  ptd. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

i,  two  plain, 
v,  ptd.,  8181,  PI. 
56. 

v,  ptd. 

v,  ptd.,  8269,  PI. 
70;  8977- 
'1 

i,  two  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  Cairo, 
40084/12. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8639. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8440; 
8939,  PL  95- 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8949. 

The  pottery  belonged  to  the 
lower  (intact)  body. 

ix(>  rough  small, 
xxi,  rough, 
xlv,  rough. 

xxxii,  plain, 
lxi,  burnished 

red,  8874,  PI. 

93- 

xii,  fragments 

plain, 
xvi,  but  with 

four  handles, 

ptd.,  8165,  PI. 

44- 

xii,  plain  with 
graffito.  PI. 
107,  Fig.  5. 

xiii,  two  with 
graffiti,  8295, 
8501,  PL  107, 
Figs.  11,  12. 

xliv,  plain  red. 

One  blue  bead. 

A  few  gilt  glass 
beads. 

i,  four  plain, 
v,  plain. 

xlviii,  plain. 

Fragments  of  leather  san- 
dals. In  the  brick  ap- 
proach were  found  in  po- 
sition the  following  pots : 
F  v,  one  ringed  and  four 
plain,  all  very  small ;  F 
iv,  five  rough ;  F  xxi, 
rough  small ;  F  xxii, 
rough  small ;  F  xlv, 
rough ;  F  xlviii,  ptd. 
fragments ;  F  xlix, 
rough ;  F  lxvi,  rough 
small. 

228 


KARANOG 


Type,  etc. 


B  3.  Brick  superstructure  2.45  by  2.80  m., 
with  brick  approach  1.20  m.  long. 
Opened  from  above.  By  the  N.W. 
corner  was  found  the  stela,  Cairo, 
labelled  G  704,  which  probably 
belongs  to  the  tomb,  as  also  the 
statue,  Cairo,  labelled  G  704,  which 
was  found  against  the  N.  side, 
and  perhaps  the  stone  table  of 
offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  704. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


Bodies. 


G  706  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
G  707     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  708     B  2.  Brick  superstructure  with  traces  of 
rounded  top  2.75  by  2.80  m.,  with 
,  approach    1.05  m.    long.  Opened 
from  behind. 


A  1.  Brick  superstructure  4.00  m.  square, 
with  brick  approach  1.65  m.  long. 
Chamber  3.40  by  1.10  m.,  E.  end 
only  vaulted  for  1.50  m.,  sides  cut 
down  in  soil,  vault  of  five  and  one- 
half  bricks,  giving  total  height  of 
1,00  m.;  the  W.  end  a  mere  shaft 
driven  into  the  soil.  Opened  from 
behind.  Immediately  in  front  of 
the  approach  lay  the  stone  table 
of  offerings,  Cairo,  labelled  G  677, 
which  probably  belonged  to  tomb 
G  709- 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  4.  Brick  superstructure  3. 45  by  2.4^  m., 
with  brick  approach.  Opened  from 
behind.  Immediately  in  front  of 
the  approach  and  apparently  in 
position  lay  the  stone  table  of  of- 
ferings, Cairo,  labelled  G  712. 

B  6.  Undisturbed  grave  lying  N.  by  S. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


?$?,  mixed  bones. 


c?$,  mixed  bonet. 


?+,  a  few  mixed 
bones. 

?,  scattered  bones. 


c?,  a  few  bones 
only. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Bronze  bowl,  Cairo, 
40224. 

Ring,  8049,  PI.  33. 


Fragments  of  wood 
cylindrical  box. 


cf?  +  ,  mixed  re- 
mains ;  in  dro- 
mos  a  skull  o. 

$?,  E.  ext..  on  back, 
part   of  body 
only. 

c?  +  .  bodies  broken 
and  piled  up  to- 
gether ;  heads  at 
E.  end. 


+  ,  N.  ext..  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


a  few  bones 
only. 


Ring,  81 14.  PL  33- 


Bowls,  7125,  PI.  32; 
7133,  PI.  31. 


Fragments  of  wood 
and  ivory  casket. 


Lid  of  cylindrical 
wood  box,  7650. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  229 


Beads. 

POTTERY. 

Glass. 

Varia. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

Yellow  paste 
beads. 

Blue  ear-stud, 
0007  u  ,  a  icw 
blue  beads. 

xlviii,  two  plain. 

xxx,   ptd.  frag- 
ments, 
xxxii,  plain. 

ix,  two  rough, 
xxi,  rough  small. 

A  few  green 
beads. 

xxxv,  ringed. 

xvii,  plain  red, 

8554- 

xxii,  plain. 

xxix,  ptd.  (vari- 
ant). 8179,  PL 

S5:. 
xxxii,  plain 

small, 
xliv,  two  rough. 

xii„  plain  frag- 
ments. 

xvii,  plain  frag- 
ments. 

xxi,  rough  small. 

xxii,  rough  small, 
xlv,  two  rough, 
lii,  two  plain. 

xxi,  rough, 
lii,  ptd.,  8701. 

v.  ptd.,  8978,  PI. 
97- 

i.  six  plain, 
v,  two  plain. 

v,  plain. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8930. 
xlviii,  two  plain. 

Two  beads. 

Fragments  of  leather. 

7920.  PI.  40; 
7921. 

String  of  blue 
and  white 
small  ring 
beads. 

Blue  glass  eye 
amulet,  8027 ; 
ear-stud, 
8007  E. 

v,  ptd.,  81 57,  PI. 
45 ;    8182,  PI. 
56. 

v,  ptd. 

ix,  rough  small, 
xx,  ptd.,  8156,  PI. 
45- 

All  the  pottery  was  found 
in  the  dromos ;  the  beads 
were  some  in  the  dro- 
mos, some  in  the  cham- 
ber. 

xlviii.  ringed, 
8683,  PI.  88. 

23o  KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


G  715 


G  716 


G  717 


G  718 


G  719 


G  720 


G  721 


G  724 

G  725 

G  726 

G  727 

G  728 

G  729 

G  730 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  by  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  All 
broken  up. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  1.  Brick  superstructure,  much  ruined, 
2.30  by  2.70  m.,  with  (solid)  brick 
approach  0.35  m.  long  and  traces 
of  apse.    Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure, 
apparently  of  B  3  type,  3.30  m., 
E  by  W. 

B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  722  B  4.  Brick  superstructure  3.45  m-  square, 
0.40  m.  in  front  of  whose  E.  face 
were  the  remains  of  a  brick  altar. 
Opened  from  behind. 

G  723     B  6.  Opened  from  behind  and  in  front. 


C  2.  Ledge  on  N.  side;  S.  side  of  cham- 
ber lined  with  bricks.  Opened 
from  shaft. 

C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side.  Cover  of  stone 
slabs.    Opened  from  shaft. 

B  6.  Infant's  grave.   Opened  from  behind. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 
B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


Bodies. 


c?,  a  few  bones 
only. 


+,  skull  only. 


c*c*o*?????+,  con- 
fused bones. 


0*0*??,  confused  re- 
mains. 


$,  scattered  bones. 


o*,  scattered  bones. 


??,  confused  re- 
mains. 


?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
hi  on  p. ;  also 
scattered  bones  ?. 


0*0*0*?,  mixed  re- 
mains in  dromos. 


0*,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 

+,  a  few  bones 
only. 


5,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
disturbed ;  and 
scattered  bones  $. 


Metal. 


Ring,  8062,  PI.  33. 
Iron  kohlstick. 


Ring,  8091,  PI.  33. 


Bronze  bowl,  71 14, 
PI.  32. 


Rings,  8068,  8079, 
8100,  8103,  8127, 
8131,  PL  33- 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Wood  kohlbox. 


Fragments  of  cylin- 
drical box  of 
dyed  woods. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Yaria. 

Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1.             Other  Forms. 

i,  plain. 

xlviii    nrd..  8716.     xvii.  rineed. 

PI. '92;  8937, 
PI.  94- 

xlviii,  stamped 
ware. 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xlviii,  ptd.,  8250, 
PI.  67,  and 
one  plain. 

xlviii,  two  plain, 
xlviii,  two  plain. 

xxxii,  small 

plain. 
Hi,  ptd.,  8309,  PI. 

48. 

ix,  two  rough. 

xxxii,  ringed, 
8588. 

A  few  blue 
beads. 

7917. 

Fragments  of  leather  san- 
dals. 

Place    for    the    body  cut 
down    to    lower  level, 
leaving  a  shelf  at  each 
side  and  at  E.  end  of 
chamber  for  objects. 

A  few  blue  and 
orange  beads. 

A  few  loose 
beads. 

7922-4. 

Two  amulets, 
8020-1. 

v,  ptd.,  8285,  PI- 
72 ;  one  ringed 
and  two  plain. 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

v,  ptd.,  and  three 
plain. 

xvii,  ringed, 

8559.  8560. 
xxxii,  two 

rough, 
xliii,  plain. 
Hi,  two  plain. 

xii,  four  plain 
(two  with 
gramti,  PI.  107, 
Figs.  3  and  8). 

xxxii,  plain  (in 
dromos). 

xlviii,  ptd.,  845S1 
PI.  81 ;  8650, 
PI.  85 ;  0714, 
PI.  91 ;  8636, 
PI.  84,  and 
one  plain.  All 
in  dromos. 

Remains  of  sandal. 

xxii,  plain,  8596. 

xxxii,  rough 
small. 

v,  ptd..  8276.  PL 
71.    and  one 
plain. 

232 


Tomb  No. 


G  731 


Type,  etc. 


B  6.  Opened  from  above. 


G  73Z     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  733     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  734  D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  733.    Opened  from  dromos. 

G  73s  B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  by  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  Opened 
from  the  side. 


G  736     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


Bodies. 


Metal. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


22-K  mixed  bones. 


<$,  E.  ext.,  on  back : 
disturbed. 


G  737     B  6.  Opened  from  behind  and  from  side. 


Wood  iind  Ivory. 


o",  scattered  bones. 

2,  a  few  bones 
only. 

G  738     B  6.  Door  of  stone  slabs.    Opened  from    $,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 

behind.  disturbed. 


G  739  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  $,  E..  some  bones 
of  uncertain  type-  Opened  from  in  only;  some  in 
front.  dromos. 


G  740  B  6.  Opened  from  above. 
G  741     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


G  742 
G  743 


G  744 


G  745 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front 

C  2.  Brick  roof  broken  down,  but  con- 
tents undisturbed.    See  p.  45. 


C  1.  On  N.  side  of  trench  in  which  G 
743  lay ;  ledge  to  S.  Opened  from 
trench. 


C  1.  On  S.  side  of  trench  in  which  G 
743  lay ;  ledge  to  N.  Opened  from 
trench. 


G  746  D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
  G  742.   Opened  from  dromos. 


2.  part  of  body 
only. 

?o,  scattered  bones.  ■  Ring,  8053.  PI.  33. 


+  ,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


0",  a  few  bones  only. 


24-,  confused 
bones. 


Wood  kohlbox, 
-617. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  233 


Pottery. 


Beads. 


One  blue  bead. 


Glass  snake  pen- 
dant, 8015. 

Bes  pendant, 
8017. 


One  blue  glass 
bead. 


One  blue  bead  on 
a  thread  round 
neck. 


7926,  some  beads 
in  the  filling  of 
the  tomb; 
probably  be- 
long to  G  744. 


Forms  1-vi. 


i,  ringed,  and  one 
plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8260,  PI. 
47 ;  8270,  PI. 
70,  and  frag- 
ments. 


Forms  xlvii-1. 


v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


vi,  plain,  8513. 


,  ptd.,  8126,  and 
one  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments and 
fragments  of 
black  incised 
ware. 

xlviii,  fragments 
of  two  ptd. 


xlvii,  black  in- 
cised, 8735,  PI. 
102. 

xlviii,  plain. 


Other  Forms. 


Hi,  ptd.,  Cairo, 

40217. 
Hi,  high  slip 

ware,  Cairo, 

40216. 

xxxii,  ringed. 


Glass. 


xii,  plain  frag- 
ments. 

Lid  of  terra  cotta 
box,  8737,  PI. 
98. 


xvii,  ringed,  frag- 
ments. 

xvii,   ptd.,  8287, 

PL  43- 
xxi,  small  red. 
Mi,  ptd.,  8457, 

PI.  78. 

xii,  fragment, 
plain,  with 
mud  sealing. 

xvii,  ringed. 

xxxii,  plain. 

Hi,  ptd.,  Cairo, 
40218,  and  two 
plain. 


vii,  red  hand- 
made, incised, 
8550. 

xxxii,  rough. 

Hi,  plain. 


Thumb-bowl 
Cairo, 
40091,  PI. 
39- 


Varia. 


Fragment. 


One  blue  bead. 


234 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  747  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


G  748     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  749  B  6.  The  E.  end  was  partly  walled  and 
probably  had  been  vaulted.  Opened 
from  above. 

G  750  B  6.  Infant's  grave.  Opened  from  in 
front. 

G  751      D.     Opened  from  dromos. 

G  752  B  4.  Brick  superstructure  2.00  by  3.00  m. 
Opened  from  behind. 

G  753  C  1.  Ledge  on  N.  side.  Opened  from  W. 
end. 

G  754     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  755  D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  754.    Undisturbed  grave. 

G  756  B  6.  Chamber  lying  N.  by  S.  at  end  of 
dromos  running  E.  by  W.  Opened 
from  in  front. 

G  757  D.  Recessed  on  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  756.    Opened  from  dromos. 

G  758     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  759     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 

G  760  B  6.  Mixed  type ;  the  top  of  the  shaft 
had  fallen  in,  and  a  brick  roof  had 
been  built  to  replace  it.  Opened 
from  above. 

G  761  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


G  762     B  6.  Opened  from  behind. 


G  763  B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  be- 
hind. 

G  764     B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  765  D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  773-  Opened  from  dromos,  and 
contents  rather  mixed  with  those 
of  G  772  and  773,  (q.  v.). 


Bodies. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
parts  of  body 
only,  and  remains 
+. 

2??+,  scattered 
remains. 


o,  one  or  two  bones 
only. 


+,  a  few  bones 
only. 

o",  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
disturbed. 

2,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. 


+  ,  W. 


o",  parts  of  body  in 
dromos. 

2,  scattered  re- 
mains. 

c?++,  a  few  scat- 
tered bones. 

c?2,  mixed  remains. 


22+,  mixed  remains. 


2,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
parts  of  body 
only. 

c?o  +  ,  scattered  re- 
mains. 

o*,  disturbed  bones. 

c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back; 
part  of  body  only. 


Metal. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Ring,  8123,  PI.  33. 
Ring,  8050,  PI.  33. 


Fragments  of  wood 
kohlbox  with 
cane  inlay,  7482-3. 


Fragment  of  cylin- 
drical wood  box. 


TABULAR  ANALYSTS  OF  TOMBS  AND  THEIR  CONTENTS  235 


Beads. 


Two  paste  inlay 
studs,  7093-4. 


Three  strings 
round  neck, 
7927-9. 


Pottery. 


Forms  i-vi. 


Forms  xlvii-1 


A  few  gilt  glass 
beads. 

A  few  white 
beads. 


Two  beads. 


v,  fragments  of    xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
two  ptd.  ments  and  two 

plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  Cai- 
ro, 40084/16. 


v,  ptd.,  8278,  PI. 
7i- 


xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 


v,  plain. 


v,  ptd.,  8279,  PI. 
79- 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8470; 
8653,  PI.  >86. 


v,  plain, 
v,  plain. 


xlviii,  ptd.,  8637. 
PI.  84. 


v,  ptd.,  8306,  PI.  \  xlviii,  plain. 
74- 


v,  ptd.,  Cairo, 
40207. 

v,  stamped,  8552. 


ii,  ptd.,  8246,  PI. 
67. 


xlvii,  ptd.,  847^ 
PI.  79- 


Glass. 

Varia. 

Other  Forms. 

xxxii,  rough 

small, 
xxxvii,  high  slip 

ware,  8493,  r*. 

81. 

xxxii,  two  roueh 
plain. 

Stuff  with  tapestry  border 
in  green,  blue  and  yel- 
low, PI.  108,  fig.  3. 

Inverted  011  the  jar  was  the 
base  of  a  broken  vase  in- 
stead of  a  tumbler. 

xxxv,  ringed. 

xxxiv,  ptd.,  8200, 

PI.  59- 
liii,  high  slip 

ware,  8703,  PI. 

90. 

xxxii,  ptd.,  8325, 
PI.  76. 

Hi,  high  slip 
ware  frag- 
ment. 

236 


KARANOG 


Tomb  No. 


Type,  etc. 


G  767 
G  708 


G  770 


G  774 
G  775 


G  776 


G  777 


G  778 


G  779 

G  780 

G  781 

G  782 

G  783 


G  766     B  6. 

B  6. 


Opened  from  in  front. 
Opened  from  behind. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


G  769  ;  B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front  and  broken 
through  to  G  780  and  782.  In  the 
dromos  lay  the  stela  7107,  PI.  20. 


G  771 

G  772  I  D. 
G  773     B  6. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  773.   Opened  from  dromos. 

Opened  from  in  front  and  contents 
mixed  with  those  of  G  765  and 
772. 


Infant's   grave.     Opened    from  in 
front. 


B  6 

B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


B  6.  The  E.  end  was  walled  on  three 
sides  and  may  have  been  vaulted. 
Opened  from  in  front. 

B  6.  Infant's  grave,  lying  N.  by  S.  at 
end  of  dromos  running  E.  by  W. 
Opened  from  in  front. 

B  (?).  Traces  of  brick  superstructure  of 
uncertain  type.  Opened  from  in 
front. 


B  6.  Opened  from  in  front. 


D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  770.    Opened  from  dromos. 

D.  Infant's  grave  recessed  in  S.  side 
of  dromos  of  G  761.  Opened  from 
dromos. 

D.  Recessed  in  S.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  770.    Opened  from  dromos. 

D.  Recessed  in  N.  side  of  dromos  of 
G  204.    Undisturbed  grave. 


Bodies. 


9,  disturbed. 

o*,  E.  ext.,  on  back ; 
part  of  body  only. 

o*,  part  of  body 
only. 

o+,  skulls  only. 

$+,  remains  in  dro- 
mos. 


o,  skull  only. 

$+,  scattered  bones. 

2,  a  few  bones 
only. 


0^$$+,  mixed 
bones. 


Metal. 


c?,  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h.  on  p. ;  also 
scattered  bones 
0*0*00. 


0*0*?,  mixed  re- 
mains. 


+  -+-.  a  few  bones 
onlv. 


+  .  E.  ext.,  on  back, 
h  .on  p. 


Ring,  8104,  PI.  33. 
Iron  kohlstick,  7407. 


Wood  and  Ivory. 


Iron  arrowhead, 
7419- 


Wood  and  ivory 
box  lid,  7608. 


TABULAR  ANALYSIS  OF  TOMES  AND 


THEIR  CONTENTS 


237 


Beads. 

Pottery. 

Glass. 

Varia. 



Forms  i-vi. 

Forms  xlvii-1. 

Other  Forms. 

xxxii,  two 
rough  small. 

xlv,  plain. 

A  few  beads  (in 
dromos). 

v,  ptd.  frag- 
ments. 

xlviii,  plain. 

xxxii,  rough 
small. 

v,   fragments  of 
three  ptd.  (in 
dromos) . 

xlviii,  ptd.  frag- 
ments (in  dro- 
mos). 

A  few  small  blue 
beads. 

xlviii,  two  plain 
rough,  one  be- 
ing of  black 
ware. 

xlviii,  plain. 

viii,    two  plain, 

85?.°- 
xxxii,  plain 

small, 
xlviii,  black 

ware,  8883,  PI. 

102. 

Hi,  two  plain  red. 
xvii,  fragment. 

i,  plain  frag- 
ments, 
v,  plain. 

v,  ptd.,  8198,  PI. 
58. 

v,  ringed. 

v,  plain,  8567. 

xlviii,  ringed. 

The  arrowhead  was  stick- 
ing in  the  bodv.    Tn  the 
corner  of  the  dromos  by 
the   door   were   the  re- 
mains of  a  vertical  post 
running  from  the  surface 
down  to  a  depth  of  1.30  m. 

7934- 

xxi,  rough. 

Hi.  ptd.,  8897,  PL 

52. 

7933- 
Stud.  7980. 


Round  neck, 
three  strings 
of  beads,  7931. 
7932,  79-U.  and 
bracelet  of 
small  mixed 
beads. 


ix,  two  rough 
small. 


CHAPTER  XIV 


CATALOGUE  OF  THE  OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH  NOW 
IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM,  PHILADELPHIA 

Note. — Where  no  tomb-number  is  assigned  to  an  object,  it  is  to  be  understood  that  the  object  was  found  in 
the  surface  sand  and  not  in  any  direct  relation  to  a  particular  tomb. 


STONE  OBJECTS 

7000.  Sandstone  statue.  /2.0.57  m.  PI.  5.  G  203. 
Wears  skirt  with  central  fold,  knotted  girdle- 
cord,  and  heavy  fringe  along  the  bottom ;  sandals 
on  feet ;  about  the  neck  two  double  necklaces,  one 
of  small  ring-beads,  the  other  of  large  spheroids. 
The  left  hand,  slightly  advanced,  holds  a  staff 
reaching  to  the  shoulder,  the  right  hand  a  fruit 
resembling  a  fir-cone.  Fine  work.  Body  col- 
oured red;  bands  of  red  on  wings.  Found  in 
the  angle  between  the  E.  wall  and  the  N.  side  of 
the  approach  of  G  203. 

7001.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.79m.   PI.  3.   G  183. 
Wears    flounced    skirt,   and    amulet    over  a 

scallop-edged  corslet;  both  hands  extended  from 
the  elbow;  the  head  separate,  has  been  attached; 
traces  of  colour  very  faint.  The  left  hand  held 
a  staff,  apparently  of  metal.  Fine  work.  Found 
just  in  front  of  tomb  G  183  to  which  probably  it 
belonged. 

7002.  Sandstone  statue.    /2.0.77  m.    PI.  4.    G  74. 
Work  rather  flat,   especially  front  of  body; 

left  hand  stretched  by  side,  right  arm  across  body, 
holding  a  staff,  done  in  flat  relief;  dress  plain 
with  heavy  central  fold.  On  the  head  a  disk  of 
stone.  Colour  gone.  (Made  up  from  many 
fragments.  Found  by  tomb  G  74,  the  fragments 
lying  round  the  superstructure.) 

7003.  Sandstone  statue.   /1.0.58  m.   PI.  3.  G 
Small  head  (readjusted) ;  figure  very  straight 

in  poor  flat  relief;  pendulous  breasts;  both  arms 
by  side;  dress  quite  plain,  reaching  from  waist 
to  feet.  Colour  gone.  Hole  in  head  for  disk 
with  remains  of  lead  to  fix  it  in. 

7004.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.69  m.    PI.  4.    G  133. 
Retaining  clear  traces  of  colour  on  the  wings* 

Head  pushed  prominently  forward,  good  lively 
features.  Body  bare  to  waist,  very  fleshy  and 
treated  in  good  relief;  left  hand  by  side,  right 
hand  across  body  broken  away.  Dress  plain 
with  broad  central  fold.  (Head  readjusted.) 
Hole  in  head  for  disk.  Found  S.  of  superstruc- 
ture of  G  100,  directly  in  front  of  the  approach 
of  G  133  and  1.70  m.  from  it. 


7005.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.51m.    PI.  5.  G182. 
Head  missing;  round  neck  strings  of  beads; 

whole  body  draped,  skirt  heavily  flounced;  both 
lower  arms  and  feet  gone.  Wings  spread  out 
broadly,  left  one  broken  away.  Very  fair  work. 
Found  against  the  W.  wall  of  G  182  to  which 
probably  it  belonged. 

7006.  Sandstone  statue,  h.  0.465  m.  PI.  7.  G 
Face  flat  and  bad;  body  in  worst  relief,  two 

planes  only;  pendulous  breasts;  no  arms;  dra- 
pery not  marked.    Very  squat  and  wretched  work. 

7007.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.54  m.  G 
Complete;  arms  by  sides,  pendulous  breasts 

just  distinguishable.  Very  flat  work,  very  rude, 
perhaps  the  poorest  figure  found.  Corner  of 
stand  broken  off. 

7008.  Sandstone  statue.  /2.0.48  m.  PI.  6.  G  174. 
Complete;  very  rude.  Almost  wholly  bird- 
form;  human  head,  no  arms;  long  legs  with 
human  feet  come  from  the  shoulders.  Found 
almost  in  position;  figures  in  conjectural  restora- 
tion of  G  174.    PI.  114. 

7009.  Sandstone  statue,   h.  0.46  m.   PI.  8.  G 
"Siamese    twins"    having    only    three  arms 

between  them.  Heads  pushed  prominently  for- 
ward; bodies  fleshy  and  strongly  moulded; 
rough  drapery  below  waist  with  heavy  central 
fold;  arms  by  sides.  Found  against  the  S.  E. 
corner  of  G  273. 

7010.  Sandstone  statue,   h.  0.47  m.   PI.  6.  G 
Head    with    curly    hair    and    diadem;  much 

colour  left  on  face.  Both  arms  by  sides,  left 
hand  holding  double  staff  (lotus?).  Body  bare 
above,  short  pleated  kilt  from  waist.  Relief 
fairly  good.  Broken  away  below  the  knees.  The 
wing  feathers  are  all  marked  by  deeply  incised 
lines. 

701 1.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.34  m.  G310. 
Almost   wholly   bird-form;  very    broad  and 

squat,  no  arms,  pendulous  breasts  in  flat  relief, 
short  legs  with  human  feet.    Poor  work. 

7012.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.45  m.  G174. 
Head  and  part  of  stand  missing.    Both  arms 

by  sides.    Body  above  waist  bare,  breasts  shown 


(238) 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


by  circular  flat  bosses;  plain  drapery  below. 
Very  poor  work. 

7013.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.44  m.  G  64. 
Head  missing;  arms  by  sides,  left  hand  holds 

linen  fold;  body  bare  to  waist,  pendulous  breasts; 
below,  dress  plain.  Very  rude  coarse  work; 
flat  relief.  Found  in  the  large  front  court  of  the 
tomb. 

7014.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.48  m.  PI.  7.    G  639. 
Head  missing;  both  hands  hold  a  staff.  Body 

bare  to  waist,  drapery  below  plain.    Poor  work. 

7015.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.45  m.    PI.  6. 
Head  missing;  pendulous  breasts;  both  arms 

by  sides,  right  hand  holds  strip  of  linen  ( ?) ;  drapery 
plain.  Wings  very  strongly  accentuated,  all 
feathers  marked  by  incised  lines.  No  colour. 
Found  by  tomb  G  185. 

7016.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.42  m.  G 
Head  missing ;  left  arm  by  side,  right  arm  across 

body  holds  staff.  Breasts  pendulous  (broken 
away),  plain  drapery  below  waist.  Very  rude 
work. 

7017.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  circa  0.41  m.     PI.  8. 

G 

Double;  heads  lacking.  Right  hand  figure 
has  both  arms  by  sides,  left  hand  figure  holds 
staff  with  both  hands;  front  of  his  drapery 
curiously  schematised.*  Very  rude  poor  work. 
Found  in  robber's  hole  of  G  223  ;  possibly  belonged 
to  G  224. 

7018.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.58  m.  G 
Headless ;  right  arm  advanced  free  has  held 

metal  staff  (hole  through  hand  and  into  base). 
Left  arm  by  side  holds  linen  fold  ( ?) ;  band  over 
right  shoulder  to  waist,  upper  body  bare.  Below 
waist  plain  skirt  with  heavy  central  fold;  below 
this  finely  pleated  underskirt,  moderately  good 
relief.    No  colour  left. 

7019.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.42  m.  G265. 
Lacking  head,  holds  staff  with  both  hands; 

body  and  drapery  only  slightly  indicated ;  very 
poor  work.  Found  at  E.  end  of  the  dromos  of 
tomb  G  265  to  which  it  may  belong. 

7020.  Sandstone  statue,    k.  0.47m.  G252. 
Lacking  head ;  arms  by  sides ;  right  hand  holds 

linen  fold.  Body  bare  to  waist,  pendulous  breasts, 
drapery  below  plain.  Bird's  body  behind,  plain. 
Found  in  front  of  the  approach  of  G  252,  1.20  m. 
from  the  end  of  its  N.  wall;  it  probably  belongs 
to  the  tomb. 

7021.  Sandstone  statue,    h  circa    0.17  m.    G.  708. 
Head  and  body  below  waist  lacking.    Pure  bird 

body  rudely  treated;  no  arms,  front  of  body 
plain. 

7022.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.40  m.  G  73. 
Head  missing;  arms  by  sides;  body  bare  to 

waist,    draped   below.    Very   bad    rude  work. 


239 

Probably  belongs  to  G  73,  found  against  the  south 
side. 

7023.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.27  m.  G 
Head,  legs  below  knees,  base  and  back  of  tail 

missing.  Left  hand  by  side;  right  hand  holds 
staff  with  triangular  lower  end,  like  a  reversed 
lotus.    Very  poor  rough  work. 

7024.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.28  m.  G  672. 
Head,  feet,  and  base  missing.    Big  pendulous 

breasts  in  high  relief;  below  waist  plain  drapery; 
no  arms,  wings  project  forward  beyond  body- 
plane.    Squat  figure. 

7025.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.33  m.  G  503. 
Head  missing,  squat  figure ;  both  arms  loosely 

bent  at  elbow  across  body;  small  pendulous 
breasts;  below  waist,  plain  drapery;  sandals 
on  feet.  Wings  brought  prominently  forward 
projecting  beyond  body-plane.    Poor  rough  work. 

7026.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.44  m.  PI.  7.    G  245. 
Head  and  back  part  of  stand  with  tail  missing. 

Arms  by  sides,  left  hand  holds  linen  fold ;  pendu- 
lous breasts;  below  waist  plain  drapery.  Poor 
coarse  work.  Found  against  the  north  side  of 
tomb  G  245  to  which  it  may  perhaps  belong. 

7027.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  circa  o.  18  m.    G  183 
Head  and  feet  lacking ;  wings  clearly  marked  by 

grooves ;  arms  crossed  on  breast,  both  hands  hold- 
ing staff ;  body  below  waist  lacking.  Poor  flat  work. 

7028.  Sandstone  statue ;  part  of .    d.  0.26  m.  PI.  5. 

G 

Head  and  legs  below  knees  lacking.  Left  hand 
by  side  holds  the  usual  curved  leaf  (?)  or  fold  of 
linen.  The  right  hand,  crossed  over  the  breast 
in  high  relief  is  bored  to  receive  staff  of  wood  or 
metal.  Dress  plain  but  in  the  front  of  the  girdle 
is  a  bar  with  knob  ends  from  which  hang  four 
strings  of  green  and  red  beads  supporting  a 
square  plaque  (?).  Body  painted  red;  traces 
of  orange  and  white  on  wings ;  fair  work. 

7029.  Sandstone  statue;  part  of.    h.  0.34  m.  PI. 8. 

G 

Two  figures,  from  breast  downwards.  Right 
hand  figure  holds  staff  with  both  hands;  central 
fold  to  lower  drapery.  Left  hand  figure  holds  in 
right  hand  a  classical  amphora,  in  left  a  handled 
pot.    Skirt  plain.    Poor  work. 

7030.  Sandstone  statue;  part  of.  h.  0.16  m.  G  72. 
Very  small  headless  figure  of  Ba-bird  in  red 

sandstone.  Arms  not  marked;  dress  plain. 
Very  bad  work.  Found  just  east  of  tomb  G  72, 
to  which  it  may  belong. 

7031.  Sandstone  statue;  part  of.    h.  circao.28m. 
PI.  8.  G 

Legs  below  knees  and  part  of  stand  of  a  fine 
figure.  By  left  side  a  staff;  dress  shows  three 
flounces  and  has  heavy  central  fold;  feet  with 
sandals  well  done. 


The  staff  may  be  meant  to  have  at  the  lower  end  a  mace-head,  triangular  like  a  schematised  lotus;  cf.  7023. 


240 


KARANOd 


7032.  Sandstone  statue,    h.  0.40  m.    PI.  6  G376. 
Completely  bird-form,  with  hawk's  head  and 

body.  Legs  missing.  Found  at  the  entrance  of  the 
approach  of  G  376,  to  which  it  probably  belonged. 

7033.  Sandstone,  much  damaged  fragment  of  a 
statue,    h.  0.33  m.  G 

Head,  back  of  base,  and  all  bird-body  missing. 
Left  hand  by  side;  right  hand  across  body  holds, 
apparently,  a  staff  with  a  big  crooked  lower  end. 
Pendulous  breasts;  plain  drapery  below  waist. 
Very  flat  bad  work. 

7034.  Sandstone,  portion  of  a  double  statue  h. 
0.10  m. .  G 

Fragment  of  two  figures,  from  neck  to  waist 
only.  Each  has  the  hands  clasped  over  the  breast, 
one  holding  a  staff,  the  other  a  stalk  of  corn  (or 
palm-leaf  ( ?) .  Bodies  painted  dark  red ;  poor 
work.  Found  near  the  front  of  the  superstructure 
of  tomb  G  219. 

7035.  Sandstone  statue,   h.  0.58  m    PL  7.  G 
Face    set    at  angle,  very  poor.  Pendulous 

breasts,  arms  by  sides;  very  flat  and  bad  relief. 
Stand  much  broken. 
7036-7075.    Sandstone   heads  of  statues.    Pi!.  9 
and  10. 

7076.  Sandstone  stela.    0.42   by  0.33  m.    PI.  12. 

G  140. 

A  nude  male  figure  painted  in  red  on  a  white 
ground  facing  left.  The  left  hand  holds  a  black 
and  yellow  object,  perhaps  a  wreath,  the  right 
hand  is  advanced.  Above  the  head  four  whole 
lines  and  three  half  lines  of  Mero'itic  inscription. 
Found  face  downwards  within  the  approach  of 
tomb  G  140.    See  p.  10 

7077.  Sandstone  stela.    0.33  by  0.19  m.     PI,  13. 

G 

Uninscribed  but  with  figure  of  a  man,  now  half 
erased,  painted  on  it  in  red.  Found  loose  in  sand 
1.70  m.  west  of  tomb  G  257. 

7078.  Sandstone  door-jamb.    0.71   by  0.24.  PI. 
13.  G  203. 

Coloured  bas-relief  of  female  figure  wearing 
head-dress  of  Isis  with  top-knot  above,  seated 
left,  holding  in  both  hands  a  small  phial  whose 
contents  are  pouring  out.  Uninscribed.  Found 
4.00  m.  east  of  the  approach  of  tomb  G  203  to 
which  doubtless  it  belonged. 

7079.  Sandstone  stela.    0.37  by  0.33  m.    PI.  13. 

G 

Figure  painted  in  red  representing  a  negress 
with  bracelets  and  collars,  a  winged  disk  above 
her.  Wreath  in  hair  and  object  (wreath  ?)  in 
left  hand  green,  beads  round  waist  alternately 
green  and  white  bugles;  disk,  snakes  and  ground 
line  yellow.  Found  1.00  m.  from  the  northwest 
corner  of  tomb  G  146. 

7080.  Sandstone  stela.    0.29  by  0.22  m.    PI.  14. 

G 

Small,    uninscribed,    but   with    three  figures 


faintly  painted  in  red.  Found  in  tomb  G  92, 
having  fallen  through  the  robbers'  hole ;  perhaps 
belonged  to  G  148. 

7081.  Sandstone  stela.    0.34  by  0.23  m.    PI.  14. 

G 

Small,  uninscribed,  but  painted  with  full- 
length  figure  of  a  man  in  red,  with  a  winged  disk 
behind  him.  Found  3. 00  m.  east  of  the  east  face 
of  tomb  G  149. 

7082.  Sandstone  stela.    0.32  by  0.22  m.    PI.  14 

G 

Small,  uninscribed  but  painted  with  full-length 
figure  of  man  in  red.  Oval  top,  rather  chipped 
Found  loose  between  tombs  G  151  and  G  258. 

7083.  Sandstone  stela.    0.32  by  0.23  m.    PI.  14 

G  151 

Small,  uninscribed,  but  painted  with  full-length 
figures  of  a  man  and  boy  in  red.  Oval  top 
Found  over  N.  edge  of  dromos  of  G  151. 

7084.  Sandstone  miniature  door.    0.63  by  0.43  m 
PI.  in.  G  165 

With  winged  disk  painted  above,  Anubis  on 
right  jamb,  a  female  (Maat  ?)  on  left.  Found 
in  situ  let  into  the  doorway  of  the  approach  of 
tomb  G  165. 

7085.  Sandstone  stela.    0.51  by  0.37  m.    PI.  13. 

G 

Wedge-shaped,  painted  with  full-length  figure 
of  a  man  in  long  red  robe.  Inscribed  with 
several  lines  of  Mero'itic  characters  above  head  of 
figure.  Found  against  southwest  corner  of 
G  111. 

7086.  Sandstone  stela.    0.19  by  0.11m.    PI.  12. 

G  178. 

Very  small,  painted  with  full-length  figure  of  a 
man  in  red.  Two  lines  of  Mero'itic  characters 
painted  above  the  head  of  figure.  Found  in  the 
dromos  of  tomb  G  178. 

7087.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.455  by  0.445  m- 
PI.  15.  G 

Sculptured  with  libation  vases  and  loaves. 
Inscribed  with  a  double  line  of  Mero'itic  characters 
round  the  border.  Found  against  the  northwest 
angle  of  G  187,  face  downwards  in  the  sand. 

7088.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.47  by  0.44  m. 


PI. 


15- 


G  8; 


Sculptured  with  representations  of  a  pylon  over 
which  hang  large  lotus  flowers.  Inscribed  with 
a  single  line  of  Mero'itic  characters  round  the  border 
and  with  three  lines  across  the  face  of  the  pylon, 
Re-used  to  form  the  west  end  of  the  tomb 
G  82. 

7089.    Sandstone   offering   table.    0.455    by  0.37 
PI.  15.  G  153. 

Sculptured  with  libation  vases  and  loaves. 
Inscribed  with  a  double  line  of  Mero'itic  characters, 
one  being  inside,  the  other  outside  the  ruled  bor- 
der. Found  in  the  doorway  of  the  approach  of  the 
tomb. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


241 


7090.  Sandstone  offering  table,  0.41  by  0.30  m. 
PI.  15.  G  222. 

Sculptured  with  libation  vases  and  loaves,  and 
inscribed  with  double  line  of  Meroitic  characters 
round  the  border.  Found  just  in  front  of  the 
approach  of  G  222,  to  which  it  probably  belongs. 

7091.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.32  by  0.295  m. 
PI.  16.  G 

Sculptured  with  libation  vases  and  loaves. 
The  streams  flowing  from  the  libation  vases 
terminate  in  ankh-crosses.  Inscribed  with  ir- 
regular lines  of  Meroitic  characters  round  the 
border.  Found  against  the  middle  of  the  south 
wall  of  G  158. 

7092.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.29  by  0.24  m. 
PI.  16.  G  133. 

Sculptured  with  a  single  vase  supported  on  a 
stand,  flanked  by  lotus  plants.  Inscribed  with 
a  single  line  of  Meroitic  characters  round  the 
border.  Found  face  upwards  exactly  in  front 
of  the  approach  of  G  133,  and  1.00  m.  from  it. 

7093.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.27  by  0.22  m. 
PI.  16.  G 

Sculptured  with  libation  vases  and  loaves. 
Inscribed  with  a  line  of  Meroitic  characters  round 
the  border.  Found  against  the  south  wall  of  the 
superstructure  of  G  184,  near  the  southwest  corner. 

7094.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.345  by  0.285  m. 
PI.  16.  G 

Very  roughly  sculptured  with  libation  vases  and 
loaves.  Inscribed  with  three  lines  of  Meroitic 
characters  round  the  border.  Found  against 
the  southeast  corner  of  G  208. 

7095.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.47  by  0.55  m. 
PI.  17.  G  701. 

Finely  sculptured  with  libation  vases  and  loaves, 
flanked  by  lotus  flowers.  Inscribed  with  three 
lines  of  Meroitic  characters  round  the  border. 
Found  virtually  in  position,  between  the  approach 
and  the  altar  of  tomb  G  701. 

7096.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.42  by  0.36  m. 
PI.  17.  G  219. 

Roughly  sculptured  with  libation  vases  and 
loaves.  Inscribed  with  two  and  three  lines  of 
Meroitic  characters  round  the  border.  Found  in 
position  on  the  brick  altar  in  front  of  G  219. 

7097.  Sandstone  offering  table.    0.255  by  0.34  m. 
PI.  17.  G  285. 

Rudely  sculptured  with  two  figures,  Anubis 
and  another  deity,  holding  between  them  a 
reversed  vase.  Inscribed  with  a  double  line  of 
Meroitic  characters  round  the  border.  Found 
against  the  southeast  corner  of  the  approach  of 
tomb  G  285  to  which  probably  it  belonged. 

7098.  Sandstone  offering  table.        PI.  17.  G 
Plain,    without    any    sculptured  ornament. 

Inscribed  round  the  border  with  four  lines  of 
Meroitic  characters.  Found  against  the  west 
side  of  G  157,  at  the  north  end. 


7099.  Sandstone  stela.    0.56  by  0.39  m.    PI.  18. 

G  217. 

Inscribed  with  Meroitic  characters  on  lines 
ruled  within  a  quadrangular  frame.  Another 
row  of  similar  characters  is  inscribed  round  the 
border.  Found  in  the  dromos  of  G  217,  1.20  m. 
from  the  east  face  of  the  superstructure  and  1.20  m. 
below  the  present  surface. 

7100.  Sandstone  stela.    0.41  by  0.34  m.    PI.  18. 

G  180. 

Finely  inscribed  with  ten  rows  of  Meroitic 
characters  between  ruled  lines.  Found  opposite 
the  middle  of  the  east  wall  of  the  ruined  super- 
structure of  G  180,  and  0.60  m.  from  it. 

7101.  Sandstone  stela.    0.46  by  0.35  m.    PI.  18. 

G 

Finely  inscribed  with  fourteen  rows  of  Meroitic 
characters  between  ruled  lines. 

7102.  Sandstone  stela.    0.37  by  0.25  m.    PI.  18. 

G  52. 

Inscribed  rather  roughly  with  rows  of  Meroitic 
characters  between  ruled  lines.  There  are  five 
single  rows,  then  two  double  rows  of  characters. 
Found  face  downwards  at  the  entrance  of  the 
ruined  approach  of  G  52. 

7103.  Sandstone  stela.    0.70  by  0.61  m.    PI.  19. 

G  183. 

Very  large,  and  finely  inscribed  with  fourteen 
rows  of  Meroitic  characters  between  ruled  lines. 
Found  against  the  northeast  corner  of  the  super- 
structure of  G  183  to  which  it  probably  belonged. 

7104.  Sandstone  stela.    0.53  by  0.20  m.    PI.  19. 

G  117. 

Inscribed  with  ten  rows  of  Meroitic  characters 
between  ruled  lines,  and  four  small  rows  crowded 
in  under  the  last  line.  Found  immediately  in 
front  of  centre  of  east  wall  of  G  117,  face  upwards 
and  probably  in  position. 

7105.  Sandstone  stela.    0.36  by  0.50  m.    PI.  19. 

G  75- 

Inscribed  with  twelve  rows  of  roughly  cut 
Meroitic  characters  between  ruled  lines.  Found 
in  the  southwest  corner  of  the  ruined  super- 
structure of  G  75,  0.65  m.  from  the  surface. 

7106.  Sandstone  stela.    0.38  by  0.28  m.    PI.  19. 

G  191 . 

Inscribed  with  eight  rows  of  roughly  cut  and 
now  much  rubbed  Meroitic  characters  between 
ruled  lines.    Found  in  the  dromos  of  tomb  G  191. 

7107.  Sandstone  stela.    0.33  by  0.19  m.    PI.  20. 

G  770. 

Roughly  incised  with  now  much  rubbed  and 
almost  illegible  Meroitic  characters;  no  ruled 
lines.  Oval  top.  Found  in  the  dromos  of  tomb 
G  770. 

7108.  Sandstone  stela.    0.32  by  0.255  m.    PI.  20. 

G  261. 

Shaped  like  an  offering  table  but  with  no  vases 
or  loaves;  in  place  of  them  is  rudely  sculptured 


16 


242 


KARANOG 


a  curious  tree,  not  unlike  some  of  those  painted 
on  the  pottery.  Found  against  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  superstructure  of  tomb  G  261. 

Note. — Fragments  of  statues  and  of  inscribed 
stelae  occur  later,  Xos.  9062-9095. 

BRONZE  VESSELS. 

7109.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.14  m.  d.  0.358  m.  PI. 
30.  G  187. 

Straight  sides  curved  down  to  flat  bottom, 
rim  flat  and  slightly  turned  out;  bottom  rather 
battered.    Three  ring  handles. 

7110.  Bronze  bowl    h.  0.10  m.    d.  0.266  m.  PI. 
30.  G  187. 

Straight  sides  curved  down  to  flat  bottom; 
rim  rolled  outwards. 

7111.  Bronze  bowl,  h.  0.145  m.  d,  0.323  m.  PI. 
30.  G  187. 

Rather  less  than  hemispherical. 

7112.  Bronze  bowl.    /;.  0.15  m.    d.  0.328  m.  PI. 
30.  G  187. 

Rather  less  than  hemispherical;  a  pair  to 
7 1 1 1 . 

7113.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0115  m.    d.  0.276  m.  PI. 
25-  G45. 

Straight  sides  curving  down  to  flat  base. 
Small  ring  in  middle  inside.  Rim  slightly  in- 
turned. 

7114.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.10  m.    d.  0.26  m.  PI 
32.  G  722. 

Very  similar  to  7 no;  straight  sided,  coppery- 
yellow;  rather  battered. 

7115.  Bronze    bowl.    h.    0.105  m.    d.    0.218  m. 
PI.  25.  G  45- 

Hemispherical  with  umbilical  base;  rim  in- 
turned. 

7116.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.09  m.    d.  0.146  m.  PI. 
30.  G  187. 

Curved  sides,  rounded  base;  tinned  inside  and 
out. 

7117.  Bronze  bowl.       h.  0.083  m.       d.  0.133  m. 
PI.  32.  G  39. 

7118.  Bronze    bowl.    h.    0.072  m.    d.    0.180  m. 
PI.  30.  G  187. 

Shallow,  rather  less  than  hemispherical,  with 
a  slightly  umbilical  base.  Plated  with  yellow 
alloy. 

7119.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  0.151  m.  PI. 
32.  G  324. 

Roughly  hemispherical ;  tinned  inside. 

7120.  Bronze  bowl.  h.  0.068  m.    d.  0.158  m.  PI. 
25-  G  45. 

Hemispherical;  hole  in  base  roughly  patched; 
tinned  inside  and  out. 

7121.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.062  m.    d.  0.127  m-  PI- 

32-  G  331- 

Slanting  walls,  rounded  below,  with  small 
umbilical  base ;  tinned  inside. 


7122.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  O  I57  m-  P-- 
32-  G330. 

Less  than  hemispherical;  interior  tinned  but 
the  tin  wearing  off. 

7123.  Bronze  bowl,    h.  0.062  m.    d.  0.078  m.  PI. 
32-  G  134. 

With  one  ring-handle ;  rather  less  than  hemi- 
spherical with  umbilical  base  ;  tinned  inside  and  out. 

7124.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.055  m-    d.  o.n  m.  PI. 
32.  G  488. 

Hemispherical;  golden  colour  outside;  the  in- 
side tinned  but  tin  wearing  off. 

7125.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.05  m.    d.  0.10  m.  PI. 
32.  G  712. 

Flattened  hemispherical. 

7126.  Bronze  bowl.    /t.  0.049  m.    d.  0.123  m.  PI. 
32.  G  141. 

Curved  sides;  small  umbilical  base;  tinned 
inside  but  tin  worn  off. 

7127.  Bronze  bowl.    /1.0.049  m.    i.  0.153  m.  PI. 
32-  G  576. 

Very  shallow  bowl,  curved  sides;  tinned. 

7128.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.047m.    d.  o.nm.  PI. 
32.  G  520. 

Tinned  inside  and  out. 
7i2g.    Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.06  m.    d.  0.094  m.  PI. 
3*-  G  331. 

With  pattern  punctured  sideways  with  a  blunt 
chisel,  the  metal  being  raised  at  the  end  of  the 
groove;  straight  walls  curved  off  to  base-ring; 
red  patina. 

7130.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.063  m-    d.  0.114  m.  PI. 
31.  G  270. 

Flattened  hemispherical,  with  engraved  criss- 
cross pattern  on  rim;  yellow  colour  outside,  rim 
and  interior  tinned ;  thick  and  heavy  metal. 

7131.  Bronze  bowl.    /1.0.055  m.    d.  o.  105  m.  PI. 
31-  G  331. 

Pattern  punctured,  like  7129;  walls  straight 
curved  off  to  flat  base ;  patina  dark  outside,  red 
on  rim  and  interior. 

7132.  Bronze  cup.    h.  0.074  m.    d.  0.091  m.  PI. 
31-  G  394. 

Handleless,  with  engraved  design  of  quatrefoils 
and  ankhs,  and  in  the  lowest  zone,  of  water-plants. 
Walls  straight,  but  sloping  slightly  outwards; 
slanted  in  to  fiat  base ;  apparently  tinned. 

7133.  Bronze  cup.      h.  0.07  m.    d.  0.085  m-  PI- 

31.  G  712. 
Handleless,  with  engraved  design  of  girdle-knots. 

Walls  straight,  with  a  very  flat  curved  base 
tinned. 

7134.  Bronze  cup.    h.  0.07  m.    d.  0.072  m.  PL 

32.  G  671. 
Handleless,  and  plain.    Walls  straight,  slanting 

angularly  to  umbilical  base. 

7135.  Bronze  saucer.    /1.0.028  m.    d.  0.08  m.  PL 
32.  G  293. 

Once  had  two  handles;  has  base-ring. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


243 


7136.  Lead  cup.      h.  0.057  m.     d.  0.115  m.  PI. 
32.  G  600. 

Bent  into  shape  for  pouring. 

7137.  Bronze  caldron,    h.  0.112  m.    d.  0.132  m 
PI.  25.  G  45 

With  three  feet;  straight  sides,  whereon  very- 
faint  is  a  punctured  design  of  a  floral  scroll 
splayed  neck. 

7138.  Bronze  vase.    h.  0.115  m.    PI.  30.     G  187 
Two-handled,  with  flattened  pear-shaped  body 

base-ring,  and  cylindrical  mouth. 

7139.  Bronze  vase.    /1.0.150  m.    PI.  32.       G  536 
Two-handled,   with  flattened  globular  body 

base-ring,  and  slightly  splayed  mouth. 

7140.  Bronze  vase.    h.  0.128  m.    PI.  32.     G  203 
Two-handled,   with  flattened   globular  body 

base-ring  and  splayed  mouth. 

7141.  Bronze  situla.    h.  0.092  m.    PI.  30.    G  187 
With   handle   attached    by   two   ears;  drop- 
shaped  body. 

7142.  Bronze  ladle.     /.  0.30  m.    PI.  30.     G  187. 
With  long  handle  which  at  the  top  is  twisted 

and  then  bent  over,  with  a  rough  snake's  head 
end. 

7143.  Bronze  jug.    h.  0.150  m.    PI.  31.       G  316. 
Hellenistic,  with  handle  moulded  and  chased, 

having  at  base  a  female  mask  with  leaf  set- 
ting, and  a  second  mask,  etc.,  above;  tinned. 
P.  61. 

7144.  Bronze    vessel,    h.    0.048  m.    d.    0.068  m. 
PI.  32.  G  5. 

Circular,  with  three  feet  and  spout,  resembling 
early  Coptic  sacramental  oil-pots. 

7145.  Brass  caldron.      h.  0.037  m.       d.  0.053  m- 
PI.  31.  G  293. 

Small,  with  three  legs;  vandyke  pattern  en- 
graved on  shoulder  and  floral  scroll  on  body; 
broad  out-turned  rim. 

7146.  Bronze   patera.    Total  /.    0.257  m.    d.  of 
bowl  0.162  m.  h.  of  rimo.024  m.    PI.  29.    G  187. 

Hellenistic;  handle  formed  by  a  full  length  figure 
in  New  Empire  style,  the  arms  of  the  figure 
embracing  the  rim  of  the  bowl.  The  handle 
terminates  in  a  mask  similar  to  that  on  Xos. 
7512-3.    Bright  yellow  alloy. 

7147.  Bronze  lamp.    h.  0.35  m.    PI.  30.      G  187 
Hellenistic;  swinging  on  high  stand;  acanthus 

pattern  at  fork;  claw  foot  tripod;  between  the 
feet,  two  rough  acanthus  (?)  leaves,  and  a  hook 
for  suspension.    Body  of  grooved  type. 

7148.  Bronze  bowl.    d.  0.185  m.  G  229. 
Yellow  outside ;  inside  tinned ;  base  all  battered 

in;  roughly  hemispherical.  Original  height 
doubtful. 

7149.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  circa  o.  10  m.    d.  0.124  m. 

G  52. 

Rather  more  than  hemispherical;  sides  brought 
up  straight  and  edge  a  little  turned  in ;  bottom 
battered  nearly  out. 


7150.  Bronze  bowl.        h.  0.047  m.        d.  0.11m. 

G  123  A. 

Tinned  inside  and  out. 

7151.  Bronze  bowl.   h.  0.05  m.    d.  0.10  m.    G  26. 
The  interior  is  tinned.    Very  much  battered. 

7152.  Bronze  bowl,    i  0.12  m.  G  147. 
Roughly  hemispherical ;  very  much  battered ; 

original  height  doubtful. 

7153.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  circa  0.064  m.    J.  0.12  m. 

G  268. 

Roughly  hemispherical;  bottom  battered.  In- 
scribed with  symbol,  perhaps  maker's  mark. 

7154.  Bronze  bowl.    d.  0.122  m.  G  445. 
Body  hemispherical  (?)  with  rim  slightly  out- 
turned  ;  bottom  made  separately  and  lost ;  very 
much  battered.    Original  height  doubtful. 

7155.  Bronze  bowl.    h.  0.16  m.    d.  0.256  m.  Pll. 
26,  28.  G  187. 

With  straight  sides  curved  down  to  rounded 
base;  round  the  upper  part  of  the  walls,  incised 
(chisel  and  hammer)  decoration ;  under  a  rope- 
pattern  border  a  procession  of  bestial,  four  cows 
and  two  calves,  driven  by  a  Nubian  herdsman 
who  carries  in  right  hand  a  milk-pail,  in  left  a 
barbed  spear,  and  another  pail  on  his  head.  Very 
fine  work.  Green  and  red  patina  outside,  deep 
red  granulated  patina  within.      See  p.  60. 

7156.  Bowl.  0.173  m.     d.     0.262  m.  Pll. 
26,  27.  G  187. 

Bronze  electrotype  of  the  big  bronze  bowl  now 
in  Cairo.  Rather  more  than  hemispherical.  See 
P-  59- 


OBJECTS  OF  BRONZE,  IRON,  ETC. 
7157  to  7179.    Twenty-three  iron  arrowheads. 


Forty-two  iron  arrowheads. 
Forty-eight  iron  arrowheads. 


34- 

7180  to  7221. 
7222  to  7269. 

7270  ~| 

7271  f  Three  bronze  arrowheads. 

7272  ) 


PI 

G  259 
PI.  34 
G  141 
PI- 34 
G  254 


PI.  34-      G  254 


7273 

to  7288.  Sixteen 

iron 

arrowheads. 

PI-  35- 

G  324. 

7289. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

G  342. 

7290. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

PI. 

35- 

G  504. 

7291. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

PI. 

35- 

G  342. 

7292. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

PI. 

35- 

G  607. 

7293. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

PI. 

35- 

G  607. 

7294. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

G  342. 

7295- 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

G 

7296. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

G 

7297. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

G  342. 

7298. 

Iron 

arrowhead. 

PI. 

35- 

G  605. 

7299. 

Iron 

axe.    PI.  35. 

G  187. 

Length 

from  shaft 

to  e 

dge,  0.092  m. 

;  across 

blade,  0.062  m. 


2  44  KARANOG 


7300. 

Iron  arrowhead. 

G  309. 

7403. 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

G  546. 

7301. 

Iron  chisel.    PI.  36. 

G  585. 

Broken. 

7302. 

Iron  chisel  with  bronze  handle. 

PI.  36. 

7404- 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

G  346. 

G  182. 

Broken. 

7303. 

Iron  shears.    PI.  36. 

G  585- 

7405. 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

G  627. 

7304. 

Iron  tweezers.    PI.  36. 

G  585- 

7406. 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

G  572. 

7305. 

Iron  kohlstick. 

G  292. 

7407. 

Iron  kohlstick. 

G  772- 

7306. 

Iron  kohlstick. 

G  650. 

7408. 

Iron  kohlstick. 

G  269. 

7307. 

Iron  chatelaine  with  tweezers,   knife  and 

7409. 

Wooden  kohlstick  (part  of). 

G  241. 

stiletto  together  on  an  iron  ring.    PI.  36.    G  578. 

7410. 

Iron  kohlstick. 

G  399- 

7308  and  7310.    Iron  bracelets.    PI.  35. 

G  253. 

7411. 

Bronze  needle. 

G387. 

7309  and  7311.    Iron  ankle-rings.    PI.  35. 

G  513. 

7412. 

Iron  needle. 

G  624. 

7312. 

Iron  bracelet. 

G  572- 

7413- 

Iron  arrowhead. 

G  37i- 

7313- 

Iron  key.    PI.  36. 

G 

7414. 

Iron  cutting  tool. 

G  37i- 

7314 

to  7325.    Iron  arrowheads.    PI.  35 

.    G  294. 

7415- 

Reed  butt  of  an  arrow. 

G 

7326  to  7328.    Iron  arrowheads. 

G 

7416. 

Part  of  reed  shaft  of  an  arrow,  with  notch. 

7329. 

Bronze  arrowhead. 

G 

G  309. 

733°  to  7337  B.    Twelve  iron  arrowheads. 

G  27 1 . 

7417- 

Part  of  reed  shaft  of  an  arrow,  with  feather- 

Note. — Numbers  7338-7366,  being  the  numbers 
attached  to  glass  vessels,  are  printed  after  No.  7749. 

ing. 
7418. 

G  23. 

Part  of  reed  shaft  of  an  arrow  with  notch. 

G  wn. 

7367. 

Iron  chisel.    PI.  36. 

G  254. 

7419- 

Bronze  arrow  head. 

G  778. 

With  maker's  mark  engraved  on  each  side ; 

With  part  of  reed  shaft. 

remarkably  preserved. 

7420. 

Bronze  spoon.    /.  0.191  m.   PI.  29. 

G  187. 

7368. 

Iron  spearhead.    PI.  36. 

G  141. 

With  knot  pattern. 

7369. 

Iron  arrowhead. 

G  134- 

7421. 

Wooden  spoon.    1.  0.210  m.    PI.  109. 

G  187. 

737o. 

Iron  arrowhead. 

G  64. 

With  carved  handle. 

7371- 

Iron  chatelaine.    PI.  36. 

G  271. 

7422. 

Wooden  spoon.    /.  0.190  m. 

G  187. 

Suspended   from   a   ring,  spatula, 

tweezers, 

Handle  carved  into  crocodile  (?)  form. 

knife  and  stiletto. 

7423  to  7454.    Portions  of  arrows. 

G  187. 

7372. 

Iron  chain.    PI.  36. 

G  252. 

Iron  heads  and  reed  shafts. 

7373- 

Iron  arrowhead.    PI.  36. 

G37i- 

7455- 

Iron  key  with  wooden  handle.  /. 

of  iron 

With  part  of  wooden  shaft  remaining 

part 

0.10  m. ;  of  wood,  0.095  m.     PI.  36. 

G  187. 

7374, 

5.    Pair  of  iron  anklets.    PI.  35. 

G  2. 

7456. 

Bronze  kohlrod. 

G 

7376, 

7379.    Pair  of  iron  anklets.  PI. 

35-  G8. 

7457- 

Iron  implement  (part  of). 

G  183. 

7377,  7380.    Pair  of  iron  anklets.    PI.  35. 

G 

7458. 

Iron  scissors.    /.  0.165  m.    PI.  35. 

G  663. 

7378,  7381.    Pair  of  iron  anklets.    PI.  35 

G  1. 

With  central  rivet;  one  blade  broken 

7382. 

Iron  bracelet.    PI.  35. 

G  597- 

7459- 

Iron  adze.    /.  0.18  m.    PI.  35. 

G  672. 

7383. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  293. 

7460. 

Iron   cylindrical  spring  lock.     d.   0.08  m. 

7384. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  623. 

PI.  25. 

G  45- 

7385. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  118. 

7386. 
7387. 

Bronze  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 
Bronze  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  118. 

G  3.1.5. 

LEATHER  OBJECTS 

7388. 

Iron  kohlstick.  PI36. 

G  131. 

7461  A. 

A  pair  of  leather  sandals. 

G  325- 

7389. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  64. 

Complete,  with  plain  red  leather  uppers,  and 

7390. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  445- 

toe-strap. 

7391- 

Wooden  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  572. 

7461 B. 

A  pair  of  leather  sandals. 

G  270. 

7392. 

Iron  kohlstick.     PI.  36. 

G  467. 

Much  damaged;  only  the  soles  remaining,  plain 

Surmounted  by  figure  of  bird. 

with 

a  fragment  of  yellow  leather  uppers. 

7393- 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  619. 

7462. 

Fragments  of  leather. 

G  2  7 1 . 

7394- 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  398. 

Plain  but  with  edge  bound  in  two  colours. 

7395- 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  S6r. 

Apparently  part  of  a  bag  or  quiver,  being  found 

7396. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  304. 

with 

a  number  of  arrowheads  by  the  side  of 

a  man, 

7397- 

Bronze  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  521. 

in  an  undisturbed  burial. 

7398. 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  242. 

7463. 

Pair  of  leather  sandals. 

G  647. 

7399- 

Iron  kohlstick.    PI.  36. 

G  384. 

The  soles  are  of  white  leather  with  engraved 

7400. 

Iron  bar. 

G  293. 

lines 

;  tolerably  complete.    The  uppers  of  green 

7401. 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

G  566. 

embroidered  leather  had  largely  come  to 

pieces. 

7402. 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

G  182. 

See 

Nos.  7719-7720. 

OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


245 


7464.  Pair  of  leather  sandals.  G  345. 
Much  decayed.  The  soles  covered  with  reticu- 
lated pattern  having  a  filling  ornament  of  rosettes ; 
round  the  sole  a  border  of  snake  pattern.  The 
uppers  are  of  red  leather  stamped  with  rows  of 
snake  pattern. 

7465.  Leather  bag.  G  299. 
Small,  in  two  pieces.    Surface  dressed  dark  and 

covered  with  incised  decoration  of  scales  and 
lines. 

7466.  Doll.    PI.  109.  G  286. 
Of  terra-cotta,  moulded  in  two  halves;  body- 
straight,  arms  from  elbow  outspread.  Surface 
white  with  details  in  red,  green  and  black.  Big 
headdress,  body  nude. 

7467.  Leather  sandal.  G  664. 
For  left  foot.    Sole  only.    The  upper  surface 

covered  with  stamped  reticulated  pattern  having 
filling   ornament   of   small  rosettes. 

7468.  Decorated  appliqu^  leather.  G  688. 
Dark  blue-black  ground  cut  with  star-pattern 

to  show  light  leather  backing;  bound  with  red 
leather  sewn  on  with  thin  strips  of  white  leather. 

7469.  Leather  bag  (?).  G  162. 
Of  thick  leather;  the  face  covered  with  incised 

patterns,  festoons,  reticulations  and  Vandykes. 

7470.  Leather  bag  (?).  G  229. 
Of  thick  leather;  the  face  dressed  dark  and 

covered  with  incised  patterns,  crescents,  crosses, 
ovals,  etc.,  arranged  in  compartments. 

7471.  Coloured  leather.     circa  0.08   m.  square. 
PI.  109.  G  526. 

Inlay  of  red  leather  stitched  with  white  thread 
onto  a  green  ground ;  two  snakes  with  disks  facing 
each  other.    From  a  sandal. 
7472  to  7479.    Wood  and  leather.  G  685. 

The  leather  cut  in  open-work  patterns  or 
covered  with  incised  ornament.  Apparently 
fragments  of  sandals  and  of  a  bag  containing 
wooden  objects;  but  the  whole  has  been  ruined  by 
white  ants. 

7478.  Fragments  of  leather  sandals.  G  387. 
Soles  only.    The  upper  surface  covered  with 

a  stamped  reticulated  pattern  having  a  filling 
ornament  of  small  rosettes. 

7479.  Fragments  of  coloured  leather.        G  323. 
Design  of  crosses  in  red  inlay  on  green  ground ; 

white  stitching. 

OBJECTS  OF  WOOD,  IVORY,  ETC. 

7480.  Part  of  turned  wooden  kohlpot.        G  388. 

7481.  Half  of  a  wooden  kohlpot.  G  523. 
Inlaid  with  ivory;  'Noah's  ark'   tree  pattern. 

7482)     Wooden  kohlpot.  G  748. 

7483 I  In   two   halves.     Inlaid   with  wood 

and  afterwards  lathe-turned. 
7484  to  7505.    Fragments  of  wooden  boxes.    G  671. 
Inlaid  with  ivory. 


7507]     Two  wooden  spindle-whorls.  G  445. 

7508  ^ 

7508  A  J-     Pieces  of  inlaid  wooden  boxes.  G 
7508B  J 

7509.  Piece  of  inlaid  wooden  box.  G 

7509  A.    Piece  of  inlaid  wooden  box.  G 
7509B.    Lid  of  wooden  kohlpot  inlaid  with  ivory 

spot  pattern.  G  170 

7510.  Inlaid  wooden  "patch  box."    h.  0.039m 
d.  0.048  m.    PI.  23.  G  445 

Cylindrical  box  with  knobbed  lid;  round  the 
sides,  chevron  pattern  with  ivory  triangles. 

751 1.  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G.    Fragments  of  textiles 
from  various  graves.    PI.  108. 

7512)     A  pair  of  bronze  jugs.     h.  0.135  m.     PI.  29. 

75i3 >  G  187. 

Trefoil  mouths,  and  handles  terminating  below 
in  a  female  mask,  above  in  a  human  figure  whose 
arms  encircle  the  rim  of  the  vessel;  another 
mask  and  other  decorative  motives  appear  on 
the  handles.    See  p.  61. 

7514.  Kohlpot.    /.  0.176  m.    d.  0.041m.    PI.  25. 

G  45- 

Wood  and  ivory;  chequer  pattern  ends  and 
columnar  centre.    See  p.  70. 

7515.  Kohlpot  and  lid.    /.  0.262  m.    d.  0.048  m. 
PI.  23.  G  293. 

Wood  inlaid  with  ivory,  'Noah's  ark'  tree 
pattern. 

7516.  Casket  with  lid.    /.  0.184  m.    br.  0.093  m. 
h.  0.074  m.    PI.  22.  G  671. 

Wood  and  ivory;  bottom  missing;  inlaid  with 
rosettes  enclosed  by  squares  of  small  dots.  See 
p.  71. 

7517.  Casket  with  lid.    /.  0.236  m.    br.  0.117  m. 
h.  0.165  m.    PI.  22.  G  445. 

Wood  and  ivory;  bottom  missing;  short  legs. 
Square  rosettes  in  panels  enclosed  by  beading; 
on  frame,  dotted  lines.  Lid  re-rivetted,  corners 
brass-bound;  lock  and  handles  added.    Seep.  71. 

7518.  Casket.    /.0.26  m.    br.  0.210  m.  /2.0.228  m. 
PI.  21.  G  140. 

Wood  and  ivory;  floral  design  on  front  and  top; 
corners  brass-bound,  lock-plate  and  handles 
added.    (Most  of  wood  modern.)    See  p.  70. 

7519.  Casket.    /.0.26  m.    br.  0.206  m.   h.  0.227  m. 
PI.  24.  G45- 

Wood  and  ivory;  in  front,  figures  in  pillared 
niches  and  sphinxes.  (Only  front  feet  remain 
of  original  wood.)    See  p.  69. 

7520.  Wooden  box  (part  of).  G  59. 
Inlaid  with  ivory. 

7521  )     Pieces  of  wooden  box.  G  60. 

7522)        Inlaid  with  ivory. 

7523.    Wooden    "patch    box."    h.    0.048  m.  d. 
0.04  m.    PI.  23.  G  1 16. 

Sides  lathe- turned  with  horizontal  ribs;  ivory 
knob  on  lid. 


246 


KARANOG 


7524)     Two  tops  of  wooden  kohlpots.  G  116. 

7525  I        Inlaid  with  ivory,  dotted  lines,  'Noah's 

ark'  trees,  ankhs,  and  stars. 
7526)     Two  turned  wooden  "patch  boxes."  (1) 
7527 1 0.024  m.    d.   0.042  m.     (2)    h.    0.013  m. 

d.  0.015  m.    PI.  23.  G  118. 

Plain  wood;  cylindrical,  with  concentric  circles 

on  lids. 

7528.    Top  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G  59. 

Inlaid  with  ivory,  'Noah's  ark'  tree  pattern; 
on  top,  an  eight-pointed  star. 
7529)      Kohlpot  and  lid.    I.  0.228  m.    d.  0.046  m. 

7530  f  PI.  23.  G  1 18. 
Wood  inlaid  with  ivory  in  'Noah's  ark'  tree 

pattern. 

7531  to  7535.  Fragments  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory 
and  fragments  of  wood  not  inlaid,  evidently  all 
part  of  one  casket.  G  118. 

7536  to  7541.    Fragments  of  one  or  more  wooden 

boxes  inlaid  with  ivory.  G 
7542.    Fragments  of  wooden  box  inlaid  with  ivory. 

G 

7543  "J 

7544  >     Sides  of  a  wooden  box  inlaid  with  ivory. 

7545  -*  G 

7546  to  7565.  Fragments  of  wooden  box  or  boxes 
inlaid  with  ivory.  G 

7566.  Top  of  kohlpot.  G  133. 
Wood  inlaid  with  ivory,  'Noah's  ark'  tree  pat- 
tern in  diamond  reticulation ;  knob  top. 

7567.  Wooden  top  of  kohlpot.  G  287. 
Inlaid  with  ivory,  alternate  rosettes  and  leaves, 

on  the  top,  a  cross. 

7568.  Top  of  kohlpot,  wood  inlaid  with  ivory.  G  1 1  2 
Reticulated  pattern. 

7569.  Fragment  of  box  inlaid  with  ivory.     G  141. 

7570.  Ring  of  wood  inlaid  with  ivory,    d.  0.045  m- 

G  187. 

Pattern  of  running  trefoil.    Use  uncertain. 
7571   to  7576.     Fragments  of  wooden  box,  some 

inlaid  with  ivory.  G  460. 

7577  to  7586.    Fragments  of  wooden  box  inlaid 

with  ivory.  G  203. 

75?7' 
7533  I 

7589.  Kohlbox  (part  of).  G275. 
Wooden   base  and  six  wooden  columniform 

uprights,  from  a  kohlbox  resembling  No.  7514. 

7590.  Lid  of  a  turned  horn  kohlpot.  G  238. 

7591  I     Two  fragments  of  turned  wooden  kohlpots. 

7592  i  G  137. 

7593.  Lid  of  turned  horn  kohlpot.  G  260. 

7594.  Turned    wooden    kohlpot.     h.    0.107  m. 

G  263. 

Plain ;  no  lid. 

7595.  Lid  of  turned  wooden  kohlpot.         G  382. 
Inlaid  with  ivory  studs. 

7596.  Wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.057  m-  G  3^9- 
Small,  plain.    No  lid. 


Similar  fragments. 


7597.  Part  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G  5. 
Chip-carved  to  resemble  stem  of  a  palm.  The 

rim  had  been  studded  with  ivory. 

7598.  Part  of  wooden  kohlpot,  chip-carved,  very 
similar  to  last.  G  198. 

7599.  Lid  of  turned  wooden  kohlpot.  G  397. 

7600.  Turned  wooden  "patch  box."    h.  0.05m. 
d.  0.06  m.  G  287. 

Plain  sides,  ringed  and  knobbed  lid. 

7601.  Half  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G  539. 
Lathe-turned  with  close-set  ridges. 

7602.  Wooden  kohlpot  with  lid.    PI.  23.    G  521. 
Lathe-turned   with   close-set   ridges,  splayed 

base,  high  knobbed  lid. 

7603.  Turned  wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.17  m.  G  445 
Plain  ringed ;  no  lid. 

7604.  Turned  wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.21  m.  G  369 
One  side  decayed.    Plain  ringed;  no  lid. 

7605.  Turned  wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.16  m.    G  no 
Plain  ringed;  no  lid. 

7606.  Lid  of  wooden  casket.  G  602 
The  top  side  chip-carved  in  diamond  pattern 

7607.  Turned  piece  of  wood.  G  64 
Perhaps  stopper  for  wooden  jar. 

7608.  Fragment  of  wood  from  a  box.  G  775 
With  holes  for  lost  ivory  inlay. 

7609.  Wooden  kohlpot  with  lid.  h.  0.165  m.  G  193 
Plain  ringed. 

7610.  Broken  wooden  "patch  box.  "  G 
7611A,  B.    Wooden  "patch    box,"    and  lid.  h 

0.03  m.    d.  0.057  m.  G  551 

7612.  Lid  of  turned  wooden  kohlpot.  G  130 

7613.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  130 

7614.  Wooden  kohlpot.  G  508 
Plain  with  knob  end.     Lid  missing. 

7615A.  Plain  wooden  kohlpot.  h.  0.083  m-  G  598 
7615B.    Plain  wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.078  m.  G  598 

7616.  Fragments  from  a  large  cylindrical  wood 
box.  G  681. 

The  wood  has  been  coloured  all  over  with  some 
dark  mineral  paint ;  round  the  body  are  two  bands 
of  paint,  green  and  grey;  a  few  incised  lathe- 
turned  bands  were  cut  through  the  colouring  to 
the  wood,  and  the  whole  surface  was  then  smoothly 
coated  with  a  light  brown  gum-like  varnish. 

7617.  Wooden  kohlpot.  h.  0.08  m.  G  746. 
7618A.    Wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.165  m.        G  361. 

B.  Wooden   kohlpot.  G  361. 

C.  Lid  of  wooden  "patch  box.  "  G  361. 

7619.  Lid  of  a  wooden  "patch  box".  G  174. 

7620.  Wooden    "patch    box."    h.    0.042  m.  d. 
0.047  m-  G  288. 

Plain.     Lid  missing. 

7621.  Broken  wooden  kohlpot.  G  391. 
7622A,  B,  C,  D,  E.    Three  plain   turned  "patch 

boxes,  "  with  lids,  and  two  wooden  spindle-whorls, 
broken.     A.  0.032  m.;  d.  0.043  m-    B.  h. 

0.027  m. ;  d.  0.035  m-  h.  0.021  m. ;  d.  0.02  m. 
PI.  23.  G  284. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


247 


7623.  Wooden  kohlpot.  G  52. 
One  side  decayed ;  plain  with  lathe-turned  rings. 

7624.  Wooden  kohlpot.    h.   0.20  m.  G  641. 
Plain  ringed. 

7625 A,  B.    Wooden  kohlpot  and  lid.    /.  0.132  m. 

G  549- 

Perfectly  plain  cylinder. 
7626 A,  B.    Wooden  kohlpots.  G  701. 

7627.  Wooden  kohlpot  with  lid.    h.  0.205  m.  PI. 
23.  G  448. 

Plain  ringed  with  splayed  foot,  and  knobbed  lid. 

7628.  Wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.19  m.  G  671. 
Plain  ringed;  no  lid. 

7629.  Wooden  kohlpot.    /.  0.245  m.    d.  0.037  m- 

G  331- 

With  lid.    Plain  ringed. 

7630.  Wooden  kohlpot.    /.  0.18  m.  G  269. 
Inlaid    with    ivory;  dot    pattern.    The  iron 

kohlstick  remains  inside. 

7631.  Side  of  a  wooden  box.  G  162 

7632.  Fragments  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G  585 

7633.  Wooden    kohlpot.  G  142 

7634.  Fragment  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G  309 

7635.  Wooden    "patch    box."    h.    0.025  m.  d 
0.037  m.  G  293 

Plain  turned  wood  with  knobbed  lid. 

7636.  Fragment  of  chip-carved  wooden  box.  G  204 

7637.  Plain  wooden  kohlpot  with  lid.    h.  0.09  m 

G  304 

7638.  Plain  wooden  kohlpot.    h.  0.095  m-    G  384 

7639.  Wooden  handle  (?).  G  212 
Tip-cat  shaped  object,  flat  below,  with  nail 

driven  through  centre. 

7640.  Top  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G  781. 

7641.  Side  of  a  wooden  box.  G 

7642.  Side  of  a  wooden  box.  G 

7643.  Wooden  disk  with  handle.  G  267. 
Resembling  a  mirror-back;  but  more  probably 

from  the  head  of  a  Ba-bird  statue. 

7644.  Similar  disk  in  sandstone.  G 
With  a  coloured  band  across  each  face,  and  a 

lotus  pattern  at  base  of  one  face;  from  the  head 
of  a  Ba-bird  statue.  Found  loose  in  the  surface 
sand. 

7645.  Fragment  of  wood.  G271. 
The  angles  are  notched,  a  hole  through  the 

centre. 

Perhaps  a  tally;  or  a  key-handle. 

7646.  Fragment  of  wood.  G  257. 
A  fragment  of  a  wood-carving  representing  a 

girdle-knot. 

7647.  Small  wooden  object  shaped  as  a  flag.  G 
With  ankh-sign  carved  on  it.    Perhaps  from 

head-dress  of  a.  statue.    Found  loose  in  the  sand. 

7648.  Fragment  of  wooden  box  inlaid  with  ivory. 

G 

7649.  Wooden    kohlpot.    h.    0.165  m.  G 
Plain  ringed ;  no  lid. 

7650.  Lid  of  wooden  "patch  box."  G  714. 


7651107656.    Fragments  of  wooden  kohlpots.  G 

7657.  Sandstone  pendant  weight.  G  204 

7658.  Key-handle  of  carved  wood.  G 
Representing  a  girdle-knot. 

7659.  Bronze  ring-handle.  G  332 

7660.  Small  wooden  object.  G  367 
Apparently  a  stopper  for  a  vase  or  kohlpot. 

7661.  Lid  of  wooden  "patch  box."  G  551 

7662.  Clay  doll.    PI.  96.  G  300 
Of  primitive  type. 

7663.  Part  of  bone  handle.  G  305 

7664.  Small  stone  object.  G 
Perhaps  piece  for  a  game. 

7665.  Stone  weight.  G 
Resembling  a  net-weight. 

7666.  Lead  sealing.  G  680 
With  impression  from  signet. 

7667.  Fragment  of  iron  plate  with  key-hole.  G 

7668.  Fragment  of  shaft  of  spindle.  G 

7669.  Wooden  spindle.        0.235  m.  G  356 
Shaft  and  whorl  and  hook  complete. 

7670.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  615 
7671 A-C.    Four  spindle- whorls.  G  284 

One  of  ivory,  ringed;  three  of  wood. 

7672.    Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  382 

7^73  )  two  Spindle-whorls.  G  =52 

7674  J  3 

7675.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  37 

7676.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  147 
Carved  with  rosette  pattern. 

7677.  Ivory  spindle-whorl.  G  468 
Engraved  with  bands  and  concentric  circles. 

7678.  A-H.    Eight  wooden  spindle-whorls.  G  293 

7679.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  217 

7680.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G  133 

7681.  Wooden  spindle-whorl.  G 

7682.  Green  stone  ring.  G  488 
Shaped  like  early  dynastic  mace-head ;  probably 

the  head  of  a  staff. 

7683.  Ivory  ring.  G  526 
Similar  to  7682,  perhaps  the  head  of  a  staff 

See  p.  28. 

7684.  Similar  ivory  ring  with  lead  lining.  G  254 
Perhaps  the  head  of  a  staff. 

7685.  Ivory  piece  of  some  game  (?).  G  327 

7686.  Half  of  lid  of  cylindrical  ivory  toilet  pot  G  2  7 
With  engraved  pattern  of  circles  and  lines. 

7687.  Wooden  "patch  box."         h.  0.01  m.  d 
0.016  m.  G  561 

Plain,  lid  missing. 

7688.  Circular  band  of  metal.  G  612 

7689.  Small  wooden  stopper  for  a  vase.  G  657 

7690.  Four-sided  tube  of  ivory.  G  399 
Engraved  with  concentric  circles. 

7691.  Ivory  rod.  G  98 
Perhaps  a  key-handle. 

7692.  Bronze  band  on  a  piece  of  wood.  G  612 

7693.  Small  ivory  cylinder.  G  237 
Engraved  with  lines  and  circles. 


248 


KARANOG 


7694.  A  playing  die.  G  203. 

7695.  Part  of  iron  binding  of  a  box,  with  iron  nails. 

G  269. 

7696A,  B.    Part  of  copper  or  bronze  binding  of  a 
box  with  nails  of  same  metal.  G  332. 

7697.  Bronze  handle  of  a  large  vessel.  G  183. 

7698.  Bronze  handle.  G  4. 
Two  strands  spirally  coiled  and  terminating  in 

ivy  leaf. 

7699  to  7703.    Parts  of  iron  binding  of  box,  with 


of 


G  269. 

G  315- 
lathe- 


G  162 
G  162 


0.019  m.  d 

G  399 
Lid  missing 
and  lid.  h 

G  625 

G 
G 


iron  nails. 

7704.  Wooden  kohlpot.    I.  0.15  m. 
One    half   decayed.    Close  bands 

turned  lines.    Lid  missing. 

7705.  Side  of  wooden  box. 

7706.  Wooden  kohlpot.    /.  0.153  m- 
Quite  plain ;  lid  missing. 

7707  to  7708.    Wooden  rings  of  uncertain  use.  G  1 62 

One  with  engraved  symbols. 
7709.    Wooden    "patch    box."  h 
0.03 1  m. 

Lathe-turned  with  plain  bands. 
7710A,   B.    Wooden   "patch  box,' 
0.035  m- 

Less  than  half  remaining. 

771 1.  Part  of  plain  wooden  kohlpot. 

7712.  Part  of  plain  wooden  kohlpot. 

7713.  Turned  wood  box,  shaped  like  an  egg-cup 

G  521 

7714.  Wooden  kohlbox.    I.  0.20  m.  G  399 
Left  as  a  rough  piece  of  stick  with  protruding 

knots  (unless  this  be  due  to  total  decay  of  surface) 

7715.  Part  of  wooden  kohlpot.  G 

7716.  Part  of  plain  wooden  kohlpot.  G 

7717.  Part  of  inlaid  wooden  kohlpot.         G  242 
Surface  decayed;  star  pattern. 

7718A,  B,  C.    Parts  of  a  terra-cotta  doll.      G  182 

Similar  to  No.  7466,  figured  on  PI.  109. 
7719  to  7720.    Fragments  of  decorated  leather.  PI 
109.  G  647 

From  sandals  7463.    Green  ground  slit  and 
embroidered  with  narrow  strips  of  white,  yellow, 
and  brown  leather.    Very  delicate  work. 
7721  to  7723.    Spindle-whorls.  G 

7724.  Piece  of  iron  with  saw  edge.  G 

7725.  Wooden  kohlpot.    I.  0.20  m.  G  651. 
Together  with  its  iron  kohlstick,  enclosed  in 

original  case  of  string  netting  and  coarse  linen. 

7726.  Iron  arrowhead  stuck  in  vertebra.       G  628. 

7727.  Flat  piece  of  ivory,  probably  a  'smoother' 
for  making  pottery.  G  52. 

7728.  Carved  wooden  spoon.  G 

7729.  Doll's  head  of  clay.    PI.  96.  G  225. 
Primitive  type.    For  a  similar  specimen  of 

Nubian  origin,  but  of  XVIIIth  Dynasty  date,  cf. 
Areika,    PI.  8,  4025. 

7730.  Two  small   bronze  rings  originally  covered 
with  leather.  G 

7731  to  7737.    Iron  arrowheads.  G  488. 


7738.  Iron  arrowhead. 

7739.  Iron  tweezers. 

7740.  Part  of  wooden  kohlbox. 

7741.  Part  of  wooden  kohlbox. 

7742.  Part  of  wooden  kohlbox. 

7743.  Part  of  wooden  kohlbox. 

7744.  Part  of  wooden  kohlbox. 

7745.  Part  of  wooden  kohlbox. 

7746.  Egg-cup-shaped  turned  wooden  pot, 
much  broken. 

7747.  Egg-cup-shaped  turned  wooden 
no  lid. 

7748.  Wooden  stopper  for  vase. 
7749A.    Piece  of  flaked  flint. 

B.    Piece  of  flaked  flint. 

GLASS  VESSELS 


G  179 
G  494 
G 

G  460 
G  657 
G 
G 
G 

No  lid 
G  521 
kohlbox 
G  131 
G 

G  198 
G  248 


7338.    Glass  bottle,    h.  0.145  m.    PI.  37.      G  314. 
Hexagonal    body,    round   neck   and  mouth, 
reeded    handle ;  green    semi-transparent  glass. 
The  original  contents  are  intact,  but  solidified. 
7339-    Glass  bottle,    h.  0.125  m-    PI-  37-      G  278. 
Square  body,  round  neck  and  mouth,  broad 
reeded  handle ;  green  translucent  glass. 

7340.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.10  m.    PI.  37.       G  384.  , 
Pear-shaped  body,  small  neck,  splayed  mouth; 

dark  greenish-brown  opaque  glass  with  white 
thread  wound  spirally  round. 

7341.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.085  m-    PI-  37-     G  181. 
Pear-shaped  body,  small  neck,  splayed  mouth; 

greenish-white  semi-transparent  glass,  very  full 
of  bubbles.  The  original  contents  were  found  still 
liquid  inside. 

7342.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.175  m.    PI-  37.     G  314. 
Unguentarium    type.     Somewhat     high  tri- 
angular body,   cylindrical  neck.    Green  trans- 
parent glass. 

7343-    Glass  bowl.    h.  0.056  m.    d.  0.075  m-  PI- 
37-  G  384. 

Flattened  bowl-shaped  body,  rolled-in  neck  and 
splayed    lip,    slightly    umbilical    base;  streaky 
brown-green  glass. 
7344.    Glass  bottle,    h.  0.07  m.    PI.  37.      G  518. 
Pear-shaped    body,    boldly    out-turned  bell 
mouth;  greenish-brown  slightly  translucent  glass 
with  very  rough  surface. 
7345-    Glass  bottle,    h.  0.127  m.    PI.  37.     G  361. 
Pear-shaped    body,    boldly    out-turned  bell 
mouth;  horizontal  lines  engraved  round  body; 
greenish-white  transparent  glass  discoloured  by 
sediment  inside. 

7346.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.157  m.    PI-  37-     G  198. 
Pear-shaped    body,    boldly    out-turned  bell 

mouth;  horizontal  lines  engraved  round  body; 
white    transparent  glass. 

7347.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.093  m-    PI-  3^-      G  135. 
"Delphinflasche;"  greenish- white  transparent 

glass. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  AXIBEH 


7348.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.08  m.    PI.  38.       G  355. 
" Delphinflasche ;  "  small;  greenish-white  trans- 
parent glass. 

7349.  Glass  cup.    h.   0.023  m.    d.   0.075  m.  PI. 
39.  G  384. 

Greenish-white  transparent  glass,  with  base- 
ring. 

7350.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.062  m.    PI.  38.     G  292. 
"Delphinflasche;"  small;  greenish- white  trans- 
parent glass  with  rough  surface. 

7351.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.048  m.    PI.  39.     G  356. 
Small    thumb-bowl,    straight-sided    with  lip 

broadly  out-turned;  green  translucent  glass;  very 
rude  make. 

7352.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.152  m.    PI.  38.      G  45. 
"Delphinflasche,"  bronze  handle;  on  the  sides 

band  of  engraved  perpendicular  lines;  greenish- 
white  transparent  glass. 

7353.  Glass  bottle.    PI.  38.  G  330. 
"Delphinflasche,"  cut  on  the  body,  horizontal 

bands,  uprights  and  circles.  Traces  of  colouring 
matter  in  some  of  the  engraved  lines.  Green- 
ish-white transparent  glass.  Broken  and 
mended. 

7354.  Glass  cup.    h.  0.082  m.    PI.  39.        G  550. 
"Thumb-jar,"  with  indented  sides  and  out- 
turned  rim;  greenish- white  transparent  glass. 

7355-    Glass  bottle,  (h.  0.15  m.)   PI.  37.       G  281. 
Unguentarium    type.    Flat    triangular  body, 
cylindrical  neck.    Transparent  green  glass.  The 
neck  broken   and   part   missing,   so   that  the 
.  present  height  is  not  original. 
7356.    Glass  bottle,    h.  0.073  m-    Pl>  37-     G  263. 
Elongated  pear-shaped  body,  boldly  splayed 
bell  mouth,   neck  but  little  contracted;  white 
transparent,  glass. 
7357-    Glass  bottle.     h.  0.14  m.     PI.  38.    G  648. 
"Delphinflasche;"  cut  on  the  body,  concentric 
circles  between  horizontal  lines.    Much  broken 
and  mended. 

7358.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.16  m.    PI.  38.      G  88. 
"Delphinflasche;"  cut  on  the  body,  horizontal 

bands,  uprights  and  circles;  greenish- white  trans- 
parent glass.    Much  broken  and  mended. 

7359.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.155  m-    PI-  38.     G  114. 
"Delphinflasche;"  cut  on  the  body,  horizontal 

bands,  uprights  and  circles;  greenish- white  trans- 
parent glass.    Broken  and  mended. 

7360.  Fragments  of  glass  bottles.  G 

7361.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.283  m-    PI-  3°-     G  217. 
Straight-sided  cylindrical  body,  small  neck,  cup- 
shaped  mouth,  broad  reeded  handle ;  engraved 
lines    round    body;  white    transparent  glass. 
Broken  and  mended. 

7362.  Glass  bottle,    h.  0.15  m.    PI.  39.       G  187. 
Slender  cylindrical  body,  round  neck,  splayed 

mouth,  two  reeded  handles ;  engraved  lines  round 
body;  white  transparent  glass.  Broken  and 
mended. 


249 

7363-4-5.    Fragments  of  glass  bottles.  G 
7366.     Faience  cup.    h.  0.086  m.    d.    0.084  m. 

PI.  39.  G  139. 

Blue   and   purple   glaze,   design   of  triangles 

alternately  right  and  inverted,   whereon  scale 

pattern ;  bands  of  cable  pattern  in  low  relief  above 

and  below. 

BEADS 

7750.  /.   0.18  m.  G  5. 
Thirty-six  uniform  globular  beads  of  translucent 

dark  blue  glass.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7751.  /.  0.20  m.  G  5. 
Large  dodecagonal  beads,   eleven  of  dark  blue 

translucent  glass,  two  of  light  blue  semi-opaque 
glass,  two  of  orange  paste.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7752.  /.  0.32  m.  G  18. 
Forty-five  small  pear-shaped  quartz  pendants 

separated  by  pairs  of  small  spheroids,  one  of  gilt 
glass,  one  of  green,  red  or  blue  paste.  In  centre 
an  eye  amulet  of  green  glaze.  Original  order; 
necklace. 

7753-    I-  0.20  m.  G  23. 

Spheroid  beads  of  opaque  white  and  blue  glass, 
and  smaller  ring  or  spheroid  beads  of  red  paste, 
strung  blue,  red,  blue,  white,  etc.  Original  order ; 
anklet  on  left  leg. 

7754.    /.  0.34  m.  G  26. 

Thirty-eight  uniform  large  spheroids  of  trans- 
lucent dark  blue  glass;  from  the  centre  is  strung 
a  lead  eye  amulet.  Original  order;  child's  neck- 
lace. 

7755-    I-  0.27  m.    PI.  40.  G  26. 

Large  spheroids  of  quartz,  haematite  and 
carnelian,  fifteen  in  all,  separated  by  one  or  two 
small  spacers  of  blue,  green,  red  or  gilt  glass. 
In  the  centre  a  scorpion  pendant  of  blue  glaze. 
Original  order ;  child's  necklace. 

7756.  G  36. 
Part  of  necklace  of  very  small  ring  beads,  blue 

paste  in  groups  of  from  seven  to  eleven  separated 
by  groups  of  black  and  yellow  strung  alternately 
in  groups  of  from  six  to  ten.    Original  order. 

7757.  G  12. 
Five  cowries,  one  large  centre-pierced  disk  bead 

of  blue  paste,  and  a  broken  blue  glaze  amulet. 
Strung  round  neck. 

7758.  Various  short  strings  of  mixed  beads  collected 
in  small  numbers  from  many  plundered  tombs  and 
arbitrarily  re-strung.  G 

7759.  /.  0.175.    PI.  40.  G45. 
Pear-shaped  pendants  of  quartz  and  breccia 

alternately,  nineteen  in  all,  separated  by  groups 
of  three  small  spacers,  uniformly  of  red,  blue, 
green  or  gilt  glass.  Original  order;  bracelet  from 
left  arm. 


KARANOG 


7760.  /.  0.72  m.  G  45. 
String  of  small  blue  and  green  ring-beads  with 

red,  gilt  or  silvered  glass,  blue  paste  and  haematite 
spheroids,  and  small  quartz  pendants.  Original 
order  for  0.05  m.  of  its  length,  after  which  con- 
jectural, 371  beads  in  all.    String  round  body. 

7761.  /.  0.48  m.    PL  40.  G  45. 
Forty-three  large  blue   paste    spheroids  and 

four  carnelian  lentoids;  separated  by  groups  of 
three  small  spacers,  two  of  gilt  or  silvered  glass, 
one  red,  blue  or  green.  Original  order  for  0.35  m. 
of  its  length,  after  which  spacing  is  done  with 
small  green  and  silver  beads.  Bracelet  from  left 
arm. 

7762.  /.0.235  m.  G  45. 
Spheroids   of    carnelian,    haematite,  quartz, 

breccia  and  blue  paste,  twenty-two  in  all,  separated 
by  groups  of  three  small  ring  or  spheroid  spacers, 
two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  green,  red  or 
blue  glass  or  paste.  Original  order;  bracelet 
on  right  arm. 

7763.  I.  0.16  m.  G  45. 
Small   quartz   pear-shaped   pendants,  thirty- 
four  in  all,  alternating  with  ring  or  spheroid 
spacers  of  gilt  glass,  red,  green  or  blue.  Original 
order ;  necklace. 

7764.  G  67. 
One  large  carnelian  bugle,  one  large  quartz 

lentoid,  one  spheroid  of  black  and  white  eye- 
pattern  millefiori  glass,  a  cowrie,  and  a  black  and 
white  banded  glass  lentoid.    Strung  round  neck. 

7765.  /.0.215  m.    PI.  40.  G  83. 
Large  spheroid  beads  of  opaque  dark  blue  glass 

with  white  agate  line,  separated  by  two  small 
ring-bead  spacers,  one  of  gilt,  one  of  green,  red  or 
blue  glass.    Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7766.  /.  0.26  m.    PL  40.  G  83. 
Nine  large  uniform  facetted  beads  of  semi- 
opaque  light  blue  glass.     Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7767.  /.  0.325  m.  G  88. 
Small  heart-shaped  pendants  of  quartz,  haema- 
tite, carnelian  and  blue  glass,  separated  by  three 
small  ring  or  spheroid  spacers,  two  of  gilt  glass 
and  the  central  one  of  green,  red  or  blue  paste. 
Restrung  from  loose  beads  in  tomb. 

7768.  /.  0.215  m.  G  88. 
Alternate  spheroids  of  translucent  or  opaque 

blue  glass,  and  smaller  flattened  spheroids 
of  carnelian ;  forty-seven  beads.  Restrung  from 
loose  beads  in  tomb. 

7769.  /.  0.23  m.  G  88. 
Small  dodecagonal  beads  of  opaque  blue  glass, 

plain  or  with  red  and  white  agate  bands,  separated 
by  four  or  five  small  globular  beads  of  dark  green, 
blue  or  red  glass  and  haematite.  Eighty-five  beads 
restrung  from  loose  beads  in  tomb. 

7770.  /.  o.  18  m.  G  97. 
Thirty-eight   small   pear-shaped   pendants  of 


opaque  sage-green  paste,  alternating  with  small 
brick-red  paste  discoids.  Selection  from  loose 
beads  about  child's  neck. 

7771.  /.  0.23  m.  G  97. 
Fifteen  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  opaque 

blue  glass,  separated  by  groups  of  six  small  blue 
glass  ring  beads  and  one  blue  glass  centre-pierced 
discoid.  Selection  from  loose  beads  about  child's 
neck. 

7772.  /.  0.45  m.  G  97. 
Small  facetted  beads  of  plain  blue  or  blue,  red 

and  white  agate  glass  separated  by  groups  of  three 
small  rings  or  spheroids  of  gilt  or  coloured  glass  or 
carnelian;  1 78  beads  in  all.  Selection  from  loose 
beads  about  child's  neck. 

7773.  /.  0.49  m.  G  97. 
Mixed  string  of  blue  and  red  paste  or  glass  beads, 

all  small  and  of  various  shapes,  lentoid,  discoid, 
spheroid,  and  facetted ;  117  in  all. 

7774.  /.0.12  m.  G  104. 
Twenty-five  large  pear-shaped  quartz  pendants 

separated  by  small  ring-beads  of  red,  yellow  or 
blue  paste    (only   16  remain).     Original  order; 
child's  necklace. 
7775-    I-  0.25  m.  G  104. 

Forty-six  small  ring-beads  of  blue  paste,  four 
spheroids  of  gilt  glass  and  two  of  red  paste;  also 
a  quartz  pear-shaped  pendant.  Restrung  from 
beads  scattered  in  tomb. 

7776.  /.  0.12  m.  G  104. 
Small  mixed  beads ;  green  translucent  glass  and 

red  and  black  paste  spheroids  and  dodecagonal 
beads  of  dark  and  light  blue  opaque  glass,  29  in  all. 
Restrung  from  beads  scattered  in  tomb. 

7777.  /.  0.12  m.  G  104. 
Twenty-seven   roughly  facetted   small  beads 

of  opaque  green  and  dark  blue  glass  alternately; 
one  with  red  and  white  agate  band.  Restrung, 
being  scattered  beads  of  child's  bracelet. 

7778.  /.  0.32  m.  G  105. 
Opaque  blue  glass  discoid  and  spheroid  beads, 

blue  and  white  mosaic  spheroids ;  red  paste,  green 
and  gilt  glass  spheroids,  strung  in  pairs  separated 
by  steatite  ring-beads,  106  in  all;  selection  from 
the  scattered  beads  in  the  tomb. 

7779.  /.  0.125  m-  G  io5- 
Centre-strung  discoid  beads  of  blue,  green  and 

red  translucent  glass  or  paste,  alternating  with 
dodecagonal,  ring  and  facetted  bugle  beads  of 
blue,  green,  red  and  millefiori  glass;  in  centre, 
a  blue  glaze  pendant.  Restrung  selection  from 
the  scattered  beads  in  the  tomb. 

7780.  /.  0.22  m.  G  105. 
Thirteen  blue  glass  and  one  red  paste  bugle 

beads  and  one  red  paste  lentoid ;  restrung  selection 
fiom  the  scattered  beads  in  the  tomb. 

7781.  /.  0.25  m.  G  106, 
Seventeen  small  cowrie-shells  pierced  longitu- 
dinally, separated  by  small  spacers  of  gilt  or  blue 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


glass  and  red  paste,  19  in  all.  From  the  centre 
hangs  a  flat  oval  of  mother-of-pearl,  0.053  m-  l°ng> 
apparently  a  nose-guard.  Restrung  beads  found 
scattered  in  tomb. 

7782.  /.  0.52  m.  G  1 18. 
Fifty-seven   flat    discoid    edge-pierced  beads 

of  opaque  light  and  dark  blue,  green,  and  red 
glass,  alternating  with  small  globular  and  facetted 
beads  of  opaque  light  blue,  translucent  dark  blue, 
gilt,  and  translucent  red  glass.  Original  order; 
waist  band. 

7783.  I.  0.215  m-  G  io4- 
Small  pear-shaped  quartz  pendants  separated 

by  three  glass  spacers,  gilt  glass,  transparent  green 
and  red,  opaque  green,  red,  yellow  and  blue,  and 
blue,  red  and  white  agate  beads,  small,  and  of 
various  forms;  77  beads.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7784.  /.  0.28  m.  G  105. 
Small  edge-pierced  discoids  of  red  or  blue  paste 

or  of  red,  purple  or  gilt  glass,  alternating  with  small 
gilt  or  opaque  white  glass  spheroids.  Beads  found 
scattered  in  tomb  and  re-strung. 

7785.  /.  0.125  m.  G  iog. 
Small  facetted  beads  of  opaque  red  or  blue  glass 

strung  two  together,  the  pairs  separated  by  two 
small  spacers  of  green,  red,  blue  or  gilt  glass;  49  in 
all.  Restrung  beads  found  scattered  in  child's 
grave. 

7786.  I.  0.04  m.  G  178. 
Four  blue  paste  bugles  and  a  pendant.  Found 

loose  in  the  grave. 

7787.  /.  0.30  m.  G  126. 
Twenty-one  large  facetted  beads  of  semi-opaque 

light  blue  glass.    Original  order ;  child's  necklace. 

7788.  /.  0.245  m.  G  122. 
Forty-two  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  dark 

blue  translucent  glass,  separated  by  pairs  of  small 
rings  or  spheroids,  one  of  gilt  glass,  one  of  red,  green 
or  blue  glass  or  paste.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7789.  I.  0.50  m.  G  122. 
Twenty-one  plain  bugle-beads  of  opaque  light 

blue  glass,  separated  by  small  globular  spacers 
of  gilt,  blue  or  red  glass.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7790.  I.  0.23  m.  G  131. 
Thirty  small  edge-pierced  discoids  of  red  paste 

alternating  with  small  gilt  glass  spheroids.  Re- 
strung selection  from  numerous  beads  found  with 
secondary  interments. 
7791A.    I.  0.15  m.  G  131. 

Thirty-nine  uniform  small  dodecagonal  beads  of 
opaque  red  glass  paste.  Restrung  selection  from 
numerous  beads  found  loose  with  secondary  inter- 
ments. 

7791B.    /.  0.34  m.  G  131. 

Forty-three  lentoid  beads  of  opaque  glass 
alternately    light    blue    and    green.  Restrung 


selection  from  numerous  beads  found  loose  with 
secondary  interments. 

7791C.    /.  0.315  m.  G  131. 

Small  dodecagonal  beads  of  opaque  light  blue 
glass  alternateing  with  small  ring-beads  of  red 
paste;  109  in  all.  Restrung  selection  from  beads 
found  with  secondary  interments. 

7791D.    /.  0.245  m.  G  131. 

Twenty-one  dodecagonal  beads  of  translucent 
dark  blue  glass,  separated  by  sets  of  four  dark 
blue  or  green  translucent  glass  spheroids.  Re- 
strung selection  from  beads  found  with  secondary 
interments. 

7792.  I.  0.21  m.  G  565. 
Nineteen  large  plain  or  nasturtium-seed  sphe- 
roids of  gilt  glass,  irregularly  spaced  with  small 
rings  or  spheroids  of  gilt  or  silvered  green,  red  and 
blue  glass.    Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7793.  I.  0.25  m.  G  464- 
Pear-shaped   pendants   of   quartz,  carnelian, 

quartz  and  agate  with  between  them  two  small 
ring-bead  spacers,  one  of  gilt,  one  of  blue,  red, 
green  or  white  glass.  Original  order.  Found 
alongside  the  body  of  a  woman. 

7794.  /.0.345  m.  G312. 
Nine   pear-shaped    beads   of  lemon-coloured 

paste,  6  discoids  edge-pierced  and  one  bugle  of  red 
paste,  8  domino-beads,  blue  with  yellow  spots, 
7  green  paste  ribbed  ovoids,  1 1  opaque  green 
paste  bugles,  1 3  very  small  spacers  of  gilt  glass  and 
coloured  paste  and  one  of  carnelian ;  also  a  green 
and  blue  glaze  Bes  amulet.  Restrung  set  of  beads 
found  scattered  in  the  tomb. 

7795.  /.  0.25  m.  G  153. 
Centre-pierced   discoid   beads   of  translucent 

blue  glass  with  sharp  edges,  separated  by  two 
small  spacers,  a  short  cylinder  of  opaque  green 
paste  and  a  globular  bead  of  brick-red  opaque 
glass,  or  carnelian;  94  in  all.  Restrung  selection 
from  beads  found  scattered  in  tomb. 

7796.  I.  0.13  m.  G  153. 
Fifteen  small  facetted  beads  of  black  glass  with 

white  agate  band,  separated  by  pairs  of  small 
gilt  glass  spheroids.  Restrung  selection  from 
beads  scattered  in  tomb. 

7797.  /.  0.155  m.  G  153. 
Small  tip-cat  shaped  pendants  alternating  with 

edge-pierced  disks  of  brick-red  paste;  35  beads 
in  all.  Restrung  selection  from  beads  scattered 
in  tomb. 

7798.  /.  0.075  m.  G  153. 
Pear-shaped  pendant  beads,   pierced  at  the 

thick  end,  10  of  haematite,  3  of  carnelian,  4  of 
quartz.  Restrung  from  beads  found  loose  in  the 
tomb. 

7799.  /.  0.295  m.  G  164. 
Sixty-two  uniform  ring-beads  of  blue  paste, 

strung  in  groups  of  four,  separated  by  small  edge- 
pierced    discoids    of    semi-opaque    blue  glass. 


KARANOG 


Original  order;  child's  necklace.  From  it  were 
slung  two  finger-rings. 

7800.  /.  0.30  m.  G  565. 
Two  hundred  and  twenty-two  uniform  green 

paste  ring  beads.  Original  order;  child's  neck- 
lace. 

7801.  /.  0.19  m.  G  671. 
Large  spheroid  beads  of  haematite,  quartz  and 

carnelian,  with  one  of  red,  black,  white  and  yellow 
millefiori  glass,  draught-board  pattern;  16  in  all. 
Restrung  from  beads  found  loose  in  tomb. 

7802.  /.  0.29  m,  G  479. 
Small  pear-shaped  pendants,  23  of  quartz,  one 

carnelian,  one  blue  glass  and  one  breccia,  divided 
by  groups  of  five  small  beads,  four  being  blue 
paste  ring-beads,  one  a  spheroid  of  blue,  red, 
yellow  or  gilt  glass  or  carnelian.  Restrung 
selection  from  loose  beads  in  grave. 

7803.  /.  0.13  m.  G  479. 
Eighteen  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  red 

paste  irregularly  spaced  with  two  or  three  small 
rings  or  spheroids  of  green,  gilt  or  blue 
glass.  Restrung  selection  from  loose  beads  in 
grave. 

7804.  /.  0.23  m.  G  189. 
Forty  small  pendants  of  quartz  separated  by 

pairs  of  small  rings  or  spheroids,  one  of  gilt  glass 
and  one  of  coloured  glass  or  paste.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 

7805.  I.  0.18  m.  G  361. 
Twenty-nine  small  pear-shaped  haematite  pen- 
dants separated  by  two  small  ring  or  spheroid 
spacers,  one  of  gilt  and  one  of  green,  red  or  blue 
glass.    Original  order ;  child's  necklace. 

7806.  I.  0.22  m.  G  189. 
Thirty-four    small    pear-shaped    pendants  of 

opaque  light  blue  glass  separated  by  two  small 
ring-bead  spacers,  one  of  gilt  and  one  of  coloured 
glass  or  paste;  also  four  dodecagonal  beads  of 
opaque  light  blue  glass.  Mostly  original  order; 
child's  necklace. 

7807.  /.  0.175  m-  G  445- 
Fifty-three    uniform    centre-pierced  discoid 

beads  with  sharp  edges,  of  translucent  dark  blue 
glass. 

7808.  /.  0.45  m.  G  199. 
Eighty-eight  pendants  of  quartz,  haematite  and 

carnelian  separated  by  two  small  spheroids,  one 
of  gilt  glass,  one  of  green,  red  or  blue  paste. 
O.iginal  order. 

7809.  /.  0.20  m.  G  199. 
Forty-five  pear-shaped  pendants  of  mother-of- 
pearl.    Original  order. 

7810.  /.  0.12  m.     PI.  40.  G  126. 
Thirteen   pear-shaped   pendants  of  millefiori 

(marbled)  glass,  separated  by  groups  of  three 
small  spheroids,  two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central 
one  of  red  or  blue  glass  or  paste.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 


7811.  /.  0.28  m.  PI.  40.  G  134. 
Five  large  lentoids  of  millefiori  glass,  draught- 
board pattern,  separated  by  groups  of  two  small 
blue  glass  beads,  varying  forms,  two  gilt  glass 
spheroids  and  two  gilt  glass  dumb-bell  beads. 
Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7812.  /.  o.  19  m.  G  214. 
Thirty-one    small    edge-pierced    discoids  of 

translucent  dark  blue  glass  spaced  by  small  paste 
ring-beads  alternately  red  and  green.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 

7813.  0.29  m.  G  214. 
Twenty-four    small    facetted    bugle-beads  of 

opaque  blue  glass.  Original  order,  child's  neck- 
lace. 

7814.  /.  0.27  m.  G  214. 
Twenty-saven  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of 

haematite,  carnelian  and  quartz  strung  alternately 
and  separated  by  groups  of  three  small  spheroids, 
two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  coloured  paste 
or  glass.    Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7815.  /.  0.095  m-  G  229. 
Three  spheroids  of  opaque  light  blue  glass,  and 

very  small  spheroids,  6  of  translucent  blue  glass, 
12  of  red  paste,  and  24  of  opaque  white  paste; 
irregularly  strung  from  beads  found  loose  together 
in  the  tomb. 

7816.  I.  0.17  m.  G  229. 
Twenty-eight  centre-pierced  sharp-edged  dis- 
coids of  pink  glass  and  one  facetted  lentoid  of  the 
same.    Original  order. 

7817.  I.  0.30  m.  G  236. 
Six  silvered  and  two  gilt  glass  bugle  beads 

found  together  in  the  grave  and  restrung. 

7818.  I.  0.20  m.  G  236. 
Large  spheroids,  5  of  haematite,  7  of  quartz,  2  of 

carnelian ;  also  a  few  small  spacers  of  coloured 
glass.    Restrung  from  beads  found  in  the  grave. 

7819.  /.0.12  m.  G  242. 
Eighteen  uniform  spheroids  of  opaque  light 

blue  glass  with  red  and  white  agate  band ;  in 
■  centre  large  leaf-shaped  pendant  of  marbled  glass 
imitating    malachite.    Restrung    beads  found 
scattered  in  tomb. 

7820.  /.  0.10  m.  G  248. 
Two  large  spheroid  millefiori  beads,  check-board 

pattern,  33  small  silvered  glass  and  3  gilt  glass  ring 
beads,  5  centre-pierced  discoids  of  opaque  blue 
glass;  restrung  beads  found  in  disorder  by  hips 
of  woman. 

7821.  /.  0.25  m.  G  256. 
Eight  large  bugle  beads  of  semi-opaque  light 

blue  glass  and  3  small  ones  of  opaque  red  paste. 
Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7822.  /.  0.43  m.  G  256. 
Sixty-eight  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  blue 

or  blue  and  white  translucent  glass,  separated  by 
two  small  coloured  beads,  red,  green,  gilt  or  blue. 
Original  order ;  child's  necklace. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


253 


7823.  /.  0.23  m.  G  256. 
Sixteen  large  uniform  dodecagonal  beads  of 

semi-opaque  blue  glass.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7824.  /.  0.53  m.  G  269. 
Sixty-nine  small  dodecagonal  beads  of  blue 

glass  with  red  and  white  agate  band,  strung  in 
groups  of  three,  separated  by  lentoids  of  red  paste. 
Originally  one  string,  but  order  uncertain. 

7825.  /.  0.42  m.    PL  40.  G  269. 
Small  edge-pierced  discoids,  32  of  blue  and  19 

of  red  paste  alternating  in  groups  of  three  and  two, 
separated  by  pairs  of  gilt,  red,  green  or  blue  glass 
or  haematite  spheroids.  Originally  one  string, 
but  order  uncertain. 

7826A.    /.0.29  m.    PI.  40.  G  278. 

Thirty-nine  small  shell-shaped  pendants  of  blue 
paste  separated  by  pairs  of  small  spheroids,  one 
of  gilt  glass,  one  of  camelian  or  blue  or  red  paste ; 
also  two  bugle  beads  of  gilt  glass  as  terminals. 
Original  order;  necklace. 

7826B.    /.0.20  m.    PI.  40.  G  278. 

Twenty-one  facetted  beads  of  translucent  dark 
blue  glass,  separated  by  groups  of  three  small 
spheroids,  two  of  gilt  or  white  glass,  the  central 
one  of  green  glass  or  red  paste.  Original  order; 
child's  necklace. 

7827.  /.  0.10  m.  G  283. 
Thirty-eight  spear-head-shaped  beads  of  trans- 
lucent light  blue  glass,  strung  in  sets  of  three, 
these  being  separated  by  single  carnelian  pear- 
shaped  beads  pierced  at  the  broad  end.  Restrung 
selection  from  mixed  beads  found  with  child's 
body. 

7828.  /.  0.13  m.  G  283. 
Small  pear-shaped  pendants,   38  of  opaque, 

light  green  glass,  strung  in  threes,  13  of  mother- 
of-pearl  separating  the  former  groups.  Restrung 
selection  from  mixed  beads  found  with  child's 
body. 

7829.  /.  0.34  m.  G  283. 
Sixty-one  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  trans- 
lucent dark  blue  glass  separated  by  pairs  of  small 
spheroids  of  blue,  red,  green  or  gilt  glass  or  paste. 
Restrung  from  mixed  beads  found  with  child's 
body. 

7830.  /.  0.09  m.  G  283. 
Twenty-four  small  tooth-shaped  bone  beads 

strung  (originally)  in  threes,  each  set  separated 
from  the  next  by  three  small  spacers,  two  of  gilt 
glass  and  a  central  one  opaque  red  or  blue. 
Restrung  from  mixed  beads  found  with  child's 
body. 

7831.  /.  0.065  m-  G  283. 
Twelve   small   tooth-shaped   haematite  beads 

strung  in  threes,  the  sets  separated  by  three  small 
spacers  of  green  glass,  with  3  gilt  glass  beads  at 
either  end.  Restrung  from  mixed  beads  found 
with  child's  body. 


7832.  /.  0.34  m.  G  283. 
Seventy-one  small  pendants  of  translucent  blue 

glass  separated  by  pairs  of  small  spheroids,  one 
of  gilt  glass,  one  of  red,  blue  or  green  glass  or  paste 
or  of  carnelian.  Restrung  from  mixed  beads 
found  with  child's  body. 

7833.  /.  0.17  m.  G  283. 
Sixty-nine  uniform  small  spheroids  of  opaque 

light  blue  glass.  Original  order;  bracelet  on 
child's  left  arm. 

7834.  /.  0.31  m.  G  384. 
Fifteen  facetted  beads  of  transparent  blue  glass 

separated  by  irregular  groups  of  small  spheroids 
or  rings,  generally  three  carnelian,  two  gilt  and  two 
coloured  glass.  Original  order;  bracelet  on  left 
wrist. 

7835.  /.  0.34  m.  G  293. 
Fourteen    facetted    bugles    of    lemon  paste 

separated  by  pairs  of  edge-pierced  blue  glass 
discoids.  Also  two  spheroids  of  blue  translucent 
glass  with  white  eye-pattern.  Restrung  from 
the  loose  beads  found  in  the  tomb. 

7836.  /.  0.12  m.  G  293. 
Large  pear-shaped  pendants  of  white  quartz,  13 

in  all,  separated  by  three  small  spheroid  spacers  of 
gilt  glass.  Apparently  formed  a  string  originally 
in  this  order. 

7837.  /.  0.215  m.    PI.  40.  G  293. 
Large  dodecagonal  beads  of  translucent  dark 

blue  glass,  alternating  with  facetted  lentoid  beads 
of  translucent  greenish-white  glass;  21  in  all. 
Apparently  formed  one  string  originally  in  this 
order. 

7838.  /.  0.18  m.  G  293. 
Thirty  small   dodecagonal  beads  of  opaque 

light  blue  glass  strung  in  pairs,  these  separated  by 
three  small  spacers  of  blue,  green,  pink,  white  and 
gilt  beads  of  ring,  spheroid  or  discoid  forms.  Re- 
strung from  the  loose  beads  found  in  the  tomb. 

7839.  /.  0.35  m.  G  293. 
Thirty-two    small    pear-shaped    pendants  of 

quartz,  haematite  and  carnelian,  alternating  with 
small  lentoids  of  white  paste.  Restrung  from  the 
loose  beads  found  in  the  tomb. 
7840A.    /.  0.385  m.  G  300. 

Small  spheroids  of  black  and  grey  agate  glass, 
strung  in  pairs  separated  by  gilt  glass  lentoids. 
Restrung  selection  from  beads  scattered  in  the 
grave. 

7840B.    /.  0.23  m.  G  300. 

Eight  cubical  millefiori  beads,  draught-board 
pattern,  in  red,  white  and  blue,  5  blue  paste  beads, 
flattened  cubes  with  bevelled  edges ;  two  large 
lentoids  of  black  and  white  agate  glass;  10  small 
facetted  beads  of  opaque  blue  glass.  Restrung 
selection  from  beads  scattered  in  the  grave. 

7841A.    /.  0.17  m.  G  464. 

Thirty  small  dodecagonal  beads  of  opaque  light 
blue  glass  strung  in  pairs,  these  separated  by  two 


254 


KARANOG 


small  spheroid  spacers  of  blue,  red,  green  or  gilt 
glass  and  carnelian.  Original  order;  woman's 
bracelet. 

7841 B.    /.  0.145  m-  G  464. 

Twenty-nine  small  dodecagonal  beads  of  brick- 
red  paste  strung  in  threes,  these  separated  by 
two  small  ring  or  spheroid  spacers,  one  of  gilt  and 
one  of  coloured  glass.  Original  order;  woman's 
bracelet. 

7842A.    I.  0.12  m.  G  300. 

Pear-shaped  pendants,   9  of  haematite,   9  of 
carnelian,  18  of  quartz;  restrung  selection  from 
scattered  beads  found  in  the  dromos. 
7842B.    /.  0.14  m.  G  300. 

Forty-six  pear-shaped  pendants  of  opaque  dark 
blue  glass.  Restrung  selection  from  scattered 
beads  found  in  the  dromos. 

7843.  /.  0.225  m.  G  304. 
Twelve  large  spheroid  beads  of  opaque  white 

glass  with  blue  spots,  4  of  blue  glass  with  white 
spots,  and  two  of  translucent  dark  blue  glass 
irregularly  spaced  with  small  ring,  spheroid  or 
ovoid  beads  of  gilt  and  green  glass  and  carnelian. 
Original  order. 

7844.  G  304. 
Four  Bes  amulets  of  green  and  blue  glaze,  and 
three  flat  oblong  beads  of  gilt  glass,  on  one  side 
of  which  are  raised  dots,  on  the  other  a  nude 
human  figure  in  relief,  probably  Harpokrates. 
Found  loose  in  the  grave. 

7845.  /.  0.09  m.  G  304. 
Seventy-two  very  small  ring  beads  of  blue 

paste.    Found  loose  in  the  grave. 

7846.  /.  0.20  m.  G  304. 
Large  ovoids,   10  of  quartz,  2  of  haematite, 

separated  by  gilt  glass  bugle  beads  with  spirally- 
twisted  surface;  also  one  blue  paste  bugle. 
Restrung  from  the  loose  beads  found  in  the 
grave. 

7847.  I.  0.55  m.    PI.  40.  G  307. 
Thirty-two  large  spheroids  of  brown  and  white 

marbled  paste  alternating  with  slightly  smaller 
similar  beads  in  purple  and  white.  Restrung 
selection  from  beads  scattered  in  the  grave. 

7848.  /.  o.4r  m.  G  307. 
Twenty-five  large  facetted  lentoids  of  dark  blue 

translucent  glass.  Restrung  selection  from  beads 
scattered  in  grave. 

7849.  I.  0.32  m.  G  307. 
Fourteen  large  quartz  ovoids  and  10  smaller 

haematite  spheroids  strung  alternately;  in  the 
centre  a  large  haematite  pendant.  Restrung 
selection  from  beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7850.  /.  0.27  m.  G  307. 
Forty-nine  uniform  spheroid  beads  of  opaque 

dark  blue  glass.  Restrung  selection  from  beads 
scattered  in  grave. 

7851.  I.  0.285  m-  G  307. 
Large  spheroid  beads,  23  of  quartz  and  3  of 


carnelian.  Restrung  selection  from  beads 
scattered  in  grave. 

7852.  /.  0.12  m.  G  307. 
Small  spheroid  beads,  1 1  of  quartz  and  7  of 

carnelian.  Restrung  selection  from  beads  scat- 
tered in  grave. 

7853.  I.  o.on  m.  G  307. 
Small  pear-shaped  pendants,  9  of  haematite, 

10  of  carnelian  and  19  of  quartz.  Restrung 
selection  from  beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7854.  I.  0.31  m.  G  315. 
Very  small  silvered  glass  spheroids  and  green 

paste  ring  beads  strung  irregularly  in  groups  of 
about  six  and  ten  respectively,  263  beads  in  all. 
Original  order ;  found  in  basket. 

7855.  I.  0.295  m-  G  315. 
Very  small  uniform  spheroid  beads  of  translu- 
cent dark  blue  glass.    Original  order;  woman's 
necklace. 

7856.  /.  0.205  m.    PI.  40.  G  315. 
Eighteen  spheroids  of  opaque  light  blue  glass 

separated  by  groups  of  three  small  spheroids, 
two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  blue  glass  and 
carnelian  alternately.  Original  order;  bracelet 
from  left  upper  arm. 

7857.  /.  0.22  m.  G  315. 
Small  edge-pierced  discoids  of  gilt  glass  alter- 
nating with  small  ring  or    spheroid    beads  of 
carnelian  and  green,  blue  and  red  glass  or  paste. 
Original  order;  bracelet  on  left  wrist. 

7858.  I.  0.265  m.  G  315. 
Small   pear-shaped   pendants   of  translucent 

dark  blue  glass  separated  by  groups  of  three  small 
rings  or  spheroids,  two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central 
one  of  red  or  green  glass  or  paste.  Original  order ; 
bracelet  on  right  arm. 

7859.  I.  0.23  m.  G  317. 
Two  hundred  and  eighty-one  minute  beads  of 

amethyst;  a  remarkable  example  of  stone  drilling. 
Found  loose  in  the  filling  above  the  grave. 

7860.  /.0.195  m.  G  356. 
Long  pear-shaped  pendants  of  translucent  dark 

blue  glass  22  in  all  (three  had  been  broken) 
separated  by  two  small  beads,  a  carnelian  ovoid 
and  a  gilt  glass  spheroid.  Restrung  selection 
from  mixed  beads,  but  probably  original  order. 

7861.  /.  1.60  m.  G  317. 
Two  hundred  and  thirty  large  uniform  spheroids 

of  transparent  white  glass.  The  string  lay  across 
the  left  shoulder  and  under  the  breasts. 

7862.  /.  0.31  m.  G 
Pear-shaped  pendants  of  blue  glass,  red  paste 

and  millefiori  glass  separated  by  pairs  of  small 
rings  or  spheroids  of  all  colours;  140  beads  in  all. 
Collected  from  G  62  and  various  plundered  tombs. 

7863.  /.  0.18  m.  G  317. 
Twenty-nine  small  lentoids  of  gilt  glass  alter- 
nating with  small  gilt  glass  spheroid  spacers; 
also  four  stud-beads  of  green,  red  and  white 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


255 


millefiori  glass.  Restrung  from  beads  found 
loose  in  the  tomb. 

7864.  /.  0.20  m.  G  400. 
Very  small  carnelian  spheroids  in  groups  of 

three  alternating  with  similar  groups  of  very  small 
gilt  glass  ring-beads,  88  in  all.  Restrung  from 
beads  found  loose  in  the  tomb. 

7865.  /.  1.05  m.  G317. 
Small  irregular  drop-beads  of  gilt  glass,  228  in 

all,  together  with  12  gilt  glass  dumb-bell  beads. 
Restrung  from  beads  found  loose  in  the  tomb. 

7866.  /.  0.08  m.  G  317. 
Sixteen  spheroid  beads  of  gilt  glass,  mostly 

fused  together  in  twos  and  threes.  Restrung 
from  beads  found  loose  in  the  tomb. 

7867.  /.  0.265  m.  G  317. 
Thirty-nine  uniform  gilt  glass  spheroids.  Selec- 
tion from  beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7868.  /.  0.495  m-    PI-  4°-  G  527. 
Thirty-five  facetted  beads  of  dark  blue  translu- 
cent glass  divided  by  groups  of  from  3  to  5  small 
gilt  glass  spheroids.    Selection  from  beads  scat- 
tered in  grave. 

7869.  /.  0.50  m.  G  527. 
Ninety-nine  uniform  small  discoid  beads,  edge- 
pierced,    of   gilt    glass.    Selection    from  beads 
scattered  in  grave. 

7870.  /.  0.41  m.  G  527. 
Fifty-three  small  lentoid  and  bugle  beads  of 

gilt  glass  strung  indiscriminately.  Selection  from 
beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7871.  I.  0.19  m.  G  527. 
Thirty-three  uniform  ovoids  of  silvered  glass. 

Selection  from  beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7872.  /.  0.215  m.  G  527. 
Thirty-two    small    spheroids,    alternately  of 

haematite  and  of  opaque  light  blue  glass;  also  4 
small  facetted  beads  of  red  paste.  Selection  from 
beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7873.  /.  o.  1 1  m.  G  527. 
Spheroids  of  opaque  blue  millefiori  glass  with 

red,  green  and  yellow  eye-pattern,  in  pairs 
separated  by  centre-pierced  discoids  of  trans- 
lucent dark  blue  glass.  Selection  from  beads 
scattered  in  grave. 

7874.  0.25  m.  G  527. 
Forty-one  cowrie-shells  separated  irregularly 

by  one,  two  or  three  small  spheroids  of  carnelian, 
blue,  green,  red  and  gilt  glass  or  paste.  Selection 
from  beads  scattered  in  grave. 

7875.  I.  0.175  m.  G  361. 
Fifty-three  very  small  uniform  ring-beads  of 

bright  blue  opaque  glass.    Original  order. 

7876.  I.  0.125  m.  G  399. 
Small  bone  pendants  separated  by  groups  of 

five  beads,  four  small,  of  gilt  or  coloured  glass, 
carnelian  or  haematite,  and  a  central  larger  one  of 
green  paste.  Mostly  original  order;  small  string 
worn  on  chest. 


7877.  /.  0.62  m.  G  361. 
Thirty-eight    large    spheroids    of    gilt  glass 

separated  by  groups  of  three  small  spacers,  two  of 
gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  coloured  glass  or 
paste.    Original  order. 

7878.  I.  0.26  m.  G  361. 
Thirty  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  opaque 

blue  glass  separated  by  groups  of  three  small 
spacers,  two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  coloured 
glass  or  paste,  or  of  carnelian.    Original  order. 

7879.  I.  0.45  m.  G  361. 
Forty-three  facetted  beads  of  translucent  blue 

glass  (sometimes  with  a  white  agate  line)  separated 
by  pairs  of  small  spacers  of  gilt  or  coloured  glass 
or  paste.    Original  order. 

7880.  I.  0.33  m.  G  361. 
Twenty-three  large  pear-shaped  quartz  pen- 
dants separated  by  pairs  of  spheroids  of  coloured 
glass  or  paste,  carnelian  or  haematite.  Original 
order. 

7881.  /.  0.48  m.  G  361. 
Twenty-nine  pear-shaped  pendants  of  quartz, 

haematite  and  carnelian  separated  by  irregular 
groups  of  small  gilt  and  coloured  glass  spacers, 
Partly  in  original  order. 

7882.  /.  o.  1 1  m.  G  361. 
Three  large  spheroids  of  blue,  red,  black  and 

white  millefiori  glass,  eye-pattern,  6  small  car- 
nelian spheroids  and  30  small  gilt  glass  spheroids. 
Restrung  selection  from  the  loose  beads  found  in 
the  tomb. 

7883.  /.  0.27  m.  G  361. 
Gilt  glass  spheroids,  blue  glass  discoids,  quartz 

and  haematite  pendants  and  two  blue  and  white 
millefiori  beads,  45  in  all;  selected  from  the  loose 
beads  found  in  the  tomb. 

7884.  I.  0.085  m-  *-*  361. 
Seventeen  small  flat  edge-pierced  discoid  beads 

of  gilt  glass,  selected  from  the  loose  beads  found 
in  the  tomb. 

7885.  /.  0.38  m.  G  391 
Thirty  bright  blue  paste  spheroids  divided  by 

pairs  of  small  spheroids,  one  of  gilt  glass,  one  of 
dark  blue  or  of  carnelian.  Also  two  large  carne- 
lian ovoids.    Original  order. 

7886.  I.  0.59  m.  G  400. 
Ninety-two    uniform    lentoids   of   gilt  glass. 

Original  order. 

7887.  /.  0.165  m-  G  4°°- 
Seventy- three    small    centre-pierced  discoids 

with  sharp  edges,  of  translucent  dark  green  glass, 
strung  in  sets  of  10  or  11  divided  by  dumb-bell 
shaped  gilt  glass  spacers;  five  in  all.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 

7888.  I.  0.15  m.  G  400. 
Eighty  small  discoids  of  translucent  green  glass. 

Original  order;  necklace. 

7889.  0.16  m.  G  400. 
Eight  large  lentoids  of  blue  paste  separated  by 


256 


KARANOG 


small  spheroids  in  groups  of  three,  two  of  dark 
blue  paste  and  one  of  gilt  glass.  Original  order; 
bracelet  on  right  arm. 

7890.  /.0.115  m.  G  400. 
Thirty-six  small  beads,  gilt  glass  edge-pierced 

flattened  ovoids  and  translucent  green  glass 
spheroids  strung  in  alternate  groups  of  four  each. 
Original  order;  apparently  continuation  of  7887. 

7891.  /.  0.165  m.  G 
Small  roughly  globular  beads  of  ruby-coloured 

and  of  translucent  dark  blue  glass  strung  in  pairs; 
68  in  all. 

7892.  /.  0.43  m.    PI.  40.  G451. 
Sixty-three    small    pear-shaped    pendants  of 

translucent  blue  or  opaque  blue  and  white  glass, 
separated  by  one  gilt  glass  and  one  coloured  glass 
or  paste  small  ring  or  spheroid  spacer.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 

7893.  /.  0.21  m.  G  451. 
Forty-eight  small  uniform  dodecagonal  beads 

of  opaque  blue  glass.    Original  order. 

7894.  /.  0.20  m.  G  452. 
Six  large  bugle  beads  of  semi-opaque  blue  glass, 

separated  by  two  small  spacers,  one  gilt  glass 
spheroid,  one  discoid  of  red  paste.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 

7895.  1.0.235  m.  G 
Fifty-four  uniform  ovoid  beads  of  red  paste. 

7896.  /.  0.29  m.  G  384. 
Thirty-two  small  facetted  beads  of  black- 
brown  glass  with  white  agate  band,  separated  by 
three  small  spheroids,  two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central 
one  of  red  glass  and  green  paste  alternately. 
Found  loose  in  basket  and  restrung. 

7897.  /.  0.21  m.    PI.  40.  G  471. 
Thirty-two    small    pear-shaped    pendants  of 

quartz,  carnelian  and  breccia,  separated  by  pairs 
of  small  spheroids,  one  of  gilt  glass,  one  of  red, 
green  or  blue  glass  or  paste.  Original  order; 
necklace. 

7898.  /.  0.22  m.  G  471. 
Fifteen  small  facetted  lentoids  of  semi-opaque 

light  blue  glass,  strung  in  pairs  and  separated  by 
spacers  of  gilt  and  blue  glass  and  carnelian. 
Original  order.    Armlet  on  right  elbow. 

7899.  /.  0.57  m.  G  471. 
Forty  small  lentoids  of  opaque  blue  glass,  some 

facetted,  and  two  of  red  paste,  strung  in  pairs, 
these  being  separated  by  three  or  four  small 
spheroids  of  gilt  or  silvered  glass;  also  a  few 
rough  spheroids  and  ring-beads  of  blue,  red 
and  silvered  glass.  Mostly  original  order ;  child's 
necklace. 

7900.  /.0.29  m  G471. 
Fifty  small  facetted  beads  of  semi-opaque  blue 

glass  strung  in  pairs,  separated  by  three  small 
spheroids,  two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of 
blue,  red  or  green  paste  or  glass.  Original  order. 
Armlet  on  right  elbow. 


7901.    /.  o.  16  m.  G  471. 

Twenty-one  small  pointed  quartz  pendants 
separated  by  groups  of  three  small  spheroids, 
two  of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  red,  blue  or 
green  glass  or  paste.  Original  order;  necklace. 
7902A.    /.  0.095  m-  G  471. 

Small  globular  beads  of  translucent  dark  blue 
gla-ss,  largely  fused  two,  three  or  four  together,  but 
representing  54  beads,  with  large  central  barrel- 
bead  of  breccia.  Bracelet  from  left  wrist  of 
child. 

7902B.    /.  0.67  m.  G  471. 

Small  blue  paste  ring-beads  strung  in  irregular 
groups  of  about  24  beads  each,  these  separated  by 
groups  of  from  5  to  8  of  gilt,  silvered,  or  coloured 
beads;  397  beads  in  all.  Original  order; 
necklace. 

7903A,  B.    /.  0.23  m.  G  448. 

Two  similar  armlets,  each  of  large  beads  of  red 
paste,  alternately  facetted  and  plain  lentoid; 
one  has  further  a  single  large  spheroid  of  green 
paste.    Original  order. 

7904.  /.  0.47  m.  G  488. 
Ninety-two   centre-pierced   discoid   beads  of 

opaque  blue  glass  strung  in  sets  of  four  separated 
by  small  red,  green,  blue,  yellow,  white  and  gilt 
glass  spacers  of  various  forms.  Largely  original 
order;  man's  necklace. 

7905.  /.  0.60  m.  G  488. 
Fifty  lentoid,  3  dumb-bell-shaped  and  19  ring- 
beads  of  gilt  glass,  2 1  of  red,  blue  and  white  agate 
glass,  12  small  dodecagonal  opaque  white  glass 
and  31  small  ring-beads  of  red,  green  or  blue  glass 
or  haematite.  Mostly  in  original  order.  Man's 
necklace. 

7906.  /.  0.22  m.    PI.  40.  G  648. 
Thirteen  small  stud-beads  of  red,  green  and 

yellow  millefiori  glass,  alternating  with  25  spheroids 
of  white  opaque  glass  with  blue  spots.  Original 
order;  bracelet  on  left  elbow. 

7907.  /.  0.28  m.  G  572. 
One  hundred  and  twenty-four  small  uniform 

spheroids  of  translucent  dark  blue  glass.  Original 
order. 

7908.  /.  0.31  m.  G  599. 
Small  spheroids  of  silvered  and  of  green  trans- 
lucent glass,  strung  in  alternate  groups  of  1 5  and 
10;  152  in  all.    Restrung  selection  from  mixed 
beads  found  in  the  tomb. 

7909.  /.  0.165  m.  G  599. 
Uniform  very  small  globular  beads  of  opaque 

lemon-coloured  glass  paste;  88  beads,  but  many 
are  fused  into  doublets  and  triplets.  Restrung 
selection  from  mixed  beads  found  in  the  tomb. 

7910.  /.  0.10  m.  G  599. 
Uniform  ovoid  beads  of  opaque  brick-red  paste 

with  unusually  vitreous  surface;  20  in  all.  Re- 
strung selection  from  mixed  beads  found  in  the 
tomb. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


257 


791  r.    /.  0.21  m.  G  599. 

Small  dark  blue  glass  ring-beads,  in  sets  of  10  or 
11,  alternating  with  similar  sets  of  light  blue 
ring-beads,  and  divided  from  them  by  black  and 
white  striped  glass  beads  strung  in  couples. 
Restrung  selection  from  mixed  beads  found  in  the 
tomb. 

7912.  /.  0.12  m.  G  616. 
Fourteen  spheroids  of  light-blue  opaque  glass 

with  brown  and  white  eye  marbling,  alternating 
with  pear-shaped  pendants  of  translucent  dark 
blue  glass.  In  centre,  a  lion's  head  in  dark,  blue 
paste.  Restrung  beads  found  scattered  in 
grave. 

7913.  /.0.135  m.    PI.  40.  G  639. 
Fourteen  large  spheroid  beads  of  blue,  black 

and  red  millefiori  glass,  rough  draught-board 
pattern.  Found  loose  together  in  tomb  and 
restrung. 

7914.  /.  0.07  m.  G  642. 
Eighteen  small  globular  beads  of  opaque  yellow 

glass,  together  with  two  large  spheroids,  one  of 
quartz,  one  of  opaque  light  blue  glass,  and  a  double 
lentoid  of  gilt  glass.  Found  together  and 
restrung. 

7915.  G  589. 
Finger-ring  of  very  small  red  and  blue  paste 

spheroids  strung  alternately  in  irregular  groups. 

7916.  /.  1.45  m.  G  648. 
Very  small  ring-beads  of  opaque  blue  glass,  the 

string  doubled  and  twisted  according  to  the 
original  pattern.    Child's  necklace. 

7917.  I.  0.33  m.  G  719. 
Uniform  string  of  173  small  globular  beads  of 

translucent  purple  glass  imitating  amethysts. 

7918.  I.  0.70  m.  G  648. 
Small  irregular  drop-beads   strung  in  pairs, 

separated  by  two  small  spheroids  of  translucent 
green  glass,  253  beads  in  all.  Original  order; 
child's  necklace. 

7919.  I.  0.21  m.  G  648. 
Twenty-three  small  bugle  beads  and  one  dumb- 
bell bead  of  gilt  glass.    Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7920.  I.  0.37  m.    PI.  40.  G  712. 
Thirty-eight   large   spheroids  of  plain  green 

opaque  paste,  yellow  paste  with  black  and  white 
eye-pattern,  and  blue-black  with  blue  and  white 
eye-pattern  inlay.  Found  loose  in  the  grave  and 
restrung. 

7921.  G  712. 
A  set  of  7  glazed  Bes  amulets,  6  being  in  blue 

and  yellow  glaze  and  one  in  pale  green  and  yellow. 
Found  loose  in  the  grave. 

7922.  /.  0.41  m.  G  723. 
Small  spheroid  carnelian  beads  and  small  gilt 

glass  spheroids  strung  in  alternate  sets  of  three 
each;  156  beads  in  all.  Original  order ;  woman's 
necklace. 

17 


7923.  /.  0.685  m-  G  723. 
Small  ring-beads  of  green  and  blue  paste,  the 

colours  alternating  in  sets  of  about  10  and  15 
beads  each;  490  beads  in  all.  Original  order, 
woman's  necklace. 

7924.  I.  0.175  m-  G  723. 
Eight  globular  beads  of  orange  paste,  separated 

by  three  spacers  of  lentoid  gilt    glass  beads. 
Original  order. 
7925-  G  523. 

Seeds  of  'nubuq'  found  scattered  in  tomb;  only 
two  or  three  are  pierced  so  that  they  may  not  have 
been  intended  for  beads,  or  may  be  unfinished. 

7926.  I.  0.19  m.  G  744. 
Seventeen  pear-shaped  beads,  pierced  longi- 
tudinally, of  translucent  blue  glass  and  of  orange 
paste  strung  alternately,  with  one  dumb-bell- 
shaped  bead  of  opaque  blue  glass,  one  lentoid  of 
light  blue,  one  of  blue  and  white  and  one  of  blue 
and  yellow  banded  glass  and  one  of  opaque  red 
paste.  Found  loose  in  the  filling  of  the  grave  and 
restrung. 

7927.  I.  0.126  m.  G  755. 
Uniform  small  spheroid  beads  of  gilt  glass,  the 

string  doubled  and  twisted  according  to  original 
pattern;  485  beads.  Original  order;  child's 
necklace. 

7928.  I.  0.295  m.  G  755. 
Twenty-three  dumb-bell  beads  of  gilt  glass, 

alternating  with  5  hatched  lentoids  of  green  paste, 
14  small  carnelian  and  4  gilt  glass  spheroids. 
Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7929.  /.  0.56  m.  G  755. 
Four    hundred    and    forty-eight    very  small 

uniform  ring-beads  of  bright  blue  paste.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace 

7930.  I.  0.20  m.  G  775. 
Twenty-two  uniform  rough  lentoid  beads  of 

lemon-coloured  paste;  found  loose  in  grave. 

7931.  /.  0.37  m.  G  783. 
Eighty-three  uniform  spheroid  beads  of  semi- 
opaque  blue  glass.    Original  order;  necklace. 

7932.  I.  0.32  m.  G  783. 
Thirty-two  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  dark 

blue  translucent  glass,  separated  by  groups  of 
three  small  beads,  two  being  gilt  glass  spheroids 
and  the  centre  one  a  ring-bead  of  red,  green  or 
blue  paste.    Original  order;  necklace. 

7933.  (.  0.18  m.  G  780. 
Small  centre-pierced  discoids  with  sharp  edges, 

of  semi-opaque  blue  and  green  glass  or  opaque 
red  paste,  alternating  with  small  roughly  dodec- 
agonal  beads  of  plain  blue  or  blue,  red  and  white 
agate  glass,  52  in  all.  Restrung  from  beads 
scattered  in  grave. 

7934.  I.  0.25  m.  G  779. 
Twenty-six  uniform  rough  lentoids  of  opaque 

dark  blue  glass,  and  one  large  spheroid  of  opaque 
green ;  with  rough  blue  glaze  scorpion  pendant, 


KARANOG 


rough  blue  glaze  heart  (?)  pendant  and  bronze 
bird  (?)  pendant.    Found  loose  in  grave. 

7935.  /.  0.13  m.  G 
Sixteen  pendants  of  clear  white  glass,  alter- 
nately round  and  pointed,  separated  by  groups 
of  three  small  spheroids,  two  of  yellow  and  the 
central  one  of  blue  or  black  paste.  Collected 
from  various  plundered  tombs. 

7936.  0.40  m.  G 
Uniform  string  of  271  very  small  ring- beads  of 

lemon-coloured  paste,  ill  divided  and  often  two, 
three  or  four  or  even  six  in  one  piece.  Collected 
from  various  plundered  tombs. 

7937.  I.  0.40  m.  G  361. 
Thirty-six  small  pear-shaped  quartz  pendants, 

separated  by  three  small  spacers,  two  of  gilt  and 
the  central  one  of  coloured  glass.  Selected  from 
loose  beads  found  in  the  tomb. 

7938.  /.  0.49  m.  G  648. 
One   hundred   and   forty-two   uniform  small 

ovoid  beads  of  opaque  dark  blue  glass.  Original 
order;  child's  necklace. 

7939.  0.115  m  G 
Fourteen    large    globular    beads    of  opaque 

purplish-black  glass,  and  three  of  translucent 
light  blue  glass.  Collected  from  various  plundered 
tombs. 

7940.  I.  0.065  m-  G 
Four    large    pear-shaped    quartz  pendants 

separated  by  small  spacers  of  semi-opaque  light 
blue  glass,  15  in  all.  Collected  from  various 
plundered  tombs. 

7941.  /.  0.29  m.  G  617. 
Facetted  beads  of  translucent  dark  blue  glass 

separated  by  globular  spacers  of  gilt  glass  or 
yellow  paste;  49  in  all.  Restrung  from  beads 
found  loose  in  the  grave. 

7942.  /.  0.375  m-  G  361. 
Forty-three  facetted  beads  of  translucent  blue 

glass,  separated  by  two  small  spheroid  spacers 
of  gilt  glass  (only  41  preserved)  together  with  two 
of  yellow  paste),  this  being  the  original  pattern. 

7943.  /.  0.15  m.  G 
Thirty  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of  opaque 

blue  glass,  alternating  with  small  white,  blue, 
green,  red  and  gilt  glass  spheroid  spacers. 

7944.  /.  0.22  m.  G  783. 
Twenty-nine  small  pear-shaped  pendants  of 

quartz,  separated  by  groups  of  three  beads,  two 
of  gilt  glass,  the  central  one  of  red,  blue  or  green 
glass  or  paste.    Original  order;  child's  necklace. 

7945.  I.  0.23  m.  G 
Thirty-eight   small  pear-shaped  pendants  of 

opaque  blue  glass  separated  by  two  small  spheroid 
spacers  of  gilt  glass.  Collected  from  various 
plundered  tombs. 

7946.  /.  0.375  m-  G 
Eighty-five  small  berry-like  spheroids  of  orange 

paste. 


7947.  Z.o.i  6  m.  G 
Twenty-three  gilt  glass  spheroids  of  various 

sizes.    Collected  from  various  plundered  tombs. 

7948.  I.  0.58  m.  G 
Four    hundred    uniform    ring-beads    of  pale 

lemon-coloured  paste.  Collected  from  various 
plundered  tombs. 

7949.  /.0.12  m.  G 
Small  roughly-shaped  carnelian  beads  strung  in 

threes,  the  sets  separated  by  four  small  spacers 
of  gilt  glass;  51  in  all.  A  selection  from  odd 
beads  found  in  various  plundered  tombs. 

7950.  /.  0.1 1  m.  G  623. 
Small  carnelian  lentoids  in  groups   of  three, 

separated  by  six  gilt  glass  spheroids;  47  in  all. 

7951.  I.  0.105  m.  G 
Small  bone  ring-beads  strung  in  threes  with 

spacers  of  opaque  red  or  blue  dodecagonal  beads 
or  small  blue,  red  and  gilt  glass  spheroids;  42 
beads  in  all.  A  selection  from  odd  beads  found  in 
various  plundered  graves. 

7952.  I.  0.07  m.  G 
Small  ill-shaped  carnelian  beads,   24  in  all. 

Collected  from  various  plundered  graves. 

7953.  /.  0.46  m.  G 
Thirty-five    various   bugle-beads,    plain  and 

facetted,  of  blue  paste.  Collected  from  various 
plundered  graves. 

7954.  I.  0.29  m.  G  382. 
Twelve  plain  bugle  beads  of  semi-translucent 

light  blue  glass. 

7955.  I.  0.14  m.  G  62. 
Seven  bugle-beads  of  opaque  blue  glass  and 

three   of  black  glass. 

7956.  I.  0.155  m.    PI.  40.  G  441. 
Twelve  facetted  lentoids  of  opaque  blue  glass 

separated  by  small  coloured  spacers.  Original 
order. 

7957.  I.  0.095  m-  G 
Twenty-three  uniform  small  facetted  beads  of 

opaque  dark  blue  glass.  Collected  from  various 
plundered  tombs. 

7958.  /.  0.075  m.  G  192. 
Seven  red  and  five  white  paste  edge-pierced 

discoid  beads,  strung  alternately.  Restrung 
beads  found  loose  in  grave. 

7959.  I.  0.17  m.    PI.  40.  G 
Uniform,  facetted  bugle  beads  of  translucent 

green  glass,   16  beads.    Collected  from  various 
plundered  graves. 
7960A.    /.  0.28  m.  G  565. 

Seventy-one  uniform  spheroids  of  silvered  glass 
Original  order;  necklace. 
7960B.    I.  0.35  m.  G  565. 

Fifty-one  edge-pierced  discoids  of  transparent 
dark  blue  glass.    Original  order;  necklace. 
7961A.    /.  0.30  m.  G  565. 

Twenty-four  spheroids  of  orange  paste,  two 
lentoids  and  four  spheroids  of  lemon  paste,  nine 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


pear-shaped  beads,  four  dark  blue 

three  light  blue 

7986. 

G  384. 

and  two  translucent  white,  seven  centre-pierced 

Plain  blue  stud. 

dark  blue  glass  discoids.        Irregularly  strung, 

7987- 

G  471- 

mostly  original  order ;  body-string. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7961B.    /.  0.035  m- 

G  565- 

7988. 

G  521. 

Twenty-three  very  small  gilt  glass  spheroids, 

Blue  paste  stud  with  pyramidal  top. 

remains  of  wristlet. 

7989. 

G  521. 

7962A. 

G  18. 

Stud  of  black,  blue  and  white  agate  glass. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7990. 

G  616. 

7962B. 

G  23. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

799 1- 

G  642. 

7963 A,  B,  C. 

G  45- 

Blue  paste  stud  with  pyramidal  top. 

Three  blue  ear-studs. 

7992A,  B. 

G  682. 

7964A,  B. 

G  537- 

Two   studs    of  green 

paste  with 

radiated 

Two  green  paste  studs,    the  tops  having  the 

pyramidal  tops  crowned  by  red  dot. 

form  of  lions'  heads  wearing  asp 

crown. 

7993- 

G  747- 

7Q65- 

G  399- 

Bone  stud  with  orange,  blue  and  white  paste 

Green  paste  stud,  the  top  in  the  form  of  a  table 

inlay. 

of  offerings. 

7994- 

G  747- 

7966. 

G  105. 

Bone  stud  with  red, 

blue  and   white  paste 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

inlay. 

7967. 

G  105. 

7995- 

G  682. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7968. 

G  118. 

7996. 

G  682. 

Stud  of  breccia. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7969. 

G  118. 

7997- 

G  388. 

Green  glass  stud. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7970. 

G  118. 

7998. 

G  454- 

Opaque  blue  glass  stud  with  pyramid  top. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7971. 

G  118. 

7999- 

G  460. 

Transparent  blue  glass  stud  with  pyramidal  top. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7972. 

G  118. 

8000. 

G  672. 

Opaque  blue  glass  stud  with 

pyramidal  top. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7973- 

G  118. 

8001. 

G  609. 

Transparent  blue  glass  stud  with  pyramidal  top. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

7974- 

G  126. 

8002. 

G  648. 

Blue  paste  stud  with  red  spot. 

Plain  red  stud. 

7975- 

G  133- 

8003. 

G  638. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7976. 

G  133- 

8004. 

G  544- 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Blue  stud  in  form  of  a 

fly. 

7977- 

GiS3- 

8005. 

G  623. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Blue  paste  stud  with 

pyramidal  top. 

7978. 

G  iS3- 

8006. 

G 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Stud  of  haematite. 

7979- 

G  171. 

8007  A. 

G  171. 

Plain  red  stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7980. 

G  780. 

B. 

G  279. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7981. 

G  269. 

C. 

G  33°- 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7982. 

G  269. 

D. 

G  7°5- 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7983. 

G  269. 

E. 

G  714. 

Plain  blue  ear-stud. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

7984. 

G3iS- 

F. 

G  650. 

Blue  paste  stud  with  pyramidal  top. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

798s. 

G  327' 

G. 

G 

Blue  stud  with  radiate  top. 

Plain  blue  stud. 

KARANOG 


260 

8007H.  G 

Plain  blue  stud. 

I.  G 

Plain  blue  stud. 
8008.  G 

White  quartz  stud. 
8009A.  G 

Bone  stud. 

B.  G 

Bone  stud. 

C.  G 

Bone  stud. 

D.  G  . 
Bone  stud. 

8010A.    PI.  40.     B  G 

Strings  of  mixed  beads  collected  in  small  quan- 
tities from  various  plundered  graves. 
8011A.    PI.  40.     B.  G 

Strings  of  mixed  beads  collected  in  small  quan- 
tities from  various  plundered  graves. 
8012A.  B.  G 

Strings  of  mixed  beads  collected  in  small  quan- 
tities from  various  plundered  graves. 

8013.  G  223. 
Amulet,  head  of  Bes,  in  green  and  yellow  glaze. 

8014.  G  689. 
A  flat  circular  bead  of  blue  glass,  in  which  is 

glass  inlay  in  red,  yellow,  brown  and  white 
representing  a  human  face.    Diameter  0.005  m- 

8015.  /.    0.014  m.  G  736. 
A  pendant  in  the  form  of  a  urseus  snake,  the 

body  of  blue,  the  head  of  black,  red  and  white 
glass. 

8016.  G  634. 
Small  blue  glaze  amulet    in  form  of  a  lion 

couchant. 

8017.  G  737. 
Bes  amulet  in  blue  and  yellow  glaze. 

8018.  G  689. 
Amulet  in  form  of  sacred  knot  in  green  glaze. 

8019.  G  689. 
Amulet,  head  of  Bes,  in  green  and  yellow  glaze. 

8020.  G  723. 
Small  scarab  of  green  glaze  with,  below,  the 

Nubian  ankh  resembling  a  Coptic  cross. 

8021.  G  723. 
Scaraboid    amulet    of    blue    glaze  (perhaps 

meant  for  hedge-hog) . 

8022.  G  18. 
Small  blue  paste  amulet    in  form  of  a  lion 

couchant. 

8023.  G  171. 
Three  very  small  amulets,  two  of  blue  paste 

and  one  of  red,  reprenting  Osiris  (?);  found  with 
a  tip-cat-shaped  bead  of  translucent  blue  glass. 

8024.  G  269. 
Two  very  small  blue  paste  amulets  or  beads  in 

the  shape  of  a  disk  supported  by  asps;  found 
with  tooth-shaped  quartz  bead. 


8025. 

G  400. 

Small  amulet  of  blue  and  yellow  glaze;  form 

uncertain. 

8026. 

G  657. 

Four  small  amulets,  two  being  ducks  and  two 

crocodiles,  of  blue  glaze. 

8027. 

G  714. 

Eye-amulet  of  dark  blue  glass  paste. 

8028. 

G 

Small    green    and   yellow  Bes-head 

amulet ; 

found  loose  in  soil. 

8029. 

G  425. 

Small  heart-amulet  of  blue  glaze. 

VARIA 

8030. 

G  464. 

Plain  silver  ear-ring. 

8031-2. 

G  105. 

Plain  ear-rings  of  bronze  wire. 

8033- 

G  164. 

Bronze  ring;  flat  thin  bezel.  Plain. 

8034. 

G  164. 

Circlet  of  bronze.  Plain. 

8035- 

G  248. 

Part  of  circular  ring  amulet  of  blue 

glaze  on 

pottery  body;  diameter  0.035  m- 

8036. 

G  286. 

Ring;  green  glass;  broken. 

8037. 

G  320. 

Ear-ring  of  bronze. 

8038. 

G  35° 

Ear-ring;    bronze,    with    white  gl 

iss  drop 

pendant. 

8039. 

G  521. 

Small  iron  ring  with  staple,  from  a  casket. 

8040. 

G  521. 

Small  iron  ring  with  staple,  from  a  casket. 

8041. 

G  521. 

Small  bronze  ring  with  staple,  from  a 

casket. 

8042. 

G 

Small  clasp  or  coupling  of  bronze  wire,  with 

traces  of  leather  at  either  end. 

8043. 

G  104. 

Ring  of  twisted  metal,  white  bronze 

alloy  and 

iron;  diameter 0.04  m. 

8044,  8045- 

G 

Numbers  not  used. 

Note.    For  numbers  8046  to  8132 

inclusive, 

these  being  the  numbers  of  finger-rings  with  intaglio 

bezels,  see  pp.  63—66. 

8133. 

G  522. 

Ring;  yellow  alloy.    Bezel  with  solid  central 

boss  surrounded  by  four  open  coils  of  flat  wire; 

thin  wire  hoop. 

8134- 

G  565- 

Iron  key-ring. 

8i35. 

G  454- 

Iron  key-ring. 

OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


261 


8136.  G  204. 

Iron  key-ring. 
Si37.  G  352. 

Ring;  gold-coloured  alloy;  a  fiat  circlet  of 
metal  (broken)  having  plain  edges  with  a  hatched 
band  between  them. 

8138.  G  670. 
Ring;  gold-coloured    alloy;  flat    bezel,  from 

which  stone  is  missing. 

8139.  G 
Ring;   iron;   thin    flat    bezel;   hoop  broken. 

Almost  rusted  away. 

8140.  G  50. 
Ring;   iron;  solid  bezel.    Much  rusted. 

8141. 

Half  of  a  green  glazed  scarab  found  in  the 
superstructure  of  G  141  q.  v.  p.  35. 

8142.  G  13S. 
Ring;  white    metal   alloy;  solid    bezel;  much 

decayed. 

8143.  G  488. 
Pair  of  silver  wire  ear-rings. 

8144.  PI.  109.  G  96. 
Large    gourd    with    incised     decoration  of 

horizontal  rows  of  hatched  lozenges,  diamonds 
with  filling-ornament,   triangles,  etc. 

8145.  PI.  109.  G  637. 
Gourd  with  incised  decoration. 

8146.  PI.  109.  G  557. 
Small  gourd  with  incised  decoration  of  hori- 
zontal rows  of  hatched  triangles. 

8147.  G  105. 
Small  gourd.  Plain. 

POTTERY 

8148.  G  64 

Small  clay  lamp. 

8149.  G  531. 
Small  clay  lamp. 

8150.  F  v.    ft.  0.34.    PI.  43.  G  685. 
White  on  red  ground ;  lotus  design ;  above, 

leopards. 

8151.  F  v.    ft.  0.34  m.    PI.  53.  G  184. 
Triangles   of    scale-pattern,    yellow    on  red 

ground. 

8152.  F  v.    ft.  0.275  m.    PI.  53.  G  187. 
Pendant  trees  (?)  in  compartments;  white  and 

brown  on  red  ground. 

8153.  F  v.    d.  0.30  m.    PI.  41.  G 
Yellow  cows  on  red  ground. 

8154.  F  ii.    ft.  0.39  m.    PI.  53.  G  528. 
White  giraffes  on  red  ground. 

8155.  Fxviib.    ft.  0.335  m.    PI.  53.  G 
Red;  long-necked;  black  ivy- wreath. 

8156.  F  xx.    ft.  0.42  m.    PI.  45.  G  712. 
One  handle  and  top  broken ;  black  and  white 

on  red ;  flowers,  trees  and  beasts. 

8157.  F  v.    ft.  0.28  m.    PI.  45.  G  712. 
Above,  two  wreaths;  below,  swans,  trees,  bugs 


G  325- 
black 

G  184. 


G  542. 
below, 


and  "tables  of  the  sun".  Blue-black  and  white 
on  a  red  ground.    See  p.  56. 

8158.  F  v.    ft.  0.29  m.    PI.  53.  G  133. 
Winged  knot ;  purple  and  red  on  light  band. 

8159.  Fiv.    ft.  0.35  m.    PI.  46.  G 
White    base-ring   pot;  lozenges   and  wreath; 

black  and  red  on  light  ground. 

8160.  F  xvii.    ft.  0.335  m. 
Red;    one  handle   and    mouth  gone; 

wreath. 

8161.  F  v.    ft.  0.28  m.    PL  54. 
Crescent  and  bud  in  black  and  white  on  red 

ground. 

8162.  F  v.    ft.  0.28  m.    PI.  54. 
Black  and  white  on  red;  above,  wreath 

hart  desiring  water-brooks. 

8163.  Fv.    ft.  0.28     PI.  54.  G  153. 
Frogs  with  ankhs  in  mouths ;  zig-zags  between; 

red  and  brownish  purple  on  light  band. 

8164.  F  v.    ft.  0.31  m.    PI.  47.  G  306. 
Winged   knot    (?),   red  and  black  on  white 

ground. 

8165.  F  xvi.    ft.  0.31  m.    PI  44.  G  702. 
Four-handled ;  reddish  ground ;  crescent  and 

bud  patterns  in  red  and  white. 

8166.  F  v.    ft.  0.24m.    PI.  41.  G  116. 
Guinea-fowl  and  dad  design  in  purplish-brown 

and  red  on  light  band. 

8167.  F  xvii  c.    ft.  0.325  m.    PL  54.  G  316. 
Red  ground  with  black  ivy-wreath. 

8168.  F  xxxiv.    h.  0.34  m.     PL  49.  G  301. 
Jug;  big  asps  spitting  ankhs,  red  and  black  on 

light  ground. 

8169.  F  v.    ft.  0.36  m.    PL  55.  G  183. 
Vine-pattern;  tongues  above;  black  on  light 

ground. 

8170.  Fv.    ft.  0.31m.    PL  48.  G  1 12. 
Vulture;  white  on  red. 

8171.  Fv.    ft.  0.28m.    PL  42.  G  156. 
Above,  joined  circles;  below,  alternate  lotus 

flowers  and  buds,  blue  and  white  on  red  ground. 

8172.  F  v.    ft.  0.25  m.    PL  44.  G  631. 
Red  ground,  design  in  black  and  white;  above, 

wreath;  below,  palm-leaves  (?)  and  trefoils. 

8173.  F  xxvi.    ft.  0.46  m.    PL  44.  G  626. 
Tall,  straight-sided;  above,  wreath;  on  sides, 

ankhs  and  hatching;  red  and  black  and  brown 
ground. 

8174.  F  xxx.    ft.  0.375  m.    PL  42.  G  526. 
Tall,    three-handled   pot,    ringed,    with  dot- 
wreath;  red  and  black  on  light  ground. 

8175.  F  v.    ft.  0.22  m.  G 
Black  flowers  on  shoulder ;  red  and  black  circles 

above,  on  light  creamy  ground. 

8176.  Fv.    ft.  0.23  m.    PL  46.  G 
Ankh    and    star;  running    buds    above;  red 

and  purple  on  cream-coloured  ground. 

8177.  F  v.    ft.  0.295  m.    PL  42.  G  271. 
Vine-wreath  in  purple  on  red  ground. 


KARANOG 


262 

8178.  Fv.    h.  0.33  m.    PI.  55.  G  522. 
On  shoulder  lotus  and  flower  designs  in  black 

and  white  on  a  dark  red  ground. 

8179.  F  xxix  variant,    ft.  0.26  m.    PI.  55.   G  708. 
"Stand  vase,"  brown  ground;  line  of  running 

buds  and  one  of  joined  circles,  red  and  black  and 
purple. 

8180.  Fi.    /i.  0.385  m.    PI.  55.  G  579. 
Brown  ground,  devils'  heads  in  red  and  black. 

8181.  Fv.    ft.  0.23m.    PI.  56.  G  698. 
Dull  colour,  plain  scale-pattern  in  blue-black. 

8182.  Fv.    ft.  0.305  m.    PI.  56.  G  712. 
Black  and  white  on  red ;  dot- wreath  above ; 

below,  festooned  altars  (?)  or  trees. 

8183.  Fv.    ft.  0.34m.    PI.  41.  G  566. 
Nearly  spherical ;   black    and  white   on  red ; 

below,  giraffes ;  above,  big  snake. 

8184.  Fv.    ft.  0.265m.    PI.  56.  G  115. 
Black  and  white  bands  and  joined  circles  on 

red  ground. 

8185.  F  v.    h.  0.26  m.    PI.  56.  G  235. 
Red      ground ;       triangles      and  branches 

below;  above,  scattered  petals  in  black  and 
white. 

8186.  Fiv.    ft.  0.28  m.    PI.  43.  G  528. 
Brown  ground ;  red  and  black  joined  circles ; 

below,  black  wreath. 

8187.  Fv.    ft.  0.31m.    PI.  57.  G  553. 
In  black  on  red,  two  bold  wreaths  between 

double  bands. 

8188.  F  v.    ft.  0.285  m.    PI.  57.  G  207. 
Red  body;  on  yellow  band  above,  spined  frogs. 

8189.  F  xxxiv.    ft.  0.37  m.    Pl.57.  G  327. 
Straight-sided  jug;  on  red,  black  running  bud 

band ;  below,  bending  lotus  spray. 

8190.  F  xxix.    h.  0.275  m.    PI.  57.  G  665. 
Cylindrical  jar,  scale  and  dot  pattern ;  round 

shoulder  running  buds,  purplish  brown  and  red  on 
light  ground. 

8191.  F  xxvii.         0.365  m.     PI.   57.  G  644. 
Cylindrical  two-handled  jar;  hatching  and  gro- 
tesque figures  in  purple  on  brown  ground. 

8192.  F  v.    h.  0.31  m.    PI.   41.  G  129. 
In  yellow  on  red  ground;  cows;  above,  snake. 

8193.  Fxxviii.    ft.  0.37  m.    PI.  43.  G  535. 
Cylindrical  pot ;  two  human  figures  between 

lotus  flowers ;  design  in  red  and  brown  on  yellow- 
ish ground. 

8194.  F  v.    h.  0.325  m.    PI.  58.  G  477. 
Large  grey  petals  round  shoulder  on  yellowish 

ground;  body  of  vase  red. 

8195.  F  v.    It.  0.295  m.    PI.  58.  G 
Dark  outlined  petals  radiating  from  neck  on 

red  ground. 

8196.  Fv.    ft.  0.13m.    PI.  58.  G  546. 
Symmetrical  plant-design,  dark  blue-black  oh 

light  ground. 

8197.  Fv.    ft.  0.21  m.    PI.  58.  G  181. 
Light  body;  guinea-fowl  in  reddish  purple. 


8198.  F  v.    ft.  0.152  m.    PI.  58.  G  777. 
White  ground;  two  bands  of  ankhs  between 

scaled  festoons  in  purple  and  red. 

8199.  F  v.    ft.  0.24  m.    PL  59.  G  284. 
On  red  ground  alternate  black  and  white  asps; 

lip  gone. 

8200.  F  xxxiv.    ft.  0.255  m-    PI-  59-  G  761. 
Red  straight-sided  jug;  dot-wreath  on  shoulder; 

wreath  and  bands  on  sides;  blue-black  on  brown 
ground. 

8201.  Fv     ft.  0.265  m.    PI.  59  .  G  384. 
Light  ground;  radiating  lines  ending  in  black 

triangles  on  ring;  ankhs  (?)  between. 

8202.  F  v.    ft.  0.21  m.    PI.  42.  G  297. 
Light  ground;  above,  lozenges;  below,  alternate 

red  and  white  "columbine"  pattern. 

8203.  F  xxvi.    ft.  0.33  m.    PI.  59.  G  428. 
Cylindrical ;  on  shoulder,  spot- wreath ;  on  sides 

palm-leaves  (?)  and  twisted  sprays  (?)  in  blaek 
on  red  ground. 

8204.  F  v.    h.  0.265  m.    PI.  59.  G  546. 
Double  row  of  diaper  of  cross-hatched  and  star- 
flower-filled  squares  in  blue-black  on  light  ground. 

8205.  F  v.    h.  0.265  m.    PI.  60.  G  150. 
Frogs  with  ankhs  in  mouths;  blue-black  and 

red  on  yellow  band. 

8206.  F  xxvi.    ft.  0.435  m.    PI.  60.  G  532. 
Cylindrical  two-handled  pot ;  on  shoulder  spot- 
wreath  ;  on  sides  black  lotus  ( ?)  designs  separated 
by  Vandyke  hatching;  black  and  white  on  red 
ground. 

8207.  F  v.        0.27  m.    PI.  60.  G  153. 
White  crescent,  and  flower,  on  red  ground. 

8208.  Fiv.    ft.  0.188  m.    PI.  60.  G 
Ginger-jar  shape;  rough  wreath,  black  on  red. 

8209.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.24  m.    PI.  49.  G  372. 
On  shoulder,  spot- wreath;  below,  budded  lotus 

heads,  red  and  black  on  light  ground. 

8210.  F  xxxii  c.    ft.  0.18  m.    PI.  60.  G  288. 
Running  buds;  below,  vandyke  with  enclosed 

crosses ;  light  ground,  design  in  red  and  black. 

821 1.  F  xxxii  a.    ft.  0.11  m.    PI.  61.  G 

On  shoulder,  palm-leaves ;  below,  cross-hatching 
and  quartering ;  blue-black  and  red  on  light  ground. 

8212.  F  v.    /2.0.245  m.    PI.  61.  G  373. 
Red ;  round    neck,    yellow    band    with  drop 

pattern. 

8213.  Fxxviii.    ft.  0.36  m.    PI.  61.  G  665. 
Cylindrical  pot  (top  broken) ;  on  light  ground, 

giraffes ;  blue-black  on  light  bluish  buff  ground. 

8214.  F  v.    ft.  0.335  m-    PI-  6r-  G  134. 
Red   body;  on   yellow  band   above,  roughly 

drawn  design,  perhaps  demons,  in  blue-black. 

8215.  F  v.    ft.  0.32  m.    PI.  61.  G  393. 
Red  body;  on  light  band  above,   big  lotus 

flower  and  palm  leaf. 

8216.  F  v.    h.  0.305  m.     PI   45  G  112 
Bacchanalian  dance  of  satyrs;  blue  and  white 

on  red  ground.    See  p.  54. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


8217.  Fv     h.  0.34  m.    PI.  62.  G 
Black  on  red ;  wreath  above ;  below,  big  spirals 

separated  by  branches. 

8218.  Fv.    h.  0.33m.    PI.  62.  G  134. 
Red  body;  on  yellow  band  above,  crocodiles. 

8219.  Fv.    h.  0.335  m.    PI.  62.  G  686. 
Demon  and  flowers,  roughly  painted  in  pur- 
plish brown  on  red  ground 

8220.  F  v.     /1.0.33  m.    PI.  62.  G  43. 
White  demons  on  red  ground. 

8221.  F  lvi.    /2.0.38  m.    PI.  45-  G  535. 
"Stand  vase,"  broken  above;  ankh  and  lotus 

pattern  and  frog.  Design  in  red  and  black  on 
light  ground. 

8222.  Fv.    h.  0.37  m.    PI.  63.  G  386. 
On  shoulder  joined  circles  on  yellowish  ground. 

8223.  F  xvii.    i  0.43  m.    PI- 63.  G  190. 
Red  crescents  with  triple  buds  in  purple  and 

white. 

8224.  F  v.    h.  0.285  m.    PI.  63.  G  133. 
Red  body;  on  light  band,  snakes  in  red. 

8225.  Fxvii.    h.  0.435  m.    PI.  63.  G  188. 
Red ;  big  yellow  snake  on  shoulder. 

8226.  Fxvii.    h.  0.41  m.    PI.  63.  G  530. 
Red;  black  spot-wreath  on  shoulder. 

8227.  Fi.    h.  0.56  m.    PI.  64.  G  187. 
Tall;  guinea-fowl   in   purplish-black  on  light 

ground. 

8228.  F  v.    h.  circa  0.33  m.    PI.  64.  G 
Broken  above;  sprawling  lotus  design  in  light 

red  and  purplish  brown  on  light  ground. 

8229.  F  v.    h.  0.31m.    PI.  64.  G  59. 
Red  body;  above  on  yellow  ground  two  rows 

of  ornament,   lozenges,  flowers,  cross-hatching. 

8230.  F  v.    h.  0.34  m.    PI.  64.  G  131. 
Sprawling  lotus  design ;  light  red  and  brownish 

purple  on  cream  ground. 

8231.  Fi.    /i.  0.485  m.    PI.  48.  G 
Running  bud  pattern ;  red  and  purple  on  light 

reddish  ground. 

8232.  F  v.    h.  0.305  m.    PI.  64.  G  173. 
Red;  round  neck,  crows  on  white  ground. 

8233.  F  v.    h.  0.32  m.    PI.  65.  G  115. 
On  shoulder  trees  alternately  white  and  purple 

on  red  ground. 

8234.  F  v.    h.  0.33  m.    PI.  65.  G  60. 
Wreath,  blue-black  on  light  band. 

8235.  F  v.    (1.0.26  m.    PI-  65.  G  190. 
Flower  in  crescent;  vandyke  above;  red  and 

purplish-brown  on  light  ground. 

8236.  F  v.    h.  0.25  m.    PI.  65.  G  190. 
Above,  vandyke  hatching;  below,  red  and  blue 

pennant-pattern  in  alternate  sections  on  light 
ground. 

8237.  F  v.    h.  0.17  m.    PI.  65.  G  550. 
Light   ground;    big   winged    knot,    red  and 

black. 

8238.  Fv.    h.  0.26m.    PI.  66.  G  4. 
In  black  outline  on  red,  frogs  and  ankhs. 


263 

8239.  F  v.    h.  0.23  m.  G  95. 
Rows  of  black  and  red  dots  on  light  ground. 

8240.  F  v.    h.  0.26  m.    PI.  47.  G  640. 
Small  wreath;  above,  radiate  ornament  with 

triangular  finials  and  red  dots;  black  and  red  on 
light  ground. 

8241.  F  v.    h.  0.23  m.    PI.  66.  G  312. 
Light   ground;  above,   running-buds;  below, 

crescents  both  ways  up  in  red  with  black  outline. 

8242.  Fv.    h.  0.23m.    PI.  66.  G  156. 
Four  rows  of  black  and  red  dots  on  white. 

8243.  F  v.    h.  0.22  m.    PI.  55.  G  315. 
Black  flowers  on  light  ground;  red  and  black 

tongues  above. 

8244.  Fv.    h.  0.198m.    PI.  66.  G  614. 
Three  rows  of  joined  circles;  red  and  black  on 

light  ground. 

8245.  Fii.    h.  0.35  m.    PI.  66.  G  316. 
Light  ground;  in  purple,  wreath  and  cross- 
hatched  band. 

8246.  Fii.    h.  0.315  m.    PI.  67.  G  765. 
Light  ground;  round  shoulder,  row  of  joined 

dots ;  below,  ivy- wreath,  in  purple. 

8247.  F  v.    h.  0.25  m.    PI.  67.  G  604. 
Simple  crescents;  light  red  on  whitish  ground. 

8248.  Fv.    h.  0.20m.    PI.  67.  G  665. 
Black  and  white  on  red;  above,  wreath;  below, 

bold  spot-wreath. 

8249.  F  v.    h.  0.235  m.    PI.  44.  G  442. 
Ankh  and  flower;  wreath  above;  purple  and 

red  on  brown  background. 

8250.  F  v.    h.  0.22  m.    PI.  67.  G  719. 
White  asps  on  red  ground. 

8251.  F  xvii  a.    h.  0.26  m.     PI.  67.  G  690. 
Red;  black  wreath. 

8252.  F  xvii  a.    h.  0.195  m.  G  543. 
Red;  black  wreath  on  shoulder;  two  rows  of 

double  bands  below. 

8253.  Fxvii.      h.  0.185  m.  G  583. 
Red  body;  black  wreath  on  shoulder  and  black 

bands;  one  handle  and  part  of  neck  missing. 

8254.  F  viii  c.    h.  0.305  m.    PI.  46.  G  397. 
Bands  of  colour;  hatching,  flowers  in  red  and 

black  compartments  on  light  ground. 

8255.  F  xxvi.    h.  0.274  m.  G  530. 
Light  ground ;  on  shoulder,  black  and  red  spot 

wreath;  below  branched  grass  pattern  and 
trefoils  with  double  stalk. 

8256.  Fv.    A.  0.265  m.    PI.  68.  G  665. 
Black  on  red ;  above,  two  spot  wreaths ;  below, 

horizontal  garland. 

8257.  F  v.    /1.0.28  m.    PI.  41.  G  271. 
In  white  on  red ;  below,  lotus  flowers  and  buds, 

above,  stylized  frogs. 

8258.  Fi.    h.  0.36  m.    PI.  68.  G  359. 
Black  and  red  crescents  on  light  ground. 

8259.  F  v.    h.  0.255  m.    PI.  68.  G  223. 
Light  ground  ;  above,  black  spot-wreath ;  below, 

red  snakes. 


KARAXOG 


264 

8260.  F  v.    h.  0.24  m.    PI.  47.  G  735. 
Light  ground;  six  rows  of  tongues,  red-filled, 

black  outline. 

8261.  Fviiic.    /1.0.26  m.    PI.  68.  G 
Pink  and  red  bands,  and  pear-drop  ornament, 

on  light  ground. 

8262.  F  v.    h.  0.23  m.    PI.  44.  G  579. 
Vandyke  hatching  and  joined  circles;  purple 

red  and  brown  on  light  ground. 

8263.  Fv.    /1.0.23  m.    PI.  68.  G  626. 
Red  triangles,  crosses  and  hatching  on  light 

ground. 

8264.  F  v.    h.  0.195  m-    PI-  69.  G  325. 
In    black   on    red;  above,    tongues  between 

tangent  circles ;  below,  involved  circles. 

8265.  F  ii.    h.  0.33  m.    PI.  69.  G  316. 
Small,  long-necked;  dot  and  cross  in  red  and 

purplish-brown  on  light  ground. 

8266.  Fv.    h.  o.2iSm.    PI.  69.  G  666. 
Vandyke   hatching;      tongues  above;  light 

ground ;  design  in  purple  and  red. 

8267.  F  v.    h.  0.24S  m.    PI.  69.  G  306. 
Light  ground ;  in  red  and  black,  ankhs  between 

hatchings. 

8268.  F  v.    //.  0.195  m.    PI.  69.  G  442. 
Black  and  white  on  red;  above,  dot- wreath ; 

below,  big  leaves  cross-hatched  or  solid. 

8269.  F  v.    /;.  0.20  m.    PI.  70.  G  700. 
Vandyke  hatching;  running  buds  above;  pur- 
plish-brown and  red  on  light  ground. 

8270.  F  v.    h.  0.165  m.    PI.  70.  G  735. 
Light   ground;   below,    wreath;   above,  very 

roughly  drawn  devils*  heads,  red  and  black. 

8271.  F  v.    h.  0.175  m.    PI.  70.  G  401. 
Scale  pattern:  above  and  below,  joined  circles 

with  red  filling,  light  ground. 

8272.  F  v.    h.  0.225  m.    PI.  70.  G  626. 
On  brown  ground,  devils'  heads  alternately 

black  and  red. 

8273.  F  ii.    h.  0.37  m.    PI.  70.  G  672. 
Long-necked;  double  scale  pattern;  purplish 

.  brown  on  light  ground. 

8274.  F  v.    h.  0.205  m.    PI.  71.  G  337. 
On  red,  black  bands,  wreath  on  shoulder. 

8275.  F  v.    /;.  0.20  m.    PI.  49.  G  530. 
Between  lotus  stems  alternate  red  and  black 

devils'  heads  on  light  ground. 

8276.  F  v.    It.  0.165  m.    PI.  71.  G  730 
Eve-pattern;  below,   joined  circles;  black  on 

light  ground. 

8277.  F  v.    //.  0.21  m.  G  666. 
Two  rows  of  joined  circles,  and  one  of  Vandyke 

hatching  between. 

8278.  F  v.    h.  0.205  m.     PI.  71.  G  753. 
Six  bands  of  alternately  joined  hatched  circles 

and  compartmented  leaves ;  brown  on  light  ground. 

8279.  Fv.    /1.0.184m.    PI.  79  .  G  755. 
Joined    circles    above;  below,    wreath;  white 

ground;  decoration  in  black. 


8280.  Fv.    /1.0.23  m.    PI.  71.  G  201. 
Red  body;  on  light  band  above,  wreath  of  red 

leaves. 

8281.  Fv.    /1.0.22m.    PI.  71.  G  315. 
Rows  of  crescent  and  bud. 

8282.  F  v.    It.  0.19  m.  G  241. 
Rows  of  red  and  black  dots. 

8283.  Fvii.    /1.0.25  m.  G  631. 
Above,  running  buds;  below,  vandyke  hatch- 
ing. 

8284.  Fv.    /1.0.24m.    PI.  72.  G  221. 
On   light  ground;  above,   dot-wreath;  below, 

crescents  and  balls  in  red  and  blue-black. 

8285.  Fv.    /1.0.21m.    PI.  72.  G  721. 
With  splayed  mouth;  black  broken  wreath  on 

reddish  buff  ground. 

8286.  F  xxii.    /1.0.28  m.  G 
Spouted ;  white  slip  over  body,  black  bands. 

8287.  F  xvii.    /:.  0.22  m.     PI.  43.  G  738. 
White  ground,  wreath  in  black. 

8288.  Fv  variant.    /2.0.26m.    PI   72.  G 
Red  aberration  of  squat  water  jar;  roughly 

painted  in  black  with  crosses  and  joined  circles. 

8289.  F  xxix.    h.  0.21  m.    PI.  72.  G  667. 
Cylindrical  jar ;  above,  pomegranates;  on  sides, 

plants;  brownish  purple  and  red  on  light  brown 
ground. 

8290.  F  xxxvi.    h.  0.22  m.    PI.  47.  G  295. 
Flat-lipped;  red  and  blue  lozenge  pattern  on 

light  ground. 

8291.  F  v.    h.  0.17  m.    PI.  72.  G  316. 
Ankh  and  geometrical  design;  brown  on  light 

brown  ground. 

8292.  Fv.    h.  0.185m.    PI.  46.  G  583. 
Alternately  lotus  and  wreathed  ankh ;  black  and 

red  on  brown  ground. 

8293.  F  xxviii.    h.  0.3S5  m.    PI.  42.  G  162. 
Cylindrical;  on  red  ground,  white  giraffes. 

8294.  F  i.    h.  0.375  m.    PI.  4S.  G  396. 
Bands  of  colour  and  one  of  joined  circles: 

crinkled  work  round  neck. 

8295.  F  xiii.    h.  0.67  m.  G  7S3. 
White :  on  neck  and  under  handles,  inscriptions 

in  red,  PI.  107,  Fig.  12. 

8296.  F  lxvi.    /;.  0.28  m.    PI.   73.  G  535. 
"Table  of  offerings,"  light  with  red  and  black 

bands. 

8297.  F  xxv.    h.  0.35  m.    PI.   73.  G  44. 
Pilgrim   bottle   with   base-ring;  demon  with 

grapes  and  wine-ladle  on  each  side;  on  edge, 
amphora,  dull  red  and  purplish  brown  on  brown 
ground. 

8298.  F  i.    h.  0.40  m.    PI.  73.  G331. 
On  shoulder,  crescents  and  stars  divided  by 

curly-stemmed  ankhs;  red  on  reddish  brown 
ground. 

8299.  F  i.    h.  0.42  m.    PI.  73.  G  331. 
Scale  pattern,  black  on  light  ground  between 

red  bands. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


265 


8300.  F  ii.    h.  0.325  m.    PI.  49  G  583. 
Above,   delicate   wreath;  below,   ellipses,  red 

and  yellow,  on  light  yellowish  ground. 

8301.  F  v.    h.  0.20  m.    PI.  73.  G  643. 
Black  scales  roughly  outlined;  red  ground. 

8302.  F  v.    h.  0.21  m.    PI- 74.  G  317. 
Geometrical  design,  dark  on  light. 

8303.  F  v.    h.  0.19  m.    PI.  46.  G  631. 
Vandyke  hatching,  joined  dots  above;  purple, 

red  and  brown  on  brownish  ground. 

8304.  F  v.    h.  0.185  m.    PI.  74.  G  131. 
Procession  of  geese  with  ankhs;  red  and  blue- 
black  on  light  band. 

8305.  F  v.    /1.0.13  m,    PI.  74.  G 
Red  and  black  on  brown ;  joined  circles  above ; 

below,  hatched  zig-zag  and  leaves. 

8306.  F  v.    h.  0.18  m.    PI.  74.  G  761. 
Above,  joined  dots ;  below,  single  lotus-petals 

on  a  striped  field;  blue  and  red  on  light 
ground. 

8307.  F  vii  b.    /1.0.19  m.  G  340. 
Plain  ringed. 

8308.  F  v.    h.  0.165  m.    PI.  74.  G  546. 
Faint  red  joined  circles  on  light  ground. 

8309.  F  lvi.    h.  0.21  m.    PI.  48.  G717. 
Above,    eyes;  below,    lotus;  brown    on  light 

ground. 

83TO.    F  v.    h.  0.14  m,    PI.  43.  G  543. 

Asps   fronting;  below,    stars;  beneath,  lotus; 
lip  of  metal  foil. 

8311.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.28  m.    PI.  75.  G  645. 
Red  and  black;  wreath  on  shoulder;  on  sides 

floral  and  other  patterns. 

8312.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.270  m.    PI.  75.        G  659. 
Black  and  white  on  red;  above,  triple  dot- 
wreath;  below,  hatching,  ankh,  and  knot. 

8313.  F  xxxii  a.    /1.0.22  m.    PI.  48.  G  614. 
Red,    black   and   white;  lotus   and  hatching 

ornament  very  crowded;  wreath  on  shoulder. 

8314.  F  xxxiv.    h.  0.235  m.  G  304. 
Dull  red-brown ;  on  upper  part  of  walls,  lozenge 

pattern,  double  lines  with  spots  at  corners,  in  dark 
purple. 

8315.  F  xxxii  a.    h.   0.20  m.    PI.    75.         G  281. 
Red  and  black;  on  shoulder,  spot-sprays;  on 

sides  ivy-wreaths. 

8316.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.205  m.    PI.  75.        G  281. 
Red  and  black ;  on  shoulder  spot-wreath  ;  below, 

branches. 

8317.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.17  m.    PI.   75.         G  395. 
Red  and  black  on  light  ground;  on  shoulder, 

spot-wreath ;  below,  festooned  ankhs  and  plants 
on  white  ground. 

8318.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.162  m.    PI.  76.  G  144. 
Black  on  red;  band  of  loose  leaves  above, 

below,  floral  quarterings  on  squares. 

8319.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.162  m.    PI.   76.  G  21. 
Red  and  black  on  light  ground ;  on  shoulder 

plant  motives;  below,  compartments  with  scales. 


8320.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.178  m.  G 
Brownish  body,  red  and  purple  bands. 

8321.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.17  m.  G  105. 
Light    body,    two    red    bands;  on  shoulder 

wreath  with  red  buds;  on  walls,  lozenges  (red) 
with  spots  at  angles. 

8322.  F  xxxii.    /1.0.172  m.  G  312. 
Red  body;  on  shoulder,  black  and  white  ivy 

wreath;  below,  black  and  white  bands. 

8323.  F  xxxii  b.    /1.0.19  m.    PI.  76.  G  391. 
On  light  ground;  big  red  snake. 

8324.  F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.17  m.  G  152. 
Light  orange  ground ;  above,  wreath  of  petals, 

dark  and  light;  below,  upright  alternate  lotus 
flowers  and  buds.    Handle  missing. 

8325.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.16  m.    PI.  76.  G  763. 
Scale-pattern  in  compartments  alternately  red 

and  black;  light  ground. 

8326.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.17  m.    PI.  76.  G  325. 
On  dull  ground;  red  and   black  band  with 

pennant  ornament. 

8327.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.17  m.  G  127. 
Small ;  lip    broken ;  on    light    ground,  wavy 

lozenge  pattern,  red  spots  at  angles,  cross  filling. 

8328.  F  xxxviii.    h.  0.135  m.  G  153. 
Rough,  red  clay;  on  each  side,  in  purple,  an 

"altar.  " 

8329.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.17  m.  G  372. 
On  red  band  remains  of  black  lotus  pattern; 

light  body. 

8330.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.17  m.    PI.  49.  G  692. 
On   light   ground   black   bands;  on  shoulder 

big  budded  lotus-heads  in  red  and  black. 

8331.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.175  m.    PI.  77.  G  555. 
Below    narrow    wreath-band,    two    rows  of 

crescents  with  spikes;  red  and  black  on  light 
ground. 

8332.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.172  m.    PI.  77.  G  216. 
Handle    broken;  band    of    crescents;  below, 

delicate  ivy-wreath,  red  and  black. 
8333-    F  xxxii.    h.  0.135  m.    PI.  77.  G  549. 

Small;  on  white  ground  a  band  of  lozenges 
with  red  and  black  interspaces. 

8334.  F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.14  m.    PI.  77.  G  634. 
In  black  on  dull  ground,  rampant  beasts. 

8335.  F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.125  m.    PI.  77.  G  44. 
On  white  ground  a  band  of  tongues. 

8336.  F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.145  m.  G 
Reddish  body;  eleven   black  bands. 

8337.  F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.140  m.  G 
Red ;  two  black  double  bands. 

8338.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.138  m.  G 
Red ;  two  black  double  bands. 

8339.  F  xxxii  d.    A.  0.112  m.  G 
Light  body;  traces  of  red  and  purple  joined 

circles  round  shoulder;  very  faint. 

8340.  F  xxiv.    h.  0.175  m-    d.  0.135  m-    G  137. 
On  one  side,  white  marguerite,  red  centre, 

black  lines;  reverse,  lotus  pattern,  white  on  red. 


KARANOG 


266 

8341.  Flxiii(?)    /1.  0.078  m.  G  46. 
Shape  uncertain;  neck  gone;  plain  red. 

8342.  F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.092  m.  G 
Red  ground;  black  spot-wreath  on  shoulder 

with  double  bands  below;  neck  and  handle  gone. 

8343.  Fix.    h.  0.14m.  G 
Plain ;  red  clay. 

8344.  Fix.    /;.  0.13m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8345.  Fix.    h.  0.115m.  G 
Plain  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8346.  Fix.    h.  0.135m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  rough  reddish  clay. 

8347.  Fix.    fe.  0.115m.  G 
Plain,  reddish  unpainted  clay  flared  to  grey-black. 

8348.  Fix.    h.  0.125m.  G 
Plain  unpainted  reddish  clay;  neck  broken. 

8349.  Fix.    /i.  0.105m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8350.  F  lxiii.         0.11m.  G  373. 
Plain,  red  surface. 

8351.  Fix.    h.  0.10  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay;  a  slight  variant, 

being  low-bellied. 

8352.  Fix.    h.  0.135m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8353-  F  ix.    h.  0.1 1  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  red  clay. 

8354-  F  ix.    ft.  0.15  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay,  rather  elongated 

form. 

8355-  F  ix.    h.   0.09  m.  G  70. 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8356.  Fix.    h.  0.09m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8357.  Fix.    h.  0.112m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8358.  F  ix.    h.   0.105  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8359.  Fix.    h.  0.105m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8360.  Fix.    h.  0.105m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  reddish  clay. 

8361.  Fx.    h.  0.098m.  G  703. 
Plain,  dark  clay,  red  surface. 

8362.  F  xxxvii.    h.  0.14  m.  G 
Plain,  red  clay  flared  to  purple-grey. 

8363.  Fix.    h.  0.122  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8364.  Fix.    h.  0.115m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8365.  Fix.    h.  0.112m.  G  130. 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8366.  Fix.    h.  0.112  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8367.  F  v.    k.  0.10  m.  G 
Plain,  red  surface,  very  squat  form. 

8368.  F  ix.    h.  0.108  m.  G 
Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 


8369.    F  ix.    h.  0.085  m- 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8370.    Fix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8371.    F  ix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay,  but 

with  rather 

splayed  neck. 

8372.    F  ix.    h.  0.07  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay,  very 

rough  and 

ill-shaped. 

8373-    h.    0.105  m- 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay,  very  rough  and  ill- 

shaped. 

8374.    F  ix.    h.  0.088  m. 

G 

Plain,  drab  clay,  light  red  surface 

8375.    Fix.    h.  0.125m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  clay,  drab  to  whitish  grey. 

8376.    F  ix.    h.  0.1 1  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8377.    F  ix.    h.  0. 1 1  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  pinkish  clay. 

8378.    F  ix.    h.  0.095  m- 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  pinkish  clay. 

8379.    F  ix.    h.  0.085  m- 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8380.    Fix.    /1.  0.105  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8381.    F  ix.    h.  0.08  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8382.    F  ix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  reddish  clay  partly  blackened. 

8383.    F  ix.    h.  0.105  m- 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8384.    F  ix.    h.  0.08  m. 

G  70. 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8385.    F  ix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8386.    F  ix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8387.    F  ix.    h.  0.122  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8388.    F  ix.    h.  0.09  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8389.     F  ix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8390.    F  ix.    h.  0.075  m- 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8391.    Fix.    h.  0.10m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8392.    F  ix.    h.  0.08  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8393.    F  ix.    h.  0.08  m. 

G 

Plain,  unpainted  drab  clay. 

8394.    F  ix.    h.  0.068  m. 

G 

Plain,    unpainted    drab    clay,    rather  wide- 

mouthed. 

8395.    F  ix.    h.  0.075  no- 

G 

rland-made   plain,    red    to  grey 

clay,  very 

rough. 

OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


8396.  F  xliv.    h.  0.12  m.    d.  0.145  m.        G  187. 
Plain,    mud-coloured    clay,    surface  painted 

red. 

8397.  F  xlv.    h.  0.09  m.    d.  0.21  m.  G 
Plain,    reddish   brown,  unpainted. 

8398.  F  xliv.    h.  0.10  m.    d.  0.148  m.  G 
Plain,  rough  reddish  clay  unpainted. 

8399.  F  xliv.    h.  0.098  m.    d.  0.145  m.  G 
Plain  rough  brown  clay,  surface  painted  red. 

8400.  F  xliv.    h.  0.102  m.    d.  0.135  m.       G  187. 
Plain,  reddish  clay  with  remains  of  pink-white 

slip. 

8401.  F  liii.    k  0.065  m-    d.  0.120  m,  G 
Reddish  brown  clay  with  blotches  of  red  paint. 

8402.  F  li.    h.  0.085  m-    d.  0.125  m.  G 
Plain,  rough  reddish  clay. 

8403.  F  xlv.    h.  0.065  m.    d.  0.130  m.  G 
Plain,  mud-coloured  clay. 

8404.  Fxlv.    h.  0.073m.   d.  0.138m.  G 
Plain,  red  clay. 

8405.  F  li.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.118  m.  G 
Plain,  red  clay. 

8406.  F  lii.    h.  0.09  m.    d.  0.10  m.  G 
Red-washed  surface  with  black  floral  wreath. 

8407.  F  lii.  /2.0.058m.  d.  0.128m.  PI.  102.  G 
Plain,  fine  ware,  white  inside,  red  outside. 

8408.  Fxlv.    h.  0.066m.    d.  o.nom.  G 
Plain,  pinkish  clay  with  yellow- white  slip. 

8409.  F  1.    h.  0.113  m.    PI.   ioi.  G  571. 
Plain  black ;  tall  variant  of  type  with  rudimen- 
tary base-ring;  punctured  ornament    near  lip. 
Hand-made  ware  baked  in  open  hearth. 

8410.  Fxlv.    h.  0.032m.    d.  0.084m.  G 
Plain  rough  clay  mud-coloured  inside,  burnt 

black  outside. 

8411.  F  xlviii.     //.0.04  m.    d.  0.07  m.  G 
Plain,  rough  clay  burnt  to  black. 

8412.  Fxlv.    /7.0.075  m.    d.  0.125  m.  G 
Plain,  muddy  red  clay. 

8413.  F  liii.    h.  0.07  m.  G  535. 
Pinkish  clay,  upper  part  washed  brown. 

8414.  F  li.    h.  0.07  m    d.  0.12  m.  G 
Plain,  brownish  clay  partly  burnt  to  black. 

8415.  Fxlv.    h.  0.05m.    d.  0.115m.  G 
Plain,  coarse  mud-coloured  clay. 

8416.  Fxlv.    h.  0.072  m.    d.  0.130  m.  G 
Plain,  muddy  clay  with  white  slip. 

8417.  F  xlv.    h.  0.067  m-    d.  °  °75  nl-  G 
Plain,  red  surface. 

8418.  F  liii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.09  m.  G 
Plain,  red-brown    clay;    heavily    ribbed  and 

rimmed. 

8419.  F  xliv.    /7.0.08  m.    d.  0.12  m.  G 
Plain,  red  clay. 

8420.  Fxlv.    h.  0.045  m'    d.  0.102  m.  G 
Plain,  red  clay. 

8421.  Fxlv.    h.  0.07m.    d.  0.105m.  G 
Plain,    mud-coloured    clay   partly   burnt  to 

black. 


267 

8422.  F  liii.    h.   0.067  m-    d.  0.095  m-        G  535. 
Pinkish  clay,  surface  washed  red,  with  black 

floral  wreath. 

8423.  Fxlv.    h.  0.057m.    d.  0.10m.  G 
Plain,  mud-coloured  clay. 

8424.  F  xlv.    h.  0.075  m-  G 
Plain,  red  surface  (broken). 

8425.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.  G 
Rough  red  clay;  on  one  side  a  rough  floral 

spray. 

8426.  F  v.    h.  0.085  m.  G  743. 
Very  small;  diaper  design,  alternate  squares 

with  hatching  and  star-flower  filling;  brown  on 
light  ground. 

8427.  F  liv.    h.  0.023  m.    d.  0.085  m-  G 
Plain,  red  surface. 

8428.  F  xlv.    h.  0.06  m.    d.  0.09  m.  G 
Plain,  mud-coloured  clay. 

8429.  F  liv.    h.  0.05  m.    d.  0.11m.  G 
Plain,  red  surface. 

8430.  F  xlv.    h  0.04  m.    d.  0.09  m.  G 
Plain,  rough  red  clay. 

8431.  F  li.    h.  0.045  m.    d.  0.09  m.  G 
Plain,  white  clay,  brown  washed  surface. 

8432.  F  lvii.    h.  .  0.045  m-  G 
Plain,  pinkish  clay 

8433.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.05  m.  G 
Plain,  rough  muddy  clay. 

8434.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.072  m.  G 
Hand-made,  very  rough,  muddy  clay. 

8435.  F  xliv.    h.   0.038  m.    d.   0.087  m-  G 
Rough  clay,  pinkish  white  slip,  red  and  black 

on  rim. 

8436.  F  1.    h.  0.095  m-    PI-  5°-  G 
Lozenges   of   purple   and   red   on  brownish 

ground. 

8437.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.08  m.  G  304. 
Pinkish  clay,  buff  surface,  leaf  design  in  dark 

brown  and  red. 

8438.  F  xlviii.    h.  o  074  m.  G 
Pink  clay,  white  surface,  brown  design  with 

red  filling  to  spots. 

8439.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.072  m.  G  326. 
Creamy  buff  ground,  design  with  brown  out- 
line and  red  filling. 

8440.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08.  G  700. 
Brown  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8441.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.  G  304. 
Pink  clay,  brownish  ground,  design  in  dark 

brown  and  red. 

8442.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.  G  397. 
Pink  clay,  brownish  ground,  design  in  brown 

with  red  filling. 

8443.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.076  m.  G  372. 
Pink  clay,  white  ground,  design  in  brown. 

8444.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.076  m.     PI.  50.  G  324. 
Purple  and  dark  red  on  light  ground. 

8445.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.083  m.     PI.  81.  G  263. 
Red  and  purple  design  on  light  ground. 


KARANOG 


268 

8446.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.071m.  G  376. 
Dull  brown  clay,  light  surface,  design  in  red. 

8447.  F  xlviii.    /;.  0.082  m.    PI.  50.  G  549. 
Red  and  brownish  purple  on  white  ground. 

8448.  F  xlviii.    /;.     0.08  m.    PI.  50.  G  537. 
Light  ground,  design  in  brown  with  red  rilling. 

8449.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.084  m.    PI.  81.  G  604. 
Light  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8450.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.  G  203. 
Yellowish  white    ground,    petals  alternately 

red  and  black. 

8451.  F  xvliii.    h.  0.08  m.    PI.  43.  G  189. 
Yellowish  white  ground,  design  in  brown  with 

red  filling. 

8452.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.079  m-     PI-  S°-  G  293- 
Light  ground,  design  in  purple  and  red. 

8453.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.084  m-    PI-  S°-  G  284. 
On  light  ground,  a  red  and  a  purple  crocodile. 

8454.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.    PI.  50.  G  624. 
White  ground,  design  in  brown  with  red  filling. 

8455-    F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.    PI.   81.  G  723. 

Whitish  ground,  brown  lines,  red  filling. 

8456.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.102  m.  G 
Whitish  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8457.  Flvii.    //.0.12  m.    PI.  78.  G  738. 
Light  yellowish  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8458.  F  xlvi.    d.    0.12  m.  (near)  G  607. 
Pinkish  white  ground,  design  in  dark  brown 

of  radiating  buds  with  wavy  stalks. 

8459.  F  lx.    h.  0.033  m.    PI.  78.  G  304. 
Light  ground,  designs  in  black  and  red. 

8460.  /.  0.055  m-  G  4°6- 
Lamp;  pear-shaped  with  channel  to  nozzle; 

round  filler-hole,  rosettes,  round  top  edge  TOY 
AITOY  CEPriOC;  surface  red  washed. 

8461.  h.  0.05  m.    d.  0.075  m.  G 
Lamp;  swinging    circular    vessel    with  two 

pierced  lobes  and  top  folded  over  to  central  hole; 
rough  mud-coloured  clay. 

8462.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.088  m.    PI.  50.  G 
Muddy  ground  flared  brownish  purple;  design 

in  dark  brown  and  red. 

8463.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.085  m-     PI-  5°-  G  297. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  and  black. 

8464.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.    PI.  50.  G  223. 
Light  ground,  design  in  brown  with  red  filling. 

8465.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.074  m.     PI.  50.  G  157. 
Light  ground,  black  leaves  and  red  buds. 

8466.  Number  not  used. 

8467.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    PI.  50.  G  288. 
Light  ground,  lotus  design  in  brown  and  red. 

8468.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    PI.  51.  G  384. 
Yellowish  ground,  red  rim  and  black  wreath. 

8469.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.081  m.    PI.   51.  G  325. 
Light  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8470.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.083  m-    PI-  51-  G  754. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  and  purplish  brown. 

8471.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.104  m.     PI.   51.  G  550. 
White  ground,  design  in  red  and  black. 


8472.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    PI.  51.  G  377. 
Light  ground,  asps  in  red  outlined  with  brown. 

8473.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.     Pll.  79,  81.       G  764. 
Light  ground,  design  in  brownish  purple  with 

red  filling. 

8474.  F  xlviii.     h.    0.08  m.  G  669. 
Pinkish  ground,  design  in  dark  purple  lines 

with  red  spots  at  intersections. 

8475.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.     PI.  51.  G 
White  ground,  design  in  brown. 

8476.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.083  m.    PI.  51.  G  315. 
Light  ground,  design  in  brown. 

8477.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    PI.   51.  G  384. 
White  ground,  deep  brown  outlines  with  red 

filling. 

8478.  F  xlvi.    h.   0.025  m.    d.   0.095  m.    PI.  51. 

G  304. 

White  ground,  design  in  black  and  red. 

8479.  F  xlvii.    h.   0.072  m.    d.   0.13  m.    PI.  78. 

G  537- 

White  ground,  design  in  black  and  red. 

8480.  Number  not  used. 

8481.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    PI.   51.  G  325. 
Dull  greyish  ground,  design  in  red  and  purple. 

8482.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.115  m.    PI.  78.  G  682. 
Light  ground  flared  to  purplish  brown,  dark 

brown  design. 

8483.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    PI.  51.  G  665. 
White  ground,  design  in  black  and  red. 

8484.  F  xlviii.    /2.0.078  m.    PI.  51.  G  361. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  outlined  with  brown. 

8485.  F  xlviii.    /1.0.085  m.    PI.  81.  G315. 
Brown  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8486.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.     PI.  52.  G  626. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  and  black. 

8487.  F  xlviii.     /;.  0.077  m-     PI-   52-  G  190. 
Light  ground,  black  leaves  and  red  buds. 

8488.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.    PI.  81.  G  673. 
White  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8489.  F  xlviii.    /1.0.058  m.    PI.  81.  G  277. 
White  ground,  design  in  black. 

8490.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.084  m.    PI.  52.  G  263. 
Light  ground,  buds  alternately  red  and  black. 

8491.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.    PI.  52.  G  163. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  and  brown. 

8492.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.0.72  m.    PI.  81.  G  253. 
Dull  brownish  ground,  design  in  black. 

8493.  F  xxxvii.    h.  0.078  m.       PI.  81.        G  747. 
Yellowish-white   ground   with   rows   of  high 

raised  slip  ornament,  plain  blobs  of  the  same 
coloured  clay. 

8494.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    PI.  52.  G  263. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  outlined  with  brown. 

8495.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    PI.  52.  G  358. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  and  black. 

8496.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.084  m-    PI-  52-  G  297. 
Light  ground,  design  in  red  and  black. 

8497.  F  xiv.    h.  0.65  m.  G  187. 
Drab  clay,  white  surface,  red  marks  on  neck. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


269 


8498.  F  xii.    h.  0.69  m.  G  187. 
Drab  clay;  under   handle,  graffito.    PI.  107, 

Fig-  13- 

8499.  F  xv.    h.  0.60  m.  G  187. 
Dark  clay;  base  broken  away.    On  shoulder, 

graffito.    PI.  107.    Figs.  2,  6. 

8500.  F  xv.    h.  0.67  m.  G 
Creamy  white  surface;  on  shoulder,  graffito 

PI.  107.    Fig.  7,  in  red. 

8501.  F  xiii.    h.  0.69  m.  G  703 
Creamy  white;  under  handles,  graffito.    PI.  107 

Fig.  1 1 ,  in  red. 

8502.  F  xvii  b.    h.  0.38  m.  G 
Plain,  yellowish  drab  surface. 

8503.  F  xvii.    But    lacking   base-ring.    h.  0.38 

G  184 

Buff  ground;  on  shoulder,  big  leaf  design  in 
purplish  brown,  dark  bands  below. 

8504.  F  xvii  d.    h.  0.35  m.  G  190. 
Red  clay,  two  pairs  of  dark  bands. 

8505.  F  v.    h.  0.385  m.  G 
Buff  surface  with  brown  bands. 

8506.  F  xxxiv.    i  0.395  m.  G 
Deep    red    surface    with    black    and  white 

bands. 

8507.  F  xvii.    h.  0.415  m.  G  324. 
Red  surface  with  black  bands;  on  shoulder 

trefoil  design  in  black. 

8508.  F  i.    h.  0.50  m.  G 
Dull  red  body,  brown  neck  and  brown  band  on 

shoulder. 

8509.  F  i.        0.545  m.  G  187. 
Red  body,  neck  buff  with  black  bands  below  it. 

8510.  F  i.    h.  0.56  m.  G 
Buff  ground ;  on  shoulder,  triangles  of  scale- 
pattern  in  brown  on  a  red  field. 

8511.  F  v.    h.  0.32  m.  G 
Very  flat  based.    Dull  red  clay  with  dark 

brown  band  on  shoulder. 

8512.  F  v.    h.  0.275  m.  G555. 
Dull  red  with  black  and  white  bands. 

8513.  Pvi.    h   0.31m.  G  739. 
Plain  mud-coloured  clay. 

8514.  F  v.    h.  0.315  m.  G 
Red  body,  buff  neck,  brown  bands  on  shoulder. 

8515.  F  v.    h.  0.31  m.  G  313. 
Red  body,  round  shoulder  wreath-pattern  in 

black. 

8516.  F  v.         0.295  m.  G570. 
Dull    red,  brown  and  cream-coloured  bands 

round  shoulder. 

8517.  F  v.    h.  0.295  m.  G  566. 
Red,  with  black  bands  round  shoulder. 

8518.  F  v.    h.  0.365  m.  G  118. 
Red,  round  shoulder  narrow  brown  bands  on 

buff  ground. 

8519.  F  v.    h.  0.235  m.  G  231. 
Bright  red,  on  side  a  rude  drawing  of  an  owl 

in  white. 


8520.  F  viii.    h.  0.27  m.  G  775. 
Deep  red  with  black  bands. 

8521.  F  viii.    h.  0.25  m.  G261. 
Muddy  clay  with  pink  slip  surface  whereon  red 

and  purple  bands. 

8522.  F  viii.    h.  0.27  m.  G 
Brownish  ground,  bands  and  encircling  wreath 

design  in  dark  red. 

8523.  F  v.    h.   0.25  m.  G  671. 
Red,  on  shoulder  three  rows  of  dots  between 

double  bands,  in  black. 

8524.  F  viii.    h.    0.24  m.  G 
Mud-coloured    body,    round    the    walls  the 

graffito,  PI.  107.  Fig.  22,  in  large  characters 
rudely  painted  and  degenerating  to  a  scrawl. 

8525.  F  i.    h.  0.365  m.  G 
Dull  red  with  brown  neck  and  brown  band  on 

shoulder. 

8526.  F  viii.    h.  0.265  m.  G 
Dull  red  with  black  and  red  bands. 

8527.  F  i.    h.  0.30  m.  G 
Buff  ground,  on  shoulder  in  black  rows  of 

small  crosses  above  which  a  wreath  motive. 

8528.  F  i.    h.  0.375  m.  G  526. 
Yellowish  buff  ground  with  bands  of  black  and 

orange. 

8529.  F  i.    h.  0.395  m-  G  614. 
Orange  drab  ground,   on  shoulder  a  row  of 

circles  between  bands,  in  brown. 

8530.  F  v.    h.  0.23  m.  G 
Pinkish  body,  numerous  bands  of  red  and  brown. 

8531.  F  v.    h.   0.29  m.  G  328. 
Red  with  buff  neck,  on  shoulder  brown  and 

buff  bands. 

8532.  F  v.    h.  0.265  m.  G 
Light  orange  ground,  red  lip,  red  and  purple 

bands. 

8533.  F  v.    h.  0.225  m.  G  602. 
Buff  ground  with  red  and  brown  bands. 

8534.  F  v.    h.  0.235  m.  G  72 1. 
Pinkish  body,  dark  brown  bands. 

8535.  F  v.    h.  0.185  m.  G  204. 
Orange  ground  with  broad  red  and  black  bands. 

8536.  F  v.        0.35  m.  G  116. 
Red  ground  with  orange  neck  and  band  on 

shoulder. 

8537.  F  v.    h.  0.28  m.  G  44. 
Dull  red  with  narrow  brown  bands. 

8538.  F  v.    h.  0.28  m.  G  473. 
Red  ground,  on  shoulder  red,  grey,  and  broad 

yellow  bands. 
8539-    F  v.    h.  0.325  m.  G  843- 

Red  with  buff  neck  and  band  on  shoulder. 

8540.  F  v.    h.  0.28  m.  G  187. 
Red  with  brown  neck  and  brown  and  orange 

bands  on  shoulder 

8541.  F  v.    h.  0.195  m.  G  413. 
Orange-pink  flared  to  white,   three  rows  of 

double  black  bands. 


KARANOG 


8542.    F  v.    /1.0.235  m.                              G  566. 

8566.    F  vii.    h.  0.22  m.    PI.  102. 

G  441 

Orange  body;  red  lip  with  narrow  double  black 

Plain  black  clay,  hand-made. 

dividing  band. 

8567.    F  v.    h.  0.24  m. 

G  779- 

8543.    F  v.    h.  0.195  m.                               G  381. 

Plain  red  surface;  mud -coloured  clay. 

Red  body;  two  double  bands,  dark  red  and 

8568.    F  v.    h.  0.13  m. 

G 

black. 

Muddy  clay,  red  surface,  purple  and 

white 

8544.       Fv     h.  0.20  m.                             G  444. 

cross  above. 

Red  body;  wide  dark  red  and  narrow  dark 

8569.    F  iv.    h.  0.25  m. 

G 

brown  bands. 

Dull  red,  three  rows  of  joined  circles,  red  and 

8545.    Fv     h.  0.175  m.                              G  441. 

brown  filling. 

Pinkish  body;  wide  red  and  narrow  brown 

8570.    F  xxviii.    h.  0.175  m. 

G 

bands. 

Dull  red,  purple  bands. 

8546.    F  v     h.  0.23  m.                                G  250. 

8571.    F  xxxiii.    h.  0.52  m. 

G  112. 

Pinkish  body;  red  neck;  red  and  brown  bands 

Plain  brown  clay. 

on  neck  and  shoulder. 

8572.    F  x.     h.  0.235  m. 

G  560. 

8547.    F  v.    h.  0.18  m.  G 

Black  wreath  on  red  clay. 

Dull  red  body;  two  orange  rings  on  shoulder. 

8573.    F  Ixvi.    h.  0.16  m. 

G  386. 

8548.    F  v.    h.  0.18  m                                 G  381. 

Rough;  muddy  clay. 

Dull  red  body;  dark  bands  round  shoulder  and 

8574.    F  xxxviii.    h.  0.135  m. 

G  613. 

below  neck. 

Red  surface,  pinkish  clay. 

8549.    F  v.    h.  0.245  m.                              G  376. 

8575.    F  xxxvii.    h.  0.165  m. 

G 

Red  body;  marked  line-burnishing. 

Plain  red. 

8550.    F  vii.    h.  0.186  m.                             G  741. 

8576.    F  xxxv.    h.  0.205  m. 

G  453. 

Red  body;  two  bands  and  ring  of  crows'  feet 

Dull  red  clay. 

at  top. 

8577.    F  xxxviii.    h.  0.154  m. 

G  638. 

8551.    F  xxviii.    h.  0.13  m.    PI.  96.            G  525. 

Two   red  bands  and  one  black  on 

creamy 

Squat  lotus  design  in  red  and  brown  on  buff 

ground. 

ground. 

8578.    F  xxxviii.    i.  0  15  m, 

G  526. 

8552.    F  v.    h.  0.185  m.                             G  764. 

Plain  yellowish  clay. 

Light  ground ;  three  rows  of  stamped  maple- 

8579.    F  ix.    h.  0.175  m. 

G 

leaf  in  circle. 

Plain;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8553.    F  xx.    h.  0.23  m.                              G  598. 

8580.    F  xxxix.    h.  0.16  m. 

G  585- 

Dull  red;  brown  bands  at  widest  part. 

Red  ware,  slight  burnish. 

8554.    F  xvii.    h.    0.28  m.                           G  708. 

8581.    F  xxxv  c.    fe.  0.195  m. 

G 

Plain  dull  red. 

Plain  dull  red  clay. 

8555.    F  xvii  c.    h.  0.24  m.  G 

8582.    F  xxxv.    h.  0.21  m. 

G 

Dull  red ;  double  black  bands  above  and  below. 

Yellowish  white  surface,  black  bands. 

8556.    F  xviii.    h.  0.19  m.                           G  579. 

8583.    F  xxxv  b.    h.  0.27  m. 

G  568. 

Red  clay;  plain  dull  red  wash. 

Plain  red  ware. 

8557.    F  xvii  d.    h  0.215  m.  G 

8584.    F  xxxv  a.    h.  0.245  m. 

G 

Dull  dark  red ;  two  double  black  bands ;  drab  clay. 

Dull  red ;  two  double  broad  bands  of  black. 

8558.    xvii.    h.  0.345  m.                              G  604. 

8585.    F  xxxii  d.    h.  0.24  m. 

G  131. 

Red;  two  pink  bands,  plain  leaf  design  on 

Muddy  clay. 

shoulder. 

8586.    F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.12  m. 

G 

8559.    F  xvii  a.    h.  0.33  m.  G 

Light  red,  black  bands. 

Red;  three  rows  of  double  black  bands. 

8587.    F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.13  m. 

G  250. 

8560.    F  xvii.    h.  0.322  m.                           G  721. 

Plain;  red  paint,  coarse  light  clay. 

Dull  red;  narrow  double  black  bands. 

8588.    F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.165  m. 

G  7r9- 

8561.    F  xviii.    h.  0.255  m.  G 

Dark  red  surface,  black  bands. 

Plain  red  clay. 

8589.    F  xxxii.    h.  0.165  m. 

G  657. 

8562.    F  xvii  a.    h.    0.28  m.                        G  528. 

Plain ;  red  clay ;  wooden  stopper  in  top 

Dull  red  with  black  bands 

8590.    F  xxxii  e.    h.  0.18  m. 

G 

8563.    F  v     /1.  0.19  m.  G 

Pinkish  drab  clay. 

Coarse  drab  clay. 

8591.    F  xxxii.    h.  0.135  m. 

G 

8564.    Fv     h.  0.165  m.    PI.  101.               G  544. 

Plain ;  brownish  red  surface,  pinkish  clay. 

Plain  black  ware,  hand-made. 

8592.    F  xl.    h.  0. 10  m. 

G 

8565.    Fv     h.  0.026m.    PI.   102.  G118. 

Red  surface,  black  bands. 

Black  clay,  fine  work,  incised  ornament  at  base 

8593.    F  xxiii.    h.  0.195  m. 

G  543- 

of   neck,  hand-made. 

Muddy  clay,  white  surface. 

OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


271 


8594.    F  xxxii  c.    h.  0.25  m. 

G 

Plain  red. 

8595.    F  xxi.    h.  0.33  m. 

G  187. 

Plain;  drab  clay,  red  wash. 

8596.    F  xxii.    h.  0.29  m. 

G  729. 

Plain;  drab  clay. 

8597.    F  xix.    h.  0.07  m. 

0  579- 

Pink  clay. 

8598.    Fx.    h.  0.12  m. 

G  703. 

Like  F  v,  but  flat-bottomed,  plain  red. 

8599.    F  ix.    h.  0.105  m. 

G 

Plain  drab  clay. 

8600.    F  ix.    h.  0.10  m. 

G 

Plain;  light  clay,  unpainted;  very  rough. 

8601.    F  xliii.    h.  0.078  m.    d.  0.097  m- 

G  572. 

With   handle;  pinkish   clay,   with  red-brown 

paint  above. 


8602.    F  xliv.    h.  0.09  m.  d. 

0.13  m. 

G 

Plain  red. 

8603.    F  liv.    h.  0.07  m.    d.  0 

.13  m. 

G 

Plain  red  surface. 

8604.    F  xlv.    h.  0.33  m.    d.  0 

095  m. 

G 

Plain  pink,  red,  black  and  white  on 

rim. 

8605.    F  xlix.    h.  0  055  m. 

G  577 

Purplish  clay. 

8606.    F  xlii.  h.o.i&m. 

G  572 

Plain  red  surface. 

8607.    F  x.    h.  0.165  m. 

G 

White  paint ;  purple  lines. 

8608.    F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.22  m. 

G 

Red;  black  spot  wreath  on  shoulder,  bands 
below. 

8609.  F  xvii  f .    h.  0.16  m.  G 
Pink  clay;  drab  surface;  double  black  bands 

above  and  below. 

8610.  F  xxi.    h.  0.156  m.  G 
Rough  pinkish  red  clay;  plain. 

861 1.  F  xvii  e.    h.  0.13  m.  G 
Drab  surface,  brown  bands. 

8612.  F  xix.    h.  0.125  m.  G  560. 
Pinkish   clay;  drab  wash,  plain. 

8613.  Fxlviii.    h.    0.07  m    d.    0.065  m.     PI.  82. 

G  614. 

Brown  de  ign  on  whitish  ground ;  broken. 

8614.  Fxlviii     h.   0.072m.    d.   0.07m.     PI.  82. 

G  207. 

Pinkish  brov\n  ground;  faint  design  in  red. 

8615.  Fxlviii     h.    0.07  m.    d.    0.07  m.    PI.  82 

G  459- 

Shading  cream;  buff  and  brown  lines;  brown 
band,  and  filling  red. 

8616.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.076  m.    d.  0.073  m-    PI-  82. 

G  660. 

Shaded   whitish   to   buff  ground;  lines  dark 
brown,  filling  red. 

8617.  Fxlviii.    h.  0.081  m.    d.  0.088m.    PI.  82. 

G  278. 

Dark  brown   lines   on  pinkish   ground;  red 
filling. 


8618.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.068  m.    PI.  82. 

G  193- 

Dark  brown  design  on  whitish  ground. 

8619.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.072  m.    PI.  82. 

G  92. 

White  ground,  design  in  brown. 

8620.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  0.076  m.    PI.  82. 

G376. 

Dirty  buff  ground,  filling  red. 

8621.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.    d.  0.085  m.    PI.  82. 

G  487. 

Brown  ground,  lines  black,  filling  red. 

8622.  Fxlviii.    h.  0.079m.    d.  0.085m.    PI.  83. 

G  151. 

Shaded  cream  to  brown  ground;  three  cres- 
cents, red  and  brown  filling,  lines  and  band 
brown. 

8623.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.072  m.    d.   0.07  m.    PI.  83. 

G  457- 

Buff  ground,  design  in  brown. 

8624.  Fxlviii.    h.  0.078m.    d.  0.088m.    PI.  83. 

G  203. 

Brown  design  with  reddish  filling;  whitish 
ground. 

8625.  Fxlviii.    h.    0.08m.    d.    0.095  to  0.10m. 
PI.  83.  G  151. 

Pinkish  brown  and  buff  ground,  lines  brown, 
filling  red,  irregularly  brown. 

8626.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.    d.   0.09  m.    PI.  83. 

G487. 

Shading  cream  to  dark  brown  ground ;  crescents 
alternately  red  and  brown ;  lines  brown. 

8627.  Fxlviii.    h.  0.075m.    d.  0.085m.    PI.  83. 

G387. 

Whitish  ground,  shading  to  buff;  design  in 
brown. 

8628.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  0.085  m-    PI-  83. 

G  566. 

Cream  ground,  lines  brown,  filling  red. 

8629.  Fxlviii.    h.  0.097m.    d.  0.10m.    PI.  83. 

G  270. 

Brown  lines,  buds  blue  with  red  tips;  red  rim. 

8630.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.07  m.    d.    0.09  m.    PI.  83. 

G  664. 

Shading  buff  and  red-brown  surface,  filling 
red. 

8631.  Fxlviii.    h.   0.08m.    d.   0.086m.    PI.  84. 

G  615. 

Shaded  white  to  brown  ground,  wide  band  red, 
narrow  bands  brown. 

8632.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.085  m-    PI-  84. 

G  621. 

Whitish  ground,  lines  brown,  filling  red. 

8633.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.072  m.    d.  0.074  m.     PI.  84. 

G  325- 

Pinkish  white  ground,  lines  dark  brown,  filling 
red;  careless  and  much  erased. 

8634.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.076  m.    d.  0.085  m-    G  254. 
Plain  red;  no  burnish. 


KARANOG 


272 

8635.  F  xlviii.         0.07  m.    d.  0.075  m-      PI-  84. 

G  376. 

Brown  ground,  lines  in  dark  brown,  filling  in 
red;  broken. 

8636.  F  xlviii.    //.  0.07  m.    d.  0.085  m-    PI-  §4- 

G  723- 

Alternate  red  and  black  crescents  on  brown 
ground;  rough;  broken. 

8637.  F  xlviii.         0.078  m.    d.  0.090  m.     PI.  84. 

G  759- 

Black  lines,  red  fillings  to  ankhs. 

8638.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.098  m.    d.  0.108  m.     PI.  84. 

G  181. 

Brown  drawing  and  red  filling  on  flared  light 
ground. 

8639.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.083  m-  G  699. 
Plain  red ;  poor  burnish. 

8640.  F  xlviii.  0.09  m.    d.   0.082  m.    PI.  84. 

G  545- 

Shaded   cream   to   brown   ground ;  design  in 
brown,  red  filling;  eight-pointed  star  on  bottom. 

8641.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.072  m.    d.   0.08  m.     PI.  84. 

G  657. 

Buff  and  brown  ground;  design  dark  brown. 

8642.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.08  m.    d.    0.09  m.     PI.  85. 

G  544- 

Ground  shading  pink  buff  to  brown.  Irregular 
line  design  in  dark  brown. 

8643.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  0.082  m.    PI.  85. 

G 

Ground  shading  whitish  to  brown ;  band  and 
lines  dark  brown,  filling  red. 

8644.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.    d.  0.088  m.     PI.  85. 

G  558- 

Pinkish  buff  ground;  lines  brown,  band  and 
fillings  red  brown. 

8645.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.095  m.    d.  0.103  m.     PI.  85. 

G  400. 

Shades  of  brown  on  creamy  ground. 

8646.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.092  m.     PI.  85. 

G  S55- 

Red  brown  ground;  lines  in  black  filling  in  red. 

8647.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.09  m.    d.    0.09  m.    PI.  85. 

G  187. 

Red  with  white  rim;  not  burnished. 

8648.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.085  to  0.09  m. 
PI.  85.  G  530. 

Shaded  red  brown  ground,  design  mainly  in 
brown,  touches  of  red. 

8649.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.095  m-    d.  0.075  m-    P'-  85. 

G  413- 

Plain  buff  ground. 

8650.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.099  m.    d.  0.072  m.     PI.  85. 

G  723- 

Dark  buff  brown  ground,  two  carelessly  drawn 
lotus  designs  in  black. 

8651.  F  xlviii.    h.   o.nm.    d.   0.078  m.    PI.  86. 

G316. 

Buff,  lines  black,  bands  red. 


8652.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.096  m.    d.  0.098  m.    PI.  86. 

G  103. 

Pinkish  white  ground,  narrow  bands  brown, 
wide  bands  red. 

8653.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.08  m.    d.    0.08  m.    PI.  86. 

G  754- 

Purplish  ground,   lines    and  filling  purplish 
brown ;  much  erased. 

8654.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.081  m.    d.  0.075  m-    PI-  86. 

G  520. 

Cream  to  buff  ground,  now  browned  by  fire; 
continuous  snake  design  in  red  and  brown. 

8655.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.09  m.    d.  0.087  m-    PI-  86. 

G  278. 

Pinkish  brown  ground,  red  band  at  top,  lines 
brown. 

8656.  F  liii.    h.   0.076  m.    d.    0.114  m.       G  535. 
Black  wreath  on  red  ground. 

8657.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.068  m.    d.   0.07  m.    PI.  86. 

G 

Shaded  white  to  buff  ground  ;  design  in  brown  ; 
also  design  on  base. 

8658.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.097  m-    d.  0.097  m-    PI-  86. 

G  396. 

Brown  ground;  dark  brown  lines  and  filling. 

8659.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.07  m.    d.  0.095  m-    PI-  86. 

G  277. 

Pinkish  cream  ground,  lines  in  brown. 

8660.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.    d.  0.088  m.    PI.  86. 

G 

White  cream  ground ;  dark  brown  lines,  light 
brown  band. 

8661.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.108  m.    d.  0.95  m.    PI.  87. 

G  666. 

White  and  cream  ground,  bands  of  three  parts, 
middle  part  red,  outer  parts  brown. 

8662.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.068  m.    d.  0.08  m.    PI.  87. 

G  55°- 

Pinkish  brown  ground. 

8663.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.042  m.    d.  0.11m.        G  23. 
Brown  paint  on  pinkish  white  clay. 

8664.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    d.  0.075  m-     PI-  87. 

G  263. 

Yellowish-white  ground ;  lines  and  filling  in  red 
brown. 

8665.  F  xlviii.    h    0.08  m.    d.  0.088  m.    PI.  87. 

G  223. 

Black  design ;  red  filling  dots. 

8666.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.    d.   0.093  m-     PI-  87. 

G  94. 

Alternate  black  and  red  on  yellow  ground. 

8667.  F  xlviii    h.  0.098  m.    d.  0.108  m.    PI.  87. 

G  241. 

Shaded  pinkish  to  red-brown  ground ;  red  band 
at  top,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8668.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.    d.   0.083  m-    pl-  87. 

G  694. 

Whitish     buff    ground;     brown     lines,  red 
filling. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


273 


8669.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.10  m.    d.    0.08  m.    PI.  87. 

G  546. 

Cream  buff  ground;  brown  lines. 

8670.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.072  m.    d.   0.08  m.    PI.  87. 

G  297. 

Shaded  whitish  to  yellow  buff  ground;  careless 
filling  alternately  red  and  brown. 

8671.  F  xlviii.     /z.  0.075  m-         0.078  m.     PI.  88. 

G  384. 

Shaded  whitish  to  yellow  buff  ground,  filling 
in  brownish  red. 

8672.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.    d.  0.081  m.    PI.  88. 

G  154. 

Shaded  buff  and  brown  ground;  bands  in  red. 

8673.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.072  m.    d.  0.062  m.    PI.  88. 

G 

Whitish  ground,  design  in  dark  brown. 

8674.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.10  m.    PI.  88. 

G  522- 

Buff  ground,  pink  in  section;  red  and  brown 
bands. 

8675.  F  Hi.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.098  m.         G  337. 
Plain ;  pinkish  red  clay ,  darker  above. 

8676.  F  Hii.    h.  0.09  m.    d.  0.115  m.  G  305. 
Plain ;  pinkish  clay,  brown  above. 

8677.  F  liii.    h.  0.065  m-    d.  0.095  m-  G 
Plain ;  pinkish  clay,  brown  wash  above. 

8678.  F  li.    h.  0.08  m.    d    0.12  m.  G 
White  inside,  yellow  outside. 

8679.  F  1.    h.   0.102   m.    d.   0.108  m.    PI.  88. 

G  578- 

Broken ;  pinkish  washed  dark  orange  above ; 
scales  in  brown ;  base  ring. 

8680.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    d.   0.09  m.    PI.  88. 

G  189. 

Shaded  white  to  brown  ground,  lines  brown, 
filling  red;  broken. 

8681.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.081  m.    d.   0.07  m.    PI.  88. 

G  180. 

Purplish  buff  ground ;  dark  brown  lines,  red 
band  at  top. 

8682.  F  xlviii.   h.  0.079  m.    d.  0.088   m.   PI.  88. 

G  105. 

Joined  circles ;  red  on  light. 

8683.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.065  m-    d.   0.09  m.     PI.  88. 

G  7r3- 

Cream;  bands  brown  and  roughly  drawn. 

8684.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.073  m-    d.   0.08  m.     PI.  89. 

G 

Buff  ground,  bands  in  red. 

8685.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.09  m.    d.  0.105  m.    PI.  89. 

G  534- 

Shaded  pink  cream  to  light  brown  ground,  red 
band  at  top,  dark  brown  bands  around  middle. 

8686.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.092  m.    d.  0.09  m.    PI.  89. 

G  101 . 

Red  band  at  top ;  irregularly  two  or  three  rows 
of  triangles,  alternately  red  and  dark  brown  on 
pinkish  ground. 


8687.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.09  m.    PI.  89. 

G 

Pink  cream  ground ;  red  bands. 

8688.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.09  m.    d.   0.085  m-    pl-  89- 

G3I5. 

Light  brown  ground,  dark  brown  design. 

8689.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.08  m.    PI.  89. 

G  203. 

Whitish  ground,  circles  and  band  filled  with 
red,  crescents  brownish  purple. 

8690.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.105  m.  G 
Reddish  clay,  flared;  rough. 

8691.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.08  m.       G  250. 
Dirty  buff  ground,  red  band  at  top,  two  brown 

narrow  bands  below  it. 

8692.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.065  m-    d.  0.13  m.        G  631. 
Red  outside;  inside,  red  circles  on  pinkish- 
white  clay. 

8693.  F  xlvii.    h.    0.05  m.    d.    0.09  m.    PI.  89. 

G  304. 

Buff,  brown  spots. 

8694.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.079  m.    d.  0.088  m.     PI.  89. 

G  522. 

Shaded  cream  to  brown  ground,  fillings  alter- 
nately red  and  dark  brown. 

8695.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.082  m.     PI.  89. 

G  53°- 

Shaded  whitish  to  brown  ground,  dark  bands. 

8696.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    d.  0.116  m.    PI.  90. 

G  644. 

Shaded  buff  to  red-brown  ground;  three  dark 
brown  bands. 

8697.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.06  m.    d.  0.082  m.      G  537. 
Purple  cross-hatching  on  white  ground. 

8698.  F  liii.    h.   0.095  m.    d.   0.122  m.       PI.  90. 

G  422. 

Free  black  wreath  on  brown-red  upper  part ; 
body  pinkish  clay. 

8699.  F  liii.    /2.0.09  m.    d.  0.11m.    PI.  90.  G  589. 
Free  black  wreath  on  brown-red  (flared)  upper 

part ;  body  pinkish  clay. 

8700.  F  liii.    h.     0.062  m.    d.     0.09  m.    PI.  90. 

G  543- 

Black  spot-wreath  on  red  upper  part;  body 
pinkish  grey. 

8701.  F  liii.    h.  0.065  m.    d.  0.094  m.         G  710. 
On  red  clay,    rough   leaves   between  vertical 

stripes,  black. 

8702.  F  liii.    h.    0.065  m-    d.    0.092  m.    PI.  90. 

G  648. 

Black  dot  wreath  on  the  brown-red  upper  part ; 
pinkish  clay. 

8703.  F  liii.    h.     0.07  m.    d.     0.078  m.     PI.  90. 

G  761. 

Red-brown    ground    above,    pinkish  below; 
raised  work  red-brown. 

8704.  F  liii.  h.  0.072  m.  d.  0.078  m.  PI.  90.  G  579. 
Dark  brown  ground  above,  buff  below,  raised 

work  white. 


is 


274 


KARANOG 


8705.  F  liii.  0.065  m-    d.    0.072  m.    PI.  90. 

G  31. 

Greyish  black  ground;  decoration  in  white 
slip. 

8706.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.074m.  d.   0.085  m.    PI.  91. 

G  297. 

Shaded  white  to  yellow  buff  ground,  lines 
brown,  filling  red. 

8707.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.088  m.    d.  0.098  m.     PI.  91. 

G  181. 

Pinkish  ground,  thick  red  band,  narrow  brown 
bands,  six  crescents  and  ankhs,  filling  alternately 
red  and  brown. 

8708.  F  xlviii.    It.   0.08  m.    d.   0.082  m.    PI.  91. 

G  521. 

Brownish  buff  ground,  crescents  alternately 
light  and  dark  brown. 

8709.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.085  m.    PI.  91. 

G  223. 

Ground  shading  cream  and  buff,  dark  brown 
lines,  red  filling. 

8710.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.089  m.    d.  0.082  m.    PI.  91. 

G  250. 

Light  brownish  pink  ground,  crescents  alter- 
nately red  and  brown. 

8711.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.085  m.    d.  0.092  m.    PI.  91. 

G  388. 

Black  buds  with  red  filling. 

8712.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.     PI.  91.  G381. 
White  ground,  brown  outlines  with  red  filling. 

8713.  F  xlviii.     h.   0.082  m.    d.   0.09  m.     PI.  91. 

G  94- 

Shaded  pinkish  ground,  lines  and  buds  brown, 
triangle  fillings  red. 

8714.  F  xlviii.         0.075  m.    d.  0.072  m.    PI.  91. 

G  723- 

Buff  ground,  careless  red  filling. 

8715.  F  xlviii.  0.082  m.    d.   0.09  m.     PI.  92. 

G  374- 

Ground  shading  whitish  to  brown,  filling 
in  red. 

8716.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  0.083  m-    PI-  92- 

G  715- 

Pinkish  ground,  red  filling. 

8717.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.073  m.    d.  0.09  m.    PI.  92. 

G  33°- 

Pinkish  ground,  lines  brown,  dots  alternately 
red  and  brown. 

8718.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.068  m.    d.  0.088  m.    PI.  92. 

G  321- 

Ground  shading  whitish  to  light  brown,  design 
alternately  red  and  black. 

8719.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.083  m-    PI-  92- 

G  612. 

Ground  shading  pinkish  cream  to  brown,  lines 
brown,  filling  red-brown. 

8720.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.092  m.    d.   0.09  m.    PI.  92. 

G  151. 

Whitish  buff  ground ;  design  in  brown. 


8721.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.078  m.    d.  0.088  m.    PI.  92. 

G  604. 

Pinkish   ground,    filling  alternately   red  and 
brown. 

8722.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.095  m.     PI.  92. 

G  604. 

Shading  cream,  buff  and  brown,  lines  in  dark 
brown,  filling  red-brown. 

8723.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.074  m.    d.  0.081  m.    PI.  92. 

G  604. 

Pink  in  section,  ground  buff,  design  in  brown; 
broken. 

8724.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.092  m.    d.  0.095  m-    PI-  93- 

G  655. 

Broken ;  red  ware,  careless  white  wash,  design 
in  dark  brown,  red  filling. 

8725.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.08  m.    d.   0.096  m.    PI.  93. 

G  451- 

Brownish  purple  design;  red  rim. 

8726.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.082  m.    d.  0.075  m.     PI.  93. 

G  598. 

Red  ware,  careless  white  wash,  double  bands 
of  dark  brown. 

8727.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.11m.    PI.  93.  G  518. 
Black  on  creamy  ground;  red  rim. 

8728.  F  xxxii.    h.  G 
Alternate  red  and  black  half-moons  on  whitish 

flared  ground. 

8729.  F  xxxii.    h.    0.144  m.    PI.     93.        G  460. 
Crescents  alternately  red  and  black;  creamy 

pink  ground. 

8730.  F  lii.    h.  0.065  m.    i  0.12  m.  G  201. 
Red  outside,  white  inside,  fine  clay. 

8731.  F  xlvi.    h.   0.036  m.    d.   0.108  m.    PI.  93. 

G3- 

Red   and   reddish  brown   on  yellowish  white. 

8732.  F  xlvi.    h.    0.052  m.    d.    0.14  m.    PI.  93 

G  309. 

Red  on  pinkish  white  ground. 

8733.  F  xlvi.    h.    0.24  m.    d.    0.112  m.    PI.  93. 

G  236. 

Brown  on  pinkish  white  ground. 

8734.  F  xlvii.     h.  0.054  m.    d.  0.104  m.     PI.  102. 

G  292. 

Black  incised  with  design  of  highly  stylized 
frogs.  Hand-made. 
8735-    F  xlvii.    h.  0.054  m.    d.  0.083  m-    PI-  io2- 

G  743- 

Black  incised  with  design  of  ostriches.  Hand- 
made. 

8736.  F  xlv.    h.  0.033  m.    d.  0.09  m.  G  288. 
White  clay,  painted  red. 

8737.  0.165  by  0.095  m-    PI-  98-  G  735. 
Clay  box-lid;  light  clay,  light  orange  to  white 

slip;  on  top  a  crocodile  in  red  and  black;  face  at 
end. 

8738.  F  i.    h.  0.44  m.  G  630. 
Plain  red;   rough  drawing  of   two  geese  no 

front. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


75 


8739.  F  v.    h.  0.33  m.  G  609. 
Red  body,  yellow  neck  and  adjacent  shoulder; 

two  narrow  yellow  bands  on  shoulder. 

8740.  F  v.     h.  0.32  m.  G  615. 
Red  neck  and   body;  wide   white   band  on 

shoulder. 

8741.  F  v.    h.  0.26  m.  G  187. 
Red  burnished  body;  black  and  white  bands, 

orange  lip. 

8742.  F  v.    h.   0.29  m.  G 
Dull  red  wash ;  dark  red  and  white  band  round 

shoulder;  drab  clay,  white  slip  under  red. 

8743.  F  v.        0.235  m.  G  670. 
Dull  red  wash;  red  and  black  bands  round 

neck  and  shoulder. 

8744.  F  v.    //.  0.23  m.  G  133. 
Red  body,   pinkish  and  dark  brown  bands 

around  neck  and  shoulder. 

8745.  F  v.    h.  0.19  m.  G  178. 
Pinkish  white  body;  red  neck;  below  this  four 

bands  purple. 

8746.  F  v.    h.  0.215  m.  G  180. 
Dull  red  body,  brown  bands. 

8747.  F  v.    /;.  0.215  m.  G  189. 
Shaded  orange  and  brown  surface,  red  neck, 

red,  orange  and  brown  bands  on  shoulder. 

8748.  F  v.    h.  0.215  m.  G  479. 
Light    orange    body;  black   and    red  stripes 

round  neck  to  shoulder. 

8749.  F  v.    h.  0.21  m.  G  447. 
Light  orange  body,  red  neck,  red  band  on 

shoulder  flanked  by  black  lines. 

8750.  F  v.     /;.  0.225  m.  G 
Orange  surface,   red  neck,   brown  bands  on 

shoulder. 

8751.  F  iv.    /;.  0.295  m.  G  739. 
Buff  ground,  upper  half  of  bands  of  brown  and 

red. 

8752.  F  i.    /;.  0.235  m.  G  393. 
Plain  red  clay. 

8753.  F  xi.    h.  0.20  m.  G  586. 
Very  dull  red;  two    black  bands  on  shoulder 

and  body;  five  white  blotches  on  upper  black 
band. 

8754.  F  xxi.         0.29  m.  G  630. 
Plain  ;  drab  clay ;  red  wash  all  over. 

8755.  F  xxii.    h.  0.27  m.  G  561. 
Drab  clay. 

8756.  F  xxiii.    h.   0.224  m.  G  216. 
Plain;  drab  clay,  white  slip. 

8757.  F  xxxv  b.    h.  0.275  m.  G  180. 
Brown  ground,  two  wide  red  bands,  double 

row  of  widely  separated  petals  on  shoulder. 

8758.  F  xxxv  a.    h.  0.24  m.  G  707. 
Dull  red,  two  double  bands  black. 

8759.  F  xxxv.    h.  0.22  m.  G  661. 
Red  ware;  two  double  black  bands. 

8760.  F  xxxv  b.    h.  0.22  m.  G  645. 
Red  with  two  double  black  bands. 


8761.  F  xxxv  b.    /}.  0.24  m.  G  527. 
Red  with  two  double  black  bands. 

8762.  F  xxxv  b.    /:.  0.26  m.  G  584. 
Plain;  reddish  clay. 

8763.  F  xvii  d.    h.  0.23  m.  G 
Red,  dull;  double  black  band  round  shoulder 

drab  clay;  one  handle  and  part  of  neck  missing 

8764.  F  xvii  d.    h.  0.31m.  G  571 
Light  red,  double  black  bands  above  and  below 

8765.  F  xviii,  but  without  base  ring.       h.  0.205  m 

G  163 

Drab  surface ;  two  red  and  brown  bands. 

8766.  F  xviii.    h.  0.23  m.  G  535. 
Plain  red,  incised  lines  on  shoulder. 

8767.  F  xviii.         0.24  m.  G  556. 
Red,  two  rows  of  double  black  bands. 

8768.  F  xviii.    h.   0.215  m.  G  550. 
Plain;  drab  clay;  red  paint. 

8769.  F  xvii.    h.  0.28  m.  G  543. 
Drab  clay;  orange  surface;  two  double  bands 

of  black;  one  handle  missing. 

8770.  F  xix,  but  without  base  ring.         1.75  m. 

G  413- 

Pink  clay. 

8771.  F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.22  m.    PI.  101.         G  544. 
Plain  black  clay,  very  fine  work. 

8772.  F  vii.    h.  0.27  m.    PI.  102.  G  103. 
Black  clay,  plain,  but  hatched  design  incised 

on  opposite  sides  at  base  of  neck.  Hand-made. 

8773.  F  vii  a.        0.165  m.    PI.  toi.  G  268. 
Black  clay  with  five  incised  designs  near  mouth 

on  shoulder.  Hand-made. 

8774.  F  v.    /;.  0.13  m.    PI.   101.  G  408. 
Plain  black  ware,  hand-made. 

8775.  F  lv.    h.  0.13  m.  G  775. 
Very  dark,  nearly  black  clay,  plain. 

8776.  F  lv.    h.  0.14  m.    PI.   101.  G  599. 
Round  base,  elongated  sides  sloping  in.  Hand- 
made of  muddy  red  clay,  partly  burnt  black  in 
an  open  hearth. 

8777.  F  vii.    /;.  0.17  m.  G  461. 
Muddy  clay,  hand-made, rough, incised,  Vandyke. 

8778.  F  lv,  but  with  base  ring.    h.  0.195  m.  G  577. 
Incised  ware;  line  near  mouth,  red  clay. 

8779.  F  v.    //.  0.155  m.  G  703. 
Dull  red,  black  bands. 

8780.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.17  m.  G  235. 
Plain;   red   paint   on    whitish  clay;  straight 

sides. 

8781.  F  xxxii.     /;.  0.185  m-  G»  565. 
Plain ;  red  clay,  rounded  sides. 

8782.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.154  m.  G 
Plain;  pinkish  red  clay,  broad  shoulder,  small 

base. 

8783.  F  xxxii.    /(.  0.165  m.  G 
Plain;  pinkish  red  clay,  broad  shoulder,  small 

base. 

8784.  F  xxxii.    //.  0.165  m.  G  130. 
Plain ;  red  clay   ( ?)   encrusted ;  curved  sides. 


276 


KARANOG 


8785.    F  xxxii.    h.  0.175  m.  G 


Plain ;  red  clay,  curved  sides. 

8786.    F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.135  m- 

G  444. 

Plain ;  red  clay. 

8787.    F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.145  m. 

G  224 

Plain;  red  brown,  curved  sides. 

8788.    F  xxxii.    h.  0.165  m. 

G  262. 

Plain ;  red  clay,  curved  sides. 

8789.    F  xxxii.    h.  0.140  m. 

G  337' 

Plain;  red  clay,  curved  sides. 

8790.    F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.155  m. 

G  241 

Red-brown  clay,  narrow  black  bands 

;  straight 

sides,  pronounced  base-ring. 

8791.    F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.12  m. 

G 

Purple  brown  with  red  bands,  flat  base,  no  base- 

ring. 

8792.    F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.105  m. 

G  213. 

Coarse  brown  red  with  black  and  white  band 

round  shoulder. 

8793.    F  xxxii  b.    h.  0.11m. 

G 

Plain   reddish   brown   clay;    slightly  curved 

barrel-shaped  walls,  short  neck. 

8794.  F  xxxii,  but  without  handle,  h.  0.21 

m.  G  373. 

Plain  red  surface. 

8795.    F  xii.    h.  0.23  m. 

G 

Plain  drab  surface. 

8796.    F  xxxii  a.    h.  0.145  m. 

G  652. 

Red  surface,  black  spot-wreath  on 

shoulder, 

four  bands  below. 

8797.    F  xxxii.    h.  0.122  m. 

G  602. 

Light    brownish    surface;  between 

bands  a 

spot-wreath  coarsely  done  in  light  red,  very  faint. 

Bulbous  form,  no  base-ring. 

8798.    F  xxxvii.    /1.0.152  m. 

G 

Plain ;  red  clay. 

8799.    F  xxxvii.    h.  0.14  m. 

G  256. 

Plain ;  red  clay,  orange  slip. 

8800.    F  xxxvii.    h.  0.130  m. 

G 

Plain ;  light  clay. 

8801.    F  xxxvii.    h.  0.145  m. 

G  640. 

Plain ;  light  red  clay. 

8802.     F  xxxvii. 

G  604. 

Plain,  light  clay. 

8803.    F  xxxvii.    h.  0.140  m. 

G  319. 

Plain ;  coarse  reddish  clay. 

8804.     F  xxxvii.    h.  0.142  m. 

G  661. 

Plain ;  yellowish  clay. 

8805.     F  xxxvii.     h.  0.168  m. 

G 

Plain ;  red  clay. 

8806.    F  xxxvii.    h.  0.145  m. 

G  630. 

Plain;  red  clay. 

8807.    F  xxxvii. 

G 

Plain ;  red  clay. 

8808.    F  xxii.    h.  0.15  m. 

G  7°3- 

Spouted ;  plain,  reddish  clay. 

8809.    F  xxii.    h.  0.155  m. 

G  709. 

Plain  reddish  clay,  rough. 

8810.    F  xxi.    h.  0.16  m. 

G  679. 

Very  rough,  pinkish  clay. 

8811.    F  xxi.    h.   0.172  m. 

G  2 10. 

Rough,  red  clay,  plain. 

8812.    F  xxi.    h.  0.142  m. 

G 

Rough,  red  clay,  plain. 

8813.    F  v.    h.  0.150  m. 

G  661. 

Plain;  red  clay. 

8814.    F  ix.    h.  0.14  m. 

G 

Plain ;  brownish  clay. 

8815.    F  v.    (1.  0.125  m. 

G 

Plain  red. 

8816.    F  ix.    h.  0.125  m. 

G  100. 

Plain  light  clay  unpainted. 

8817.    F  ix.    h.  0. 1 1  m. 

G 

Plain  light  clay  unpainted. 

8818.    F  ix.    h.  0.09  m. 

G 

Plain  light  clay  unpainted. 

8819.    F  ix.    h.  0.085  m- 

G 

Plain;  very  rough;  coarse  light  clay. 

8820.    F  ix.    h.  0.12  m. 

G 

Plain ;  rough ;  pinkish  light  clay. 

8821.    Fix.    h.  0.105m. 

G 

Plain ;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8822.    Fix.    h.  0.105m. 

G 

Plain ;  rough  pinkish  clay. 

8823.    F  ix.      h.  0.12  m. 

G 

Plain;  rough  pinkish  clay. 

8824.    Fix.    h.  0105m. 

G 

Plain ;  rough,  light  clay  unpainted. 

8825.    F  ix.    h.  0.12  m. 

G 

Plain;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8826.    Fix.    h.  0.105m. 

G  "j 

Plain;  light  clay  unpainted;  very  rough. 

8827.    F  ix.    h.  0. 1 1  m. 

G 

Plain ;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8828.    F  ix.    h.  0.085  m- 

G 

Plain;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8829.    F  ix.    h.  0.095  m. 

G 

Plain ;  light  clay  unpainted ;  broad  shouldered 

with  small  mouth. 

8830.    F  ix.    h.  0.09  m. 

G 

Clay  grey  to  black,  plain. 

8831.    F  ix.    h.  0.11  m. 

G 

Plain  rough  grey  ware. 

8832.    F  ix.    h.  0.082  m. 

G 

Plain :  very  rough ;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8833.    F  ix.    h.  0.085  m- 

G 

Plain;  rough;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8834.    F  ix.    h.  0.092  m. 

G 

Plain ;  light  clay,  burnt  black-grey. 

8835.    F  ix.    h.  0.09  m. 

G 

Plain  ;  rough  muddy  clay. 

8836.    F  ix.    h.  0.075  m- 

G 

Plain ;  dark  grey  clay. 

8837.    F  ix.    h.  0.08  m. 

G 

Hand-made;    very    rough  mud, 

brown  to 

black. 

8838.    F  lv.    h.  0.085  m- 

G 

Plain;  light  clay  partly  burnt  to 

grey-black; 

flattened  base. 

OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


277 


8839.  F     h.  0.045  m-  G 
Rough  hand-made  black,  ink-bottle  shape. 

8840.  F  ix.    h.  0.063  m-  G 
Hand-made;  very  rude;  clay  reddish  to  black; 

no  proper  form  at  all. 

8841.  Fix.    h.  0.05m.  G 
Plain;  crudely  made;  light  clay  mostly  burnt 

to  black-grey. 

8842.  F  ix.    h.  0.06  m.  G 
Hand-made,  black  muddy  clay. 

8843.  Fix.    h.  0.125  m.  G  582. 
Plain;  light  clay  unpainted. 

8844.  F  ix.    h.  0.066  m.  G 
Hand-made;  very  rude;  clay  muddy  coloured 

within,  with  black-grey  surface. 

8845.  F  xlvii.    i  0.084  m.    d.  0.185  m.  G 
Plain  red,  muddy  clay,  haematite  surface. 

8846.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.076  m.    d.  0.184  m.      G  187. 
Muddy  clay,  red  surface. 

8847.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.19  m.         G  187. 
Plain ;  bright  red  wash  over  drab  clay. 

8848.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.046  m.    d.  0.149  m.      G  180. 
Shallow;  bright  red  outside,  white  inside. 

8849.  F  xliv.    h.  0.1 1  m.    d.  0.182  m.  G 
Plain  rough  red  clay  unpainted;  broken. 

8850.  F  xliv.    h.  0.088  m.    d.  0.145  m.  G 
Plain;  rough  red  clay;  red  wash;  broken. 

8851.  F  xliv.    h.  0.105  m.    d.   0.153  m.  G 
Plain  red  clay. 

8852.  F  xliv.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.135  m.         G  187. 
Plain ;  deep  red  over  mud-coloured  clay. 

8853.  F  xlv.    h.  0.035  m.    d.  0.155  m.        G  380. 
Plain ;  deep  red. 

8854.  F  li.    h.  0.075  m-    d.  0.142  m.  G  708. 
Plain;  red  surface. 

8855.  F  li.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.12  m.  G  187. 
Plain;  red  clay. 

8856.  F  xlv.    h.  0.057  m.    d.  0.145  m.  G 
Plain ;  coarse  muddy  clay  unpainted. 

8857.  F  xlv.    h.  0.07  m.    d.  0.135  m.  G 
Plain;  mud-coloured. 

8858.  F  lii.    h.  0.093  m.    d.  0.105  m.         G  422. 
Light  red  surface,  black  wreath. 

8859.  F  liii.    h.  0.08  m.      d.  0.112  m.       G  535. 
Plain  pinkish  clay;  red  paint. 

8860.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.034  m.    d.  0.092  m.  G 
Plain ;  coarse  pinkish  clay,  unpainted ;  straight 

sides. 

8861.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.06  m.    d.  0.085  m.       G  517. 
Plain ;  coarse  unpainted  clay. 

8862.  F  xlv.    h.  0.06  m.    d.  0.105  m.  G 
Plain ;  rough  unpainted  clay. 

8863.  F  li.    h.  0.048  m.    d.  0.094  m.  G  615. 
Small  plain  red,  with  base-ring  and  flat  turned- 
over  edge. 

8864.  F  xlv.    h.  0.05  m.    d.  0.098  m.        G  137. 
Plain;  rough  unpainted  clay. 

8865.  F  xlv.    h.  0.057  m.    d.  0.095  m.  G 
Plain ;  rough  ware,  unpainted  clay. 


8866.  F  xliii.    h.   0.07  m.    d.   0.08  m.         G  597. 
Handled;    orange    clay    with    brown  wash 

above. 

8867.  F  xliii.    h.  0.085  m-    d-  °-°93  m-       G  597. 
Handled ;  pinkish  clay  with  orange-brown  wash 

above. 

8868.  F  xlv.    h.  0.06  m.    d.  0.085  m-  G 
Dark  mud-coloured. 

8869.  Fx.    h.  0.07  m.  G  412. 
Small;  faint  bands  of  purple  on  reddish  clay. 

8870.  F  lxiii.    h.  0.075  m.    d.  0.088  m.  G 
Pinkish  clay;  brown  above. 

8871.  F  xlv.    h.  0.054  m.    d.  0.088  m.  G 
Plain;  rough  unpainted  pinkish  clay. 

8872.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.078  m.    d.  0.115  m.     G  301. 
Pinkish  clay;  red  rim  with  double  purple  band. 

8873.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.11m.        G  235. 
Pinkish  clay;  red  surface. 

8874.  F  lxi.    h.  0.042  m.    d.  0.113  m.    PI.  93. 

G  701. 

Straight-sided;  bright   red;  "terra    sigillata " ; 
rosette  in  centre  of  base. 

8875.  F  lxii.    h.    0.056  m.    d.    0.087  m.    PI.  94 

G  591 

Red  "terra  sigillata." 

8876.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.07  m.    d.  0.075  m.       G  189 
Red  outside,  pinkish  clay. 

8877.  F  xlv.    h.  0.045  m-    d.  0.09  m.  G 
Plain  rough  clay,  unpainted. 

8878.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.08  m.  G 
Plain  red ;  poor  burnish. 

8879.  F  liii.    h.  0.053  m.    d.  0.075  m  G  597 
Pinkish  clay,  orange  surface. 

8880.  PI.    h.  0.068  m.    d.  0.078  m.  G  214 
With  rudimentary  base-ring;  white  slip  body, 

red  rim. 

8881.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.075  m-  G 
Creamy  inside,  outside  very  finely  burnished 

red;  peculiar  as  having  round  base  and  sides 
curving  in  to  rim. 

8882.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.088  m.    d.  0.085  m.      G  754. 
Pinkish  ground ;  b  own  lines  at  top  and  bottom, 

between,  two  rows  of  leaves  with  red  filling. 

8883.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.103  m.     PI.    102.         G  775. 
Round   base;  black   ware,    hand-made,  with 

incised  ornament.  Hand-made. 

8884.  Fx.    h.   0.10m.    PI.    101.  G  548. 
Fine  black  ware,  plain  delicate  shape. 

8885.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.05  m.    d.  0.07  m.  G 
Very  rude  hand-made;  just  a  lump  of  clay  with 

a  hole  in  it. 

8886.  F  xlix.    h.  0.06  m  G 
Muddy  black. 

8887.  F  xlix.    h.  0.062  m.  G 
Pinched ;  plain ;  deep  red. 

8888.  Flxv.    h.  0.075  m.  G  577. 
Orange  red. 

8889.  F  xv.    h.  0.53  m.  G 
Reddish  clay. 


278 


KARANOG 


8890.  Fxxviii.        0.28  m.    PI.  96.  G  525. 
Lined  band  whereon  petals  or  circles,  purplish 

brown  and  red  on  brownish  ground. 

8891.  F  xxxii.  0.225  m.  G  528. 
Broad-shouldered ;  plain  red-brown  clay. 

8892.  F  v.    h.  0.24  m.  G  267. 
Red  ground ;  round  shoulder  three  rows  of 

rough  blobs,  a  row  of  black  between  two  of  white. 

8893.  F  xvii.    k.  0.192  m.  G 
Red  with  two  double  bands  of  black. 

8894.  F  viii.     h.  0.24  m.  G  101. 
Red  neck;  double  band  of  purple-brown;  the 

body  a  pinkish  white  wash  over  brown-red  clay. 

8895.  F.v.  G 
Upper    part    only;  above,    wreath  pattern; 

below,  row  of  lotus  flower  and  bud,  on  sides. 
Purple  on  brownish  clay. 

8896.  F  v.    h.  0.28  m.    PI.   79.  G  134. 
In  light  band  on  shoulder,  sprawling  lotus- 
spray  device. 

8897.  F  liii.    h.     0.10  m.    d.     0.112  m.     PI.  52. 

G  779. 

Free  hin  wreath,  black,  on  red-brown  upper 
part ;  body  pinkish  clay. 

8898.  F  xlv.    d.  0.135  m.  G 
Shallow ;  flat  base,  flat  turned-over  rim  ;  roughly 

made,  coarse  brown  clay. 

8899.  F  v.     h.  0.1 15  m.  G 

On  light  ground  between  red  bands  alternate 
flower  and  bud  of  lotus,  with  festoon  stalks; 
fragment. 

8900.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.13  m.    PI.    52.  G  548. 
With    base-ring;  sides   slightly    indented;  tall 

lotus  flowers  in  red  on  brown. 

8901.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.085  m-    d.  0.08  m.        G  223. 
Cream ;  two  brown  narrow  bands  above,  and 

two  below;  six  crescents  in  parallel  row,  red 
filling. 

8902.  F  xlviii.         0.061  m.    d.  0.065  m-     G  353. 
Pinkish  buff  ground,  two  narrow  bands  above 

and  two  below. 

8903.  F  xlviii.         0.072  m.    d.  0.075  m.     PI.  52. 

G  376. 

Frieze  of  lotus  flowers  and  buds. 

8904.  F  xlviii.     h.  o  078  m.    d.  0.082  m.      G  270. 
Inside  and  in  section  pink,  surface  red;  plain. 

8905.  F  xlviii.         0.083  m-    d.  0  09  m'       G  ()04- 
Pinkish  on  surface  and  section ;  sparse  design 

of  brown  lines  and  red  filling,  conventionalized 
blossom  and  bud;  careless  work. 

8906.  F  liii.     h.  0.065  m.    d.  0.10  m.  G  485. 
With  flat  stand ;  pinkish  white  with  red  colour 

above  flared  black  brown  in  furnace. 

8907.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.085  m-  G 
Shading  pinkish  to  brown,  wide  red  band  at  top, 

two  narrow  brown  bands  under. 

8908.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.  G  355. 
Pinkish  clay,  red  bands,  stamped  with  three 

rows  of  circle  or  rough  rosette  pattern. 


8909.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.09  m.     PI.    102.  G  292. 
Plain  black;  wheel-made. 

8910.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.094  m.    PI.    52.  G  no. 
Purplish  ground,  whereon  alternate  red  and 

blue  lotus-flowers;  highly  conventionalized. 

8911.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.067  m.    d.  0.088  m.      G  123. 
Pinkish  ground,  lines  dark  brown,  filling  alter- 
nately red  and  brown ;  six  crescents  and  ankhs. 

8912.  F  xlviii.         0.078  m.     PI.  52.  G  442. 
Below,  Vandyke  hatching;  above  lotus  flowers 

and  buds. 

8913.  F  xlviii.    /1.  0.08  m.  G  521. 
On  light  ground,  large  buds,  red  and  purple, 

making  two  rows. 

8914.  F  xxvii  or  xxviii.     /2.0.27  m.     PI.  79.  G 
Lower  part  of  cylindrical  jar  with  lotus,  knot 

and  snake  device  in  brown. 

8915.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.09  m.  G  679. 
Flower-wreath  and   cross-hatching,  vandyke. 

8916.  F  xlvii.     h.  0.06  m.  G 
Drab  clay  with  whitish  slip  much  polished, 

whereon  purple  rosette  in  centre. 

8917.  F  xlvii.    h.  0.08  m.  G  187. 
Fine  bright  red  surface. 

8918.  F  xlviii.     h.   0.08  m.  G  294. 
In  purple  on  light  brown  ground,  lotus  buds 

with  fringed  stems  between  double  uprights; 
red  rim. 

8919.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.10  m.  G  523. 
Only    half;  roughly    painted    with  pennant 

pattern  in  red  and  black  on  whitish  ground. 

8920.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.073  m-  G 
Fragment;  on    whitish    ground,    free  wreath 

with  black  trefoil  leaves  and  red  buds. 

8921.  F  xlviii.  G  476. 
Fragment;  in  alternate  panels  flower-stars  and 

half  lozenges;  red  and  black  on  orange  clay. 

8922.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.073  m-    d.  0.082  m.  G 
Fragment;  vandyke  of  wavy  lines,  purple,  with 

red  spots  at  points;  crescents  in  triangular  fields. 

8923.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.07  m.    d.  0.086  m.        G  664. 
Pinkish  ground;  grass  pattern  alternately  red 

and  black. 

8924.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.063  m-    d.  0.09  m.        G  277. 
Brown  with  dark  bands,  between  which  two 

rows  of  stamped  crossed  circles. 

8925.  F  xlviii     h.   0.08  m.  G  376. 
Pinkish;  double    row    of   reversed  crescents, 

black  with  red  fillings. 

8926.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.09  ra.  G  524. 
Fragmentary;  on  light  ground  hatched  squares 

alternately  horizontal  and  vertical ;  rudely 
drawn. 

8927.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.088  m.    d.  0.105  m.     G  161. 
Fragmentary;  diamond   pattern,    with  angles 

between  filled  alternately  red  and  black. 

8928.  F  xlviii.     //.  0.104  m.  G  413. 
Only  half;  on  light  ground,  a  frog  holding  a 

branch,  purplish-brown. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


8929.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.  G  350. 
Fragmentary;  floral   wreath,   lotus,  curiously 

stylized  into  hatched  triangles. 

8930.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.11m.  G  708. 
Fragmentary;  above,  wreath  of  buds;  below, 

two  bands  of  free  floral  wreaths;  black  on  reddish 
clay. 

8931.  F  xlviii.  h.  0.078  m.  d.  0.073  m-  PI-  94-  G  ^59- 
On  light  ground,  pinkish,   plain   red  leaves 

black  outlined,  sparsely  distributed. 

8932.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.071m.    d.  0.068  m.    PI.  94. 

G 

On  white  ground,  alternate  red  and  black 
trefoil  buds. 

G 

8933.  F  xlviii.    h.    0.075  m-  °-°7  m-     P*-  94- 

G  184. 

On  light  ground,  four  rows  of  scales,  purplish- 
brown. 

8934.  F  xlviii.     /;.   0.07  m.    d.   0.086  m.     PI.  94. 

G  570. 

Light  ground ;  lozenge  hatching,  black,  with 
red  blobs  in  fields. 

8935.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.092  m.    d.  0.095  m.    PI.  94. 

G387. 

Light  ground;  red  rim;  below  which  narrow 
band  with  alternate  red  and  blue  crescents. 

8936.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.103  m.    d.  0.095  m.     PI.  94. 

G  371. 

Light  ground;  red  rim;  below  which  narrow 
band  of  vandyke  hatching. 

8937.  F  xlviii.     h.  0.078  m.    d.  0.095  m-     PI-  94- 

G  7iS- 

Light  ground  ;  alternate  red  and  black  triangles, 
elongated,  between  which,  crosses. 

8938.  F  xlviii.  h.  0.11  m.  d.  0.12  m.  PI.  94.  G  448. 
Light  ground,  yellowish ;   between  bands,  big 

joined  circles,  deep  brown. 

8939.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.077  m.    d.  0.086  m.    PI.  95. 

G  700. 

On  purplish  white  ground,  net  pattern,  crinkly 
lines,  red  spots  at  points. 

8940.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.077  m.    d.  0.081  m.    PI.  95. 

G552. 

Only  half;  on  light  ground,  four  rows  of  scales 
in  purplish-brown;  red  rim. 

8941.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.084  m.    d.  0.091m.    PI.  95. 

G  583- 

Only  half;  light  ground;  above,  joined  circles, 
red;  below,  cross-hatching,  brown. 

8942.  F  xlviii.    h.   0.077  m-  °  °9  m-     PI-  95- 

G  288. 

White  ground;  alternate  flowers  and  buds  of 
stylized  lotus,  black  with  red  touches;  fragmen- 
tary. 

8943.  F  xlviii.  0.09  m.    d.    0.09  m.    PI.  95. 

G  524. 

Fragmentary;    white  ground;    joined  elipses 
alternately  red  and  purple-hatched ;  coarse  ware. 


279 

8944.  F  xlviii.     h.   0.078  m.    d.   0.09  m.     PI.  95. 

G 

Fragmentary;  light  ground  with  two  rows  of 
large  scales  containing  dots. 

8945.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.072  m.    d.  0.08  m.    PI.  95. 

G 

Fragmentary ;  white    ground ;  diagonal  strips 
of  spot-wreath  in  black. 

8946.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.098  m.    d.  0.11m.      PI.  95. 

G  230. 

Fragmentary;  with  base-ring.    Orange  ground  ; 
above,  brown  buds,  single  row  between  dark  bands. 

8947.  F  xlviii.  G  420. 
Fragmentary;  on  light  ground  a  row  of  lotus- 
buds  on  their  sides;  red  and  purple. 

8948.  F  xlviii.  G  304. 
Fragmentary;   orange    ground;    trefoil  buds 

outlined  on  alternate  black  and  red  fields. 

8949.  F  xlviii.  G  701. 
Fragmentary;  on  light  ground  a  bold  wreath 

of  columbine  buds. 

8950.  F  xlviii.  G  387. 
Fragmentary ;  on  pinkish-white  ground  a  single 

row  of  red  crescents. 

8951.  F  xlviii.    h.  0.08  m.    d.  0.09  m.       G  394. 
Coarse ;  white  ground ;  fields  of  Vandyke  hatch- 
ing with  three  trefoil  shoots  between ;  black  and 
brown. 

8952.  F   xlvi.    h.  0.048  m.    d.  0.138  m.    PI.  87. 

G  615. 

Saucer;  inside,  offering-table  flanked  by  palm 
branches;  brown  on  pinkish-white  ground. 

8953.  Ostrakon  inscribed  with  Meroi'tic  characters. 

8954.  Ostrakon  inscribed  with  Meroitc  characters. 
PI.  96.  G 

(Both  sides  illustrated  on  plate). 

8955.  Ostrakon  inscribed  with  Meroi'tic  characters. 
PI.  96.  G 

8956.  Ostrakon  inscribed  with  Meroi'tic  characters. 

8957.  Ostrakon  inscribed  with  Meroi'tic  characters. 

8958.  F  xxvii.    h.    0.485  m.    PI.  97  G  4. 
Light  ground ;  on  shoulder  black  spot  wreath ; 

on  walls  very  tall  lotus  flowers  and  buds,  red  and 
black. 

8959.  F  xxvii.    /2.0.38  m.  G535. 
Light  ground;  outlined  on  it,  lotus  flowers  with 

thick  stems,  and  stalks  with  branching  buds. 

8960.  F  v.    h.  0.21  m.    PI.  79.  G682. 
On  light  ground,  knots  connected  by  festoons, 

in  black. 

8961.  F  v.  G  126. 
On  neck,  band  of  running  trefoil  buds,  red ; 

below,  joined  circles,  black;  below,  petals  in  sets 
red  and  black.    Base  gone. 

8962.  F  v.    h.  0.30  m.  G  187. 
Plain  red,  with  buff  neck  and  band. 

8963.  F  v.    h.  0.22  m.  G 
Buff;  lower  half  plain,  upper  half  of  geometric 

design. 


280 


KARANOG 


8964.  F  v.    /1.  0.25  m.  G 
Plain  red. 

8965.  F  v.    h.  0.31m.  G  181. 
Plain  red  below;  wide  band  of  leaf  and  branch 

design  above. 

8966.  F  i.    h.  0.53  m.  G 
Yellow  ground,  design  of  petals  at  top  with  red 

division  fillings. 

8967.  F  lix.    h.  0.15  m.    PI.    101.  G  549. 
With  cover,  black;  incised  dotted  ornament 

filled  in  with  white ;  hand-made. 

8968.  Fv.    h.  0.165  m.    PI.  97.  G 
Prominent  leaf  and  floral  design  in  white  on 

upper  body,  shoulder  and  neck. 

8969.  F  i.    h.  0.555  m.  G  187. 
Plain  red  surface. 

8970.  F  i.    h.  0.48  m.  G  187. 
Plain  red  surface. 

8971.  F  xii.    h.  0.62  m.  G  403. 
Reddish  drab  clay. 

8972.  F  v.    h.  0.34  m.  G 
Red  body,  neck  and  bands  on  shoulder  buff. 

8973.  F  v.    h.  0.30  m.    PI.   97.  G  184. 
Red  body,  on  shoulder  row  of  circles,  below 

which  a  tree  design,  in  buff. 

8974.  F  v.    h.  0.27  m.  G  322. 
Red  body  with  indistinct  geometrical  design 

on  shoulder. 

8975.  F  v.    h.  0.21  m.    PI.   97.  G  304. 
Surface   buff   to   brown;  design   of  triangles 

above  and  trefoils  below  on  shoulder,  dark  out- 
line with  red  filling. 

8976.  F  v.    h.  0.355  m.  G 
Red  body,  brown  and  buff  bands  on  shoulder. 

8977.  F  v.    h.  0.205  m.  G  700. 
Surface  buff  to  brown;  on  shoulder,  star  and 

line  design  in  brown. 

8978.  F  v.    h.  0.22  m.    PI.  97.  G  708. 
Buff  surface,  on  shoulder  in  brown  and  red  a 

floral  wreath  design  with  poppy-seed  (?)  motive. 

8979.  F  v.    h.  0.24  m.    PI.  97.  G  665. 
Pinkish  ground,  on  which  star  design. 

8980.  F  v.    h.  0.15  m.  G 
Star  design  (fragment  only). 

8981.  F  li.    h.  0.013  m.    d.  0.26  m.  G  316. 
Bowl;  buff   ground   on   which   floral  wreath 

design  in  dark  brown. 

8982.  F  lxvi.    h.  0.23  m.  G 
Reddish  brown  clay;  buff  cross  on  top. 

8983.  F  lxvi.    h.  0.31m.  G 
Plain,  reddish  clay. 

8984.  F  v.    h.  0.14  m.  G 
Dark  red  surface  whereon  pointed  leaf-design 

in  black. 

8985.  F  xii.    h.  0.305  m.  G 
Plain;  reddish  clay.  Broken. 

8986.  F  v.    h.  0.24  m.  G  253. 
Fragment ;  buff  surface ;  leaf  design  on  shoulder ; 

on  body,  geometric  and  other  figures. 


8987.  F  v.    h.  0.17  m.  G 
Fragment;  buff  surface;  leaf,  ankh,  and  plant 

design . 

8988.  F  xxviii.    h.  0.36  m.    PI.  97.  G 
Broken.    On  buff  grouund  a  brown  tree-like 

lotus  design. 

8989.  F  xxviii.    h.  0.26  m.    PI.  96.  G 

On  buff  ground  a  design  of  four-petalled  flowers 
in  square  compartments;  brown. 

8990.  F  xxvii.    h.  0.36  m.  G 
Brownish  buff  surface;  on  shoulder,  running 

leaf  design;  on  body,  ankh,  leaf  and  hatched 
design  in  brown  and  red.    Fragment  only. 

8991.  F  xxvii.    h.  0.37  m.  G  253. 
Red   ground,   scale-pattern    in   black.  Frag- 
ment. 

8992.  F  xxviii.    h.  0.26  m.  G 
White  surface,  on  shoulder  connected  circles 

in  red,  on  body  scale  and  leaf  pattern. 

8993.  F  xvii.  G 
Red  ground,  running  wreath  design  in  black. 

Fragment  only,  base  missing. 

8994.  F  xxvii.  G 
Bird  and  leaf  design.    Fragment  only. 

8995.  F  xxvii.  G 
Buff  ground,  rows  of  red  and  black  petals. 

Fragment  only. 

8996.  F  xvii.    PI.  98.  G 
Buff  ground ;  bands  and  running  wreath  design 

in  black.    Fragment  only,  base  missing. 

8997.  F  xvii.    PI.  98.  G 
Buff  ground ;  bands  and  running  wreath  design 

in  black.    Fragment  only,  base  missing. 

8998.  F  ii.  G 
Red  ground ;  bands  alternately  red  and  black 

edged  with  white.    Top  only. 

8999.  F  viii.  G 
Finely  burnished  red  surface,  white  bands  and 

spots.    Top  only. 

9000.  F  viii.    h.  0.24  m.    PI.   97.  G  23. 
Red   ground;  white   offering- table   design  on 

one  side. 

9001.  F  xxiii.    h.  0.20  m.  G 
Plain  white. 

9002.  F  v.    PI.  99.  G 
Buff  ground  on  which  three  "demons"  heads, 

eye  and  plant  designs.    Fragment  only. 

9003.  F  xxvii.  G 
Buff  ground,  star  and  hatched  designs.  Frag- 
ment. 

9004.  F  xvii.  G 
Red  ground,  running  wreath  design  in  black. 

Fragment. 

9005.  F  xxvii  (?)  G  253. 
Buff  ground,  brown  geometric  design.  Frag- 
ment. 

9006.  A — E.    F  xii.  G  187. 
Broken  amphorae  with  mud  sealings. 

9007.  Mud  jar  sealings  from  various  tombs.   P.  79. 


OBJECTS  FROM  THE  CEMETERY  AT  ANIBEH 


9008.  F  v.    h.  0.22  m.  G 
Red  ground,  triangles  running  leaf  and  frond 

designs  in  brown.  Fragment. 

9009.  F  xxxiii.  h.  0.47  m.   PI.  107.   Fig.  23.  G187. 
Brown    plain    ware.    On    shoulder   a  Greek 

numeral  and  a   Meroitic  inscription. 

9010.  A-D.    Fragments;    red   ware   with  lotus 
designs  in  black. 

9011.  A-P.    Fragments;  incised  black  hand-made 
ware.    PI.  100. 


9012.    Fragments.    F  xlviii.    Crescent    and  dot 
design. 


9013. 

Fragments; 

eye  design. 

9014. 

Fragments ; 

lotus  design. 

PI.  98. 

9015. 

Fragments ; 

leaf  design. 

G  761. 

9016. 

Fragments. 

F  xlvii ;  ankh  design. 

PI.  98. 

9017. 

Fragments. 

F  xlviii ;  net 

and  dot 

design. 

G  700. 

9018. 

F  x.    h.  o,c 

85  m.  Plain 

brown. 

G 

9019. 

Fragments. 

F  liii ;  high 

slip  ware. 

PI.  100. 

9020. 

Fragments ; 

decorated 

with    human  or 

demons'  heads.     PI.  99. 

9021.  Fragments;     animal  or  naturalistic  grape 
designs.    Selection  on  PI  .  98,  99. 

9022.  Fragments;  snake,  flower,  grape  and  altar 
designs. 

9023.  Fragments;  human  figure  designs. 

9024.  Fragments;  spot- wreath  and  flower  designs. 

9025.  Fragments;  vine-wreath  designs. 

9026.  Fragments;  crescents,  ankhs,  etc. 

9027.  Fragments;  lotus,  trefoil  flower,  trefoil  buds, 
etc. 

9028.  Fragments;  scales,  circles,  etc. 

9029.  Fragments;  ankhs,  Vandykes  and  hatching. 

9030.  Fragments;  single  leaf  and  tree  designs. 

9031.  Fragments;  four-pointed  stars,  dot  and  net, 
etc. 

9032.  Fragments;  dot  and  net,  joined  circles,  etc. 

9033.  Fragments;  red  ware  with  black  and  white 
bands. 

9034.  Fragments;  buff  ware  with  red  and  black 
bands. 

9035 — 9038.    Fragments;      miscellaneous  wreath 
designs. 

9039.    Fragments  of  cups,  stamped  ware.    PI.  100. 
9040 — 9045.    Fragments.    F  xlviii.  Miscellaneous 
PI.  98. 

9046.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.26  m.  G  602. 
Straight  sides;  black  on  red;  vertical  panels 

of  hatching  and  of  grass  design. 

9047.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.23  m.  G  288. 
Mouth  broken  away.   On  shoulder,  scale  pattern 

in  fields  alternately  black  and  red. 

9048.  F  xxxii.    h.  0.115  m.  G  118. 
Buff  ground;  round  shoulder  a  row  of  festoons 

containing  crosses;  tongues  between  festoons 
alternately  red  and  purple. 

9049.  F  liii.    h.  0.075  m-  G  544. 
Plain  ;  lower  half  buff,  upper  half  darker  brown. 


28l 


9050.    Wooden  fragments,  being  rods  and  keys 

from  a  musical  instrument  of  the 

'gorra"  type. 

9051-9061.    Numbers  not  used. 

G  141. 

9062.    /.  0.14  m.    w.  0.14  m. 

G  70. 

Feet  of  statue. 

9063.       0.09  m.    w.  0.06  m. 

G 

Foot  of  statue. 

9064.    /.  0.09  m.    w.  0.095  m. 

G 

Foot  of  statue. 

9065.    h.  0.21  m. 

G 

Body  of  statue. 

9066. 

G  301. 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9067. 

G 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9068. 

G 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9069. 

G 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9070. 

G 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9071. 

G 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9072A. 

G  301. 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9072B. 

G 

Fragment  of  head  of  statue. 

9072  C. 

G 

Fragment    of    head  of  statue 

whereon  the 

original  colour  is  well  preserved.   The  face  is  of 
chocolate  laid  over  red,  the  hair  red,  and  round 
the  head  is  a  wreath  of  green  with  details  in  black. 
9072 D.  G 

Fragment  of  statue  with  colour  well  preserved  ; 


a  hand,  red,  holds  a  cone  coloured  green  with 


reticulated  pattern  in  black. 

9073.    h.  0. 1 1  m. 

G 

Stand  and  arm  of  statue. 

9074.    h.  0.1 1  m.    w.  0.8  m. 

G 

Fragment  of  statue. 

9075.    h.  0.06  m.    w.  0.05  m. 

G  273. 

Fragment  of  statue. 

9076.    /1.0.13  m.    w.  0.06  m. 

G  273. 

Fragment  of  statue. 

9077.    h.  0.18  m.    w.  0.17  m. 

G  64. 

Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Meroitic 


inscription. 

9078.  h.    0.23  m.    w.    0.18  m.  G219. 
Fragment  of  offering-table,  with  loaves,  pitcher, 

and  Meroitic  inscription. 

9079.  h.  0.20  m.    w.  0.16.  G  219. 
Fragment  of  offering-table,  with  loaf,  pitcher, 

and  Meroitic  inscription. 

9080.  h.  0.14  m.    w.  0.31  m.  G 
Fragment    of   offering-table,    with    loaf  and 

Meroitic  inscription. 

9081.  h.  0.20  m.    w,  0.16  m.  G  70. 
Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Meroitic 

inscription. 


282 


KARANOG 


9082.  //.  0.21  m.    w.  0.22  m  G  254. 
Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Mero'itic 

inscription. 

9083.  /;.  0.14  m.    w.  0.13  m.  G  52. 
Fragment  of  offering-table,  with  lotus  blossom 

and  loaf. 

9084.  h.  0.20  m.    w.  0.10  m.  G 
Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Mero'itic 

inscription. 

9085.  0.12  m.    w.  0.09  m.  G  137. 
Fragment  of  offering-table,  with  pitcher  and 

Meroi'tic  inscription. 

9086.  /;.  0.155  m.    w.  0.14  m.  G 
Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Meroi'tic 

inscription. 

9087.  h.  0.13  m.    w.  0.09  m.  G 
Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Meroi'tic 

inscription. 

9088  A.    //.  0.08  m.    w.  0.12  in.  G 

Fragment    of    offering-table,    with  Meroi'tic 
inscription. 

9088  B.    h.  0.13  m.    w.  0.10  m.  G 

Corner  of  offering-table,  with  Meroi'tic  inscrip- 
tion. 

9088C.D.E.  G  83. 

Three  fragments  of  the  rim  of  an  offering- 
table  decorated  with  vine  pattern  in  relief. 

9089.  0.14  m.    w.  0.16  m.  G 
Fragment  of  inscribed  stela. 

9090.  h.  0.14  m.    w.  0.14  m.  G  219. 
Fragment  of  inscribed  stela. 


9091.    h.  0.12  m.    w.  0.14  m. 

G  2 19. 

Fragment  of  inscribed  stela. 

9092.    h.  0.1 1  m.    w.  0.09  m. 

G  219. 

Fragment   of   inscribed  stela. 

9093.    h.  0.18  m.    w.  1.05  m. 

G  219. 

Fragment  of  inscribed  stela. 

9094.    h.  0.12  m.    w.  0.09  m. 

G 

Fragment  of  inscribed  stela. 

9095.    h.  0.165  m.    w.  0.16  m. 

G 

Fragment  of  inscribed  stela. 

9096A.    PI.  109. 

G  228. 

Reed  writing  pen. 

B.    PI.  109. 

G  228. 

Reed  writing  pen. 

C. 

G  228. 

Reed  writing  pen. 

D.        PI.  109. 

G  288. 

Wooden  kohlstick. 

9097  A.  B. 

G  445- 

Spindle-whorls. 

9098.    /.  0.049  m-    w-  0  01 1  m- 

G  449. 

Piece   of  ivory,   engraved  with 

patterns  of 

running    hearts,    trefoil    buds,     lozenges  and 

circles. 

9099. 

G 

Graphite  from  kohlbox. 

9100  A. 

G 

Fragment  of  heavy-ribbed  fabric 

(polymita). 

g  100  B. 

G 

Fragment  of  fabric  with  reed  warp 

INDEX 


Note. — i.  Only  the  authorities  quoted  in  Appendix 
in  Appendix  II  to  the  same  chapter  a 
2.  Figures  in  italics  refer  to  Catalogue  nun: 

Abyssinia,  88,  94  (see  Axum) 
Achilleus,  91 
Adulis,  88 

^Emilianus,  Julius,  90 

^Ethiopia,  ^Ethiopians,  2,  5,  40,  48,  55,  56,  61,  ch.  xii 

passinij  106 
Aezanas,  88,  94 
Akhmim,  95 
Alexander,  5,  78 

Alexandria,  61,  73,  77,  82,  86,  88,  90,  91,  94,  97,  106, 

107,  108,  114 
Amadeh,  1,  5,  52 
Amara,  5,  6 

Amenhotep  III,  temple  of,  2 
Amen-Re,  48,  62,  64,  65 
Amend,  62 

Ammianus  Marcellinus,  112 
Amnion,  4,  5,  62,  63,  64,  65 
Animonius,  no 
Antony,  85 

Anubis,  4,  9,  49,  62,  110,  7084,  7097 
Apis,  64,  8062 
Appian.  95 
Apulia,  55 
Archelaus,  96 

Areika.  1,  46,  51,  52,  55.  57,  58,  7729 
Ares,  94 
Argin,  5 

Arian  controversy,  94 

Arrows,  30,  34,  36,  38,  41,  66,  89,  90 

Arsenuphis,  88 

Aswan,  5 

Athanasius,  94 

Atlas,  87 

Augustus  Caesar.  2,  5,  85,  86,  90,  92,  106,  109 
Aurelian,  89,  91,  102,  110,  113, 
Axum,  Axumites,  87,  88,  89,  91,  94 

Ba,  representations  of,  4,  6,  10,  11,  14,  28,  33,  38,  46, 

47.  48.  49,  63,  93 
Babylon,  fortress  of,  106,  ill 
Babima,  4 
Balansourah,  72 
Bantu,  59 
Bar  Hebraeus.  97 
Bas-reliefs,  48 


I  to  Chapter  XII  and  only  the  more  important  names, 
included  in  this  Index. 

TS. 

Batn-el-Hagar,  6,  87 

Beads,  wearing  of,  28,  32,  42,  47,  49,  59,  74  sq.,  82 
Bega,  88 

Begerawieh,  6,  14,  48,  61,  76 
Begrash,  1,  5,  51,  90,  95,  98 
Behen,  2,  5,  14,  83 
Beliar,  95 
Belisarius,  114 
Berlin,  62 

Bes,  54,  57,  62,  63,  65,  7844,  7931,  8013,  8017,  8019,. 
8028 

Besa,  95 
Bisharin,  88 
Blemyes,  ch.  xii  passim 
Bone,  C,  73 

Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  75 
British  Museum,  70 

Budge,  Dr.  E.  A.  W.,  13,  51,  61,  85,  88,  97 
Biicheler,  F.,  96 

Caesarion,  85 
Cailliaud,  13,  14 
Cambyses,  78 
Campania,  55 

Characlen,  King,  89,  05,  96,  103 
Charahiet,  95,  96 
Charapatchour,  95,  96 
Chatby,  cemetery  of,  82 
Chiris,  94,  95 

Christians  remains,  2,  3,  83,  93 
Christianity,  rise  of,  84,  94  sq. 
Chronicon  Pasquale,  101 
Cilurnum,  73 
Cleopatra,  5,  83,  85 
Coffins,  use  of,  27 
Commodus,  89 

Constantine,  73,  93,  94,  103,  110.  111 
Coptos,  90,  91,  107,  108,  109,  hi,  112 
Coptic,  remains,  etc.,  2,  4,  62,  76,  93 
Corbridge  ( Corstopitum),  72,  76 
Corpus  Inscr   Graec.  ico,  107,  108 
Corp-is  Inscr.  Lat..  100,  106,  107,  108,  109 
Cosmas  Indicople'-stes,  56 
Cows,  representations  of,  56,  57,  60,  8if? 
Coventina,  well  of,  76 

Crocodile,  representations  of,  56,  58,  64.  8083,  808s 

(283) 


284 


INDEX 


Crow,  representations  of,  58 
Crum,  Mr.  W.  E.,  78 
Cupid,  62,  8046 
Cyprus,  glass  found  in,  82 

Dahshur,  76 

Dakkeh,  85,  86,  93,  see  Pselchis 
Danube,  91,  113 
Decius,  89,  90 
Dio  Cassius,  89,  99, 

Diocletian,  91,  92,  93,  97,  98,  108,  no,  11 1 
Dionysius  Periegetes,  101 
Dionysus,  55 
Diospolis  parva,  52 
Dirr,  1 

Dodekaschoinos,  85,  114 

Dog,  representations  of,  55,  57 

Domaszewski,  A.  von,  106 

Domitian,  107 

Domitius,  51 

Dragendorff,  51 

Edgar,  Mr.  C.  C,  82 
Egoosh,  95 

Egyptian  influence  on  art,  4,  28,  34,  46,  49,  54,  60,  61 
Eirpanome,  King,  98 
Ela-'Amida,  88 

Elephantine.  85,  88,  92,  96,  112,  114 

Eratosthenes,  87 

Ergamenes,  5 

Erment,  73 

Espoeris,  78 

Eusebius,  93,  103 

Evagrius,  95,  97 

Ezana,  88 

Faras,  5,  86 
Fayum,  73 

Ferlini,  61,  63,  76,  77 
Firmus,  90,  91,  101 

Flagstaff s  over  graves,  17,  38,  PI.  no 
Florus,  97 
Fresin,  73 

Frog,  representations  of,  56,  57,  58,  80,  8063 

Gains  Caesar,  107 
Galerius  Caesar,  94 
Gallus,  Cornelius,  85 

Gazelle,  representations  of,  56,  58,  8063,  8064 

Gebel  Adda,  5,  86,  90 

Gebel  Barkal,  13.  14,  51,  61,  63 

Gebelen,  96 

Gellius,  51 

Germanus,  96 

Giraffe,  representations  of,  56,  57 
Goose,  representations  of,  56,  58,  8068 
Gourneh,  73 
Graffiti,  39,  51,  78,  79 


Gratian,  76 

Greek  influence  on  art,  4,  5,  48,  51,  54,  55,  61,  62,  69 
Griffith,  Mr.  F.  LI.,  49,  62,  79,  83,  88,  90 
Guinea-fowl,  representations  of,  56,  58 

Hadrian,  106,  107,  108,  no 

Haifa,  2,  6,  14,  19,  26,  83,  86 

Harmachis,  64 

Harpokras,  86 

Harpokrates,  75,  7844 

Hathor,  4,  57 

Hawara,  7,  73,  76,  82 

Hawk,  representations  of,  64,  65 

Heliodorus,  89 

Hellesthiaios,  98 

Heraclius,  78 

Herculaneum,  61,  81 

Herodotos,  55,  56 

Hiera  Sykaminos,  85,  86,  87,  91,  108,  114 
Homer,  56 

Horus,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66 
Hon,  62 

Hunting,  scene  from,  55 
Hydaspes,  89 

Ibis,  representations  of,  58,  64 

Ibrim,  1,  2,  5,  48,  86,  87,  95,  98,  see  Primis 

Isis,  4,  48,  62,  63,  64,  65,  78,  88,  92,  94,  95,  96,  97. 

98,  7078 
Itineraries,  the,  92 

Jackal,  representations  of,  57 
Johannes,  Praefectus  Orientis.  97,  104 
John  of  Lycopolis,  96 
Julian,  the  missionary,  97 
Justinian.  97,  98 
Juvenal,  86 

Kabushiya,  86 
Kalabsheh,  93.  94,  95 
Kandake,  5,  61,  85,  86,  89 
Kara,  2,  95 

Karanog  town,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  19,  40,  52,  53,  61,  81, 

85,  90,  95,  98 
Kharga,  92,  95 

Kisa,  Anton,  72,  73,  75,  76,  82 

Koln,  72,  73 

Korosko,  1,  6 

Krall,  J.,  85,  96 

Kum  Ushim,  73 

Kynopolis,  95 

Labyrinth,  the,  73 

Leatherwork,  28,  30,  34,  41,  89,  7401-7479 
Leda,  62,  8046 

Legions,  See  ch.  xii,  App.  ii 
Leipholdt,  J.,  95 

Leopard,  representations  of,  58,  8ij0 


INDEX 


Lepsius,  48,  55,  61,  62,  63,  107 
Lezoux,  51 
Lesquier,  J.,  no 
Letronne,  85 

Lion,  representations  of,  64,  70,  7964,  8022 
Littman,  Prof.  E.,  94 

Maat,  9,  48,  62,  7084 
Mace,  Mr.  A.  C,  52 
Magna,  76 

Maharraka,  90,  91,  93,  j**  Hiera  Sykaminos 

Mamertinus,  Claudius,  103 

Marcianus,  96 

Mariba,  85 

Marienburg,  73 

Marinus,  104 

Masawwarat,  86 

Maspero,  Sir  Gaston,  4,  47 

Matlia,  88 

Maximinus,  96,  97,  98 
Mazices,  95 

Mela,  Pomponius,  88,  101 
Melrose,  68 
Memphis,  106,  11 1 
Menes,  5 
Ment-ar-tais,  78 

Meroe,  5,  6,  55,  56,  61,  62,  76,  77,  82,  85,  86,  87,  88, 

89,  92,  94 
Meyer,  P.,  107,  no 
Mommsen,  101,  107,  109,  112 
Monasteries,  rise  of,  95 
Monkey,  representations  of,  57 
Monumentum  Ancyranum,  86,  99 
Miiller,  D.  H.,  88 
Munich,  the  Antiquarium,  76 
Myres,  Mr.  J.  L.,  82 

Naga,  5,  55 

Napata,  5,  62,  86 

Naples,  Museo  Nazionale,  72,  75 

Narses,  98 

Narseus,  91 

Nephthys,  62 

Nero,  86,  87 

Nestorius,  95 

Newcastle  Museum,  76 

New  York,  Metropolitan  Museum,  55 

Nobatai,  85,  (87),  92,  93,  94,  95,  96,  97,  98 

Northumberland,  72,  73,  (74,  76,  91) 

Notitia  Dignitatum,  92,  108,  no,  in,  112,  113,  114 

Noubai,  see  Nobatai 

Offering  tables,  8 

Olympiodorus,  86,  94,  95,  96,  103 

Orientation  of  tombs  and  bodies,  8,  20,  26,  93 

Osiris,  4,  62,  64,  92  8024 

Ostraka,  3,  8953-8957 

Ostrich,  representations  of,  58 


Owl,  representations  of,  58 
Oxford,  Ashmolean  Museum,  52,  75 

Pachorm'os,  93 
Pachytimne,  96,  103 
Paese,  90 
Palladius,  95,  96 
Palmyra,  Palmyrenes,  76,  90,  91 
Panopolis,  95 
Pa-smun,  90 
Pausanias,  56 
Pennut,  tomb  of,  1 
Persia,  Persians,  5,  9,  90,  97,  1 13 
Pescennius  Niger,  89 
Petesis,  78 

Petrie,  Prof.  W.  M.  F.,  71,  73,  77 
Petronius,  Gaius,  2,  3,  85,  86,  87,  89,  90 
Philae,  85,  88,  90,  92,  94,  95,  96,  97,  98,  112,  114 
Philopator,  5 
Phoenicia,  82 
Phoinikon,  94,  95 
Piankhi,  5 

Pliny,  86,  87,  88,  89,  90,  99,  100 
Pollio,  Trebellius,  101 
Pompeii,  61,  72,  73,  81 
Poseidon,  56 
Posidonius,  82 
Praying-stools  at  tombs,  16 
Premnis,  see  Primis,  Ibrim 
Priapus,  92 

Primis,  6,  (94").  95,  98,  see  Ibrim 

Priscianus,  101 

Priscus,  103 

Probatus,  91 

Probus,  91,  102,  no 

Proclus,  104 

Procolitia,  76 

Procopius,  91,  92,  97,  102,  105 
Prucheion,  fortress  of,  90 
Psammetichus  I,  78 

Pselchis,  85,  86,  106,  107,  108,  114,  see  Dakkeh 

Ptolemaeus,  92 

Ptolemais,  90,  91,  96,  108 

Ptolemy,  5,  85 

Pygmies,  87 

Pyramids,  I,  13 

Quatremere,  85 

Ravennas  Anonymus,  101 

Red  Sea,  88 

Reisner,  Dr.  G.  A.,  93 

Religion  of  the  Blemyes,  4,  46,  47,  55,  57.  62 

92!,  102 
Revillout,  85,  95,  96 
Rhine,  74,  gi 

Rings,  29,  36,  43,  44,  54,  62 

Robbers  of  tombs,  15,  16,  29,  34,  36,  38,  44,  84 

Rome,  6,  77,  ch  xii  passim 


286 


INDEX 


Sakkarah,  70 

Sarapis,  4,  5,  55,  62,  63,  66 

Sayce,  Prof.,  94 

Satyr,  figure  of,  54 

Scarabaeus,  36,  63,  65,  8020 

Scorpion,  representations  of,  58,  77.55 

Seneca,  82,  86,  87,  100 

Senouti,  94,  95,  96 

Septimius  Severus,  89 

Seres,  89 

Sergius,  Saint.  (83),  8460 
Sethe.  Prof..  85 

Shablul,  1.  3,  5.  8.  9,  17,  46,  49,  51.  52.  53,  54.  57 

82,  83,  95 
Shellal,  93 
Silchester,  68,  73 
Silko.  97,  98,  104 
Silsilis,  107,  112 
Smetchem,  96 

Snakes,  representations  of.  58,  64 
South  Shields  Museum,  76 
Spartianus,  89 
Sphinx,  69,  75/9 

Staffs,  use  of,  28.  47,  48,  7682-3-4 
Stelae,  position  of.  9 
Strabo,  86,  89.  90,  99,  100,  106,  107 
Strzygowski,  Prof.,  70 
Suakin,  87 
Sudd,  the.  86 

Syene.  86.  92.  93,  94,  95,  97,  106,  107,  108,  112.  114 

"Table  of  the  Sun",  56 
Tabenna,  93 
Tacitus,  91 
Tafa,  95 

Talmis,  93.  94.  97,  98,  107,  108,  114 
Tamassos,  82 
Tanare.  island  of,  96 
Tangaites.  88 
Taphis,  98 
Tell  Gamayenii.  75 
Tell  el  Amarna,  77 


Terernien,  90 

Terra  sigillata,  51,  74,  83,  8874,  8873 
Textiles,  27,  28,  37,  83 
Thapis,  94,  95 
Theadelphia,  78 

Thebaid,  86,  90,  91,  94,  96,  97,  ill,  112 

Thebes,  62,  89,  94,  96,  107,  1 12 

Theocritus,  101 

Theodora,  Empress,  97 

Theodore,  Bishop,  98 

Theodosius  I,  89,  94 

Theodosius  II,  95,  96,  113,  114 

"Thirty  Tyrants,"  the,  90 

Thoth,  62,  64,  65 

Thothmes  III,  temple  of,  1 

Tiberius,  107 

Tirhakah,  2,  5 

Tischler,  82 

Tomas,  1,  95 

Trade  between  Nubia  and  the  North,  51,  61,  72,  73, 

74.  77.  78.  81 ,  82,  83,  86 
Trajan,  106,  107 
Trebonius  Gallus,  90 
Tribal  marks,  48,  49.  57.  50 
Troglodytes,  87 

Uganda,  4.  60 
Underdowne,  Thomas,  89 

Vandals,  96 

Vault  construction,  18,  34 

Venice,  75,  77 

Vopiscus,  91,  101,  102 

Vulture,  representations  of.  54.  58 

Wessely,  C,  96 
Wilcken,  90,  95,  108 
Wreaths  worn  by  dead,  29 

Zen  obi  a,  90 

Zeus.  55,  62,  sec  Sarapis 
Zosimus,  101.  113 


KARANOG 


FIGURE  A 


Sketch  of  Toirib  G  70,  showing  ribs  and  vaulted  approach. 

See  p.  12 


Sketch  of  Tomb  G  64  after  the  removal  of  the  superstructure,  showing  roofs  of 

vaulted  chambers. 

See  pp.  18,  33 


KARANOG 


FIGURE  B 


KARAXOG 


FIGURE  C 


